OZBIB: a linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands

Dedicated to speakers of the languages of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands and al/ who work to preserve these languages

Carrington, L. and Triffitt, G. OZBIB: A linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands. D-92, x + 292 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1999. DOI:10.15144/PL-D92.cover ©1999 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. PACIFIC LINGUISTICS

FOUNDING EDITOR: Stephen A. Wurm

EDITORIAL BOARD: Malcolm D. Ross and Darrell T. Tryon (Managing Editors), John Bowden, Thomas E. Dutton, Andrew K. Pawley

Pacific Linguistics is a publisher specialising in linguistic descriptions, dictionaries, atlases and other material on languages of the Pacific, the Philippines, Indonesia and Southeast Asia. The authors and editors of Pacific Linguistics publications are drawn from a wide range of institutions around the world.

Pacific Linguistics is associated with the Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies at The Australian NatIonal University. Pacific Linguistics was established in 1963 through an initial grant from the Hunter Douglas Fund. It is a non-profit-making body financed largely from the sales of its books to libraries and individuals throughout the world, with some assistance from the School.

The Editorial Board of Pacific Linguistics is made up of the academic staff of the School's Department of Linguistics. The Board also appoints a body of editorial advisors drawn from the international community of linguists. Publications in Series A, Band C and textbooks in Series D are refereed by scholars with relevant expertise who are normally not members of the editorial board.

To date Pacific Linguistics has published over 400 volumes in four series:

Series A: Occasional Papers; collections of shorter papers, usually·on a single topic or area.

Series B: Monographs of intermediate length.

Series C: Books; publications of greater length, especially reference books such as dictionaries and grammars, and conference proceedings.

Series D: Special Publications; including archival materials, pedagogical works, maps, audiovisual productions, and materials that do not fit into the other series.

and Lois

Series D, Volume 92 OZBIB

a linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands

Lois Carrington and Geraldine Triffitt

Pacific Linguistics Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies The Australian National University Canberra Published by Pacific Linguistics Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies The Australian National University PO Box 1428 Canberra ACT 2601 Australia

First published 1999

Copyright © Lois Carrington and Geraldine Triffitt 1999

ISSN 0078-7566 ISBN 0 85883 51 50

National Libraryof Australia Cataloguing-in-Publication Data

Carrington, Lois.

OZBIB: a linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands.

ISBN 0 85883 515 O. 1. Aborigines, Australian - Languages - Bibliography. 2. Linguistics - Australia - Bibliography. 3. Australian languages - Bibliography. I. Triffitt, Geraldine. II. Australian National University. Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies. Dept. of Linguistics. III. Title. (Series: Pacific linguistics. Series D; no. 92)

016.4991 5

Typeset by Lois Carrington Copyedited by Geraldine Triffitt and Lois Carrington Printed by ANU Printing Service, Canberra Bound by F & M PerfectBook binding, Canberra

Lois Carrington may be contacted c/- the Department of Linguistics, RSPAS, at the Australian National University Geraldine Triffitt may be contacted c/- the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies Contents

Introduction vii

Main reference sources consulted viii

Abbreviations used in the bibliography x

OZBIB: the bibliography 1

Works of general interest 247

Languages index 249

Topics index 271

vii

INTRODUCTION

The aim of the OZBIB project has been to produce a bibliography of published works and theses about Australian indigenous languages. As a basis we used the language entries in Greenway's bibliography, augmented and corrected from bibliographical reference cards (later to become computer entries) kept by Lois in the course of her work for Pacific Linguistics publications, and the annual bibliography for The Australian Journal of Linguistics, which was commenced in 1982 by Bob Dixon, continued by Harold Koch and Geraldine Triffitt, and in recent years compiled by Geraldine alone.

The scope of our OZBIB falls into two parts. The first includes examples of Aboriginal and Torres Strait languages recorded as vocabulary, texts or songs up to the end of the 1950s, which coincides with the end date of Greenway's bibliographical collecting. After 1959 the emphasis is on theoretical and applied linguistics: linguistic analysis and comparisons, works analysing languages, dictionaries and grammars, language surveys, works on bilingual education, language policy, pidgins and creoles and Aboriginal English. We have omitted, except for a few exemplars, the many stories, primers, Bible translations, hymns, manuscripts and ephemera in the languages themselves. Publications in indigenous languages have proliferated, particularly with the introduction of bilingual education, and the establishment of language centres to maintain and record languages, and would require a large bibliography in themselves. We have been governed, too, by the constraints of producing a handbook of serviceable size! We trust that has been achieved.

The compilation of OZBIB has been a labour of love begun in the early 'nineties, and continued intermittently until now - the bibliography contains items known to us as at 30 June 1999. In 1993, the Council of the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies made a grant to allow Pat Knight to check the linguistic holdings and the bibliographic records in the AIATSIS library. This was done in Pat's meticulous and efficient manner.

We have aimed to be as comprehensive and as current as possible. We have checked other bibliographies, library catalogues, the Internet, and have contacted 'contributors' by e-mail and other means. If we have omitted important items please inform us so that amendments may be included in subsequent editions. We should warn that the bibliography may include names of deceased Aboriginal people.

Thanks are due to a number of people for their able and willing assistance: to the many 'contributors' who checked their entries and those who gave us encouragement and support, particularly Bob Dixon, Stephen Wurm, Harold Koch, Michael Walsh, Luise Hercus, Lynette Oates (whose books served as a guide to language identification), Margaret Sharpe and Anna Shnukal. David Nash, Jane Simpson and Denise Angelo helped us find addresses and drew our attention to theses and new publications. Andrew Pawley, Malcolm Ross, Darrell Tryon, John Bowden, Martha Campbell and Meredith Osmond have been helpful in several ways. We are grateful too for Alan Ives' encyclopaedic knowledge of bibliographic and historical sources and for the use of his extensive book collection. The staff of the Menzies and Chifley libraries at the Australian National University, the Petherick Room at the National Library of Australia, the Mitchell Library, and the State Library of Victoria gave us devoted assistance. Geraldine gives a special 'thank you' to Juliette Gray, Libby Coates, Pat Brady, Alana Garwood and Barry Cundy at the AIATSIS Library who bore the brunt of retrieving hundreds of rare books and theses which were returned after brief consultation. Lois remembers with affection the linguists Arthur Capell and Don Laycock, who developed her interest in linguistic bibliography.

Special thanks go to Lesley Smith for donating the antique printer's block, more than a century old, which appears on the dedication page. We are forever grateful to George Carrington, our chief computer and printer trouble-shooter, who kept our MaCintosh computers and our Internet links operational and who, like John Tarbath, had to bear the brunt of our occasional bibliographical frustrations!

Geraldine Triffitt and Lois Carrington Canberra, June 1999 viii

MAIN REFERENCE SOURCES CONSULTED

ABORIGINAL LANGUAGES OF AUSTRALIA: World WideWeb Virtual Library. Categories: COPPELL, W G, and MITCHELL,Ian S Addresses; Dictionaries; Vocabularies, 1977 Education and Aboriginal Australians1945- wordlists and placenames; Texts in lan-­ 1975: a bibliography. (CAT Monograph 23) guages; Sounds; Songs; Language of the Sydney: MacquarieUnive rsity, Centre for month; Miscellaneousresources; Libraries, Advancement of Teaching. catalogues and bibliographies; Language rights and policy; EducatJon and teaching; COWDEN,Janet Academic papers and notices;Tertiary 1996 Bibliofi/raphy of the Summer Institute of courses; Papers and books; Bookshop; UngUistics, Australian Aborigines and Mailing list. Islanders Branch, up to December 1996. http://www.dnathan.comNUaustLang.htm Darwin: SIL:AAIB.

AUSTRAUAN INSTITUTE OF ABORIGINAL AND CURR, E M TORRES STRAIT ISLANDER STUDIES. 1886-87 The Australian race: its origin, languages, LibraryCatalogue. customs, place of landing in Australia, and the http://unicom.aiatsis.gov.au/uhtbin/cgisirsi/0/1 routes by which it spread itself over that /0 continent. 4 volumes (volumes 1-2 1886, volumes 3-4 1887). Melbourne: John Ferres, AUSTRALIANJOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS Government Printer; London: TrObner. 1982- Bibliography, 1982- Annual. Compiled by Dixon, R M W, Koch, Harold, and Triffitt, DIXON,R MW Geraldine 1980 The lanfJuages of Australia. Cambridge: UniverSity Press. 547pp. AusmAUAN UNGUISTICS NETWORK Categories: Societies; Australian university lin�uistics DIXON,R M W, ed. departments; Computational lingUistics / 1976 Grammatical categories in Australian Natural lan!;juage processing; Otherwise hard languages. (Australian Aboriginal Studies, to find linguists ; forthcoming conferences and Linguistics Series 22) Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic institutions; and links. Highlands NJ: Humanities Press. http://www.sultry.arts.usyd.edu.aullinks/au­ ling.html DIXON, R M W, and BLAKE, Barry J, eds 1979 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 1. AUSTRAUAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY: Ubrary Canberra: Australian National University The catal09ue. Ongoing. Canberra: Library, Press/Amsterdam: Benjamins. 390pp the Australian National University. 1981 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 2. http://www.anu.edu.au/dirsl Canberra: Australian National University Press/Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 427pp. BLACK, Paul and WALSH, Michael 1983 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 3. 1982 Guide to the languages of the Aboriginal Canberra: Australian National University Australians. Draft. MS. Australian Institute of Press/Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 531 pp. Aboriginal Studies. 1991 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 4: The Aboriginal language of Melboume and BREEN,Gavan other grammatical sketches. Melbourne: 1981 TheMayi languages of the Queensland Gulf Oxford University Press. 410pp. country. Canberra: AlAS. 1990 Salvage studies of Westem Queensland GIBBNEY, H J, and SMITH, Ann G Aboriginal languages. (PL, B-105) Canberra: 1987 A biographical register 1788-1939. 2 volumes. Pacific Linguistics. 166pp. Canberra: Australian Dictionary of Biography. COMIT� INTERNATIONAL PERMANENT DE GREENWAY, John L1NGUISTES 1963 Bibliography of the Australian Aborigines and 1949- Bibliographie linguistiquede I'annee 19 ... the native peoples of Torres Strait to 1959. Published annually by the Permanent Sydney: Angus & Robertson. International Committee of Linguists. Utrecht: Spectrum. GRENFELL PRICE, A 1959 The humanities in Australia: a survey with COPPELL, WG special reference to the universities. 1977 World catalogue of theses and dissertations Melboume: Angus & Robertson, for Australian about the Australian Aborigines and Torres Humanities Research Council. Strait Islanders. Sydney University Press. 113pp. HERCUS, Luise A 1981 Austronesian and other languages of the 1986 Victorian languages: a late survey. (PL, B-77) Pacific and south-east Asia: an annotated Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 303pp. catalogue of theses and dissertations. ( PL, C-64) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. ix

HERCUS, Luise, and SUTTON, Peter, eds POOLE, Alison 1986 This is what happened: historicalnarratives 1992 Bibli0!1raphy of the Summer Institute of by Aborigines. Canberra: Australian Institute LingUIstics, Australian Aborigines and of Aboriginal Studies. Islanders Branch: up to December 1991. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. HORTON, David R 102pp. 1996 AboriginalAustralia [map]. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres RAY, Sidney H Strait Islander Studies. [Produced by 1925 Aboriginal languages. In Jose, A W, and AUSLIG. Scale:1:4 700 000] Carter, H J, eds The illustratedAustralian encyclopedia . Sydney: Angus & Robertson. KENT, Hilary 1:2-1 5. 1991 Australian dictionary of biography: index: volumes 1 to 12 1788-1939. (General Editor. READER'S DIGEST ASSOCIATION Ritchie, John) Melboume University Press. 1962 TheReader's Digest great world atlas. 1st edition. London: The Reader's Digest LLBA Association. 1967- Language and Language Behavior Abstracts. Volume 1( 1 967)- Ann Arbor. University of REINECKE, John E, TSUZAKI, Stanley M, DeCAMP, Michigan, Center for Research on Language David, HANCOCK, Ian F, and WOOD, and Language Behavior. Richard E 1975 A bibliography of pidgin and creole langu­ LEWIN, Evans ages. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. 1931 Commonwealth of Australia - native races - languages. In Subject catalogueof the Library SMYTH, Robert Brough of the Royal Empire Society, formerly Royal 1878 The Aborigines of Victoria: with notes relating Colonial Institute, volume 2. London: Royal to the habits of the Natives of other partsof Empire Society. 138-141. Australia and Tasmania. 2 volumes. Melboume: Govemment Printer. McGREGOR, W B 1988 Handbook of Kimber/eylanguages, volume 1: THAWLEY, John General information. (PL, C-105) Canberra: 1979 Bibliographieson the Australian Aborigine: an Pacific Linguistics. 264pp. annotated listing. (La Trobe University Library Publication 17) Bundoora: La Trobe MARTIN, A W, and WARDLE, P University Library. 1959 Members of the Legis/ative Assembly of New South Wales1856-1901: biographical notes. THAWLEY, John and GAUCI, Sarah Canberra: The Australian National University. 1987 Bibliographies on the AustralianAborigine: an annotated listing. 2nd edition. Bundoora, NATIONAL LIBRARY OF AUSTRALIA Victoria: Borchardt Library, La Trobe The catalogue. Ongoing.Canberra: National University. Library of Australia. http://nla.gov.au/ THIEBERGER, Nicholas NEWTON, Peter J F 1993 Handbook of Westem AustralianAboriginal 1979 Movements and structures: an historical languages south of the Kimberley region. (PL, review of Capell's approach to comparative C-1 24). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 408pp. linguistics in Oceania, with an annotated 1994 Australian indigenous languages information bibliography of his linguistic and other schol­ stacks, version 1. Canberra: AIATSIS. [Set of arly works. BA (Hons) thesis, Macquarie 5 computer discs] University. 1987 More than one language, more than one THOMSON, Kathleen,and SERLE, Geoffrey culture: scholarly and popular ideas about 1972 A biographical register of the Victorian Australian Aboriginal languages from ear1y Legislature 1851-1900. Canberra: ANU Press, times until 1860. MA (Hons) thesis, Mac­ quarie University. TINDALE, Norman B 1974 Aboriginal tribes of Australia: their terrain, OATES, Lynette F environmental controls, distribution, limits, 1975 The 1973 supplement to A revisedlinguisti c and proper names. Berkeley:Uni versity of suNey of Australia. 2 volumes. Armidale: Califomla Press/Canberra: Australian ArmidaleChr istian Book Centre. National University Press. 1974 Tribal boundaries in Aboriginal Australia. OATES, William J, and OATES, Lynette F Canberra: ANU Press/University of 1970 A revised linguisticsUNey of Australia. Califomia Press. [Maps, drawn by Winifred (Australian Aboriginal Studies 33, Linguistic Mumford: 4 sheets each 900x 1020 cm] Series 12) Canberra: AlAS. 282pp. WURM, S A, and HATTORI, Shiro, eds PLOMLEY, N J B 1981 Language atlas of the Pacific area, part 1 : 1969 An annotated bibliography of the Tasmanian New Guinea area, Oceania, Australia. aborigines. London: Royal Anthropological Canberra: The Australian Academy of the Institute of Great Britain and Ireland 143pp. Humanities in collaboration with the Japan Academy (PL, C-66) x

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHY

Abbreviations have been kept to a minimum, for greater ease of tracing a reference.

AlAS Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra lafter May 1990, AIATSIS) AIATSIS Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderStudies, Canberra [from May 1990) ALAA Applied Linguistics Association of Australia AUMLA [Joumal of the] Australian Universities Modem Languages Association ALS Australian LinQuistic Society ANU Australian National UniverSity, Canberra BA Degree of Bachelor of Arts (Ordinary); BA (Hons) Degree of Bachelor of Arts (with Honours) ca circa= about, approximately CAE College of Advanced Education Curr Curr, EM, The Australian race, Melboume: Govemment Printer, in 4 volumes, 1886-1887 d dialect dept department ed. editor edn edition eds editors et al et alii = and others lAD Institute for Aboriginal Development, Alice Springs inter alia among others, among other items JP Justice of the Peace Jr Junior Ig, lgs language, languages MA Degree of Master of Arts NSW New South Wales NT NorthemTerritory NTU NorthemTerrito ry University p, pp page, pages PhD Degree of Doctor of Philosophy PL Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University Qld Queensland SA South Australia SAL School of Australian Linguistics, NT sic thus,written in this way SIL Summer Institute of Linguistics SIL-AAB Summer Institute of Linguistics - Australian Aborigines Branch SIL-AAIB Summer Institute of Linguistics - Australian Aborigines and Islanders Branch Smyth Smyth, R Brough, The Aborigines of Victoria, 2 volumes. Tas Tasmania v,vs versus=against Vic Victoria WA Westem Australia

Carrington, L. and Triffitt, G. OZBIB: A linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands. D-92, x + 292 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1999. DOI:10.15144/PL-D92.cover ©1999 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. OZBIB: THE BIBLIOGRAPHY

A 1989 Aboriginal language interpreting and ABBon, Ian (botanist, Western Australia) translating employment and training: a 1984 Aboriginal names as common names of workshop held at the School of plants in Western Australia. Forest Australian Linguistics, Batchelor Focus 31 :28-29. College, Batchelor NT, 27 November to 1985 Aboriginal names for plant sp ecies in 1 December 1989. Batchelor, NT. south-westernAustralia. Perth: Western ABORIGINAL U�NG�AGES ASSOCIATION (ALA) Australian Forests Department. . . [vocabulary based on Lyon (1833), Grey 1984 Linguistic rights of Aboriginal and (1840, 1841), Moore (1842), et al; about Islander communities. ALS Newsletter 100 plant names] [Nyungar?] 84(4):2. 1984 Resolution passed at 1984 conference ABORIGINAL (no author's name provided; see also of the Aboriginal Languages Association Anonymous) and endorsed by Australian Linguistic 1878 Aborigi nal names of places. Town and Society. NgaIi9: 21 . CountryJourn al , 5 October. 1899 Aboriginal words and meanings. ABORIGINAL COMMUNITIES OF THE NORTH­ Science of Man 2(6): 106-108 [from ERN TERRITORY OF AUSTRALIA Kemp, J A H, Marks, H J, Donner, A, 1988 Traditional bush medicines: an and Bucknell, F N, but not listed under Aboriginal pharmacopoeia. Richmond these names] Victoria: Greenhouse Publications. ' 1904 Aboriginal dialects [Braidwood Sub­ 256pp. [Includes botanical identification District]. Science of Man , NS, 7(7):104- and plant names in Aboriginal 105. languages of the NT] 1908-13 Aboriginal names and meanings. Science of Man (1908) 10(1):11 -13, ABORIGINES' FRIENDS' ASSOCIATION (2):31 -32, (3):47-48, (4):64, (5):80, 1864 Lessons, hymns and prayers for the (6):96, (7):112, (8):1 28, (9):135-136, native school at PortMacleay in the (1 0):160, (1 1):176, (12):192; (1909-10) language of the Lake tribes of 11 (1 ):20, (2):40, (3):60, (4):80, (5)100, Aborigines, called Narrinyeri. Adelaide. (6):120, (7): 140, (8):160, (9):180, (10):200, (12):239; (1910-1 1) 12(1):17, ADAM, Thomas (2):37, (3):57, (4):77, (5):97, (6):117, 1886 Two hundred miles north-east of (7):137, (8):1 57, (9):177, (1 0):193, Newcastle: Natingero tribe. In Curr, E M (1 1 ):214, (12):235, (1 91 1) 13(1 ):26, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :380- (2):46; (1912-13) 14(1):24, (2):39, 383. [Kalamai vocabulary (Western (3):60. Australia) 382-383] 1925 Adelaide nomenclature, Aboriginal terminology. Adelaide City Council ADAMSON, Trevor (teacher; produced several Municipal Year Book, 9-1 1. such books for schools) 1931 Aboriginal message sticks. Our Aim, 22 1977 Pitja ntjatjara storybook - Minyma ngura August 1931 :6. (Aborigines' Inland kutu ananyi. Adelaide: South Australian Mission, Sydney) Education Department. 1944 Aboriginal nomenclature. Australian Museum Magazine 8(6):183. ADONE, Dany (Yolngu speaker) see Cooke and 1956 The Abos have a word for it. People Adone 1994 (Sydney), 30 May 1956:23-26. 1972 [Aboriginal words and meanings]. AGUAS, Estrella F (Philippines linguist, went on to Aboriginal Welfare News 13(4):6-7. Colorado State University) . [Bibbulmun] 1968 Gudandji. Papers in Australian 1980 Aboriginal languages in New South Linguistics 3. (PL, A-14) Canberra: Wales. Community Liaison 3(2):107- Pacific Linguistics. 1-20. 1 13. [Gidabal program at Woodenbong, Awabakal in Newcastle, Tabulam AH CHEE, Myra (Luritja speaker, was at lAD) dialect, Wangkumara, Paakantji, 1982 Wangkanyi. Aboriginal Language Gumbangerri language projects] Association Newsletter 4:3.

Carrington, L. and Triffitt, G. OZBIB: A linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands. D-92, x + 292 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1999. DOI:10.15144/PL-D92.1 ©1999 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. 2 AH CHEE, Myra, and GOLDFLAM, Russell ALEXANDER, Diane H (then at University of 1982 Aboriginal interpreters in Central Queensland) Australia. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A 1965 Yarrabah Aboriginal English. BA (Hons) collection of papers presented at the thesis, University of Qld. 149pp. Second Meeting of the Aboriginal 1968 Woorabinda Aboriginal English: a study Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, of the salient linguistic differences April 1982. Alice Springs. 40-42. between the Aboriginal and non­ Aboriginal speech of informants on AHERN, John (Bengal, Glanmire, Springfield Woorabinda Aboriginal settlement in station owner?) central Queensland. MA thesis, 1887 Alice River. In Curr, E M The Australian University of Queensland. 188pp. race. Melbourne. 3:70-71. [Wadjabangai vocabulary] ALEXANDER, Ian (Wangka Maya Pilbara 1887 The Barcoo River, forty miles west of Aboriginal Language Centre) see Blackall. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Whittaker 1999 race. Melbourne. 3:72-75. [Yangee­ berra (Kuungkari) vocabulary 74-75] ALEXANDER, W B (Wilfrid Backhouse) (ornithologist/botanist, WA Museum, AIKENVALD, Alexandra Y, and DIXON, R M W scientific expeditions) (Aikerwald: Associate Director, 1920 Aboriginal names of the animals of the Research Centre for Linguistic Lyons River District. Journalof the Typology, ANU) Royal Society of Western Australia 6:37- 1998 Dependencies between grammatical 40. [Yinggarda (Warriyangka)] systems. Language 74:56-80. ALGEO, John (Department of English, University of AIRD, Michael (Queensland consultant on art and Georgia, USA) historical photographs) 1988 Australianness of Australian place­ 1991 The reconstruction of cultural heritage. names. Names 36(3-4):173-1 85. Ngoonjook (Journal of Australian [stresses abundance of Aboriginal Indigenous Issues, Batchelor NT) 6:61- placenames J 62. [reconstructing and maintaining Yugumbeh language] ALLAN, Keith (Monash University) 1996 I know a fe w words: talking about 1985 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1982 Wh ere Aboriginal languages. Southport,Qld: have all the adjectives gone? Berlin: Keeaira Publications. 44pp. Mouton. Language 61 :460-461. 1989 Another analysis of the "Thirsty Bull AITCHINSON, Jean (Worcester College, Oxford Story" in Gooniyandi. Journalof Literary University) Semantics (Heidelberg, Germany) 1993 Review article: The crosslinguistic study 18:117-139. of sentence processing. Journalof Child 1989 A brief rejoinder to William McGregor's Language (London) 20(2): 463-471 . postscript. Journalof Literary Seman­ [language acquisition; child language; tics 18(2):1 47-1 48. [see McGregor) includes Warlpiri data] ALLEN, Christine (teacher) AKLlF, Gedda (now Fortey, ANU, researched Bardi 1984 A view on English - "We spoke English language) see Kimberley Language when we had to". Language in Central Resource Centre and Aklif 1993 Australia 2: 10-20. [Yipirinya language program) ALCORTA, Francis X (then at University of New England) ALLEN, John, and LANE, John (Allen: Lane's 1980 Bilingual education in the Northern informant) Territory: a study of a linguistic and 1913 Grammar, vocabulary, and notes of the cultural imposition. MEd thesis, Wangerriburra tribe. In Annual Report of University of New England. [small the Chief Protector of Aboriginals for the section on the nature of Aboriginal Year 1913, 22-35 + map. Queens-land languages] Parliamentary Papers 3: 1 043-1 051. Brisbane: Government Printer. [Yugambeh d] 3 ALLEN, Lindy, and BOREY, Bernice (both 1987 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B Anthropology Museum, University of J, eds 1983 Handbook of Australian Queensland) languages. Canberra: AlAS. Mankind 1984 Annotations to publications by WE. 17:73-75. Roth. (Cultural and Historical Records of 1988 Formalizing Yir-Yiront lenition. In Evans, Queensland 3) St Lucia: Anthropology N, and Johnson, S, eds Aboriginal Museum, University of Queensland. linguistics 1. Armidale: University of New [corrections and additions; see entries England. 188-197. under Roth] 1990 Review of Austin, Peter, ed. 1988 Complex sentence constructions in ALLINGHAM, M L (Mrs) (Muralambeen, Victoria Australian languages. Amsterdam: Estate, Herbert River) Benjamins. Language 66:356-363. 1964 Aboriginal names and their meanings. 1990 Some Proto-Pama-Nyungan paradigms: Local Government, March, 34-35; April, a verb in the hand is worthtwo in the 59-61; May, 66; June, 42. [Nyawaygi phylum. In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, D vocabulary] T, eds Studies in com-parative Pama­ Nyungan. (PL, C-111) Canberra: Pacific ALL RIDGE, Clare (then of the Australian National Linguistics. 155-1 71. University) 1991 Yir-Yoront lexicon: sketch and dictionary 1984 Aboriginal English as a post-pidgin. BA of an Australian language. (Trends in (Hons) thesis, Australian National Linguistics, Documentation, 6) Berlin: University. Mouton de Gruyter. 795pp. (Review Language 70, Dixon) ALPHER, Barry J (was at Cornell University and 1993 Out-of-the-ordinary ways of using a with Mouton de Gruyter; now research language. In Walsh, M and Yallop, C, associate in linguistics, University of eds Language and culture in Aboriginal Melbourne) Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies 1970 Review of Zwann, J D de A preliminary Press. 97-106. analysis of Gogo- Yimidjir ...Amer ican 1994 When non-Aborigines consider Anthropologist 72(5): 1 166-1 169. Aboriginal languages. In Bell, Diane, 1972 On the genetic subgrouping of the and Cahill, Ann J, edsAborigines in languages of southwestern Cape York Australian society: a resource book. Peninsula, Australia. Oceanic Linguistics Worcester, MA: Center for 11(2):67-87. Interdisciplinary and Special Studies, 1973 Son of ergative: the Vir Yoront language College of the Holy Cross. 101-132. of northeast Australia. PhD dissertation, 1994 Yir-Yoront ideophones. In Hinton, Cornell University. 412pp. Leanne, Nichols, Johanna, and Ohala, 1976 Phonological peculiarities of Yir-Yoront John J, eds Sound symbolism. song words. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Cambridge: University Press. 161-177. Languages of Cape York. Canberra: 1997 Fluctuating final n in noun-stems in AlAS. 78-83. Cape York languages. In Tryon, D, and 1976 Some linguistic innovations in Cape Walsh, M, eds Boundaryrider: essays in York and their sociocultural correlates. honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: In Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape Pacific Linguistics. 11-20. York. Canberra: AlAS. 84-101. 1976 Vir Yorond. In Dixon, R M W, ed. ALPHER, Barry,and NASH, David Grammatical categories in Australian 1999 Lexical replacement and cognate languages. Canberra: AlAS. 269-281 equilibrium in Australia. Australian (Topic A) Journal of Linguistics 19(1 ):5-56. 1982 Dalabon dual-subject prefixes, kinship categories, and generation skewing. In ALTMAN, Jon C (anthropologist, head of Aboriginal Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, Economic Policy Research, Australian eds The languages of kinship in National University) Aboriginal Australia. University of 1985 Flora and fauna revisited: a reply to Sydney. 19-30. Kesteven. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1987 Feminine as the unmarked grammatical 1985(2):71 -74. [comments on gender: buffalo girls are no fools. orthography etc] Australian Journalof Linguistics 1986 Flora and fauna again: a final word? 7(2): 169-1 87. [Australian languages with Australian Aboriginal Studies 1 986(1): gender systems] 4 61-62. [reply to Kesteven on Atlas of languages of in tercultural orthography etc) communication in the Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de AMERY, Robert M (Rob) (Linguistics, University of Gruyter. Volume 1:6. Adelaide/consultant linguist) 1998 Sally and Harry: insights into early 1985 A new diglossia: contemporary speech Kaurna contact history. In Simpson, varieties at Yirrkala in north east Jane, and Hercus, Luise, eds Historyin Arnhem Land. MA thesis, Australian portraits: biographies of nineteenth National University. century South Australian Aboriginal 1986 Languages in contact: the case of people. Canberra: Aboriginal History. Kintore and Papunya. Language in 49-87. AboriginalAust ralia 1:13 -38. 1998 Warrabarna Kaurna! Reclaiming 1986 YolngU-matha for use by members of Aboriginal languages from written the health profession in North East historical sources: Kaurna case study. ArnhemLand (Gumatj dialect). Darwin: PhD dissertation, Department of NorthernTerritory Departmentof Health. Linguistics, University of Adelaide. 61 pp. [useful expressions, vocabulary, see also Amery and Bourke 1994; see explanation of procedures, anatomical also Clark et al 1996, 1996; see also diagrams] Mercurio and Amery 1996; see also 1993 An Australian koine: Dhuwaya, a variety MGhlhiiusler and Amery 1996 of Yolngu Matha spoken at Yirrkala in NorthEast Arnhemland. International AMERY, Robert, and BOURKE, Colin Journal of the Sociology of Language 1994 Australian languages, our heritage. In 99:45-64. Bourke, Colin, Bourke, Eleanor, and 1993 Encoding new concepts in old Edwards, Bob, eds Aboriginal Australia: languages: a case study of Kaurna, the an in troductoryreader in Aboriginal language of the Adelaide Plains. Studies. St Lucia: University of Australian Aboriginal Studies 1 :37-47. Queensland Press. 102-122. (2nd 1993 Retrieving cultural and linguistic edition 1998) heritage: revival and resurrection of Aboriginal languages. In Towards AMERY, Rob and MOHLHAUSLER, Peter language excellence in the 21st century: 1996 Pidgin English in New South Wales, In conference proceedings of the Nin th Wurm, S A, MGhlhiiusler, P, and Tryon, National Languages Conference of the D T, eds Atlas of languages of inter­ Australian Federation of Modern cultural communication in the Pacific, Language Teachers' Associations. Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton Darwin: Northern Territory Department de Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :33-52. of Education. 40-47. 1996 Spread of selected diagnostic gram­ 1994 Heritage and second language matical constructions in Australian programs. In Hartman, D, and Pidgin English. (Map) In Wurm, S A, Henderson, J, Aboriginal languages in MGhlhiiusler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Atlas of languages of in tercultural 140-1 62. communication in the Pacific, Asia and 1995 It's ours to keep and call our own: the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de reclamation of the Nunga languages in Gruyter. Volume 1:16. the Adelaide region, South Australia. 1996 Spread of selected lexical items of International Journalof the Sociology of Aboriginal origin in Australian Pidgin Language 113:63-82. English. (Map) In Wurm, SA, 1995 Learning and reviving a language from MGhlhiiusler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds historical sources. In Thieberger, N, ed. Atlas of languages of in tercultural Paper and talk: a manual for communication in the Pacific, Asia and reconstituting materials in Australian the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de indigenous languages from historical Gruyter. Volume 1:18. sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 147-164. AMERY, Robert M, and SIMPSON, Jane 1996 Kaurna in Tasmania: a case of mistaken 1994 Kaurna. In Thieberger, N, and identity. Aboriginal History 20:24-50. McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal 1996 Land exploration of New South Wales words: a dictionary of words from 1813-1836 (sketch map). In Wurm, SA, Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait MGhlhiiusler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds 5 Islander la nguages. NorthRyde, NSW: ANONYMOUS (no author's name provided; see Macquarie Library. 144-1 72. also Aboriginal) 1878 Native names of plants in the vicinity of AMIET, William Albert (born near Geelong; Cam­ Belfast. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of bridge MA; settled in Old: law, Rotarian, Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 187. etc; also published essays) 1878 Native names of plants obtained from 1 932 Literature by languages: a roll call. the Aborigines of the River Yarra Yarra. Sydney. [Australian: pp 290-293] In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 188. ANDERSON, John G, and FRENCH, H (Ander­ 1886 The Cloncurry River. In Curr, E M The son: Under Secretaryfor Public Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 333-334, Instruction, Old) 336-337. [Mayapi vocabulary; see also 1904 Aboriginal place names. Science of Man that by Palmer] 7(3):44-45. 1886 Country north-west of the Barrier Range. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. ANDERSON, V, and MADDIESON, Ian (US Melbourne. 2:173. [Maljangapa phonologists) vocabulary] 1994 Acoustic characteristics of Tiwi coronal 1886 Lower Diamantina. In Curr, E M Th e stops. University of California Wo rking Australian race. Melbourne. 2:371-373. Papers in Phonetics 87: 131-1 62. [Karawalla and Tunberri tribes (Karuwali) vocabulary] ANDREWS, Avery D (Linguistics, The Faculties, 1887 Baffle Creek. In Curr, E M Th e Australian National University) Australian race. Melbourne. 3:128-129. 1985 Studies in the syntax of relative and [Goeng vocabulary] comparative clauses. (Outstanding 1887 Keppel Bay, Calliope River, and Curtis Dissertationsin Linguistics) New York: Island. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Garland. (revised version of his 1975 Melbourne. 3: 114-1 15. [Bayali MIT PhD dissertation) [includes vocabulary] Mabuiag, based on paper by Klokeid, 1887 Logan Creek, part of Lower Suttor, and and Warlpiri, based on articles by Hale] of Lower Mistake Creek: Narboo Murre 1996 Semantic case-stacking and inside-out tribe. In Curr, EM Th e Australian race. unification. Australian Journalof Melbourne. 3:36-39. [Barna vocabulary Linguistics 16(1 ):1-55. [Syntax and 38-39J word-structure of Warlpiri, Kayardild and 1887 Tenterfield, New England. In Curr, E M MartuthuniraJ The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:294- 295. [Yugumbal vocabulary] ANGELO, Denise, COLEMAN, Carolyn, WILKIN­ 1896-97 Linguistics. Australasian Anthropological SON, Melanie, AUSTIN, Peter, Journal 1(1):12-13; 1(2):1 0-13; 1(3):16- BLAKE, Barry, BUTLER, Sue, DENCH, 17; 1 (4):87-89; 1 (5):166-167; 1 (6):123. Alan and OBER, Dana (Angelo: [Includes 'Linguistics, obtained from the Diwurruwurru-jaru Aboriginal Corpor­ Coombyngura tribe, Clarence to ation, Katherine NT) Bellinger Rivers', September 12, 1994 Australian phrasebook. 1 st edition. 1896: 13, and 'Linguistics of Upper Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. Macleay River: dialect of "Nulla Nulla" 175pp. (2nd edition 1998, 254pp) tribe', February27 1897: 16-17] 1897 The causes of the changes in the ANGELO, Denise, COLEMAN, Carolyn, and dialects of the blacks of Australia. WILKINSON, Melanie Australasian Anthropological Journal 1994 Northern Australian languages. In 1 (6): 129-130. [possibly by Alan Carroll?J Angelo, D et al Australian phrase-book. 1897 Coa or Coah: tribal dialect near Kynuna. Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. 122- Australasian Anthropological Journal 142. 1 (3):16-17. 1998 Top End languages. In Angelo, Denise, 1899 Australian dialects, and the original et al Australian phrasebook. Melbourne: languages they came from. Science of Lonely Planet. 179-216. [with Kriol and Man 2(10):187-188. Kunwinjku additions] 1902 Tasmanian dialects and notes on Aboriginals of Tasmania. Science of Man 5(8):124. 1903 List of native words used at Cop man­ hurst by the blacks who call themselves 6 "Woomargon", and words of the blacks ANTIlLA, Raimo, and EMBLETON, Sheila at Grafton who call themselves "Alpun­ (Anttila, Finnish linguist) dimbo". Science of Man (February):8-9. 1989 The iconic index: from sound change to 1903 List of native words used by Maclean rhyming slang. Diachronica (Hildes­ Blacks, Clarence River, from a Native heim, Germany) 6(2): 155-1 80. Informant. Science of Man 6 [Australian avoidance language with (February):7. much vocabulary change) 1903 Native words used by blacks ...at Woolgoolga. Science of Man 6 APPLETON, Barbara (geographer) see Appleton (May):55. and Appleton 1992 1906 Wiradjuri names and meanings. Science of Man 8(4):15-16. APPLETON, Richard, and APPLETON, Barbara 1907 Gundungari language. Science of Man (Richard: editor, compiler of reference 9(6):94. [GoulburnlTumut area) books) 1908 Dialect of the Rockhampton Aborigines. 1992 The Cambridge dictionary ofAust ralian Science of Man 9: 135-136. places. Cambridge/Melbourne: 1908 The picture writings of the Australian Cambridge University Press. 356pp. blacks. Science of Man 10(3):35-36. 1909 Places around Sydney. Science of Man APPLIN, Stephen (teacher, Docker River school, 1 0(9): 1 36. NT) see Lanham et al 1994 1911 Aboriginal names and meanings. Science of Man 12( 11):21 4. ARAGU, Imasu, GER, F, and WARUSAM, M 1911 Port Jackson Aboriginal names. Science (Aragu then at Batchelor College) of. Man 12(2):34-35. 1980 Western Torres Strait Island kinship ­ 1912 Linguistics. Science of Man 13:21 1, 231, Kalaw Kawaw Ya and English. Nga/i 251. (Batchelor NT) May 1980:8-11. 1976 Avoiding an awkward mother-in-law situation. Monash Review 3:8. [On ARANDIC DICTIONARY PROGRAM (lAD, Alice Tsunoda's Djaru research at Hall's Springs) Creek: see Tsunoda 1984) 1985 Eastern Arrernte learner's wordlist. Alice 1977 The spelling of place names [note). Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Richmond River Historical Society Development. 29pp. Bulletin 81 :7. [Possibly by Oakes, M) 1990 Alya warre word-lis t. Alice Springs: 1982 Aboriginal Sacred Sites Protection Institute for Aboriginal Development. Authority (including a plea for a practical 84pp. linguistic guide to the major languages of the Northern Territory). In Bell, ARCHANGELI, Diana B (University of Arizona) Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers 1986 The OCP and Nyangumarda buffer presented at the Second Meeting of the vowels. Proceedings of the ...North Aboriginal Languages Association, Eastern Linguistic Society(Ottawa): Batchelor, NT, April, 1982. Alice 16:34-46. [uses obligatory contour Springs. 132-134. principle of non-linear phonology) 1987 Aboriginal teachers write about their community languages. Batchelor ARCHER, Thomas (pastoralist, Agent-General for College Aboriginal Teacher Education, Old, published works on Old) NT. 134pp. 1887" Rockhampton and Gracemere. In Curr, 1987 People and language at Galiwin'ku N.T. E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. Language Maintenance Newsletter 3:54-57. [vocabulary 54, 56-57, (Batchelor NT) 1987(4):18-21 . unidentified by Oates & Oates) [Djambarrpuyngu taking over from other clan languages; attempts at teaching ARISTAR, Anthony R (Department of English children clan language) Texas A & M University) 1989 Requests for work on Aboriginal and 1995 Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of Torres Strait Island languages; prepared case displacement. In Plank, F, ed. by Institute staff. Australian Aboriginal Double case: agreement by Suffix­ Studies 1989(1 ):64-66. aufnahme. Oxford University Press. 431-447. [Includes examples from Australian languages) 1997 Marking and hierarchy types and the grammaticalization of case-markers. 7 Studies in Language (Amsterdam) ARMSTRONG, Francis F, and SYMMONS, C 21 (2):313-368. [Evidence from range of 1842 Grammatical introduction to the study of language families including Australian: the Aboriginal language of Western Dyirbal) Australia. Appendix to McFaull, C, ed. Western Australian Almanack for 1842. ARKWOOKERUM, Meredith, WOOLLA, Perth. i-xxviii. Also in Threlkeld, L E, Christobel, and WOOLA, E"a 1892 An Australian language as spoken (teachers, Aurukun) by the Awabakal, the people of Awaba 1982 Language situation: Aurukun. Ngali or Lake Macquarie ... Sydney. December 1982: 14-1 7. [Wik-Mungkan) [Nyungar: some 300 nouns, grouped; elementarygrammar; based on ARM IT, William E (Inspector of Native Mounted materials of Armstrong] Police, in area to 1882; Police service in New Guinea; later journalist in N Old) ARMSTRONG, John (was Advisory Teacher of the 1886 Top of the range near Dalrymple. In Deaf, Southern Region, NT) Curr, E M, Th e Australian race. Mel­ 1978 Prerequisites for language learning. Th e bourne. 2:440-442. [Bindal vocabulary) Aboriginal Childat School 6(4):36-39. 1886 Mouth of the River Norman. In Curr, E M 1979 The effects of conductive hearing loss Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:306- on linguistic performance among 309. [Karrandee tribe (Garundi) Aboriginal children. Th e Aboriginal Child vocabulary308-309] at School 7(3):7-23. [Walpiri] 1886 The mouth of the Leich[h]ardt River. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. ARMSTRONG, M (Inspector of Police) Melbourne. 2:300-305. [Kalibamu 1886 Hinchinbrook Island and the mainland vocabulary 304-305] adjacent. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1886 Middle Norman. In Curr, E M Th e race. Melbourne. 2:41 8-421 . [intro­ Australian race. Melbourne. 2:310-313. duction to vocabularyfrom J Murray) [Wollongurmee tribe (Ambara or 1886 The watershed and upper portion of the Gundara?) vocabulary] Cape River. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:464-467. [liba ARMITAGE, Edward F (contractor Maryborough; vocabulary 466-467] adopted member Wide Bay tribe) 1943 Corroborees of the Aborigines of Great ARTHUR, Jay M (lexicographer, consultant to Sandy Island [and] deathwail of the Gin­ National Dictionary Project) Gin-Burra tribe of Aborigines at Mary 1990 What's your family? A report on the River, written and translated by E. language of kinship in Aboriginal Armitage, 1923. In Watson, F J, ed. English. English Today 6(4) (24):33-36. Vocabularies of fo ur representative 1996 Aboriginal English: a cultural study. tribes of south eastern Queensland . . . Melbourne: Oxford University Press. Brisbane. 96-98. 264pp. (Review Australian Aboriginal Studies 1998(2), David Nathan) ARMSTRONG, C F (WA Government interpreter: probably Francis F (below)) ASELA, Tina (Batchelor College) 1886 Perth [vocabulary] in Curr, E M The 1993 My language situation. Ngoonjook 8:39- Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :334-335. 40. [Speaks Kalaw Kawaw Ya to family [Wadjuk; see also that by Knight pp 332- and relatives, Kriol and English and use 333] of hand signs in other situations] 1998 Mabaygal koeyma yangukuduya ya ARMSTRONG, Francis Fraser (Government umamoeypa duwaninu: language use on Interpreter to the Native Tribes of Dauan Island. Ngoonjook 15:86-90. Western Australia; Chief Adviser on [Kalaw Kawaw Va, Torres Strait Creole] Aboriginal Affairs to Governor of WA) 1871 Language. In Western Australia - ASH, Anna (was involved in Lardil Dictionary Colonial Secretary - Information Project, Mornington Island) respecting the habits ... of Aboriginal 1994 Use 'em or lose 'em: theory and practice inhabitants of WesternAustralia. of Aboriginal language maintenance. BA (Parliamentary Paper nO 2 of 1871) (Hons) thesis, University of New Perth: Government Printer. 28pp. England.

L 8 ATCHISON, John Francis (Research Fellow with Islanders Corporation. 31 pp. [language Place-Names Survey, based at Univer­ pp 10-16) sity of New England; specialist in Aboriginal place names, contributor to AUSTIN, Peter K (Linguistics and Applied historical publications) Linguistics, University of Melbourne) 1973 The place-names project of the 1976 Dhirari. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammat­ Australian Academy of the Humanities. ical categories in Australian languages. Armidale and District Historical Society: Canberra: AlAS. 757-763 (Topic E). Journal and Proceedings 1 6:58-68. 1978 A grammar of the Diyari language of 1976 Place names of northern New South north east South Australia. PhD Wales. Sydney: Australian Broad­ dissertation, Australian National casting Commission. 24pp. [compiled University, Canberra. from broadcasts on ABC) 1979 Switch reference in Australian languages. In Munro, Pamela, ed. ATCHISON, J F, RYAN, J S, and YARWOOD, AT Studies of switch-reference. Los 1973 Australian place-name research: a Angeles: Department of Linguistics, method discussion paper. Canberra: University of California. 7-47. [syntactic Australian Academy of the Humanities. mechanisms for subordinate clauses: examples from Diyari, and Arabana­ ATHERTON, John (educated on family property Wangganguru, Pitjantjatjara, Pintupi, Armidale; settled in Queensland; 37 Gugada, Dyiwarli, Dhalandji, Walbiri, years at Emerald End, Mareeba, on Alyawarra, Wagaya, Djingili) Barron River; noted authority on 1 981 A grammar of Diyari, South Australia. Aboriginal customs) (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 32) 1886 Near the head of the Walsh River. In Cambridge: University Press. 270pp. Curr, E M, The Australian race. (Review Australian Journalof Lingu­ Melbourne. 2:408-41 1. [Barbaram istics 1 (2), Blake; Aboriginal History6, vocabulary 410-41 1) Hercus; American Anthropologist 84, Merlan; Mankind 13, Eades) ATKINS, W H (W Henry, Reverend) 1981 Case marking in southern Pilbara 1991 WHoAt kins memorial: Ny ungar-Eng/ish, languages. Australian Journalof Eng/ish-Nyungar dictionary, with Linguistics 1 (2):21 1 -226. [Kanyara equivalents in standard ortho-graphy. languages: Dhalandji, Burduna, Bay­ Edited and produced by Wilt Douglas ungu; Mantharta languages: Dhargari, [from notes and cards given Douglas by Wariyangga, Djiwarli, Dhiin, Djururu) Mrs Atkins after Henry's death). [ no 1981 Case-marking and clausal binding: evi­ place): W H Douglas. 35pp. dence from Dhalandji. Proceedings of the Chicago Linguistic Society 17:1-7. ATKINSON, Sharon (Yorta Yorta researcher) see 1981 Proto-Kanyara and proto-Mantharta Peeler, Bowe and Atkinson 1994; see historical phonology. Lingua 54:295-333. also Bowe, Peeler and Atkinson 1997 1981 Review of Wurm, S A, ed. 1979 Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: AUERBACH, Carl (Yeshiva University, New York) Pacific Linguistics. Language 57(3):747- 1992 Review of Harris, Stephen, 1990 Two 751 . 'way Aboriginal schooling: education 1981 Switch-reference in Australia. Language and cultural survival. Canberra: 57(2):309-334. Aboriginal Studies Press. International 1982 Review of McDonald, M, and Wurm, S Journal of the Sociology of Language A, 1979 Basic materials in Wa ngku­ (The Hague) 95: 136-141. mara (Galali): grammar, sentences and vocabulary. Canberra: Pacific AUROUSSEAU, Marcel (Sydney geographer and Linguistics. Language 58:732-733. historian, man of letters) 1982 The deictic system of Diyari. In 1972 Lieutenant James Cook's kangooroo. Weissenborn, J, and Klein, W, eds Here Newsletter of the Royal Australian and there: cross-linguistic studies in Historical Society 120:7. [Cook's Koko­ deixis and demonstration. (Pragmatics & Yimidir vocabulary) Beyond series, 3) Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 273-284. AUSTIN, Kellie et al (Worimi writer) 1982 Transitivity and cognate objects in 1997 Land of Awabakal. Hamilton NSW: Australian languages. In Hopper, P J, Yarnteen Aboriginal and Torres Strait and Thompson, S A, eds Studies in 9 transitivity. (Syntax and Semantics 15) 1991 Australian lexicography. In Hausmann, F New York: Academic Press. 37-47. J, Reichmann, 0, and Weigand, H E, 1983 Introduction. In Austin, P, ed. Papers in eds International encyclopedia of Australian linguistics 15: Australian lexicography, volume 3: Dictionaries. Aboriginal lexicography. Canberra: (Handbucher zur Sprach- und Pacific Linguistics. v-ix. Kommunikationswissenschaft, 5.3) 1983 Southern Pilbara dictionaries. In Austin, Berlin: Walter de G ruyter. 2638-2641 P, ed. Papers in Australian linguistics (Article 270). 15: Australian Aboriginal lexicography. 1991 Double case-marking in Kanyara and Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-17. Mantharta languages, Western 1986 Diyari language postcards and Diyari Australia. La Trobe Working Papers in literacy. Aboriginal History 10(2):175- Linguistics 4: 19-35. 192. [Diyari texts] 1991 The Karangura language. Records of 1986 Structural change in language obsoles- the South Australian Museum 25(2): cence: some eastern Australian 129-1 37. examples. Australian Journalof 1992 A dictionaryof Gamilaraay, Northern Linguistics 6(2):201 -230. [Kamilaraay, New South Wa les. Bundoora: La Trobe Ngiyampaa, Dharawal] University, Department of Linguistics. 1987 A learner's dictionary of Payungu, 62pp. [based in part on materials of Western Australia. Bundoora: Lingu- Mathews, Ridley, Greenway] istics Division, La Trobe University. 1992 A dictionary of Jiwarli, Western 1987 Word order and clause combining in Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- Gascoyne-Ashburton languages. In sity, Department of Linguistics. 118pp. DeLancy, S, and Tomlin, R, eds 1992 A dictionary of Payungu, Western Proceedings of the Third Annual Pacific Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- Linguistics Conference. Eugene, sity, Departmentof Linguistics. 104pp. Oregon: University of Oregon. 1-11. 1992 A dictionary of Tha/anyji, Western 1988 Aboriginal languages of the Gascoyne- Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- Ashburton region. La Trobe Working sity, Department of Linguistics. 68pp. Papers in Linguistics 1 :43-63. [Payungu, 1992 A dictionary of Tharrgari, Western Purduna, Thalanyji, Pinikura, Tharrkari, Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- Warriyangka, Thiin, Jiwarli, Jurruru] sity, Departmentof Linguistics. 60pp. 1988 Classification of southern Pilbara 1992 A dictionary of Warriyangga, Western languages. In Austin, P, et ai, eds Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- Papers in Australian Linguistics 17. sity, Department of Linguistics. 57pp. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-17. 1992 A dictionary of Yinggarda, Western 1988 Phonological voicing contrasts in Aust- Australia. Bundoora: La Trobe Univer- ralian Aboriginal languages. La Trobe sity, Departmentof Linguistics. 69pp. Working Papers in Linguistics 1 : 17-42. 1992 Word order in a free word order 1988 Trill-released stops and language language: the case of Jiwarli. La Trobe change in Central Australian langu- Wo rking Papers in Linguistics 5:45-67. ages. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1993 Aboriginal languages of the Gascoyne- 8(2):21 9-245. [Diyari, Ngamini, Ashburton region, Western Australia: Yandrruwandha, Wangkumarra, &c] catalogue of resource materials. 1989 Verb compounding in Central Australian Bundoora, Victoria: Department of languages. La Trobe Working Papers in Linguistics, La Trobe University. 5pp. Linguistics 2: 1-31 . 1993 Diyari (Pama-Nyungan). In Booij, 1990 Classification of Lake Eyre languages. Christian, and Lehmann, Joachim, eds La Trobe Working Papers in Linguistics Morphology: a handbook on inflection 3:171-201 . and word formation. Berlin: Walter de 1990 The last words of Pirlatapa. In Austin, Gruyter. Chapter 136. Peter, et ai, eds Language and history: 1993 A reference dictionary of Gamilaraay, essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Northern New South Wales. Bundoora: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 29-48. La Trobe University. 1991 Australian Aboriginal languages. In 1994 Diyari. In Thieberger, N and McGregor, Clyne, M G, ed. Linguistics in Australia: W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal words: a trends in research. Canberra: Academy dictionary of words from Australian of the Social Sciences in Australia. 55- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 74. languages. NorthRyde: Macquarie Library. 125-143. 10 1995 Double case marking in Kanyara and 1988 Complex sentence constructions in Manthartalangua ges, Western Australian la nguages. (TSL, 15) Amster­ Australia. In Plank, F, ed. Double case: dam: John Benjamins. 289pp. [Indivi­ agreement by Suffixa ufnahme. Oxford dual papers listed separately. Review University Press. 363-379. Language 66, Alpher; Australian 1996 Australia. In Comrie, Bernard, Matthews, Aboriginal Studies 1989(1), Dixon) Stephen, and Polinsky, Maria, eds Th e atlas of languages: the origin and AUSTIN, Peter, and BRESNAN, Joan W development of languages throughout 1996 Non-configurationality in Australian the world. London: Quarto/ New York: Aboriginal languages. Natural Language Facts on File. (Review Language in and Linguistic Th eory (Dordrecht) Society27, 1998, Daniels) 14(2):215-268. 1997 Causatives and applicatives in Australian Aboriginal languages. In AUSTIN, Peter, and CROWLEY, Terry Matsumura, Kazuto, and Hayasi, Tooru, 1995 Interpreting old spelling. In Thieberger, eds Dative and related phenomena. N, ed. Paper and talk: a manual for Tokyo: Hitsuji Shobo. 165-225. reconstituting materials in Australian 1997 Proto Central New South Wales indigenous languages from historical phonology. In Tryon, D, and Walsh, M, sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies eds Boundaryrider: essays in honour of Press. 53-102. Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 21-49. AUSTIN, Peter, DUNN, Leone, GLASGOW, 1997 Tense, aspect and time in Australian Kathleen, GEYTENBEEK, Helen, and Aboriginal languages. In Nagano, OATES, Lynette Yasuhiko, ed. Jikan to kotoba: time and 1988 Papers in Australian Linguistics 17. language. Osaka: National Museum of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. [see Ethnology. [A Japanese translation of individual entries) 1998 [Temporal reference ...) 1997 Texts in the Mantharta languages, AUSTIN, Peter, ELLIS, R, and HERCUS, Luise A WesternAus tralia. Tokyo: Institute for 1976 'Fruit of the eyes': semantic diffusion in the Study of the Languages and Cul­ the Lakes languages of South Australia. tures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo Papers in Australian Linguistics 10. (PL, University of Foreign Studies. [Jiwarli, A-47) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 57- Warriyangga) 77. 1998 Crow is sitting chasing them - grammaticalization and the verb 'to sit' AUSTIN, Peter, DIXON, R M W, DUTTON, Tom, in the Mantharta languages, Western and WHITE, Isobel, eds Australia. In Siewierska, Anna, and Jae 1990 Language and history: essays in honour Jung Song, eds Case, typ ology and of Luise A. Hercus. (PL, C-1 16) grammar: in honour of Barry J. Blake. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 289pp. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 19-36. 1998 Temporal reference, tense and aspect in AUSTIN, Peter, HERCUS, Luise A, and JONES, Australian Aboriginal languages. In Philip Nagano, Yoshiko, ed. Time, language, 1988 Ben Murray (Parlku-Nguyu­ and cognition. (Senri Ethnological Thangkayiwarna). Aboriginal History Studies 45) Japan: National Museum of 12:1 15-188. Ethnology. 143-169. see also Blake and Austin 1994; see AUSTIN, Peter, and TINDALE, Norman B also Butler and Austin 1986; see also 1985 Emu and brolga, a Kamilaroi myth. Hercus et a1 1990; see also Murray and Aboriginal History9(1 -2):8-21 . [text and Austin 1981, 1986, 1986; see also translation) Nathan and Austin 1992, 1996 AUSTIN, Peter, WILLIAMS, Corinne J, and AUSTIN, Peter, ed. WURM, Stephen 1983 Papers in Australian linguistics 15: 1980 The linguistic situation in northcentral Australian Aboriginal lexicography. (PL, New South Wales. Papers in Australian A-66) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Linguistics 13. (PL, A-59) Canberra: 173pp. [see individual entries) Pacific Linguistics. 167-180. 11 AUSTRALIA: Attorney-General's Department: language maintenance. Canberra: Indigenous Issues Policy Unit Australian Government Publishing 1996 Report of Proper True Talk National Service. 122pp. [surveyof language Forum, to wards a national strategy for loss, maintenance, recording, funding, interpreting in Aboriginal and Torres etc) Strait Islander languages. Barton ACT: Attorney-General's Department. (Review AUSTRALIA: Parliament: Senate Standing Indigenous Law Bulletin 4(2) 1997, Committee on Education and the Arts Ozolins) (chairman: Colston, Malcolm A) 1984 Report on a National Language Policy. AUSTRALIA: Department of Education, Northern Canberra: Australian Government Territory Division Publishing Service. 1972? Report Bilingual Education Consultative Committee. Darwin: Australian AUSTRALIA: Universities Commission: Working Department of Education (NT Division) Partyon Languages and Linguistics 1973-80 Bilingual education newsletter. Darwin: 1975 Languages and linguistics in Australian Department of Education. universities: report . .. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing AUSTRALIA: Department of Education, Advisory Service. 70pp.[Chapter 5 "Teaching and Group on Teaching in Aboriginal research in linguistics and the study of Languages in Schools in Aboriginal Aboriginal linguistics in Australian Communities in the Northern universities") Territory 1973 Recommendations for the implement­ AUSTRALIAN ADVISORY COUNCIL ON ation and development of a program of LANGUAGES AND MULTICULTURAL bilingual education in schools in EDUCATION Aboriginal communities in the Northern 1990 Th e National Policy on Languages. Territory. Canberra: Government Printer. December 1987-March 1990. Canberra: 75pp. Department of Employment, Education 1974 Bilingual education in schools in and Training. Aboriginal communities in the Northern Territory. Canberra: Government Printer. AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS 44pp. 1997 Australian standard classification of languages. Canberra: Australian Bureau AUSTRALIA: Department of Employment, of Statistics. 167pp. Education and Training 1990 The language of Australia: discussion AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF ABORIGINAL paper on an Australian language and STUDIES (AlAS see also AIATSIS) literacy policy for the 1990s. Canberra: 1963 Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies. Australian Government Publishing Oceania 33(3):216-231. (Pro-gress Service.2 volumes. [Includes Aboriginal report 1960-62; conference report May language policy) 1961; Bibliography 1961 -9/62) 1991 Australia 's language: the Australian language and literacy policy. 2 volumes. AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS Canberra: Australian Govern-ment 1981- Australian Journalof Linguistics. [Place Publishing Service, for the Department. of pUblication varies): Australian see also Pollard and Boson 1995 Linguistic Society. [bi-annual; all relevant contributions are listed here) AUSTRALIA: MilitaryBoard 1941 Handbook of Pidgin English: Aboriginal AVERIS, Meriel (Djabugay speaker) see Quinn et and South Sea Islands. Melbourne: a1 1992, 1992 Military Board. 12pp.

AUSTRALIA: Parliament: House of Represent­ B atives Standing Committee on B[AIRD], D D et al (B, J J; W, J C; C, J C; T, A M) Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 1896 Place names and meanings from Dubbo Affairs (chairman: Kerr, Duncan) (see D D Baird), Narrandera (see J J 1992 Language and culture: a matter of Baylis), Northof Darling ( J C W), survival: reportof the inquiry into dialects of Kamilaroi (J C W), Clarence Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 12 to Bellingen Rivers (J C C), Brewarrina 1992 World view, language and the 'neo­ tribe (A M T). Australasian Whorfians': a reply to McConveli. Anthropological Journal 1 (2):12-13. [the Australian Aboriginal Studies 1992(1): latter three remain unidentified] 74-76.

BAARDA, B Wendy (teacher-linguist, Yuendumu, BAIRD, D D (Dubbo) since 1973) 1896 Names of places and their meanings 1994 The impact of the bilingual program at (Dubbo). Australasian Anthropological Yuendumu, 1974 to 1993. In Hartman, Journal 1 (2):12. [see also B, above] 0, and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages in education. Alice Springs: BAISDEN, Faith (newsletter editor for FATSIL lAD Press. 204-213. project) see Coyne and Baisden 1998

BABAN, Tom (Director, Aboriginal and Torres Strait BAISDEN, Faith, ed. Islander Services, Department of Social 1996- Voice of the Land. (The FATSIL news­ Security) letter: Aboriginal and Torres Strait 1996 Department of Social Security Aborigi­ Islander Corporation of Languages; nal and Torres Strait Islander Inter­ Beenleigh, Queensland) [of about 12pp, preter Services. In Proper true talk ... the newsletter includes brief notes about Canberra: Attorney General's language and linguistic activities Department. 35-40. throughout Australia]

BABIA, Marina (University of the Northern BAKER, Philip (English creolist) Territory) 1993 Australian influence on Melanesian 1997 Using languages in schools: the role of Pidgin English. Te Reo 36:3-67. bilingualism in a child's development. Ngoonjook 12:48-53. [Kalaw Kawaw Ya, BAKER, Philip and MOHLHAUSLER, Peter Torres Strait Creole] 1996 Spread of selected lexical items in Australian Pidgin English. In Wurm, SA, BABIA, Marina, and DAY, Elsie Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds 1989 Torres Strait picture dictionary. Atlas of languages of in tercultural Thursday Island: Thursday Island State communication in the Pacific, Asia and High School. 56pp. [Kala Lagaw Ya and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Meriam Mer] Gruyter. Volume 1:17.

BADGERY, John Alexander (pastoralist BAKER, Sidney J (Australian author/linguist) Queanbeyan area; Show judge) 1 945 The Australian language. Sydney: 1899 List of Aboriginal names of places. Angus & Robertson. (Chapter XV Science of Man 2(1 0): 194. [Shoalhaven "Aborigines and Pidgin English" pp 309- River near Queanbeyan] 340, and elsewhere) 2nd edn 1966 Currawong; paperback version of 2nd BAGS, F B (probably Bays, F B, see below) edn Sun Books 1970, 1976; other edns 1899 Murri dialect. Science of Man 2(4):68- 1978 (Currawong) and subsequently. 69. [Murawari?] BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr (Associate Professor and BAIN, Margaret S (anthropologist, worked for Pres­ Director, Language Centre, University of byterian Church in Aboriginal commun­ Sydney) ities, particularly Finke) 1985 Linguistic minorities and bilingual 1972 At the interface: Aboriginal and white communities: Australia. Annual Review contact in Australia. MA preliminary of Applie d Linguistics 6: 1 00-1 12. essay, Monash University. 123pp. 1996 Back from the brink? Revival, 1980 No Pitjantjatjara transformation. restoration, and maintenance of Anthropological Forum 4(3/4):308-330. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander [critique of Munn's paper; comment by languages. Southwest Journalof W H Douglas, pp 327-330] Linguistics (USA) 15(1 1-2):1-22. 1992 Th e Aboriginal-White encounter: see also Eggington and Baldauf 1990; towards better communication. (SIL­ see also Mann and Baldauf 1992; see AAB Occasional Papers, 2) Darwin: also Russo and Baldauf 1986; see also Summer Institute of Linguistics. 251 pp. Lo Bianco et al 1997 13 BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr, ed. 1981 Sign language. Identity 4(5): 19. [in 1995 Backing Australian languages: review of Torres Strait) the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 1987 Garka a ipika: masculine and feminine Languages Initiatives Program. grammatical gender in Kala Lagaw Va. Canberra: National Languages and (Co-translator and editor: BarryAlpher). Literacy Institute of Australia. [note Australian Journalof Linguistics chapters 3 and 4, by Baldauf) 7(2):189-201. [Kala Lagaw Val

BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr, and EGGINGTON, BANI, Ephraim, and KLOKEID, TerryJ William G 1976 Ergative switching in Kala Lagau 1989 Language reform in Australian Langgus. In Sutton, Peter, ed. languages. In Fodor, Istvan and Languages of Cape York. Canberra: Hagege, Claude, eds Language Reform: AlAS. 269-283. history and future. Volume 4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske. 13-29. BANKS, Joseph (Sir) (on Endeavour with Cook, as Royal Society scientist) BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr, and LU KE, Allan, eds 1962 Th e Endeavour journalof Joseph Banks, 1990 Language planning and education in 1768-1771. 2 volumes. Edited version by Australasia and the South Pacific. J C Beaglehole. Sydney: Trustees of the Clevedon, England: Multicultural Public Libraryof New South Wales and Matters. (Review Linguistics 30, Angus & Robertson.Voca bulary of Romaine; Australian Journalof Koko-Yimidir, volume 2: 136-137. Linguistics 12(2), Bradley) BANNING, Roy (Wanyarra) (Djabugay speaker, at BALDI, Philip, ed.(Br itish linguist) Kuranda State School) 1990 Linguistic change and reconstruction 1989 Nganydj ngirrna Ojabugay: our language methodology. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Ojabugay. Kuranda, Qld: M Quinn. (+ 1991 Patterns of change, change of patterns: sound cassette) linguistic change and reconstruction see also Quinn et al 1992 methodology. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. (Reprint of 1990 in shortened paperback BANNING, Roy W, and QUINN, Michael G version intended for st udents) 1989 Ojabugay ngirrma gulu (Djabugay language here). Kuranda, Qld: Michael BALFE, J (clergyman, JP, Bogan River) Quinn. 119pp. [Djabugay language 1887 Bogan River. In Curr, E M Th e Aust­ course) ralian race. Melbourne. 3:365, 380-381. [Wiradjuri vocabulary) BARANGA, Albert, and COATE, Howard H J (Baranga: outstanding Worora man) BANFIELD, E J (Edmund James) (journalist, writer; 1986 Violent contacts (Ngarinjin story). In lived on Dunk Island 1897-1 923) Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is 1908 Th e confessions of a beachcomber. what happened: historical narratives by London: Fisher & Unwin. 336pp. A later Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 165-175. edition 1968. [Reinecke: 'much dialog, especially in Part 2, illustrating Pidgin BARKER, G H, and O'CONNELL, J F (Australian English spoken at Dunk Island'; Dixon: ethnobotanists; Barker was Research 'a few words from the language (ie Coordination Officer, AlAS) Warrgamay)') 1977 A.IAS. ethnobotany workshoprepor t. AlAS Newsletter 7 (new series):41-43. BANI, Ephraim (AlAS researcher; School of Australian Linguistics, Nhulunbuy; later BARKER, Robert J (psychologist) civil servant Thursday Island) 1970 The effectiveness of a language 1976 The language situation in Western development programme in part­ Torres Strait. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Aboriginal children. Diploma in Languages of Cape York. Canberra: Psychology thesis, University of AlAS. 3-6. Melbourne. 24pp. 1977 Summary report of fieldwork. AlAS Newsletter 7 (new series):30-34. BARLEE, Frederick (Sir) (Colonial Secretary WA 1979 Presupposition in Western Torres Strait for 20 years from 1855; wide WA language [Kala Lagaw Val. AlAS interests including agricultural venture, Newsletter 12 (new series):38-40. Kimberley) 14 1886 The Shaw River: the Weedookarrytribe. what happened: historical narratives by In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 125-127. Melbourne. 1 :294-295. [Widugari) 1886 Shark's Bay [the Majanna tribe). In Curr, BARRY, Redmond (Sir) (Justice of Supreme Court, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. Chancellor University of Melbourne) 1 :308-309. [Malgana vocabulary) 1867 Vocabulaire des dialectes des 1886 Bunbury, GElOgrapheBay, Vasse, aborigimes de I'Australie. Melbourne: Uduc, etc. In Curr, E M The Australian Masterman. [for Intercolonial Exhibition, race. Melbourne. 1 :352-359. [Wardandi, 1866) Kaneang vocabularies, from Bunbury 1867 Vocabulary of dialects spoken by (354-355), Geographe Bay and Vasse Aboriginal natives of Australia. (356-357), Uduc, Harvey (358-359), Melbourne: Masterman. [14pp; also for these last two by M B Small (qv)) Intercolonial Exhibition of Australasia)

BARLOW, Alex, HILL, Marji, and JURCEVIC, W BARTHELEMY, C G see Mcintosh, Cooke and (Barlow: Director, Research and Barthelemy 1887 Publication, Australian InFo Inter­ national, barrister, author; all were at the BARWICK, Diane E (historian and anthropologist; time in Education Research, AlAS) began Aboriginal Biography Program at 1977 Aboriginal studies courses at Australian AlAS, editor of Aboriginal Historyuntil universities and Colleges of Advanced her death) Education. AlAS Newsletter 8 (new 1984 Mapping the past: an atlas of Victorian series):59-68. clans 1835-1 904. Part 1. Aboriginal see also Hill and Barlow 1978, 1985 History8(1/ 2):1 00-131. [tries to "identify the land-owning units and linguistic BARLOW, Alex P C, and TRIFFITT, Geraldine groupings from unpublished records") (Barlow: Research Officer, Education, and Triffitt: bibliographer, AIATSIS) BASEDOW, Herbert (Adelaide-born medical 1987 Aboriginal languages in education. practitioner, explorer, anthropologist, Australian Aboriginal Studies geologist) 1987(2):90-92. 1908 Vergleichende Vokabularien der Aluridja - und Arunndta - Dialekte Zentral BARLOW, Harriott (a station wife) Australiens. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 1872 Vocabulary of Aboriginal dialects of 40:207-228. Queensland. Journal of the Anthropo­ 1925 Th e Australian Aboriginal. Adelaide: logical Society 2(2): 166-1 75. [Coon­ Preece. [[pp 388-394 gives signs used gurri, Wirri-Wirri, Ngoori, Yowalleri, Coo­ by the Arunndta tribe) in-bur-ri, Begumble, Cambooble, 1978 The Australian Aboriginal. Reprint of Parrungoom, Pidgin English) 1925:388-394, in Umiker-Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, eds Aboriginal sign BARLOW, Lorraine Ngalkamarrang, and languages of the Americas and FARREL, Hilda (Batchelor College Australia. New York: Plenum Press. staffers) 371-377. 1987 The community of Batchelor College and its languages. In Aboriginal BASSETT-SMITH, P W teachers write about their community 1894 The Aborigines of north-west Australia. languages. Batchelor College Aboriginal Journal of the Royal Anthropological Teacher Education, NT. 25-45. [their Society23:324-33 1. [small vocabulary of survey of students found the prominent Woolwonga tribe, W Alligator River, to languages to be Yolngu Matha, Warlpiri, Roebuck Bay: Wuna] Kriol and Tiwi) BASTIAN, Adolf (German ethnologist, published BARNETT, Peggy (Department of Anthropology, widely) University of Utah, Salt Lake City) see 1881 Australischer Schriftsubstitute. O'Connell, Latz and Barnett 1983 Zeitschrift fUr Ethnologie 13: 192-193. [Djabwurung] BARRENGWA, and STOKES, Judith (Barrengwa: singer of Groote Island) BAT, Melodie (teacher/linguist, Areyonga School) 1986 Macassar man (Anindilyakwa song). In 1996 Acknowledging success in a bilingual Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is school. NT Aboriginal Languages and 15 Bilingual Education Newsletter 96(1): 15- Jagst. Darwin: Summer Institute of 17. [Improvement in English spoken by Linguistics. Oceania 56(3):236-237. Pitjantjatjara-speaking children at 1987 Anaphora in children's Warlpiri. Areyonga) Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 10(2):1-11. [language acquisition) BATES, Daisy M (author, worked among Aboriginal 1988 Locative concepts and expressions and people, especially the Nyungar in WA) Warlpiri acquisition data. La Trobe 1907 Fanny Balbuk-Yooreel: the last Swan Working Papers in Linguistics 1 :65-75. River (female) native. Western Mail 1988 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 (Perth), 1 June:45. [names of places) Young people's Oyirbal: an example of 1912 Aboriginal nomenclature. West language death from Australia. Australian, 10 February. Cambridge: University Press. Language 1913 Aboriginal names of places. Science of in Society 17(3):440-445. Man 14(4):74-76. 1988 Teaching Warlpiri as a community lang­ 1914 A few notes on some south-western uage. In Bavin, E, and Wales, M L, eds Australian dialects. Journalof the Language programs in primaryschool s: Anthropological Society (London) 44:65- some Australian experiences. Geelong: 82. Deakin University Press. 3-23. 1918 Aborigines of the west coast of South 1990 The acquisition of form-function Australia: vocabularies and et hno­ mappings in the Warlpiri tense-aspect graphical notes. Transactions of the system. La Trobe Working Papers in Royal Society of SA 42:152-167. Linguistics 3: 15-27. 1921 Ooldea Water. Proceedings of the Royal 1990 Locative terms and Warlpiri acquisition. Geographical Society of South Australia Journalof Child Language 1 7:43-66. 2:73-78. [Ngallia botanical and 1991 Socialisation and the acquisition of zoological terms) Warlpiri kin terms. Papers in Pragmatics 1925 The native name of dingo. Perth Sunday 1 (3):31 9-344. Times, 21 July. 1992 The acquisition of Warlpiri. In Siobin, D 1926 Poems of palaeolithic man. Austral­ I, ed. The crosslinguistic studyof asian, 2 January:49-50. [brief songs and language acquisition, volume 3. chants in Bibbulman, Beejanjara, Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Meedar, Gabbaitch, Waddarn, Erlbaum Associates. 309-371. Kurannup, Leeuwin coast) 1992 Some lexical and morphological 1928 Central Australian bird names. changes in Warlpiri. In Dorian, N C, ed. Australasian, 1 December. Investigating obsolescence: studies in 1929 Aboriginal nomenclature: a plea for la nguage contraction and death. native. Sunday Times (Perth), 3 July, 11 (Studies in the Social and Cultural August. [suggestions for choosing Foundations of Language 7) Cam­ names for new townships etc; bridge: University Press. 267-286 placenames and meanings) (Chapter 18). 1985 Th e native tribes of Western Australia. 1993 Language and culture: socialisation in a Edited by Isobel White. Canberra: Warlpiri community. In Walsh, M, and National Library of Australia. [includes Yallop, C, eds Language and culture in Bates' 'language, grammar, and vocab­ Aboriginal Australia. Canberra: ularies' in languages from all over WA; Aboriginal Studies Press. 85-96. includes songs and animal names in 1995 Inflections and lexical organisation: Nyungar) some evidence from Warlpiri. In Pishwa, H, and Marold, K, eds Th e development BAVIN, Edith L (School of Psychological Science, of morphological system-aticity. La Trobe University) Tubingen: Gunter Narr. 39-53. 1982 Review of Goyvaerts, D L, 1981 Phon­ 1995 Language acquisition in crosslinguistic ology in the 1980's. Ghent: Story­ perspective. Annual Review of Anthrop­ Scientia. Australian Journalof ology (USA) 24:373-396. [cites case Linguistics 2(2):249-255. study of Warlpiri) 1985 Issues in first language acquisition 1998 Factors of typology in language research. Australian Review of Applied acquisition: some examples from Linguistics 8(2):13-26. [example from Warlpiri. In Siewierska, Anna, and Jae Warlpiri) Jung Song, eds Case, typ ology and 1986 Review of Swartz,S M, ed. 1982 Papers grammar. (Typological studies in in War/piri grammar in memoryof Lothar 16 language 38) Amsterdam'Philadelphia: see also Sheridan and Bay 1887 John Benjamins. 37-55. 1998 Some observationsof construction BEALE, Anthony (Tony) (librarian, Northern grammar and language acquisition. Territory) Journalof Child Language 25:475-479. 1975 The Mari languages. BA (Hons) sub­ thesis, Australian National University, BAVIN, Edith, and SHOPEN, Tim Canberra. 157pp. [30 dialects covered] 1985 Children's acquisition of Warlpiri: 1976 Biri. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical comprehension of transitive sentences. categories in Australian languages. Journalof Child Language 12:597-610. Canberra: AlAS. 266-269 (Topic A). 1985 The development of narrative by Warlpiri children. Papers of the Berkeley BEALE, Edgar (lawyerand historian, Woliongong) Linguistics Society 11: 1-13. 1979 The transliteration of Aboriginal names. 1985 Warlpiri and English: languages in Ne wsle tter of the Royal Australian contact. In Clyne, M G, ed. Australia, Historical Society 1 80:2. meeting place of languages. Canberra: 1980 The naming of Aborigines. Newsletter of Pacific Linguistics. 81-94. the Royal Australian Historical Society 1987 Innovations and neutralizations in the 186:3-4. [bestowal of European names Warlpiri pronominal system. Journalof and nicknames on Aborigines] Linguistics 23: 149-175. 1989 Cues to sentence interpretation in BEATTIE, J W (John Watt) (Tasmanian historian/ Warlpiri. In MacWhinney, Brian, and photographer, published prolifically) Bates, Elizabeth, eds The cross­ 1913 List of native words of the Oyster Bay linguistic study ofsentence processing. tribe, V.D.l. [Van Diemen's Land]. Cambridge: University Press. 185-205. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal 1991 Warlpiri in the 80s: an overview of Society of Ta smania, 79-81 . [see also research into language variation and Ritz 1913] child language. In Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in Australia . Cambridge: BECKETT, Jeremy R (anthropologist, University of University Press. 104-1 17 (Chapter 6). Sydney) 1984 Blaikman T ok and Waitman T ok in BAVIN, Edith L, and WALES, M L (Lynn) Torres Strait. Australian Aboriginal 1988 Language programs in primaryschools: Studies 1984(1 ):60. (see also Shnukal some Australian experiences. Geelong: 1983, and Shnukal's reply to this Deakin University Press. 83pp. comment) [Standard English vs creole]

BAYLES, Henry (Police Magistrate) BEDDOME, Harry L 1887 Wagga Wagga. In Curr, E M The 1886 Marachowie. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:392-393. Australian race. Melbourne. 2:132-135. [Wiradjuri vocabulary] [South Australian? vocabulary]

BAYLIS, J J BELFRAGE, Hugh (then at the University of 1896 Narrandera, the names of places, etc, Melbourne) with meanings. Australasian Anthropo­ 1992 Aspects of verb and pronoun morphol­ logical Journal1 (2):12. [see also under ogy, semantics and syntax in Garrwa. B 1896] BA (Hons) thesis, University of 1899 [Queensland vocabulary]. Science of Melbourne. Man 2(4):68. 1922 Vocabulary of Aboriginal words and BELL, Enid, McCREEDY, A D, PARRY-OKEDEN, names. Sydney: Government Printer. W E, MURRELLS, James (Bell later 37pp. published a children's novel, and 1927 The Waradgery language. Euroa reminiscences of the Jagara people) Gazette. Euroa, Victoria. 1934 Aboriginal language: dialects of vanish­ see also under B[aird] et al 1896 ed tribes. Queenslander 18 January 1934: 13, 28; 25 January 1934: 13; 1 BAYS, F B (Frank Buckle; possibly Bags, F B, see February 1934:13; 8 February 1934:13; above; on the land, JP Surat) 15 February 1934: 13. [includes lists of 1887 Part of the Maranoa River. In Curr, E M place names etc from Yugararapul, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:256- Northern Rivera, Yadiken, Burdekin 257. [Gogai vocabulary] 17 River (from Murrells), Carndew, Coen BELL, Sherrill (Executive Director, NAATI) and Waka people/dialects] 1996 National Accreditation Authority for Translators and Interpreters. In Proper BELL, H L see Hyde et al 1887 true talk ... Canberra: Attorney General's Department. 49-52. BELL, Jeanie (Aboriginal linguist, was member of the Australian Languages and Literacy BELT, E F (Ed Francis; Station Manager Macumba Council) Station SA) 1994 Australia's indigenous languages. In 1886 Macumba River: Wychinga tribe. In Curr, Voices from the land: 1993 Boyer E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. lectures. Sydney: ABC Books. 45-61. 1 :422-425. [Waidjinga vocabulary 424- 1 994 Dictionaryof the Gubbi-Gubbi and 425] Butchulla languages, compiled with the assistance of Amanda Seed. Brisbane: J BENBO, Paddy Huddlestone (Wagiman story­ Bell. 166pp. teller, NT) see Emorrotjba et al 1998 1994 'We need people to say, yeah, why shouldn't their languages be revived or BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Barraba maintained?" Boyer Lecture 1993. 1887 Barraba. In Curr, E M The Australian Editions January/February 1994: 19-20, race. Melbourne. 3:320-321 . [Kamilaroi 27. vocabulary] 1995 Working on a dictionary for M urri languages. In Thieberger, N, ed. Paper BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Bathurst and talk: a manual for reconstituting 1887 Carcoar. In Curr, E M Th e Australian materials in Australian indigenous lan­ race. Melbourne. 3:384-385. [Wiradjuri guages from historicalsour ces. Can­ vocabulary] berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 1-7. 1887 Hill End. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:376-377. [Wiradjuri BELL, Jeanie, ed. (ALA) vocabulary] 1 982 A collection of papers presented at the Second Meeting of the Aboriginal BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Bogabrie [Boggabri] Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, 1887 Bogabrie. In Curr, E M Th e Australian April, 1982. [Alice Springs]: Aboriginal ra ce. Melbourne. 3:322-323.[Kamilaroi Languages Association. 51 pp. [papers: vocabulary] Fesl, Edwards, Richards, Sandefur, Shnukal, McKay, Ah Chee & Goldflam, BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Brewarrina Eades, Buschenhofen, all listed herein] 1887 Brewarrina and Barwan River - the 1 982 Language planning for Australian Wailwun language. In Curr, E M The Aboriginal languages: papers presented Australian race. Melbourne. 3:330-331. at the workshop to develop Aboriginal [Weilwan vocabulary] leadership in language planning, Alice Springs, February 16-20, 1981. Alice BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Dubbo Springs: Institute for Aboriginal 1887 Dubbo. In Curr, E M The Australian Development. 134pp. [papers by Breen, race. Melbourne. 3:365, 372-373. Black, Shnukal, Sharpe, Fesl, Walsh, [Wiradjuri vocabulary] McConvell, Bell, Elwell, Wafer] BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Moree BELL, Neil (linguist, lawyer, former Member of 1887 Moree. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Legislative Assembly, Northern Melbourne. 3:314-315. [Kamilaroi Territory) vocabulary] 1982 Central Australian language and literature: a course of study. In Bell, BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Moulmein Jeanie, ed. Language planning for [Moulamein) Australian Aboriginal languages. Alice 1887 Moulmein. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Springs: lAD. 77-82. race. Melbourne. 3:500-501. 1988 The verbal categories of some dialects [Wembawemba vocabulary) of the Western Desert language. MA thesis, Australian National University. BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Nundle 1887 Nundle. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:316-317. [Kamilaroi vocabulary) 18 BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Obley 1995 Seeing common links: a semiotic 1887 Sources of Bogan River. In Curr, E M approach to Warlpiri Sign Language. The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:382- Semio-Nordica 5:3-4. 383. [Wiradjuri vocabulary] BERENGIER, Theophile (of the Benedictine order) BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Queenbulla District 1879 La nouvelle Nursie: histoire d'une 1887 Queenbulla, Ashford, and Quininguillan. colonie benedictine dans I'Australie In Curr, E M The Australian ra ce. occidentale (1840-1878). Paris: Lecoftre Melbourne. 3:298-299. [Kambuwal Fils. vocabulary] BERLIN, Brent and KAY, Paul (US linguists) BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Wee-Waa 1969 Basic colour terms: their universality and 1887 Namoi. In Curr, E M The Australian evolution. Berkeley: University of race. Melbourne. 3: 307, 318-319. California Press. [brief reference to [Kamilaroi vocabulary] Torres Strait languages]

BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Wingham BERNDT, Catherine H (anthropologist, Univer­ 1887 The Manning River. In Curr, E M Th e sities of Sydney and WA, from 1940s) Australian race. Melbourne. 3:350-351 . 1950 Expressions of grief among Aboriginal [Birpai vocabulary; see also Ryan women. Oceania 20(4):286-332. 1964:215-217] 1951 Some figures of speech and oblique references in an Australian language BENCH OF MAGISTRATES, Yass [Gunwinggu]. Southwestern Journalof 1887 Yass. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Anthropology 7(3):266-271 . Melbourne. 3:426-427. [Ngunawal 1952 A drama of north-eastern Arnhem Land. vocabulary, including a few words from Oceania 22(3):216-239; 22(4):275-289. George Browne] [Gobabwingu text & translation] 1979 Land of the rainbow snake: Aboriginal BENNETI, F children's stories and songs from 1918 Vocabulary of the Mt. Spencer blacks. western Arnhem Land. (illustrated by Proceedings of the Royal Society of Djoki Yunupingu) Sydney: Collins. 96pp. Queensland 30( 13): 175-1 78. [stories collected from Gun-winggu women; songs in Gunwinggu with BENNETI, John William Ogilvie (draughtsman on translations] NT Expedition) see also Berndt and Berndt 1970, 1970, 1879 Vocabulary of the Woolner district 1979, 1991 dialect, Adelaide River, Northern Territory. In Woods, J D Th e native BERNDT, C H, and BERNDT, R M tribes of South Australia. Adelaide: 1951 An Oenpelli monologue: culture-contact. Wigg. 307-316. (Also in Journal of the Oceania 22(1 ):24-52. [p 34ft, text & Anthropological Society 1 :88, 1 872) translation, Gunwinggu; p 24ft, attitudes to learning English/literacy] BENNETI, M M (Mrs Mary Montgomerie) (teacher, advocate of Aboriginal rights; wrote BERNDT, Ronald M (anthropologist, Universities of about her father, who had "deep sym­ Sydney and WA, from 1940s) pathy for and insight into Aborigines") 1940 Notes on the sign language of the 1927 Christison of Lammermoor. London: Jaralde tribe of the lower River Murray, Alston Rivers. (Review New Triad March South Australia. Transactions of the 1928, 11) [English-Dalleburra dictionary Royal Society of SA 64:267-272. pp 271-276] 1951 Kunapipi: a study ofan Australian Aboriginal religious cult. New York: BENTON, Richard (teacher) International Universities Press. 1975 Initial literacy teaching: a cautionary tale. [significant linguistic content, songs etc, Regional English Language Centre NT languages] Journal 6(1 ):6-13. [teaching literacy in 1959 The concept of 'the tribe' in the Western vernacular languages in Australia] Desert of Australia. Oceania 30(2):81- 107. [location of Western Desert BERBECO, Steven (doctoral candidate Harvard languages, but not primarily linguistic] University; researcher-writer of Let's go: 1978 Reprint of 1940. In Umiker-Sebeok, D J, Australia, 1997) and Sebeok, T A, Aboriginal sign- 19 languages of the Americas and Austra­ Queensland. Journalof the Royal lia. New York: Plenum Press. 397-402. Society of NS W 53: 1 02-1 06. see also Berndtand Berndt 1951 BEVERIDGE, John (brother of Peter Beveridge, BERNDT, R M, ed. similarly pastoralist) 1977 Aborigines and change: Australia in the 1887 Swan Hill and Tyntynder. In Curr, E M '70s. (Australian Aboriginal Studies, The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:439- Social Anthropology Series 11) 445. [Wotti-wotti (Wathiwathi) Canberra: AlAS. vocabulary]

BERNDT, Ronald M, and BERNDT, Catherine H BEVERIDGE, Peter (station owner, Tyntynder, 1970 Man, land & myth in north Australia: the Swan Hill area from 1845; published Gunwinggu people. Sydney: Ure Smith / widely on local tribes, customs) East Lansing: Michigan State University 1865 A few notes on the dialects, habits, Press. customs and mythology of the Lower 1970 Time for relaxation. In Wurm, S A, and Murray Aborigines. Transactions of the Laycock, D C, eds Pacific linguistic Royal Society of Victoria 6: 14-24. studies in honour of Arthur Capell. 1878 Junction of Morcovia Creek and River Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 557-591. Murray [vocabulary]. In Smyth, R B The [Songs of the Maung, Arnhem Land] Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1991 Aboriginal languages and national Melbourne. 72-73. identity. In Malcolm, I, ed. Linguistics in 1878 Kulkyne, Lower Murray [vocabulary]. In the service of society: essays to honour Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Victoria, Susan Kaldor. Claremont, WA: Institute volume 2. Melbourne. 71 . (obtained from of Applied Language Studies, Edith native named Wye-Wye-A-Nine) [Latchi­ Cowan University. 55-63. Latchi?] 1878 [Vocabulary]: Tyntynder. In Smyth, R B BERNDT, R M, and BERNDT, C H, eds Th e Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1 979 Aborigines of the West: their past and Melbourne. 73-74. their present. Nedlands: University of Western Australia Press. BIDDLE, Jennifer L (then PhD student, University of Sydney) BERNDT, R M, and VOGELSANG, T 1996 When not writing is writing. Australian 1941 Comparative vocabularies of the Aboriginal Studies 1996(1 ):21-33. [Re­ Ngadjuri and Dieri tribes, South lationship between Warlpiri and other Australia. Transactions of the Royal Central Desert iconography and writing] Society of SA 65(1 ):3-1 O. BILLYCAN, Carol (Bidyadanga school) see BERRY, Lynn (phonologist, Natural Language Whittaker 1999 Processing project, Syrinx Speech , I Systems, Sydney) BILY, Milan, and PETTERSSON, Thore (linguists 1999 Alignment and adjacency in optimality in Scandinavia) theory: evidence from Warlpiri and 1986 Ergativity in Dyirbal. In Mey, J L, ed. Arrernte. PhD dissertation, University of Language and discourse, test and Sydney. protest: a Festschrift for Petr Sgall. (LLSEE, 19) Amsterdam: John BERRY, Rosalind, and HUDSON, Joyce (Berry: Benjamins. 143-161. WA teacher) 1997 Making the jump: a resource book for BINDON, Peter R, and CHADWICK, R (both teachers of Aboriginal students. Department of Anthropology, Western Broome, WA: Catholic Education Office Australian Museum) Kimberley Region. 221 pp. [Kriol vs 1992 A Ny oongar wordlis t from the south west Standard Australian English] of Western Australia. WA: Western Australian Museum. 454pp. BEUZEVILLE, James P de (manager stations in South Kennedy area) BIRD, W H (missionary, Buccaneer Is, NW WA) 1919 Vocabulary ...of the Yuckaburra 1910 Some remarks on the grammatical dialect, spoken by the Munkeeburra, construction of the Chowie-Ianguage, as South Kennedy district, Cape River, spoken by the Buccaneer Islanders, 20 north-western Australia. Anthropos 1920 Vocabularies of four South Australian 5:454-456 languages: Adelaide, Narrunga, Kukata, 1915 Description of Barda Aborigines at and Narrinyeri - with special reference to Sunday Island Mission; their life-style, their speech sounds. Transactions of the material culture, food, and ceremonies; Royal Society of South Australia 44:76- includes Barda vocabulary collected by 93. W H Bird. In Campbell, W D, and Bird, W H, An account of the Aboriginals of BLACK, Paul D (Applied Linguistics, Northern Sunday Island, King Sound, Kimberley, Territory University, Darwin NT) Western Australia. Journal of the Royal 1975 Language research in Normanton. Society of Western Australia 1 :55-82. Normanton Chronicle 17:[19-20] [details 1916 A shortvoca bulary of the Chowie of current linguistic research in area, language of the Buccaneer Islanders particularly Kuthant and Kurtjar] (Sunday Islanders), north western 1975 Summary report on fieldwork. AlAS Australia. Anthropos 10-1 1 :180-186. Newsletter 4: 11. [Kurt jar lexical data, work on Kukatj, Kuthant, and Kunthar] BIRK, David B W (teacher/linguist) 1980 Norman Pama historical phonology. 1975 The phonology of MalakMalak. Papers Papers in Australian Linguistics 13. (PL, in Australian Linguistics. (PL, A-39) A-59) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 181- Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 59-78. 239. 1976 Th e MalakMalak language, Daly River 1982 Review of Blake, Barry J, 1981 (western Arnhem Land). (PL, B-45) Australian Aboriginal languages. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 179pp. Sydney: Angus & Robertson. Australian (PhD dissertation, 1975, Australian Journal of Linguistics 2(2):280-282. National University, 242pp) 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e languages of Australia. Cambridge Uni­ BIRT, J (Thylungra Station, Cooper's Creek, versity Press. Oceania 53(2): 194-1 95. Queensland) see Cameron 1904 1982 Why and how languages change. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. Language planning for BinNER, Maria, and HALE, Kenneth (Bittner: Australian Aboriginal languages. Alice Linguistics, Rutgers University, USA) Springs: lAD. 14-21. 1995 Remarks on definiteness in Warlpiri. In 1983 Aboriginal languages of the NOrlhern Bach, E, Jelinek, E, Kratzer, A, and Territory. Batchelor, NT: School of Partee, B, eds Quantification in natural Australian Linguistics. 26pp. language. Dordrecht: Kluwer. 81-106. 1983 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B 1996 Ergativity: toward a theory of a hetero­ J, eds 1979, 1981 Handbook of Austral­ geneous class. Linguistic Inquiry ia n languages, 1, 2. Canberra: ANU (Cambridge USA) 27(4):531 -604. Press. Kratylos (Germany) 27:1 49-152. [Dyirbal, Warlpiri examples] 1985 Languages: introduction. In Hill, M, and 1996 The structural determination of case and Barlow, M A, compilers Black Australia agreement. Linguistic In quiry27 (1): 1-68. 2: an annotated bibliography and [Pitta Pitta, Warlpiri and Dyirbal teacher's guide to resources on examples] Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders, 1998 Cross-linguistic semantics for questions. 1977-82. Canberra: AlAS. 20-23. Linguistics and Philosophy (Dordrecht) 1990 Rethinking domain theory, part I: How 27(1 ):1 -82. [Warlpiri examples] should it be applied? Ngoonjook 3:22- 32. (English vs Aboriginal languages BLACK, John McConnell (botanist; books on SA usage, especially in school situations] flora; used International Phonetic 1990 Rolly Gilbert [obituary]. Australian Alphabet in these papers on Aboriginal Aboriginal Studies 1990(2):99. languages) 1990 Some competing goals in Aboriginal 1915 Language of the Everard Range tribes. language planning. In Baldauf, R B, and Transactions of the Royal Society of Luke, A, eds Language planning and South Australia 39:732-735. education in Australasia and the South 1917 Vocabularies of three South Australian Pacific. Clevedon, England: Multilingual native languages - Wirrung, Narrinyeri, Matters. 80-88. and Wongaidya. Transactions of the 1990 Steve Johnson [Obituary]. TEL C Talk: Royal Society of South Australia 41: 1- Ne wsletter of the Top End Linguistic 13. Circle. 90(1) (October 1990):15. 21 1991 Intercontinental ballistic linguistics. NT BLAIR, David (Macquarie University) see Collins Bilingual Education Newsletter 19(2):27- and Blair, eds 1989, 1999 31. 1991 Purposeful writing: the Wadeye Work­ BLAIR, William, COLLINS, R N, CRAIGIE, James, shop and its basis. Th e Aboriginal Child and McLEAN, Alexander at School 19(3):23-38. 1886 Hamilton River [Warenda]. In Curr, E M 1993 New uses for old languages. In Walsh, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:350- M, and Yallop, C, eds Language and 359. [Blair's Hamilton River (Ringuringu) culture in Aboriginal Australia. Can­ vocabulary352-353, Collins' Hamilton berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 207- River vocabulary354-355, Craigie's 223. Roxburgh Downs, Lower Georgina 1993 Rethinking domain theory,part II: What [River] vocabulary356-357, McLean's about code-mixing? Ngoonjook: Journal Between the Georgina and Burke Rivers of Australian Indigenous Issues 8:44-57. vocabulary358-359] [published by Batchelor College] 1993 Unusual syllable structure in the Kurtjar BLAKE, BarryJ (Linguistics, La Trobe University, language of Australia. Jimmon shakai Victoria) kagaku kenkyuu: Journal of Humanities 1969 The Kalkatungu language: a brief des­ and Social Sciences (Tokyo) 33:81-90. cription. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994 Rolly Gilbert. In Horton, David, general 20, Linguistic Series 8) Canberra: AlAS. editor Th e encyclopedia of Aboriginal 133pp. (MA (Hons) thesis, Monash Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait University, 1967) (Review Phonetica 23, Islander history, societyand culture. Krupa; Oceania 42, Yallop) Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for 1970 Acoustic phonetics and the study of AIATSIS. 1:144. Aboriginal languages. In Laycock, D C, 1 995 The dance of language: some practical ed. Linguistic trends in Australia. linguistic approaches. Darwin: Centre for Canberra: AlAS. 27-38. Studies of Language in Education, 1971 Jalanga and Kalkatungu: some Northern Territory University. 346pp. comparisons. In Blake, B, et al Papers [examples from Koko-Bera etc] on the languages of Australian 1997 Lexicostatistics and Australian langua­ Aboriginals. Canberra: AlAS. 28-33. ges: problems and prospects. In Tryon, 1971 Jalanga: an outline morphology. In D, and Walsh, M, eds Boundary rider: Blake, B, et al Papers on the languages essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. of Australian Aboriginals. Canberra: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 51 -69. AlAS. 12-27. see also McConvell et al 1983; see also 1972 Salvage work in Australian Aboriginal Walsh, Wurm and Black 1987; see also languages. Linguistic Communications Dobson and Black 1979; see also Devlin 6:1-10. et al 1995 1974 The case systems of Australian Aboriginal languages. PhD thesis, BLACK, Paul, and KOCH, Grace Monash University, Victoria. 356pp. 1983 Koko-Bera island style music. Abori­ 1974 The causative in Kalkatungu. In Blake, ginal History 7(2): 157-172. [Includes text B, ed. Papers in Australian Aboriginal and translation of 5 songs and a section languages. (Linguistic Communications on '�he language of the lyrics"] 14) Monash University. 1-21. 1976 Are Australian languages syntactically BLACK, Paul, and WALTON, Christine nominative-ergative or nominative­ 1991 Bibliography of applied linguistics and accusative?: Rapporteur's introduction Aboriginal education. Casuarina, NT: and summary. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Centre for Studies of Language in Grammatical categories in Australian Education, Northern Territory University. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 485-494. 2 volumes. 1976 The bivalent suffix -ku: Rapporteur's introduction and summary. In Dixon, R BLACKMAN, F A (Frederick Archibald) (Qld M W, ed. Grammatical categories in pastoralist, inventor, naturalist, author) Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 1900 Aboriginal words. Science of Man 421 -424. 3(1 0): 1 78. 1976 Case mechanisms in Kalkatungu. An­ 1900 [Wide Bay district vocabulary]. Science thropological Linguistics 18(7):287-293. of Man 3(4):60-61. 1976 Galgadungu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian 22 languages. Canberra: AlAS. 464-466 1985 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1981 (Topic C). Nunggubuyu myths and ethnographic 1976 On ergativity and the notion of subject: texts. Canberra: AlAS; 1982 some Australian cases. Lingua 39:281- Nunggubuyu dictionary. Canberra: 300. AlAS; 1984 Functional grammar of 1977 Case marking in Australian languages. Nunggubuyu. Canberra: AlAS. Austral- (Australian Aboriginal Studies, Linguistic ia n Journalof Linguistics 5:304-310. Series 23) Canberra: AlAS. 80pp. 1985 Review of McDonald, Maryalyce, and (Review AUMLA 50, Laycock; Oceania Wurm, S A, 1979 Basic materials in 53, Rumsey) Wa ngkumara (Galali): grammar, 1978 From semantic to syntactic anti passive sentences and vocabulary. Canberra: in Kalkatungu. Oceanic Linguistics Pacific Linguistics. Oceania 55(3):235. 17:163-169. 1987 Australian Aboriginal grammar. London: 1979 Australian case systems: some Croom Helm. 220pp. (Review Journalof typological and historical observations. Linguistics (London) 24, Heath; Oceania In Wurm, S A, ed. Australian linguistic 62 Rumsey) studies. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1987 Subordinate verb morphology in 323-394. Western Queensland. In Laycock, D C, 1979 Degrees of ergativity in Australia. In and Winter, Werner, eds A world of Plank, Frans, ed. Ergativity: towards a la nguage: papers presented to Pro- theoryof grammatical relations. London: fessor S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday. Academic Press. 291 -305. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 61-68. 1979 A Kalkatungu grammar. (PL, B-57) 1987 The grammatical development of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 198pp. Australian languages. In Dixon, R M W, (Review Oceania 55, Yallop) ed. Studies in ergativity. Amsterdam: 1979 Pitta-Pitta. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, North-Holland. 179-210. B J, eds Handbook of Australian 1988 Australian Aboriginal languages. Th e languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU Linguist: Journalof the Institute of Press. 182-242. Linguists (London) 27(4): 182-1 83. [an 1981 Australian Aboriginal languages. author-unauthorised inclusion! taken Sydney: Angus & Robertson. 137pp. from Blake 1981] (Review Australian Journalof Linguistics 1988 Redefining Pama-Nyungan: towards the 2(2), Black) see also 1991. [a general prehistory of Australian languages. In introduction] Evans, N and Johnson, S, eds 1981 Review of Austin, P, 1981 A grammar of Aboriginal linguistics 1. Armidale: Diyari. Cambridge: University Press. University of New England. 1-90. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1988 Review of Ruhlen, Merrit A guide to the 1 (2):275-278. world's languages, volume 1: Classi- 1981 Review of Donaldson, Tamsin, 1980 fication. California: Stanford University. Ngiyambaa. Cambridge: University Journalof Linguistics (London) 24:261- Press. Australian Journal of Linguistics 262. [Includes discussion of the genetic 1 (1 ):1 1 7-1 19. classification of Australian languages] 1982 The absolutive: its scope in English and 1988 Tagalog and the Manila-Mt Isa axis. La Kalkatungu. In Hopper, P J, and Trobe Working Papers in Linguistics Thompson, S A, eds Studies in 1 :77-90. [Includes Kalkatungu data] transitivity. (Syntax and Semantics 15) 1989 The loss of Lardie Moonlight. New New York: Academic Press. 71-94. Internationalist 191 (January 1989):15. 1983 Review of Merlan, Francesca, 1982 [Comments on Kalkatungu language] Mangarayi. Amsterdam: North-Holland. 1990 Languages of the Queensland/Northern Lingua 58:383-386. Territory border: updating the 1983 Structure and word order in Kalkatungu: classification. In Austin, P, et ai, eds the anatomy of a flat language. Austral- Language and history: essays in honour ian Journal of Linguistics 3(2):1 43-175. of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: Pacific 1984 Problems for possessor ascension: Linguistics. 49-66. some Australian examples. Linguistics 1991 Australian Aboriginal languages: a 22:437-453. [Kalkatungu, Pitta-Pitta] general introduction. 2nd edition. St 1985 Case markers, case and grammatical Lucia: University of Queensland Press. relations: an addendum to Goddard. 138pp. [First edition Angus & Robertson Australian Journalof Linguistics 5(1 ):79- 1981] (Review Oceania 62, Rumsey; 84. [Margany, Djaru] Australian Aboriginal Studies 1991 (1), 23 Thieberger; Canberra Anthropology 14, BLAKE, BarryJ, ed. Tryon) 1974 Papers in Australian Aboriginal 1990 The significance of pronouns in the languages. (Linguistic Communications history of Australian languages. In Baldi, 14) Melbourne: Monash University. Philip, ed. Linguistic change and 1998 Wa thawurrung and the Colac language reconstruction methodology. Berlin: of southern Vic toria. (PL, C-1 47) Mouton de Gruyter. 435-450. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1991 The significance of pronouns in the see also Dixon and Blake, eds 1979, history of Australian languages. In Baldi, 1981, 1983, 1991 , 1999, 1999 Philip, ed. Patterns of change, change of patterns: linguistic change and BLAKE, Barry J, and AUSTIN, Peter reconstruction methodology. Berlin: 1994 Languages of Victoria & New South Mouton de Gruyter. 219-234. Wales. In Angelo, D, et al Australian 1991 Woiwurrung, the Melbourne language. phrasebook. Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, eds Planet. 154-160. Handbook of Australian languages, 4. 1998 Languages of Victoria & New South Oxford University Press. 30-122. Wales. In Angelo, D, et al Australian 1992 The case hierarchy. La Trobe University phrasebook. Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Working Papers in Linguistics 5:1-6. Planet. 229-234. 1992 Features of case. La Trobe University Working Papers in Linguistics 5:7-11. BLAKE, BarryJ, and BREEN, J G (Gavan) 1992 Review of Bowe, Heather, 1990 Cate­ 1971 Th e Pitta-Pitta dialects. (Linguistic gories, constituents, and constituent Communications 4) Melbourne: Monash order in Pitjantja ljara, an Aboriginal University. language of Australia. London: 1990 Guwa. In Breen, J G Salvage studies of Routledge. Linguistics 30:428-431. Western Queensland Aboriginal 1993 Verb affixes from case markers. La languages. Canberra: Pacific Trobe Working Papers in Linguistics Linguistics. 108-144 (Chapter 5). 6:33-58. 1994 Case. Cambridge: University Press. BLAKE, Barry J, CHADWICK, Neil, HEALEY, 229pp. (Review Language 72(1 ), Alan, et al Whaley) 1971 Papers on the languages of Australian 1994 Case marking. In Horton, David, gene­ Aboriginals. (Australian Aboriginal ral ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Studies 38, Linguistic Series 16) Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Canberra: AlAS. 1 09pp. [Contributions Islander history, society and culture. by Blake et al] Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for AIATSIS. 183-184. BLAKE, BarryJ, CLARK, Ian D, and KRISHNA­ 1994 Introduction to Aboriginal languages. In PILLAY, Sharnti H Angelo, D, et al Australian phrasebook. 1998 Wathawurrung: the language of the Hawthorn, Vic: Lonely Planet. 89-95. Geelong-Ballarat area. In Blake, B J, ed. 1994 Language. In Horton, David, general ed. Wa thawurrung and the Colac language Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia: of southern Vic toria. Canberra: Pacific Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Linguistics. 59-154. history, society and culture. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for AIATSIS. BLAKE, BarryJ, CLARK, Ian D, and REID, Julie 592-595. 1998 The Colac language. In Blake, B J, ed. 1994 Language evolution. In Horton, David, Wa thawurrung and the Colac language general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal of southern Victoria. Canberra: Pacific Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Linguistics. 155-177. Islander history, society and culture. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for BLAKE, B J, and DIXON, R M W AIATSIS. 598-600. 1979 Introduction. In Dixon, R M W, and 1998 Introduction. In Angelo, D, et al Blake, B J, eds Handbook of Australian Australian phrasebook. Hawthorn, languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU Victoria: Lonely Planet. 149-1 54. Press. 1-25 [+ map, p.xviii] [revision of sounds section] 1991 Introduction. In Dixon, R M W, and see also Angelo et al 1994 Blake, B J, eds Handbook of Australian languages, volume 4. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 1-28. 24 BLAKE, Barry J, and REID, Julie 1999 Nhanda. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B 1994 Sound changes in Kulin. La Trobe J, Handbook of Australian languages, 6. University Working Papers in Linguistics Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 7:1-1 4. 1995 Classifying Victorian languages. La BLEVINS, Juliette, and MARMION, Doug Trobe University Working Papers in 1994 Nhanta historical phonology. Australian Linguistics 8: 1-59. Republished as: Journal of Linguistics 14(2):193-216. 1998 Classifying Victorian languages. In 1995 Nhanta glottal stop. Oceanic Linguistics Blake, B J, ed. Wa thawurrung and the 34:139-1 60. Colac language of southern Vic toria. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-58. BLOOMFIELD, T (Kuku-Yalanji speaker) see 1998 Sound changes in languages of western Hershberger et al 1982 and central Victoria. Australian Journal of Linguistics 1 8(1 ):57-72. BLUMER, Caroline (then at University of WA) 1987 The analysis of Western Australian BLAKEY, B M (Mrs, of Cobar) see D'Apice, LA Aboriginal children's English for educational purposes. BA (Hons) thesis, BLAZEK, Viiclav (Prague linguist: languages in University of WA. 69pp. contact, typology) 1992 Australian elements in Dravidian BLYTH, J Noel (at United Aborigines Mission, lexicon? In Shevoroshkin, Vitaly, ed. Kalgoorlie) Nostratic, Dene-Caucasian, Austric and 1987 Wa ngka base dictionary. Boulder, WA: J Amerind: materials from the First Inter­ N Blyth. 114pp. [Western Desert] national Interdisciplinary Symposium on Language and Prehistory, Ann Arbor, 8- BOHM, Roger (English Language, University of 12 November, 1988. Bochum: Univer­ Hamburg, Germany) sitatsverlag Dr Norbert Brockmeyer. 1986 Indirect object advancement: from 421-431. [60 lexical parallels between relational to case grammar (via Australian and Dravidian are analysed] Kalkatungu). Australian Journalof Linguistics 6(1 ):73-105. BLEEK, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel (German linguist) BOHEMIA, Jack, and McGREGOR, William 1858 Library of Sir George Grey: philology II, (Bohemia: Gooniyandi man) part 1, 1858. London. 1991 Death practices in the north west of 1870 The position of Australian languages Australia. Aboriginal History 15(1/2):86- (summary). Nature 3: 19. London. 106. [Includes 7 Gooniyandi texts] 1872 On the position of the Australian 1992 A massacre on Christmas Creek languages. Journalof the Station: as told in Gooniyandi. Journal of Anthropological Institute 1 :89-1 04. Australian Studies 33:26-40. [comparison of grammatical structures] BOLT, Janet E, CLEVERLY, John R, and BLEVINS, James (University of Western Australia) HODDINOTT, William G (Bolt: then at 1989 Constituency in free word order langu­ Department of Education, Canberra) ages. Proceedings of the ... North 1970 Pronominalisation in Djamindjungan. In Eastern Linguistic Society (Amherst, Wurm, S A, and Laycock, 0 C, eds Massachusetts) 19:31 -47. [syntax] Pacific linguistic studies in honour of Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific BLEVINS, Juliette (Linguistics, University of Linguistics. 593-615. Western Australia) 1997 Rules in optimality theory:two case BONNEY, Neville, and MILES, Anne (Bonney: studies. In Roca, Iggy, ed. Derivations botanist, at Mount Gambier) and constraints in phonology. New York: 1995 Native plant uses of southern South Oxford University Press. 227-260. Australia. 2nd edition. Tantanoola, SA: [Phonological case studies of Gilbertese the authors. 36pp. [Bunganditj flora and Lardil] terms] 1998 A Dutch influence on Nhanda? Wanyjidaga innga! Australian Aboriginal BONWICK, James (schoolmaster, wrote histories Studies 1998(1 ):43-46. of Tasmanian and other Aborigines) 1870 Daily life and origin of the Tasmanians. London: Sampson Low, Son and 25 Marston. (Johnson Reprint, New York BOURKE, Colin, BOURKE, Eleanor, and and London, 1967) EDWARDS, Bill, eds 1994 Aboriginal Australia: an introductory BOOTH, Joshua (language salvager, Jigalong, reader in Aboriginal Studies. St Lucia: east Pilbara, Kimberley) see Wh ittaker University of Queensland Press. 236pp. 1999 2nd edition, 293pp, 1998.

BOOTLE, F J E BOURKE, Eleanor, ed. (formerly Dean of Abori­ 1899 Aboriginal words and meanings. ginal and Islander Studies, University of Science of Man 2(1 ):3-5. SA) 1991 Guidelines for teaching Australian and BORETZKY, Norbert(E uropean linguist, widely Torres Strait Island languages in published) schools. Underdale: Aboriginal Studies 1981 Das indogermanische Sprachwan­ Key Centre, University of South delmodell und Wandel in exotischen Australia. 9pp. Sprachen. Zeitschrift fUr vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der BOWDEN, Michael (director of Aboriginal Research indogermanischen Sprachen, begrun­ Unit, University of SA) det von A. Kuhn (G6ttingen) 95:49-80. 1994 The Arrernte language program at the [using data from K. Hale's unpublished Ntyarlke unit of the Catholic High 'Arandic word list', claims that Australian School, Alice Springs. In Hartman, 0 languages do not manifest regular and Henderson, J eds Aboriginal sound correspondences as the Indo­ languages in education. Alice Springs: European languages do] lAD Press. 66-77. 1984 The Indo-Europeanist model of sound change and genetic affinity, and change BOWDLER, Sandra (archaeologist, University of in exotic languages. Diachronica 1 (1 ):1 - Western Australia) 51. 1997 Building on each other's myths: archae­ ology and linguistics in Australia. In BOREY, Bernice (Anthropology Museum, McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds Arch­ University of Queensland) see Allen and aeology and linguistics: Aboriginal Borey 1984 Australia in global perspective. Mel­ bourne: Oxford University Press. 17-26. BOROWSKY, Toni (linguist, University of Sydney) see Harveyand Borowsky 1997, 1999 BOWE, Heather J (Linguistics, Monash University) 1985 'Empty' noun phrases in Pitjantjatjara. BOSON, Mary see Pollard and Boson, eds 1995 Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Melbourne 11:13 7 -152. BOUDA, Karl (linguist from the Caucasus) 1986 The status of case-marked adverbials 1953 Bemerkungen zu den tasmanischen and appositive nominals in Pitjantjatjara. Sprachen. Orbis (Belgium) 2:405-410. Language in Aboriginal Australia 2: 1-6. 1987 Categories, constituents and consti­ BOUMA, Gosse (Dutch linguist) tuent order in Pitjantjatjara (Abstract). 1985 Kategoriale grammatika en het Warlpiri. PhD dissertation, University of Southern Glot (The Netherlands) 8(3):227-255. California. 272pp. In Dissertation [Categorial grammar applied to the Abstracts Internationa/� Section A, description of Warlpiri] volume 48: 913-914. Ann Arbor: 1986 Grammatical functions and agreement in University Microfilms. Warlpiri. In Beukema, F, and Hulk, A, 1990 Categories, constituents, and eds Linguistics in the Netherla nds 1986. constituent order in Pitjantjatjara, an Dordrecht: Foris. 19-26. Aboriginal language of Australia. 1986 Warlpiri wildness: a categorial case­ London: Routledge. 173pp. (Review study of free word order. Master's Linguistics 30, Blake; Language 69, thesis, Instituut voor Algemene Payne; Multilingua 13(3), Kaye) Taalwetenschap, Rijksuniversiteit see also Peeler, Bowe, and Atkinson Groningen. 129pp. 1994 BOURKE, Colin (Professor, Aboriginal and Islander Studies, University of South Australia) BOWE, Heather and MOREY, Stephen see Amery and Bourke 1994 1999 The Yorta Yorta (Bange rang) language of the Murray-Goulburn, including 26 Yabula Yabula. (To appear in Pacific BRADY, John (Bishop then Vicar-General, WA; Linguistics, Series C) established several missions) 1845 A descriptive vocabulary of the native BOWE, Heather, PEELER, Lois, and ATKINSON, language of West Australia. Rome. An Sharon (Peeler and Atkinson are Yorta edition in Italian, as well. See also Yortaresearchers) reprint, in Journalof the Royal 1998 Yorta Yorta language heritage. Clayton: Geographical Society of New South Department of Linguistics, Monash Wa les 6:8-18, 1896. [Dixon et al 1990 University. 148pp. gives: 'plagiarised from Grey and Moore without any acknowledgement'] BOWERN, Claire (then at ANU) 1998 The case of proto-Karnic: morpho­ BRAIM, Thomas Henry (Anglican clergyman/ logical change and reconstruction in the educator, published several works) nominal and pronominal system of 1899 Phrases and songs. In Roth, H L, The Proto-Karnic (Lake Eyre Basin). BA Aborigines of Tasmania. Appendix D, (Hons) thesis, Australian National . xlvii-xlviii. Sydney. University. BRAITHWAITE, J B (legal writer) see Wilson, BOXER, Johnny (LALARIN), and METCALFE, C Wilson and Braithwaite 1978 D (Boxer: Bardi storyteller) 1986 The drowning of Constable McLeay. In BRAMMALL, Daniel (then at ANU) Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is 1991 A comparative grammar of Warluwaric. what happened: historical narratives by Honours sub-thesis, Department of Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 233-239. Linguistics, Australian National [Bardi story, King Sound WA] University, Canberra. 89pp.

BOYADZHIEV, Zhivo (Bulgarian linguist) BRANCH, John (carpenter, Port Macquarie) 1984 Klas I rod (Class and gender). Supos­ 1887 PortMacquarie. In Curr, E M Th e tavitelno Ezikoznanie (Contrastive Australian race. Melbourne. 3:338-350. Linguistics) 9(2):37-47. [examines some [Birpai vocabulary] African, Caucasian and Australian nominal systems] BRANDENSTEIN, Carl Georgvon (formerly University of Western Australia) BOYU KARRPI, Gwen and GAYURA, Joy (Yolngu 1965 Ein Abessiv im Gemein-Australischen. speakers) Anthropos 60:646-662. 1994 Yolngu ways of communicating. 1967 The language situation in the Pilbara - Ngoonjook: Journalof Australian past and present. Papers in Australian indigenous issues 10:21 -27. Linguistics 2. (PL, A-11) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1 -20a, + 7 maps. BRADLEY, David (Linguistics, La Trobe University) 1969 Tabi songs of the Aborigines. 1992 Review of Baldauf, R B, and Luke, Allan, Hemisphere 13(11 ):28-31. eds 1990 Language planning and 1970 Linguistic salvage work on the eastern education in Australasia and the South goldfields and the south coast of Pacific. Clevedon, England: Multi­ Western Australia. Bulletin of the cultural Matters. Australian Journalof International Committee on Urgent Linguistics 12(2):337-340. Anthropological and Ethnological Research, Vienna 12:49-59. BRADLEY, John J (missionary linguist, Darwin 1970 The meaning of section and section area) names. Oceania 41 (1 ):39-49. 1988 Ya nyuwa country: the Yanyuwa people 1970 Narratives from the north-west of of Borroloola tell the history of their land Western Australia in the Ngarluma and Translated and illustrated by John Jin djiparndi la nguages. 3 volumes, with Bradley. Ringwood. Victoria: a 7" record. (Australian Aboriginal Greenhouse Publications. 80pp. Studies 35, Linguistics Series 14) 1988 Yanyuwa: 'Men speak one way, women Canberra: AlAS. (narrated by Churn­ speak another'. In Evans, N, and side, R) (Review AUMLA 35, Capell) Johnson, S, eds Aboriginal linguistics 1. 1970 Portugueseloan-words in Aboriginal Armidale: University of New England. languages of north-western Australia (a 126-134. . problem of Indo-European and Finno­ Ugrian comparative linguistics). In 27 Wurm, S A, and Laycock, D C, eds Njijapali, Wadjarri, Nugan, Njamal, Pacific linguistic studies in honour of Njangumarda] Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 617-650. BRANDL, Maria M, and WALSH, Michael (Brandl: 1970 Some new aspects of Australian anthropologist, was Senior Curator of Aboriginal language. In Laycock, D C, Education, National Gallery of Australia) ed. Linguistic trends in Australia. 1981 Speakers of many tongues: towards Canberra: AlAS. 75-95. understanding multilingualism among 1970 What next in Australian Aboriginal lin­ Aboriginal Australians. (CRES work guistics? Etruscan (Sydney) 19: 11-15. paper C/WP3) Canberra: Centre for 1971 Concordance and commentary to Hall, Resource and Environmental Studies, H A, 1971. [Ngalooma] Australian National University. 16pp. 1972 The phoenix "totemism". Anthropos 1982 Speakers of many tongues: toward 67:586-594. [fish terms in Ngarluma, understanding multilingualism among Karierra, Karatyarri, Marduthunira, Aboriginal Australians. In McKay, G R, Jindyiparndi] ed. Australian Aborigines: socio­ 1977 Aboriginal ecological order in the south­ linguistic studies. (International Journal west of Australia: meaning and of the Sociology of Language 36) Berlin: examples. Oceania 47(3):169-1 86. Mouton. 71-81 . 1980 Ngadjumaja: an Aboriginal language of south-east Western Australia. Innsbruck: BRANDS, Jenny and WHITE, Ely (Batchelor Institut fOr Sprachwissen-schaft der College) Universitat Innsbruck. 165pp. (Review 1998 Interdisciplinary collaboration and letting Australian Journalof Lingu-istics 2, go the reins: languages and Nash; Oceania 53, McConvell) broadcasting unplugged. Ngoonjook 1982 Names and substance of the Australian July 1998:67-85. [use of languages in subsection sys tem. Chicago/London: indigenous broadcasting] University of Chicago Press. 209pp + 5 maps. (Review Bijdragen tot de Ta al-, BRASCH, Sarah L (then at ANU) Land- en Volkenkunde 140, Dagmar; 1975 Gureng G ureng: a language of the Language 60, Heath; Man 18, Jorion; upper Burnett River, south-east Anthropological Linguistics 26, Queensland. BA (Hons) subthesis, Yengoyan; Anthropos 80, Peter) Australian National University, 1982 The secret respect language of the Canberra. 2 volumes, various Pilbara (Western Australia). In Meid, W, pagination. Olberg, H, and Schmeja, H, eds Sprachwissenschaft in Innsbruck: BRAY, E (Miss) Arbeiten von Mitgliedern und Freunden 1927 Aboriginal names and their meanings of des Instituts fur Sprachwissenschaft der the Lismore district. Journalof the Royal Universitat Innsbruck aus Anlass des Australian Historical Society 13(4):251 - fUnfzigjahrigen Bestehens des Instituts 253. und zum Gedenken an die 25. Wiederkehr des Todestages von BRAY, Joshua (pioneer settler Murwillumbah, 1 st Hermann AMMAN am 12. September Police Magistrate Tweed area) 1981. (IBK, Sonderheft 50). Innsbruck: 1887 Tweed River and Point Dangar. In Curr, Institut fOr Sprachwissenschaft. 33-52. E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1988 Nyungar anew: phonology, textsamples 3:242-247. [Minjanbal vocabulary] and etymological and historical 1500- 1899 On dialects and place names. Science word vocabulary of an artificially re­ of Man 2(10): 193-1 94. [inc! short(20 created Aboriginal language in the words) list, Tweed River vocabulary] south-west of Australia. (PL, C-99) 1901 Tribal districts and customs. Science of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 180pp. Man 4(1):9-10.

BRANDENSTEIN, C G von, and THOMAS, A P BREEN, J G (Gavan) (Central Australian Diction­ 1974 Taruru: Aboriginal song poetryfr om the aries Program, Institute for Aboriginal Pilbara. Adelaide: Rigby. 91pp. Development, Alice Springs NT) Reprinted 1975, University of Hawaii 1970 A re-examination of Cook's Gogo­ Press. (Review Oceania 45, Elkin) [song Yimidjir word list. Oceania 41 (1 ):28-38. words & translations - Jindji-parndi, 1971 Aboriginal languages of western Karierra, Ngarluma, Mardu-thunira, Queensland. (Linguistic 28 Communications 5) Melbourne: Monash 1981 Margany and Gunya. In Dixon, R M W, University. 1-88. and Blake, B J, eds Handbook of 1971 A description of the Wa!uwara language. Australian languages, volume 2. MA thesis, Monash University, Victoria. Canberra: ANU Press. 274-393. 306pp. 1981 Th e Mayi languages of the Queensland 1973 Bidyara and Gungabula: grammar and Gulf country. Canberra: AlAS. 238pp. vocabulary. (Linguistic Communications (Review Anthropological Linguistics 24, 8) Melbourne: Monash University. Hale; Australian Journalof Linguistics 3, 1974 Notes on an original orthography (or the Sharpe; American Anthropologist 85, Dixon system of spelling). In Blake, B, Merlan; Mankind 13, Sutton) [Mayi, ed. Papers in Australian Aboriginal Mayi-Thakurti, Ngawun, Mayi-Kulan, languages. (Linguistic Communications Mayi-Yapi, Wunumara, Mayi-Kutuna] 14) Monash University. 59-68. 1982 Why are there so many Australian 1974 On bivalent suffixes. In Blake, B, ed. languages? In Bell, Jeanie, ed. Langu- Papers in Australian Aboriginal age planning for Australian Aboriginal languages. (Linguistic Communications languages. Alice Springs: lAD. 7-13. 14) Monash University. 22-58. 1984 Similarity and mistake in two Australian 1976 Bidjara. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Gramma- languages. Language in Central tical categories in Australian languages. Australia 2:1-9. Canberra: AlAS. 339 (Topic B). 1988 Review of Lee, Jennifer, 1987 Tiwi 1976 Gugadj and Gog-Nar: a contrastive today: a study of language change in a sketch. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages contact situation. Canberra: Pacific Lin- of Cape York. Canberra: AlAS 151 -162. guistics. Aboriginal History 12:213-217. 1976 An introduction to Gog-Nar. In Sutton, 1990 Salvage studies of Western Queensland Peter, ed. Languages of Cape York. Aboriginal languages. (PL, B-1 05) Canberra: AlAS. 243-259. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 166pp. 1976 Ngamini, and a note on Midhaga. In [Pirriya, Kungkari, Upper Barcoo Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical languages, Guwa, Yanda] categories in Australian languages. 1990 Stories from Bennie Kerwin. In Austin, Canberra: AlAS. 745-750 (Topic E). Peter, et ai, eds Language and history: 1976 Proprietive markers and kinship terms. essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 67-87. categories in Australian la nguages. [Includes Yandruwandha texts] Canberra: AlAS. 290-297 (Topic A). 1992 Some problems in Kukatj phonology. 1976 Wagaya. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Australian Journalof Linguistics 12(1 ):1- Grammatical categories in Australian 43. ['phonology' in title is actually given languages. Canberra: AlAS. 340-342 as 'phononology', at head of paper and (Topic B); 590-594 (Topic D). in both tables of contents] 1976 Wangkumara. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1993 East is south and west is north. Grammatical categories in Australian Australian Aboriginal Studies languages. Canberra: AlAS. 336-339 1993(2):20-33. (Topic B). 1997 Taps, stops and trills. In Tryon, 0, and 1976 Warluwara and Bularnu. In Dixon, R M Walsh, M, eds Boundaryride r: essays in W, ed. Grammatical categories in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. Pacific Linguistics. 71-93. 331-335 (Topic B); 586-590 (Topic D). see also Blake and Breen 1971 , 1990; 1976 Yandruwandha. In Dixon, R M W, ed. see also Clegg and Breen 1986; see Grammatical categories in Australian also Ferber and Breen 1984; see also languages. Canberra: AlAS. 594-597 Jack and Breen 1986; see also Kerwin (Topic D); 750-756 (Topic E). and Breen 1981, 1986; see also 1977 Andegerebenha vowel phonology. Robertson 1985; see also Turner and Phonetica 34:371 -391 . Breen 1984; see also Williams and 1979 A reanalysis of Tiwi 101. Talanya 6:76- Breen 1984; see also Tindale et al 1994 78. [Tiwi vowel system as in Osborne 1974] BREEN, Gavan, and PFITZNER, John 1980 Linguistic salvage in Australia. Lingua 1996 Introductorydi ctionary of Western 52:1 79-193. (Review article on Eades, Arrernte. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Diana, 1976 Th e Dharawal and Dhurga languages of the New South Wales south coast. Canberra: AlAS.) 29 BREEN, Gavan, and GREEN, Jenny BROGAN, Maureen 1995 Hyphens and final vowels in Arandic 1961 Aborigines have a word for it too! Dawn orthographies. Australian Journalof (Aborigines' Welfare Board, Sydney) Linguistics 15(1 ):91-94. [comment on 10(5):13. [note on Lowe, B, and Koch, H, 1993 Review of Green, J Gubabuingu language] Alyawarr to English dictionary] BROOME, Richard (historian, La Trobe University) BREEN, Gavan, and PENSALFINI, Robert 1989 Why use Koori? In Griffiths, Tom, ed. 1999 Arrernte: a language with no syllable Koori history sources for Aboriginal onsets. Linguistic Inquiry30(1 ): 1 -25. studies in the State Library of Victoria, 5. [Melbourne]: The Friends of the State BRENNAN, Gloria, ed. (was Aboriginal Public Library of Victoria. Servant) 1979 Th e need for interpreting and translation BROUGH SMYTH, R see Smyth, R Brough services for Australian Aboriginals, with special reference to the Northern BROUGHTON, William Grant (Bishop, Legislative Territory - a research report. Canberra: Councillor, of much influence in the Research Section, Department of community) Aboriginal Affairs. 1892 Prayers in the Awabakal dialect. In Threlkeld, L E, An Australian language BRESNAN, Joan W (US linguist, Bantu, Icelandic) as spoken by the Awabakal, the people see Austin and Bresnan 1996; see also of Awaba of Lake Macquarie ... Simpson and Bresnan 1983, 1983 Sydney. Appendix E.

BRIDGES, Barry John (was historian, University of BROWN, Agnes (student, NT) see Green et al New South Wales) 1994 1970 Blackfellowtalk. Royal Australian Historical Society Newsletter 96:4-5. BROWN, Alexander, and GEYTENBEEK, Brian 1972 Rev. William Ridley: itinerating (Sandy Brown: Ngarla speaker) missionary to the Aborigines 1853-1856. 1989 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: Armidale and District Historical Society, Ngarla. Port Hedland, WA: Wangka Journal and Proceedings 15:40-46. Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Language [notes on linguistic work] Centre. 15pp. [Ngarluma phonology and vocabulary] BRIDGMAN, George F, and BUCAS, H (Bridgman: 1990 Ngar/a-English dictionary. (Interim station manager, official interpreter N edition; 2nd interim edition 1991) Port Old, in charge Aboriginal Reserve near Hedland, WA: Wangka Maya, Pilbara Mackay) Aboriginal Language Centre. 130pp. 1887 PortMackay and its neighbourhood. In 1992 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: Curr, E M The Australian race. Nyamal. Port Hedland: Wangka Maya. Melbourne. 3:44-51. [Juipera: 1992 Indigenous languages of the Pilbara: Bridgeman's phrases 47-48 and resource catalogue June 1992. Port vocabulary 50-51 , Bucas' phrases 48] Hedland: Wangka Maya. 47pp.

BRIGDEN, H (a collector of place names) see BROWN, A Isaac see Enemburu 1989 Aboriginal 1899 BROWN, A R see Radcliffe Brown, A R BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY 1 949 Tj ukurpapalja markalu. The Gospel BROWN, Cecil H (USA sociolinguist) according to St Mark in Pitjantja tja ra. 1983 Where do cardinal direction terms come Adelaide. [included as a sample: there from? Anthropological Linguistics are of course many hundreds of Bible 25(2): 121-161. [languages surveyed translations, great and small, issued by include Gidabal, Ngandi, Kardutjara, the British and Foreign Bible Society Tiwi] and other societies] BROWN, Daudai (Torres Strait Islander, CALL, BROAD, Neil (University of New England) Batchelor College) 1998 A semantic structural analysis of 1993 Language shift and maintenance in Eastern Arrernte, Alice Springs. M.Utt. Torres Strait. Ngoonjook 8:41-43. Thesis, University of New England. 30 [summary of linguistic picture of Torres BRUBOUT, Mic helle (then at UWA) Strait] 1976 The peopling of Australia - a resume of the technological, skeletal and BROWN, Dunstan see Evans et al 1998 genetic/linguistic material from Australia and south-east Asia. BA thesis, BROWN , F (policeman) University of Western Australia. 43pp. 1900 The Nimboy tribe. Science of Man 3(9):151. [Nymboida area] BRUCE, Alexander (chief inspector of stock, northern area) BROWN, G R (of Forester) 1887 The Clarence River. In Curr, E M The 1898 [Birrippi language of the Hastings and Australian race. Melbourne. 3:332-333. Wilson Rivers, obtained from Old Mr [Yegir vocabulary] Cameron, Morton's Creek]. Science of 1964 The Clarence River. Reprinted in Ryan Man 1 (4):88-89. 1964:197-1 98. see also Ryan 1964: 180-181 BRUCE, D W, HENGEVELD, M, and RADFORD, BROWN, George Wm (of Brownville, lIIawarra) see W C (Bruce: now forensic psychologist) Brown, Mabel A 1971 Some cognitive skills in Aboriginal children in Victorian primaryschool s. BROWN , I see Devlin et al 1995 Hawthorn, Victoria: Australian Council for Educational Research. 31 pp. [study BROWN, Jessie (Jawoyn ranger at Nitmiluk) see of psycholinguistic and conceptual Wightman and Brown 1994 development, using tests]

BROWN , John (of Wollongong area) BRUMBY, Ed (was at Mount Lawley CAE) 1899 [Illawarra district vocabulary]. Science of 1976 But they don't use it in the playground: Man 2(9):165-1 66. "How often do we use standard 1901 Aboriginal words and names of places, English?" Th e Aboriginal Child at School Wollongong, N.S.W. Science of Man 4(5):33-37. Reprinted.from Wikaru 1975 4(5):82. [from Mr Fairweather of 4:24-28. Wollongong] BRUMBY, Ed, and VASZOLYI, Eric G, eds BROWN , Mabel A (of Illawarra area) 1977 Language problems and Aboriginal 1899 Vocabulary of lIIawarra tribe, N.S.w. education. Perth: Aboriginal Teacher Science of Man 2(8): 141-142. Education Program, Mount Lawley [Aboriginal words and meanings, College of Advanced Education. 208pp. obtained by Miss M A Brown and her brother, the late Mr George Wm Brown BRUMBY, Jean (at Docker River school, NT) see of Brownville, Illawarra, about 1863] Lanham et al 1994

BROWN, Malcolm (then at ANU) BRUN, S Ie see Le Brun, S 1979 Morphological reconstruction of proto­ Western Desert. BA (Hons) thesis, BRUNSON, Barbara (Canadian linguist) Australian National University. 288pp. 1986 A processing model for Warlpiri syntax and implications for linguistic theory. MA BROWN, Robert (eminent Scottish botanist! thesis, University of Toronto, Canada. surgeon, was with Flinders as naturalist [Warlpiri) on Investigator 1801-03) 1987 Constraints on discontinuity. Toronto see Nind and Brown 1832 Working Papers in Linguistics (Canada) 8:1-19. [Warlpiri pp 4-9, P 15) BROWN, Sandy see Brown, Alexander, and Geytenbeek 1989, 1990 BRYANT, Pauline (linguist, educationist) see Lo Bianco et al 1997 BROWN, T 1886 [Terms for compass points, Fowler's BUBB, Paul (Principal Education Officer, Aboriginal Bay, eastern end of Great Australian Languages and Bilingual Education Bight.) In Curr, EM Th e Australian race. Department, Northern Territory) Melbourne. 1 :407. 1991 Detailed review of the discussion paper: the language of Australia ...: focus: BROWNE, George see Bench of Magistrates, Yass 31 Aboriginal languages. NT Bilingual 1899 An investigation into names of places in Education Newsletter 91 (1 ):20-45. Australia and in other countries. Sci­ ence of Man 2(4):6-61, 2(6): 1 05-1 07. BUCAS, H (Reverend Father) see Bridgman and 1901 Aboriginal place names (Benarba Bucas 1887 district). Science of Man 4(5):81 . 1902 Message sticks, or Aboriginal letters. BUCHANAN, Cheryl (also Mooladani) see Science of Man 5(10): 170-171 , Mooladani 1977 5(1 1 ):1 87-1 88. 1912 Correspondence re Aboriginal words. BUCHANAN, Dianne (Uniting Church in Northern Science of Man 13(9): 188. [explanation Australia; Kimberley Language Centre) of yarraman 'horse') 1978 Djambarrpuynu clauses. Papers in Australian Linguistics 11. (PL, A-51) BUDBY, John R (Queensland Department of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 143-177. Education; was Chairman, National Aboriginal Education Committee) BUCHANAN, F J (Francis John) (Coonamble) 1984 Aborigines in multilingual Australia. Th e 1901 Aboriginal words and meanings [Ee-na­ Aborig inal Child at School 12(3):3-12. won tribe, N.S.w.). Science of Man 4(4), [Aboriginal viewpoint on aims and 64-65. strategies required] 1986 The place of Aborigines within multi­ BUCKNALL, Gwen (lecturer, University of Notre lingual Australia. New Horizons in Dame Australia, Broome campus) Education 75:33-38. 1997 Nyangumarta: alive and adapting. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics BULMER, John (Reverend) (Manager of Lake 20(1 ):43-56. Tyers Aboriginal Station, knew eastern Victoria, south-east NSW) BUCKNALL, Gwen, and BUCKNALL, John 1878 Lake Tyers: Bundah [Bundhul) Wark 1994 'We want to keep that language .. .': Kani, or the Swan Reach tribe or men. what is happening with Aboriginal In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of languages in the Aboriginal Indepen­ Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 15, 16, dent Community Schools in Western 24-39, 93-97. Australia. In Hartman, D, and Hender­ 1878 Language of the natives [in the south­ son, J, eds Aboriginal languages in eastern part of Victoria during the education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. several seasons]. In Smyth, R B The 257-275. Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 24-39. BUCKNALL, John (Coordinator, Aboriginal 1878 Native names of places in the vicinity of Independent Community Schools' Lake Tyers, Gippsland. In Smyth, R B Support Unit) see Bucknall and Bucknall Th e Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1994 Melbourne. 191. 1886 The junction of the Darling and Murray BUCKNELL, Frank N (owned Gurrotta station, Rivers. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Gwydir area) Melbourne. 2:238-241. [Marowera 1887 GwyderRi ver. In Curr, E M The (Maraura) language 240-241) Australian race. Melbourne. 3:312-313. 1887 Gippsland. In Curr, EM The Australian [Kamilaroi vocabulary] race. Melbourne. 3:549-551. [Brabro­ 1896 Cammealroy dialect. Australasian lung (Gurnai) vocabulary; see also those Anthropological Journal1 (1 ):12. by Curr, Hagenauer and Howitt) 1899 Aboriginal words ...Kamilaroi tribe. 1887 Moneroo. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Science of Man 2(6):106. race. Melbourne. 3:432-433. 1899 Ugul. Science of Man 2(6): 1 05. [song, [unidentified vocabulary; see also that poem and dirge sung by Aborigines] by Charles du Vel 1910 Name of Federal capital. Science of 1887 Omeo. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Man 12(1 ):18. [letter to editor: Melbourne. 3:558-559. [Jaitmathang suggestions for name] vocabulary] see Aboriginal 1899 1887 Snowy River. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:560-561. BUCKNELL, W Wentworth [Ngarigo vocabulary] 1899 A comparison of names in different see also Du Ve and Bulmer 1887 languages. Science of Man 2(10): 195. 32 BUNCE, Daniel (gardener, writer, travelled widely in BUSBY, Peter A (then at ANU) Australia in 1850s) 1979 A classificatory study of phonemic 1851 Language of the Aborigin es of the systems in Australian Aboriginal Colony of Victoria and other Australian languages. MA thesis, Australian districts, with paralleltransla tions and National University. 239pp. fa miliar sp ecimens in dialogue as a 1980 The distribution of phonemes in guide to Aboriginal Protectors and Australian Aboriginal languages. Papers others engaged in ameliorating their in Australian Linguistics 14. condition. Melbourne: Daniel Harrison. (PL, A-60) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 60pp. Reprinted 1856 by Slater, Wil­ 73-139. liams and Hodgson, Melbourne; second edition 1859, Geelong: Thomas Brown. BUSCHENHOFEN, Paul (was lecturer in Aboriginal 1878 Language of the Aborigines of the Education, Edith Cowan University, then Colony of Victoria. In Smyth, R B Th e Coordinator Bureau of Ethnic Affairs, Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Mel­ Qld) bourne. 133-153. Originally published 1980 Trendy experimentation or cultural Melbourne 1851; 2nd edn Melbourne enrichment? Journal of Multilingual and and Castlemaine, 1856; 3rd edn Multicultural Development 1 (4):303- Geelong, 1859. 312. [bilingual education at Yuendumu 1887 Lower Yarra. In Curr, E M Th e School; team teaching there] Australian race. Melbourne. 3:532-533. 1982 Literature production in Northern [Wurundjeri vocabulary; ''taken from Territory bilingual schools. In Bell, Daniel Bunce's vocabulary"] Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers see also Ridley 1873 presented to the Second Meeting of the Aboriginal Languages Association, BURBIDGE, Andrew A, et al (Burbidge: zoologist) Batchelor, NT, April 1982. (ALA). Alice 1988 Aboriginal knowledge of the mammals of Springs. 47-51. the central deserts ofAustralia. 1983 Current emphases in the Northern Australian Wildlife Research 15{1 ):9-39. Territory Department of Education's [including names of mammals] bilingual program for Aboriginal children. Journalof Intercultural Studies 4(2):9- BURLING, Robbins (US writer) 22. 1970 Man's many voices: language in its cultural context. New York: Holt, Rine­ BUTCHER, Andrew R (phonetician; Speech Path­ hart and Winston. [examples include ology, Flinders University, Adelaide) Nyamal kinship terminology (pp 21-27) 1990 "Place of articulation" in Australian and Warlbiri secret language (pp1 54- languages. In Seidl, R, ed. Proceedings 156)] of the 3rd Australian International Conference on Speech Science and BURNS, D F (Doug) (Beau desert historian) Technology. Canberra: Australian 1995 Aboriginal communities and languages Speech Science and Technology on the Logan and Albert. Journalof the Association. 420-425. Royal Historical Society of Queensland 1992 Intraoral pressure as an independent 15{1 0):484-488. [Yugumbir] parameter in oral stop contrasts. In Pittam, Jeffery, ed. Proceedings of the BURRIDGE, Kate (Linguistics, La Trobe University) 4th Australian InternationalConference 1996 Yulparija sketch grammar. In McGregor, on Speech Science and Technology. W, ed. Studies in Kimberley languages Canberra: Australian Speech Science in honour of Howard Coate. Munchen: and Technology Association. 286-291. Lincom Europa. 15-69. 1994 On the phonetics of small vowel systems: evidence from Australian BURTON, Jill (University of South Australia) see languages. In Togneri, R, ed. Burtonand Burton, eds 1988 Proceedings of the 5th Australian International Conference on Speech BURTON, Tom L, and BURTON, Jill, eds (both Science and Technology. Canberra: linguists) Australian Speech Science and Tech­ 1988 Lexicographical and lin guistic studies: nology Association. Volume 1 :28-33. essays in honour of G. W. Turner. 1995 The phonetics of neutralization: the case Woodbridge, SuffolkIWolfeboro, New of Australian coronals. In Lewis, J Hampshire: Boydell and Brewer. Windsor, ed. Studies in general and 33 English phonetics: essays in honour of J Tasmania: Journals and Papers of o O'Connor. London: Routledge. 10-38. Parliament 45, Paper 69. Hobart. 1996 Some connected speech phenomena in Australian languages: universals and CALGARET, Anthony P, WHITEHURST, Rose, idiosyncrasies. In Simpson, A P, and and WOOLTORTON, Sandra (Calgaret: Patzold, M, eds Sound patterns of Nyungar linguist) connected speech: description, models 1988 Nyungar language project. In Harvey, and explanation. (Proceedings of the Barbara, and McGinty, Suzanne Learn­ Symposium held at Kiel University on ing my way. Mt Lawley, WA: Institute of 14-1 5 June 1996 = Arbeitsberichte 31 , Applied Aboriginal Studies, WA College Institut fUr Phonetik der Universitat Kiel) of Advanced Education. 39-48. Kiel University. 83-104. CALLEY, Malcolm J C (was with Anthropology, BUTLER, Jack, and AUSTIN, Peter (Butler: Jiwarli University of Queensland) speaker) 1958 Three Bandjalang legends. Mankind 1986 Earthquake and Halley's comet: two (Sydney) 5:208-213. Jiwarli texts. Aboriginal History1 0(1 ):78- 1959 Bandjalang social organization. PhD 88. dissertation, University of Sydney. 254pp. BUTLER, Sue (Susan) (lexicographer, Macquarie Library) see Angelo et al 1994, 1998 CALVERT, Albert Frederick (mining engineer; over 14 books on WA) BUZZACOTT, Kevin (was principal, and cultural 1894 Th e Aborigines of WesternAu stralia. director, Yipirinya school) see Cook and London. (1 st edn 1892; reprint Adelaide: Buzzacott 1994 Libraries Board of South Australia, 1973) [songs/words, Perth) BYRNE, Charles 1887 Howlong. In Curr, E M The Australian CALWELL, Michael (then a teacher, Oenpelli) race. Melbourne. 3:367, 398-399. 1989 Some linguistic differences between [Wiradjuri vocabulary] Kunwinjku and English. The Aboriginal Child at School 17(2):31-36. BYRNE, Svetlana (then at ANU) 1984 Restrictive and non-restrictive CAMERON, ALP adjectives: a cross-language study. MA 1885 Notes on some tribes of New South thesis, Australian National University. Wales. Journal of the Anthropological [includes data from Kuniyanti, by Society(London) 14(4):344-370. McGregor] 1899 Aboriginal names of places. Science of Man 2(10):195. 1900 Aboriginal words with meanings, used c by the Wonjhibon tribe. Science of Man C, E [might this have been Edward Curr?] 3(3):46-47. 1904 1907 Australian philology. Science of Man Notes on a tribe speaking the 'Boontha Science of Man 9(3):47. Murra' language. 7(6):91-92. [Information from Mr J Birt, Thylungra Station, Cooper's Creek, C, P H (as yet unidentified) 1900 Origin of Aboriginal words. Science of Queensland] Man 3(10):167-168. [water, and koala] CAMERON, Alexander Stewart ('Yabaroo') see CALDER, James Erskine (Surveyor-General, Tas­ 'Yabaroo' 1899 mania; several works on Aborigines) CAMERON, J 1877 [Language of the Aborigines of Tas­ mania). Papers and Proceedings of the 1887 Forbes and the Levels. In Curr, E M Th e Royal Societyof Ta smania 7:72. rca Australian race. Melbourne. 3:365, 386- 387. [Wiradjuri vocabulary) 1500 vocabularyitem s - see also Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. CAMFOO, Anita 3:593] (NT linguist, Kriolist) R.A.T.E. -language and linguistics 1901 Remains of the language and dia lects 1994 spoken by the Aborigines of Ta smania. report about language changes around Barunga (N.T.). Barunga Nyus 3:4-9. [Oalabon, Kriol] 34 CAMPBELL, Duncan M (South Gregory, Old) 1945 The origin of the Oceanic languages. 1899 [Wordlist in] Murunuda. In Mathew, J, Journalof the Polynesian Society 1899, Eaglehawk and crow. Melbourne. 54(1 ):62-65. 205-272. 1949 The concept of ownership in the languages of Australia and the Pacific. CAMPBELL, George L Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 1991 Australian languages. In his (USA) 5(3):169-1 89. Compendium of the world's languages. 1950 Some myths of the Garadjeri tribe, 2 volumes. London/New York: Western Australia. Mankind 4(2):46-61, Routledge. 115-1 18. 4(3):108-125, 4(4):148-1 62. 1991 Tasmanian. In his Compendium of the 1951 Bantu and North Australian: a study in world's languages. London/New York: agglutination. African Studies (Johan­ Routledge. 1327-1 329. nesburg) 10(2):49-57. 1952 Notes on the Njigina and Warwa tribes, CAMPBELL, John north-west Australia (Part 1). Mankind 1898 Alphabetic or syllabic characters in 4(9):351 -360. caves on the Glenelg River, N.W. 1952 Review of Lommel, Andreas Mono­ Australia. Report of the Australasian graphien zur Volkerkunde. Oceania Association for the Advancement of 23(2): 159-1 60. [comments on German Science 7:838-839. 'phonemics' in representing Wunambal] 1952 The Wailbri through their own eyes. CAMPBELL, Stuart (Education, University of Oceania 23(2): 110-1 32. [p 112, brief Western Sydney) comparative vocabularyin Wailbri, 1977 An outline of the grammar of Ngadi, Wanajaga, Walmanba, Djingili, Wambaya. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian Mudbura] National University. 1953 Notes on the Njigina and Warwa tribes, north-west Australia (Part 2). Mankind CAPELL, Arthur (missionary/linguist, formerly of 4(1 1 ):450-469. the Department of Anthropology, 1953 Nj igina and Wa rwa vocabulary. Sydney: University of Sydney) the author. 41 pp. [approx 950 words] 1937 The structure of Australian languages. 1953 Notes on the Waramunga language, Oceania 8(1 ):27-61. Also in Oceania Central Australia. Oceania 23(4):297- Monograph 3. 31 1. 1939 Languages of the Northern Kimberley 1953 Review of Schmidt, Wilhelm 1952 Die Division, W.A. Mankind2(6):169-1 75. tasmanischen Sprachen. Utrecht­ 1939 Mythology in Northern Kimberley, north­ Anvers: Spectrum. Oceania 23(4):315- west Australia. Oceania 9(4):382-404. 316. 1940 The classification of languages in north 1955 Forchheimer and the pronoun. Oceania and north-west Australia. Oceania 25(4):283-291. [Review article; 10(3):241-272; 10(4):404-433. [map Australian languages as examples: showing classification into prefixing and Walmadjari, Mangala, Ngarinman, etc] suffixing languages] 1956 A new approach to Australian linguistics. 1940 The languages of north-west Australia. (Oceania Linguistic Monograph 1) Mankind (Sydney) 2(9):325. [Summary University of Sydney. (new edn 1962; of lecture given to NSW Anthropological 3rd impression 1966 is a reprint of the Society, 19 March 1940] 1962 edn) (Review Language 34, 1941 Notes on the Wunambal language. Pittman; Word 13(2), Haudricourt; Oceania 11(3):295-308. Anthropos 53, Worms; Afrika und 1942 Languages of Arnhem Land, North Obersee (Berlin) 42, Kahler) Australia. Oceania 12(4):364-392; 1958 Aborigines: languages. In Australian 13(1 ):24-50. encyclopaedia, volume 1. Sydney: 1945 Djura nagudjinga dug [Gunwinggu Angus & Robertson. 21-28. (Reprinted primer]. Sydney: Church Missionary by the G rolier Company in 1962) Society. [included as an example: many 1960 Education and native languages. hundreds of examples of literacy Aborigines Welfare Bulletin 2(1 ):21 , 23. material have been produced] 1960 Language and world view in the 1945 Methods and materials for recording northern Kimberley, Western Australia. Australian languages. Oceania Southwestern Jo urnalof Anthropology 16(2): 144- 1 76; and as a separate (USA) 16:1-14. interleaved book. 35 1960 Myths and tales of the Nunggubuyu, 1966 Pacific commentary:Three Australian S.E. Arnhem Land. Oceania 31 :31-62. conferences in 1965: Linguistics. 1960 The Wandarang and other tribal myths Journal of the Polyn esian Society of the Yabuduruwa ritual. Oceania 75(2):223-224. [Comment on 38th 30(3):206-224. ANZAAS Conference, Hobart, August 1962 Language and social distinction in 1965] (Tasmanian and Tiwi) Aboriginal Australia. Mankind 5(12):514- 1967 The analysis of complex verbal forms 521. with special reference to Tiwi (Bathurst 1962 Linguistic research needed in Australia. and Melville Islands, north Australia). Bulletin of the International Committee Papers in Australian Linguistics 2. (PL, on Urgent Anthropological and Ethno- A-1 1) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 43- logical Research (Vienna) 5:23-28. 62. 1962 A new approach to Australian lin- 1967 Pronominalisation in Australian guistics. 2nd edn (1 st edn 1956; 1966, languages. Papers in Australian 3rd impression 1962 edn; Oceania Linguistics 2. (PL, A-1 1) Canberra: Linguistic Monograph 1) Sydney. Pacific Linguistics. 21-41. (Reprinted 1962 Some linguistic types in Australia. 1971) (Review Oceania 45, Yallop) (Oceania Linguistic Monograph 7) 1967 Save old ways and tribal languages. Sydney. (Review Word 19, Verguin; Churinga (Launceston Tasmania) July- Journalof the Polynesian Society 73, September:39, 41. (see also 1963) Haudricourt; Language 42, Pittman) 1967 Sound systems in Australia. Phonetica 1962 The techniques of structure statistics. (Bas Ie Switzerland) 16:85-1 10. Oceania 33(1 ): 1-11. [applied to 1968 What do we know of Tasmanian Australian languages] languages? Records of the Queen 1963 The Aboriginal heritage: save old ways Vic toria Museum, Launceston 30:1 -7. and tribal languages. Dawn (Aborigines' 1969 Economie des changements Welfare Board, Sydney) 12(4): 10-11. phonetiques en Australie. In Linguistic [includes mention of Anewan language, studies presented to Andre Martinet. Armidale] Word 25(1 -3):39-58. 1963 Commentary on "Aboriginal languages" 1970 Aboriginal languages in the south by S A Wurm. In Sheils, Helen, ed. central coast, New South Wales: fresh Australian Aboriginal studies. discoveries. Oceania 41 (1 ):20-27. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 1970 Linguistic change in Australia. In Pilling, 149-1 58. A, and Waterman, R A, eds Diprotodon 1963 Linguistic survey of Australia. Sydney: to detribalization: studies of change [prepared for the] Australian Institute of among Australian Aborigines. Michigan Aboriginal Studies. State University Press. 240-255. 1964 Linguistic research in Australia. (PL, 0- 1970 Review article: Current research in 1) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 4-6. Australian Aboriginal linguistics. AUMLA 1964 Living languages in Australia. Aborigines 33:88-100. Welfare Bulletin 4(1 ):21-23. 1970 Stress and intonation. In Coate, H H J, 1965 Early Indonesian contacts with North and Oates, L F A grammar of Nga - Australia. Journalof the Oriental Society rinyin, WesternAust ralia. (Australian of Australia 3:67-75. Aboriginal Studies 25, Linguistic Series 1965 Language in Aboriginal Australia. In 10) Canberra: AlAS. 7-18. [with a Berndt, R M, and Berndt, C H, eds companion 3" tape illustrating stress and Aboriginal man in Australia: essays in intonation and an interlinear translation honour of A.P. Elkin. Sydney: Angus & and transcription booklet] Robertson. 101-1 18. 1971 History of research in Australian and 1965 Linguistic materials for fieldworkers in Tasmanian languages. In Sebeok, T A, Australia. (Australian Aboriginal Studies, ed. Current trends in linguistics 8: Manual Series 1) Canberra: AlAS. Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: 44pp. Mouton. 661 -720. 1965 A typology of concept domination. 1971 The tragedy of the disappearing sounds. Lingua 15:451 -462. In Leach, B, ed. The Aborigine today. 1966 Beginning linguistics. Sydney: London: Hamlyn. 92-109. Cooperative Bookshop. 193pp. 1972 Aboriginal languages. Hemisphere [Australian languages and linguistics 16(2):14-1 7. [origin theories, common much mentioned] Australian grammar, etc] 36 1972 The affix-transferring languages of 1979 Languages and creoles in Australia. Australia. Linguistics 87:5-36. Sociologia Internationalis (Berlin) 1972 Cave painting myths: northern 17:141-161. Kimberley. Oceania Linguistic 1979 Proto-Australian - or not? Working Monographs 18. 173pp. Papers in Language and Linguistics 1972 Language: some thoughts for Aborigines (Launceston) 9:1-12. [suggests and Europeans. Mili Mili 1 :3. evidence shows no one proto-language 1972 The languages of the northern in Australia] Kimberley, W.A.: some structural 1979 The puzzle of the moving affixes principles. Oceania 43(1 ):54-65. (Western Desert language). Working 1974 Thought and language. Hemisphere Papers in Language and Linguistics (Sydney) 18(2):9-13. [examples from (Launceston) 10: 1-8. [Tasmanian CAE] Dalabon and Aranda] 1983 Linguistic chance and change. Working 1975 Ergative constructions in Australian Papers in Language and Linguistics languages. Working Papersin Langu­ (Launceston):16:1-25. [Typological age and Linguistics (Launceston) 2:1-7. comparison of North Kimberley 1976 Dieri. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Gramma­ languages and Burushaski] tical categories in Australian languages. 1984 The Laragia language. In Glasgow et ai, Canberra: AlAS. 742-745 (Topic E). Papers in Australian Linguistics 16. (PL, 1976 Ngarinjin. In Dixon, R M W, ed. A-68) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 55- Grammatical categories in Australian 106. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 625-629 see also Newton 1982, 1986; see also (Topic E). O'Grady 1987; see also Walsh 1987 1976 Simple and compound verbs: conjugation by auxiliaries in Australian CAPELL, A, and COATE, H H J verbal systems: Rapporteur's 1984 Comparative studies in Northern introduction and summary. In Dixon, R Kimb erley languages. (PL, C-69) M W, ed. Grammatical categoriesin Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 262pp. Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 615-625 (Topic E). CAPELL, A, and ELKIN, A P 1976 Tasmanians - were they earlier in 1937 The languages of the Kimberley Australia? A review article. Oceania Division. Oceania 8(2):216-245. 47(2):157-160. [see Plomley 1976] Reprinted in Elkin, A P, ed. Studies in 1977 Aboriginal languages: missionary Australian linguistics. (Oceania Mono­ approaches. In Stanbury, P, ed. Th e graph 3) University of Sydney. 81-111. moving frontier: aspects of Aboriginal­ European interaction in Australia. CAPELL, A, and HINCH, H E Sydney: Reed. 77-85. 1970 Maung grammar, texts and vocabulary. 1977 A time and space probe into Australian The Hague: Mouton. (Review Oceania languages. Working Pap ers in Langu­ 43, Dixon) age and Linguistics (Launceston) 5: 1- 15. CAPP, Robert (was teacher Areyonga) 1978 The oldest living languages. In 1976 Aboriginal literacy: insights from Sarah Henderson, Kenneth, ed. Hemisphere - Gudschinsky. South Australian Reading an Aboriginal anthology. Canberra: Association Journal2(1 ):8-15. Australian Government Publishing Service.57-60. CAREW, Margaret (University of Melbourne) 1979 Classification of verbs in Australian 1993 Proto-Warluwarric phonology. BA languages. In Wurm, S A, ed. Australian (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific 1999 Topics in the lexical semantics of Gun­ Linguistics. 229-322. nartpa. PhD dissertation, University of 1979 Grammatical classification in Australia. Melbourne. In Wurm, S A, ed. Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. CARLE, Rainer (University of Hamburg, Germany) 141 -228. 1984 Review of Wurm, S A, and Hattori, 1979 The history of Australian languages: a Shiro, eds 1981 Language at/as of the first approach. In Wurm, S A, ed. Pacific area, 1. Canberra: Academy of Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: the Humanities. Afrika und Obersee Pacific Linguistics. 419-619. (Serlin, Germany) 67:157-1 60. 37 CAROLSFELD, Hans Schnorr von see Schnorr (Review Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 14, Lynch) CARR, Therese (Linguistics, University of New England, Armidale) CARRINGTON, Lois and TRIFFITI, Geraldine 1991 Writing Gooniyandi, 1990 update. Notes 1999 OZBIB: a linguistic bibliography of on Literacy (Dallas)17(3): 11-17. Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait see also Hudson et al 1996 Islands. (PL, 0-92) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. [this volume] CARRINGTON, Lois (former researcher in linguis­ tics, Australian National University) CARROLL, John (Australian lawyer) 1985 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1983 1994 Lawyer's responseto language and Searching for Aboriginal languages. disadvantage before the law. In University of Queensland Press. ANU Gibbons, John, ed. Language and the Reporter 16(7) 24 May 1985:6. law. London: Longman. 306-315. 1987 A history of Pacific Linguistics. In Laycock, 0 C, and Winter, Werner, eds CARROLL, Lewis (author of Alice in Wonderland, A world of language: papers presented etc) see Sheppard, Nancy 1976, 1992 to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. CARROLL, Peter J (formerly Church Missionary 35-46. Society Oenpelli; now of Nightcliff NT; 1987 SA Wurm: a personal bibliography. In freelance researcher and consultant) Laycock, 0 C, and Winter, Werner, eds 1976 Gunwinjgu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. A world of language: papers presented Grammatical categories in Australian to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th languages. Canberra: AlAS. 704-708 birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. (Topic E). 15-33. 1976 Kunwinjku: a language of western 1987 Six more years of Pacific Linguistics: an Arnhem Land. MA thesis, Australian index of contributions to Pacific linguistic National University, Canberra. studies, 1981-1987. (PL, 0-80) 1995 The old people told us: verbal art in Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 209pp. western Arnhem Land. PhD dissertation, [includes language and topic indexes] University of Queensland, Brisbane. 1989 [In memoriam] Donald Clarence Published 1996 by Peter Carroll Laycock 1936-88. English World- Wide Advisory Services, Nightcliff, NT. 10(1 ):121-122. [linguistic anthropology, a study of a 1992 Don Laycock - a personal bibliography. particulargenre of Kunwinjku stories] In Dutton, T, et ai, eds Th e language 1996 Aboriginal languages and effective game: papers in memoryof Donald C. crosscultural communication. In Pro­ Laycock. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. ceedings of the Aboriginal Health, Social 1-15. [includes Laycock's Australian and Cultural Transitions Conference contributions] Darwin, NT, 1995. Darwin. 294-300. 1996 A linguistic bibliography of the New 1996 Interpreting and translating in the Guinea area. Canberra: Pacific lingu­ NorthernTerritory of Australia: the istics. 476pp. [Torres Strait languages] situation of Aboriginal languages. In 1997 Geoffrey N. O'Grady: a personal Proceedings of the XI Vth World bibliography. In Tryon, 0, and Walsh, M, Congress of the Fe deration eds Boundary rider. Canberra: Pacific Internationale des Traducteurs. Volume Linguistics. 7-10. 1. Melbourne: AUSIT. 475-484. 1999 Tom Dutton: a personal bibliography. In 1996 Training, services,and priorities: an Pawley, A, Ross, M, and Tryon,0, eds overview. In Proper true talk . .. Studies in New Guinea area linguistics Canberra: Attorney General's in honour of Tom Dutton. Canberra: Department. 23-34. Pacific Linguistics. see also Walsh and Carrington 1979 CARRUTHERS, Joseph Hector (Sir) (Sydney solicitor, investor, politician) CARRINGTON, Lois, and CURNOW, Miriam 1911 Notes on place names in Sydney area. 1981 Twentyyear s of Pacific Linguistics: an Science of Man 13(7):1 45-147. index of contributions to Pacific linguistic studies, 1961-1981. (PL, 0-40) CARTER, Samuel (pastoralist) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 161 pp. 1911 Shortvocabulary Glen Isla natives. In [detailed language and topic indexes] his Reminiscences of the early days of 38 the Wimmera. Melbourne. 50pp. 1998 A chance to speak: Uni Nampijinpa's [Reprinted, Melbourne, 1958] Warlukurlangu. Southerly (Sydney) 58(2):5-19. CARTER, T (ornithologist) see also Napaljarri and Cataldi 1994 1903 Birds occurring in the region of the North-West Cape. The Emu 3:30-38, 89- CAWTE, J E, and KILOH, L G (Cawte: Professor of 96, 171-177, 207-213. [some 30 bird Psychology, University of New South names in Thalanyji] Wales) 1967 Language and pictorial representation in CARY, John J (Melbourne company manager?) Aboriginal children: implications for 1898 Vocabularies of the Geelong and Colac transcultural psychiatry. Social Science tribes, collected in 1840. Report of the and Medicine 1 (1 ):67-76. [concepts Australasian Association for the differ according to language used] Advancement of Science 7:840-872. 1973 Language and pictorial representation: (Also reprinted 1899, pp 1-33) [from lists implications for transcultural psychiatry. by Francis Tuckfield (see also Tuckfield In Kearney, G E, et al The psychology of 1844), collated by Cary; Wod-dow-ro on Aboriginal Australians. Sydney: John p 846 from Mossman, Samuel, who Wiley. 186-194. [children instructed to came to Geelong as resident in 1841] draw fruit-trees, in English and Wailbiri] 1899 Woddowro personal pronouns: their derivation. Wombat, July, 74-84. (see CAZDEN, Courtney B (Harvard University USA) also Fraser 1902) 1995 Review of Walton, C, and Eggington, W, 1990 Language: maintenance, power CASSADY, James (pastoralist of Mungalla, near and education in Australian Aboriginal Ingham Qld) contexts. Darwin: Northern Territory 1886 Halifax Bay. In Curr, E M Th e Australian University Press. International Journal race. Melbourne. 2:424-429. [Nawagi of the Sociology of Language 113:151- vocabulary428-429; see also that by 156. Johnstone] CERIN, Mark (then at the University of Melbourne) CASSON, Siobhan K (University of Durham, 1994 The pronominal system of Yaraldi. BA England) (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. 1988 Creole in education - a discussion of the issues with reference to northern CHADWICK, Neil (formerly CALL, Batchelor, now Australian Kriol. Thesis for MA in with the transport industry, NT) Applied Linguistics, University of 1968 A descriptive study of the Djingili Durham. (Held in that university's library) language, Northern Territory, Australia. [an interpretation of the data available, MA thesis, University of New England. covering areas such as language see also 1975 standardisation, language and identity, 1968 Djingili (north Australia) in a com­ and literacy] parative perspective. Oceania 38(3):220-228. CATALDI, Lee (linguist, specialising in traditional 1971 Ngarndji wordlist and phonological key. Australian oral narrative) In Blake, B, et al Papers on the 1991 Ghost writers. (Review of Dixon, R M W, languages of Australian Aboriginals. and Duwell, Martin, eds 1990 The Canberra: AlAS. 34-45. honey-ant men's love song. University of 1972 Mathews' Chingalee vocabulary: Queensland Press.) Northern appraisal and comments. Oceania Perspective 1 4(1 ):1 07-1 08. 42(4 ):276-282. 1994 Review of Duwell, Martin, and Dixon, R 1974 Historical considerations in some M W, eds 1994 Little Eva at Moonlight Australian languages and some Creek. University of Queensland Press. typological comparisons with European Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994(1): languages. In Blake, B, ed. Papers in 58-60. Australian Aboriginal languages. 1996 The end of the Dreaming? Under­ (Linguistic Communications 14) Monash standings of history in a Warlpiri University. 69-82. narrative of the Coniston massacres. 1974 Summary report on fieldwork. AlAS Overland(M elbourne) 144:44-47. Newsletter 1 : 19. [Barkly Tablelands area: Binbinga, Ngarngu, also Wambaya, Gundandji, Djingili) 39 1975 A descriptive study of the Ojingili lan­ CHAPPELL, Hilary, and McGREGOR, William guage. (Australian Aboriginal Studies (Chappell: Linguistics, La Trobe Research and Regional Studies 2) University) Canberra: AlAS. 144pp. (see also MA 1989 Alienability, inalienability and nominal thesis, University of New England, classification. Papers of the Berkeley Armidale, 1968; Review AUMLA 51, Linguistics Society 15:24-36. [Includes Tryon) data from 5 Australian languages) 1976 The Western Barkly languages. In 1996 Prolegomena to a theory of inalielJ­ Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical ability. In Chappell and McGregor, eds categories in Australian languages. Th e grammar of inalienability: a Canberra: AlAS. 390-396 (Topic B); typological perspective on body part 432-437 (Topic C). terms and the part-whole relation. Berlin: 1978 The West Barkly languages: complex Mouton de Gruyter. 3-30. morphology. PhD dissertation, Monash University. 418pp. CHAPPELL, Hilary,and McG REGOR, William, 1979 The West Barkly languages: an outline eds sketch. In Wurm, S A, ed. Australian 1996 Th e grammar of inalienability: a linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific typ ological persp ective on body part Linguistics. 653-71 1. terms and the part-whole relation. 1984 Reasons for language decline in the (Empirical Approaches to Language east central Northern Territory, Typology 14) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Australia. Working Papers in Language 931pp. and Linguistics (Launceston)18:1-27. [State Institute of Technology) CHARENCEY, H de (Hyacinthe comte de) 1984 The place of linguistics in teacher 1880 Recherches sur les dialectes tasman­ training for Aborigines and Islanders. In iens. Actes de la Societe Philologique McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds (France) 2(1 ):3-56. Published as a 56- Furtherapp lications of linguistics to page pamphlet, same year, by E de Australian Aboriginal contexts. Broise, Alenc;on. [French-Tasmanian, Melbourne. 124-1 33. Tasmanian-French vocabulary) 1997 The Barkly and Jaminjungan languages: a non-contiguous genetic grouping in CHARLIE, Bella (Yanyuwa linguistic assistant) see North Australia. In Tryon, 0, and Walsh, Kirton and Charlie 1978, 1996 M, eds Boundaryride r: essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific CHASE, Athol K (Anthropology, Griffith University, Linguistics. 95-106. Qld) see Rigsby and Chase 1998 see also Blake et al 1971; see also Bindon and Chadwick 1992 CHASE, Athol K, and STURMER, John R von 1980 Anthropology and botany: turning over a CHAM BERS, David Wade (School of Humanities, new leaf. Papers in Australian Deakin University) see Watson et al Linguistics 13. (PL, A-59) Canberra: 1989 Pacific Linguistics. 289-301 .

CHANTER, John Moore (farmer near Moama on CHATFIELD, William, Jr (Natal Downs Station) Murray River; public office, politician: 1874 [On Australian languages). Journalof onetime Secretaryfor Mines, first presi­ the Anthropological Institute 3:261 -264. dent of Australian Natives' Association) [Yuckaburra dialect) 1897 Translation of what an Aboriginal chief 1886 Natal Downs Station, Cape River. In says about Baimai ... Australasian Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ Anthropological Journal 1 (4):87. bourne. 2:477-479, 482-483. [liba see also James and Chanter 1897 vocabulary; see also that by Tompson] see also Tompson and Chatfield 1886 CHAPMAN, Milton (teacher, Jigalong) 1989 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: CHAUNCY, Philip (District Surveyor) Manyjilyjarra. Port Hedland, WA: 1878 Names of places and words obtained Wangka Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal from Aborigines belonging to the tribes Language Centre. 6pp. inhabiting the districts watered by the see also Marsh and Chapman 1990 Rivers Loddon, Avoca; Richardson, Wimmera, and the Upper Hopkins ... and the Swan River (Western Austral- 40 ia), In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of 1993, Yirrkala Literature Production Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 204-216. Centre. 1984 The Aboriginal world view: a white CHEN, Shu-chen (Canadian linguist) person's ideas. The Aboriginal Child at 1992 Initial ·w in Pama-Nyungan. MA thesis, School 12(1 ):3-7. University of Victoria, Canada. 1984 Review of Eagleson, R 0, Kaldor, S, and Malcolm, I, eds English and the CHESSON, Keith (was Education Officer, Aboriginal child. Canberra: Curriculum Aboriginal Education Branch, WA) Development Centre. The Aboriginal 1978 The problem of non-standard English. Child at School 12(2):47-49. Aboriginal and Islander Identity (Perth) 1985 Aboriginal persp ectives on experience 3:38-39. [in SW WA] and learning: the role of language in Aboriginal education; with contributions CHESTER, George (constable, mounted police; by Eades, 0, Gray, B, and Shnukal, A. farmed Magitup, Pall in up River, WA) (Sociocultural Aspects of Language and 1886 Kent district: vocabularyof Warrangoo Education) Geelong, Victoria: Deakin tribe. In Curr, E M, The Australian race. University Press. 111pp. Melbourne. 1: 390-391. [Wudjari, 1985 Review of Larrimore, Bonnie, ed. 1984 Esperance area WA] Papers in literacy, Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. The Aboriginal CHESTNUT, Topsy (Gooniyandi informant) see Child at School 13(3):57-58. Street and Chestnut 1983, 1984, 1984, 1987 Language and power in Aboriginal 1984 schools. NT Bilingual Education Newsletter 87(2). Also in Walton, C, and CHEVATHUN, Norma (Wik Mungkan speaker) see Egging-ton, W, eds Language: Koo'aga and Chevathun 1983 maintenance, power and education in Australian Aboriginal contexts. Darwin: CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, Brisbane NTU Press. 1886 Charters Towers. In Curr, EM, The 1989 Literacy, genocide and the media. The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:458-459. Aboriginal Child at School 17(5):27-32. [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & 1991 Bilingual education: a look at some Oates] aspects of Aboriginalisation. NT 1887 Great Sandy or Fraser's Island. In Curr, Bilingual Newsletter 91 (2): 1 7-20/ TEL C E M The Australian race. Melbourne. Talk 91 (1 ):17-20. 3: 144-1 49. [Dippil (Kabikabi?) 1993 Gupapuyngu English dictionary. vocabulary; see also Ridley et al] Yirrkala, NT: Yirrkala Literature Production Centre. 47pp. (second CHISHOLM, J R edition of his 1980 dictionary) 1900 Vocabulary of Queensland blacks. 1993 Makarrata: another look at Aborigines Science of Man 3(8): 135-136. [doubts and the law. Young Lawyers' Newsletter Aboriginality of some words] 1 (1 ). 1993 Yolngu linguistics. Ngoonjook8:58-77. CHRISTIE, Michael Francis (historian, was Senior 1994 Yirrkala Community Education Centre Lecturer in Adult Education, NTU) and the Laynha homelands schools, 1993 The language of oppression: the Bold­ north-east Arnhem Land, NT. In en case, Victoria 1845. In Walsh, M, and Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds Yaliop, C, eds Language and culture in Aboriginal languages in education. Alice Aboriginal Australia. Canber-ra: Springs: lAD Press. 117-125. Aboriginal Studies Press. 169-1 79. 1995 Darkness into light: missionaries, modernists and Aboriginal education. CHRISTIE, Michael John (Coordinator, Yolngu The Aborig inal Child at School 23(3):28- Languages and Culture Program, NTU 34. Darwin) 1995 Drawing the line: a history of Yolngu 1979 Evaluation of Australian bilingual literacy. In Myers, 0, ed. Reinventing education: some initial ideas directed at literacy: the multicultural imperative. a just and thorough approach. Th e Phaedrus Books/Q ueensland Aboriginal Child at School 7(4):33-44. Educational Publishing. Also in an 1980 Gupapuyngu dictionary. Millingimbi: abbreviated form in Fin e Print, winter, Literature Production Centre. Reprinted 1995. 14-1 7. 41 1995 The Yolngu regain their literacy. Fin e see also Blake et al 1998, 1998 Print (Melbourne) 1 7(2): 1 4-1 7. 1997 The Yolngu Literature CD Project. CLARK, Ian D, and HARRADINE, Lionel L Ngoonjook November 1997. 31-40. 1990 The restoration of Djardwadjali and Djab see also Marika-Mununggiritj and wurrung names for rock art sites and Christie 1995; see also Walton and landscape features in and around the Christie 1994 Grampians National Park: a submission to the Victorian Place Names CHRISTIE, Michael J, and HARRIS, Stephen Committee. Melbourne: Koorie Tourism 1985 Communication breakdown in the Unit. 64pp. [includes a recommended Aboriginal classroom. In Pride, J B, ed. orthographyfor Victorian languages] Cross-cultural encounters: communi­ cation and miscommunication. CLARK, Ian D, MOHLHAUSLER, Peter, and Melbourne: River Seine. 81 -90. AMERY, Rob 1996 Language and culture contacts in SE CHRISTIE, Michael, and PERRETT, Bill Australia (sketch maps). In Wurm, S A, 1996 Negotiating resources: language Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds knowledge and the search for 'secret Atlas of languages of intercultural English' in northeast Arnhem Land. In communication in the Pacific, Asia and Howitt, R, Connell, J, and Hirsch, P, eds the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Resources, nations and indigenous Gruyter. Volume 1:7. peoples: case studies for Australasia, 1996 Language contacts and Pidgin English Melanesia and Southeast Asia. in Victoria. In Wurm, S A, Muhlhausler, Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 57- P, and Tryon,D T, eds Atlas of 65. [Aboriginal languages] languages of in tercultural communication in the Pacific, Asia and CHRISTISON, Robert (Old pastoralist; "set an the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de example for aboriginal relations that Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :53-68. shines out"; launched Australian Co; interests Bowen, Townsville) CLARK, Sally (Language and Culture Program 1887 Upper Thomson. In Curr, E M Th e Manager, Tasmanian Aboriginal Centre, Australian race. Melbourne. 3:10-1 1. Hobart) [Iningai vocabulary] 1993 Tasmanian Aboriginal language project. Pugganna News 36: 1 0-12. CHURNSIDE, R (narrator, WA) see Brandenstein 1970 CLARKE, Hyde (19th century linguist) 1877 Notes on the Australian reports from CLARK, Dymphna (translator, German scholar, New South Wales. Jo urnalof the Australian National University) Anthropological Institute 7:274-276. 1972 Classification of the Australian [comparison of words for 'axe' etc, languages, by W Schmidt. (Translation between African language and of Die Gliederung der australischen Gamilaroi, etc] Sprachen, 1919, Vienna) (Available 1879 On the languages of the Mozambique AIATSIS and Australian National and the south of Africa in their relation University libraries; see also under to the languages of Australia. Schmidt) Transactions of the South African PhilosophicalSociety, Journal2:2 2-27. CLARK, Ian D (geographer, former AIATSIS history 1879 On the Yarra dialect and the languages research officer) of Australia in connection with those of 1990 Aboriginal languages and clans: an the Mozambique and Portuguese Africa. historical atlas of western and central Royal Society of Victoria, Trans-actions Victoria, 1800- 1900. (Monash and Proceedings 16: 1 70-1 76. Publications in Geography, 37) 1880 On the languages of Australia in their Melbourne: Department of Geographical connection with those of the Mozam­ and Environmental Science, Monash bique and of the South of Africa. Journal University. 448pp. of the Royal Society of NSW 13:81-85. 1996 Aboriginal language areas in Vic toria: a 1880 On the languages of Australia in their report to the Victorian Aboriginal connection with those of the Mozam­ Corporation for Languages. Melbourne: bique and of the South of Africa. the Corporation. 24pp. Sydney: Thomas Richards, Govern- 42 ment Printer. 5pp. [reprint of 1879 Australia. Journal of the Anthropological above] Institute 29: 192-1 96. 1903 Ethographical notes on the Western CLARKE, Philip A (University of Adelaide) Australian Aborigines. Internationales 1994 Glossaryof words used by Aboriginal Archiv fOr Ethnographie 16(1-2):1-29. people in southern South Australia. [vocabulary from Ngarluma, Yindji­ Appendix B to his PhD dissertation, barndi, of about 200 words, much as in Contact, conflict and regeneration: 1899] Aboriginal cultural geography of the lower Murray, South Australia. CLENDON, Mark (was at Strelley, then Dept University of Adelaide. Linguistics, ANU) see also Foster et al 1998 1988 Some features of Manjiljarra nominal­ sed relative clauses. In Austin, P, ed. CLARMONT, Billy, OMEENYO, Charlie, and Complex sentence constructions in THOMPSON, David (Clarmont and Australian languages. Amsterdam: John Omeenyo: far north Qld) Benjamins. 193-204. 1986 The story of Old Paddy. (Umpila story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is CLEVERLY, John R (formerly University of New what happened: historical narratives by England) Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 193-204 1969 A preliminary study of the phonology and grammar of Djamindjung. MA CLEGG, Willy, and BREEN, Gavan (Clegg: thesis, University of New England, Wagaya, Gulf, north Qld) Armidale. 218pp. 1986 A Chinaman provides the excuse. see also Bolt, Cleverley and Hoddinott (Wagaya story). In Hercus, L, and 1970 Sutton, P, eds This is what happened: historical narratives by Aborigines. CLINGAN, Vicki (Australian National University) Canberra: AlAS. 133-135. 1988 Transitivity in Australian languages. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian National CLELAND, John Burton, and JOHNSTON, T University. Harvey (Cleland: pathologist, naturalist; microbiologist in Sydney; Professor ClUNIES ROSS, Margaret (formerly AIATSIS, Pathology University of Adelaide; wrote Canberra, then Associate Professor, about diseases of Aborigines) Dept Early English Literature and 1937-38 Notes on native names and uses of Language, University of Sydney) plants in the Musgrave Ranges region. 1978 The structure of Arnhem Land song­ Oceania 8(2):208-215; 8(3):328-342. poetry. Oceania 49:128-156. [Pitjanjara, Yankunjajara, &c] 1983 Two Aboriginal oral texts from Arnhem 1939 Aboriginal names and uses of plants at Land, North Australia, and their cultural the Granites, Central Australia. context. In Knight, S, and Mukherjee, S Transactions of the Royal Society of SA N, eds Words and worlds: studies in the 63(1 ):22-26. social role of verbal culture. (Sydney 1939 Aboriginal names and uses of plants in Studies in Society and Culture 1) northernFlind ers Ranges. Transactions Sydney: Sydney Association for Studies of the Royal Society of SA 63(2): 1 72- in Society and Culture. 3-30. 179. 1986 Two Aboriginal oral texts from Arnhem see also Johnston and Cleland 1942, Land, North Australia. Oral Tradition 1943 (Columbus USA) 1 :446-456. [Burarra story and song, with translation] CLELAND, John Burton, and TIN DALE, Norman 1986 Australian Aboriginal oral tradition. Oral B Tra dition 1 :231-71. 1954 Ecological surroundings of the Ngalia 1990 Some Anbarra songs. In Dixon, R M W, natives in Central Australia and native and Duwell, M, eds Th e honey-ant names and uses of plants. Transactions men's love song and other Aboriginal of the Royal Society of SA 77:81-86. song poems. St Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 71-103. [Gijingarli CLEMENT, E (ethnographer) (Burarra) text, English translation] 1899 Vocabulary of the Gualluma tribe inhabiting the plains between the Yule and the Fortescue Rivers, north-west 43 CLUNIES ROSS, Margaret, DONALDSON, COATE, H H J, and OATES, Lynette F Tarnsin,and WILD, Stephen A, eds 1 970 A grammar of Ngarinjin, Western 1987 Songs of Aboriginal Australia. (Oceania Australia. (With a companion 3" tape Monographs, 32) Sydney: University of illustrating stress and intonation and an Sydney. 199pp. interlinear translation and transcription booklet; Australian Aboriginal Studies CLUNIES ROSS, Margaret and WILD, Stephen A 25, Linguistic Series 10) Canberra: 1982 Dja mbidj: an Aboriginal song series from AlAS. 122pp. (Review AUMLA 35, NorthernAust ralia: a companion book Yallop) [to LP disc/cassette]. Performed by Frank Gurrmanamana, Frank Malkorda, COBB, K M (Bernard River station, New England) Sam Gumugun. Canberra: AlAS. 1934 Some Aboriginal words and songs of the Macleay River, N.S.w. Mankind CLYNE, Michael G (Professor, Linguistics, Monash 1 (8):206. University) 1982 Languages other than English. Aust­ COCHRAN, Ann (phonologist) see Ladefoged et al ralian Review of Applied Linguistics 1997 5(2):116-127. 1991 Australia's language policies: are we CODRINGTON, R H (English anthropologist) going backwards? Current Affairs 1885 On the languages of Melanesia. Journal Bulletin (Sydney) 68(6): 13-20. of the Anthropological Institute 1 4:31-43. 1996 Languages other than English in urban [Torres Strait Islands] centres 1976-1 986. In Wurm, SA, 1885 The Melanesian languages. Oxford: Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, eds Clarendon Press. [pp 39-52 Murray Atlas of languages of intercultural Islands language, comparative table] communication in the Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de COE, Thomas see Kable and Coe 1899, 1900 Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :4. (landholders)

CLYNE, Michael G, ed. COLDREY, John (QC; Director, Public 1976 Australia talks: essays on the sociology Prosecutions in Victoria) of Australian immigrant and Aboriginal 1987 Aboriginals and the criminal courts. In languages. (PL, 0-23) Canberra: Pacific Hazlehurst, K M, ed. Ivoryscales. Linguistics. Kensington: New South Wales 1985 Australia, meeting place of languages. University Press/Australian Institute of (PL, C-92) Canberra: Pacific linguis­ Criminology. 81-92. tics. 328pp. (see under individual contributors: Bavin & Shopen, Schmidt, COLE, Lynette (local historian) McConvell, Kaldor & Malcolm, Muhl­ 1992 Changing town names in Victoria. Vict­ hausler, Harris & Sandefur, Shnukal, orian Historical Journal62(3-4): 137 -142. Ozolins) 1991 Linguistics in Australia: trends in COLEMAN, Carolyn (Departmentof Education, research. Canberra: Academy of the Darwin NT) Social Sciences in Australia. 21 Opp. 1982 A grammar of Gunbarlang with special (Review Language 72(2), Smith) reference to grammatical relations. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian National COATE, H H J (Howard) (fmissionaryKi mberleys, University. 221 pp. collaborated Caprell and Elkin; then 1991 Some suggestions about how Abori­ Native Hospital Derby, WA) ginal schools can help with language 1966 The Rai and the third eye: north-west and culture maintenance, and how the Australian beliefs. Oceania 37:93-123. regional linguist can contribute. NT 1970 Ngarinjin stress and intonation. (Tape Bilingual Education Newsletter and transcription series 1) Canberra: AlAS. TEL C Talk 91 (2):38-45. see also Baranga and Coate 1986; see 1993 Comparative lists of biological terms in also Capell and Coate 1984; see also Western Arnhem Land languages. Burridge, ed. 1996 computer text file, Northern Territory Education Department. (Included as a COATE, H H J, and ELKIN, A P sample) 1974 Ngarinjin-English dictionary. Oceania see also Angelo et al 1994, 1998 Linguistic Monographs 16. 2 volumes. 44 COLLINS, David (with First Fleet; first Judge­ 1980 Place names and surnames. Anthro­ Advocate of NSW; later founded Hobart) pological Societyof Queensland 1798-1 802 An account of the English colony in Newsletter 116:3-15. [includes New South Wa les ... London: Cadell Aboriginal place names) and Davies. Also Christchurch: Whit­ combe & Tombs 1910, etc. [Appendix COLLIVER, Frederick S, and WOOLSTON, F P XII, pp 608-616, Language: difference 1975 The Aborigines of Stradbroke Island. between natives at Hawkesbury and at Proceedings of the Royal Society of Sydney; notes on languages, also name Queensland 86(16):91-104. [wordlists of taboos, pp 607-608] Dungidjau, Goinbal, Guwar, Nunukul 1804 An account ... 2nd edn. London: Cadell languages in Appendix pp 102-1 03: see and Davies. [includes account of Bass Rahnsleben] and Flinders voyage; specimen of the language of New South Wales, a short COMINO, George vocabularyof the New Zealand 1966 Aboriginal place names - Kuranda area. language p 551-562] Historical Society of Cairns Bulletin 1887 PortJack son, or a part of Sydney 91:1-2. Harbour. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:410-41 1. [Geawegal COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, Brisbane vocabulary, extrapolated from that in 1887 Boyne River. In Curr, E M Th e Collins 1804] Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 121 -125. 1971 Facsimile edition [of 1798 ...]. Adelaide: [Tulua vocabulary 124-1 25] Libraries Board of South Australia. 1887 The coast from Bustard Bay to Rodd's 1975 An account ...edited by Brian H Bay and back to Many Peak Range. In Fletcher. Sydney/Wellington: Reed. 2 Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ volumes. Appendix XII: Language. bourne. 3: 126-127. [Bayali vocabulary] Volume 1 :506-513. 1887 Condamine and Charley's Creek - Murrumningama tribe. In Curr, E M The COLLINS, Emma (Wardaman speaker, health lec­ Australian race. Melbourne. 3:220-221. turer at Batchelor College, Katherine) [Barunggam vocabulary] 1993 Language loss and language retrieval: a 1907 Dialect of the Nogoa River tribe. Science personal item report. Ngoonjook 8:33- of Man 9(1 0): 1 57. 35. COMMITTEE FOR GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES IN COLLINS, Peter C (Linguistics, University of NSW) AUSTRALIA 1994 Review of Schulz, Gerhard, ed. Th e 1992 Policy guidelines for recording and use languages of Australia. Canberra: of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australian Academy of the Humanities. place names. Canberra: the Committee. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1993 Topon ymic guidelines for Australia. 14(2)251 -252. Canberra: the Committee. (see also Western Australia: Geographic Names COLLINS, Peter C, and BLAIR, David, eds Committee 1994) (Macquarie University) 1989 Australian English: the language of a COMRIE, Bernard (English linguist; typology, new society. St Lucia: University of language universals; currently Max Queensland Press. 358pp. [references Planck Institute for Evolutionary to Aboriginal English and loanwords] Anthropology, Leipzig, Germany) 1999 English in Australia. (Varieties of English 1976 Linguistic politeness axes: speaker­ around the World series, general editor addressee, speaker-referent, speaker­ Manfred Gorlach). Amsterdam: John bystander. Pragmatics microfiche 1.7. Benjamins. [some reference to 12pp. [The proposal to include the Aboriginal English] speaker-bystander axis, standard in later literature, was motivated by COLLINS, R N (Hamilton River) see Blair et al 1886 Dyirbal] 1978 Ergativity. In Lehmann, W P, ed. COLLIVER, Frederick S (Museum curator, Syntactic typology: studies in the Brisbane) phenomenology of language. Has­ 1971 Aboriginal place names. Anthro­ socks,Sussex: Harvester. 329-394. pological Societyof Queensland [examples from Dalabon, Dyirbal, Kala Newsletter 36: 1 -4. Lagaw Langgus, Walbiri, Rembarnga) 45 1978 Review of Dixon, R M W, A grammar of CONN, William R (Boondoon Station near Bechel) YidinY. Lingua 46:281 -293. 1887 The Upper Warrego and Paroo Rivers. 1978 Review of Dixon, R M W, ed. 1976 In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Grammatical categories in Australian Melbourne. 3:278-279. [Pitjara languages. Canberra: AlAS. Lingua vocabulary; see also Looker et al 1887) 45:79-90. 1979 Review of Blake, BarryJ Case marking CONRAN, John see Gott and Conran 1991 in Australian languages. Talanya (lin­ guistic Society of Australia) 6: 110- 113. COOK, Anthony R (was at La Trobe University and 1979 Review of Yallop, Colin Alyawarra: an SAL) Aboriginal language of Central Australia. 1986 Mood, tense, aspect and scope in Linguistics 17:184-185. Wagiman. Language in Aboriginal 1981 Ergativity and grammatical relations in Australia (Alice Springs) 1 :39-48. Kalaw Lagaw Ya (Saibai dialect). Aust­ 1987 Wagiman Mat yin; a description of the ralian Journalof Linguistics 1 (1 ): 1-42. Wagiman language of the Northern 1981 Language universals and linguistic Territory. PhD dissertation, La Trobe typology: syn tax and morphology. University. 371 pp. Oxford: Basil Blackwell / Chicago: 1988 Participle sentences in Wakiman. In University of Chicago Press. (see also Austin, P, ed. Complex sentence 1989) [includes material from Arabana, constructions in Australian languages. Dyirbal, Gumbainggir, Kala Lagaw Ya, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 69-95. Mbabaram, Ritharngu, Thargari, Walbiri, Wanggumara, Warungu, Yalarnnga, COOK, Eung-Do (Department of Linguistics, Yidiny) Calgary, Canada) 1986 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1981 1995 Is there convergence in language Nunggubuyu myths ...; 1982 Dictionary death? Evidence from Chipewyan and of Nunggubuyu ... ; 1984 Grammar... Stoney. Journalof Linguistic American Anthropologist 88( 1 ): 191-192. Anthropology 5(2):217-231. [discusses 1989 Language universals and linguistic typ ­ theories of Dorian and Schmidt, refutes ology ...2nd edition. (see also 1981) convergence: Dyirbal examples) 1991 Review of McGregor, William A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. COOK, James, and KING, P P (Cook was Captain Linguistics 29:749-750. of the En deavour, Captain Philip Parker 1993 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1991 Words of King charted northern Australia 1817- our country... University of Queens­ 22) land Press. Language 64(1 ):198. 1886 Endeavour River. In Curr, E M Th e 1993 Review of Dixon, R M W, Ramson, W S, Australian race. Melbourne. 2:392-393. and Thomas, Mandy Australian [Kokoimudji vocabulary; Curr has taken Aboriginal words in English: their origin these from Cook 1790 (Captain Cook's and meaning. Language 69: 198-199. voyages round the world ... Newcastle: Brown), and from King's Survey of the CONDON, H T (South Australian Museum) coast of Australia) 1955 Aboriginal bird names. South Australian Ornithologist 21 (6-7): 74-88, 21 (8):91 - COOK, Leanne (teacher-linguist at Yipirinya 98. [in some 28 languages) School) see Goddard 1997

CONFALONIERI, Angelo; SORAVIA, Giulio COOK, Leanne, and BUZZACOTT, Kevin (Confalonieri: first Catholic missionary in 1994 Yipirinya School, Alice Springs, NT. In NT, 1846-47; Coburg Peninsula Hartman,D, and Henderson, J, eds catechism, word lists, etc; Soravia was Aboriginal languages in education. Alice his editor) Springs: lAD Press. 78-91. 1975 Father Angelo Confalonieri's manu­ script in Jiwadja in Propaganda Fide COOKE, Michael (Honorary Research Associate, Archive, Rome. Edited with introduction University of Sydney; consultant linguist) and notes by Giulio Soravia. Annali 1 987 Makassar & northeast ArnhemLand : Istituto Orientale di Napoli (Naples, Italy) missing links and living bridges. 35 (new series 25):377-399. [he was at Batchelor, NT: Batchelor College. 59pp. Port Essington 1846-48) [includes excerpts from the Yolngu­ Matha dictionaryMa cassan loanwords project) 46 1991 Seeing Yolngu, seeing mathematics. COOPER, Harold More (historian, South Australia) (Ngoonjook Occasional Paper 1) 1949 Australian Aboriginal words and their Batchelor, NT: Batchelor College. 53pp. meanings. Adelaide: Government [Djambarrpuyngu time, number and Printer. 32pp. [2000 examples; 4th kinship terminology] edition 1962 held at AIATSIS; see also 1992 The Aboriginal witness in court. Tindale 1949] Submissions authorisedfor publication, volume 4: House of Representatives COOREMAN, Ann M (Departmentof Linguistics, Standing Committtee on Aboriginal University of Oregon) Affairs (L anguage Maintenance Inquiry). 1988 Ergativity in Dyirbal discourse. Canberra: Parliament House. Linguistics 26:71 7-746. 1995 Aboriginal evidence in the cross cultural courtroom. In Eades, D, ed. Language in COOREMAN, Ann, FOX, Barbara, and GIVON, evidence: issues confronting Aboriginal Talmy and multicultural Australia. Sydney: 1984 The discourse definition of ergativity. University of NSW. 55-96. Studies in Language 8(1):1-34. [Dyirbal 1995 Interpreting in a cross-cultural cross­ as example] examination: an Aboriginal case study. InternationalJournal of the Sociology of COPPELL, W G (Bill) (former New Zealand teacher, Language 113:99-1 11. educator, lecturer at Macquarie 1995 Understood by all concerned? University) Anglo/Aboriginal legal translation. In 1974 A provisional world checklist of theses Morris, M, ed. Translation and the law. concerning the Australian Aborigine. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 37-63. AlAS Newsletter, new series 2:32-52. 1996 A different story: narrative versus 1977 Wo rld catalogue of theses and 'question and answer' in Aboriginal dissertations about the Australian evidence. Forensic Linguistics (London) Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. 3(2):273-288. Sydney University Press. 113pp. [index 1996 Negotiating meaning, negotiating reality: refers to Language(s) entries] Aboriginal language interpreting in court. In Cooke, Michael, ed. Aboriginal COPPELL, W G, ed. languages in contemporary contexts: 1 976 Papers on Aboriginal education in New Yolngu Matha at Galiwin 'ku. Northern South Wales: selected papers Walgett Territory: Batchelor College. 87-108. Conference on Aboriginal education in 1996 Yolngu signing - gestures or language? New South Wales 1971-1975. Sydney: In Cooke, Michael, ed. Aboriginal Centre for Advancement of Teaching, languages in contemporary contexts: Macquarie University. Yolngu Matha at Galiwin 'ku. Northern Territory: Batchelor College. 51 -64. COPPELL, W G, and MITCHELL, Ian S 1998 AnglolYolngu (mis)communication in the 1977 Education and Aboriginal Australians criminal justice context. PhD dissert­ 1945- 1975: a bibliography. (CAT ation, University of New England. Education Monograph 23) Sydney: 355pp. (the thesis has been privately Macquarie University, Centre for published by the author) Advancement of Teaching.

COOKE, Michael, ed. CORBETT, Greville C (linguist) see Evans et al 1996 Aboriginal languages in contemporary 1998 contexts: Yolngu Matha at Galiwin 'ku. NorthernTerritory: Batchelor College. CORNEY, F 1887 Bumbang, on the Murray River. In Curr, COOKE, Michael, and ADONE, Dany E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1994 Yolngu signing - gestures or language? 3:452-453. [Laitchi-Laitchi (Latjilatji) Batchelor College CALL Working vocabulary] Papers October 1994: 1-1 5. (see also Cooke 1996, which is a revised version CORNISH, W H of this paper) 1886 Cooper's Creek, to the eastward of its northern branch. In Curr, E M The COOKE, W 0 see Mcintosh, Cooke and Barthelemy Australian race. Melbourne. 2:28-29. 1887 [Yowerawoolka (Jauraworka) 47 vocabulary; see also that by Salmon, 1967 Cape York. (Occasional Papers in pp24-25, 26-27] Aboriginal Studies 9, Bibliography 1886 Warburton River. In Curr, E M Th e Aust­ Series 2) Canberra: AlAS. ralian race. Melbourne. 2:22-23. [Nga­ 1968 Kimberley region: an annotated meni vocabulary; see also that by Paull] bibliography. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 12, Bibliography Series 3) COSGROVE, Brigit (Jingulu speaker) see Canberra: AlAS. Pensalfini and Cosgrove 1996 1969 Central Australian and Western Desert regions: an annotated bibliography. COULTHARD, Andrew (station hand, tracker, (Australian Aboriginal Studies 31, Leigh Creek) see Tunbridge and Bibliography Series 5) Canberra: AlAS. Coulthard 1985 365pp. 1970 North-west-central Queensland: an COULTHARD, Andrew, and SCHEBECK, annotated bibliography. (Australian Bernhard Aboriginal Studies 41 , Bibliography 1986 Boning a White man. (AtYnYamatana Series 6) Canberra: AlAS. 137pp. story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds (see its index, p 116) This is what happened: historical narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: CRAIGIE, James (of Roxburgh Downs station) AlAS. 217-225. 1886 Roxburgh Downs [station], Lower 1986 Boning each other. (AtYnYamatana Georgina [River]. In Curr, E M Th e story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds Australian race. Melbourne. 2:356-357. This is what happened: historical [Ringuringu; Runga-Rungawah tribe - cf narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: McLean's Ringa-Ringaroo] AlAS. 227-231. see also Blair et al 1886

COWARD, Thomas (Inspector of Native Police) CRESPIGNY, PC (Guardian of Aborigines) 1886 Burketown. In Curr, E M, Th e Australian 1878 Native names of places in the Talbot race. Melbourne. 2:298-299. [Gangga­ District. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of lida vocabulary] Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 180.

COWDEN, Janet (SIL archivist and librarian) CRIMINS, T (a collector of place names) see 1996 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Aboriginal 1899 Linguistics, Australian Aborigines and Islanders Branch, up to December 1996. CROFT, William (USA linguist; Chicago) Darwin: SIL:AAIB. 1992 Review of McGregor, W, 1990 A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. COYNE, Lester, and BAISDEN, Faith (of FATSIL) (SLCS, 22) Amsterdam: John 1998 FATSIL - linking languages across Benjamins. Language 68:440. Australia. Australian Language Matters (Deakin, ACT) 6(1 ):1 O. CROMBIE, James (propertyBarca ldine area; Bank director) CRADDOCK, Laurence J (Principal of Walgett 1887 Mount Enniskillen. In Curr, E M The Primary School) Australian race. Melbourne. 3:88-89. 1974 Language and the Aboriginal child. In [vocabulary] Coppell, W G, Education and the see also Hyde et al 1887 Aboriginal child: proceedings of a Summer School held at Macquarie CROMWELL, Lawrence G (US linguist, was at University, January 1974. North Ryde: Urban Research Unit, RSSS, Australian Centre for Advancement of Teaching, National University)) Macquarie University. 48-52. 1982 Bar Kar Mir. To talk with no curves: important speaking among mainland CRAIG, Beryl F (former AlAS Research Officer, Torres Strait Islanders. Anthropological Bibliography) Forum (Perth) 5:24-37. 1966 ArnhemLand peninsular region (including Bathurst and Melville CROWE, Greg (senior lecturer, Batchelor College) islands). (Bibliography Series 1) 1994 Aboriginal languages in teacher training Canberra: AlAS. at Batchelor College. In Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages 48 in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Aboriginal Australia. Canberra: 341-354. Aboriginal Studies Press. 51-71 . 1996 Early language contact in Tasmania. In CROWHURST, Megan J (US linguist) Wurm, S A, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 1995 Prosodic alignment and misalignment in o T, eds Atlas of languages of Diyari, Dyirbal & Gooniyandi: an optim­ intercultural communication in the izing approach. In Aranovich, R, Byrne, Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: W, Preuss, S, and Senturia, M, eds Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :25-32. Proceedings of the Thirteenth West 1997 Chipping away at the past: a northern Coast Conference on Formal Linguis ­ New South Wales perspective. In tics. Stanford, California: Center for the McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds Study of Language and Information. 16- Archaeology and linguistics: Aboriginal 31. Australia in global perspective. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. CROWHURST, Megan J, and HEWITT, M 275-295. 1995 Directional footing, degeneracy, and 1999 Review of Dixon The rise and fall of alignment. (Rutgers Optimality Archive languages Cambridge University Press. paper No 65) Available as Web Paper. Australian Journalof Linguistics [uses Diyari data] 19(1):109-1 15. 1995 Prosodic overlay and headless feet in see also Austin and Crowley 1 995 Yidiny. Phonology (England) 12(1 ):39- 84. CROWLEY, Terry, and DIXON, R M W 1981 Tasmanian. In Dixon, R M W, and CROWLEY, Terry M (Linguistics, Waikato Blake, B J, eds Handbook of Australian University, Hamilton, New Zealand) la nguages, volume 2. Canberra: ANU 1976 Phonological change in New England. In Press. 395-421 + map p.394. Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian languages. CROWLEY, Terry, and RIGSBY, Bruce Canberra: AlAS. 19-50. 1979 Cape York Creole. In Shopen, T, ed. 1978 Bundjalung dialects. In Sharpe, M C, An Languages and their status. Cam­ introduction to the Bundjalung language bridge, Massachusetts: Winthrop. 153- and its dialects. Mt Lawley CAE. 28-45. 207 [+ photo, P 152]. (Review Austral­ 1978 Th e Middle Clarence dialects of ian Journal of Linguistics 1, Blake) (book Bandjalang. (Research and Regional reprinted in a paperback edition by the Studies 12) Canberra: AlAS. (Includes University of Pennsylvania Press, 1987) 1940s "Bandjalang grammar" by W E Smythe) 478pp. (Review Language 56, CROZIER, H, and DEWHURST, Arthur Dixon) [Tabu lam and Baryulgil d's: 1886 Evelyn Creek. In Curr, E M, The Wahlubal and Wehlubal] Australian race. Melbourne. 2:152-1 57. 1979 Yaygir. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, [Antakirinya vocabulary: Crozier's 154- eds Handbook of Australian languages, 155, Dewhurst's 156-157] volume 1 . Canberra: ANU Press. 363- 384. CRYST AL, David (Professorial Fellow, University 1980 Phonological targets and northernCape College of North Wales, Bangor) York sandhi. Papers in Australian 1987 Australian aboriginal languages. The Linguistics 13. (PL, A-59) Canberra: Cambridge encyclopedia of language. Pacific Linguistics. 241 -258. Cambridge: University Press. 324-325. 1981 The Mpakwithi dialect of Anguthimri. In (later edns, including 1994) [some Dixon, R M Wand Blake, B J eds extraordinary data on Australian and Handbook of Australian languages, neighbouring pidgins, p 339] volume 2. Canberra: ANU Press. 147- 194 + map p.1 46. CUNNINGHAM, Edward (JP, Molonglong) see 1983 Uradhi. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B O'Connor and Cunningham 1887 J, eds Handbook of Australian languages, volume 3. Canberra: ANU CUNNINGHAM, Edward, and GORTON, F J Press. 306-428. 1886 Lower Burdekin. In Curr, E M, Th e 1993 Tasmanian Aboriginal language: old and Australian race. Melbourne. 2:488-491. new identities. In Walsh, M, and Yallop, [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & C, eds Language and culture in Oates; Cunningham's 488-489, Gorton's 490-491] 49 CUNNINGHAM, Margaret C (now Sharpe, which NSW; Chief Inspector of Stock Victoria; see; University of New England) several volumes of reminiscences etc 1969 Alawa phonology and grammar. PhD published) dissertation, University of Queensland. 1875 Native name of big Waterhole. 364pp. (see Sharpe 1972) Australasian 9 January 1875. 1969 A description of the Yugumbir dialect of 1876 Native vocabularies. Australasian, 1 6 8andjalang. University of Queensland April 1876. Papers, Fa culty of Arts 1 (8):69-122. 1880 The Aboriginal dialects. Australasian, 3 Brisbane: University of Queensland. April 1880. (Appeal for correspondents' see also Sharpe assistance) 1883 Recollections ofsqua tting in Victoria. CUNNINGTON, Rose (then at DarwinCommuni ty Melbourne: George Robertson. (2nd edn College) 1965, facsimile edn 1968) 1984 A case for bilingual education on Saibai 1886 The Aborigines of Australia: their Island. Graduate Diploma in ESL thesis, manners and customs. In Curr, E M The Darwin Community College, NT. Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :36-1 05. [of only incidental relevance) CURNOW, Ann (SIL linguist) see Eckert, Ann 1886 Comparison of Australian and African words. In Curr, E M The Australian race. CURNOW, Miriam (bookseller, Australian National Melbourne. 1:171-189. University) see Carrington and Curnow 1886 Darling tribes: prefatory remarks with 1981 common vocabulary. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2,165-173. CURR, Edward (son of E M Curr) 1886 Introduction. In Curr, E M The Australian 1886 Eastward of the Nicholson River and race. Melbourne. 1 :xiii-xix. [general between that river and the coast: comments, including many on Yangarella tribe. In Curr, E M Th e languages) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:296-297. 1886 Prefatoryremarks. In Curr, E M The [Jakula vocabulary) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:165-173. 1886 Head of Gilbert River. In Curr, E M The [comparative tables of Central Division Australian race. Melbourne. 2:416-417. languages with those of the Darling 168, [Jangaa vocabulary) 169) 1886 Leich[h)ardt River, twenty miles below 1886 Remarks on the Aboriginal languages of Kamilaroi Station. In Curr, E M The Australia. In Curr, E M The Australian Australian race. Melbourne. 2:316-317. race. Melbourne. 1 :3-26. [Worgebunga vocabulary) 1886 Remarks on some of the words of the 1886 On the west bank of the Leich[h)ardt vocabulary. In Curr, EM Th e Australian River, near the sea: Mingin tribe. In race. Melbourne. 1 :27-35. Curr, E M The Australian race. 1886 Remarks on some of the works which Melbourne. 2:314-315. [Gugadji treat of the Aborigines of Australia. In vocabulary) Curr, E M The Australian race. 1886 Upper Flinders, Hughenden, and Dutton Melbourne. 1 :235-244. River. In Curr, E M The Australian race. 1886 Tintinaligi, Darling River. In Curr, E M Melbourne. 2:462-463. [Jirandali Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:230- vocabulary; see also that by Curr, M) 231 . [Bagundji vocabulary) 1886 Vocabulary of the Birria language. In 1886-87 The Australian race: its origin, langu­ Curr, E M The Australian race. ages, customs, place of landing in Melbourne. 2:384-385. Australia, and the routes by which it 1887 Diamantina River, Middleton Creek - the spread itself over that continent. 4 Goa tribe. In Curr, E M Th e Australian volumes (volumes 1-2 1886, volumes 3- race. Melbourne. 3:14-15. [Koa 4 1887). Melbourne: John Ferres, vocabulary) Government Printer; London: Trubner. 1887 Scrubby Creek. In Curr, E M The (see individual entries) Australian race. Melbourne. 3:42-43. 1887 About fifty miles southerly from Swan [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & Hill. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Oates) Melbourne. 3:446-447. [Warkawarka see also Heagney et al 1 886 vocabulary) 1887 The Barwan, Gwyder, and Namoi CURR, Edward Micklethwaite (1820-1 889; settler Rivers; Moree, Nundle, Wee-waa, Northern Victoria, stockowner in Qld and Barraba, Bogabrie, and Meeke. In Curr, 50 E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1887 Mount Hope-Panyool dialect. In Curr, 3:304-323. [Kamilaroi vocabularies: see E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. under individual contributors] 3:510-51 1. [Warkawarka vocabulary] 1887 Dartmoor. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1887 Mount Rouse: native name Kooloor. In race. Melbourne. 3:484-485. [Marditjali Curr, E M The Australian race. vocabulary, pp 482-483] Melbourne. 3:488-489. [ [vocabulary 1887 Gippsland. In Curr, E M Th e Australian unidentified by Oates & Oates] race. Melbourne. 3:543-550 [Includes 1887 Natti-Yallook and Stuart-Mill. In Curr, E additional material in Brabrolung M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. (Gurnai), etc], 552-553 [see also those 3:51 4-515. [Jaara vocabulary] by Bulmer, Hagenauer and Howitt] 1887 Near the junction of the Murray and 1887 The Glenelg, above Woodford. In Curr, Goulburn - the Bangerang tribes proper. E M The Australian race. Melbourne. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 3:480-481. [Marditjali vocabulary]. Melbourne. 3:582-583. [Bangerang 1887 Healesville, Upper Yarra - Oorongir (Banjerang) vocabulary] language. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1887 Near Yiilima, on both sides of the River race. Melbourne. 3:530-531. [Wurun- Murray - the Ngarrimowro tribe. In Curr, djeri language; see also that by Bunce] E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1887 Hamilton. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 3:588-589. [Bangerang (Banjerang) race. Melbourne. 3:486-487. [Gurnditj- vocabulary] mara vocabulary] 1887 The neighbourhood of Lake Boga, 1887 Hopkins River. In Curr, E M The probably Moorerbat and the lower Australian race. Melbourne. 3:492-493. Loddon. In Curr, E M The Australian [Potaruwutj vocabulary; see also that by race. Melbourne. 3:504-505. [Kolakngat Goodall] vocabulary] 1887 [Kamilaroi language vocabularies]. In 1887 Piangil. In Curr, E M The Australian Curr, E M Th e Australian race. race. Melbourne. 3:450-451. [Biangil Melbourne. 3:303-323. vocabulary; see also that by Macredie] 1887 Kerang, Loddon River. In Curr, E M The 1887 Portland, Lake Condah, and Eumeralla. Australian race. Melbourne. 3:512-513. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. [Lewurung vocabulary] Melbourne. 3:490-491. [Gurnditjmara 1887 Kulkyne. In Curr, E M Th e Australian vocabulary] race. Melbourne. 3:454-455. [Western 1887 Prefatory remarks [Central Victoria]. In Victorian language unidentified by Oates Curr, EM The Australian race. Mel- & Oates: vocabulary; see Mcintyre, and bourne. 3:523-527. [some vocabulary Beveridge] material included] 1887 Lachlan words [Wiradjuri]. In Curr, E M 1887 Prefatory remarks [3ippsland]. In Curr, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:366. E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1887 Lake Hindmarsh, Upper Regions 3:539-543. [includes comparative Station, and Lower Wimmera. In Curr, E vocabulary] M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1887 Prefatory remarks [North-eastern 3:474-475. [Wotjobaluk vocabulary] Victoria]. In Curr, E M The Australian 1887 Lake Wallace and neighbourhood. In race. Melbourne. 3:567-582. [Bangerang Curr, E M The Australian race. (Banjerang) vocabulary and phrases, Melbourne. 3:476-477. [Bolali some from Curr 1883] vocabulary] 1887 Prefatory remarks [South-western 1887 Maryborough. In Curr, E M Th e Victoria ]. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 134-135. race. Melbourne. 3:437-439 [contains [Dippil (Wakawaka?) vocabulary] language materials] 1887 Moorabool - Jibberin language. In Curr, 1887 Prefatory remarks [Western Victoria]. In E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. Curr, E M The Australian race. 3:518-519. [Jaara vocabulary] Melbourne. 3:469-471 [contains brief 1887 Mordiyallook. In Curr, E M The vocabularies; see also author entries for Australian race. Melbourne. 3:534-535. Moreton Plains, Lake Hindmarsh, Lower [Mordialloc (Bunurong) vocabulary] Wimmera, Lake Wallace, Upper 1887 Morton Plains. In Curr, E M The Glenelg, Wannon, Glenelg, Woodford, Australian race. Melbourne. 3:472-473. Dartmoor, Hamilton, Mount Rouse, [Brapkut (Warkawarka) vocabulary] Portland, Condan, Eumerella, Hopkins River] 51 1887 Seymour to Murchison, part of Goulburn 1886 Upper Flinders, Hughenden, and Dutton River, Whroo, etc, - Ngooraialum River. In Curr, E M The Austral-ian race. language. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Melbourne. 2:460-461. [Jirandali race. [Melbourne. 3: Taungurong vocabulary; see also that by E Curr] vocabulary] 1887 Head of Diamantina. In Curr, E M Th e 1887 [Sydney area languages]. In Curr, E M Australian race. Melbourne. 3:12-13. The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:406- [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & 434. Oates; Breen's Guwa] 1887 The Tasmanians. In Curr, E M Th e see also Johnstone and Curr 1886; see Australian race. Melbourne. 3:Appendix also Landsborough and Curr 1887; see A, 593-675. [includes vocabulary items, also Riley and Curr 1887 some listed under individual authors: see Calder, Jorgenson, Milligan] CUST, Robert N (linguist, ethnologist) 1887 The Tatiarra country. In Curr, EM The 1886 Uber unsere gegenwartigeKenn tnis der Australian race. Melbourne. 3:458-459. Sprachen Oceaniens. Internationales [Poturuwutj vocabulary; see also that by Orientalisten-Congress, Wien, Haynes, below] Malaisisch-Polynesische Abtheilungen 1887 Tocumwall, on the Murray - the Mittheilungen. Vienna. [from Greenway] Pikkolatpan tribe. In Curr, E M Th e 1888 Les races et les langues de I'Oceanie. Australian race. Melbourne. 3:584-585. Paris: Ernest Leroux. [Bangerang (Banjerang) vocabulary] 1887 Ulupna - the Toolinyagan tribe. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. D 3:586-587. [Bangerang (Banjerang) DAGMAR, Hans (J G M) (Nijmegen doctorate in vocabulary] anthropology) 1887 Upper Glenelg and Wannon. In Curr, E 1984 Review of Brandenstein 1982 Names M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. and substance of the Australian 3:478-479. [Marditjali vocabulary] subsection system. University of 1887 The Wiratheri language. In Curr, E M Chicago Press. 8ijdragen tot de Taal-, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:366- Land- en Volkenkunden (Leiden, The 367. Netherlands) 140:185-186. 1887 Woodford. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:482-483. [vocabulary DALHUNTY, F L (Curr gives also L F) unidentified by Oates & Oates; West 1887 Tambo. In Curr, E M The Australian Buandik in Schmidt] race. Melbourne. 3:86-87. [Bidjara 1887 [Yass vocabulary]. In Curr, E M Th e vocabulary] Australian race. Melbourne. 3:426-428. 1887 Tower Hill and Cornish Creeks ­ see also Ridley et al 1 887 Tateburra tribe. In Curr, EM Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:8-9. CURR, Edward M, and GOODALL, W [Iningai vocabulary] 1887 [Languages of Western Victoria]. In see also Hyde et al 1887 Curr, E M Th e Australian ra ce. Mel­ bourne. 3:469-495; vocabulary by DALPBALNGALI, Lulu Martin (Wagiman speaker) Goodall on p 470. see Emorrotjba et al 1 998 CURR, Edward M, and TEULON, Greville N DALTON, Lorraine, EDWARDS, Sandra, 1886 Questions concerning the Aborigines of FARQUHARSON, Rosaleen, OSCAR, The Australian Australia. In Curr, E M, Sarah, and McCONVELL, Patrick race. Melbourne. 2:188-207. (Dalton: a Gurindji speaker) 1995 Gurindji children's language and CURR, Montagu (brother of E M Curr; JP; Cardigan language maintenance. International Station, Ravenswood) Journalof the Sociology of Language 1886 Kamilaroi Station, Leich[h]ardt River. In 113:83-98. Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ bourne. 2:318-321 . [vocabulary, uni­ DALYWATERS, Injimadi (Mudburra speaker) see dentified by Oates & Oates, 320-321] Wightman et al 1992 1886 Porter's Range. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:456-457. DANIEL, Tootsie (Wangka Maya Centre) see Hale [Bindal vocabulary] and Daniel 1990 52 DANIELS, Dan (Kriol assistant, Ngukurr Settlement, DAVENPORT, Sue NT) see Sandefur et al 1980 1988 Yintakaja -Lampajuga = These are our waterholes. South Hedland WA: Pilbara DANIELS, Holly Ngarlilwarra, and JOSHUA, John Aboriginal Language Centre, and Bulain (teachers, Ngukurr) Western Desert Puntukurnuparna. 1987 Community languages at Ngukurr. In 199pp. [parallel text in Martu Wangka Aboriginal teachers write about their and English] community languages. Batchelor Col­ lege Aboriginal Teacher Education, NT. DAVEY, Carolyn, HUDSON, Joyce, and MUR­ 85-88. NANE, Helen (teachers, Kimberley) 1996 Kimb erley Aboriginal languages: DANIELS, Peter T (linguist, lexicographer, palaeo­ teachers handbook. Revised edition. grapher) Broome, WA: Catholic Education Office, 1998 Review of Comrie, B, Matthews, S, and Kimberley Region. 163pp. Polinsky, M, eds, 1996, Th e atlas of languages, London: Quaife/New York: DAVIDSON, Daniel Sutherland (wrote much on Facts on File. .. Language in Society artefacts: axes, spearthrowers, string (London) 27:1 13-117. [complimentary figures, boomerangs, petroglyphs and review of Austin, P, Australia] the like) 1952 Notes on the pictographs and petro­ DANZIGER, Eve (University of Virginia) see glyphs of Western Australia and a Pederson et al 1998 discussion of their affinities with appearances elsewhere on the D'APICE, LA continent. Proceedings of the American 1907 Aboriginal words and meanings. Sci­ Philosophical Society 96(1 ):76-1 17. ence of Man 9(2):32. [list supplied by Mrs B M Blakey, Cobar; Ngiyambaa?] DAVIDSON, Gladys R (teacher, NT) 1977 A preliminaryre port on traditional culture DARDEN, Bill J (USA linguist) learning and Aboriginal pidgin as part of 1971 A note on Sommer's claim that there the school's bilingual programme at exist languages without CV syllables. Bamyili, N. T. Armidale: Centre for International Journal of American Behavioural Studies, University of New Linguistics 37:126-128. (see also England. Sommer 1970) DAVIDSON, Graham R (English Department, DAVENPORT (Mrs; Sara?) University of New England) 1898 Specimens of the language of the 1974 Linguistic determinants of choice­ Barrabool tribe, and list of the members reaction time among Aborigines and of the tribe, collected about 1842, by white Australians. Journalof Cross­ Mrs Davenport, daughter of the late cultural Society 5(2):199-211. [testing of Capt. Sievewright, Assistant-Protector of schoolboys from Brisbane] Aborigines. In Bride, T F, ed. Letters see also Kearney, De Lacey and from Victorian pioneers: being a series Davidson, eds 1973 of papers on the early occupation of the colony, the Aborigin es, etc, addressed DAVIDSON, G, HANSFORD, B, and MORIARTY, by Vic torian pioneers to His Excellency B Charles Joseph La Trobe, Esq, 1983 Listening to Aborigines: some Lieutenant-Governorof the colony of communication requirements for non­ Victoria; edited for the Trustees of the Aboriginal-Aboriginal contact. Australian Public Libraryby Th omas Francis Bride. Aboriginal Studies 1 :48-50. Melbourne:publi shed for the Trustees of the Public Library by Robert S Brain, DAVIDSON, R R GovernmentPrin ter. Melbourne. 307- 1886 Granite Range, at the head of the Walsh 31 1. [another edition 1969 edited "from River. In Curr, EM The Australian race. the original edition" by CE Sayers, Melbourne. 2:414-415. [Wakaman Heinemann, Melbourne, 455pp; yet vocabulary; Dixon identifies this as another edition 1983, published at South Dyarngun but some Luluridji items may Yarra by Lloyd O'Neil for Currey O'Neil] be included] 53 DAVIES, Jenn ifer (then, University of Melbourne) DAVIS, Stuart(Uni versity of Michigan) 1989 Umbugarla: a sketch grammar. BA 1985 Syllable weight in some Australian (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. languages. Berkeley Linguistics Society 11:398-407. [Data from Western Aranda DAVIES, R H (doctorate of University of and Madimadi] Pennsylvania, ethnology; American 1986 Autosegmental spreading and phoneme Philosophical Society) copying in reduplicative processes. 1846 On the Aboriginal languages of Tas­ Proceedings - Eastern States mania. Tasmanian Journalof Natural Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) Science 409-420. 3:87-96. [reduplication in Umpila] 1878 Song of the Ben Lomond tribe. In 1988 Syllable onsets as a factor in stress Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, rules. Phonology 5(1): 1-19. [example volume 2. Melbourne. 379-409. [Quoted from Madimadi] on p 391 of 'The Aborigines of 1988 Topics in syllable geometry. Tasmania'.] (Outstanding Dissertations in Linguistics) New York: Garland DAVIS, Jack (Aboriginal playwright; West Perth) Publishing. 197pp. [Includes discussion 1969 A study of the Bibbulman dialect. Perth: of stress rules in Western Aranda, Western Australian Aboriginal Alyawarra, Madimadi, and other Association. Australian languages, and their bearing 1970 The first bornand other poems. Syd­ on theories of syllable structure, within a ney: Angus & Robertson. [appendix: Metrical Phonology framework] 400± words of Bibbulman] DAWSEY, Richard DAVIS, Stephen L (anthropology adviser Resource 1887 From Jervis Bay to Mount Dromedary. In Managers P/L and Australian Mining Curr, E M The Australian race. IndustryCouncil, formerly teacher Melbourne. 3:420-423. [Dharumba Milingimbi School) vocabulary] 1981 Dictionaryby domains: natural sp ecies: Gupapuyngu language. (Working DAWSON, James (Victorian pastoralist; amateur Papers in Theoretical and Applied ethnographer, friend of Aborigines) Linguistics) Darwin: Northern Territory 1881 Australian Aborigines: the languages University Planning Authority. 73pp. and customs of several tribes of [Alphabetical listing within semantic Aborigines in the Western District of domains, identification by scientific Victoria, Australia. Melbourne: George name] Robertson. see also facsimile edition, 1982 Colour classification and the Aboriginal Canberra, 1981, AlAS. classroom. In McKay, G R, and 1981 Australian Aborigines: the languages Sommer, B A, eds Applications of and customs of several tribes of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal Aborigines in the Western District of contexts. Melbourne. 68-79. Vic toria, Australia. Originally published 1993 Australia's extant and imputed traditional 1881 by George Robertson, Melbourne. Aboriginal territories. (Map) Carlton, Facsimile reprint with an introduction by Victoria: Melbourne University Press. Jan Critchett (and original colour plates [see also Sutton, P, 1995] reproduced in black and white). 1997 Documenting an Aboriginal seasonal Canberra: AlAS. 235pp. [The appendix calendar. In Webb, E K, ed. Win do ws on gives copious information on Kuurn meteorology: Australian persp ective. Kopan Noot, Peek Whuurong, Chaap Collingwood: CSIRO Wuurong: a comparative vocabulary, pp Publishing/Australian Meteorological i-Ixiii; a relationships table in Chaap and Oceanographic Society. 29-33. Wuurong pp Ixiv-Ixxvii; names of places in the Western District Ixxviii-Ixxxiv; DAVIS, Stephen, and PRESCOTT, J R V (social lxxxv-xcvi; numerals xcvii-c; notes, in geographers) Latin and English ci-civ] (review article 1992 Aboriginal frontiers and boundaries in Aboriginal History8, Hercus) Australia. Carlton, Victoria: Melbourne University Press. 169pp. [see also DAWSON, Peggy Naljarri (teacher, Tennant Creek Sutton, P 1995] school) 1987 The Tennant Creek Community and its languages. In Aboriginal teachers write 54 about their communitylanguages. 2:438-439. [Warungu vocabulary; see Batchelor College Aboriginal Teacher also that by Lukin] Education, NT. 123-129. DE LEON, Lourdes DAWSON, Robert Leycester (specialist on Lower 1991? The development of geocentric location Clarence place names; compiler, editor) in young speakers of Guugu Yimithirr. 1922 Australian Aboriginal words and names. Working Papers of the Cognitive Sydney: W C Penfold. Anthropology Research Group 33. 1935 Aboriginal words and names, Lower Nijmegen, The Netherlands: Max Planck Clarence River dialect. Roseville, NSW: Institute. R Dawson. 30pp. DENCH, Alan C (Linguistics, University of Western DAY, Elsie (teacher, Torres Strait) see Babia and Australia) Day 1989 1981 Panyjima phonology and morphology. MA thesis, Australian National DAY, Ron, KUDUB, Kalina, and GISU, Salkal University. (Meriam Mir speakers) 1982 The development of an accusative case 1982 The language situation on Mer. Nga/i marking pattern in the Ngayarda 20-21. Batchelor, NT: SAL. languages of Western Australia. see also McConvell et al 1983 Australian Journalof Linguistics 2(1 ):43- 59. [Palyku-Panyjima, Ngarluma­ DAY, Stan, and HERCUS, Luise (Day: outstanding Kariyarra, Yinyjiparnti-Kurrama, shearer & drover, Riverina) Martuthunira, NgarJa, Nhuwala, Nyamal] 1986 A Chinaman in the shearing shed. 1982 Kin terms and pronouns in the Panyjima (Wembawemba song). In Hercus, L, and language of northwest Western Sutton, P, eds This is what happened: Australia. Anthropological Forum historical narratives by Aborigin es. 5(1): 1 05-120. Canberra: AlAS. 136-1 38. 1987 Kinship and collective activity in the Ngayarda languages of Australia. De BRABANDER, Dallas (linguist/historian - was Language in Society 16:321 -339. editor of Aboriginal Studies Press) 1987 Martuthunira: a language of the Pilbara 1987 The lexical evidence for contact region of Western Australia. PhD between Aborigines and colonists. BLitt dissertation, Australian National thesis, Australian National University. University. 1988 Complex sentences in Martuthunira. In DeCAMP, David (was director of Center for Applied Austin, P, ed. Complex sentence Linguistics, Washington DC; creolist) constructions in Australian languages. see Reinecke et al 1975 Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 97-139. 1990 Shortstories in Banjima. Port Hedland: DECSY, Gyula (Hungarian linguist) Pilbara Aboriginal Language Centre. 1988 Statistical report on the languages of the 16pp. worldas of 1985. Part IV: Alphabetical 1991 Panyjima. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, index of the languages of the world S J, eds Handbook of Australian lan­ arranged according to continents. guages, volume 4. Oxford University (Bibliotheca Nostrata, 6(4)) Press. 124-243. Bloomington, Indiana: Eurolingua. 1994 The historical development of pronoun [Includes Oceania, pp 133-1 60] paradigms in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. Australian Journalof De GRAAF, Mark (then at University of WA) Linguistics 1 4(2): 1 55-191 . 1968 The Ngadadara at Warburton Ranges. 1994 Nyungar. In Thieberger, N, and BA (Hons) thesis, University of Western McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal Australia. [language in Chapter 3] words: a dictionary of words from Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait DE LACEY, P (Education, University of Wollon­ Islander languages. North Ryde: gong) see Kearney, De Lacey and Macquarie Library. 173-1 92. Davidson, eds 1973 1994 Western Australian languages. In Angelo, D, et al Australian phrasebook. DE LA TOUR (Mr) Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. 143- 1886 The Clarke or the Cape River. In Curr, E 153. (see also 1998) M, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 55 1995 Martuthunira, a language of the Pilbara DENNISS, David (Illawarra historian) region of WesternAust ralia. (PL, C-125) 1974 Some notes on Aboriginal place names. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 390pp. lIIa warra Historical Society Bulletin (Revised version of his 1987 PhD December 1974:3-4. dissertation) 1995 Suffixaufnahme and apparent ellipsis in DEVANEY, James (poet, novelist, teacher, free­ Martuthunira. In Plank, F, ed. Double lance writer) case: agreement by Suffixaufnahme. 1929 The vanished tribes. Sydney: Cornstalk. Oxford University Press. 380-395. [glossary of words,taken from Bunce's 1997 Where do complex kinterms come from? list) In Tryon, 0, and Walsh, M, eds Boundaryri der: essays in honour of DE VEER, Linda (was NT teacher, then AlAS), later Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific AlAS see Galpagalpa et al 1984 Linguistics. 107-132. 1998 The Dative Split in Martuthunira. In DE VIS, C W (Charles Walter, clergyman, zoologist, Proceedings of the Australian Linguistic museum director, Old) SocietyMee ting 1998. Web publication. 1895 On the word 'kangaroo'. Proceedings of 1998 Pidgin Ngarluma: an indigenous contact the Royal Geographic Society of language in north western Australia. Queensland 10:35-45. Journalof Pidgin and Creole Linguistics (Philadelphia, USA) 13(1): 1-61 . DEVLIN, Brian C (Dean, Faculty of Education, 1998 Western Australian languages. In Northern Territory University) Angelo, 0, et al Australian phrasebook. 1 981 Reading programs at Yirrkala Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. 2nd Community School fo r years 1-4. edition. 217-227. (see also 1994) Yirrkala: Yirrkala School Literature 1998 What is a Ngayarta language? A reply to Production Centre. O'Grady and Laughren. Australian 1986 Language maintenance in a northeast Journalof Linguistics 18(1 ):91 -1 07. Arnhem Land settlement. Doctor of 1998 Yingkarta. (Languages of the world! Education dissertation, Columbia Materials, LM-137) Munich: Lincom University Teachers' College, USA. Europa. 75pp. 1990 Alan Walker [Obituary). TEL C Talk: 1999 Comparative reconstitution. In Denison, Newsletter of the Top En d Linguistic 0, Hogg, R, and Vincent, N, eds Circle. 90(1) (October 1990):15. Proceedings of the 12th International 1995 The evaluation of bilingual programs in Conference on Historical Linguistics. the Northern Territory, Australia, 1973- Amsterdam: John Benjamins. [Nyungar] 1993. InternationalJournal of the see also Angelo et al 1994; see also Sociology of Language 1 13:23-36. Injie and Dench 1989 see also Harris and Devlin 1997

DENCH, Alan, and EVANS, Nicholas DEVLIN, Brian, HARRIS, Stephen, BLACK, Paul, 1988 Multiple case-marking in Australian and BROWN, I, eds languages. Australian Journalof 1995 Australian Aborigines: sociolinguistic Linguistics 8(1 ):1 -47. [Martuthunira, and educational issues. International Panyjima, Ngarluma & other languages] Journalof the Sociology of Language 113: 1 -1 64. DENNIS, Alexander (pastoralist) see Dennis and Dennis 1878 DEWHURST, A 1886 Evelyn Creek. In Curr, E M, The DENNIS, William (Carr's Plains) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:152-157. 1878 Glenorchy: Djappuminyou tribe. In [Antakirinya vocabulary 156-157] Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, see Crozier and Dewhurst 1886 volume 2. Melbourne. 79. DINEEN, Anne H (Australian National University DENNIS, William, and DENNIS, Alexander graduate; now Anne Fabricius (which (pastoralists, Corangamite, Birreegurra see), Copenhagen Business School, and Colac areas) Denmark) 1878 Colac [vocabulary]. In Smyth, R B The 1990 A comparative surveyof reduplication in Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Australian languages. MA thesis, Melbourne. 89. [48 words) Australian National University. 232pp. [cross-linguistic examination of redup- 56 licative constructions in 120 Australian 1968 Noun classes. Lingua 21:104-125. languages] Published as: 1968 Virgin birth [letter to Editor]. Man 1998 [Fabricius, Anne] A comparative survey (London) 3(4):653-654. [linguistic of reduplication in Australian langu­ evidence from Dyirbal] ages. Germany: Lincom Europa. 1969 Relative clauses and possessive see also Kurrunama et al 1990 phrases in two Australian languages. Language 45(1 ):35-44. DINEEN, Anne, and MUHLHAUSLER, Peter 1969 Syntactic orientation as a semantic 1996 The development of Pidgin English in property. Mathematical linguistics and South Australia. (4 maps) In Wurm, S A, automatic translation: Report NSF-24. Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Atlas of languages of intercultural University Computation Laboratory. 1- communication in the Pacific, Asia and 22. the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de 1970 Languages of the Cairns rain forest Gruyter. Volume 1:10. region. In Wurm, S A, and Laycock, DC, 1996 Nineteenth century language contact in eds Pacific linguistic studies in honour of South Australia. In Wurm, S A, Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific Muhlhausler, Peter, and Tryon, D T, eds Linguistics. 651-687. Atlas of languages of intercultural 1970 Olgolo syllable structure and what they communication in the Pacific, Asia and are doing about it. Linguistic Inquiry the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de 1 (2):273-276. Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :83-99. 1970 Proto-Australian laminals. Oceanic Linguistics 9(2):79-1 03. DISNER, Sandra F (US phonologist) see 1970 Syntactic orientation as a semantic Ladefoged et al 1977 property. Mathematical Linguistics and Automatic Translation, Report NSF-24. DITIRICH, H Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard 1889 Vocabulary of the language spoken by University Computation Library. 1-22. the tribes on the Stevenson Creek­ Republished in McCawley, J D, ed. Charlotte Waters, Dalhousie Springs, Syntax and semantics, volume 7: Notes the lower course of the Finke River to from the linguistic underground. New the junction with the Macumba and York: Academic Press, 1976. 347-362. eastward to Marabut with Dalhousie 1971 A method of semantic description. In Springs as the centre. Journalof the Steinberg, D D, and Jakobovits, LA, eds Royal Geographical Society (London) Semantics. Cambridge: University 11(1 1). [Wangganguru] Press. 436-471. (See also Dixon 1982) 1972 The Oyirba//anguage of north DIX, WJ Lake Queensland. London: Cambridge: 1886 Boolcoomatta. In Curr, E M Th e University Press. 420pp. Paperback Australian race. Melbourne. 2:176-177. edition for Australian market, 1973, for [vocabulary, not identified by Oates & remainder of world 1976. (Review Oates] Oceania 44, Yallop; Lingua 44, Blake; General Linguistics 16, Klokeid; DIXON, Dilkbarri (Mudburra language assistant) Language 54, Rigsby) see Wightman et al 1992 1973 Review of Capell, A, Maung grammar. Oceania 42:70-71 . DIXON, R M W (Bob) (Director, Research Centre for 1973 The semantics of giving. In Gross, Linguistic Typology, Australian National Maurice, Halle, Morris and Schutzen­ University) berger, M-P, eds Th e fo rmal analysis of 1965 Mbabaram phonology. Transactions of natural languages: proceedings of the the Philological Society (Oxford) First International Conference.The 1965:41-96. Hague: Mouton. 205-223. 1966 How to understand aliens. Worlds of 1975 The semantics of giving. Selected Tomorrow 3(5):1 1 5-122. theses on linguistics, 1975 edition. 1966 Mbabaram: a dying Australian language. Tokyo: Eichosa. 49-78. [reprint of 1973, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and with explanatory notes in Japanese] African Studies (London) 29:97-121. 1976 The derivational affix "having": Rapport­ 1967 The Dyirbal language of northern eur's introduction. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Queensland. PhD dissertation, Grammatical categories in Australian University of London. 484pp. (See 1972) 57 languages. Canberra: AlAS. 203-204; 1979 Comments and corrections concerning Rapporteur's summary 306-31 0. Heath's 'Is Dyirbal ergative?' Linguistics 1976 Dyirbal. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammat- 17:1003-1015. ical categories in Australian languages. 1979 The nature and development of Canberra: AlAS. 242-244 (Topic A). Australian languages. Annual Review of 1976 Ergative, locativeand instrumental case Anthropology 8:431 -443. inflections: Rapporteur's introduction. In 1979 A note on Dyirbal ergativity. Chicago Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical Linguistic Society 15:90-91 . (Reply to categories in Australian languages. Jake 1978) Canberra: AlAS. 313-315; Rapporteur's 1979 Review of Eades, D K, The Dharawal summary41 1-414. and Dhurga languages of the New 1976 Introduction. In Dixon, R M W, ed. South Wales south coast. Language Grammatical categories in Australian 55:261. languages. Canberra and New Jersey. 1979 Review of Hansen, K C and L E, Pintupi 1976 More on Yidinj. In Dixon, R M W, ed. dictionary. Language 55:262. Grammatical categories in Australian 1979 Review of Hudson, J, and Richards, E languages. Canberra: AlAS. 327-329 The Walmatjari. Language 55:258-259. (Topic B). 1979 Review of Tryon, D T, Daly family 1976 Review of Languages of Australia and languages. Language 55:260-261. Tasmania by SA Wurm. Language 1979 Review of Yaliop, C, Alyawarra. 52(1 ):260-266. Language 55:259-260. 1976 Syntactic orientation as a semantic 1980 Th e languages of Australia. Cambridge: property. In Cawley, J D, ed. Syntax and University Press. 547pp. (Reviewed semantics, volume 7: Notes from the AUMLA 56, O'Grady; Journalof linguistic underground. New York: Linguistics 18, Heath; Language 58, Academic Press. 347-362. [Reprint of Laycock; Language in Society 11, Feld; 1969] Bulletin de la Societe de Linguistique de 1976 Tribes, languages and other boundaries Paris 76, Haudricourt; Mankind 13, in northeast Queensland. In Peterson, Hercus; Newton; Oceania 53, Black; N, ed. Tribes and boundaries in Australian Book Review31 , Walsh; Australia. Canberra: AlAS. 207-238. Language in Society 11, McConveli; 1976 Yidinj. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Voprosy Jazykoznania 33, Testelec; Grammatical categories in Australian CILL 7, Jucquois; Pacific Studies 8, languages. Canberra: AlAS. 212-214 Walsh) (Topic A); 315-320 (Topic B). 1980 Review of Crowley, T, The Middle 1977 Delocutive verbs in Dyirbal. In Hopper, P Clarence dialects of Bandjalang. J, ed. Studies in descriptive and Language 56:912-913. historical linguistics: Festschrift for 1980 Review of Douglas, W H, Th e Aboriginal Winfred P. Lehmann. Amsterdam: John languages of the south-west of Benjamins. 21-38. Australia. Language 56:704. 1977 A grammar of YidinY. (Cambridge 1980 Review of Hudson, J, The core of Studies in Linguistics 19) Cambridge: Wa lmatjarri grammar. AUMLA 53:125. University Press. 563pp. (Review 1980 Review of Hudson, J, The core of Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies Walmatjarrigra mmar. Language 56:91 1- 41 , Robins; Bulletin de la Societe de 912. Linguistique de Paris 73, Lazard; Lingua 1980 Review of Th e need for interpreting and 46, Comrie; AUMLA 51 , Tryon; translation seNices for Australian Language in Society 8, Haviland; Aboriginals with special reference to the Language 55, Heath) Northern Territory - a research report. 1977 Some phonological rules in YidinY• Aboriginal History4:226-229. Linguistic Inquiry8( 1 ): 1 -34. 1980 Review of Plomley, N J, A word-list of 1977 The syntactic development of Austral- the Ta smanian Aboriginal languages. ian languages. In Li, C N, ed. Mechan- Language 56:703. isms of syntactic change. Austin: 1980 Review of Sutton, P, ed. Languages of University of Texas Press. 365-415. Cape York. Language 56:702-703. 1977 Where have ali the adjectives gone? 1981 Grammatical reanalysis: an example of Studies in Language 1 :19-80. (See also linguistic change from Warrgamay Dixon 1982) (North Queensland). Australian Journal 1979 Ergativity. Language 55(1 ):59-1 38. of Linguistics 1 (1 ):91-1 12. 58 1981 Review of Hansen, K C, and Hansen, L 1984 Dyirbal song types: a preliminaryrepor t. E Th e core of Pintupi grammar. In Kassler, J C, and Stubington, J, eds Language 57:245. Problems and solutions: occasional 1981 Wargamay. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, essays in musicologypres ented to Alice B J, eds Handbook of Australian M Moyle. Sydney: Hale and Iremonger. languages, volume 2. Canberra: ANU 206-227. Press. 1-144 + map. 1984 The semantic basis of syntactic 1982 A method of semantic description [on properties. Proceedings of the Tenth Oyirbal mother-in-law speech style and Annual Meeting of the Berkeley verb semantics]. In Wh ere have all the Linguistics Society. California. 583-595. adjectives gone? Berlin: Mouton. 65- 1986 Noun classes and noun classification in 115. typological perspective. In Craig, C, ed. 1982 Classifiers in Yidiny. In Where have all Noun classes and categorization. the adjectives gone? Berlin: Mouton. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 105-1 12. 185-205. 1987 Words of Juluji's world. In Mulvaney, D 1982 Noun classes [including the semantic J, and White, J P, eds Australians to basis of Oyirbal noun classes]. In Wh ere 1788. (Australians: a historical library, 1) have all the adjectives gone? Berlin: Sydney: Fairfax,Syme and Weldon Mouton. 159-183. Associates. 147-1 65. [On Dyirbal 1982 Olgolo syllable structure and what they language and culture] are doing about it. In Wh ere have all the 1987 Studies in ergativity: Introduction. In adjectives gone? Berlin: Mouton. 207- Dixon, R M W, ed. Studies in ergativity. 210. Amsterdam: North-Holland/Elsevier. 1- 1982 Problems in Oyirbal dialectology. In 16. Anderson, John M, ed. Language form 1988 Review of Goddard, Cliff, 1987 A basic and linguistic variation: papers PitjantjatjaraiYankunytja tja ra to English dedicated to Angus Mcintosh. dictionary. Alice Springs: lAD, and Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 43-73. Goddard, Cliff, and Kalotas, Arpad, 1988 1982 Bibliography: publications on Australian Punu: Yankunytja tjara plant use: languages, 1981. Australian Journalof traditional methods of preparing fo ods, Linguistics 2(2):223-226. medicines, utensils and weapons from 1982 Syntactic orientation as a semantic native plants. North Ryde: Angus & property [on Dyirbal and English]. In Robertson. Australian Journal of Where have all the adjectives gone? Linguistics 8(2):337-338. Berlin: Mouton. 141-155. 1989 Australian languages. Canberra: 1982 Nuclear and non-nuclear verbs: the Department of Aboriginal Affairs. 8pp semantics of giving [on Dyirbal and pamphlet. English]. In Where have all the adject- 1989 The Oyirbal kinship system. Oceania ives gone? Berlin: Mouton. 117-139. 59(4):245-268. 1982 Wh ere have all the adjectives gone? 1989 The original languages of Australia. Vox: and other essays in semantics and Journal ofthe Australian Advisory syntax. (Janua Linguarum Series Major, Council on Languages and Multicultural 107) Berlin: Mouton. 256pp. [see Education (AA CLAME) 3:26-31 . individual articles, listed above] (Review 1989 Review of Austin, Peter, ed. 1988 Journal of Linguistics 20, Matthews; Complex sentence constructions in Australian Journalof Linguistics 4, Zorc; Australian languages. Amsterdam: Language 61, Allan) Benjamins. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1983 Nyawaygi. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, 1 989(1 ):76-77. B J, eds Handbook of Australian 1989 Subject and object in universal languages, volume 3. Canberra: ANU grammar. In Arnold, D, et ai, eds Essays Press. 430-525. on grammatical theoryand universal 1983 Searching for Aboriginal languages: grammar. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 91- memoirs of a field worker. 3t. Lucia: 118 (Chapter 4). [Includes new data on University of Queensland Press. 330pp. Oyirbal] (Reissued 1989 by Chicago University 1989 Synchronic description requires Press) (Review American Ethnologist diachronic explanation - an example 12, Hale; American Anthropologist 87, from the Ngajan dialect of Dyirbal. In Heath; ANU Reporter 16(7), Carrington; Mukherjee, A, ed. Language variation L 'Homme 118, Glowczewski; Mankind and language change. (Os mania 14, White; Oceania 56, Walsh) University Publications in Linguistics, 5) 59 Hyderabad: Centre of Advanced Study 1992 Naive linguistic explanations. Language in Linguistics Osmania University. 1-19. in Society 21 (1 ):83-91. [Examples from 1990 Compensating phonological changes: Dyirbal and Nyawaygi] an example from the northern dialect of 1992 'The Tully dialects' are Dyirbal. Studia Dyirbal. Lingua 80: 1-34. Linguistica (Lund, Sweden) 46:72-76. 1990 The origin of 'mother-in-law vocabulary' 1993 Australian Aboriginal languages. In in two Australian languages. Schulz, Gerhard, ed. The languages of Anthropological Linguistics 32: 1 -56. Australia. Canberra: Australian 1990 Reassigning underlying forms in Yidiny - Academy of the Humanities. 71-82. a change during language death. In 1993 Review of Walsh, M, and Yallop, C, eds Austin, P, et ai, eds Language and Language and culture in Aboriginal history: essays in honour of Luise A. Australia. Australian Journalof Hercus. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Anthropology 4: 126-128. 89-99. 1994 Adjectives. In Asher, R E, ed. Th e 1990 Some Dyirbal songs. In Dixon, R M W, encyclopedia of language and linguis- and Duwell, M, eds Th e honey-ant tics. Oxford: Pergamon Press. 29-35. men's love song and other Aboriginal 1994 Book notices: review of Alpher 1991 Yir- song poems. St Lucia: University of Yoront lexicon. Language 70(3):593. Queensland Press. 1-45. [Dyirbal text, 1995 Complement clauses and comple- English translation] mentation strategies. In Palmer, F R, ed. 1990 Summary report: linguistic recon- Grammar and meaning: a Festschrift for struction and change in the Australian John Lyons. Cambridge: University language family. In Baldi, Philip, ed. Press. 175-220. Linguistic change and reconstruction 1995 Review of Alpher, B, 1991 Yir- Yoront methodology. Berlin: Mouton de lexicon: sketch and dictionary of an Gruyter. 393-401. (see also 1991) Australian language. Language 70:839- 1991 Summary report: linguistic recon- 842. struction and change in the Australian 1996 Aboriginal people: Languages. The language family. In Baldi, Philip, ed. Australian Encyclopedia, volume 1. Patterns of change, change of patterns: Sixth edition. Sydney: Australian linguistic change and reconstruction Geographic. 76-80. methodology. Berlin: Mouton de 1996 Origin legends and linguistic Gruyter. 193-201 . (see also 1990) relationships. Oceania 67(2): 127-139. 1991 A changing language situation: the 1996 Review of Merlan, Francesca, 1993 A decline of Dyirbal, 1963-1989. Language grammar of Wa rdaman, a language of in Society 20:1 83-200. the Northern Territory of Australia. 1991 The endangered languages of Australia, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Language Indonesia and Oceania. In Robins, R H, 72(4):839-842. and Uhlenbeck, EM, eds En dangered 1997 Christie Palmerston: a reappraisal. languages. Oxford / New York: Berg. Aboriginal History21 . 229-255. 1997 Th e rise and fall of languages. 1991 Mbabaram. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, Cambridge: University Press. 169pp. B J, eds Handbook of Australian (Review Australian Journalof Linguistics languages, volume 4. Oxford University 19(1 ), Crowley) Press. 348-402. 1998 Review of Evans, N, A grammar of 1991 Reassigning underlying forms in Yidiny - Kayardild, with historical comparative a change during language death. In notes on Ta ngkic. Studies in Language Austin, P, Dixon, R M W, Dutton, T, and 507-515. White, I, eds Language and history: 1999 Review of Harvey, M, and Reid, N, essays in honour of Luise A Hercus. Nominal classifications in Aboriginal Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 89-99. Australia. Benjam,ins. Australian Journal 1991 Review of McGregor, W, A functional of Linguistics 1 9(1 ):121-123. grammar of Gooniyandi. Jo urnal of see also Aikenvald and Dixon 1998; Linguistics 27:577-578. Austin, Dixon, Dutton and White, eds 1992 Australian languages. In Bright, W, ed. 1990; see also Blake and Dixon 1979, Internationalencyclop edia of linguistics, 1991 ; see also Crowley and Dixon 1981; volume 1. New York: Oxford University see also Duwell and Dixon 1994 Press. 134-137. 60 DIXON, R M W, ed. Aboriginal History7, Donaldson; 1976 Grammatical categories in Australian Language 60, Heath; Oceania 51, languages. (Australian Aboriginal Merlan; Voprosy Jazykoznania 6, Studies, Linguistics Series 22) Can­ Zhurinskaja; Kratylos 27, Black) berra: AlAS/Atlantic Highlands NJ: 1983 Handbook of Australian languages, Humanities Press. 776pp. (Review volume 3. Canberra: Australian National Lingua 45, Comrie; AUMLA 51, Tryon; University Press/Amsterdam: John Journalof Linguistics 15, Robins; Benjamins. 531 pp. [Morphy, F, Djapu, a Anthropos 74, Heeschen; Language 56, Yolngu dialect, 1-188; Keen, S, Yuku�a, Rumsey) 191 -304; Crowley, T, Uradhi, 307-428; Topic A: The derivational affix "having". Dixon, R M W, Nyawaygi, 431-525] Topic B: Ergative, locativeand (Review Bulletin de la Societe de instrumental case inflections. Linguistique de Paris 78(2), Lazard; Topic C: The bivalent suffix -ku. Mankin d 17, Alpher) Topic D: Are Australian languages 1991 Handbook ofAustralian languages, syntactically nominative-ergative or volume 4: Th e Aboriginal la nguage of nominative-accusative? Melbourne and other grammatical Topic E: Simple and compound verbs: sketches. Melbourne: Oxford University conjugation by auxiliaries in Australian Press. 41 0pp. [Blake and Dixon, verbal systems. Introduction, 1-28; Blake, B J, 1987 Studies in ergativity. (Lingua 71 ) Woiwurrung, the Melbourne language, Amsterdam: North-Holland. 30-1 22; Dench, A, Panyjima, 124-243; 1991 Words of our country: stories, place Patz, E, Djabugay, 244-347; Dixon, names and vocabulary in Yidiny, the RMW, Mbabaram, 348-402; References, language of the CairnslYarrabah region. 403-410: see individual entries] (Review St Lucia: University of Queensland Australian Journalof Linguistics 12, Press. 312pp. (Review ANU Reporter Sharpe; Australian Aboriginal Studies October 1991, Koch; Language 64(1), 1994(1), Green) Comrie) 1999 Handbook of Australian languages, 1994 Ergativity. (Cambridge Studies in volume 5. Melbourne: Oxford University Linguistics 69) Cambridge: University Press. [includes Laughren, Mary, Press. 271 pp. (Reprinted 1995) Introduction; Wilkins, D, Dharruk; (Review Language 32, 1977, Harris) Rumsey, A, Bunaba; McKay, G, Djebbana; Smith, Ian and Johnson, DIXON, R M W, and BLAKE, BarryJ, eds Steve, Kugu Nganhcara] 1979 Handbook of Australian languages, 1999 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 1 . Canberra: Australian National volume 6. Melbourne: Oxford University University Press/Amsterdam: Press. [includes Harvey, M, Limilngan; Benjamins. 390pp. [Haviland, J, Guugu Blevins, J, Nhanda] Yimidhirr, 27-1 80; Blake, B, Pitta-Pitta, 182-242; Eades, D, Gumbaynggir, 244- DIXON, R M W, and DUWELL, Martin,eds 361; Crowley, T, Yaygir, 363-384] 1990 Th e honey-ant men's love song and (Review Studies in Linguistics 34, other Aboriginal song poems. St Lucia: Sigurd; Journalof Linguistics 18, Heath; University of Queensland Press. 147pp. Language 58, Rigsby; Kratylos 27, (Review Northern Perspectives 14(1), Black; Revue Beige de Phi/ologie et Cataldi; Australian Aboriginal Studies d'Histoire 61, Goyvaerts; Voprosy 1992(1), Donaldson; ANU Reporter Jazykoznania 33, Polinskaja, �urinskaja; October 22(16), Koch; Aboriginal Aboriginal History7, Donaldson; History 15, Dobrez; Independent Australian Journalof Linguistics 1, Ford) Monthly) 1981 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 2. Canberra: Australian National DIXON, R M W, HOGAN, Alan, and WIERZBICKA, University Press/Amsterdam: John Anna Benjamins. 427pp. [Dixon, R M W, 1980 Interpreters: some basic problems. Wargamay, 1-144; Crowley, T, Legal Service Bulletin 6:162-167. Mpakwithi dialect of Anguthimri, 147- 194; Douglas, W H, Watjarri, 197-272; DIXON, R M W, and KOCH, Grace Breen, J G, Margany and Gunya, 275- 1996 Oyirbal song poetry: the oral literature of 393; Crowley, T, and Dixon, R M W, an Australian rainforest people. St Lucia, Tasmanian, 395-421] (Review Qld: University of Queensland Press. 61 367pp. (Review Aboriginal History20, DOBSON, Veronica (Arrernte speaker, teacher) Moyle) 1994 Foreword. In Hartman, 0, and Hender­ son, J, eds Aboriginal languages in DIXON, R M W, RAMSON, W S, and THOMAS, education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. iii. Mandy see also Henderson and Dobson 1994, 1990 Australian Aboriginal words in English: 1994 their origin and meaning. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 255pp. DOBSON, Veronica, RILEY, Rosalie, (Review ANU ReporterOctober 1991, McCORMACK, Jeanette, and Koch) HARTMAN, Deborah 1997 Interactions across the generations - DIXON, R M W, RIGSBY, B, and ROWLAND, M Australia: learning from elders. Austral­ 1993 Lifestyles. In Wadley, David, General ian Journalof Indigenous Education Editor, Reef, range and red dust: the 25(2):24-26. adventure atlas of Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Government. DOHERTY, W M, and PITT, G M [Dixon and Rigsby wrote the section on 1897 Songs by Australian Blacks. Science of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Man 1 (3):8. [3 songs, no translation, languages, pp 5-6] from Sydney Domain and Richmond]

DJAYHGURRNGA, Esther Bilililya (teacher at DONALDSON, Tamsin J (linguistic consultant, Oenpelli, Kunwinjku speaker) see Singh Canberra; formerly AIATSIS) and Djayhgurrnga 1 990 1976 Wangaybuwan. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian DJAYHGURRNGA, Esther Bilililya, and SINGH, languages. Canberra: AlAS. 231-238 Joseph Nabarngadi (Topic A); 348-350 (Topic B); 475-482 1987 The languages of the people at Oenpelli (Topic C); 763-768 (Topic E). (Kunbarlanja). In Aboriginal teachers 1977 A description of Ngiyamba:, the write about their community languages. language of the Wanga:ybuwan people Batchelor College Abori-ginal Teacher of central western New South Wales. Education, NT. 89-122. [Kunwinjku] PhD dissertation, Australian National University, Canberra. 404pp. DJIKULA, James (was at SAL) 1979 Translating oral literature: Aboriginal 1980 When the Macassans came to Arnhem song texts. Aboriginal History 3(1 ):62- Land. Ngali May:13. [includes list of 83. [examples from Ngiyambaa Macassan words borrowed into Yolngu­ (Wangaybuwan), Diyari, Djapu] math a] 1980 Ngiyambaa, the language of the Wangaaybuwan. Cambridge University DOBREZ, Livio A C (Australian National University) Press. 345pp. (Review Aboriginal 1991 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Duwell, History5, Hercus; Australian Journal of Martin, eds19 91 Th e honey-ant men's Linguistics 1 (1), Blake; Oceania 54, love song and other Aboriginal song McConvell) poems. St Lucia: University of 1980 Subordination of finite sentences in Queensland Press. Aboriginal History Ngiyambaa (Wangaaybuwan), a 15(1/2):174-1 76. language of central western NSW. In 1996 Review article: Ethnography - who Rigsby, B, and Sutton, P, eds needs it? Aboriginal History 20:201-210. Contributions to Australian linguistics. [Review of Duwell, Martin,and Dixon, R Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 145-158. M W, 1994 Little Eva at Moonlight 1983 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B Creek . . . University of Queensland J, eds 1979, 1981. Handbook of Press] Australian languages, volumes 1, 2. DOBSON, Annette J, and BLACK, Paul O Canberra: ANU Press. Aboriginal (Dobson: a mathematician) History7(2):209-21 1. 1979 Multidimensional scaling of some 1983 Review of Merlan, Francesca, 1982 lexicostatistical data. Mathematical Mangarayi. Amsterdam: North-Holland. Scientist (Canberra) 4:55-61. [data for Australian Journalof Linguistics some Aboriginal languages; compari­ 3(1):127-1 32. son of geographical distribution with 1984 Kids that got lost: variation in the words configuration produced by multi­ of Ngiyampaa songs. In Kassler, J, and dimensional scaling] Stubington, J, eds Problems and 62 solutions: occasional essays in poems. St Lucia: University of musicology presented to Alic e M Moyle. Queensland Press. Australian Aboriginal Sydney: Hale and Iremonger. 228-253. Studies 1992(1 ):84-87. [Wangaaypuwan, Wayilwan, Wiradjuri] 1993 The Curlew's love song - and dance. 1984 Review of Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Australian Aboriginal Studies 1993 Rumsey, A, eds 1982 Th e languages of (2):134-135. [Gamilaraay] kinship in Aboriginal Australia. 1993 Paper and talk. Australian Aboriginal University of Sydney. Mankind Studies 1993(1 ):93-95. 14(5):417-418. 1994 Alphabet books, western New South 1984 What's in a name? An etymological view Wales. In Hartman, 0, and Henderson, of land, language and social J, eds Aboriginal la nguages in educa- identification from central western New tion. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 23-32. South Wales. Aboriginal History 8(1/2): 1994 Glossary. In Morgan, E, The calling of 21-44. [Ngiyampaa and neighbouring the spirits. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies language and territory names] Press. 169-171 . [Wallaga Lake 1985 From speaking Ngiyampaa to speaking language (Dhurga, etc)] English. Aboriginal History9(2 ):126-147. 1994 Ngiyampaa. In Thieberger, N, and (Wangaaypuwan) McGregor, W, edsMacquarie Abori- 1985 Hearing the first Australians. In Donald- ginal words: a dictionary of words from son, lan, and Donaldson, Tamsin, eds Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Seeing the first Australians. Sydney: Islander la nguages. North Ryde: Mac- Allen and Unwin. 76-92. [History of quarie Library.23-40. [Wangaaypuwan] research on Wiradjuri, Ngiyampaa 1994 Orthography. In Horton, David, general (Wangaaypuwan), Wayilwan] ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal 1985 Review of Williams, Corinne, 1980 A Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait grammar of Yuwaalaraay. Canberra: Islander history, societyand culture. Pacific Linguistics. Oceania 55(4):307- Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for 308. AIATSIS. 829-831 . 1987 Getting things taped in western New 1994 Tribal names. In Horton, David, general South Wales. In Laycock, 0 C, and ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Winter, Werner, eds A world of Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait language: papers presented to Islander history, society and culture. Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. AIATSIS. 1102-1 1 03. 149-151. [Includes Ngiyampaa 1995 Mixes of English and ancestral langu- (Wangaaypuwan) text] age words in south-east Australian 1987 Making a song (and dance) in south- Aboriginal songs of traditional and eastern Australia. In Clunies Ross, M, introduced origin. In Barwick, Linda, Donaldson, T, and Wild, S A, eds Songs Marett, Tony, and Tunstill, Guy, eds Th e of Aboriginal Australia. (Oceania essence of singing and the substance of Monographs, 32) Sydney: Oceania song: recent responses to the Aboriginal Publications, University of Sydney. 14- Performing Arts and other essays in 42. [includes Ngiyampaa] honour of Catherine Ellis. (Oceania 1988 Oral culture. In Jupp, James, ed. The Monograph 46) Univer-sity of Sydney. Australian people: an encyclopedia of 143-1 58. [Ngiyampaa, Akerre, the nation: its people and their origins. Bundjalung, Wiradjuri, Manjil-jara; Sydney: Angus & Robertson. 181-182. includes Wiradjuri -iggy talk, 1990 Patakirraparaaypuwan in western New KartujarralManjiljarra -Iany talk, South Wales. In Austin, P, et ai, eds Macaronics) Language and history: essays in honour 1995 What word is that? A hearing writing of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: Pacific reading game. In Thieberger, N, ed. Linguistics. 21-27. [Includes Ngiyampaa Paper and talk: a manual for reconstitu- (Wangaaypuwan) texts) ting materials in Australian indigenous 1991 Living with languages in the 1990s. languages fromhi storicalsour ces. Can- Australian Aboriginal Studies berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 43-52. 1991 (1 ):66-67. [Report of a workshop on 1997 Glossary. In Janson, Julie Black Mary & Aboriginal language policy) Gunjies: two plays. Canberra: Aboriginal 1992 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Duwell, Studies Press. 154-160. Martin, eds 1990 Th e honey-ant men's 1997 Ngiyamp aa wordworld 1: thipingku yuwi, love song and other Aboriginal song maka ngiya, names of birds and other 63 words. Canberra: AIATSIS. 98pp. 1900 [Kirrami tribe, Cardwell, Queensland, [Wangaaybuwan] vocabulary]. Science of Man 3(1 }:8-9. 1998 Mutawintji handback 5 September 1998. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1 998 DOUGLAS, Mildred (teacher, Armidale) (2):91-92. [Paakantji welcome speech 1974 Language and the Aborigine. In Coppell, with interlinear text at handback of William, ed. Education and the Mutawintji (Mootwingee) National Park] Aboriginal child. Sydney: Macquarie see also Clunies Ross et ai, eds 1987; University Centre for Advancement of see also Harris and Donaldson 1986; Teaching. 40-47. see also Kennedy and Donaldson 1986, 1986 DOUGLAS, Wilfrid H (missionaryling uist and translator; United Aborigines Mission, DONALDSON, Tamsin, GUMMOW, Margaret, and Kalgoorlie, later Ngaanyatjarra Bible WILD, Stephen Project; part-time lecturer, University of 1998 Traditional Australian music: Western Australia, Adelaide University) southeastern Australia. In Kaeppler, 1955 Phonology of the Australian Aboriginal Adrienne L, and Love, J W, Australia language spoken at Ooldea, South and the Pacific Islands. (Garland Australia, 1951-1 952. Oceania 25(3}: Encyclopedia of World Music 9) New 216-229. York: Garland Publishing. 439-443. 1958 An introduction to the Western Desert [includes Ngiyampaa (Wangaaypuwan) language: a pedagogical description of song] the Western Desertlanguage, based on the dialect spoken at Warburton DONNER, A see Aboriginal 1899 Ranges, Western Australia. Oceania Linguistic Monographs 4. (revised edn DONOHUE, Mark (postdoctoral fellow, Linguistics, 1964; 2nd impression 1977) (Review University of Sydney) Word 19, Verguin; Language 1998 A note on verbal agreement in Maung. Greenberg; Afrika und Obersee Kahler) Australian Journalof Linguistics 1959 Illustrated topical dictionary of the 1 8(1 }:73-89. Western Desert language, Warb urton Ranges dialect, Western Australia. DORIAN, Nancy C (Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania; Perth: United Aborigines Mission - works mainly in language obsolescence) Language Department. 22pp (+ 1 P 1992 Small languages and small language supplement: see also 1977). communities: news, notes, and 1961 The vernacular approach to the comments. International Journal of the Australian Aborigines. Practical Sociology of Language 95: 143-148. Anthropology (New York) 8(2}:63-70. [Tiwi] 1963 Bible translating in Australia. Th e Bible 1994 Purism vs. compromise in language Translator (London) 13: 1 71-176. revitalization and language revival. 1968 The Aboriginal languages of south-west Language in Society 23(4):479-494. Australia: sp eech forms in current use 1999 The study of language obsolescence: and a technical description of Nyungar. stages, surprises, challenges. Langues (Australian Aboriginal Studies 14, et Linguistique/Language and Linguistic Series 4) Canberra: AlAS. Linguistics 2. [discusses Schmidt's 105pp. (2nd edn 1976) Dyirbal, introduces Dixon's experience 1969 Assimilation and the use of Aboriginal with an 'age-exceptional' Girramay languages. Read 4(4}:6-11. Also in speaker, notes Pensalfini's finding of Dawn (Sydney) September 1968: 10-12. innovative focus-marking in obsolescent 1969 English course for Pitjantjajarra. Jingulu] Pitjantjajara Newsletter 1 :2-3. 1970 Transemics. In Wurm, S A, and DOUGLAS, A Douglas (police inspector, Laycock, 0 C, eds Pacific linguistic Cooktown, Normanby and other studies in honour of ArthurCapell. goldfields) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 689-696. 1900 Aboriginal names of the Good Spirit. 1972 Dialect differentiation in the Western Science of Man 3(3):48. Desert: a comment. Anthropological 1900 [Bowen Downs, Queensland, Forum 3(1 ):79-82. vocabulary]. Science of Man 3(1 ):8-9. 1973 The language of southwestern Austral­ [comparative wordlist includes Bowen ia. Included in Merrilees, 0, et ai, Abori­ Downs, Walcha, Kirrami, etc] ginal man in southwestern Australia. 64 Journal of the Royal Society of Western 1990 /IIustrated topical dictionaryof the Australia 56(1-2): 44-55 (48-50). Western Desert language. Revised and 1975 The problems experienced by enlarged. Kalgoorlie: Kalgoorlie College. vernacular-speaking Aboriginal children 1991 WHo Atkins memorial: Nyungar-English, when English only is used as the English-Nyungar dictionary, with medium of their formal education. Th e equivalents in standard ortho-graphy. Aboriginal Child at School 3(4):28-36. Edited [from notes and cards given him 1976 Aboriginal categorisation of natural by the widow of HenryAtkins ] and features (as illustrated in the Western published by WHo Douglas. 35pp. Desert). The Aboriginal Child at School 1992 Bardi language word-book: a revision of 4(5):51-64. 'Word gems from Iwanya - Sunday 1976 Th e Aboriginal languages of the south­ Island". 2nd edition. Broome, WA: Jawa west of Australia. 2nd edn. (Australian Publications. 28pp. Aboriginal Studies, Research and 1996 Alphabetising Bardi. In McGregor, W, Regional Studies 9) Canberra: AlAS. ed. Studies in Kimberley languages in 110pp. (review Language 56, Dixon) honour of Howard Coate. Munchen: [especially Nyungar] Lincom Europa. 189-204. 1976 Comment on the paper [by Taylor, P, 1996 Illustrated dictionary of the south-west and Hudson, J] "Metamorphosis and Aboriginal language. With introductory process in Kitja". Talanya 3:37-43. notes on choice of alphabet and [which precedes it] pronunciation. Claremont, WA: Edith 1977 /IIustrated topical dictionary of the Cowan University. 40pp. Western Desert language, Wa rburton see also Atkins 1991 Ranges dialect, Western Australia. 2nd, revised edn: 1 st published by United DOUSSET, Laurent (French researcher) Aborigines Mission, 1959. Illustrated by 1997 Naming and personal names of author. (Australian Aboriginal Studies, Ngaatjatjarra-speaking people, Western Research and Regional Studies 11) Desert: some questions related to Canberra: AlAS. (see also 1990) research. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1979 Communication: Aboriginal languages: 1997(2):50-54. an overview. In Berndt, R M, and Berndt, C, eds Aborigines of the West: DOVE, Thomas (Presbyterian minister, chaplain to their past and their present. Nedlands: Aboriginal settlement on Flinders Island) University of Western Australia Press. 1878 Vocabulary of the Tasmanian Aborigines 39-53. mentioned in Smyth, R B Th e Aborigin­ 1979 The desert experience: language. In es of Vic toria, vol 2. Melbourne. 409. Berndt, R M, and Berndt, C, eds Aborigines of the West: their past and DOWNING, Laura (University of British Columbia) their present. Nedlands: University of 1993 Unsyllabified vowels in Aranda. Papers Western Australia Press. 108-1 18. of the Chicago Linguistic Society 1980 Comment on Bain, Margaret 'No 29:171 -185. Pitjantjatjara transformation'. Anthropological Forum (Perth) 4(3- DRINKWATER, Betty A (Department of 4):327-330. [see Bain] Behavioural Sciences, James Cook 1981 Watjarri. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B University, Townsville) J, eds Handbook of Australian 1972 Word associations of Aboriginal languages, volume 2. Canberra: ANU adolescents. Australian Psychologist Press. 197-272 + map p.196. 7:190-193. 1982 Writing the South-west language. Perth: 1973 Language development of Aboriginal Western Australian College of Advanced children as assessed by Klang Education. 20pp. [Non-technical responding in a word-association test. introduction to Nyungar] Australian Psychologist 8:238-245. 1983 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1981 Nunggu­ 1976 Categories of association in Aboriginal buyu myths and ethnographic texts. children's English. In Kearney, G E, and Canberra: AlAS. Mankind 14: 146-147. McElwain, 0 W, eds Aboriginal 1988 An introductory dictionary of the cognition: retrospect and prospect. Western Desert language. [Perth, WA]: Canberra: AlAS. 288-296. Institute of Applied Language Studies, 1976 Verbal thinking and learning skills of Western Australian College of Advanced Australian Aboriginal children. Topics in Education. 316pp. Culture Learning 4: 10-12. 65 DRYER, Matthew S (US linguist) change. New York: Oxford University 1990 What determines antipassive in Dyirbal? Press. 321 pp. [includes papers by Koch Proceedings of Eastern States and Wilkins] Conference on Linguistics 7: 90-1 01 . Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State University. DURRANT, Neil (University of Sydney) 1997 The Alawa verb complex. BA (Hons) DUDLEY, Joseph L, and WILLIAMS, T S thesis, University of Sydney. [uses a 1887 Blackall-Barcoo River. In Curr, E M Th e Natural Semantic Metalanguage Australian race. Melbourne. 3:76-77. approach] [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & Oates] DUTTON, H S (Henry Stephen) (Chief Secretary's Department, Brisbane) DUKES, Craig (House of Representatives Standing 1901 [Vocabulary of Goa, Miorli, and Coo­ Committee on Aboriginal and Torres coo-warra tribes, Queensland]. Science Strait Islander Affairs) of Man 3(12):208-210. 1996 Role of government in the implement­ 1904 Aboriginal place names (Queensland). ation of a national strategy for Aboriginal Science of Man 7(2):24-27; 7(5):72-76. and Torres Strait Islander language 1906 Aboriginal place names, with their interpreting. In Proper true talk . .. meanings. Science of Man 8( 1 ):14-16. Canberra: Attorney General's Department. 111-114. DUTTON, J C 1906 Aboriginal place names with their DULHUNTY, A (Mrs) meanings [Queensland]. Science of Man 1900 A few names of places and objects in 8(1 ):14-16. the Wirrathuri district. Science of Man 1907 Aboriginal words and meanings - Goa 3(2):32. tribe. Science of Man 9( 1 ): 11. 1907 Dialect of the Rockhampton Abori­ DUNBAR, George K (Sir) ginals. Science of Man 9(9):135-136. 1945 A short vocabulary of the Ngemba tribe, western N.SW. Mankind 3(7):21 1-212. DUTTON, T E (Tom) (formerly Linguistics, Australian National University) DUNCAN, (Janice) Digby (ACT) 1964 Some phonological aspects of Palm 1991 Ways of thinking. "An exploration of Island Aboriginal English: a study of the Warlpiri language and identity". VHS free conversational speech of four videocassette, 29 minutes. Aboriginal children at Palm Island Aboriginal Settlement in north DUNN, Leone (computer science, University of Queensland. MA Qualifying dissert­ Wollongong) ation, University of Queensland. 549pp. 1988 Badimaya, a Western Australian 1966 The informal speech of Palm Island language. In Austin, P, et al Papers in Aboriginal children, north Queensland: a Australian Linguistics 17. Canberra: study of the structure of conversati-onal Pacific Linguistics. 19-149. (Revision of English of Aboriginal children aged from 1982 master's thesis, University of WA) nine to fourteen years on Palm Island, see also Austin et al 1988 and a comparison of this struc-ture with that of Aboriginal English of similar DURIE, Mark (Linguistics, University of Melbourne) informants elsewhere. MA thesis, 1995 Towards an understanding of linguistic University of Queensland. 457pp. evolution and the notion 'X has a 1969 The informal English speech of Palm function Y'. In Abraham, Werner, Givan, Island Aboriginal children, North Talmy, and Thompson, Sandra A, eds Queensland. Journalof English Discourse grammar and typology: Linguistics 3: 18-36. papers in honor of John W M Ve rhaar. 1970 Informal English in the Torres Straits. In Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 275-308. Ramson, W S, ed. English transported: [grammar; morphosyntax; includes essays on Australasian English. Kayardild data] Canberra: Australian National University Press. 137-160. DURIE, Mark, and ROSS, Malcolm D, eds (Ross: 1980 Queensland canefields English of the Australian National University) late nineteenth century (a record of 1996 Th e comparative method reviewed: interview with two of the last surviving regularity and irregularity in language Kanakas in North Queensland, 1964). 66 (PL, 0-29) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Education. [Appendix illustrates features (Review Pacific History Bibliography and of Queensland Aboriginal English] Comment 82, Moore) 1983 The origin and spread of Aboriginal . Pidgin English in Queensland: a prelim- E inaryaccount. Aboriginal History EADES, Diana (Linguistics, Univ�rsity of New 7(1 ):90-122. EnglancVDept of English as a Second 1986 Review of Hudson, Joyce, 1983 Language, University of Hawaii) Grammatical and semantic aspects of 1976 The Dharawal and Dhurga languages of Fitzroy Va lley Kriol. Darwin: S�mmer the New South Wa les south coast. Institute of Linguistics. Oceania (Australian Aboriginal Studies, Research 56(4):314. and Regional Studies 8) Canberra: see also Austin, Dixon, Dutton and AlAS. 106pp. (see Breen 1980) (Review White, eds 1990; see also Wurm et ai, Language 55, Dixon) eds 1981 1976 Gumbaynggir. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian O A DUTTON ' Tom and M HLH USLER, Peter languages. Canberra: AlAS. 238-242 1983 Qu�ensland Kanaka English. English (Topic A). World- Wide (Amsterdam) 4(2):231 -263. 1977 Gumbaynggir relative clauses and possessive phrases reexamined. DUTTON, Tom, Malcolm ROSS, and Darrell Oceanic Linguistics 16: 179-192. TRYON, eds 1979 Gumbaynggir. In Dixon, R M W, and 1992 Th e language game: papers in memory Blake, B J, eds Handbook of Australian of Donald C. Laycock. (PL, C-1 10) languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 667pp. Press. 244-361. 1981 'That's our way of talking': Aborigines in DU VE, Charles, and BULMER, John (Du Va: south-east Queensland. Social Alternat­ long-time resident of Gippsland) ives (Brisbane) 2(2):11-14. 1887 Moneroo. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1982 English as an Aboriginal language. In race. Melbourne. 3:429-433. [Monaro: Bell, Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers Ngharago (Thaua) vocabulary, Du Va's presented at the Second Meeting of the 430-431, Bulmer's 432-433] Aboriginal Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, April 1982. (ALA). Alice DUWELL, Martin(lecturer in English, University of Springs. 14-1 7. Also in Christie 1985. see Queensland) Dixon and Duwell, eds 1982 You gotta know how to talk ...: 1990 information seeking in South-East Queensland Aboriginal society. DUWELL, Martin,and DIXON, R M W, eds Australian Journal ofLi nguistics 2(1 ):61 - 1994 Little Eva at Moonlight Creek, and other 82. [Aboriginal patterns of speech use, Aboriginal song poems. St Lucia: implications for fieldwork methodology; University of Queensland Press. see also 1 985] Aboriginal History (Review 20, Dobrez) 1983 English as an Aboriginal language in southeast Queensland. PhD dissert­ DWYER, John L (Principal, Cherbourg Missi?n ation, University of Queensland. 338pp. School, later Queensland Education 1983 Review of Austin, Peter, 1981 A Department, with Bernard Van Leer grammar of Diyari, South Australia. Foundation, Queensland) Cambridge: University Press. Mankind The 1974 The school and the Aboriginal child. 13(6):554-555. Aboriginal Child at School 2(1 ):3-19. 1984 Misunderstanding Aboriginal English: 1976 A language program for Aboriginal the role of socio-cultural context. In The Exceptional Child children. 23:8-26. McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds 1976 Language development program for Further applications of linguistics to Aboriginal and Island children. In Australian Aboriginal contexts. Papers on Aboriginal Coppell, W G, ed. Melbourne. 24-33. education in New South Wales. Sydney. 1985 Summary report of research visit to 50-65. Townsville. AITEP News (Townsville) 1984 A language program for Aboriginal 1 (3):9-1 [cross-cultural Wikaru: Journal of the Institute O. children. miscommunication affecting students] of Applied Aboriginal Studies 12:27-49. Western Australian College of Advanced 67 1985 You gotta know how to talk ... Gibbons, J, ed. Language and the law. information seeking in South-East London: Longman. 234-264. Queensland Aboriginal society. In Pride, 1994 Forensic linguistics in Australia: an J B, ed. Cross-cultural encounters: overview. Forensic Linguistics (London) communication and miscommunication. 1(2):1 13-132. Melbourne: River Seine. 91-109. [see 1994 Sociolinguistics. In Horton, David, also 1982, of which this is a reprint] general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal 1988 Sociolinguistic evidence in court. Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Australian Journal of Communication Islander history, societyand culture. (Brisbane) 14:22-33. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for 1988 They don't speak an Aboriginal AIATSIS. 1003-1004. language, or do they? In Keen, lan, ed. 1994 Speaking the same language? Cross- Being black: Aboriginal cultures in cultural communication between 'settled' Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal Studies Press. 97-1 15. Australians. In Gamage, S, A question 1990 Language and the law: an Australian of power and survival: studies on introduction. Australian Jo urnalof assimilation, pluralism and Linguistics 10(1 ):89-1 00. [bibliography] multiculturalism. Armidale: UNE 1991 Aboriginal English: an introduction. Vox: Symposium Group. 149-1 62. Journalof the Australian Advisory 1995 Aboriginal English. (Aboriginal Literacy Council on Languages and Multicultural Resource Kit series) Sydney: Board of Education (AACLAME) 5:55-61. Studies. 1991 Communicative strategies in Aboriginal 1995 Aboriginal English on trial: the case for English. In Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Stuart and Condren. In Eades, D, ed. Language in Australia. Cambridge: Language in evidence: issues University Press. 84-93 (Chapter 4). confronting Aboriginal and multicultural 1991 Steve Johnson [obituary].Aus tralian Australia. Sydney: University of NSW. Aboriginal Studies 1991 (1 ):96. 147-1 74. 1992 Aboriginal English and the law: 1995 Cross-examination of Aboriginal communicating with Aboriginal English children: the Pinkenba case. Aboriginal speaking clients: a handbook for legal Law Bulletin 3(75): 10-11. practitioners. Brisbane: Queensland Law 1996 Aboriginal English. In Wurm, S A, Society. MGhlhausler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds 1993 Aboriginal English in court: the Atlas of languages of in tercultural challenge to the criminal justice system. communication in the Pacific, Asia and In Perspectives on Justice: proceedings the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de of the First National OUT Conference, Gruyter. Volume 11.1:133-141. 10. Brisbane: Faculty of Law, Justice 1996 Interpreting Aboriginal English in the Studies, Queensland University of legal system. In Report of Proper True Technology. Talk Forum: towards a national strategy 1993 The case for Condren: Aboriginal for interpreting in Aboriginal and Torres English, pragmatics and the law. Journal Strait Islander languages. Canberra: of Pragmatics 20(2): 141-162. Attorney-General's Department. 1993 Communicating with Aboriginal clients. 57-68. Law SocietyJournal 31 (5):41 . 1996 Legal recognition of cultural differences 1993 Language and the law: White Australia v in communication: the case of Robyn Nancy. In Walsh, M, and Yaliop, C, eds Kina. Language and Communication Language and culture in Aboriginal 16(3):215-227. Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies 1996 Verbatim courtroom transcripts and Press. 181-190. discourse analysis. In Kniffka, H Recent 1994 Aboriginal English. In Horton, David, developments in forensic linguistics. general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Frankfurt: Peter Lang. 241 -254. history: Aboriginal and To rres Strait 1997 Language in court: the acceptance of Islander history, societyand culture. linguistic evidence about Indigenous Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for Australians in the criminal justice AIATSIS. 13-14. system. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994 Aboriginal English in court. Judicial 1 997( 1): 1 5-27. Review 1 (4):367-378. see also Pauwels, Eades and Harkins 1994 A case of communicative clash: Abori- 1998 ginal English and the legal system. In 68 EADES, Diana, ed. Geographical Society of South Australia 1995 Language in evidence: issues 16:105. [Taken from the Journal of the confronting Aboriginal and multicultural Royal Geographical Society of London Australia. Sydney: University of NSW. 1839, 9:158] 289pp. (Review Australian Journalof Linguistics 16, Holmes; Forensic EATHER, Bronwyn (Australian National University) Linguistics; Australian Language 1990 A grammar of Nakkara (Central Arnhem Matters) Land coast). PhD dissertation, Australian National University. (To be EADES, Diana, and MUHLHAUSLER, Peter published by Pacific Linguistics in 1999) 1996 Australian Aboriginal English. In Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, D T, EBSWORTH, Albert, and Cecil EBSWORTH eds Atlas of languages of intercultural (Wangkumara speakers, both linguistic communication in the Pacific, Asia and informants) see Carol Robertson 1985 the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 1:13. (Map) ECKERT, Ann (nee Curnow; SIL linguist) 1979 Analysis of written style - an imperative EAGLESON, Robert 0 (formerly of Sydney for readable translation. Read 14(2):75- University; plain-language consultant) 83. Republished as: 1977 English and the urban Aboriginal. 1982 Analysis of written style: an imperative Meanjin Quarterly 36(4):535-544. for readable translation. In McKay, G R, 1978 Urban Aboriginal English. AUMLA and Sommer, B A, eds Applications of (NSW) 49:52-64. linguistics to Australian Aboriginal 1982 Aboriginal English in an urban setting. In contexts. Melbourne. 18-25. Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S, and Malcolm, I, eds English and the Aboriginal child. ECKERT, Paul (SIL linguist) Canberra: Curriculum Development 1984 Practical grammar of Pitjantjatjara. Centre. 113-162. Language in Central Australia 2:38. 1982 Variation in English language. In Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S, and Malcolm, ECKERT, Paul, and HUDSON, Joyce I, eds English and the Aboriginal Child. 1988 Wa ngka Wiru: a handbook for the Canberra: Curriculum Development Pitjantjatjara language learner. Centre. 11-30. Underdale, SA: South Australian 1985 Urban Aboriginal English: misunder­ College of Advanced Education. 323pp. standings and misconceptions. (Review Australian Aboriginal Studies 2, Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Price) 8(1):131-139. see also Kaldor et al 1982 EDGE, J G (John George) (Carandotta station manager, Qld, later worked for Kidman) EAGLESON, Robert 0, KALDOR, Susan, and 1899 [Vocabularyof Wallawarra tribe, MALCOLM, Ian G, eds Carandotta, Queensland]. Science of 1982 English and the Aboriginal child. Man 2(4):69. Canberra: Curriculum Development Centre. 267pp. [Accompanied by an EDMONDS, Beryl M (pre-school teacher, NT) aUdio-cassette giving samples of 1966 Teaching English as a second language Aboriginal English speech. Appendix, to pre-school children with particular pp.219-245, Transcript of Cassette reference to Aboriginal children in Tape] (Review The Aboriginal Child at Arnhem Land. Diploma of Advanced School 12(2), Christie; Education News Studies in Education thesis, Melbourne 18, Nugent) KindergartenTeachers' College. 115pp.

EARL, George Windsor (Linguist to the North EDMUNDS, Mary Philomena (was Director of Australian Expedition) Research for AIATSIS; now Native Title 1853 The native races of the Indian Archi­ Tribunal) pelago: Papuans. London, New York: 1975 Culture and cognition: a study of the Hippolyte Bailliere. [specimens of bilingual program of education in Papuan and Northern Australian Aboriginal schools in the Northern dialects] Territory. SA (Hons) thesis, University of 1916 Vocabulary of the Aborigines of South Queensland. 91 pp. Australia. Proceedings of the Royal 69 EDWARDS, Charles (squatter at Runnymede, EGGINGTON, William G, and BALDAUF, Richard Casino) B, Jr 1887 Richmond River. In Curr, E M The 1990 Towards evaluating the Aboriginal Australian race. Melbourne. 3:286-289. Bilingual Education Program in the [Bandjelang vocabulary; see also those Northern Territory. In Baldauf, R B, and following, by Ross and Hogan) Luke, Allan, eds Language planning and education in Australasia and the South EDWARDS, Dale (Bundjalung research officer, Pacific. Clevedon, England: Multicultural AIATSIS) Matters. 89-105. 1994 Indigenous place names. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994(1 ):89-90. EGLINTON, Ernest (Mitchell Downs station, later police magistrate Boulia, WOld) EDWARDS, Sandra (Gurindji speaker) see Dalton 1886 Head of the Hamilton River. In Curr, E M et al 1994 Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:360- 363. [Yanda (Janda) 362-363) EDWARDS, William H (Reverend Bill) (formerly 1886 The Burke River. In Curr, E M The Ernabella, Amata, NW Reserve, NT; Australian race. Melbourne. 2:346-349. University of South Australia) [Yelina tribe (Jalanga) 348-349) 1969 Experiences in the use of the vernacular 1886 On the Hamilton River, and near Boulia: as an introductory medium of instruction. the Bitta Bitta tribe. In Curr, E M The In Dunn, S, and Tatz, C, eds Aborigines Australian race. Melbourne. 2:364-365. and education. Melbourne: Sun Books. [Pittapitta vocabulary) 272-288. see also Sullivan and Eglinton 1886 1982 The teaching of Pitjantjatjara. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A col/ection of papers EJAI, Tudor, and METCALFE, Christopher D presented at the Second Meeting of the (Ejai: Kimberley: pearl industry worker) Aboriginal Languages Association, 1986 That game of guns! (Bardi story). In Batchelor, NT, April 1982 (ALA). Alice Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is Springs. 9-13. what happened: historical narratives by 1984 Aboriginal land rights: the interpreter's Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 271-279. role. Journalof the Anthropology Society 1986 The killing of the 'Bilikin' brothers. (Bardi of South Australia 22(9):1 1-21 . story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds 1988 Relating by language and signs: This is wh at happened: historical communication in Aboriginal societies. narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: In his An introduction to Aboriginal AlAS. 140-149. societies. Wentworth Falls, NSW: 1986 Punitive expedition against the Bardi. Social Science Press. 77-89. (Bardi story) In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, 1990 Putuna kulilpal, I cannot understand: eds This is what happened: historical interpreting for Aboriginal patients in narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: hospitals. New Doctor (Sydney) 53: 1 0- AlAS. 151-164. 13. [Pitjantjatjara) 1995 Teaching an Aboriginal language at ELDER SCIENTIFIC EXPLORING EXPEDITION, Babel university level. (University of 1891·1892 (Elder (Sir Thomas) wealthy Melbourne) 30(2):4-1 1, 38. mining and pastoral financier, financed see also Bourke et al 1984 exploring expeditions) 1893 Journal of the Elder Scientific Exp loring EGAN, Ted (champion of Aborigines' cause, wrote Expedition, 1891-1892 ... Adelaide: 'Gurinji' songs for Wave Hill) Bristow. [vocabulary, including 90 words 1987 The Aboriginals are Australia's abori­ Mt Everard Range language, p 26-28; gines. This Australia (Victoria) 6(3):6-7. Coffin Hill, p 43; Mt Watson, pp 50-53; 354 Pidong words, 107 Minning, 72 Mt EGGINGTON, William G (English Department, IIlbillie, 84 Wallanee, with meanings) Brigham Young University, Utah, USA) 1994 Language policy and planning in ELKIN, A P (Peter) (Anglican minister, anthropolo­ Annual Review of Applied Australia. gist, formerly Professor of Anthropo­ Linguistics 14: 137 -155. [national logy, University of Sydney; editor language policy and language and Oceania) literacy services are discussed) 1937 Australian tribal names. Oceania see also Walton and Eggington 1990; 7(4):522. [Wailbri) see also Baldauf and Eggington 1989 70 1937 The nature of Australian languages. ralian Aboriginal concepts. Canberra: Oceania 8(2):127-1 69. (Account of AlAS/New Jersey: Humanities Press. major linguistic work to date; also in 68-80. Oceania Monograph 3) 1938-39 Kinship in South Australia. Oceania ELLIS, Elizabeth (Lizzie) (NT language consultant 8(4):419-452, 9(1 ):41-78, 10(2):196-234. and editor) see Goddard 1997; see also 1941 Native languages and the field worker in Tindale et al 1994 Australia. American Anthropologist 43(1 ):89-94. ELLIS, Robert W (Curator of Relics, South 1949 The origin and interpretation of Australian Museum) see Austin, Ellis petroglyphs in south-east Australia. and Hercus 1976 Oceania 20(2): 118-1 57. 1952 Cave-paintings in Southern Arnhem ELLIS, S James (SIL linguist) Land. Oceania 22(4):245-255. [Djauan 1988 Sociolinguistic survey report: Daly River (Jawony): legend and animal names] region languages. In Ray, M J, ed. 1953-56 Arnhem Land music (north Australia). Aboriginal language use in the Northern Oceania 24(2):81-1 09 (1953); 25(1- Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: Summer 2):74-121 (1954); 25(4):292-342 (1955); Institute of Linguistics. 33-66. 26(2): 127- 152 (1955); 26(3):21 4-230 1988 Sociolinguistic survey report: Wagait (1956). Sydney: University of Sydney. region languages. In Ray, M J, ed. [songs from 14 languages, including Aboriginal language use in the Northern Gunwinggu, Maielli, Djinba, Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: Summer Rembarrnga, Mudbura, Djauan, Anyula, Institute of Linguistics. 67-74. Gobabuingu, Manggadjera, Riraidjingo, Ngalgbun] ELWELL, Vanessa M R (was at ATSIC) 1961 Maraian at Mainoru, 1949, I: Descrip­ 1977 Multilingualism and lingua francas tion. Oceania 31 (4):259-293; II: An among Australian Aborigines: a case interpretation. Oceania 32(1 ):1-1 5. study of Maningrida. BA (Hons) thesis, [North-east Arnhem Land: some texts Australian National University, and translations] Canberra. 2 volumes. 1963 Aboriginal languages and assimilation. 1979 English-as-a-second-Ianguage in Oceania 34:147-154. Aboriginal Australia: a case study of 1970 The Aborigines of Australia: "one in Milingimbi. MA thesis, Australian thought, word and deed". In Wurm, SA, National University. 407pp. and Laycock, D C, eds Pacific linguistic 1982 Language planning & Aboriginal studies in honour of Arthur Capell. interpreters. Bell, Jeanie, ed. Language Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 697-71 6. planning for Australian Aboriginal see also Capell and Elkin 1937; see also languages. Alice Springs: lAD. 83-92. Coate and Elkin 1974 1982 Some social factors affecting multilingu­ alism among Aboriginal Australians: a ELKIN, A P, ed. case study of Maningrida. In McKay, G 1939 Studies in Australian linguistics. R, ed. Australian Aborigines: sociolingu­ (Oceania Monograph 3) Sydney: istic studies. Berlin: Mouton. 83-1 03. Australian National Research Council. (see also next entry) EMBLETON, Sheila (Linguistics, York University, Ontario ) see Anttila and Embleton 1989 ELKIN, A P, and JONES, Trevor A 1957 ArnhemLand music (n orth Australia). EMBURY, Judith (then at ANU) Reprint of the 1953-56 series as 1976 Dyangadi. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian Oceania Monograph 9. Sydney. National University. [includes Part II, by Trevor Jones: A musical survey] EMORROTJBA, Helen liddy, BENBO, Paddy Huddlestone, DALPBALNGAlI, Lulu ELLIS, A M see Ellis et al 1978 Martin, GUMBIRTBIRTDA, Clara McMahon, and GAPBUYA, Lenny ELLIS, Catherine J, ELLIS, A M, TUR, M, and liddy, edited and translated by McCARDELL, A (Ellis, C, formerly Dept WILSON, Stephen (Wagiman of Music, University of New England) storytellers) 1978 Classification of sounds in Pitjantjatjara­ 1998 Wa kgala mahan matjjin Wagiman - speaking areas. In Hiatt, L R, ed. Aust- Stories in the Wagiman language of 71 Australia 's Northern Territory. Katherine University of Sydney. [Warlpiri lexical NT: Diwurruwurru-jaru Corporation. semantics of body-part terms] [notes on phonology, orthography, grammar] ERWIN, Sean J (University of California, San Diego, La Jolla) ENDAcon, S J (Sydney John) (enthusiastic 1994 Stress lapse in Yidiny: a metrical collector of place names) reanalysis. Linguistics Notes from La 1923 Australian Aboriginal native names and Jolla 17:78-96. their meanings. Melbourne: Author. [no area of origin given] ESELI, Peter (Kala Lagaw Ya speaker) 1925 Australian Aboriginal native names, and 1998 Es eli's notebook: translated from Kala their meanings. Melbourne. 2nd edn. Lagaw Ya into English, edited and 1944 Australian aboriginal native words and annotated by Anna Shnukal and Rod their meanings. Melbourne: Robertson & Mitchell, with Yuriko Nagata. (Aboriginal Mullens. 48pp. (2nd-4th edns of 1924) and Torres Strait Islander Studies Unit [Endacott mentions "budgeree, bael, gin, Research Report Series 3) St Lucia: lubra... not Australian Aboriginal words"] University of Queensland. 208pp. 1955 Australian Aboriginal words and place names and their meanings. Melbourne: ETHERIDGE, Robert, Jr (palaeontologist and mu­ Georgian House. 64pp. (3000 words; seum director, officer of Royal Society, 9th edn of above; others were to follow) interested ethnology of Aborigines) 1890-93 Contributions to a catalogue of works. ENEMBURU, Irruluma Guruluwini (=Brown, A Memoirs of the Geological Surveyof Isaac; Faculty of Education, NT NSW, Part 1 1890, Part2 1891, Part3 University) 1893. 1989 KooriEngli sh. (Monash Orientation 1892 Idiographic drawings by the Aborigines Scheme for Aborigines) Melbourne: at rock shelter at Weeny Creek, Colo Ministryof Education, Victoria. 17pp. River, near Richmond. Records of the [dialects of English in Victoria, Victorian Geological Survey of NSW 3(2):33-37. languages, Aboriginal English] 1892 Idiographic rock carvingsof the Aborigines at Flat Rocks, near Manly. ENRIGHT, Walter J (solicitor, scientist interested Records of the Geological Survey of in anthropology, friendly with local NSW 2(4): 1 77-1 80. Aborigines, friend of Elkin) 1893 Idiographic carving at Point Piper, Rose 1900 The language, weapons, and Bay, Port Hacking, and at Hawkesbury. manufactures of the Aborigines of Port Records of the Geological Survey of Stephens, New South Wales. Journal of NSW3(3):80-85. the Royal Society of NS W 34: 1 03-1 18. 1894 Idiographic carvings at Cockle Creek, [grammar, vocabulary 'Katthung' tribe] Cowan. Records of the Geological 1901 Aboriginal districts and notes. Science of Survey of NSW 4(2):56-65. Man 4(5):80-81 . 1935 Aboriginal place names. Mankind EVANS, John (Northcoast of NSW) see Hargrave, 1 (12):23. [Manning River area] Edward, 1903 1935 Notes on Aboriginal tribes on north coast of N.S.W. Proceedings of Pan ­ EVANS, Margaret A (teacher, NT bilingual school) Pacific Congress (A ustralia) 1 :267-268. 1978 Transition from Australian Aboriginal [Goombangerai, ca 100 words] languages to English as it applies to children in bilingual schools. Work EPLING, Phillip J (University of Chicago) Papers of SIL-AAB B2:1 07-139. 1961 A note on Njamal kin-term usage. Man (London) 61 :152-159. EVANS, Nicholas (N R D) (Linguistics/Applied Linguistics, University of Melbourne) ERNABELLA MISSION (Musgrave Ranges, SA) 1982 A learner's guide to Warumungu. Alice 1983 Pitjantja tja ra-English vocabulary. Springs: Institute for Aboriginal University of Adelaide. (Revised by Development. 77pp. Language Program, lAD, 1984) 1985 Kayardild, the language of the Bentinck Islanders of north west Queensland. ERREY, Renee (then at University of Sydney) PhD dissertation, Australian National 1994 Body part/emotion polysemy. BA (Hons) University. 2 volumes. thesis, Department of Linguistics, 72 1986 The unimportance of CAUSE in 1994 Kayardild. In Goddard, Cliff, and Kayardild. Language in Aboriginal Wierzbicka, Anna, eds Semantic and Australia 2:9-17. lexical universals. Amsterdam: John 1987 The Kayardild dictionary project. Benjamins. 203-228. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994 The problem of body parts and noun 1987(2):58-62. class membership in Australian 1988 Arguments for Pama-Nyungan as a languages. University of Melbourne genetic subgroup, with particular Working Papers in Linguistics 14: 1-8. reference to initial laminalization. In 1995 A-quantifiers and scope in MayalL In Evans, N, and Johnson, S, eds Bach, Emmon, Jelinek, Eloise, Kratzer, Aboriginal linguistics 1. Armidale: . Angelika, and Partee, Barbara Hall, eds University of New England. 91-1 10. Quantification in natural language. 1988 Odd topic marking in Kayardild. In Dordrecht: Kluwer. 207-270. Austin, P, ed. Complex sentence 1995 Current issues in the phonology of constructions in Australian languages. Australian languages. In Goldsmith, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 219-266. John A, ed. Th e handbook of 1988 Review of Merian, Francesca, 1983, phonological theory. (Blackwell Ngalakan grammar, texts and Handbooks in Linguistics 1) Oxford: vocabulary. Canberra: Pacific Blackwell. 723-761 . Linguistics. In Evans, N, and Johnson, 1995 A grammar of Kayardild, with historical- S, eds Aboriginal Linguistics 1. comparative notes on Tangkic. (Mouton Armidale: University of New England. Grammar Library 15) Berlin: Walter de 204-209. Gruyter. 836pp. (Review Studies in 1990 The Minkin language of the Bourketown Language, Dixon) region. In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 0 1995 Multiple case in Kayardild: anti-iconic T, eds Studies in comparative Pama- suffix ordering and the diachronic filter. Nyungan. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. In Plank, F, ed. Double case: agreement 173-207. by Suffixa ufnahme. Oxford University 1990 Without this child - some regularities of Press. 396-428. semantic change in the Australian 1996 First - and last - notes on Wurrugu. linguistic area. In Austin et ai, eds University of Melbourne Working Papers Language and history: essays in honour in Linguistics 16:91-98. of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: Pacific 1996 The syntax and semantics of body parts Linguistics. 137-155. in Gun-djeihmi. In Chappell, H, and 1992 Kayardild dictionaryand thesaurus. McGregor, W, eds The grammar of Parkville: Department of Linguistics and inalienability: a typological perspective Language Studies, University of on body part terms and the part-whole Melbourne. 334pp. relation. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 65- 1992 Macassan loanwords in Top End 109. languages. Australian Journalof 1997 Head classes and agreement classes in Linguistics 12( 1 ):45-91 . [Arnhem Land the Mayali dialect chain. In Harvey, Mark languages] and Reid, Nicholas, eds Nominal classi- 1992 Multiple semiotic systems, hyperpoly- fication in Aboriginal Australia. semy, and the reconstruction of Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 105-1 46. semantic change in Australian [Gun-djeihmi, Kunwinjku, Kune] languages. In Kellermann, Gunter, and 1997 Macassan loans and linguistic Morrissey, Michael 0, eds Diachrony stratification in western Arnhem Land. In within synchrony: language history and McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds cognition. Bern/Frankfurt/New York: Archaeology and linguistics: Aboriginal Peter Lang. 475-508. Australia in global perspective. 1992 Obituary: Steve Johnson. Australian Melbourne: Oxford University Press. Journal of Linguistics 12(1 ):vi-ix. 237-259. 1992 'Wanjh! Bonj! Nja!': sequential 1997 Role or cast? Noun incorporation and organization and social deixis in Mayali complex predicates in Mayali. In Alsina, interjections. Journalof Pragmatics Alex, Bresnan, Joan, and Sells, Peter, 18(2-3):225-244. eds Complex predicates. Stanford: 1993 Code, inference, placedness, and CSLI. 397-430. ellipsis. In Foley, W A, ed. The role of 1997 Sign metonymies and the problem of theoryin linguistic description. Berlin: flora-fauna polysemy in Australian Mouton de Gruyter. 243-280. linguistics. In Tryon, 0, and Walsh, M, 73 eds Boundaryrider: essays in honour of extension into the domain of cognition. Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific (Arbeitspapier 32, Neue Folge) K61n: Linguistics. 133-153. Institut fOr Sprachwissenschaft 1998 Aboriginal languages. In Davison, Universitat zu K61n. 63pp. Graeme, Hirst, John, and Macintyre, Stuart, eds The Oxford companion to EVERARD, Pompey (Yankunytjatjara language Australian history. Melbourne: Oxford assistant) see Goddard and Kalotas, University Press. 7-8. eds 1988; see also Goddard et al 1996 1998 Iwaidja mutation and its origins. In Siewierska, A, and Song, J J, eds Case, EVERITT, M M (Miss) (of southeast NSW) see typ ology and grammar: in honour of Mathews and Everitt 1900 Barry JBla ke. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 115-149. EYLMANN, Erhard (German ethnologist) 1998 My1h 19. Aborigines speak a primitive 1908 Die Eingeborenen der Kolonie language. In Bauer, L, and Trudgill, sildaustralien. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer. Peter, eds Language of myths. Har­ 494pp. (Reprinted 1966 New York: mondsworth: Penguin Books. 159-168. Johnson Reprint Corporation) see also Dench and Evans 1988; see 1978 Die Zeichensprache. In Umiker-Sebeok, also Kelly and Evans 1985; see also D J, and Sebeok, T A, Aboriginal sign­ McConvell and Evans 1997, 1997 languages of the Americas and Austral­ ia. New York: Plenum Press. 325-329. EVANS, Nicholas, ed. 1999 Studies in comparative non-Pama­ EYRE, E J (Edward John; explorer southern Nyungan. To be published by Pacific Australia; Protector of Aborigines in SA) Linguistics. 1878 Dialects ... spoken by the natives of Geelong, Colac, Goulburn, Murray and EVANS, Nicholas, BROWN, Dunstan, and Campaspe and those of the Witouro, CORBETT, Greville C Jagowrong, Knenkoren-wurro, 1998 Emu divorce: a unified account of Burapper, and Ta-oongwrong tribes ... gender and noun class assignment in In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of MayalL Proceedings of the Chicago Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 165-1 69. Linguistic Society. [Corio and Colac 165-166; Goulburn, Murray and Campaspe 166; Witouro etc EVANS, Nicholas, and JOHNSON, Steve, eds 167-1 69] 1988 Aboriginal linguistics 1. Armidale: Department of Linguistics, University of New England. 209pp. F FABRICIUS, Anne (formerly Dineen, which see) EVANS, Nicholas, and JONES, Rhys 1 998 A comparative surveyof reduplication in 1997 The cradle of the Pama-Nyungans: Australian languages. (LiNCOM Studies linguistic and archaeological in Australian Languages 03) Germany: speculations. In McConvell, P, and Lincom Europa. Evans, N, eds Archaeology and linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global FARMER, Ann K, HALE, Kenneth, and TSUJI­ perspective. Melbourne: Oxford MURA, Natsuko (Farmer: British University Press. 385-41 7. grammarian) 1986 A note on weak crossover in Japanese. EVANS, Nick and McCONVELL, Patrick Natural Language and Linguistic Th eory 1998 The enigma of Pama-Nyungan 4(1 ):33-42. [Warlpiri pp 33-34] expansion in Australia. In Blench, Roger, and Spriggs, Matthew, eds FARQUHARSON, Rosaleen (Gurindji speaker) see Archaeology and language, volume 2: Dalton et al 1995 Correlating archaeological and linguistic hypotheses. London: Routledge. 174- FARRAR, Frederic W (theological savant, many 191. publications, including Eric, or Little by little) EVANS, Nicholas, and WILKINS, David 1866 Language and ethnology. Transactions 1998 The kn owing ear: an Australian test of of the Ethnological Society of London universal claims about the semantic 4(2): 1 96-204. structure of sensory verbs and their 74 FAWCETI, J W (Upper Hunter River) European descent. BA (Hons) thesis, 1898 Notes on the customs and dialect of the Monash University. 83pp. Wonnah-Ruah tribe. Science of Man 1979 The Bandjalang language project. 1 (7):152-1 54, 180-181. Polycom 23: 11-13. [teaching Bandja­ 1898 Customs of the Wannah-Ruah tribe, and lang in Victorian primaryschools] their dialect or vocabulary. Science of 1981 Literacy: an Aboriginal sociolinguistic Man 1(8):180-181. view. In Menary, W, ed. Aborigines and 1899 Aborigine funeral chants. Science of schooling: essays in honour of Max Man 1 (12):257. Hart. Adelaide: Adelaide College of the 1899 Some songs and chants of the Artsand Education. 69-75. Aborigines of Queensland. Science of 1982 Aboriginal leadership - language Man 2(2):24-25. [Archibald Meston, in a planning. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. Language letter to the editor, Science of Man planning fo r Australian Aboriginal 2(4):63, roundly rebukes Fawcett re languages. Alice Springs: lAD. 47-53. songs sent in - says only two genuine: 1982 Australian Aboriginal Languages. one was taken from Geographical Australian Review of Applied Linguistics History Qld without acknowledgement, (Thematic Edition: Language planning) and the other was published previously 5(2):100-1 15. by himself, A Meston!] 1982 Bala bala: some literacy and educational perceptions of three Aboriginal FAWCETI, Leonard (Mounted-Constable, Local communities. Canberra: Commonwealth Guardian of the Aborigines at Swan Hill) Department of Education/Australian 1887 Lake Boga. In Curr, E M The Australian Government Publishing Service. 79pp. race. Melbourne. 3:502-503. [Biangil] [Dandenong, Shepparton, Bourke, Aboriginal English] FELD, M 1982 Language needs of Aboriginal groups. In 1900 Myths of Burra-Gorang tribe. Science of Bell, Jeanie, ed. A collection ofpaper s Man 3(6):99. presented at the Second Meeting of the Aboriginal Languages Association, FELD, Steven (University of Texas at Austin) Batchelor, NT, April 1982. (ALA). Alice 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The Springs. 2-8. languages of Australia. Cambridge: 1984 Aboriginal perspectives on a national University Press. Language in Society policy on languages. Proceedings of the (London) 11(1):133-135. First National Congress of the Fe deral Ethnic Communities Council of FERBER, Rosie, and BREEN, Gavan (Ferber. Australia. Melbourne. 87-97. Aboriginal linguist, Yipirinya School) 1985 Aborigines and language ...ANZ AAS 1984 Asking why in Arrernte. Language in Festival of Science, August 1985:50-74. Central Australia 1 : 1 4-15. 1985 Ganai: a study of the Aboriginal languages of Gippsland based on 19th FERGUSON, Charles A (Department of Linguistics, centurymaterials. MA thesis, Monash Stanford University) University. 1987 Literacy in a hunting-gathering society: 1985 Language death and language the case of the Diyari. Journal of maintenance: action needed to save Anthropological Research (Albuquerque, Aboriginal languages. Th e Aboriginal USA) 43(3):223-237. Child at School 13(5):45-50. Also in Polycom 1985(40):32-32. FERNANDO, Stephen (illustrator) see Robertson 1986 'Aborigine' and 'Aboriginal'. Parlku 1 :45. 1985 1986 Saving Aboriginal languages. Language FESL, Eve Mumewa D (of Gangulu heritage, in Aboriginal Australia 1 : 1 -6. Also in formerly Director Koorie Research Education News 1984:1 8(9):28-30. Centre, Monash University, and 1986 Word power. Education Links 30:25. AlProfessor Education; Convenor of [English terminology used to Murri Programs, Griffith University; discriminate against Aborigines] prominent in language policy issues) 1987 How the English language is used to put 1977 Melbourne Aboriginal English: an Koories down, deny us rights, or is investigation into the differences in employed as a political tool against us. speech between Aboriginal persons In Walton, C, and Eggington, W, eds living in Melbourne and Australians of Language: maintenance, power and 75 education in Australian Aboriginal Aboriginal and immigrant languages. contexts. Darwin: NTU Press. 44-47. Vox 6:48-62. (Review Australian Journal [first published 1986, revised 1987; of Linguistics 12, McConvell). decries non-Aboriginal use of words such as caste, tribe] FISHMAN, Joshua A et ai, eds 1987 Language death among Australian 1 986 Th e Fergusonian impact: in honor of languages. Australian Review of Applied Charles A. Ferguson on the occasion of LInguistics 10(2):12-22. his 65th birthday, volume 2: Sociolingu­ 1988 Language policy formulation and istics and the sociology of language. implementation: an historical Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 598pp. perspective on Australian languages. [Papers by Smith, and Sandefur and PhD dissertation, Monash University. Harris] 1990 Aborigine Aboriginal or Koorie? Ethnic Spotlight (Sydney) 19. FISON, Lorimer (Methodist missionary, anthropo­ 1993 Conned! St Lucia: University of logist, journalist) Queensland Press. [includes Aboriginal 1902 On surface similarities in words. Report perspective on the National Language of the Australasian Association for the Policy] (Review Australian Aboriginal Advancement of Science 9:521-524. Studies 1994(1), Green) [Kauralaig, Torres Strait] 1993 The Koorie languages and folk speech. In Davey, Gwenda B, and Seal, FISON, Lorimer, and HOWITT, A W Graham, eds Th e Oxford companion to 1880 Kamilaroi and Kurnai: group marriage Australian folklore. Melbourne: Oxford and relationship, and marriage by University Press. 232-237. [comment on elopement: dra wn chiefly from the usage use of 'koorie', English linguistic of the Australian Aborigines and the imperialism, language loss, speech Kumai tribe: their customs in peace and taboos, kin terms, contact languages war. Melbourne: George Robertson. and Koorie English] (includes kin terms in Kurnai and various other languages] FIELD, 8 S (archaeologist?) see Langevad and 1991 Kamilaroi and Kurnai. . . Facsimile Field 1982 edition. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 372pp. FIELD, W G (Sandringham station, near Lake Philippi, Western Qld) FllZGERALD, Susan (at University of Victoria, 1898 Koon-Kalinya tribe, West Queensland .. Canada) . Science of Man 1 (2):42. 1997 A preliminary analysis of the laminal 1898 U-la-Iinya tribe, Sandringham station, lateral in Pama-Nyungan languages. In West Queensland, vocabulary. Science Tryon,D, and Walsh, M, eds Boundary of Man 1 (3):61. rider: essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. FINK, Ruth Annette (now Ruth Latukefu, retired; at 155-1 74. Australian School of Pacific Affairs 1997 Velar-initial etyma and issues in compar­ 1960-64; Anthropology, University of ative Pama-Nyungan. PhD dissertation, Papua New Guinea until 1985) Department of Linguistics, University of 1960 Traditional songs: being an appendix to Victoria, British Columbia, Canada. her PhD dissertation, The changing see also O'Grady and Fitzgerald 1993, status and cultural identity of Western 1995, 1997 Australian Aborigines ... in the Murchison district. .. 1955-1 957. FllZGERALD, Susan and O'GRADY, Geoffrey N Columbia University. 25pp (of 360pp). 1994 Six greater Australian Swadesh lists. [Wadjari, Indjibandi, Ngamal songs] Mother Tongue (Boston, Massa­ chusetts) 21 :30-37. FISHER, E M (Wagaman PrimarySchool, Darwin) 1977 Prevalent attitudes and school policy FllZPATRICK, Philip (Aboriginal Heritage, Dept of toward non-standard dialects. The Environment and Planning) Aboriginal Child at School 5(4): 1 7-20. 1989 Warra Ka urna: a selected wordlist from the language of the Ka uma people of FISHMAN, Joshua A (US linguist, editor) the Adelaide Plains. [Adelaide]: 1992 Prospects for reversing language shift Aboriginal Heritage Branch, Dept of (RLS) in Australia: evidence from its Environment and Planning. 39pp. 76 FLANNERY, Eugene (Wangaratta settler) tic studies in honour of Arthur Capell. 1900 Australia before the early fifties. Science Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 717-740. of Man 3(5):84-86. [meanings of a few 1973 The sociology of language in Queens­ Victorian words] land Aboriginal communities. Linguistic Communications 10: 11-25. Melbourne: FLETCHER, Jane Ada (teacher) Monash University. Also in Kivung (Pa­ 1952 Tasmanian Aborigines' bird names. pua New Guinea) 5(3):150-1 63, 1972. Tasmanian Education 7:375-378. 1953 Aboriginal words as place names in Tas­ FLOREY, Margaret J mania. Tasmanian Education 8:50-54. 1988 A review of the classification of 1953 Notes on the dialects of the Aboriginal Australian languages. Working Papers tribes of Tasmania. Tasmanian in Linguistics, University of Hawaii Education 8:205-208. 20(2):1 37-162.

FLICKINGER, Daniel P, MACKEN, Marlys A, and FL YNN, Rita (Yaygir speaker, lexicographer) WIEGAND, Nancy (all at Stanford 1994 The problems and difficulties University, California) encountered in the making of a 1982 Proceedings of the First West Coast Gumbaynggir-Yaygir dictionary. MLitt Conference on Formal Linguistics, thesis, University of New England. Stanford University, 22-24 January 1996 Yaygirr to English dictionary. Coffs 1982. Stanford, California: Stanford Harbour: R Flynn. 94pp. University Linguistics Department. FOELSCHE, Paul (Inspector of Police, Port Darwin) FLINDERS, Johnny, and SUTTON, Peter 1886 Raffles Bay: the Unalla tribe. In Curr, E (Flinders: Cape York; boat's crew, later M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. moved to Palm Island) 1 :270, 274-275. [Language of Raffles 1986 Land rights. (Flinders Island story). In Bay tribe (Iwaidja) 274-275] Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is 1886 Port Darwin: the Larrakia tribe. In Curr, what happened: historical narratives by EM Th e Australian race. Melbourne. Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 326-330. 1 :250-259. [Larakia , 258-259]

FLINDERS, Matthew (naval explorer of Australian FOGG ITT, Roger H (cognitive linguistics, University coastline; imprisoned on Mauritius, of London) wrote A voyage to Terra Australis) 1970 Some psycholinguistic factors under­ 1886 Caledon Bay (Gulf of Carpentaria). In lying performance on a non-verbal test Curr, E M, The Australian race. of intelligence for two ethnically distinct Melbourne. 1 :276. [Galawlwan] groups of children. MA thesis, University of Queensland. 127pp. FLINDERS UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA - Bernard van Leer Foundation South FOGG ITT, R H, MANGAN, G L, and LAW, H G Australia Project 1972 Cognitive performance and linguistic 1970 Nyawa munu kulila, look and listen: work codeability. International Journalof book one. Adelaide: Flinders University. Psychology 7: 1 55-1 61. 40pp. [Pitjantjatjara translation of book for mothers training in preschool FOLEY, F (butcher, Bathurst?) methods; some interlinear text] 1887 Bathurst. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:378-379. [Wiradjuri FLINT, Elwyn Henry (formerly University of Qld) vocabulary] 1965 The question of language, dialect, idiolect, and style in Queensland FOLEY, R J (Robert) (surgeon at Champion Bay) English. PL, 0-2. Canberra: Pacific 1865 Vocabulary of the Champion Bay tribe. Linguistics. 1-21. Transactions of the Ethnological Society 1968 Aboriginal English - linguistic description of London, new series 3:297-298. as an aid to teaching. English in see also Oldfield 1865 Australia (Melbourne) 6:3-21. 1970 The influence of prosodic patterns upon FOLEY, William A (Professor of Linguistics, the mutual intelligibility of Aboriginal and University of Sydney) General Australian English. In Wurm, S 1986 Is there a link between Australian and A, and Laycock, 0 C, eds Pacific linguis- Papuan languages? In his The Papuan languages of New Guinea. (Cambridge 77 Language Surveys) Cambridge: FORD, Kevin, and OBER, Dana (were at School of Cambridge University Press. Chapter Australian Linguistics, Batchelor) 8.2:269-275. [Compares Proto Eastern 1986 Pragmatic conditioning of word-order in Highlands to Dixon's Proto-Australia] Kalaw Kawaw Ya (Western Torres 1997 Anthropological linguistics. Oxford: Strait). Language in Aboriginal Australia Blackwell Publishers. 495pp. [passing 2:29-33. reference to Aboriginal languages, 1991 A sketch of Kalaw Kawaw Va. In particularly Guugu-Yimidhirr spatial Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in concepts] Australia. Cambridge: University Press. 118-142 (Chapter 8). FOOTE, Tom (Aboriginal teacher aide, Pormpuraaw School, Old; Bible FORD, Lysbeth Julie (Research Centre for translator) Linguistic Typology, Australian National 1990 Thaayorre clause analysis: sUNey of University) diglot texts from Pormpuraaw, Edward 1990 The phonology and morphology of River, north Queensland. Toowoomba: Bachamal (Wogait). MA thesis, Jollen Press. 54pp. Australian National University. (To be published by Pacific Linguistics) FOOTE, Tom, and HALL, Allen 1997 8aljamalh dictionaryand texts. 1983 Lexicon: Thaayorre-English. Brisbane: Canberra: Panther Press. 108pp. Department of Education. An updated 1998 A description of the Emmi language of version published as 1992. the Northern Territory of Australia. PhD 1992 Kuuk Thaayorre dictionary: Thaayorre / dissertation, Australian National English. Toowong, Old: Jollen Press. University. 239pp. 1993 Kuuk Thaayorre dictionary: English / FORD, Margot (Batchelor College, NT) Thaayorre: supplement to the Thaayorre 1996 Language nests in New Zealand. / English dictionary. T oowoomba: Myrtle Implications for the Australian Aboriginal Foote, G Norman and A Hall. and Torres Strait Islander context. Th e 1995 Kuuk Thaayorre dictionary: English / Australian Journalof Indigenous Thaayorre: supplement to the Thaayorre Education (formerly Th e Aboriginal Child / English dictionary. T oowoomba: Tom at Scho00 24(2):15-1 9. and Myrtle Foote, Jessaly Coleman, Georgina Norman and A Hall. (enlarged FORREST, John (Sir) (WA explorer and statesman) edition, 144pp) 1900 Aboriginal names of places in Western Australia. Science of Man 3(2):26-27. FOOTT, JW 1901 Vocabulary of Nullagine and Roeburn, 1887 Culgoa River. In Curr, E M Th e W.A., Aborigines. Science of Man Australian race. Melbourne. 3:328-329. 4(5):96-97. [Ngarluma] [Koamu vocabulary, SOld] FOSBERY, Edmund Walcott (CMG; NSW FOOTT, Thomas Wade (Irish born, married to poet inspector-general of police; took an MaryHannay Foott; landholder) interest in Aborigines' Protection Board) 1886 Nockatoonga, Wilson River. In Curr, E M see Walker and Fosbery 1900-04 The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:34- 35. [Tereila vocabulary, SW Old] FOSTER, Robert, and MUHLHAUSLER, Peter (Foster a legal historian) FORCHHEIMER, Paul 1996 Native tongue, captive voice. The 1953 Th e category of person in language. representation of the Aboriginal 'voice' in Berlin: De Gruyter. 142pp. [data on colonial South Australia. Language and Australian languages from Schmidt Die Communication (Oxford) 16: 1-16. Gliederung ...] (see also Capell 1955) FOSTER, Robert, MUHLHAUSLER, Peter, and FORD, Kevin C (Language & Linguistics, University CLARKE, Philip of Papua New Guinea) 1998 'Give me back my name': the 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B 'classification' of Aboriginal people in J, eds 1979 Handbook of Australian colonial South Australia. Papers in languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU Pidgin and Creole Linguistics 5. (PL, A- Press. Australian Journal of Linguistics 91) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 35-59. 1 (2):271 -275. [includes naming and generic terms] 78 FOWLER, F introduction to the Bundjalung language 1887 Nerang Creek. In Curr, E M The and its dialects. Armidale, NSW: Australianra ce. Melbourne. 3: 240-241 . Armidale College of Advanced [Yugumbir vocabulary] Education. 174-201.

FOWLER, William (pastoralist, Yararoo, SA) FRASER, John Foster (linguist and editor) 1886 Yorke's Peninsula, South Australia. In 1890 Some remarks on the Australian Curr, E M The Australian race. languages. Journaland Proceedings of Melbourne. 2:143-145. [Narangga the Royal Society of NSW 24:231 -253. vocabulary; see also Kuhn] 1892 Grammar of the language spoken by the Aborigines of Western Australia. In FOX, Barbara (Department of Linguistics, Threlkeld, L E, An Australian language University of California at Los Angeles) as spoken by the Awabaka/, the people see Cooreman, Fox and Given 1984 of Awaba or Lake Macquarie . . . Sydney. 48-56. FOX, F Y (Mrs) 1892 Introduction, to Threlkeld, L E, An 1897 Mamburra tribal dialect. Australasian Australian language as spoken by the Anthropological Journal 1 (4):88-89. Awabakal, the people of Awaba or Lake 1898 Bumburra-Burra tribe vocabulary. Macquarie . . . Sydney. xi-Ixiv. Science of Man 1 (3):62. 1892 Quelques observations sur les langues 1899 Mamburra tribe. Science of Man 2(4): 63 australiennes. Bulletin de la Societe 1899 Illustration of message sticks. Science of Oceanienne 50(2):21 -32. Man 2(6):104. 1901 -02 Some Indian words of relationship used by Australian tribes. American FRANCIS, Job (of Walmer, Horsham) Antiquarian 23:89-98, 171-179, and in 1878 Dialect of Lake Hindmarsh tribe and Memoires de I'lnternationalCongress of dialect of the Horsham tribe. In Smyth, R Ethnographic Science 1900: 1 03-1 17. B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1902 The Woddowro pronouns. Wombat Melbourne. 77-79. (Geelong, Victoria) 5:6-15. (see also Cary 1899) FRANK, Amalie Maria 1940 Botenstabe und Wegzeichen in FRASER, John Foster, ed. Australien [Message sticks and 1892 An Australian language as spoken by signposts in Australia]. PhD dissertation, the Awabaka/, the people of Awaba or University of Vienna. [thesis copy not Lake Macquarie ...Sydney: available] Government Printer. (Re-editing and condensation of Threlkeld 1892 (which FRANKLIN, Karl J (SIL, Dallas, Texas) see); see also Gunther) 1987 Stephen A Wurm: linguist and friend. In Laycock, D C, and Winter, Werner, eds FRAWLEY, Jack (Adult Education studies, A world of language: papers presented Batchelor College) to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th 1992 What should schools do about birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Aboriginal language maintenance? The 47-51. Aboriginal Child at School 20( 1 ):3- 14.

FRASER, -- see Heagney et al 1886 FREEBODY, Peter (Senior Lecturer in English, University of New England) see FRASER, A McKeown and Freebody 1988; see also 1897 Vocabulary of Mulligan River Lo Bianco and Freebody 1997 (Yarrawurka). Australasian Anthropological Journal 1 (6):123. FRENCH, H see Anderson and French 1904

FRASER, Jill (SIL linguist) FRIDAY, R (worked on SIL Kuku Yalanji dictionary) 1977 A phonological analysis of Fitzroy see Hershberger et al 1982 Crossing children's pidgin. In Hudson, Joyce, ed. Five papers in Australian FRY, Henry K (anthropologist, published several phonologies. Darwin: Summer Institute works on Aboriginal "mentality") of Linguistics. 45-204. 1933 Body and soul: a study from western 1985 A new Bundjalung language: Baryulgil Central Australia. Oceania 3(3):247-256. Square Talk. In Sharpe, M C, et al An 79 1937 Dieri legends. Folk-lore 48(2): 187 -286; G 48(3):269-287. GABELENTZ, Georg von der, and MEYER, A B (Gabelentz: German philologist! FUHRMANN, Ernst (German ethnolo�ist) ethnologist) Neu­ 1922 Die Australsprachen. In his 1883 Beitrage zur Kenntnis der melanesi­ Guinea, 30-44. (Kulturen der Erde: schen, mikronesischen und papuani­ Kultur und Kunstgeschichte alier Volker, schen Sprache. Abhandlungen der band 14) Hagen: Folkwang. Koniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaftder [comparative tables for ''verschiedenen Wissenschaften Philolog-Historische Australsprachen" (unspecified), for: 1, 2, Klasse (Germany) 8(4):375-542. [Miriam; 3, moon, water, fire, head, mouth, hand, see also Grube, below] foot, man, woman] GAHL, Susanne (Linguistics, University of FULFORD, FW California, Berkeley) 1886 North-west bend of the River Murray. In 1996 Syllable onsets as a factor in stress Curr, E M The Australian race. rules: the case of Mathimathi revisited. Melbourne. 2:278-279. [Maraura Phonology 13(3):329-344. vocabulary; see also that of Moorehouse] GAIMARD, Paul (philologist on the Dumont d'Urvilie voyage) FULLOW, H (Reverend; this is the Reverend Henry 1834 Vocabulaire de la langue des habitants Fulton!) de Golfe Saint-Vincent. In Dumont 1896 Linguistics [vocabularyof Norfolk d'Urville,J S, ed. Voyage de Island]. Science of Man 1 (2):13. decouvertes de I'Astrolabe 1826-7-8-9 ['Sydney language': see also notes by sous Ie commandement de M. J. Carrington, and by Troy] Dumont d'Urville, volume 2: Philologie. Paris: J Tastu. 6-8. [Kaurna?] FULTON, Henry (Irish cleric; political 'convict: 1834 Vocabulaire de la langue des habitants arrived Sydney 1800, later chaplain du Port Dalrymple (Tasmanie). In Norfolk Island, and schoolmaster/ Dumont d'Urville,J S, ed. Voyage de chaplain NSW) see Fullow, H decouvertes de I'Astrolabe 1826-7-8-9 • sous Ie commandement de M. J. FURBY, Christine E (SIL linguist, Borroloola, Old) Dumont d'Urville, volume 2: Phi/ologie. 1972 The pronominal system of Garawa. Paris: J Tastu. 9-10. [102 words] Oceanic Linguistics 11(1) : 1-31. 1974 Garawa phonology. Papers in Australian GALE, Mary-Anne (Arts, University of Adelaide) Linguistics 7. (PL, A-37) Canberra: 1982 Phonics for the Aboriginal classsroom. Pacific Linguistics. 1-11. Th e Aboriginal Child at School 1 0(5):32- see also Furby and Furby 1977, 1977 37. 1990 A review of bilingual education in FURBY, C E, and FURBY, S E Aboriginal Australia. Australian Review 1976 Garawa compass directions. Ta lanya of Applied Linguistics 13(2):40-80. (Linguistic Society of Australia) 3: 1-13. 1992 Dhangu Djorra'wuy Dhawu: the development of writing in Aboriginal FURBY, Edward S (SIL linguist, Borroloola) languages in South Australia and the 1978 Northern Territorybilingu al education .. NorthernTerritory since colonisation. Work Papers of SIL -AAB B-2: 1-30. MEd thesis, Northern Territory see 1976 also Furby and Furby University. 1992 Publish or perish: observations on the FURBY, Edward S, and FURBY, Christine E reasons for writing in Aboriginal A preliminaryanal ysis of Garawa 1977 languages. Australian Aboriginal Studies phrases and clauses. (PL, B-42) 1992(2):42-48. [Yolngu Matha, 101 .. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. pp. Ngarrindjeri, Narrunga, Kaurna, WarlplrI, 1977 Some Garawa sentence types. Ta lanya Pitjantjatjara] 4:1 0-23. 1993 Code-switching, manymak or yaka manymak?: a discussion paper on language use, language change and language loss. Occasional Papers in Applied Linguistics 2. Darwin: Centre for 80 Studies of Language in Education, 1996 Saying nothing: the language of joking Northern Territory University. 1-32. relationships in Aboriginal Australia. 1994 Bilingual education programs in Graduate Diploma in Arts thesis, Aboriginal schools. In Hartman, D, and NorthernTerritory University, Darwin. Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. GARDINER, Jennifer (then post-graduate student, 192-203. Department of Anthropology, University 1994 A brief historyof writing in Aboriginal of WA) languages. Th e Aboriginal Child at 1977 Teaching standard English as a second School 22(1 ):22-34; repeated in 22(2). dialect to speakers of Aboriginal Eng­ 1995 Pirrarni nganimparnalu yanu ... lish. In Brumby, E and Vaszolyi, E, eds 'Yesterday we went. . .': storytelling in Language problems and Aboriginal edu­ Warlpiri and its implications for literacy. cation . Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 165-1 99. International Journal ofthe Sociology of Language 113:37-58. GARDNER, P 0 (Peter D) (interested in 1997 Ohangum dj orra'wuy dhawu: a history of onomastics) writing in Aboriginal language. 1991 Names around the Gippsland Lakes: Underdale, SA: Aboriginal Research their origins, meanings and history. Institute, University of South Australia. Ensay, Victoria: Ngarak Press. 48pp. 253pp. (published version of her MEd [place names, Brabralung and Kurnai] thesis) [covers SA and NT; case studies 1991 Names on the Omeo Highway between of Yirrkala, Willowra, Yolngu, Warlpiri] Bairnsdale and Omeo: their origins, meanings and history. Ensay, Victoria: GALPAGALPA, J, WANYUMULI, 0, De VEER, Ngarak Press. 48pp. Linda, and WILKINSON, Melanie (all 1991 Names of the Vic torian Alps: their teachers, NT) origins, meanings and history. Ensay, 1984 Ohuwal Ojambarrpuynu Oharuk mala ga Victoria: Ngarak Press. 48pp. maya/i' (Ojambarrpuyngu wordlist). [Brabralung, Braiakaulung, Ngarigu] Nhulunbuy: Yirrkala Community School 1992 Names of East Gippsland: their origins, Literature Production Centre. 253pp. meanings and history. Ensay, Victoria: Ngarak Press. 48pp. place names, GANAMBARR, Buyuminy Krauatungalung, Kurnai, Bidawal] 1979 Children's talk in Djambarrpuynu. Ngali 1992 Names of the La Trobe Valley and West 1:10. Gippsland: their origins, meanings and history. Ensay, Victoria: Ngarak Press. GANAMBARR, Merrkiyawuy (Qaliwuy speaker, 45pp. [Braiakaulung, Bunurong, Kurnai] Laynhapuy Education Resource Centre)) 1992 Names of South Gippsland: their origins, 1994 .Qaliwuy. In Thieberger, N, and meanings and history. Ensay, Victoria: McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal Ngarak Press. 48pp. [place names, words: a dictionaryof words from Bunerong and Brataualung, Kurnai] Australian Aboriginal and To rres Strait 1996 Th e language of the Kurnaitrib es of Islander languages. North Ryde: Gippsland, with notes on grammar and Macquarie Library. 234-265. pronunciation, by R H Mathews, and Kurnai-English, English-Kurnai GANAMBARR, Nguliny Burarrwanga (Yolngu­ vocabulary, compiled by P 0 Gardner. speaking teacher; holds Diploma from Ensay, Victoria: Ngarak Press. 74pp. Batchelor College) [Mathews' material, compiled by 1994 Gurrkurr - Yarrala. In Hartman, D, and Gardner] Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages see also Mathews and Gardner 1996 in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 276-286. [community research project GARNER, Mark (SIL) see Glasgow and Garner about north-east Arnhem Land 1980 languages] GARNIER, Jules (explorer) GAPBUYA, Lenny Liddy (Wagiman storyteller) 1903 Vocabulaire des indigenes de l'Australie see Emorrotjba et al 1 998 occidentale. Recuelli par Jules Garnier, explorateur. Bulletin of the Neuchatel GARDE, Murray (Djomi Museum Maningrida, Geographical Society (Switzerland) Arnhem Land) 16:247-251. [lists of about 140 words in 81 dialects of Hope Bay, Esperance and GELL, John Philip Coolgardie, WA] 1842 The vocabularyof the Adelaide tribe. Tasmanian Journalof Natural Science, GARNSEY, J J Agriculture, Statistics 1 (2):1 09-124. (see 1900 Aboriginal names of places in New also 1988) South Wales. Science of Man 3(6):98. 1904 South Australian Aborigines: the vocabularyof the Adelaide tribe. GARRAWURRA, Fay Matjarra (Yolngu speaker) Proceedings of the Royal Geographical 1983 Fully assimilated English loanwords in Society of South Australia 7:92-100. Yolngu-Matha. Ngali June 1983:16. 1988 The vocabularyof the Adelaide tribe. Jo urnalof the Anthropology Societyof GASON, Samuel (a Trooper, published widely on South Australia 26(5):3-215. (see also the Dieyerie tribe) 1842, above) 1 874 The Oieyerie tribe of Australian Aborigines. Adelaide: Government GER, F (Torres Strait) see Aragu et al 1980 Printer. 51 pp. [vocabulary pp30-51 ] 1879 The manners and customs of the GERLAND, Georg (German ethnologist) Dieyerie tribe. In Woods, J D Th e native 1886 Zur Lautlehre der australischen tribes of South Australia. Adelaide: Sprachen. Festschrift Vereins fUr Wigg. 253-307. [extensive vocabularyat Naturkunde Cassel. 89-97. end] 1886 From Mount Freeling to Pirigundi Lake: GERRITSEN, Rupert (community worker and the Dieyerie tribe. In Curr, E M Th e researcher, Perth,at that time) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:44-107 1994 And their ghosts may be heard. [Dieri vocabulary75 -105 (taken from (Includes supplement appendix 'The Gason's 1874 monograph), 106-107] English-Nanda-Dutch vocabulary') 1886 Beltana: Unyamootha tribe. In Curr, E M Fremantle: Fremantle ArtsCen tre Press. The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:122- 335pp. 123. [Wailpi vocabulary; see also that by Kingsmill] GEYTENBEEK, Brian B (SIL linguist, PortHedland area) GATTI, Giovanni 1964 Morphology of the regular verbs of 1930 La lingua Dieri, contrib uto alia Gidabul. In Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds conoscenza delle lingue australiane. Papers on the languages of the Austral­ Roma: Scuola Salesiana del Libro. ian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 101- 127pp. 108. 1977 Looking at English through Nyangu­ GAITI, Riccardo marda-coloured spectacles. In Brumby, 1906-09 Studi suI gruppo linguistico E, and Vaszolyi, E, eds Language andamanese-Papua-australiano: con problems and Aboriginal education. uno in troduzione del Prof. Alfredo Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 34-44. Trombetti. Bologna: Luigi Beltrami. [3 1 990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: volumes: 1906, 1908, 1909; issued also Nyangumarta. Port Hedland, W A: in one volume; Australian vocabulary Wangka Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal from Curr 1886-87; Tasmanian] Language Centre. 10pp. 1997 Nyangumartaverbalisers - suffixes or GAUCI, Sarah (La Trobe University) see Thawley separate forms. In McLellan, M, ed. and Gauci 1987 Studies in Aboriginal grammars. (SIL­ MIB Occasional Papers 3) Darwin: SIL­ GAYURA, Joy (Yolngu speaker) see Boyukarrpi AAIB. 1-12. and Gayura 1994 see also Brown and Geytenbeek 1989, 1990, 1992, 1992; see also Thomas et GEISELHART, Karin (then at Macquarie a1 1990; University) 1979 A preliminary study of some vocal GEYTENBEEK, Brian, and GEYTENBEEK, Helen stereotypes in Sydney, Australia. MA, 1971 Gidabal grammar and dictionary. Macquarie University. [identifying urban (Australian Aboriginal Studies 43, Aborigines from their speech] Linguistics Series 17) Canberra: AlAS. 91pp. (Review Lingua 33, Platt) 82 1991 Nyangumarta-English dictionary GILLEN, Francis J, and WARBURTON, R E (interim), with an English-Nyangumarta (Gillen: post and telegraph station finder list. Darwin: SIL. master/ magistrate at Alice Springs; ethnologist, Protector of Aborigines; GEYTENBEEK, Helen (SIL linguist) "strove to ameliorate racial issues") 1964 Personal pronouns of Gidabal. In 1886 Charlotte Waters Telegraph Station. In Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Mel­ the languages of the Australian bourne. 1 :416-421. [Aranda vocabulary Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 91-100. from Gillen 418-419, from Warburton 1976 A classification of the adnominal 420-421] genitives of 1 Peter. Notes on see also Spencer and Gillen 1899, 1904, Translation 61 :21-32. (SIL) 1927, 1938, 1978 1980 Continuous and discontinuous noun phrases in Nyangumarda. Papers in GILLEN, Paul A (anthropologist) Australian Linguistics 12. (PL, A-58) 1970 Syntactic structures in Aboriginal cult Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 23-35. rites. MA thesis, University of 1982 Nyangumarta kinship: a woman's Sydney.176pp. [features the influence of viewpoint. In Hargrave, S, ed. Langu­ theoretical linguistics on his approach to age and culture. Darwin: SIL. 19-31 . the subject, especially of generative 1988 Case relationships in Nyangumarta. In grammar: samples are given] Austin, Peter, et ai, eds Papers in Australian Linguistics 17. Canberra: GILLESPIE, Karen (t eacher, Koonibba School) Pacific Linguistics. 253-274. 1991 McLaren Creek: the children, and their 1997 Moods and their functions in Nyangu­ English. BA (Hons) thesis, Department marta. In McLellan, M, ed. Studies in of Linguistics, The Faculties, Australian Aboriginal grammars. (SIL -AAIB National University. 179pp. (Appendices Occasional Papers 3) Darwin: SIL­ pp.98-1 79) [Aboriginal English] AAIB.1 3-23. see also Geytenbeek and Geytenbeek GISU, Cedric (Murray Islander, was at James Cook 1971, 1971 , 1988 University) 1987 What is English language in Torres GIBBONS, John P (Linguistics, University of Strait? Black Voices (James Cook Sydney) University) 3(1 ):23-24. 1996 Distortions of the police interview process revealed by video-tape. GISU, Salkal (Meriam Mir speaker) see Day et al Forensic Linguistics 3(2):289-298. 1982

GIBBONS, John P, ed. GIVON, Talmy (Department of Linguistics, 1994 Language and the law. London: University of Oregon) see Cooreman, Longman. [Papers by Carroll, Eades, Fox and Givon 1984 Simpson, Walsh] GLASGOW, David (SIL linguist, NT) GIBBS, G see Kaldor et al 1997 1966 Notes on Burera sound system (north ArnhemCoast). Darwin: Education GIFFORD, Edric F (Lord) (Colonial SecretaryWA, Section of the Welfare Branch, Northern 1880s; actual compilers of these Territory Administration. 17pp. vocabularies are anonymous) 1984 Report on survey of the central North­ 1886 From North-West Cape to thirty miles ern Territory. In Hudson, J, and Pym, south of the Gascoyne River: the N, eds Language survey. Darwin: SIL. Kakarakala tribe. In Curr, E M Th e 113-152. Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :302-305. [North-West Cape (Inggarda) vocab­ GLASGOW, David I, and GLASGOW, Kathleen ulary 304-305)] 1967 The phonemes of Burera. Papers in 1886 Upper Sandford: Muliarra tribe. In Curr, Australian Linguistics 1. (PL, A-10) E M The Australian race. Melbourne. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-14. 1 :375-379. [Muliara vocabulary 378-379] 1985 Burarra to Englis h bilingual dictionary. 1886 Lower Blackwood: People man tribe. In Darwin: SIL. 203pp. Curr, E M Th e Australian ra ce. 1985 English to Burarra reversal of the Melbourne. 1 :362-363. [Pibelmen Burarra to English bilingual dictionary. vocabulary] 83 Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. education. Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 147- 87pp. 152. 1978 A literacy programme for maximum GLASGOW, David, and KERR, H 8 compatibility with teaching methods 1964 Burera verb prefixes. In Pittman, R, and used in Australian schools. Work Papers Kerr, H, eds Papers on the languages of of SIL-AAB B-2:141-147. (Also in Read the Australian Aborigines. Canberra: 13(1 ):29-33, 1978) AlAS. 1 19-128. 1979 The sentence: boundaries and basic types in Ngaanyatjarra narratives. In GLASGOW, Kathleen (SIL linguist, NT) Kilham, Christine, ed. Fo ur grammatical 1964 Four principal contrasts in Burera sketches: fro m phrase to paragraph. personal pronouns. In Pittman, R, and Berrimah, NT: SIL. 23-45. Kerr, H, eds Papers on the languages of 1980 Cohesion in Ngaanyatjarra discourse. the Australian Aborigines. Canberra: MA thesis, Australian National AlAS. 109-1 17. University. 214pp. (see also 1997) 1964 Frame of reference for two Burera 1983 Ngaanyatjarra non-indicative sentences: tenses. In Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds a semantic analysis. Notes on Papers on the languages of the Austral­ Linguistics (SIL) 26:15-22. ian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 118. 1983 Ngaanyatjarra sentences. (Work Papers 1981 Burarra orthography. In Waters, Bruce, of SIL-AAB, A7) Darwin: Summer ed. Australian phonologies: collected Institute of Linguistics. 93pp. papers. Darwin: SIL. 91-101. 1988 Ngaanyatjarra word list. Revised edition. 1981 Burarra phonemes. In Waters, Bruce, Alice Springs, NT: Ngaanyatjarra Bible ed. Australian phonologies: collected Project. 90pp. Reprinted 1997. [meaning papers. Darwin: SIL. 63-89 and spelling assistance from Bernard 1984 Burarra word classes. Papers in Newbery] Australian Linguistics 16. (PL, A-68) 1990 Into another world: a glimpse of the Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1 -54. culture of the Warburton people. 2nd 1988 The structure and system of Burarra revised edition (1 st 1978). Alice Springs: sentences. In Austin, P, et ai, eds Institute for Aboriginal Development. Papers in Australian Linguistics 17. 52pp. Reprinted (with a new cover) by Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 205-251. lAD, in 1993. 1994 Burarra-Gun-nartpa dictionary with 1 997 Cohesion in Ngaanya tjarra discourse. English finder list. Darwin: Summer (SIL-AAIB Occasional Papers 4) Darwin: Institute of Linguistics. 928pp. SIL. 111pp. (see also 1980) see also Glasgow and Glasgow 1967, 1997 Into another world. (see also 1990) 1985, 1985; see also Austin et al 1988 Republished. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. GLASGOW, Kathleen, and GARNER, Mark 1997 Switch-reference in Ngaanyatjarra. In 1980 Clause-level tagmemes of Burarra. McLellan, Marilyn, ed. Studies in Papers in Australian Linguistics 12. (PL, Aboriginal grammars. (SIL-AAIB A-58) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 37- Occasional Papers 3) Darwin: Summer 82. Institute of Linguistics. 87-99.

GLASS, Amee D (missionary linguist, Alice GLASS, Amee, and HACKETT, Dorothy Springs, NT) 1969 Pitjantjatjara texts. (Australian Aboriginal 1973 Bilingual education for Aborigines: Studies 19, Linguistics Series 17) discussion and proposal. Western Canberra: AlAS. 149pp. (See 1979) Australia: Aboriginal Affairs Planning [Ngaanyatjarra] Authority Newsletter 1 (3): 1-16. [as 1970 Pitjantjatjara grammar: a tagmemic view applied to Ngaanyatjara] of the Ngaanyatjara (Warburton Ranges) 1975 Ngaanyatjarra word list. Darwin: United dialect. (Australian Aboriginal Studies Aborigines Mission, Language Depart­ 34, Linguistics Series 13) Canberra: ment. 58pp. AlAS. 136pp. (Review Lingua 29, Platt; 1976 Four problems in Ngaanyatjarra primer Oceania 44, Sommer) construction. Linguistic Communi­ 1979 Medical phrases from three Western cations (Monash University) 16: 11-19. Desert la nguages: Ngaanyatjarra, 1977 Bilingual education: implementation. In Wa ngkatja, Pitjanytja tjarra. Subiaco, Brumby, E, and Vaszolyi, E, eds WA: Human Sciences Research. 59pp. Language problems and Aboriginal 84 1979 Ngaanyatjarra texts. (Australian Development. 408pp. (Review Language Aboriginal Studies, new series 16) in Central Australia 3, Hoogenraad) Canberra: AlAS. 144pp. (New, revised 1986 Yankunytjatja ra bird names. Alice edn of 1969) Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Development. 9pp. GLASS, Amee, and NEWBERY, Bernard 1987 A basic PitjantjatjaraIYankunytjatjara to 1 988 Ngaanyatjarra word list. Alice Springs: English dictionary. Alice Springs: Ngaanyatjarra Bible Project. 90pp. Institute for Aboriginal Development. 195pp. (Review Australian Journalof GLEDHILL, Ruth (ESL teacher, Darwin, at that Linguistics 8(2), Dixon) time) 1987 English to PitjantjatjaralYankunytjatjara 1989 Structures of discourse: some basic wordlist. Alice Springs: Institute for implications for teachers of Aboriginal Aboriginal Development. 78pp. children. The Aborig inal Childat School 1987 Imparja satellite TV, keeping language 17(4):3-10. strong. Language Maintenance Newsletter 1987(4): 1 -5. GLENN, Edmund S (US Departmentof State) 1988 Review of Liberman, K B, Understand­ 1963 Walbiri and State Department graphics. ing in teraction in central Australia: an AmericanAnthr opologist 65(5): 1113- ethnomethodological study of Australian 1115. [Comments on Munn 1962; Aboriginal people. London: Routledge questions method of evolving writing and Kegan Paul, 1985. Language in systems; see Munn, and Bain] Society (London) 17(1): 113-117. 1988 Verb serialisation and the circumstantial GLOWCZEWSKI, Barbara (Broome WA) construction in Yankunytjatjara. In 1991 Review of Dixon, Bob, 1983 Searching Austin, P, ed. Complex sentence for Aboriginal languages. University of constructions in Australian languages. Queensland Press. L 'Homme 118: 147- Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 177-192. 149. 1989 Issues in natural semantic metalanguage. Quadernidi Semantica GODDARD, Cliff (School of Languages, Cultures 10(1 ):51 -64. [Yankunytjatjara] and Linguistics, University of New 1990 Emergent genres of reportage and England; formerly linguist with SA advocacy in the Pitjantjatjara print Department of Education) media. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1981 A learner's guide to Yankunytja tjara. 1990(2):27-47. Alice Springs: Institute for Aboriginal 1990 The lexical semantics of "good feelings" Development. 48pp. (see also 1993) in Yankunytjatjara. Australian Journalof 1982 Case systems and case marking in Linguistics 10(2):257-292. Australian languages: a new 1991 Anger in the Western Desert: a case interpretation. Australian Journal of study in the cross-cultural semantics of Linguistics 2(2):167-1 96. [Diyari, emotion. Man 26(2):265-279. Yankunytjatjara] (see also Blake 1985) 1991 Testing the translatability of semantic 1982 Pitjantjatja raIYankunytja tjara picture primitives into an Australian Aboriginal vocabulary. Alice Springs: Institute for language. Anthropological Linguistics Aboriginal Development. 115pp. 33(1):31 -56. [Contains 119 words, illustrated, with 1992 PitjantjatjaralYankunytja tjara to English English gloss, and a 6-page introduction] dictionary. 2nd edition. Alice Springs: 1983 A semantically-oriented grammar of the Institute for Aboriginal Development. Yankuny1jatjara dialect of the Western 260pp. (see also 1987) (review Anthro­ Desert language. PhD dissertation, pological Linguistics 33(1 ):96-97, Australian National University. Yengoyan) 1984 Cohesion and switch-reference in 1992 Traditional Yankunytjatjara ways of Yankunytjatjara. Language in Central speaking - a semantic perspective. Australia 1 :35-42. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1984 When to use that apostrophe? Language 12( 1 ):93-122. in Central Australia 3: 11-13. 1993 A learner's guide to Pitjantjatjaral [contractions and elisions in Yankunytja tja ra. Alice Springs: Institute Yankunytjatjara] for Aboriginal Development. 48pp. 1985 A grammar of Yankunytja tjara. Alice 1993 Review of Green, Jenny, 1992 Alya warr Springs: Institute for Aboriginal to English dictionary. Alice Springs: lAD. 85 Australian Journalof Linguistics �ublications. 231 -257. [section on 'ways 13(2):265-270. of speaking' in Yankunytjatjara] 1994 Lexical primitives in Yankunytjatjara. In Goddard, Cliff, and Wierzbicka, Anna, GODFREY, Henry (wheelwright, Buninyong) eds Semantic and lexical universals. 1878 Boort: lower Loddon tribe. In Smyth, R B Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 229-262. The Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. 1994 The Pitjantjatjara story-writing contest, Melbourne. 82. 1988. In Hartman, D and Henderson, J see also Taverner and Godfrey 1878 eds Aboriginal languages in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 31 6-323. GODFREY, Marie P (SIL linguist) 1995 Who are we? The natural semantics of 1964 A tentative outline grammar of Wik­ pronouns. Language Sciences (Bloom­ Munkan. In Oates, W J, et al Gugu­ ington, Indiana) 17(1 ):99-121 [examples Yalanji and Wik-Munkan language from Asian and Australian languages] studies. Canberra: AlAS. 57-78. 1996 Pitjantja tjaraiYankunytjatjara to English 1970 Wik-Munkan verb morphology. In Wurm, dictionary. Revised 2nd edition. Alice S A, and Laycock, D C, eds Pacific Springs: lAD Press. 306pp. linguistic studies in honour of Arthur 1997 Pitjantja tja raiYankunytjatj ara pocket Capell. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. dictionary. (Consultant editors Ellis, 741 -756. Elizabeth, and Cook, Leanne) Alice 1979 Notes on paragraph division in Tiwi. In Springs: lAD Press. Kilham, Christine, ed. Fo ur grammatical 1997 Semantic primes and grammatical sketches: from phrase to paragraph. categories. Australian Jo urnal of Berrimah, NT: SIL. 1-22. Linguistics 17(1 ):1-41 . 1985 Repetition of Tiwi at clause level In Ray, M J, ed. Aboriginal language use in the GODDARD, Cliff, and KALOTAS, Arpad, eds Northern Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: 1988 PU.D.u: Yankunytjatjara plant use: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 1-38. traditional methods of preparing fo ods, 1997 Logical propositions in Modern Tiwi. In medicines, utensils and weapons from McLellan, Marilyn, ed. Studies in native plants. Contributions from Aboriginal grammars. Darwin: SIL-AAIB. Pompey Everard et al. North Ryde: 25-55. Angus & Robertson. 166pp. (Review see also Oates et al 1964; see also Australian Journalof Linguistics 8(2), Sayers and Godfrey 1964 Dixon) GODFREY, Marie, and KERR, Harland B GODDARD, Cliff,and THIEBERGER, Nick 1964 Personal pronouns in Wik-Munkan. In 1997 Lexicographic research on Australian Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on Aboriginal languages, 1968-1 993. In the languages of the Australian Tryon,D, and Walsh, M, eds Boundary Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 13-34. rider: essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. GODWIN, Luke (worked on cultural mapping 175-208. project, Qld; Manager of Cultural Heritage, Department of Environment, GODDARD, Cliff,T JAMPU, Tjapaltjarri, and Rockhampton) EVERARD, Pompey (Yankunytjatjara 1997 Little Big Men: alliance and schism in language assistants) northeastern New South Wales. In 1996 Aboriginal bird names of the Ya nkuny­ McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds tjatjara people of Central Australia. Alice Archaeology and linguistics: Aboriginal Springs: lAD Press. 41 pp. Australia in global perspective. Mel­ see also Tjapaltjarri, Tjampu bourne: Oxford University Press. 297- 309. GODDARD, Cliff, and WIERZBICKA, Anna, eds 1994 Semantic and lexical universals: theory GOEDEMANS, Rob (R W N) (phonologist, Univer­ and empirical fin dings. (Studies in sity of Leiden, worked at ANU in 1996) Language Companion Series 25) 1997 Putting the Mathimathi stress rule in its Amsterdam: John Benjamins. proper perspective. Australian Journalof 1997 Discourse and culture. In Dijk, Teun A Linguistics 17(1 ):43-69. van, ed. Discourse as social interaction. 1998 Weightless segments: a phonetic and (Discourse Studies: a multidisciplinary phonological study concerning the introduction 2) London: Sage metrical irrelevance of syllable onsets. 86 Leiden: Holland Institute of Generative GOLSON, D J (Jack) (Emeritus Professor, Pre­ Linguistics: Landelijke Onderzoekschool history, Australian National University) Taalwetenschap/Netherlands Graduate see Mulvaney and Golson, eds 1971 School of Linguistics. [includes (chapter 6) 'two case studies', on Western GOODALL, W (Manager Aboriginal Station, Aranda and Alyawarra stress, and Framlingham) Mathimathi stress; and Appendix D: 1878 Native names of places in the vicinity of Australian Aboriginal languages by Warrnambool, furnished by H B Lane stress type; an updated version of (qv). In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Goedemans' PhD dissertation, Leiden Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 186-187. University] 1887 Hopkins River. In Curr, E M The Australian ra ce. Melbourne. 3:494-495. GORLACH, Manfred (European pidginist) [Potaruwutj vocabulary; see also that by 1991 Review of Shnukal, Anna, 1988 Broken: Curr] an introduction to the creole la nguage of see also Curr and Goodall 1887, Torres Strait. Canberra: Pacific wherein is a short vocabulary, p 470; Linguistics. English Wo rld-Wide 12:338- see also Lane and Goodall 1878 339. GOODWIN, Thomas Hill (Church Mission Station, GOETZ, Harry , and SUTTON, Peter (Goetz: one of Yelta) the last two speakers of Gugu-Badhun) 1878 Marowra language, spoken by the 1986 Conflicts with native police. (Gugu­ Yaako-yaako tribe. In Smyth, R 8 Th e Badhun story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 2. P, eds This is what happened. Canberra: Melbourne. 74-75. AlAS. 205-215. GORDON, D H GOLDFLAM, Russell (solicitor; research into court 1934 Tasmanian language. Man December, interpreti ng) 200, item 227. 1995 Silence in court: problems and pro­ spects in Aboriginal legal interpreting. In GORDON, G A (Police Magistrate) Eades, D, ed Language in evidence: 1887 Deniliquin. In Curr, EM Th e Australian issues confronting Aboriginal and race. Melbourne. 3:396-397. [Wiradjuri multicultural Australia. 28-54. vocabulary] see also Ah Chee and Goldflam 1982 GORTON F J see Cunningham and Gorton 1886 GOLDSMITH, John (Department of Linguistics, University of Chicago) GOSTELOW, E (Bathurst) 1993 Harmonic phonology. In Goldsmith, 1899 Aboriginal names and their meanings. John, ed. The last phonological rule: Science of Man 2(1 1 ):209. reflections on constraints and derivations. University of Chicago Press. GOTT, Beth, and CONRAN, John (Gott: Botany 21-60. [Lardil data] and Zoology, Monash University) 1991 Vic torian Koorie plants: some plants GOLDSWORTHY, Roger T (sometime Colonial used by Vic torian Koories for food, fibre, SecretaryWA) medicin es and implements. Hamilton: 1886 Champion Bay. In Curr, E M The Yangennanock Women's Group. 71 pp. Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :316-317. [Amangu vocabulary; see also Foley] GOULD, Richard Allan (US anthropologist) 1886 Northampton - Eaw tribe. In Curr, E M 1978 Yiwara: foragers of the Australian desert. Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :314- In Umiker-Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T 315. [Nanda] A, eds Aboriginal sign languages of the 1886 Mount Stirling: Kokar tribe. In Curr, E M Americas and Australia. New York: The Australian ra ce. Melbourne. 1 :384- Plenum Press. 433-434. [63 signs 385. [Nyakinyaki vocabulary] described; comparison with other 1886 York district: Whajook tribe. In Curr, EM Australian sign languages] The Australian ra ce. Melbourne. 1 :336- 340. [see also E Parker, for vocabulary] GOVERNMENT OF QUEENSLAND 1886 Mount Black. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:486-487. 87 [Oriba-Kulba tribe (Marnganji?) Northern Territory University. vocabulary) [Murrinhpatha, after Walsh/Street)

GOVETT, W R (William Romaine) (Assistant GRAHAM, W see W. Williams, Eyre's Sand Patch Surveyor NSW 1827-34) (S WA) [Graham is possibly the same 1835, 1838 Language and hunting. Saturday person as the next] Magazine (London) 7(269):97-99; 10(276):156-158. GRAHAM, W H (William Henry) (pastoralist) 1886 Kojonup and Eticup. In Curr, E M The GOYVAERTS, D L (Belgian linguist, phonologist) Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :348-351. 1983 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, eds [Koreng vocabulary, 349, 350-351; SW 1979 Handbook of Australian la nguages, of WA) volume 1. Canberra: ANU Press. Revue 8elge de Philologie et d'Histoire 61 :750- GRANITES, June (teacher, Yuendumu) 752. 1982 Language situation, Yurntumu (Yuendumu). Ngali December 1982:1 7- GOYVAERTS, D L, ed. 18. [Warlpiri) 1981 Phonology in the 1980's. Ghent: Story­ Scientia. [includes paper by Sommer on GRANITES, Robin Japanangka (worked on the Kunjen) (Review Australian Journalof Warlpiri course) see Laughren et al 1996 Linguistics 2(2), Bavin) GRAY, Brian N (then, Language Education, Can­ GRABER, Philip L (SIL linguist) berra College of Advanced Education; 1987 Kriol in the Barkly Tableland. Australian also Darwin Community College) Aboriginal Studies 1987(2): 14-19. 1984 Teaching creative writing to Aboriginal 1987 The Kriol particlena. Wo rking Papers in children in urban primary schools. In Language and Linguistics (Launceston) McKay, GRand Sommer, B A, eds 21 :1-21 . Further applications of linguistics to 1987 Thematic participants in a Kriol story. Australian Aboriginal contexts. Journalof Pidgin and Creole Languages Melbourne: ALAA. 65-79. (Philadelphia, USA) 2(2):209-227. 1988 Kriol in the Barkly Tableland. In Ray, M GRAY, Charles (Nareeb Nareeb, near Wickliffe) J, ed. Aboriginal language use in the 1878 Words in the dialect of the tribes near Northern Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: Wickliffe. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines Summer Institute of Linguistics. 19-32. of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 58-60. 1997 The factuality system of Kriol. In 1878 Wickliffe: River Hopkins tribe. In Smyth, McLellan, M, ed. Studies in Aboriginal R B Th e Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume grammars. Darwin: SIL-AAIB. 57-61 . 2. Melbourne. 87.

GRAHAM, A (teacher, NT) GRAY, Douglas (language historian) 1983 An experiment in teaching Eastern 1983 Captain Cook and the English Arrernte in Central Australia. Th e vocabulary. In Stanley, E G, and Gray, Aboriginal Child at School 11 (3):3-16. F, eds Five hundred years of words and sounds: a Festschrift for FJ. Dobson. GRAHAM, Beth (Bilingual Education Unit, NT Cambridge: D S Brewer. 49-62. [On Department of Education) Aboriginal loanwords in English) 1986 Language and mathematics in the Aboriginal context: a study of classroom GREEN, Ian (was at Batchelor College NT, now interactions about addition in the early Associate Prof'r of Indigenous Studies years. MEd thesis, Deakin University. and Director Riawunna Centre for Abor­ [use of systemic linguistic theory in iginal Educ'n, University of Tasmania) mathematical discourse) 1981 The phonology and morphology of see also Harris and Graham 1986 Marrithiyel: a preliminarystudy. MA thesis, Australian National University. GRAHAM, Brian Joseph (educationist) 180pp. 1994 Kardu perceptions of schooling: an 1989 Marrithiyel: a language of the Daly River ethnographic study of school-education region of Australia's Northern Territory. held by adults in the Aboriginal PhD dissertation, Australian National community at Wadeye. MEd thesis, University. 88 1991 Review of McGregor, W, 1990 A GREEN, John (Guardian of Aborigines, Yarra functional grammar of Gooniyandi. Flats; Inspector of Victorian Aboriginal Amsterdam: Benjamins. Australian stations) Aboriginal Studies 1 991 (2):74-75. 1878 Yarra and Upper Yarra. In Smyth, R B 1994 Review of Fesl, Eve, 1993 Conned! The Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 2. University of Queensland Press. Melbourne. 90, 98-1 17. [Wuywurrung] Australian Aboriginal Studies 1994(1 ): 1878 Corranderrk: Yarra. In Smyth, R B Th e 60-61. Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Mel­ 1997 Nominal classification in Marrithiyel. In bourne. 98. Harvey,Ma rk, and Reid, Nicholas, eds 1878 Lake Condah tribe. In Smyth, R B The Nominal classification in Aboriginal Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Mel­ Australia. AmsterdamlPhiladelphia:John bourne. 116-1 17. Benjamins. 229-253. 1878 Plants with native names. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. GREEN, Jenny (Jennifer Anne) (Institute for Melbourne. 170-1 72. [identified by Baron Aboriginal Development, Alice Springs, von Mueller, Government Botanist] NT) 1878 Yarra Yarra: Wooeewoorong or Yarra 1984 A learner's guide to Arrernte. Alice tribe. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 90. Development. 831 pp, plus audio 1878 Yarra, Upper Yarra and Westernport. In cassette. (see also 1994) Smyth, R B Th e Aborig ines of Vic toria, 1992 A/yawarr to English dictionary. With volume 2. Melbourne. 99. finderlist. Arandic Languages Dictionary see also Shaw and Green 1878 Program. Alice Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Development. 328pp. (Review GREEN, Rebecca (NT Department of Education, Australian Journalof Linguistics 13(2), Tennant Creek; Barkly Regional Goddard; Aboriginal History 17, Koch; Linguist) see also Australian Journalof Linguistics 1987 A sketch grammar of Burarra. BA (Hons) 15(1), Breen and Green) thesis, Australian National University. 1994 The Alekarenge language program, 1994 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, Alekarenge, NT. In Hartman, D, and 1991 Handbook ofAustralian languages, Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages volume 4. Melbourne: Oxford University in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Press. Australian Aboriginal Studies 56-65. 1 994(1 ):56-58. 1994 A learner's guide to Eastern and Central 1995 A grammar of Gurr-goni (North Central Arrernte. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 97pp, Arnhem Land). PhD dissertation, plus audio cassette. (see also 1984) Australian National University. 1998 Kin and country: aspects of the use of kinterms in Arandic languages. MA GREEN, WM thesis, Department of Linguistics and 1886 Eastern shore of Lake Torrens. In Curr, Applied Linguistics, University of E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2, Melbourne. 126-129. [Green's Kortabina tribe] see also Breen and Green 1995; see 1886 Wonoka. In Curr, E M The Australian also Purle et al 1984 race. Melbourne. 2: 1 24-125. [Jadliaura]

GREEN, Josie, LONG, Nancy, LANE, Daisy, GREENBERG, Joseph H (US linguist) BROWN, Agnes, LANE, Yvonne, 1971 The Indo-Pacific hypothesis. In Sebeok, RENNIE, Marie, and MARTIN, Bertha, T A, ed. Current trends in linguistics 8: with HARTMAN, Deborah (all except Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: Hartman were then studying in the - Mouton. 807-871 . School of Teacher Education, or through 1988 The first person inclusive dual as an the Centre for Aboriginal Languages and ambiguous category. Studies in Linguistics of Batchelor College) Language (Amsterdam) 12: 1-18. [Uses 1994 The Alekarenge language program, Njigina, Tiwi, Bardi and Uradhi data] Alekarenge, NT. In Hartman, D, and 1989 On a metalanguage for pronominal Henderson, J, eds Aborigina/ /anguages systems: a reply to McGregor. Studies in in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Language 13(2):452-458. 56-65. 89 GREENWAY, C C (Charles Capel, son of F H GREY, George (Sir) (explorer, governor, politician, Greenway) (Archdeacon, Canon of keen naturalist, 'studied native Grafton Cathedral; property on Barwon languages' in various countries) River, later Tarro, Hunter Valley) 1839 A vocabulary of the dialects of south ­ 1878 Kamilaroi language and traditions. western Australia. Perth. Journalof the Anthropological Institute 1840 A vocabulary . ... London: Boone. [2nd, 7:233-246. Also in Ridley 1848, 233-246. expanded, edition) [see also MacKenzie) 1845 On the languages of Australia. Journalof 1901 Borah, ''boohra", or ''boorhung". Science the Royal Geographical Society15 . of Man 4(7):117-1 18. 1 859 The lib rary of His Excellency, Sir George 1910-12 Kamilaroi tribe. Science of Man 11(9): Grey, KGB: Philology: volume 2 part 1: 177-178, 11(1 0):197-1 98, 11(12): 236- Philology of Australian Aborigines. 238, 12(1):15-16, 1 2(2):35-36, 12(3):55- London: Trubner. 56, 12(4):76, 12(5):96. (191 1) 12(9):175, 12(10):191 ,13(4):85, 13(5):105, GRIBBLE, Ernest Richard Bulmer (helped 13(6):125, 13(7):150, (1912) 13(9):189. missionary father found Yarrabah 1911 Scripture narratives in Kamilaroi. mission, later ran it; eminent clergyman) Science of Man 13(3):66, 13(4):86, 1896 Linguistics: tribal dialect of Goon-gan-je. 13(5):106, 1 3(6):125-126. Australasian Anthropological Journal 1 (1 ): 13. GREENWAY, Joan 1897 C. Grafton dialect of Goonganji tribe. 1970 Social aspects of cultural change on Australasian Anthropological Journal Groote Eylandt. PhD dissertation, 1(3):16-17. (see also 1912) University of Colorado. 1898 Three songs of Australian Blacks. Science of Man 1 (1 ): 13. GREENWAY, John (US academic, compiled this 1900 Linguistics of the Koo-gun-ji tribe: chief work in Australia 1955-56 on Fulbright camp at Cape Grafton, Queensland. Scholarship; later University of Colorado, Science of Man 3(8): 134-1 35. Boulder) 1903 Aboriginal dialects - Gascoigne River, 1963 Bibliography of the Australian Aborigines W. Australia. Science of Man 6(4):56. and the native peoples of Torres Strait to 1912 C. Grafton dialect of Goonganji tribe. 1959. Sydney: Angus & Robertson. Science of Man 13(10): 211, 13(1 1): 231, 13(12):251. GREER, Bev (teacher at Port Augusta, early '90s) 1990 Cross-age tutoring in Pitjantjajara. In GRIMES, Barbara F, ed. (SIL linguist, USA) Developing Learning Strategies 1 : 13-17. 1988 Australia. In Ethnologue: languages of Hectorville,SA: Languages Inservice the world. 11th edn. Dallas: Summer Program for Teachers (LI PT). Institute of Linguistics. 705-716. [information about 131 languages) GREGORY, Edmund (journalist, Government 1992 Ethnologue . ..12 th edn. 940pp. Aust­ Printer, Qld) ralia, 774-794. [Gives name, location, 1886 Mount Elliott. In Curr, E M Th e classification, number and status of Australian race. Melbourne. 2:448-453. speakers, and extent of Bible translation, [Bindal vocabulary,taken from James for 266 Australian languages) Murrells' [or Morrill's) in a pamphlet by 1996 13th edition. 966pp. Australia 812-831. Gregory, 452-453) [information about 267 languages) 1896 Narrative of James Murrells (Jemmy Morrill) seventeen years exile among the GRIMWADE, George wild blacks of North Queensland. 1975 Narinjari: an outline of the language Brisbane: Gregory. [revised edn of a studied by George Taplin, with Taplin 's 1863 pamphlet; includes short notes and comparative table. Part2. vocabularyfrom Port Denison area) George Taplin and his work on Abori­ ginal languages. (Oceania Linguistic GRESBY, J A Monographs 17(2): 111-145). University 1947 The Numinbah Valley ... Queensland of Sydney. [Part 1 by Yallop) Geographical Journal 51 (7):57-72. see see also Yallop and Grimwade 1975 Supplement on the Aboriginal language of the Valley: Lane, J, 1947) GROOTE EYLANDT LINGUISTICS, and AIATSIS 1993 Eningerribirra -Iangwa jurra. Angurugu, NT: Groote Eylandt Linguistics. 336pp. 90 ["a book about all sorts of things" GUIART, Jean (ethnologist, Pacific area) Anindilyakwa-English topical illustrated 1952 Langues australiennes. In Meillet, A, and dictionary-cum-encyclopedia] Cohen, M Les langues du monde. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche GRO BE, W (linguist, Oriental area) Scientifique. 691 -71 0. [Kabi] 1882 Die Sprache von Errub und Maer. pp 551-536 in Gabelentz, Georg von der, GULARRBANGGA, Rita and Meyer, A B, Beitrage zur Kenntnis 1993 Yan-nhangu dictionary. Milingimbi, NT: der melanesischen, mikronesischen und Literature Production Centre. 34pp. papuanischen Sprache. Abhandlungen der K6niglichen Sachsischen Gesell­ GUMBIRTBIRTDA, Clara McMahon (Wagiman schaffder Wissenschaffen Philo log­ speaker) see Emorrotjba et al 1998 Historischen Klasse (Germany) 8(4):375- 542. [Miriam] GUMBULI, Michael (Kriol in Queensland - informant) see Sandefur et al 1980 GRUHN, Ruth (Departmentof Anthropology, University of Alberta, Canada) GUMMOW, B W (family from Swan HilllEchuca) 1980 On Brace's Australian tooth-size thesis: 1878 Native names of places on the lower a closer look at the linguistic evidence. Murray. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Current Anthropology 21 (6):804-806. Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 175-176. [linguistic evidence for Aboriginal colonisation of Australia shows different GUMMOW, Margaret J (ethnomusicologist) migration pattern from the genetic model 1983 Aboriginal music of New South Wales: proposed by Brace, C L] an exploratory study. BA (Hons) thesis, University of New England. GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C (international literacy 1993 Aboriginal songs from the Bandjalung consultant, Summer Institute of Linguis­ and Gidabal areas of south-eastern tics) see Leeding and Gudschinsky 1974 Australia. PhD dissertation, University of Sydney. (texts; 5 microfiches) GONTHER, James (Archdeacon, Rector of see also Donaldson et al 1998 Mudgee, missionary to Aborigines, learned Wirradhuri language) GUMUGUN, Sam (song cycle performer) see 1873 Report on Australian languages and Clunies Ross and Wild 1982 traditions. Journalof the Anthropolo­ gical lnstitute 2:289. [included in a longer GUNN, Jeannie (daughter Baptist minister; teach­ reportby Ridley, qv] Reprinted [under er; married Aeneas Gunn, manager of Gunther] in Curr, E M Th e Australian The Elsey station, NT; after only 13 race. Melbourne. 3 (1887), 364, 368- months he died; she returned to Mel­ 369. [Castlereagh River, Talbragar, bourne and wrote her two famous books, Mudgee (Wiradjuri) vocabulary] Th e little black princess, and We of the 1892 Grammar and vocabulary of the Never-Nevel') Aboriginal dialect called the Wirradhuri. 1905 Th e little black princess: a true tale of life In Threlkeld, L E, An Australian in the Never-Never land.London: language as spoken by the Awabaka/, Alexander Moring/Melbourne: Melville the people of Awaba or Lake Macquarie and Mullen. 107pp. (Many furtheredns, ... Sydney. Appendix D. 56-120. listed to 1970 in Marcie Muir's A (compiled ca 1840) bibliography of Australian children's books). [Northern Territory Pidgin GUERSSEL, Mohamed, HALE, Kenneth , English, well reported,throughou t] LAUGHREN, Mary, LEVIN, Beth, and WHITE EAGLE, Josie (Guerssel: GUNSON, Niel, ed. (Australian historian) Massachusetts Institute of Technology) 1974 Australian reminiscences & papers of L 1985 A cross-linguistic study of transitivity E Th relkeld, missionary to the alternations. Papers of the Chicago Aborigines, 1824- 1859. Edited by Niel Linguistic Society 21, part2: Papers Gunson. (Australian Aboriginal Studies from the Parasession on Causatives and 40) Canberra: AlAS. 2 volumes. 380pp. Agentivity. Chicago Linguistic Society. Awabakal references] 48-63. [Includes Warlpiri data] 91 GURIMANGU (Yolngu speaker) see Lowell et al 1887 Gippsland. In Curr, E M The Australian 1997 race. Melbourne. 3:554-555. [Brabrolung (Gurnai) vocabulary) GURRMANAMANA, Frank (song cycle performer) see Clunies Ross and Wild 1982 ' HAIMAN, John (linguist, University of Winnipeg, Canada) GURRUWIWI, Anne Warrayak (teacher, Elcho 1972 Phonological targets and unmarked Island) st ructures. Language 48(2):365-377. 1982 Galiwin'ku (Elcho Island). Ngali [includes comments on Olgolo syllable December 1982: 14. [Galpu and English) structure) 1 986 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1981 Nunggubuyu myths and ethnographic H texts. Canberra: AlAS; 1982 HACKETT, David E (Police Constable) Nunggubuyu dictionary. Canberra: AlAS; 1984 Functional grammar of 1886 Y?rk district: Ballardong or Ballerdokking tribe. In Curr, EM Th e Australian race. Nunggubuyu. Canberra: AlAS. Melbourne. 1 :342-345. [Balardong Language 62(3):654-663. vocabulary344-345 ) HAl MAN, John, and MUNRO, Pamela, ed HACKETT, Dorothy (United Aborigines Mission 1983 Switch-reference and universal linguist) see Glass and Hackett 1969, grammar: proceedings of a symposium 1970, 1979, 1979 on Switch Reference and Universal Grammar, Winnipeg, May 1981. HADDON, A C (Alfred) (anthropologist, organised Amsterdam! Philadelphia: John 1907 Cambridge University expedition to Benjamins. Torres Straits) 1890 The ethnography of the western tribe of HAINES, John (JP; Elderslie, Western River) Torres Straits. Journalof the 1887 Western River. In Curr, E M Th e Anthropological Institute of Great Britain Australian race. Melbourne. 3:16-1 7. and Ireland 19(3):297-440. 1907 The gesture language of the Eastern HAINES, William Islanders of Torres Straits. In Reports of 1886 Country about sixty miles north-west the Cambridge Anthropological from a point on the Darling midway Exp edition ...3:261 -262. between Menindee and Wilcannia. In 1978 The gesture language of the Eastern Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ Islanders. Reprint of 1907, in Umiker­ bourne. 2:174-175. [Wiljakali vocabulary) Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, Aboriginal sign-languages of the HALE, Herbert M, and TIN DALE, Norman B (Hale Americas and Australia . New York: zoologist/anthropologist) Plenum Press. 323-324. 1933-34 Aborigines of Princess Charlotte Bay, aee also Ray and Haddon 1893-97, North Queensland. Records of the South 1897 Australian Museum 5(1 ):63-1 16; 5(2) (1934):117-172. [Message sticks, HAGENAUER, F A (Reverend) (Lake Wellington vocabularies of Mutumui, Walmbaria, Mission Station, Gippsland) Koko-Lamalama, Barunguan) 1878 Lake Wellington dialects. In Smyth, R B The Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 2. HALE, Horatio E (US ethnographer, philologist; Melbourne. 92-93, 97-98. visited missions at Wellington and Lake 1878 Language of the natives of the Pine Macquarie; his written theories based on Plain tribe, northWimmera, and those developed there) generally understood in the Western 1846 Reports of the United States Exp loring District, the Loddon, and Swan Hill. In Exp edition, under the command of Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, Charles Wilkes, volume 6: Ethnography volume 2. Melbourne. 39-48. Also in and Philology. New York: Lea and Mathew 1898:1 79-1 83. Blanchard. 479-531 concern Australia. 1878 Native names of places in the vicinity of 1891 Language as a test of mental capacity. Lake Wellington, Gippsland. In Smyth, R Transactions of the Royal Society of B The Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Canada 9: 77-112. Also in Journal ofthe Melbourne. 190-1 91 . Anthropological Institute 21 :413-455 (1892). 92 1968 Ethnography and philology. Ridgewood, Australian example. In Sebeok, T A, ed. New Jersey: Gregg Press. 479-531. Current trends in linguistics 8: Linguistics (Reprint of the 1846 edition) in Oceania. The Hague: Mouton. 401 - 458. HALE, Kenneth L (Massachusetts Institute of 1973 Person marking in Walbiri. In Anderson, Technology, USA) S R, and Kiparsky, Paul, eds A 1962 Internal relationships in Arandic of Festschrift for Morris Halle. New York: Central Australia. In Capell, A Some Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 308-344. linguistic typ es in Australia. University of 1974 Warlpiri-English vocabulary: an Sydney. 171-185. elementary dictionary of the Warlpiri 1964 Classification of northern Paman language. (Massachusetts Institute of languages, Cape York Peninsula, Technology) Alice Springs: Institute for Australia: a research report. Oceanic Aboriginal Development. 97pp. Linguistics 3(2):248-265. (see also 1975 Gaps in grammar and culture. In O'Grady et al 1966, pp 162-1 76) Kincade, M D et ai, eds 1975, Linguistics 1965 Australian languages and transform­ and anthropology: in honor of C. F. ational grammar. Linguistics 16:32-41. Vo egelin. Lisse: The Peter de Ridder [Examples from Lardil] Press. 295-315. 1965 On the use of informants in field work. 1976 The adjoined relative clause in Australia. Canadian Jo urnal ofLi nguistics 10: 108- In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical 119. categories in Australian languages. 1966 Kinship reflections in syntax: some Canberra: AlAS. 78-1 05. [Walbiri] Australian languages. Wo rd 22:31 8-324. 1976 Dja:bugay. In Dixon, R M W, ed. [Lardil] Grammatical categories in Australian 1966 Linngithigh. In O'Grady, G N, Voegelin, languages. Canberra: AlAS. 321-326 C F, and Voegelin, F M, eds Languages (Topic B). of the world: Indo-Pacific fascicle six. 1976 Linguistic autonomy and the linguistics Anthropological Linguistics 8(2). 176- of Carl Voegelin. Anthropological 197. Linguistics 18(3): 120-128. 1966 The Paman group of the Pama-Nyungan 1976 On ergative and locative suffixial phylic family. In O'Grady, G N, Voegelin, alternations in Australian languages. In C F, and Voegelin, F M, eds Languages Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical of the world: Indo-Pacific fascicle six. categories in Australian languages. Anthropological Linguistics 8(2). 162- Canberra: AlAS. 414-41 7. 197. 1976 Phonological developments in a 1967 Some productive rules in Lardil Northern Paman language: Uradhi. In (Mornington Island) syntax. Papers in Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape Australian Linguistics 2. (PL, A-1 1) York. Canberra: AlAS. 41-49. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 63-73. 1976 Phonological developments in particular 1 968 Review of Nyangumata grammar, by Northern Paman languages. In Sutton, Geoffrey N O'Grady, 1964 University of Peter, ed. Languages of Cape York. Sydney. Language 44: 174-1 81 . Canberra: AlAS. 7-40. 1970 The passive and ergative in language 1976 TYa.pukay (Djaabugay). In Sutton, Peter, change: the Australian case. In Wurm, S ed. Languages of Cape York. Canberra: A, and Laycock, DC, eds Pacific AlAS. 236-242. linguistic studies in honour of Arthur 1976 Wik reflections of Middle Paman Capel/. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. phonology. In Sutton, Peter, ed. 757-781 . Languages of Cape York. Canberra: 1971 A note on a Walbiri tradition of AlAS. 50-60. antonymy. In Steinberg, D, and 1981 On the position of Wa lbiri in a typ ology Jakobovits, L, eds Semantics. of the base. Bloomington: Indiana Cambridge: University Press. 472-482. University Linguistics Club. 59pp. 1972 Some questions about anthropological 1981 Preliminary remarks on the grammar of linguistics: the role of native knowledge. part-whole relations in Warlpiri. In Holly­ In Hymes, Deli, ed. Reinventing man, Jim, and Pawley, Andrew, eds anthropology. New York: Pantheon Studies in Pacific linguistics in honour of Books. 382-397. [cites Bani and Klokeid Bruce Biggs. Auckland: Linguistic on Mabuiag] Society of New Zealand. 333-344. 1973 Deep-surface canonical disparities in relation to analysis and change: an 93 1982 The logic of Damin kinship terminology 1989 On nonconfigurational structures. In (Appendix by Ellen Woolford). In Heath, Maracz, L K, and Muysken, P, eds J, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds The Configurationality: the typ ology of languages of kinship in Aboriginal asymmetries. Dordrecht: Foris. 293-300. Australia. University of Sydney. 31-39. 1990 Ngarluma vocabulary, English-Ngarluma 1982 Preliminary remarks on configuration- vocabulary. PortHedland: Wangka ality. In Pustejovsky, J, and Sells, P, eds Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Language Proceedings of the twelfth annual Centre. meeting of the North Eastern Linguistics 1990 Wa r/p iri to English vocabulary. Alice Society, 1982. Amherst Massachusetts: Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Graduate Linguistic Student Assoc- Development. 97+ 14pp. iation. 86-96. [uses Warlpiri data] 1992 Basic word order in two '1ree word 1982 Review of Breen, J G, 1981 Th e Mayi order" languages. In Payne, Doris L, ed. languages of the Queensland Gulf Pragmatics of word order flexibility. country. Canberra: AlAS. Amsterdam'Philadelphia:John Anthropological Linguistics 24(3):372- Benjamins. 63-82. 376. [presents a list of 57 tentative 1992 Introduction: on endangered languages Proto-Pama-Nyungan reconstructed and the safeguarding of diversity. In lexical items reflected in the Mayi Endangered languages and their languages and widely attested preservation ... Papersfrom the elsewhere, especially in the western part Endangered Languages Panel, 65th of Australia]. Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society 1982 Some essential features of Warlpiri of America (January 3, 1991 , Chicago). verbal clauses. In Swartz,S M, ed. Language 68(1 ): 1 -3. Papers in Warlpiri grammar in memory 1992 Language endangerment and the human of Lothar Jagst. Darwin: Summer value of linguistic diversity. In Institute of Linguistics. 217-315. see Endangered languages ... Language also Wafer 1982. 68(1 ):35-42. [Discusses phonology and 1983 A lexicographic study of some Australian lexicon of Lardil and Damin] languages: project description. In Austin, 1992 Subject obviation, switch reference, and P, ed. Papers in Australian linguistics control. In Larson, R K, latridou, S, No. 15: Australian Aboriginal Lahiri, U, and Higginbotham, J, eds lexicography. Canberra: Pacific Control and grammar. (Studies in Linguistics. 71-107. linguistics and philosophy 48) Dordrecht: 1983 Warlpiri and the grammar of non- Kluwer. 51-77. configurational languages. Natural 1994 Core structures and adjunctions in Language and Linguistic Th eory1 (1 ):5- Warlpiri syntax. In Corver, N, and 47. Riemsdijk, H van, eds Studies on 1984 Remarks on creativity in Aboriginal scrambling, movement and non- verse. In Kassler, J, and Stubington, J, movement approaches to free word- ads Problems and solutions: occasional order phenomena. Hawthorne, New essays in musicology presented to Alice York: Walter de Gruyter. 185-219. M Moyle. Sydney: Hale and Iremonger. 1995 An elementary Wa rlpiri dictionary. 254-262. [On Aranda and Warlpiri song Revised edition. Alice Springs: lAD language] Press. 52pp. 1985 Review of Dixon, Bob, 1983 Searching 1997 A Linngithigh vocabulary. In Tryon, 0 for Aboriginal languages: memoirs of a and Walsh, M, eds Boundaryrider: field worker. St. Lucia: University of essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Queensland Press. American Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 209-246. Ethnologist 12: 159-1 60. 1997 Remarks on Lardil phonology and 1986 Notes on world view and semantic morphology. In Ngakulmungan Kangka categories: some Warlpiri examples. In Leman Lardil dictionary. Gununa: Muysken, P, and Riemsdijk, H J van, Mornington Shire Council. 12-56. eds Features and projections. Dordrecht: 1997 Some observations on the contributions Foris. 233-254. of local languages to linguistic sciences. 1986 On configurational structures. ASJU: Lingua 100:71-89 [Includes examples Annuario del Semina rio de Filologia from Lardil] Vasca "Julio de Urquijon(Dono stia, San 1998 On endangered languages and the Sebastian) 20(2):351-358. [Warlpiri] importance of linguistic diversity. In Grenoble, Lenore A, and Lindsey, J 94 Whaley, eds En dangered languages. 1976 Methods of negation in Kuuk Thaayorre. Cambridge: University Press. 192-216. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape see also Bittner and Hale 1995, 1996, York. Canberra: AlAS. 299-307. 1996, 1998; see also Farmer et al 1986; 1976 Morphological categories of nouns in see also Guerssel et al 1985; see also Kuuk Thaayorre. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Laughren et al 1996; see also O'G rady Languages of Cape York. Canberra: and Hale 1975; see also O'Grady, Wurm AlAS. 308-314. and Hale 1 966 see also Foote and Hall 1983, 1992, 1993, 1 995 HALE, Kenneth, and DANIEL, Tootsie 1990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: HALL, Harold Aubrey (Andover Station and Ngarluma. Port Hedland, WA: Wangka Cossack near Roebourne) Maya. 14pp. 1971 A partial vocabularyof the Ngalooma Aboriginal tribe. With concordance and HALE, K L, and staff of Institute for Aboriginal commentaryby C. G. von Brandenstein. Development (Australian Aboriginal Studies 46, 1990 Warlpiri to English vocabulary with Linguistics Series 18) Canberra: AlAS. grammatical sketch and English to 82pp. (Review AUMLA 38, Tryon) War/piri wordlist. Alice Springs: lAD. HALL, Robert A, Jr (US pidginistlcreolist) HALE, K L, and staff of Wangka Maya, Pilbara 1943 Notes on Australian Pidgin English. Aboriginal Language Centre Language 19:263-267. 1990 A wordlist of Ngarluma. PortHedland, 1966 Pidgin and creole languages. Ithaca: WA: Wangka Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Cornell University Press. [pp 151-152: Language Centre. NT pidgin]

HALE, Kenneth L, LAUGHREN, Mary, and HALLE, Morris, and VERGNAUD, Jean-Roger SIMPSON, Jane H (Halle: US linguist) 1993 Warlpiri syntax. In Jacobs, J, Stech ow, A 1987 An essay on stress. (Current studies in van, Sternfeld, Wand Vennemann, T, Linguistics, 15) Cambridge, Massachu­ eds Syntax: ein in ternationales setts: M IT Press. 312pp. [Theory of Handbuch zeitgenossischer Forschung / stress applied, inter alia, to Diyari, an internationalhand book of Garawa, Maranungku, Western Aranda contemporaryresearch , volume 2: and Yidiny] Syntactic sketches. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter. 1430-1451. HAMILTON, J E (James) (J P; Dunwich) see Watkin and Hamilton 1887 HALE, Kenneth L, and NASH, David 1997 Damin and Lardil phonotactics. In Tryon, HAMILTON, Philip James (Canadian linguist) 0, and Walsh, M, eds Boundaryrider: 1989 Australian phonotactics and the internal essays in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. structure of the place node. MA thesis, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 247-259. University of Toronto, Canada. 1992 Active articulators and the effect of HALL, Allen H (former missionary in Solomons; multivalency in Australian phonotactics. then University of Queensland) Cahiers Linguistiques d'Ottawa 20:44- 1968 A depth-study of the Thaayorre 71. language of the Edward River tribe, 1993 Intrinsic markedness relations in Cape York Peninsula: being a segment structure. Toronto Working description of the phonology with a brief Papers in Linguistics 12(2):79-95. grammatical outline and samples of 1993 On the internal structure of the coronal lexicon and oral literature. MA thesis, node. Proceedings - Eastern States University of Queensland. 353pp. Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 1972 A study of the Thaayorre language of the 10: 129-1 40. [data drawn from Australian Edward River tribe, Cape York Aboriginal languages] Peninsula, Queensland: being a 1995 Constraints and markedness in the description of the grammar. PhD phonotactics of Australian Aboriginal dissertation, University of Queensland. languages. PhD dissertation, University 638pp. of Toronto. 1995 Vowel phonotactic positions in Australian Aboriginal languages. In Ahlers, J, et ai, 95 eds Proceedings of the Twenty-First HANCOCK, Ian F (f ormerly of University of Texas Annual Meeting of the Berkeley at Austin, specialising in pidgins and Linguistics Society. Berkeley, California: creoles) see Reinecke et al 1975 Berkeley Linguistics Society. 129-140. 1996 Phonetic constraints and markedness in HANDELSMANN, Robert (Melbourne linguist, has the phonotactics of Australian Aborigi­ worked in Kakadu and Arnhem Land) nal languages. Toronto Working Papers 1991 Towards a description of Amurdak: a in Linguistics Dissertation Series. language of northernAustralia. Honours 1999 Phonetic constraints and markedness in sub-thesis, Departmentof Linguistics, the phonotactics of Australian Aboriginal University of Melbourne. 116pp. languages. (To be published by Pacific 1994 Recording of oral culture relating to the Linguistics) East Alligator area. Report to the Australian Nature Conservation Agency. HAMLYN-HARRIS, Ronald (entomologist, teacher 75pp. [includes four texts in Amurdag Toowoomba Grammar School, later with English translations] director of the Qld museum) 1996 Needs survey of community languages 1918 On messages and "message sticks" 1996: Central ArnhemLand , Northern employed among the Queensland Territory (Maningrida and Outstations). Aborigines. Memoirs of the Queensland Report to the Aboriginal and Torres Srait Museum 6:13-36. Islander Commission. 34pp.

HAMMEL, E A (Eugene A) (US anthropologist) HANLON, WE (settler at Logan, parents came 1966 A factor theoryfor Arunta kinship from Manchester 1863) terminology. Berkeley/Los Angeles: 1935 Aboriginal word building [and] University of California Press. (Review vocabulary. Journal ofthe Historical American Anthropologist 69, Lane) Society of Queensland 2(5):240-262. 1935 Origin of place names. Journalof the HAMMOND, H, and O'BYRNE, James (Hammond, Historical Society of Queensland Henry William, JP) (Balonne) 2(5):236-240. 1887 The Balonne, Baleandoon, Nogara, and Nerran Rivers, and Weir and Moonie HANSEN, Kenneth C (Ken) (SIL linguist, Papunya Rivers. In Curr, E M The Australian race. via Alice Springs) Melbourne. 3:258-263. [Yualyai 1983 Translating for the Pintupi. Lutheran vocabularies: Hammond's 258-261, Theological Journal(N orthAdelaide, SA) O'Byrne's 262-263] 17(1):13-23. Reprinted in Nungalinya Occasional Bulletin (1984) 22:1-1 1. HAMMOND, Michael Theodore (University of 1984 Communicability of some Western California, Los Angeles) Desert communilects. In Hudson, J, and 1986 The obligatory-branching parameter in Pym, N, eds Language survey. Darwin: metrical theory. Natural Language and SIL. 1-112. Linguistic Th eory 4: 185-228. [Includes discussion of stress in Pintupi and HANSEN, Kenneth C, and HANSEN, Lesley E Bandjalang] 1969 Pintupi phonology. Oceanic Linguistics 8(2): 1 53-1 70. HAMPTON, Erica Nangala (Kalkaringi school) 1974 Pin tupi dictionary. Darwin: SIL-AAB. 1987 Languages uses in the community of 451 pp. (2nd edn 1977, as PintupilLuritja Kalkaringi. In Aboriginal teachers write dictionary, Alice Springs: Institute for about their community languages. Aboriginal Development, 277pp) Batchelor College Aboriginal Teacher (Review Language 55, Dixon) Education, NT. 60-84. [Gurindji] 1 975 Th e core of Pintupi grammar. Alice 1990 Aboriginal English/Standard English Springs: Institute for Aboriginal dialects. In Walton, Christine, and Development. 254pp. (prepared with the Eggington, William, eds Language: assistance of Tjupurrula, J Y, and maintenance, power and education in Tjapaltjarri, Tjampu; 2nd edn 1978) Australian Aboriginal contexts. Darwin: (Review Language 57, Dixon) Northern Territory University Press. 179- 1977 PintupilLuritja dictionary. 2nd edition. 182. Alice Springs: lAD. 277pp. 1992 PintupilLuritja dictionary. 3rd edition. Alice Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Development. 267pp. 96 HANSEN, K C, HANSEN, L E, with (Wirangiroh natives); Coraki (Jawhum TJAPAL TJ ARRI, Tjampu Jere) approximately 100 words; Casino 1974 Pintupi kinship. Alice Springs: Institute (Kog-ung) approximately 80; Coraki for Aboriginal Development. 44pp. (Yawkum-Yere) approximately 200; 1983 Pintupi language learning course. 2nd Ballina, Richmond River (Buggul) edn. Alice Springs: Institute for approximately 100; Lismore (Waibra) Aboriginal Development. 208pp + 8 approximately 50; Woolgoolga audio cassettes. (1 st edn 1976) approximately 60. [Bandjalang; Yaygir]

HANSEN, K C, HANSEN, L E, with HARGRAVE, Susanne (SIL anthropologist, now TJAPALTJARRI, Tjampu, and Susanne Hagan, currently in Russia) T JAKAMARRA, Ginger 1982 A report on colour term research in five 1979 PintupilLuritja kinship. Revised edn. Aboriginal languages. In Hargrave, S, Alice Springs: lAD. 43pp. ed. Language and culture. (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, B8) Darwin: SIL. 201-226. HANSEN, Lesley E (SIL linguist) 1986 Symbolism and sacramental ism. Notes 1983 Pintupi forms and their implications for on Anthropology and Intercultural literacy. Notes on Literacy (SIL) 39:8-9. Community Work 6-7:21-29. SIL. see also Hansen and Hansen 1969, 1994 Australian Aboriginal Christianity: 1974, 1975, 1992, see also Hansen et al language and identity. In Hunters and 1974, 1979, 1 983 gatherers in the modern context, volume 1. Moscow. 256-271. [terminology for HANSFORD, Brian (English Dept, University of 'God" in various Aboriginal languages] New England) see Davidson, Hansford and Moriarty 1983 HARGRAVE, Susanne, ed. 1981 Literacy in an Aboriginal context. (Work HARDCASTLE, Thomas W (farmer, Dugandan; Papers of SIL-AAB, B6) Darwin: Sum­ befriended Aborigines in area) mer Institute of Linguistics. 1947 A vocabulary of the Yaggarabul 1982 Language and culture. (Work Papers of language. Queensland Geographical SIL-AAB, B8). Darwin: Summer Institute Journal 51 :21 -28. of Linguistics. 226pp.

HARGRAVE, Edward (Reverend) HARKINS, Jean (Postdoctoral Research Fellow, 1903 Aboriginal dialects. Science of Man Languages, Cultures and Linguistics, 6(1 ):6-9 (Bellinger River language, University of New England) approximately 90 words; Woodenbong, 1984 Arrernte re-analysis of English. head of Clarence River (Noowidal tribe) Language in Central Australia 1 :43-50. approximately 80 words; 11 words used 1986 Semantics and the language learner: by Maclean natives, with comments by Warlpiri particles. Jo urnalof Pragmatics Mr Bowden [probably Thomas Bawden]; 10:559-573. approximately 80 words used by natives 1988 English as a 'two-way' language in Alice of Tabulam, Wathum and Thaubin; Springs. MA thesis, Australian National approximately 100 words used at University. Taddedno by Wathum Therubim natives; 1990 Shame and shyness in the Aboriginal Copmanhurst vocabulary of approx­ classroom: a case for "practical imately 120 words (Woomargou tribe); semantics". Australian Journalof Clarence River at Grafton, approximately Linguistics 10(2):293-306. 50 words (Alpundimbo).) [Gumbaynggir; 1993 Bridging two worlds: Aboriginal English Bandjalang] and crosscultural understanding. St 1903 Aboriginal dialects. Science of Man Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 6(2):24-27. (Vocabularies collected by (Review Aboriginal Law Bulletin 3(69), John Evans: Casino (Kogung natives Morrow; Australian Journal of Lingu­ approx 180 words; Brunswick (Heads) istics 14(1), Simpson) approximately 120 words; Tweed Heads 1995 Desire in language and thought: a study - 33 words; Cudgen (Cudgingberry) in crosscultural semantics. PhD approximately 130 words; Ballina dissertation, Australian National (Buggul) approximately 120 words. University. 308pp. 1903 Aboriginal dialects. Science of Man 1996 Linguistic and cultural differences in 6(3):39-42; 6(4):54-55. (approximately concepts of shame. In Parker, R, 120 words from Murwillumbah Dalziell, R, and Wright, I, eds Shame 97 and the modern self. Melbourne: burger FrOhlingstagung fOr Linguistik. Australian Scholarly Publishing. 84-96. Tubingen: Gunter Narr. 255-267. see also Pauwels, Eades, Harkins 1998 HARRIS, Dave, and DONALDSON, Tamsin HARKINS, Jean, and WIERZBICKA, Anna (Harris: Ngiyambaa (Wangaaypuwan) 1997 Language: a key issue in emotion speaker from western NSW) research. Innovation: Th e European 1986 The origin of Cobar. (Ngiyambaa Journalof Social Sciences 1 O( 4):319- (Wangaaypuwan) story). In Hercus, L, 331 . and Sutton, P, eds This is what happened. Canberra: AlAS. 77-81. HARKINS, Jean, and WILKINS, David P 1994 Mparntwe Arrernte and the search for HARRIS, John W (Reverend; education, Northern lexical universals. In Goddard, C, and Territory University; creolist) Wierzbicka, A, eds Semantic and lexical 1978 Speaking English - understanding the universals. Amsterdam: John Aboriginal learner's problems. Th e Benjamins. 285-310. Aboriginal Child at School 6:25-33. 1982 Bilingual education in the Northern HARPER, Charles (agriculturalist at the De Grey, Territory: a sharp tool easily blunted. legislator, newspaper proprietor, fluent in Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Aboriginal languages) S 1 :25-59. 1886 The mouth of the De Grey River: the 1982 Facts and fallacies of Aboriginal number Ngurla tribe. In Curr, E M Th e Australian systems. In Hargrave, S, ed. Language race. Melbourne. 1 :287-293. [Vocabulary and culture. Darwin: SIL. 153-1 81. 292-293 (Ngurla)] 1984 Language contact, pidgins and the emergence of Kriol in the Northern HARPER, Helen A (Centre for Australian Territory: theoretical and historical Languages and Linguistics, Batchelor perspectives. PhD dissertation, Univer­ College, Batchelor NT) sity of Queensland. (see also 1986) 1992 Injinoo Ikya wordlis t. St Lucia: Depart­ 1985 Contact languages at the Northern Ter­ ment of Anthropology, University of ritory Britishmili tary settlements 1824- Queensland. 54pp. 1849. Aboriginal History 9(2):148-169. 1996 Having language and getting language 1986 Creoles - new languages and an old back: traditional use of language in debate. Journalof Christian Education Injinoo today. Australian Aboriginal 85:9-22. [Kriol] Studies 19(1 ):34-44. 1986 Norlhern Territorypidgins and the origin of Kriol. (PL, C-89) Canberra: Pacific HARPER, Walter R Linguistics. 41 8pp. (Review Aboriginal 1897 Linguistics: Bellenger River dialect. History 12, Shnukal) [has detailed Australasian Anthropological Journal index] 1(6):123 (May 31 ). 1987 Aboriginal languages in church and 1902 A corroboree song. Science of Man school: an analysis of the Northern 5(1 1):175. Territory experience: Part I: from the first missions to the 1940s. Journal of HARRADINE, Lionel L (Brambuk Incorporated) Chris tia n Education 90:1 9-33. see Clark and Harradine 1990 1987 Australian Aboriginal and Islander mathematics. Australian Aboriginal HARRIS, Alice C (US linguist: Indo-European, Studies 1987(2):29-37. Caucasian languages) 1988 Kriol and the Kriol 'Holi Baibul'. In Swain, 1997 Review article of Dixon,R M W, 1994, T, and Rose, 0 B, eds Aboriginal Ergativity (Language 55(1 )). Language Australians and Christian missions. 73(2):359-374. Bedford Park, SA: Australian Association for the Study of Religions. 412-421 . HARRIS, Barbara P, and O'GRADY, Geoffrey N 1988 North Australian Kriol: historical per­ 1976 An analysis of the progressive spectives and new directions. Australian morpheme in Umpila verbs: a revision of Review of Applied Linguistics 11 (1): 1-8. a former attempt. In Sutton, Peter, ed. 1988 NorthernTerritory Pidgin English: a lex­ Languages of Cape York. Canberra: ical study. English World- Wide 9:77-99. AlAS. 165-212. 1991 Kriol - the creation of a new language. In 1977 The Umpila "progressive" re-examined. Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in In Drachman, G, ed. Aktender 2. Salz- 98 Australia. Cambridge: University Press. 1977 Vernacular literacy programs within 195-203 (Chapter 12). bilingual education in Australian 1992 Language and environment: Aboriginal Aboriginal schools. Read 12: 128-131 . and English perspectives. Australian [Gudschinsky method] Journal of Ea rly Childhood 17(4):40-43. 1993 Losing and gaining a language: the story HARRIS, Stephen G (lecturer in Education, of Kriol in the Northern Territory. In Northern Territory University) Walsh, Michael, and Yallop, Colin, eds 1977 Beyond common sense in bilingual Language and culture in Aboriginal education. In Brumby, E, and Vaszolyi, Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies E, eds Language problems and Press. 145-154. Aboriginal education . Perth: Mt Lawley 1994 Aboriginal languages in church and CAE. 116-138. school: an analysis of the Northern 1977 Milingimbi Aboriginal learning contexts. Territory experience. Series of three PhD dissertation, University of New parts: Part2: From the 1940s to 1973. Mexico, Albuquerque. 591pp. (see also Journal ofCh ristian Education 37(2): 39- his 1984) 51. 1978 Traditional Aboriginal education methods see also Sandefur and Harris 1986 applied to the classroom. Australian Journal of Early Childhood 3(4): 17-23. HARRIS, John, and SANDEFUR, John R [used to provide bicultural as well as 1983 Creole languages and the use of Kriol in bilingual education for Aboriginal NorthernTe rritory schools. Unicorn: children] Bulletin of the Australian College of 1980 More haste less speed: time and timing Education 9(3):249-264. for language programs in Northern Ter­ 1984 The creole language debate and the use ritoryAboriginal bilingual education. The of creoles in Australian schools. The Aboriginal Child at School 8(4):23-43. Aboriginal Child at School 12(1 ):8-29. 1982 Bilingual education in the Northern [Includes section on the origin of Kriol] Territory: a sharp tool easily blunted? 1985 Kriol and multilingualism. In Clyne, Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Michael G, ed. Australia, meeting place 5(1 ):25-59. [Assessment of the of languages. Canberra: Pacific programme; includes information on Linguistics. 257-264. which Aboriginal languages have been involved] HARRIS, Joy Kinslow (linguist, formerly of Texas; 1984 Culture and learning: tradition and crosscultural awareness teacher) education in North-east ArnhemLand. 1968 Linguistics and Aboriginal education: a Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic Highlands, New practical use of linguistic research in Jersey: Humanities Press. 193pp. [Part Aboriginal education in the Northern 3. The sociolinguistics of Aboriginal Territory. Australian Territories 8(1 0):24- communication: Milingimbi rules of 34. interpersonal speech] (see also his 1969 Descriptive and comparative study of the 1977). Gunwingguan languages, Northern 1987 Yolngu rules of interpersonal Territory. PhD dissertation, Australian communication. In Edwards, W E, ed. National University, Canberra. 169pp. Tra ditional Aboriginal society: a reader. 1969 Preliminarygrammar of Gunbalang. Melbourne: Macmillan. 1-9. [Reprinted Papers in Australian Linguistics 4. (PL, from Oeveloping Education 4(5) A-17) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-49 (1 977):23-29; also in Nungalinya + 2 maps. Occasional Bulletin 25:1 -9, 1985] 1970 Gunkurrng, a mother-in-law language. In 1990 Parables in language maintenance. The Wurm, S A, and Laycock, 0 C, eds Aboriginal Child at Schoo/ 18( 4 ):3-9. Pacific linguistic studies in honour of [Gupapuyngu, Kriol] Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific 1990 Two way Aboriginal schooling: educ­ Linguistics. 783-789. ation and cultural survival. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 176pp. HARRIS, Pamela J (linguist; was teacher at (Review International Journalof the Yuendumu) Sociology of Language 95, Auerbach) 1977 Vernacular literacy programme within 1991 Reply to McConvell's two-way blind alley bilingual education in Aboriginal schools. paper. Australian Aboriginal Studies Read 12:43-48. 1991 (2):19-26. 99 1994 Teaching Aboriginal languages in HART, C W M, and PILLING, A R Aboriginal schools: some issues. In 1960 Th e Tiwi of north Australia. New York: Hartman, D, and Henderson, J, eds Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Aboriginal la nguages in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 129-139. HART, N W M (teacher) 1995 Evolution of bilingual education theory in 1973 A task analysis approach to language Northern Territory Aboriginal schools. programming. In Kearney, G E et ai, eds InternationalJournal of the Sociology of Th e psychology of Aboriginal Language 113: 7 -21 . Australians. Sydney: Wiley. [language see also Christie and Harris 1985; see behaviour of pre-school children on also Devlin et al 1995; see also Russo Palm Island and in Brisbane] and Harris 1982 HARTMAN, Deborah (lAD, onetime Coordinator of HARRIS, Stephen, and DEVLIN, Brian Arrernte and Warlpiri Curriculum 1997 Bilingual programs involving Aboriginal Development Project) languages in Australia. In Cummins, J, 1994 The Intelyape-Iyape Akaltye Project: and Corson, D, eds Bilingual education. Arrernte curriculum development. In Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic. 1-14. Hartman, D, and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages in education. Alice HARRIS, Stephen, and GRAHAM, Beth Springs: lAD Press. 287-300. 1986 Linguistic research and Aboriginal see also Dobson et al 1997; see also bilingual education. Australian Review of Green et al 1994 Applied Linguistics S 2:117-139. HARTMAN, Deborah, and HENDERSON, John, HARRIS, Stephen, and JONES, Peter eds 1991 The changing face of Aboriginal bilingual 1994 Aboriginal languages in education. Alice education in the Northern Territory: a Springs: lAD Press. 389pp. 1990 update. Th e Aboriginal Child at School 19(5):29-53. HARTMANN, A (Reverend) 1878 Native names of places in the district of HARRISON, S P (Sheldon P) (University of Lake Hindmarsh. In Smyth, R B Th e Western Australia) Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1981 Recent directions in Oceanic linguistics: Melbourne. 176. a review of the contributions to studies in 1878 Plants with native names. In Smyth, R B Pacific languages and cultures. Oceanic Th e Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Linguistics 20: 151-231. [Section 2.3 (pp Melbourne. 172-173. [plants - English 165-171 ) discusses K Hale's and Aboriginal names; botanical names 'Preliminary remarks on the character of by Baron von Mueller, Government part-whole relations in Warlpiri'] Botanist] 1878 Specimens of the language of the HARSKAMP-SMITH, Karen van (teacher, Palm natives of Lake Hindmarsh. In Smyth, R Island) see Harskamp-Smith and B Th e Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Harskamp-Smith 1994 Melbourne. 50-55, 96, 176.

HARSKAMP-SMITH, Stephen van, and HARVEY, Mark (Linguistics, University of HARSKAMP-SMITH, Karen van Newcastle) (Bwgcolman Community School, Palm 1986 Ngoni Waray Amungal-yang: the Waray Island, Queensland) language from Adelaide River. MA 1994 Torres Strait Islanders speak: building a thesis, Australian National University. model of critical literacy. Th e Australian 1991 Glottal stop, underspecification and Journalof Language and Literacy syllable structures among the Top End 17(2):101 -108. [suggests curriculum languages. Australian Journalof reform to fit custom needs of Islanders] Linguistics 11( 1 ):67-1 05. [Gamu, Gun­ winjgu, Jawoyn, Mangarrayi, Ngalakan, HART, Charles W M (cultural anthropologist) Ngandi, Rembarrnga, Wagiman, Warray, 1930 Personal names among the Tiwi. Yolngu] Oceania 1 (3):280-290. 1991 Review of McGregor, William, 1990 A 1930 The Tiwi of Melville and Bathurst fu nctional grammar of Gooniyandi. Islands. Oceania 1 (2): 167 -180. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Oceania 61 (4):364-365. 100 1992 The Gaagudju people and their HARVEY, Mark, and REID, Nicholas language. PhD dissertation, University of 1997 Introduction. In Harvey, Mark and Reid, Sydney. Nicholas, eds Nominal classification in 1992 The noun phrase in Australian Aboriginal Australia. Amsterdam! languages: a comment. Austra lian Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 1-15. Journal of Linguistics 12:307-315. 1992 Review of McGregor, W, A functional HARVEY, Mark and REID, Nicholas, eds grammar of Gooniyandi. Amsterdam: 1997 Nominal classification in Aboriginal Benjamins, 1990. Australian Journalof Australia. (Studies in Language Linguistics 12:329-335. Companion Series 37) Amsterdam! 1995 Review of McGregor, W, GuninlKwini. Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 292pp. Munich: Lincom Europa, 1993. Austral­ (Review Australian Journalof Linguistics ian Journalof Linguistics 15( 1): 121. 19(1), Dixon) 1996 Body partsin Warray. In Chappell, Hilary, and McGregor, William, eds Th e HASPELMATH, Martin (Free University of grammar of inalienability: a typological Berlin/University of Bamberg) perspective on body part terms and the 1997 Review of Plank, F, ed. Double case: part-whole relation. Berlin: Mouton de agreement by Suffixaufnahme. Oxford Gruyter. 111-153. University Press. Linguistics 35(2):41 7- 1997 Head and agreement classes: an aerial 438. perspective. In Harvey, Mark, and Reid, Nicholas, eds Nominal classification in HASSELL, E (Reverend Father) Aboriginal Australia. Amsterdam: 1936 Notes on the ethnology of the Wheelman Benjamins. 147-163. tribe of south-western Australia. 1997 Nominal classification and gender in Anthropos 31 :679-71 1. Aboriginal Australia. In Harvey, Mark, and Reid, Nicholas, eds Nominal HATTORI, Shiro (Japanese linguist) see Wurm and classification in Aboriginal Australia. Hattori 1981 Amsterdam /Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 17-62. HAUDRICOURT, A-G (Andre-Georges) (French 1997 The temporal interpretation of linguistic linguist) diversity in the Top End. In McConvell, 1956 Review of Capell, A, 1956 A new P, and Evans, N, eds Archaeology and approach to Australian linguistics. linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global Jo urnal de la Societe des Oceanistes perspective. Melbourne: Oxford (Paris) 11(1 2):368-369. University Press. 179-1 85. 1957 Review of Capell, A, 1956 A new 1998 Review of Francesca Merlan 1994 A approach to Australian linguistics. Word grammar of Wardaman: a language of 13(2):200-201. the Northern Territory of Australia. 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e Australian Journal of Linguistics la nguages of Australia. Cambridge: 18(2):210-214. University Press. Bulletin de la Societe 1999 Limilngan. In Dixon, R M W, and Blake, de Linguistique de Paris 76(2):369. B J, eds Handbook of Australian 1987 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 languages, volume 6. Oxford University Young people's Dyirbal: an example of Press. la nguage death from Australia. Cam­ 1999 Proto-Gunwinyguan phonology. In bridge: University Press. 252pp. Evans, Nicholas, ed. Studies in L 'Homme 101:1 94. comparative non-Pama-Nyungan. To be 1989 L'Australien, r;ase decline. In Girardet, published by Pacific Linguistics. Sylvie, Merleay-Ponty, Claire, and Tardy, Anne, eds Australie noire. Paris: HARVEY, Mark, and BOROWSKY, Toni Autrement Revue. 47-53. 1997 Vowel-length in Warray and weight identity. Phonology (England) 14:161- HAUKIOJA, Timo (Finnish linguist: neuro­ 175. linguistics, sign language etc) 1999 The mimimum word in Warray. 1991 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign Australian Journalof Linguistics languages of Aboriginal Australia. 1 9(1 ):89-99. Cambridge: University Press. Linguistics 19:344-349. 101 HAVILAND, John B (Reed College, Portland, HAYNES, William (farmer, Avoca) Oregon USNCIESAS-Sureste, Mexico) 1887 The Tatiarra country. In Curr, E M The 1974 A last look at Cook's Guugu Yimidhirr Australian race. Melbourne. 3:456-457. word list. Oceania 44(3):21 6-232. [Poturuwutj vocabulary; see also that by 1979 Guugu Yimidhirr. In Dixon, R M W, and Curr] Blake, B J, eds Handbook of Australian

languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU HEAGNEY, J, FRASER, -, and CURR, Edward Press. 27-180. 1886 The junction of the Thomson and Barcoo 1979 Guugu Yimidhirr brother-in-law langu­ Rivers, also the Whitula Creek. In Curr, age. Language in Society 8:365-393. E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 1979 How to talk to your brother-in-law in 2:374-385. [Heagney's Kungarditchi tribe Guugu Yimidhirr. In Shopen, T, ed. (Bidia) vocabulary380-3 81, his Languages and their speakers. Cam­ Koongerri language (Bidia) 382-383, bridge, Massachusetts: Winthrop. 161- Curr's Birria language (Bidia) 384-385] 239. 1982 Kin and country at Wakooka Outstation: HEALEY, Alan (SIL linguist, Ukarumpa, Papua an exercise in rich interpretation. In New Guinea) see Blake, Chadwick, McKay, G R, ed. Australian Aborigines: Healey, et al 1971 ; see also Hughes and sociolinguistic studies. (International Healey 1971 Journalof the Sociology of Language 36) Berlin: Mouton. 53-70. HEATH, Jeffrey G (Linguistics, University of 1985 The life history of a speech community: Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA) Guugu Yimidhirr at Hopevale. Aboriginal 1975 Some functional relationships in History9(2): 1 70-204. grammar. Language 51 :89-1 04. 1987 Fighting words, evidential particles, 1975 Summary report on fieldwork. AlAS affect and argument. Papers ofthe Newsletter 3:32. [Warndarang, Ngandi Berkeley Linguistics Society 13:343-354. and Nunggubuyu] [Includes some Guugu Yimidhirr data] 1976 Antipassivization: a functional typology. 1990 ''That was the last time I seen them, and Berkeley Linguistics Society 2:202-21 1. no more": voices through time in 1976 "Ergative/accusative" typologies in Australian Aboriginal autobiography. morphology and syntax. In Dixon, R M American Ethnologist 18(2):331 -361 . W, ed. Grammatical categories in [Includes a Guugu Yimidhirr text] Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 1991 Projections, transpositions, and relativity. 599-611. Working Papers of the Cognitive 1976 Linguistic diffusion in Arnhem Land. PhD Anthropology Working Research Group, dissertation, University of Chicago. (see Max Planck Institute fo r also 1978 publication) Psycho linguistics, Nijmegen, 1976 North-east Arnhem Land. In Dixon, R M Netherlands, 3. W, ed. Grammatical categories in 1993 Anchoring, iconicity, and orientation in Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. Gugu Yimithirr pointing gestures. Journal 735-740 (Topic E). of Linguistic Anthropology 3{1 ):3-45. 1976 Nunggubuyu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1996 Owners versus Bubu Gujin: land rights Grammatical categories in Australian and getting the language right in Guugu languages. Canberra: AlAS. 408-41 1 Yimithirr country. Journalof Linguistic (Topic B). Anthropology 6(2): 1 45-1 60. 1976 Nunggubuyu and Ritharngu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in HAYES, Bruce (phonologist) Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 1982 Metrical structure as the organizing 444-450 (Topic C). principle of YidinY phonology. In Hulst, H 1976 Ritharngu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. van der, and Smith, N, eds Th e structure Grammatical categories in Australian of phonological represent-ations, Part I. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 285-287 (Linguistic Models, 2) Dordrecht: Foris. (Topic A). 97-1 10. 1976 Substantival, hierarchies: addendum to Silverstein[ s paper "Hierarchy of HAYES-WILLIAMS, William Gordon (Sydney features and ergativity"]. In Dixon, R M solicitor, later Registrar-General) W, ed. Grammatical categories in 1900 Aboriginal names of places, etc., with Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. their meanings. Science of Man 172-190. 2(12):226-227; 3(4):61-62. l

102 1978 Linguistic approaches to Nunggubuyu kinship in Aboriginal Australia. University ethnozoology and ethnobotany. In Hiatt, of Sydney. 1-18. L R, ed. Australian Aboriginal concepts. 1982 Nunggubuyu dictionary. Canberra: AlAS. Canberra: AlAS. 40-55. 399pp. [Introduction, Nunggubuyu- 1978 Linguistic diffusion in Arnhem Land. English dictionary, English-Nunggubuyu (Australian Aboriginal Studies, Research alphabetical index, Thesaurus, 6 and Regional Studies 13) Canberra: Appendices, 10 Maps] (Review AlAS. 146pp. (Review AUMLA 51, Australian Journal of Linguistics 5, Yallop; Language 58, Smith; Journalof Blake; American Anthropologist 19, Linguistics 18, Rumsey) Comrie; Language 62, Haiman) 1978 Ngandi grammar, texts and dictionary. 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic Highlands, New eds 1979 Handbook of Australian Jersey: Humanities Press. 308pp. la nguages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU (Review AUMLA 53, Johnson; Langu- Press. Journalof Linguistics (England) age 58, Smith; Oceania 53, Rumsey) 18(1):194-197. 1979 Diffusional linguistics in Australia: 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e problems and prospects. In Wurm, S A, languages of Australia. Cambridge: University Press. Journal ofLingui stics ed. Australian linguistic studies. • Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 395-418. 1 8( 1 ): 1 90-1 94. 1979 Is Dyirbal ergative? Linguistics 17(5- 1982 Where is that (knee)?: Basic and 6):401 -463. supplementary kin terms in Dhuwal 1980 Basic materials in Ritharngu: grammar, (Yuulngu/Murngin). In Heath, J, Merlan, texts and dictionary. (PL, B-62) F, and Rumsey, A, eds The languages Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 249pp. of kinship in Aboriginal Australia . 1980 Basic materials in Wa rndarang: gram- University of Sydney. 40-63. mar, texts and dictionary. (PL, B-72) 1983 Referential tracking in Nunggubuyu Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 174pp. (Australia). In Haiman, J, and Munro, P, 1980 Dhuwal (ArnhemLand ) texts on kinship eds Switch-reference and universal and other subjects, with grammatical grammar: proceedings of a symposium sketch and dictionary. (Oceania Lingu- on Switch Reference and Universal istic Monographs 23) Sydney. 241 pp. Grammar, Winnipeg, May 1981. 1980 Dyirbal ergativity: counter-rejoinder to Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Dixon. Linguistics 18:505-521 . Benjamins. 129-1 49. 1980 Nunggubuyu deixis, anaphora, and 1983 Review of McKay, G R, ed. 1982 culture. In Kreiman, J, and Ojeda, A E, Australian Aborigines: sociolinguistic eds Papers from the Parasession on studies. Berlin: Mouton. Language pronouns and anaphora. Chicago: 59(4):935-936. University of Chicago. 151-165. 1984 Functional grammar of Nunggubuyu. 1981 A case of intensive lexical diffusion: Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic Highlands, New Arnhem Land, Australia. Language Jersey: Humanities Press. 664pp. 57(2):335-367. (Review Australian Journal ofLinguis- 1981 Aspectual "skewing" in two Australian tics 5, Blake; American Anthropologist languages: Mara, Nunggubuyu. In 19, Comrie; Language 62, Haiman; Tedeschi, P J, and Zaenen, A, eds Australian Aboriginal Studies 1985, Tense and aspect. (Syntax and Walsh) Semantics, 14) New York: Academic 1984 Review of Brandenstein, C G von, 1982 Press. 91-102. Names and substance of the Australian 1981 Basic materials in Mara: grammar, texts subsection system. Chicago/London: and dictionary. (PL, C-60) Canberra: University of Chicago Press. Language Pacific Linguistics. 522pp. (Review 60(2):466-467. Mankind 14, Douglas) 1984 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, 1981 Nunggubuyu myths and ethnographic eds 1981 Handbook of Australian texts. Canberra: AlAS. 556pp. (Review languages, volume 2. Canberra: ANU Australian Journal ofLingui stics 5, Press. Language 60(2):465-466. Blake; American Anthropologist 19, 1985 Discourse in the field: clause structure in Comrie; Language 62, Haiman; Ngandi. In Nichols, Johanna, and Australian Journalof Linguistics 2(1), Woodbury, A C, eds Grammar inside Merlan) and outside the clause: some 1982 Introduction. In Heath, J, Merlan, F, and approaches to theory from the field. Rumsey, A, eds The languages of Cambridge: University Press. 89-1 10. 103 1985 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1983 HEFFERNAN, John A (linguist, Papunya Literature Searching for Aboriginal languages. Production Centre) University of Queensland Press. 1984 Papunya Luritja language notes. American Anthropologist 87(2):449. Papunya, NT: Papunya Literature 1986 Syntactic and lexical aspects of Production Centre. 71pp. [Ua pedagogi­ nonconfigurationality in Nunggubuyu cal guide to how the language works"] (Australia). Natural Languages and 1986 The possible influence of adult 'baby Linguistic Theory4(3):37 5-408. talk' on Western Desert pronunciations. 1987 Story of• -n-: • CV- vs. • CV-n- noun-class Language in Aboriginal Australia (Alice prefixes in Australian languages. In Springs) 2:34-36. Laycock, D C, and Winter, Werner, eds A world of language: papers presented HEFFERNAN, John and HEFFERNAN, Kugata to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th 1996 A learner's guide to Pintupi-Lurilja. Alice birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Springs: lAD Press. 116pp. 233-243. 1988 Review of Blake, BarryJ, 1987 HEFFERNAN, John, and SOMMER, Bruce Australian Aboriginal grammar. London: 1982 Pintupi and Luritja: instructional Croom Helm. Journalof Linguistics materials. In McKay, G R, and Sommer, 24:257. B A, eds Applications of linguistics to 1990 Verbal inflection and macro-subgroup­ Australian Aboriginal contexts. ings of Australian languages: the search Melbourne: ALAA. 57-67. for conjugation markers in non-Pama­ Nyungan. In Baldi, Philip, ed. Linguistic HEFFERNAN, Kugata see Heffernan and change and reconstruction method­ Heffernan 1996 ology. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 403- 417. HEFFERNAN, Margaret (Yipirinya School) see 1991 Pragmatic disguise in pronominal-affix Purle et al 1984 paradigms. In Plank, F, ed. Paradigms: the economy of inflection. Berlin: Mouton HELMS, R de Gruyter. 75-89. 1896 Anthropology. Transactions of the Royal 1994 Review of Nichols, Johanna 1992 Society of South Australia 16:237-332. Linguistic diversity in space and time. [Includes vocabularies of people from Chicago University Press. Linguistics Blyth Range, Fraser Range, Everard 36(1 ):92-96. Range, Hampton Plains, Yunga, Knuts­ 1997 Lost wax: abrupt replacement of key ford, Yaurigabbi, South West and morphemes in Australian agreement Wajarri] complexes. Diachronica 14(2):197-232. [Ngandi, Nunggubuyu, Anindilyakwa HELON, George W (historian; was consultant to examples] Gurang Land Council) see also Joshua and Heath 1986; see 1994 The English-Gooreng - Gooreng-English also Merlan and Heath 1982 dictionary. Bundaberg: Gurang Land Council. HEATH, Jeffrey, MERLAN, Francesca, and 1998 Aboriginal Australia: register of tribe, RUMSEY, Alan, eds clan, horde, linguistic group, language 1 982 The languages of kinship in Aboriginal names and AlA TSIS language codes Australia. (Oceania Linguistic Mono­ including synonyms, misnomers and graphs 24) Sydney: University of approximate locations. Bundaberg, Qld: Sydney. 202pp. (Review American Centre for Historical, Aboriginal and Anthropologist 86, Scheffler; American International Research. 116pp. Ethnologist 11, Turner; Mankind 14, Donaldson) HENDERSON, John (Centre for Linguistics, University of Western Australia) HEATH, John 1990 A learner's wordlist of Eastern and 1982 The Awabakal Aboriginal Co-operative. Central Arrernte. Alice Springs: Institute In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A col/ection of papers for Aboriginal Development. 40pp. presented at the Second Meeting of the 1994 Aboriginal languages in education: a Aboriginal Languages Association, summary of the issues. In Hartman, D, Batchelor, NT, April, 1982. Alice and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal Springs.124-126. 1 ------; 104 languages in education. Alice Springs: 1965 The survival of Victorian languages. lAD Press. 1-20. Mankind 6(5):201 -206. 1994 Introduction. In Henderson, John, and 1966 Notes on some Victorian Aboriginal Dobson, Veronica Eastern and Central names for plants and animals. Victorian Arrernte to English dictionary. Alice Naturalist 83(8):189-192. Springs: lAD. 8-44. 1966 Some aspects of the form and use of the see also Hartman and Henderson, eds trial number in Victorian languages and 1994; see also Nash and Henderson in Arabana. Mankind 6(8):335-337. 1997; see also Turner-Neale and 1968 A note to Wungudda from a grateful Henderson 1996 visitor. Wungudda (Port Augusta, SA) March 7 1968:3-4. [Antakarinya, HENDERSON, John, ed. Arabana, Wonganuru and Ganyamatra 1986 Arrernte ayeye - Arrerntestories. Alice spoken, Port Augusta: letter to Editor] Springs: lAD and Yipirinya School. 98pp. 1969 The languages of Vic toria: a la te sUNey. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 17, HENDERSON, John, and DOBSON, Veronica Linguistics Series 5 and 6) Can-berra: 1994 Eastern and Central Arrernte to English AlAS. 490pp. (see also 1986 revised dictionary. Alice Springs: Institute for edition) Aboriginal Development. 773pp. (Review 1970 A note on Madimadi. Vic torian Naturalist InternationalJournal of Lexicography 87:43-46. 11(3), Turpin) 1971 Arabana and Wangganguru traditions. 1994 Eastern Arrernte. In Thieberger, Nand Oceania 42(2):94-109. McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal 1971 Eaglehawk and crow: a Madimadi words: a dictionary of words from version. Mankind (University of Sydney) Australian Aboriginal and To rres Strait 8(2): 1 37-1 40. Islander languages. North Ryde: 1972 The pre-stopped nasal and lateral Macquarie Library. 266-298. consonants of Arabana-Wangganguru. Anthropological Linguistics 14(8):293- HENDERSON, John, and NASH, David 305. 1997 Culture and heritage - indigenous 1972 Review of Laycock, 0 C, ed. 1970 languages. (State of the environment Linguistic trends in Australia. Canberra: technical paper series (Natural and AlAS. Lingua 29(1 ):91-94. cultural heritage)) [Rockhampton: 1973 Only old Alice can talk Gujani. Aboriginal Central Queensland University News (Canberra) 1 (4):4-6. Publishing Unit, for] Canberra: 1974 Important Aboriginal languages. Department of the Environment. 38pp. Hemisphere (Sydney) 18(1): 16-21 . 1974 Review of Wurm, S A, 1972 Languages HENDERSON, William see Wilson and Henderson of Australia and Tasmania. The Hague: 1886 Mouton. Journalof the Polynesian Society 83(3):391 -392. HENDRIE, Timothy R (Canadian linguist) 197 4 Texts in Victorian languages. Papers in 1990 Initial apicals in Nuclear Pama-Nyungan. Australian Linguistics 7. (PL, A-37) In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 0 T, eds Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 13-43. Studies in comparative Pama-Nyungan. 1976 Arabana-Wangganguru. In Dixon, R M Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 15-77. W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. HENGEVELD, M see Bruce et al 1971 263-266 (Topic A); 467-471 (Topic C); 740-742 (Topic E). HERBERT, Jeannie Nungarrayi (Lajamanu School 1976 Arabana-Wangganguru and Bagandji. In teacher) Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical 1990 Community languages at Lajamanu. categories in Australian languages. Ngoonjook 3: 1 -3. Canberra: AlAS. 598 (Topic D). see also Nakamara et al 1995 1976 Bagandji. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian HERCUS, Luise Anna (Linguistics/Reader in languages. Canberra: AlAS. 229-231 Sanskrit, Australian National University; (Topic A). specialised in interviewing/recording last 1976 Southern Bagandji. In Dixon, R M W, ed. remaining speakers of Australian Grammatical categories in Australian languages) languages. Canberra: AlAS. 350-352 (Topic B). 105 1976 Kulin. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammat- 1985 Leaving the Simpson Desert. Aboriginal ical categories in Australian languages. History9(1 ):22-43. [Wangkangurru text; Canberra: AlAS. 249-250 (Topic A). discussion of linguistic effects of the 1976 Studies on Middle Indo-Iranian and 1899 migration) Australian Aboriginal languages. PhD 1986 A Chinaman in the shearing shed - dissertation, ANU. Wembawemba song. In Hercus, Luise, 1978 Languages toward the centre. In and Sutton, Peter, eds This is what Henderson, Kenneth, ed. Hemisjphere - happened: historical narratives by an Aboriginal anthology. Canberra: Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 136-138. Australian Government Publishing 1986 Victorian languages: a late survey. (PL, Service. 72-75. B-77) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1978 A note on Narinari. Papers in Australian 303pp. [New and revised edition of the Linguistics 11. (PL, A-51) Canberra: 1969, 2-volume, work) Pacific Linguistics. 119-131 [+map and 1987 Just one toa. Records of the South photos) Australian Museum 20:59-69. [Includes 1979 In the margins of an Arabana- a Wangkanguru text) Wangganguru dictionary:the loss of 1987 Linguistic diffusion in the Birdsville area. initial consonants. In Wurm, SA, ed. In Laycock, DC, and Winter, Werner, Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: eds A world of language: papers Pacific Linguistics. 621 -651 . presented to Professor S.A. Wurm on 1980 Dialectal differentiation in Bagandji. his 65th birthday. Canberra: Pacific Papers in Australian Linguistics 13. (PL, Linguistics. 245-255. A-59) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 159- 1987 Looking for Ditji-mingka. Records of the 166. South Australian Museum 21 (2):149- 1980 'How we danced the Mudlunga': 156. [Includes a Wangkanguru text] memories of 1901 and 1902. Aboriginal 1988 A note on the Tuan. Victorian Naturalist History4(1 ):5-31 . [Wangganguru text, 105(2):4-8. [Includes some Wergaia) gloss and translation) 1988 Using other people's words: a note on 1981 Afghan stories from the north-east of some compound nouns in Arabana, South Australia. Aborig inal History 5(1 - northern South Australia. In Burton, T L, 2): 39-70. and Burton,J, eds Lexicographical and 1981 Review of Donaldson, Tamsin, 1980 linguistic studies: essays in honour of Ngiyambaa: the language of the G. W. Tu rner. Woodbridge, Wa ngaaybuwan. Cambridge: University Suffolk/Wolfeboro, New Hampshire: Press. Aboriginal History5(2): 168-169. Boydell and Brewer. 73-80. 1981 Translation and edition of volume V of J 1989 Preparing grass witchetty grubs. G Reuther The Diari. Canberra: AlAS Records of the South Australian (Microfiche 2) Museum 23(1 ):51-57. [Includes a 1982 The Bagandji language. (PL, B-67) Wangkanguru text) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 329pp. 1989 Three linguistic studies from far south- (Review Australian Jo urnal ofLingui stics western NSW. Aboriginal History 5(2), Thieberger) 13(1/2):44-62. [Data on Mathimathi, 1982 Review of Austin, Peter, 1981 A Paakantji and Yitayita) grammar of Diyari, South Australia. 1989 Women's cultural knowledge in the Canberra: AlAS. Aboriginal History northeast of South Australia. In Brock, 6:1 60-161. Peggy, ed. Women, rites and sites. 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e Sydney: Allen and Unwin. 99-1 19. languages of Australia. Cambridge: [Includes a Wangkanguru text) University Press. Mankind 13:449-450. 1990 Aboriginal people. In Tyler, M J, 1984 The Marawara language at Yelta: Twidale, C R, Davies, M, and Wells, C interpreting linguistic records of the past. B, eds Natural history ofthe north-east Aboriginal History8(1/ 2):56-62. deserts. Adelaide: Royal Society of 1984 Review articleon Dawson, James, 1981 South Australia. 149-1 59 (Chapter 12). (1881) Australian Aborigin es ... [Information on languages) Melbourne/Canberra. Aboriginal History 1990 Some Wangkangurru songs. In Dixon, R 8(1/2):220-224. M W, and Duwell, Martin, eds The 1984 A tragedy at Pan die Pandie. Australian honey-ant men's love song and other Aboriginal Studies 2:62-65. [Includes a Aboriginal song poems. St Lucia: Wangkanguru text) University of Queensland Press. 105- 106 143. [Wangkangurru text, English see also Koch and Hercus 1989; see translation] also Mansbergh and Hercus 1981; see 1991 Glimpses of the Karangura. Records of also Simpson and Hercus 1998; see the South Australian Museum 25(2): 139- also Wurm and Hercus 1976 159. [Includes texts in Karangura and Wangkanguru] HERCUS, L A, AUSTIN, Peter, and JONES, P 1991 Review of Holmer, Nils M, 1988 Notes 1990 Ben Murray (Palku-nguyu­ on some Queensland languages. thangkayiwarna). Aboriginal History Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Aboriginal 12(1/2):114-188. History 15(1/2):179-180. 1991 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1990 Th e HERCUS, Luise, JOHNSON, G, and JONES, E loss of Australia's Aboriginal language 1978 Illustrated Baakantyi dictionary, based heritage. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies on W H Douglas' Illustrated topical Press. Aboriginal History 15( 1/2): 195- dictio nary of the Western Desert 196. language. Canberra: AlAS. 1992 A Nukunu dictionary. Canberra: Dept of Linguistics, The Faculties, Australian HERCUS, Luise and KOCH, Grace National University. 51 pp. 1 �95 Song styles from near Poeppel's Corner. 1992 Some 'unnecessary' borrowings from In Barwick, Linda, Marett, Allan, and Arabana. In Dutton, T, et ai, eds Th e Tunstill, Guy, eds Th e essence of language game: papers in memory of singing and the substance of song: Donald C. Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 0) recent responses to the Aboriginal Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 167-1 70. performing arts and other essays in 1992 Wembawemba dictionary. Canberra: honour of Catherine Ellis. (Oceania Department of Linguistics, The Faculties, Monograph 46) University of Sydney. Australian National University, with the 106-120. assistance of AIATSIS. 116pp. 1996 'A native died sudden at Lake Allallina'. 1993 Paakantyidictio nary. Canberra: the Aboriginal History20:1 33-1 51. [song author. 146pp. words with interlinear text in Diyari and 1993 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, Wangkangurru-Arabana] eds Handbook of Australian langu-ages 1997 Old yet forever new: some southern 4. Aboriginal History 17: 157-1 60. Central Australian song traditions. 1994 A grammar of the Arabana­ Strehlow Research Centre Occasional Wa ngkangurru language, Lake Ey re Paper 1 :83-1 06. Alice Springs. Basin, South Australia. (PL, C-128) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 324pp. HERCUS, Luise, and MURRAY, Ben 1994 Paakantyi. In Thieberger, N, and 1977 Tales of Ngadu-Dagali (Rib-Bone Billy): McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal vernacular texts in Wangganguru by Ben words: a dictionary ofword s from Murray, translated and with annot-ations. Australian Aboriginal and To rres Strait Aboriginal History 1 (1 ):52-75. Islander languages. North Ryde: Macquarie Library. 41 -60. HERCUS, L A, AND POTEZNY, V 1994 Wembawemba. In Thieberger, N, and 1990 Locating Aboriginal sites: a note on J.G. McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal Reuther and the Hillier map of 1904. words: a dictionary of words from Records of the South Australian Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Museum 24:139-151. [Includes a Islander languages. North Ryde: Ngamani text] Macquarie Library. 100-135. 1997 Adverbs formed with the verbaliser -ma-, HERCUS, Luise, and SUnON, Peter In Tryon, 0, and Walsh, M, eds 1986 Introduction. In Hercus, Luise, and Boundaryri der: essays in honour of Sutton, Peter, eds This is what Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific happened: historical narratives by Linguistics. 261 -269. Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 1-13. 1999 A grammar of the Wirangu language from the west coast of South Australia. HERCUS, Luise, and SUTTON, Peter, eds (To be published by Pacific Linguistics) 1986 This is what happened: historical see also Austin, Ellis and Hercus 1976; narratives by Aborigin es. Canberra: see also Austin, Hercus and Jones AlAS. 341 pp., photographs, maps. 1988; see also Day and Hercus 1986; [Texts, with translation & notes; see see also Irinjili and Hercus 1986, 1986; entries under individual contributors] 107 (Review Aboriginal History9, Koch; 1964 Personal pronouns in Gugu-Yalanji. In Anthropological Linguistics 29, Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Paperson Liberman; Mankind 16, Muecke) the languages of the Australian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 55-68. HERCUS, Luise, and WHITE, Isobel M 1964 A tentative grammatical statement of the 1971 The last Madimadi man. Victorian simple clause in Gugu-Yalanji. In Oates, Naturalist 88(1 ): 11-19. [includes W J, et al Gugu-Yalanji and Wik-Munkan sentences in Madimadi with translations, language studies. Canberra: AlAS. 24- vocabulary] 48. 1973 Perception of kinship structure reflected 1970 Sentence types in Gugu-Yalanji. In in the Adnjamathanha pronouns. Papers Wurm, S A, and Laycock, D C, eds in Australian Linguistics 6. (PL, A-36) Pacific linguistic studies in honour of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 47-72 + 2 Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific maps, 4pp. photographs. (Review Linguistics. 81 1 -824. Oceania 51, Sutton) 1979 Clause types in Gugu-Yalanji. In Kilham, Christine, ed. Fo ur grammatical HERSHBERGER, Henry D (SIL linguist, north sketches: from phrase to paragraph. Queensland) Berrimah, NT: Silo 47-90. 1964 Case-marking affixes in Gugu-Yalanji. In see also Hershberger and Hershberger Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on 1982; see also Oates et al 1964 the languages of the Australian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 73-82. HESTER, E G (Edward Godfrey) (native police, 1964 Gugu-Yalanji noun phrases. In Pittman, storekeeper, Bunbury; grazier, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on the Blackwood Park, Bridgewater) languages of the Australian Aborigines. 1886 Blackwood District: Kardagur tribe. In Canberra: AlAS. 83-90. Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ 1964 A tentative description of the noun bourne. 1 :360-361. [Wardandi vocab] morphology of Gugu-Yalanji. In Oates, W J, et al Gugu-Yalanji and Wik-Munkan HESTERMANN, Ferdinand (German linguist) language studies. Canberra: AlAS. 18- 1926 Pygmaensprachen; tasmanischen 23. linguistische Quelienkritik. Fo lia Ethno­ see also Oates et al 1964 glossica 2(1 ):4-1 1, Hamburg. 1936 Die tasmanischen Sprachquelien und HERSHBERGER, Henry D, HERSHBERGER, ihre kritische Behandlung. Internation­ Ruth, BLOOMFIELD, T, FRIDAY, R, ales Archiv fur Ethnographie 34:1 -57. ROBERTS, B, SYKES, H, SYKES, D, and WALKER, J HEVERN, Ray 1982 Kuku- Yalanji dictionary. (Work Papers of 1989 Father Anthony Peile SAC [obituary]. SIL-AAB, B7). Darwin: Summer Institute Australian Aboriginal Studies 1 989(1): of Linguistics. 294pp. [Kuku-Yalanji 71-72. [A Paliottine missionary linguist, English, English Kuku-Yalanji, plus a 14- Fr Peile researched Kukatja language] page grammatical sketch] HEWITT, M (phonologist) see Crowhurst and Hewitt HERSHBERGER, Henry,and PIKE, Eunice V 1995, 1995 1970 Stress as related to the grammar of Gugu-Yalanji. In Wurm, S A, and HEY, I Nicholas (Moravian missionaryat Mapoon) Laycock, D C, eds Pacific linguistic 1903 Elementarygra mmar of the Nggerikudi studies in honour of Arthur Capell. language. North Queensland Ethno­ Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 791 -810. graphy, Bulletin 6. Brisbane, Qld: Government Printer. [see also W E Roth] HERSHBERGER, Ruth (SIL linguist) 1964 -ku 'then' and -da 'now' in Gugu-Yalanji. HIATT, Betty see Hiatt and Hiatt 1966 In Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on the languages of the Australian HIATT, Lester Richard (formerly Reader, Depart­ Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 69-72. ment of Anthropology, University of 1964 Notes on Gugu-Yalanji verbs. In Sydney) Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on 1978 Classification of the emotions in English the languages of the Australian and Gidjingali. In his Australian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 35-54. Aboriginal concepts. Canberra: AlAS. 182-187. 108 1984 Your mother-in-law is poison. Man resources on Aborigines and Torres 19(2): 1 83-1 98. Strait Is landers. Canberra: AlAS.

HIATT, Lester R, ed. HILL, Sandre J see Hill and Hill 1975 1978 Australian Aborig inal concepts. Canberra: AlAS/New Jersey: Humanities HILL, WOK (William) (Goldfields Warden, Press. 186pp. Georgetown) 1886 The Lynd River. In Curr, E M The HIATT, L R and HIATT, Betty Australian race. Melbourne. 2:400-401. 1966 Notes on songs of Arnhem Land. [Queearibarra tribe (Wakaman) Canberra: AlAS. 14pp. [companion vocabulary] booklet to disc; includes notes on Burara song cycles, translations of songs in HINCH, Heather E (Methodist Overseas Mission, Gunavidji, Nagara, Burara, Gunbalang, Goulburn Island, NT) Gunwinggu, Gungoragoni, Janjango, 1964 The Maung personal pronoun. In Djinang] Pittman, R and Kerr, H, eds Papers on the languages of the Australian HIGGINBOTHAM, James (Dept of Linguistics, Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 129-138. Massachusetts Institute of Technology) see also Capell and Hinch 1970 1985 A note on phrase-markers. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 6:87-1 01. [includes HINCH, Heather E, and PIKE, Evelyn G data from Warlpiri] 1978 Speaker-addressee versus third person axes within the Maung verb. Studies in HILL, Deborah (Research Centre for Linguistic Language (Amsterdam) 2:151-1 64. Typology, ANU) 1987 A cross-linguistic study of value­ HITCHEN, Michael Moy (3 volumes of verse (non­ judgement terms. MA thesis, Australian Aboriginal in topic) later than thesis) National University. [Arrernte examples] 1992 Talkin up: Aboriginal English in Moree. see also Wilkins and Hill 1995 MLitt thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of New England. 132pp. HILL, David L, and HILL, Sandre J (Yorke Peninsula residents) HOARD, James E, and O'GRADY, Geoffrey N 1975 Notes on the Narangga tribe of Yorke (Hoard: University of Oregon, USA) Peninsula. Port Lincoln, SA: Lutheran 1976 Nyangumarda phonology: a preliminary Publishing House. 63pp. report. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Gram­ matical categories in Australian • HILL, Jane H (linguist, University of Arizona) languages. Canberra: AlAS. 51-77. 1978 Language contact systems and human adaptations (with reference to Australian HOBSON, John R (at Batchelor College, Alice Aborigines). Journalof Anthropological Springs, then University of Sydney) Research 34( 1 ): 1-26. 1980 Aboriginal Australian English: a prelim­ 1987 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 inaryphone tic investigation into the Young people's Oyirbal: an example of identifiability of an Aboriginal variety of language death from Australia. the Australian English dialect. BA (Hons) Cambridge: University Press. American thesis, Macquarie University. 184pp. Anthropologist 89:1 92. 1985 The current distribution of Central Australian languages. Language in HILL, Marji C (Director, International Marketing, Central Australia 3: 1-1 0 plus map. Australian InFo International, author/ 1985 The current distribution of Central painter) see Barlow, Hill and Jurcevic Australian languages (revised map). 1977 Language in Central Australia 4:26. 1990 Map of current distribution of Central HILL, Marji, and Alex BARLOW Australian la nguages. Revised edition. 1978 Black Australia: an annotated Alice Springs: Institute for Aboriginal bibliography and teacher's guide to Development. resources on Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. Canberra: AlAS. HOCART, Arthur Maurice (French anthropologist) 1985 Black Australia 2: an annotated 1933 Arunta language: Strehlow v. Spencer bibliography and teacher's guide to and Gillen. Man 33:96. 109 HODDINOTT, William G (Bill) (formerly Professor HOGAN, Daniel (Clerk of Petty Sessions) of English, University of New England) 1887 Lismore. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1962 Some notes on the Aboriginal languages race. Melbourne. 3:292-293. [Bandje­ of New England. Journaland lang vocabulary] Proceedings, Armidale and District see also Edwards 1887 Historical Society 4:42-47. 1965 The Aboriginal languages of Australia. HOGARTH, John see Jacobs and Hogarth 1886; ExternalStudies Gazette (Armidale) see also Warren and Hogarth 1886 9(3):3-6. 1967 The Ba:nbai language of northern New HOLDEN, R W (Reverend) see Le Soeuf and South Wales. Oceania 38:56-60. Holden 1886 1978 The languages and myths of the New England area. In McBryde, Isobel, ed. HOLLINGWORTH, Joseph Records of times past: ethnohistorical 1887 The Warrego and Paroo Rivers. In Curr, essays on the culture and ecology of the E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. New England tribes. Canberra: AlAS. 3:282-285. [Pitjara vocabulary;see also 52-64. Looker et al 1887] see also Bolt, Cleverley and Hoddinott 1970 HOLM, John A (pidginist, City University of New York) HODDINOTT, William G, and KOFOD, Frances M 1990 Review of Shnukal, Anna, 1988 Broken: 1976 Djamindjungan. In Dixon, R M W, ed. an introduction to the creole language of Grammatical categories in Australian Torres Strait. Canberra: Pacific languages. Canberra: AlAS. 397-401 Linguistics. Language and Linguistics in (Topic B); 437-441 (Topic C); 698-704 Melanesia 21 :181 -186. (Topic E). 1976 Ngangikurungur. In Dixon, R M W, ed. HOLMER, Nils Magnus (formerly University of Grammatical categories in Australian Lund, Sweden) languages. Canberra: AlAS. 401 -405 1 963 On the historyand structure of the (Topic B); 691-698 (Topic E). Australian languages. (Australian 1988 The Ngankikurungkurr language (Daly Essays and Studies 3) Uppsala: River area, Northern Territory). (PL, 0- LundequistiCopenhagen: Munksgard. 77) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 346pp. 118pp. 1966 An attempt towards a comparative HODGE, R, and McGREGOR, W (H odge: Murdoch grammar of two Australian languages. University, WA) (Australian Aboriginal Studies 5, 1989 Structures of language and myth: an Linguistics Series 3, part 1) Canberra: analysis of a Gooniyandi text. Oceania AlAS. (Review Language 44, See; 60(1 ): 1 7-35. Linguistics 52, Krupa) [Dhanggatti, Kattang] HODGKINSON, William Oswald Uournalist, 1966 Oceanic semantics: a study in the fram­ explorer, politician, Goldfields Warden, ing of concepts in the native languages north Qld) of Australia and Oceania. (Australian 1886 The head-waters of the Burdekin River. Essays and Studies 5) Uppsala: In Curr, E M The Australian race. Lundequist. Melbourne. 2:432-435. [Breeaba (Koko 1967 An attempt towards a comparative Patun) vocabulary] grammar of two Australian languages. 1886 Princess Charlotte's Bay, North Part II: Indices and vocabulary of Queensland. In Curr, E M The Australian Kattang and Thangatti. (Australian race. Melbourne. 2:389-391. Aboriginal Studies 5, Linguistics Series [Mbambylmu vocabulary] 3, part 2) Canberra: AlAS. (Review 1886 Country about Thornborough Diggings, Phonetica 20, Laycock) and near the head of the Mitchell. In 1970 Traces of Australian-Amerindian Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Mel­ morpheme categories in East Asia. In bourne. 2:412-413. [Barna vocabulary] Wurm, S A, and Laycock, 0 C, eds 1887 Fort Cooper-Aminungo tribe. In Curr, E Pacific linguistic studies in honour of M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:40- ArthurCapell. Canberra: Pacific 41. [Barna vocabulary] Linguistics. 67-74. 1971 Notes on the Bandjalang dialect spoken at Coraki and Bungawalbin Creek, New 110 South Wales. (Australian Aboriginal HOOD, Miss (of Merrang, Hexan, Victoria) Studies 32, Linguistics Series 11) 1898 Mortlake. In Mathew, J, Eaglehawk and Canberra: AlAS. 50pp. (Review AUMLA crow. London. 208-272. 38, Tryon) 1 983 Linguistic survey of south-eastern HOOGENRAAD, Robert (Linguist, NT Dept of Queensland. (PL, 0-54) Canberra: Education, based at lAD, Alice Springs) Pacific Linguistics. 485pp. [Wakka group 1985 Review of Goddard, C, 1985 A grammar languages: Wakka-Wakka, Barunggam, of Ya nkunytjatja ra. Alice Springs: Wuli-Wuli, Goreng-Goreng, Goeng­ Institute for Aboriginal Development. Goeng, Kabi-Kabi, Batjala; Gunggari Language in Central Australia 3:22. group: Gunggari, Bidjara, Marganj, 1990 Barkly language in education survey. Gangulu, Wirri, Birri, Ngawun; and also Anyinginyi Apparr Newsletter (T ennant Nunagal, Manandjali, Jualrai, and Creek) 2(7):5-7. Darumbal] 1990 A Warlpiri secondary level language and 1988 Notes on some Queensland languages. culture curriculum: a short description. (PL, 0-79) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. NT Bilingual Education Newsletter 167pp. (Review Aboriginal History 15, 90( 1 ): 11-1 4. Hercus) [Mer, Saibai, Gugu Bujun etc, 1991 Statistics on Aboriginal and Islander Kantyu and Koko-Yalandji, Gangulida, languages from the 1986 census. NT Bundjil and Wanyi, Garwa, Punthamara Bilingual Education Newsletter 91 (1 ):18- (with notes on Kalali)] 19. 1989 The Tully dialects (northeastern Aust­ 1991 Submission on DEET Green Paper: the ralia). Studia Linguistica (Wroclaw, language of Australia. NT Bilingual Poland) 43:135-1 66. Education Newsletter, 91 (1 ):47-1 06. [bilingualism, multilingualism, language HOLMER, Nils M, and HOLMER, Vanja E in education] 1969 Stories from two native tribes of Eastern 1994 Grassroots Aboriginal language and Australia. (Australian Essays and culture programs in schools in the Barkly Studies 6) Uppsala: Lundequistska and Sandover regions of the Northern Bokhandeln. 84pp. Territory. In Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal languages HOLMER, Vanja E see Holmer and Holmer 1969 in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 172-191 . HOLMES, Janet (Linguistics, Victoria University of see also Tindale et al 1994; see also Wellington, New Zealand) Laughren and Hoogenraad 1996; see 1996 Review of Eades, Diana, 1995 also Nordlinger and Hoogenraad 1993 Aboriginal English. Sydney. Australian Journal of Linguistics 16(2):229-248. HOOGENRAAD, Robert, and ROBERTSON, George Jampijinpa HOLMES, W H (of Clarence Town, Williams River) 1997 Aboriginal seasonal calendars from 1900 Port Macquarie, Newcastle, Scone central Australia. In Webb, E K, ed. vocabulary. Science of Man 3(3):46. Win do ws on meteorology: Australian [Kamilaroi] perspective. Collingwood, Victoria: CSIRO Publishing/Australian HOMANN, E (Lutheran Pastor) Meteorological and Oceanographic 1879 Declension of pronouns ... In Taplin Society. 34-41. The folklore, manners, customs, and languages of the South Australian HOPPER, Paul J, and STOCKLEY, T (both US Aborigines . . . Adelaide: Government linguists) Printer. 86. [Dieri language] 1980 Transitivity in grammar and discourse. 1892 The Diyeri dialect. In Threlkeld, LEAn Language 56(2):251-299. [examples Australian language as sp oken by the from Kalkatungu, Yukulta, Pitta-Pitta, Awabakal, the people of Awaba or Lake Yidiny] Macquarie ...Sydney. 43-45. HORE, Michael R (Department of Education, HONERY, Thomas NorthernTerritory) 1878 Wailwun language and traditions. 1978 New versus old information in Journalof the Anthropological Institute Nunggubuyu. Oceanic Linguistics 7:246-254 (part of Ridley's article). 17(1):11-26. 111 1981 Syllable length and stress in 1991 The Yawuru language of West Nunggubuyu. In Waters, Bruce, ed. Kimberley: a meaning-based description. Australian phonologies: collected PhD thesis, Australian National papers. Darwin: Summer Institute of University. 524pp. Linguistics. 1-62. 1994 Retribalization and language mixing: aspects of identity strategies among the HORNER, Jack Uournalist) Broome Aborigines (Australia). Bulletin 1977 Revise your Aboriginal vocabulary. of the National Museum of Ethnology Australian Author (Sydney) October (Osaka) 19(3):491 -534. [see also 1997] 1977:38-42. 1996 "My face am burning!" quasi-passive, body parts and related issues in Yawuru HORTON, David R (palaeoecologist; former grammar and cultural concepts. In Director of Publications, AIATS IS) Chappell and McGregor, eds Th e 1996 Aboriginal Australia [map]. Canberra: grammar of inalienability: a typological Australian Institute of Aboriginal and perspective on body part terms and the Torres Strait Islander Studies. [Produced part-whole relation. Berlin: Mouton de by AUSLIG. Scale 1:4 700 000] Gruyter. 155-192. 1999 The fate of Yawuru in the context of HORTON, David R, general ed. social reorganisation of Broome 1994 Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia: Aborigines. In McConvell, Patrick Can Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Aboriginal languages sUNive?: language history, societyand culture. Canberra: shift and maintenance in Aboriginal Aboriginal Studies Press, for AIATSIS. 2 Australia. St Lucia: Queensland volumes. 1340pp. [also available on CD­ University Press. ROM produced by Kim McKenzie] 1999 Meaning in Ya wuru: a semantically oriented description of an indigenous HOSKING, Dianne (Director of Media, AIATSIS, language of the Kimber/ey region, Canberra) Western Australia. (To be published by 1997 Issues paper: Aboriginal and Torres Pacific Linguistics) Strait Islander languages. In Lo Bianco, Joseph, Bryant, Pauline, and Baldauf, HOSSEll, J A see Spencer et al 1886 Richard B, Jr, eds Language and literacy: Australia 's fundamental HOUSTON, George (Guardian of Aborigines, resource. Canberra: Australian Gunbower Station, Durham Ox) Government Publishing Service, for 1878 Gunbower. In Smyth, R B The National Board of Employment, Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 2. Education and Training. 175-1 85. Melbourne. 69-70. see also Koch and Hosking 1987; see also McNicol and Hosking 1994 HOWITT, Alfred William (Fellow of the Geograph­ ical Society; explored Gippsland; Police HOSKING, Dianne, and McNICOL, Sally Magistrate, Bairnsdale; pioneer authority 1993 Wiradjuri. Canberra: Panther Publishing. on Aboriginal culture and social 106pp. [Wiradjuri dictionary] organisation) 1878 The dialect of the Brabrolong and HOSO KAWA, Komei (linguist, University of Saga, neighbouring tribes. In Smyth, R B The Japan) Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1987 Malay talk on boat: an account of Melbourne. 48-49. Broome Pearling Lugger Pidgin. In 1878 Native names of plants in Gippsland. In Laycock, 0 C, and Winter, Werner, eds Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, A world of language: papers presented volume 2. Melbourne. 188-1 90. to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th 1878 Notes on the Aborigines of Cooper's birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Creek. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of 287-296. Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 300-309. 1990 Preverb in Yawuru: a functional slot for [some vocabulary] predicate formation. In Sakiyama, 1886 Cooper's Creek, in the neighbourhood Osamu, and Sato, Akihiro, eds Azia no where Burke and Wills died. In Curr, E M syogengo to ippan gengogaku [Langu­ The Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 30- ages of Asia and general linguistics]. 31. [Ngurawola vocabulary] Tokyo: Sanseido Publishers. 248-291. 112 1887 Gippsland. In Curr, E M The Australian 1981 Grammatical and semantic aspects of race. Melbourne. 3:556-557. [Brabrolung Fitzroy Valley Kriol. MA thesis, (Gurnai) vocabulary) Australian National University. 209pp. 1887 Notes on songs and song makers of 1981 Some features of high level phonology in some Australian tribes. Jo urnal of the Walmatjari In Waters, Bruce, ed. Anthropological Institute 16(3):327-335. Australian phonologies: collected 1888 Notes on Australian message sticks and papers. Darwin: Summer Institute of messengers. Journal of the Linguistics. 245-257. Anthropological Institute 18:31 4-332. 1 983 Grammatical and semantic aspects of 1890 Notes on the use of gesture language in Fitzroy Va lley Kriol (Work Papers of SIL­ Australian tribes. Journal of the AAB, A8) Darwin: Summer Institute of Australasian Association for the Linguistics.191 pp. (Her 1981 MA thesis, Advancement of Science 2:637-646. Australian National University) (Review (Also in his Native tribes of south-east Oceania 56, Dutton) Australia, 1904, London: Macmillan, 1983 Transitivity and aspect in the Kriol verb. 723-735) Papers in Pidgin and Creole Linguistics 1978 Gesture language. Reprint of 1890, in 3. (PL, A-65) Canberra: Pacific Umiker-Sebeok, 0 J, and Sebeok, T A, Linguistics. 161-176. Aboriginal sign-languages of the 1984 An orthography chosen by those who Americas and Australia . New York: speak Gooniyandi: explanatory notes. In Plenum Press. 303-315. McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds see also Fison and Howitt 1991 (1880) Further applications of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal contexts. HOWITT, Alfred W, and SIEBERT, Otto Melbourne. 19-23. (Also in Notes on 1904 Legends of the Dieri and kindred tribes Literacy (1986) 49:11-13) of Central Australia. Journalof the 1984 An orthography chosen by those who Anthropological Society 34: 1 00-129. speak Gooniyandi: explanatory notes. [tribal distribution map and legends of Australian Review of Applied Linguistics five tribes) S 1:71-75. (see above) 1984 Why English should be taught as a HOWITT, Mary E B second language in Aboriginal schools in 1902 Some native legends from Central the Kimberleys. Wikaru: Journalof the Australia. Folk-Lore (London) 13(4): 403- Institute of Applied Aboriginal Studies 417. [from the Reverend Otto Siebert) 12. Western Australian CAE. 99-106. [Kriol vs English; Walmajarri) HUCHET, Frances Margaret (then at University of 1986 An analysis of illocutionary verbs in New England) Walmatjari. In Huttar, G, and Gregerson, 1990 Spatial deixis, aspect and direction in K, eds Pragmatics in non-Western Wik-Mungkan. BA (Hons) thesis, perspective. Dallas: Summer Institute of University of New England. 80pp. Linguistics/University of Texas at Arlington. 63-83. HUDSON, Joyce A (SIL linguist of Fitzroy 1987 Languages of the Kimberley region. Crossing; later Catholic Education Office Broome: Catholic Education Office Kimberley Region, and Kimberley Kimberley Region. [now out of print; Language Resource Centre; now revised and republished as Hudson, Broome, Western Australia) Carr and Reid 1996) 1976 Walmadjari. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1994 Framework for the teaching of Aboriginal Grammatical categories in Australian languages in primaryschools. In languages. Canberra: AlAS. 205-208 Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds (Topic A); 653-667 (Topic E). Aboriginal languages in education. Alice 1976 Walmatjari: nominative-ergative or Springs: lAD Press. 163-171. nominative-accusative? Papers in see also Davey et al 1996; see also Australian Linguistics 9. (PL, A-42) Eckert and Hudson 1988; see also Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-30. Huttar, Hudson and Richards 1975; see 1978 The core of Wa lmatjari grammar. also Richards and Hudson 1990; see Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic Highlands NJ: also Taylor and Hudson 1976; see also Humanities Press.1 1 6pp. (Review Berry and Hudson 1997; see also AUMLA 53, Dixon; Language 56, Dixon) Whittaker 1999 113 HUDSON, Joyce A, ed. HUGHES, Earl J, and HEALEY, Alan 1977 Five papers in Australian phonologies. 1971 The Nunggubuyu language, part 1:The (Work Papers of SIL -AAB A 1) Darwin, Nunggubuyu verb. In Blake, B, et al NT: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Papers on the languages of Australian 204pp. Aboriginals. Canberra: AlAS. 46-57.

HUDSON, Joyce, CARR, Therese, and REID, HUGHES, Earl J, and LEE DING, Velma J Margaret 1971 The Nunggubuyu language, part2: A 1 996 Languages of the Kimberley region. tentative description of Nunggubuyu Revised edition. Broome, WA: Catholic clauses. In Blake, B, et al Papers on the Education Office Kimberley Region. languages of Australian Aboriginals. 22pp. [see also Hudson 1987) Canberra: AlAS. 58-71. 1971 The Nunggubuyu language, part3: The HUDSON, Joyce, and McCONVELL, Patrick phonemes of Nunggubuyu. In Blake, B, 1984 Keeping language strong: reportof the et al Papers on the languages of pilot study for the Kimberley Language Australian Aboriginals. Canberra: AlAS. Resource Centre (long version). 72-81 . Broome, WA: Kimberley Language Resource Centre. 92pp. [Chapter 4 HUGHES, Thomas surveys the language situation in the 1886 Weary Bay. In Curr, E M The Australian Kimberley; there is also a shorter,48pp, race. Melbourne. 2:393-395. [Koko version) Jelandji vocabulary)

HUDSON, Joyce, and McGREGOR, W 8 HULST, Harry G van der, and SMITH, Norval 1986 How to spell words in South Kimber/ey (Hulst: Dutch phonologist) languages. Broome, WA: Kimberley 1985 Vowel features and umlaut in Djingili, Language Resource Centre. 29pp Nyangumarda and Warlpiri. Phonology [Walmajarri and Kukatja examples) Yearbook (Cambridge, England) 2:277- 303. HUDSON, Joyce, and PYM, Noreen, eds 1984 Language survey. (Work Papers of SIL­ HUME, A see Ridley 1873 AAB, B 11). Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 167pp. HUNG, Henrietta J (University of Ottawa, Ontario) 1994 lambicity, rhythm, and weak parsing. HUDSON, Joyce A, and RICHARDS, Eirlys G Cahiers linguistiques d'Ottawa 21 :78- 1969 The phonology of Walmatjari. Oceanic 102. [final stresslessness examined in Linguistics 8(2): 171-189. Yidiny and other languages] 1976 (with Pompy Siddon, Peter Skipper et al) The Wa lmatjari: an introduction to the HUNT, Archibald E (London Missionary Society, language and culture. (2nd, revised, Murray I, Torres Strait, 1887-1 890) printing 1978) ( Wo rk Papers of SIL-AAB 1 888 Kikiam ereuerem jauali, Miriam Mer: B1) Darwin, NT: Summer Institute of Firs t school book, Murray Island Linguistics. 109pp. (Review Language language. Murray Island: LMS Press. 55, Dixon) 38pp. [Miriam; a revision of the 1876 HUDSON, Joyce, and TAYLOR, Anthea book by McFarlane, see below] 1987 Teaching English to Kriol speakers: 1898 Ethnographical notes on the Murray where on earth do I start? The Aboriginal Islands. Journal of the Anthropological Child at School 15(4):3-20. Institute 28(1 ):5-19. [Miriam]

HUGHES, Earl J (Church MissionarySociety, Rose HUNTER, John (First Fleet Captain of Sirius, River, NT) Governor of NSW 1795-1800, 1970 Nunggubuyu legends: more tales of the encouraged exploration) Nunggubuyu tribe. Rose River: author. 1 793 An historical journal of the transactions 88pp. [texts of 11 stories plus glossary of at Port Jackson and Norfolk Island . . . words etc] London: J Stockdale. (PortJackson 1971 Nunggubuyu-English dictionary. 2 vocabulary407- 413) [see also facsimile volumes. (Oceania Linguistic edition 1968] Monographs 14) Sydney. 1887 Port Jackson, or a part of Sydney Harbour. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:407, 408-409. 114 [Geawagal vocabulary, extrapolated 85' Dalhunty's Tambo vocabulary from Hunter 1793] [Bidyara?] 86-87; Crombie's Mount 1968 An historical journal ofevents at Sydn ey Enniskillen 88-89; not identified by Oates and at sea, 1787-1792. Sydney: Angus and Oates] & Robertson. [facsimile edition of Hunter 1793 (qv)] I HUNTINGTON, [Henry] William Hemsworth INGAMELLS, Rex C (poet, publisher, founder . . (Supreme Court staff, Sydney, Clerk of Jindyworobak Club, interested Aboriginal Petty Sessions Newtown etc, member languages) Royal Australian Historical Society) .. . 1955 Australian Aborig inal words: Abongtnal­ 1910 PortJackson Aboriginal names. SCIence English, English-Aboriginal. Melbourne: of Man 12(2):34-35. [From the Northern Hallcraft. 63pp. [includes regional key, Suburbs Echo] 3pp Tasmanian vocabulary; see also 1911 The meaning of the word Devaney, James, whose list included 'Woolloomooloo" [and other word 'jindyworobak'] meanings in NSW and Victoria]. Science of Man 13(8):1 66-169. INJIE, Lorraine (Coordinator of course Certificate in Aboriginal Language Work, Pundul­ HUTIAR, GeorgeL (SIL linguist, Berrimah NT) murra College, South Hedland WA) 1976 Notes on Pintupi phonology. Talanya see Sharp and Injie 1994; see also 3:14-24. Whittaker 1999 1977 World views, intelligence, and cross­ cultural communication (with particular INJIE, Lorraine, and DENCH, Alan reference to AboriginaVEuropean 1989 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: Ethnic Studies relations). (Melbourne) Banjima. Port Hedland, WA: Wangka 1 (3):24-35. . Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Language 1978 The Christian message and Australian Centre. 10pp. languages. St Marks Review (Canberra) 96: 11-14. INSTITUTE FOR ABORIGINAL DEVELOPMENT see also Pike and Huttar 1977 (lAD) STAFF 1979 Aranda-English, English-Aranda HUTIAR, G L, HUDSON, Joyce, and RICHARDS, vocabulary. Alice Springs: lAD. Eirlys G, compilers 1987 English to PitjantjatjaralYankunytjatjara 1975 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of to English learner's wordlist. Alice Linguistics, Australian Aborigin es Branch Springs: lAD. through June 1975. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 23pp. INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION OF AUSTRALASIA HUTIAR, G L, and KIRTON, J F 1867 Vo cabulaire des dialectes des 1981 Contrasts in Yanyuwa consonants. In aborigenes de I'Austra/ie. Melbourne. Gonzalez, Andrew, and Thomas, 0, eds [this is the Redmond Barry compilati n; Linguistics across continents: studies in � there is also (see Barryentry) a version honor of Richard S Pittman. (LSP in English; dialects include Bewa of Lake Monograph Series, 2) Manila: Summer Hindmarsh, Upper Murray tribe, Mount Institute of Linguistics/Linguistic Society Rouse tribe, Mount Talbot tribe, Lower of the Philippines. 109-1 16. Goulburn tribe, Lake Tyers tribe, Maryborough tribe] HYDE, T H, BELL, H L, POWELL, James White, DALHUNTY, L F, and CROMBIE, IRINJILI, Mick McLean, and HERCUS, Luise James (Irinjili: Simpson desert man; head 1887 Barcoo River-Tambo, Mount stockman Stuart Creek station, police Enniskillen, and Ravensbourne Creek. In tracker; had vast store of traditional Th e Australian race. Curr, E M learning) Melbourne. 3:78-89. [Hyde's Barcoo 1986 The end of the Mindiri people. River - Torraburri - 80-81 ; vocabulary, (Wangganguru story . In Hercus, Luise, obtained from an unnamed native police ) and Sutton, Peter, eds This is what trooper, Bell's Barcoo River vocabulary happened: historical narratives by 82-83; Powell's Ravensbourne Creek­ Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 182-192. Mokaburra tribe-Tarawalla dialect 84- 115 1986 A garden. (Wangganguru story). In Her­ 1886 The north shore of Lake Eyre. In Curr, E cus, Luise, and Sutton, Peter, eds This M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 14- is what happened: historical narratives 15. [Waidjinga vocabulary) by Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 69-76. 1886 North-west of Lake Eyre. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 12- IRISH, C A 13. [Waidjinga vocabulary) 1927 Names of railway stations in New South Wales and their meaning. Journalof the JACOBS, F E, WARREN, John, and HOGARTH, Royal Australian Historical Society 13: John 99-1 44. [Also published in book form) 1886 Lake Eyre. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:12-17. IRWIN, Harry (Nepean CAE) 1988 Cultural variability and communication: JAEGER, Jeri J (US linguist) the talking solution to cultural blindness. 1983 The fortis/lenis question: evidence from In Wright, Barry, Moody, Daniel, and Zapotac and Jawon. Journalof Petchkovsky, Leon, eds Contemporary Phonetics 11: 177-189. issues in Aboriginal studies 2. Sydney: Firebird Press. 11-22. JAGST, Else (SIL linguist) 1 98 1 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of ISE, Megumi Linguistics, Australian Aborigines Branch 1999 Grammatical sketch of the Malngin up to August 1981. SIL. 43pp. language. GDipArts thesis, Northern 1985 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Territory University. Linguistics, Australian Aborigines Branch up to December 1985. Darwin: SIL-AAB. ITO, Junko 57pp. [note that pp 25-53 of this 1986 Syllable theory in prosodic phonology. bibliography are devoted to vernac-ular PhD dissertation, University of works - translations of popular tales, Massachusetts at Amherst. [includes health books, literacy materials - which, Lardil morphophonemics) apartfrom an occasional exemplar, have not been included in this work) IVY (of Hodgson Downs station, Roper River NT) see Roberts et al 1986 JAGST, Lothar H (former SIL linguist, Hooker Creek NT) 1975 Ngardi/pa (Warlpiri) phonology: J (language of the Warnayaka tribe, a JACK, Joker, and BREEN, Gavan (Jack: Gulf dis­ subtribe of the Walpiri tribe). Papers in trict Kukatj man, lived Normanton later) Australian Linguistics 8. (PL, A-39) 1986 Just a put-on. (Kukatj story). In Hercus, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 21-57. L, and Sutton, P, eds This is what 1982 A tentative description of Ngardilpa happened: historicalnarratives by (Warlpiri) verbs. In Swartz, S M, ed. Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 266-269. Papers in Warlpirigr ammar in memory of Lothar Jagst. Darwin: SIL. 1-68. JACKSON, J H (John Henry, JP) (Sandford) 1878 Sandford. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigin es JAKE, Janice L (University of Illinois at Urbana) of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 84. 1978 Why Djirbal isn't ergative at all. Papers [Jardwadjali?) of the Chicago Linguistic Society 14:179- 192. Also in Studies in the Linguistic JACOBS, Ann M (Western Australia) Sciences 8(1 ):97-1 1 0, 1978 (Urbana, 1988 A descriptive study of the bilingual lan­ Illinois) guage development of Aboriginal child­ ren in the eastern goldfields of Western JAKOBOVITS, L A (US linguist) see Steinberg and Australia. Australian Jo urnal ofHuman Jakobovits 1971 Communication Disorders 16(2):3-16. JAMES, Denise (then at the University of JACOBS, F E (German Lutheran missionary, at Melbourne) Kopperamana Mission Station) 1990 The source of terms for 'man', 'woman', 1886 Kopperamana vocabulary. In Curr, E M and 'person' in Australian languages. BA The Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 108- (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. 109. [Wailpi vocabulary) 116 JAMES, Susan (Docker River school) see Lanham Royal Society of SA 51: 177 -192. . et al 1994 [Bararrngu]

JAMES, Thomas Shadrach, and CHANTER, JENTIAN, David (Kriol speaker) see Sandefur and John Moore (James, MLA, of Jentian 1977 Cumeroogunga) 1897 Moiradubun dialect. Australasian JERNUDD, Bjorn H (US linguist, then at Monash Anthropological Jo urnal 1 (4):88-89. University) 1969 Social change and Aboriginal speech JAMIESON, Hugh (Guardian of Aborigines, variation in Australia. Working Papers in Mildura, Lower Murray) Linguistics, University of Hawaii 4:145- 1878 Mildura: Yerre-yerre tribe. In Smyth, R B 166. Also as: The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1971 Social change and Aboriginal speech Melbourne. 74. variation in Australia. Anthropological Linguistics 13(1 ):16-31 . JANGALA, P Patrick (worked on Warlpiri 1973 Australian Aboriginal language treat­ dictionary) see Nash and Jangala 1985 ment. Linguistic Communications 11:60- 64. JANSZ, Kevin (computer linguist) 1974 Articulating Gunwinjgu laminals. In 1998 [an interfacefor browsing the Warlpiri Blake, B J, ed. Papers in Australian dictionary] BA (Hons) thesis, University Aboriginal languages. (Linguistic of Sydney. [written in Java, the system Communications 14) 83-1 09. browses an XML version of the diction­ ary, contains innovative interface ideas] JOHN, Glyn (Queensland Education Department) 1976 Australians with a different language or JARDINE, Frank L (Francis Lascelles) (settler, dialect. Reporting Research (AlAS, Cape York, from early 1860s) Canberra) 6:5-7. [Aboriginal English] 1886 Cape York: the Gudang tribe. In Curr, E 1977 English needs for Aborigines and Island­ M The Australian race. Melbourne. ers. In Languages and cultures in the 1 :278-283. [Gudang language 282-283] Australian community:proce edings. Brisbane: Committee, First Queensland JARDINE, Jan (Barunga, Katherine NT) Multicultural Conference. 94-95. 1989 Code switching and the implications for language teaching in a bilingual JOHNSON, Colin (Mudrooroo) (WA novelist, was Aboriginal classroom. NT Bilingual at Murdoch University) Education Ne wsletter 89(1 ):20-30. 1987 Captured discourse, captured lives. Aboriginal History11 (1 ):27-32. JELINEK, Eloise (US linguist: Amerindian languages; grammarian) JOHNSON, Doreen, LONGMORE, Eva, KEN­ 1983 Case and configurationality. Coyote NEDY, Eliza, KING, Horace, PARKES, Papers 4:73-108. Lena, and KING, Mamie (Ngiyampaa 1984 Empty categories, case, and configur­ (Wangaaypuwan) speakers) ationality. Natural Language and 1982 Ngiyampaa alphabet [book]. Dubbo: Linguistic Th eory2(1 ):39-76. [Warlpiri Western Readers. 32pp. clitics and grammatical relations] 1987 Auxiliaries and ergative splits: a typolog­ JOHNSON, Edward (then, University of Sydney) ical parameter. In Harris, M, and Ramat, 1992 Karajarri sketch grammar. BA (Hons) P, eds Historical development of auxil­ thesis, University of Sydney. iaries. (Trends in Linguistics, Studies and Monographs, 35) Berlin: Mouton de JOHNSON, G see Hercus et al 1978 Gruyter. 85-1 08. [Discussion of Warlpiri and Dyirbal data] JOHNSON, Kim (teacher-librarian, Kuranda State 1993 Ergative 'splits' and argument type. School) (Papers on Case and Agreement, 1) MIT 1994 The Djabugay language at Kuranda Working Papers in Linguistics 18: 15-42. State School, Kuranda, Queensland. In Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds JENNISON, J C (Reverend) Aboriginal languages in education. Alice 1927 Notes on the language of the Elcho Springs: lAD Press. 40-44. Island Aborigines. Transactions of the see also Quinn et al 1992 117 JOHNSON, Lyle (Aboriginal linguist) Transactions of the Royal Society of SA 1989 Keeping language strong. (1 989 Confer­ 66(1 ):93-1 03. ence on Central Australian Languages, 1943 Native names and uses of plants in the Hamilton Downs NT) Alice Springs: lAD. north-eastern corner of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of SA JOHNSON, Lyle, et al 67(1 ):149-173. 1991 A response to recent proposals con­ cerning Australian indigenous langu­ JOHNSTON, Trevor (Linguistics, University of ages: a discussion paper. NT Bilingual Sydney) Education Newsletter 91 (1 ):2-16. 1991 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign languages of Aboriginal Australia. JOHNSON, Steve (formerly of the Department of Cambridge: University Press. Australian Linguistics, University of New England) Jo urnal of Linguistics 11(1 ):127-132. 1987 The philosophy and politics of Abori­ ginal language maintenance. Australian JOHNSTONE, Robert Arthur (explorer, police Aboriginal Studies 1987(2):54-58. officer Cardwell area) 1988 The status of classifiers in Kugu 1886 Halifax Bay. In Curr, E M The Australian Nganhcara nominals. In Evans, N, and race. Melbourne. 2:430-431. [Nawagi Johnson, S, eds Aboriginal linguistics 1. vocabulary; see also that by Cassady] Armidale: University of New England. 198-203. JOHNSTONE, Robert Arthur, and CURR, 1990 Social parameters of linguistic change in Montagu an unstratified Aboriginal society. In 1886 Cleveland Bay. In Curr, E M The Baldi, P, ed. Linguistic change and Australian race. Melbourne. 2:442-447. reconstruction methodology. Berlin: [Bindal vocabulary:Jo hnstone's 443- Mouton de Gruyter. 419-433. 445, Curr's 446-447] 1991 Social parameters of linguistic change in an unstratified Aboriginal society. In JOLLY, Lesley (Department of Anthropology and Baldi, Philip, ed. Patterns of change, Sociology, University of Queensland) change of patterns: linguistic change 1989 Aghu Tharrnggala: a language of the and reconstruction methodology. Berlin: Princess Charlotte Bay region of Cape Mouton de Gruyter. 203-217. York Peninsula. BA (Hons) thesis, see also Evans and Johnson, eds 1988; University of Queensland.188pp. see also Smith and Johnson 1985, 1986, 1994 Gureng Gureng: a language program 1999 fe asibility study. Brisbane: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies Unit, JOHNSTON, P D H (Bundjalung speaker) University of Queensland. 90pp. 1996 Who owns the language? Scarp 29:48- 1995 Wa ving a tattered banner? Aboriginal 52. [Ownership of Bundjalung language] language revitalisation. (Ngulaig 13) 29pp. Reprinted in Th e Aboriginal Child JOHNSTON, Thomas Harvey (Australian-born at SchooI 23(3):1-34. biologist; microbiologist Health see also Rigsby and Jolly 1995 Department; lectured; battled the prickly pear; zoologist on Antarctic expeditions) JONES, A see Aboriginal 1899 1941 Some Aboriginal routes in the western portion of South Australia. Proceedings JONES, Alex I (linguist, interested in the place of of the Royal Geographical Societyof Australian languages among world South Australia 42:33-65. [place names] languages) 1943 Aboriginal names and utilization of the 1978 Form and meaning in an Australian fauna in the Eyrean region. Transactions language. Language and Speech of the Royal Society of South Australia (England) 21 (3):264-278. [Gurindji] 67:244-31 1. 1989 Australian and the Mana languages. see also Cleland and Johnston 1937-38, Oceanic Linguistics 28(2): 1 81-1 96. 1939, 1939 [Argues for a genetic relation between Pama-Nyungan, Dravidian and Uralic JOHNSTON, T Harvey and CLELAND, John languages, from a lexical comparison of Burton Warlpiri, Tamil and Finnish] 1942 Aboriginal names and uses of plants in 1996 The wider relationships of Australasian the Ooldea region, South Australia. popUlations: genetic and linguistic evidence. Oceania 67(2):140-151. 118 [Relationships betwen Warlpiri and Turk­ Canberra: Australian National University ish, and Warlpiri and Archaic Chinese] Press/Berkeley: University of California see also Ringe and Jones 1995 Press. 31 7-354. see also Evans and Jones 1997 JONES, B (then at the University of Western Australia) JONES, Rhys, and MEEHAN, Betty 1985 English in a Nyungar kindy. SA (Hons) 1978 Anbarra concept of colour. In Hiatt, L R, thesis, University of Western Australia. ed. Australian Aboriginal concepts. Canberra: AlAS/New Jersey: Humanities JONES, Caroline (doctoral student, University of Press. 20-39. [northern Arnhem Land] Massachusetts, Amherst) 1997 Balmarrk wana: big winds of Arnhem 1996 A sketch grammar, vocabularyand texts Land. In Webb, E K, ed. Windows on of Ngarinyman. BA (Hons) thesis, meteorology: Australian perspective. University of Sydney Collingwood: CSIRO Publishing! 1998 Contiguity under infixation: Mangarrayi Australian Meteorological and reduplication. In Pensalfini, Rob, and Oceanographic Society. 14-19. Richards, Norvin, eds Papers on Australian languages. Cambridge, JONES, Trevor A (musicologist) see Elkin 1953- Massachusetts: MIT Working Papers in 56, Elkin and Jones 1957 Linguistics. [also discusses verb redup­ lication in Kukatj] JORGENSEN, Jorgen (ex-King of Iceland, says 1999 Licit vs illicit responses in Meinhof's Rule Curr, 3:594; mentioned in Smyth, 409; phenomena. Proceedings of the Tenth Danish adventurer, convict/constable Student Conference in Lingu-istics, Van Diemen's Land, later wrote Northwestern University, Evanston, prolifically) Illinois, June 1998. Cambridge, 1842 Aboriginal languages of Tasmania. Massachusetts: MIT Working Papers in Tasmanian Journalof Natural Science Linguistics. [nasal cluster dissimilation 1 (4):308-318. Reprinted in Curr, EM phenomena in Gurindji and other The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:618- Ngumbin languages] 633. ["extracted from documents in the Colonial Secretary's Office ...and from JONES, Elsie (Paakantyi speaker) see Hercus et al L'Entrecasteaux (sic), taken in 1792"] 1978 JORION, Paul (Cambridge University) JONES, Elsie et al 1983 Review of Srandenstein, C G von, 1982 1981 Paakantji alphabet. Dubbo: Western Names and substance of the Australian Readers. 32pp. subsection system. Chicago: University 1989 The storyof the Falling Star. Canberra: of Chicago Press. Man 18(4):793-794. Aboriginal Studies Press. [vocabulary, a monologue, etc, in Paakantyi] JOSEPHSON, Thomas (in area from 1869) 1887 Head of the Comet River. In Curr, EM JONES, P G, and McENTEE, John C (Jones, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:96- Philip, Curator of Social History, 99. [Karingbal vocabulary] Anthropology Division, SA Museum) 1996 Aboriginal people of the Flinders JOSHUA, Isaac, and HEATH, Jeffrey (Joshua: the Ranges, In Natural history of the last proficient Warndarang speaker) Flinders Ranges. Adelaide: Royal 1986 Massacre at Hodgson Downs. (Warnda­ Society of South Australia. 159-1 73. rang story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, [Adnyamatanha] eds Th is is what happened: historical see also Austin, Hercus and Jones narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: 1988; see also Hercus et al 1990 AlAS. 177-1 81.

JONES, Peter (was Principal Education Officer, JOSHUA, John Bulain (teacher at Ngukurr) see Bilingual Education, NT Department of Daniels and Joshua 1987 Education) see Harris and Jones 1991 JOURDAN, Christine (French-Canadian linguist, JONES, Rhys (Professor of Archaeology, special interest Solomons Pijin) Australian National University) 1983 Mortdu Kanaka Pidgin English a 1974 Tasmanian tribes. Appendix to N. B. Mackay (Australie). Anthropologie et Tindale's Aboriginal tribes of Australia. Societes 7(3):77-96. 119 JUCaUOIS, Guy (Louvain, Belgium) problemy afrikanistiki . ..Moscow: Na­ 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e uka. 348-355. [examples from Aranda] languages of Australia. Cambridge: University Press. Cahiers de I'Institut de KAHLER, Hans (German Austronesianist) Linguistique, Louvain 7:228-229. 1958 Review of Capell, A A new approach to Australian linguistics. Afrika und JUKES, J Beete (Royal Navy) Ubersee (Berlin) 42:48. 1847 Narrative of the surveying voyage of HMS 'Fly ' ... during the years 1842- KAGER, Rene (Dutch linguist) 1846. 2 volumes. London: Boone. rca 1995 On foot templates and root templates. In 800-word vocabularyof Darnley and Dikken, Maden, and Hengeveld, K, eds Murray Islands, collected by Millery, Linguistics in the Netherlands. clerk of the 'Fly', and another vocab­ Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 125-137. ularyfrom John Ireland ex Lewis's [Yidiny, Wargamay, Mbabaram, journal: see also King 1837, Latham's Gumbayngir, Uradhi examples] assessment, etc; pp 274-310 compar­ ative vocabularies, including Mabuiag, KALDOR, Susan (Anthropological Linguistics/ Miriam, etc] Graduate School of Education, University of Western Australia) JUNG, Karl Emil (German ethnologist/linguist) 1965 Speech in its socio-cultural context: a 1876 Zur Kenntnis sudaustralischer Dialekte. recent American trend in linguistic Mitteilungen des Vereins fur Erdkunde studies. Linguistic Circle of Canberra zu Leipzig (Germany) 4:69-95. Bulletin 2:22-28. (PL 0-2) [reference to 1878 Am Cooper Creek. Mitteilungen des Australian studies] Vereins fUrErdk unde zu Halle 1967 Review of Wurm, S A, 1967 Linguistic (Germany) 2:63-82. fieldwork methods in Australia. Anthro­ pological Forum 1967 1 (2): 114-1 16. JUPP, James, ed. (Centre for Immigration and 1968 Sociolinguistics in Australia. Language Multicultural Studies, ANU) Sciences (Bloomington, Indiana) 1 (3):3- 1988 The Australian people: an encyclopedia 6. of the nation: its people and their origins. 1969 Report on work in anthropological Sydney: Angus & Robertson. 1040pp. linguistics since the inception of the anthropological linguistics programme, JURCEVIC, Winifred (Education Research, AlAS) 1966-68. Australian Institute of Abori­ see Barlow, Hill and Jurcevic 1977 ginal Studies Newsletter 2(10):7-12. 1969 Review of Zwaan, J 0 de A preliminary analysis of Gogo-Yimidjir ... K Anthropological Forum 2(3):408. KABERRY, Phyllis Mary (US linguist/anthropo­ 1976 Issues for language planning in logist, University College, London) Australia. Linguistic Communications 1937 Notes on the languages of East 16:89-98. Monash University. Kimberley, north-west Australia. Oceania 1976 Two Australian language education 8(1 ):90-1 03. (Also in Oceania programmes - a linguist's view. In Clyne, Monograph 3) [Djaru, Lunga, Wolmeri] M G, ed. Australia talks: essays on the sociology of Australian immigrant and KABLE, C G, and COE, Thomas (both on the Aboriginal la nguages. Canberra: Pacific land) Linguistics. 201-214. 1899 Lachlan River vocabulary Science of 1977 Language problems, language planning Man 2(9): 154-1 55 (printed as 164-165). and Aboriginal education. In Berndt, R [Wiradjuri?] M, ed. Aborigin es and change: Australia 1900 An Aboriginal song. Science of Man in the 70s. Canberra: AlAS/Atlantic 3(2):32-33. Highlands: New Jersey Humanities Press. 237-251; also in Brumby, E, and KACNEL'SON, S D (linguist, Academy of Sciences, Vaszolyi, E, eds Language problems Leningrad) and Aboriginal education . Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 96-115. 1973 0 semantiko-sintaksicheskikh svazjach imeni i glagola v jazyke arkhaicheskogo 1980 'Standard' and 'non-standard' English in tipa. In Olderogge, E, ed. Osnovnye the school. In Christie, Frances and Rothery, Joan, eds Va rieties of language and language teaching. (Occasional 120 Papers No 4) Melbourne: Applied Lingui­ Australian Aboriginal contexts. stics Association of Australia. 11-25. Melbourne. 80-92. 1990 Controllers or victims: language and [Aboriginal English] . 1982 The Aboriginal languages of Australia. In education in the Torres Strait. In Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S and Malcolm, I Baldauf, R B, and Luke, Allan, eds English and the Aboriginal child. Language planning and education in Canberra: Curriculum Development Australasia and the South Pacific. Centre. 31 -72. Clevedon, England: Multicultural see also Eagleson, Kaldor and Malcolm, Matters. 106-126. eds 1982 see also Luke and Kale 1990

KALDOR, Susan, EAGLESON, Robert D, and KALOTAS, Arpad (A C; botanist, landcare MALCOLM, Ian G education, Western Desert, WA) see 1982 The teacher's task. In Eagleson, R D, Goddard and Kalotas 1988; see also Kaldor, S, and Malcolm, I, eds English Smith and Kalotas 1985 and the Aboriginal child. Canberra: Cur­ riculum Development Centre. 193-217. KANG, BEOM-MO (Korean linguist; Brown Univer­ sity, Providence, Rhode Island USA) KALDOR, Susan, LEE, Penny, ROCHECOUSTE, 1985 A categorial Ohak yongu analysis of J, and GIBBS, G Dyrbal [sic], an ergative case-marking 1997 Documenting Aboriginal English: language. Language Research (Seoul) unlocking what is known about the way 21(2):199-214. English is spoken in Australia's Aboriginal communities. Australian KAPLAN, Robert B (NT linguist) Language Matters 5(2):15. 1990 Cross-cultural issues in educational linguistics: conference summary. In KALDOR, Susan, and MALCOLM, Ian G Walton, C, and Eggington W, eds 1979 The language of the school and the Language: maintenance, power and language of the Western Australian education in Australian Aboriginal Aboriginal schoolchild - implications for contexts. Darwin: NTU Press. 197-203. education. In Berndt, R M, and Berndt, C H, eds Aborigines of the West: their past KARNTIN, Jack Spear, and SUTTON, Peter and their present. Nedlands: University (Karntin: Cape Keerweer man, narrator of Western Australia Press. 406-437. of tale of the first coming of Europeans) Reprinted 1983 in Hodge, B, ed. 1986 Dutchmen at Cape Keerweer. (Wik­ Readings in la nguage and ngatharra story). In Hercus, Luise, and communication for teachers. Melbourne: Sutton, Peter, eds This is what Longman Cheshire. happened: historical narratives by 1982 Aboriginal English in countryand remote Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 82-107. areas: a Western Australian perspective. In Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S, and KAS HKET, Michael B (US linguist) Malcolm, I, eds English and the 1987 A government-binding based parser for Aboriginal child. Canberra: Curriculum Warlpiri: a free-word order language. Development Centre. 75-1 12. MSc thesis, Massachusetts Institute of 1985 Aboriginal children's English - educat­ Technology. ional implications. In Clyne, M G, ed. 1991 A parameterized parser for English and Australia, meeting place of la nguages. Warlpiri. PhD dissertation, Massa­ Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 223-240. chusetts Institute of Technology. 1991 Aboriginal English: an overview. In 1991 Parsing Warlpiri: a free word-order Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in language. In Berwick, R C, Abney, S P, Australia. Cambridge: University Press. and Tenny, C, eds Principle-based 67-83 (Chapter 3). parsing: computation and psych 0- lin guistics. Dordrecht: Kluwer. 123-1 51 . KALE, Joan (English as a Foreign Language teacher, Papua New Guinea and KASSLER, Jamie C, and STUBINGTON, Jill, eds Australia) (musicologists) 1984 Rationale for the LlRP2 method of 1984 Problems and solutions: occasional teaching English as a second language. essays in musicology presented to Alice In McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds Further applications of linguistics to 121 M Moyle. Sydney: Hale and Iremonger. north-west Queensland. MA thesis, 413pp. Monash University. 298pp. 1983 Yukulta. In Dixon, R M Wand Blake, B J KAT, Elizabeth (formerly Department of Asian eds Handbook of Australian languages, Studies, Australian National University) volume 3. Canberra: ANU Press. 190- 1990 Publications by Luise A. Hercus. In 304. (A revised version of Keen 1972) Austin et ai, eds Language and history: essays in honour of Luis e A. Hercus. KEENE, William T (Station manager NSW, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 13-20. including Gurley Station; retired to Raymond Terrace) KATZ, Frederick M (psycholinguist) see Teasdale 1903 Gurley district vocabulary. Science of and Katz 1968 Man 6(9):135. [place names Moree area: Kamilaroi] KAWASAKI, Haruko (linguist, US) see Stevens et al 1986 KEIGHTLEY, Henry McCrummin (Police Magistrate, Wellington, Moruya etc) KAY, Paul (US linguist) see Berlin and Kay 1969 1887 Wellington. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:374-375. [Wiradjuri KAYE, Alan S (US linguist) vocabulary] 1994 Review of Bowe, Heather, 1990 Cate­ gories, constituents, and constituent KELLY, F see Aboriginal 1899 order in Piijanijatjara, an Aboriginal language of Australia. London: KELLY, F et al Routledge. Multilingua 13(3):319-320. 1900 Aboriginal names of places with their meanings. Science of Man 2(1 1 ):21 1. KEANE, Augustus Henry(E nglish ethnologist) [Eastern NSW vocabulary, including 1879 Philology and ethnology of the interoce­ Bega, Cobargo, Corowa, Cowra, anic races. In Wallace, A R, Australasia. Gundaroo, Merimbula, Tathra, London: Stanford. 593-659. Later edns. Wahgunyah: Wiradjuri, Djirringany, [some references to Tasmania 597-602] Ngunawal; from Kelly, F, Crimins, T, Ritchie, W, Jones, A, Pasley, H, Sharpe, KEARNEY, D, De LACEY, Philip, and E, and Brigden, H, but not listed under DAVIDSON, Graham, eds (Kearney: these names] Psychology, University of Queensland) 1973 The psychology of Aboriginal KELLY, Louis Gerard (Canadian linguist) Australians. Sydney: John Wiley and 1990 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign Sons. [pp 125-194 linguistic material] languages of Aboriginal Australia: cultural, semiotic and communicative KEBLE, R A (botanist) perspectives. Cambridge: University 1917 Aboriginal plant names: their etymology. Press. Canadian Journalof Linguistics Victorian Naturalist 34(5):61-76. 35:85-86.

KEEN, Ian (Archaeology and Anthropology, ANU) 1977 Ambiguity in Yolngu religious language. KELLY, Marilyn J, RSM (teaching Sister of Mercy) Canberra Anthropology 1 (1 ):33-50. 1993 The silence of the tongues, the clamour 1997 The Western Desert vs the rest: for souls: loss of language under a rethinking the contrast. In Merlan, F, colonial administration: comparative Morton,J, and Rumsey, A, eds Scholar study of the loss of the indigenous and sceptic: Australian Aboriginal language in Ireland and the Aboriginal studies in honour of L.R. Hia tt. Can­ language in Australia, with reference to berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 65-93. the Irish Order of the Sisters of Mercy. MPhil thesis, University College, KEEN, lan, ed. Galway, Ireland. 1988 Being black: Aboriginal cultures in 'settled' Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal KELLY, Roma, and EVANS, Nicholas (Kelly: Studies Press for AlAS. 273pp. Kayardild informant) 1985 The McKenzie massacre on Bentinck KEEN, Sandra L (then of Monash University) Island. Aboriginal History 9(1 ):44-52. 1972 A description of the Yukulta language - [Kayardild text] an Australian Aboriginal language of 122 KELLY, Rosamund (then at University of Sydney) 1987 Speaking and signing simultaneously in 1985 An appraisal of Jeffrey Heath's Warlpiri sign language users. Multi­ functional systematics. BA (Hons) thesis, lingua (The Netherlands) 6:25-68. University of Sydney. 1988 Parallels and divergences between Warlpiri sign language and spoken KEMP, J A H Warlpiri: analyses of signed and spoken 1899 Roland Plains, Wilson River (Ngaku). discourses. Oceania 58(4):239-254. Science of Man 2(6):106-107. 1988 Sign languages of Aboriginal Australia: [Comparative table) cultural, semiotic and communicative perspectives. Cambridge: University KEMPE, Hermann (F A H) (Lutheran missionary; Press. 542pp. (Review Linguistics 19, pioneered Hermannburg with Schwarz) Haukioka; Australian Journalof 1891 A grammar and vocabularyof the Linguistics 11, Johnston; American language spoken by the Aborigines of Ethnologist 18, Liberman; Canadian the MacDonnell Ranges, South Journal of Linguistics 35, Kelly; Australia. Transactions of the Royal Australian Aboriginal Studies 1991 (1 ) Society of SA 14: 1 -54. [Aranda) Rumsey; Language in Society20, Rumsey; Smith; Times Literary KENDON, Adam (anthropologist: communication Supplement October 1989, Stokoe) conduct in face-to-face interaction, 1994 Sign languages. In Horton,David, gesture; Australian National University, general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Universities of Pennsylvania, Naples, Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait etc) Islander history, society and culture. 1980 Sign language of the women of Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for Yuendumu: a preliminary report on the AIATSIS. 989-990. structures of Warlpiri Sign Language. 1995 Sociality, social interaction and sign Sign Language Studies 27: 101-1 13. language in Aboriginal Australia. In 1983 A study of the sign language in use Farnell, Brenda, ed. Human action signs among the Warlpiri of central Australia. in cultural context: the visible and Final reportto the National Science invisible in movement and dance. Foundation, part 1: Background, London: Scarecrow Press. 112-123. description of project and summary of findings to April 1983; part 2: A list of KENNEDY, Eliza (Liza) (Ngiyampaa signs from the sign language in use [Wangaaypuwan) speaker) see Johnson among the Warlpiri at Yuendumu. et al 1982 National Science Foundation. 71 +348pp. 1983 A study of the sign language in use KENNEDY, Eliza , and DONALDSON, Tamsin among the Warlpiri of central Australia. 1986 Fanny Brown's nugget. (Ngiyambaa Sign Language Studies 27:1 01-1 12. story). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds [summary of above) This is what happened: historical 1984 Knowledge of sign language in an narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: Australian Aboriginal community. Journal AlAS. 301-303. of Anthropological Research 40(4):556- 1986 Government clothes. (Ngiyambaa story). 576. [On Warlpiri sign lan-guage at In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is Yuendumu, NT] what happened: historical narratives by 1985 Variation in Central Australian Abori­ Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 297-300. ginal sign languages: a preliminary report. Language in Central Australia KENNEDY, Rod (Rodney J) (SIL linguist) 4:1-1 1. 1981 Phonology of Kala Lagaw Ya in Saibai 1986 Iconicity in Warlpiri sign language. In dialect. In Waters, B, ed. Australian Bouissac, P, Herzfeld, M and Posner, R, phonologies: collected papers. Darwin: edsIconi city: essays on the nature of Summer Institute of Linguistics. 103-137. culture: Festschrift for Thomas A. 1984 Semantic roles - the language speaker's Sebeok on his 65th birthday. (Problems categories (in Kala Lagaw Va). Papers in in Semiotics, 4) Tubingen: Stauffen­ Australian Linguistics 16. (PL, A-68) burg. 437-446. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 153-1 69. 1986 Some reasons for studying gesture. 1985 Broken: the language spoken by Torres Semiotica (The Netherlands) 62(1/2):3- Strait Islanders. Notes on Linguistics 28. [includes sign language used by (SIL) 32: 16-19. Warlpiri women) 123 1985 Clauses in Kala Lagaw Va. In Ray, KERWIN, Benny, and BREEN, Gavan (Kerwin: Sandra K, ed. Aboriginal and Islander Innamincka man, drover, mailman, grammars: collected papers. Darwin: coach driver, Yandruwandha speaker) SIL. 59-79. 1981 The land of stone chips. Oceania 1985 Kalaw Kawaw verbs. In Ray, S K, ed 51 (4):286-31 1. Aboriginal and Islander grammars: 1986 The way it was. (Yandruwandha story collected papers. Darwin: SIL. 81-103. (Innamincka dialect)). In Hercus, Luise, 1985 Kalaw Kawaw verbs: speaker per­ and Sutton, Peter, eds This is what spective and tense, mood, and aspect. happened· historical narratives by In Ray, S K, ed. Aboriginal and Islander Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 17-40. grammars: collected papers. Darwin: SIL. 105-118. KESTEVEN, Sue (Susan L) (social anthropologist) 1984 Linguistic considerations of land tenure KENSTOWICZ, Michael (Linguistics, in Western Arnhem Land. In McKay, G Massachusetts Institute of Technology) R, and Sommer, B A, eds Further 1997 Uniform exponence: exemplification and applications of linguistics to Australian extension. University of Maryland Aboriginal contexts. Melbourne. 47-64. Working Papers in Linguistics 5: 139- 153. [stress systems of Diyari, Dyirbal, KEYSER, Samuel Jay (US linguist, worked with Jingulu, Warlpiri and Pintupij Hale) see Stevens et al 1986

KENT, WH KIJNGAYARI, Long Johnny, and McCONVELL, 1886 Ravenswood, Upper Burdekin. In Curr, E Patrick (Kijngayari: horsebreaker, act­ M The Australian race. Melbourne. ive in Gurindji Land Rights campaign) 2:484-485. [Juru vocabulary] 1986 The Wave Hill strike. (Gurindji story). In Hercus, Luise, and Sutton, Peter, eds KENYON, Justine D This is what happened: historical 1930 The Aboriginal word book. Melbourne: narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: Lothian. 48pp. [vocabulary, with a broad AlAS. 305-31 1. regional identification] 1951 The Aboriginal word book. (2nd, revised, KILHAM, Christine A (former SIL linguist at edition ''with a Forward [sic] by her Aurukun) father") Melbourne: Lothian. 22pp. 1971 Bilingual dictionaries (the preparation of (Review Wild Life 15(1 ):76) Other edns bilingual dictionaries intended primarily are dated 1975, 1982. for the use of indigenous peoples). Kivung (PortMo resby) 4(1):34-49. KEOGH, Ray (was an ethnomusicologist) 1971 Use of vernacular languages. In Watts, 1996 The nature and interpretation of Abori­ B H, ed. The National Workshop on ginal song texts: the case of Nurlu. In Aboriginal Education . . . St Lucia: McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Kimberley University of Queensland. 206-208. languages in honour of Howard Coate. 1974 Compound words and close-knit phrases Munich. 255-264. in Wik-Munkan. Papers inAust ralian Linguistics 7. (PL, A-37) Canberra: KERR, Harland B (SIL USA linguist) Pacific Linguistics. 45-73. 1964 Comparison of Anyula base pronouns 1976 Thematic organization of Wik-Munkan with Burera, Maung, and Wik-Munkan. In discourse. PhD dissertation, Australian Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on National University. 352pp. (see also the languages of the Australian 1977) Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 149-150. 1977 Thematic organization of Wik-Munkan 1964 Specific and generic lexical contrast in discourse. (PL, B-52) Canberra: Pacific pronominal systems. In Pittman, R, and Linguistics. 280pp. (see also 1976) Kerr, H, eds Papers on the languages of (Review Oceania 51 , Sutton) the Australian Aborigin es. Canberra: 1984 The translation scene in Aboriginal AlAS. 157-1 66. Australia. Nungalinya Occasional see also Glasgow and Kerr 1964; see Bulletin 22a: 1-5. also Godfrey and Kerr 1964; see also 1987 A written style for oral communicators? Pittman and Kerr 1970; see also Pittman Notes on Translation 123:36-52. Also in and Kerr, eds 1964; see also Sayers and Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Kerr 1964 S 5:64-82, 1990. 124 1987 Word order in Wik-Mungkan. In Laycock, KING, Heather B (Edinburgh University) D C, and Winter, Werner, eds A world of 1994 The declarative intonation of Dyirbal: an language: papers presented to Prof­ acoustic analysis. MA thesis, Australian essor S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday. National University. (see also 1998) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 361 -368. 1998 Th e declarative intonation of Dyirbal: an 1990 Translation and training in Aboriginal acoustic analysis. (Lincom Studies in and Islander Australia. Australian Re­ Australian Languages 02) Munich: view of Applied Linguistics S 5:83-99. Lincom Europa. (see also 1994) 1996 Translation time: an introductory course 1999 The intonation of Warlpiri. PhD in translation. Darwin: Summer Institute dissertation, Linguistics, University of of Linguistics, Australian Aborigines and Edinburgh. Islanders Branch. [various pagings + video; only a few Aboriginal examples] KING, Horace (Ngiyampaa linguistic assistant) see Johnson et al 1982 KILHAM, Christine, ed. 1979 Four grammatical sketches: from phrase KING, Mamie (Ngiyampaa linguistic assistant) see to paragraph. (Work papers of SIL -AAB Johnson et al 1982 A3) Berrimah, NT: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 128pp. KING, Philip Parker (Captain, charted northern Australia 181 7-22) see Cook and King KILHAM, Christine A, PAMULKAN, Mabel, 1886 POOTCHEMUNKA, Jennifer, and WOLMBY, Topsy KINGSFORD, R 1986 Dictionaryand source book of the Wik­ 1982 Yamadji law: the continuing significance Mungkan language. Darwin: Summer of traditional Aboriginal culture in the Institute of Linguistics. 425pp. Murchison region, Western Australia. [Dictionary,finder list, kinship terms, MA thesis, University of Western Aust­ seasons, grammatical sketch] ralia. [includes vocabulary,song texts]

KILHAM, Christine, and RICHARDS, Eirlys KINGSMILL, J W (Leigh Creek area, South 1988 Aborigines learning to translate. In Australia) Harvey, B, and McGinty, S, eds Learning 1886 Beltana. In Curr, E M Th e Australian my way. Perth: Institute of Applied race. Melbourne. 2: 118-121. [Vocabulary Aboriginal Studies. 232-237. of the Kooyiannie (Kuyani) language 120-121 ; see also that by Gason, 122- KILOH, Leslie Gordon (was Professor of 123] Psychiatry, University of NSW) see Cawte and Kiloh 1967, 1973 KIRCHNER, Robert (British linguist) 1990 YidinY apocope and vowel lengthening: �MBERLEY LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTRE phonological processes without 1989 Kimberley Language Resource Centre phonological rules. NELS 21 :203-216. update (news from the Lingo Club). (North Eastern Linguistic Society, Anyinginyi Apparr Newsletter 2(4):4-6. Ottawa) 1993 Gooniyandi wordbook. Halls Creek: Kimberley Language Resource Centre. KIRKE, Brian (linguist and engineer, SA) 84pp. 1977 Handbook for Pitjantjatjara reading. 1996 Introduction to the Kija language. Halls Adelaide: Education Department. Creek, WA: Kimberley Language 1985 Wa ngka Kulintjaku: talk so as to be Resource Centre. 28pp. understood: an introductory self­ instruction course in Pitjantjatjara (a �MBERLEY LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTRE dialect of the Western Desert Australian and AKLlF, Gedda Aboriginal language). Underdale, SA: 1993 Bardi-English dictionary (draft edition). Faculty of Education and Humanities, Halls Creek, WA: Kimberley Language South Australian College of Advanced Resource Centre. Education. 97pp, plus 3 audio cassettes.

KIMBERLEY LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTRE KIRTON, Jean F (former SIL linguist Borroloola) and WRIGLEY, Matthew 1964 Anyula person[al] pronouns. In Pittman, 1992 Jaru dictionary. Halls Creek, WA: R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on the Kimberley Language Resource Centre. 125 languages of the Australian Aborigines. Proceedings of the First West Coast Canberra: AlAS. 139-148. Conference on Formal Linguistics, 1967 Anyula phonology. Papers in Australian Stanford University, 22-24 January Linguistics 1. (PL, A-10) Canberra: 1982. Stanford, California: Stanford Pacific Linguistics. 15-28. University Linguistics Department. 292- 1970 Twelve pronominal sets in Yanyula. In 306. [on Ngiyambaa] Wurm, S A, and Laycock, D C, eds 1983 The morphology of cliticization. Papers Pacific linguistic studies in honour of of the Chicago Linguistic Society Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific 1983:103-121. [data from Ngiyambaa] Linguistics. 825-844. 1985 The independence of syntax and 1971 Complexities of Yanyula nouns: inter­ phonology in cliticization. Language relationship of linguistics and 61(1):95-120. [Analyses data from anthropology. Papers in Australian Ngiyambaa and Nganhcara] Linguistics 5. (PL, A-27) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 15-70. KLOKEID, Terry J (Canadian, worked in Australian 1971 Yanyula noun modifiers. Papers in languages; later at MIT) Australian Linguistics 5. (PL, A-27) 1969 Thargari phonology and morphology. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-14. (PL, B-12) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. (Review Oceania 46, Sutton) 56pp. (Reprinted 1981) 1976 Yanyuwa nominative and ergative­ 1976 Lardil. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammat­ allative cases. Papers in Australian ical categories in Australian languages. Linguistics 10. (PL, A-47) Canberra: Canberra: AlAS. 550-584 (Topic D). Pacific Linguistics. 1-12. 1976 Topics in Lardil grammar. PhD 1978 Yanyuwa verbs. Papers in Australian dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Linguistics 11. (PL, A-51) Canberra: Technology. 531pp. Pacific Linguistics. 1-52. 1978 Nominal inflection in Pama Nyungan: a 1988 Men's and women's dialects. In Evans, case study in relational grammar. In N, and Johnson, S, eds Aboriginal Abraham, W, ed. Va lence, semantic linguistics 1. Armidale: University of New case, and grammatical relations. England. 111-125. [Yanyuwa data] Amsterdam: Benjamins. 577-615. 1988 Yanyuwa - a dying language. In Ray, M see also Bani and Klokeid 1976; see J, ed. Aboriginal language use in the also O'G rady and Klokeid 1969 Northern Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: SIL. 1-18. KNIGHT, A see also Huttar and Kirton 1981 1987 South Australian Aboriginal words surviving in Australian English. In KIRTON, Jean F, and CHARLIE, Bella Burton,Tom L, and Burton, Jill, eds 1978 Seven articulatorypositions in Yanyuwa Lexicographical and linguistic studies: consonants. Papers in Australian essays in honour of G. W. Turner. Linguistics 11. (PL, A-51) Canberra: Woodbridge, SuffolkIWolfeboro, New Pacific Linguistics. 179-1 99. Hampshire: Boydell and Brewer. 151- 1996 Further aspects of the grammar of 162. Yanyuwa, NorthernAust ralia. (PL, C- 131) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. KNIGHT, Emily (then at UNE) 216pp. 1993 Noun incorporation in Australian lan­ guages. BA (Hans) thesis, University of KIRTON, Jean F, and TIMOTHY, Nero New England. 1977 Yanyuwa concepts relating to "skin". Oceania 47(4):320-322. KNIGHT, W E (clerk, Bench of Magistrates, 1982 Some thoughts on Yanyuwa language Guildford WA) and culture. In Hargrave, S, ed. Langu­ 1886 Perth, Western Australia. In Curr, E M age and culture. Canberra: AlAS. 1-18. The Australian ra ce. Melbourne. 1 :328- 333. [vocabulary(Wadjuk) 332-333; see KIT A, Sotaro (Max Planck Institute, Nijmegen) see also that by Armstrong 334-335] Pederson et al 1998 see also Spencer et al 1886

KLAVANS, Judith L (US linguist) KOCH, Grace (Archives manager, Audiovisual 1982 Configuration in non-configurational collections, AIATSIS) languages. In Flickinger, Daniel P, 1987 Dyirbal Gama songs of Cape York. In Macken, Marlys, and Wiegand, Nancy Clunies Ross, M, Donaldson, T, and 126 Wild, S Songs of Aboriginal Australia. miscommunication. Melbourne: River (Oceania Monograph 32) University of Seine. 176-195. Sydney. 43-62. 1985 Review of Hercus, Luise A, and Sutton, see also Black and Koch 1983; see also Peter, eds 1 986 This is what happened: Dixon and Koch 1996; see also Hercus historical narratives by Aborigines. and Koch 1995, 1996, 1997 Canberra: AlAS. Aboriginal History 9(2):235-237. KOCH, Grace, ed. 1986 Bibliography: publications on Australian 1993 Kaytetye country: an Aboriginal history languages, 1985. Australian Journalof of the Barrow Creek area. Alice Springs: Linguistics 6(2):257-263. Institute for Aboriginal Devel-opment. 1990 Do Australian languages really have [popular book of Aboriginal stories, morphemes? Issues in Kaytej translations from Kaytej and Aboriginal morphology. In Austin, P, et ai, eds English by Harold Koch] Language and history: essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: Pacific KOCH, Grace, and HOSKING, Dianne Linguistics. 193-208. 1987 Australian Aboriginal language data: the 1990 Language and communication in sound recording collection of Kenneth Aboriginal land claim hearings. In Bavin, Hale. Australian Aboriginal Studies E, ed. Communication and translation in 1987(1):110-111. Aboriginal contexts. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics S 5:1-47. [fuller KOCH, Harold J (Linguistics, Australian National version of 1991; analyses the structure University) and use of samples of Aboriginal 1977 Summary report of fieldwork. AlAS English from various partsof the Newsletter 7:34-35. [on Kaititj] NorthernTerritory] 1980 Kaititj nominal inflection: some 1991 Language and communication in comparative notes. In Rigsby, B, and Aboriginal land claim hearings. In Sutton, P, eds Contrib utions to Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in Australian linguistics. Canberra: Pacific Australia. Cambridge: University Press. Linguistics. 259-276. 94-103 (Chapter 5). 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, 1991 Review of Dixon, R M W, Ramson, W S, Barry J, eds Handbook of Australian and Thomas, Mandy, 1990 Australian languages, volume 2. ANU Reporter Aboriginal words in English: their origin 12( 14), 27 November 1981 :2. and meaning. Melbourne: Oxford 1982 Kinship categories in Kaytej pronouns. In University Press; Dixon, R M W, ed. Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds 1 991 Words of our country: stories, The languages of kinship in Aboriginal place names and vocabulary in Yidiny, Australia. University of Sydney. 64-71. the language of the Cairns-Yarrabah 1983 Etymology and dictionary-making for region. University of Queensland Press; Australian languages (with examples Dixon, R M W, and Duwell, Martin, eds from Kaytej). In Austin, P, ed. Papers in 1990 Th e honey-ant men's love song Australian linguistics No. 15: Australian and other Aboriginal song poems. St Aboriginal lexicography. Canberra: Lucia: University of Queensland Press. Pacific Linguistics. 149-173. ANU Reporter22 (16), 9 October1991 :6. 1983 Bibliography: publications on Australian 1991 Yuyan Bianhua ('Language change'). languages, 1982. Australian Journalof Xiandai Yuyanxue 20:21 -22. [translation Linguistics 3(2):245-251 . of the 1994 article in the Encyclopaedia 1984 Bibliography: publications on Australian of Aboriginal Australia] languages, 1983. Australian Journalof 1993 Review of Green, Jenny, 1992 Alya warr Linguistics 4(2):291 -296. to English dictionary. Alice Springs: lAD. 1984 The category of 'associated motion' in Aboriginal History 17:167-169. Kaytej. Language in Central Australia 1994 Language change. In Horton, David, 1 :23-34. general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal 1985 Bibliography: publications on Australian Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait languages, 1984. Australian Journalof Islander history, society and culture. Linguistics 5(2):247-253. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for 1985 Non-standard English in an Aboriginal AIATSIS. 596-597. land claim. In Pride, J B, ed. Cross­ 1995 The creation of morphological zeroes. In cultural encounters: communication and Booij, G, and Marie, J van, eds Yearbook of morphology, 1994. 127 DordrechVBoston/London: Kluwer 1992 A Miriwoong alphabet book. 2nd edition. Academic. 31-71 . [Includes data from Kununurra, WA: Mirima Dawang several Australian languages, illustrat­ Wooriab-gerring. 44pp. ing processes of language change] see also Hoddinott and Kofod 1976, 1996 Reconstruction in morphology. In Durie, 1976, 1988 Mark, and Ross, Malcolm D, eds The comparative method reviewed: regularity KO HEN, James Leslie (prehistorian, Macquarie and irregularity in language change. University) New York: Oxford University Press. 218- 1984 A dictionary of the Dharug language: the 263. [Arrernte, Kaytetye, Alyawarre, inland dialect. Blacktown, NSW: Walmajarri] Blacktown and District Historical Society. 1997 Comparative linguistics and Australian 26pp. (see also 1993) prehistory. In McConvell, P, and Evans, 1993 Th e Darug and their neighbours: the N, Archaeology and linguistics. Mel­ traditional Aboriginal owners of the bourne: Oxford University Press. 27-43. Sydn ey region. Blacktown, NSW: Darug 1997 Pama-Nyungan reflexes in the Arandic Link in association with the Blacktown languages. In Tryon, D, and Walsh, M, Historical Society. 300pp. [dictionaries of eds Boundary rider: essays in honour of Coastal Darug (Eora), Kuringgai, Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific Gundungurra; other languages Linguistics. 271 -302. Darkinjung, Tharawal] see also Koch, G, 1993; see also Wafer 1993 A dictionary of the Dharug language; the 1982 inland dialect. In Stockton, E, ed. Blue Mountains Dreaming: the Aboriginal KOCH, Harold, and HERCUS, Luise heritage. Winmalee, NSW: Three Sisters 1989 Donald C. Laycock 1936 - 1988 Productions. 147-160. (see also 1984) [obituary]. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1993 A dictionary of the Gundungurra 1 989(1 ):69-71 . language. In Stockton, E, ed. Blue Mountains Dreaming: the Aboriginal KOCH, Harold, and TRIFFITT, Geraldine heritage. Winmalee, NSW: Three Sisters 1987 Bibliography: publications on Australian Productions. 136-146. languages, 1986. Australian Journalof 1995 Mapping Aboriginal linguistic and clan Linguistics 7(2):249-256. boundaries in the Sydney region. Globe 1988 Bibliography: publications on Australian 41 :32-39. [Eora, Kuringgai, Darug, languages, 1987. Australian Journalof Dharawal people; mapping] Linguistics 8(2):307-312. 1989 Bibliography: publications on Australian KO HN, A (then at University of Western Australia) languages, 1988. Australian Journalof 1994 A morphological description of Linguistics 9(2):315-321 . Ngarluma. BA (Hons) thesis, University 1990 Bibliography: publications on Australian of Western Australia. languages, 1989. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1 0(1 ):1 01-1 07. KO LlG, Erich (then at University of Otago, New 1991 Bibliography: publications on Australian Zealand) languages, 1990. Australian Journalof 1972 Bi:n and Gadeja: an Australian Linguistics 11(2 ):221 -227. Aboriginal model of the European 1992 Bibliography: publications on Australian society as a guide in social change. languages, 1991. Australian Journalof Oceania 43( 1 ): 1-18. [Wolmadjeri scoial Linguistics 12(2):297-305. organisation terms]

KOFOD, Frances M (linguistic consultant associa­ KOO'AGA, Maggie, and CHEVATHUN, Norma ted with Centre for Australian Languages (Wik Mungkan speakers) and Linguistics, Batchelor College, NT) 1983 Historical work on Wik-Mungkan. Ngali, 1976 Miriwung. In Dixon, R M W, ed. June, 10-12. [phrases, noun suffixes and Grammatical categories in Australian tree diagrams in Wik-Mungkan] languages. Canberra: AlAS. 584-586 (Topic D); 646-653 (Topic E). KO RN, Francis (Oxford University) 1978 The Miriwung language (East Kimber­ 1971 Terminology and "structure": the Dieri ley): a phonological and morphological case. Bijdragen tot der Taal-, Land- en study. MA thesis, University of New Volkenkunde (Leiden) 127:39-81. England. 373pp. 128 KOUKMENIDES, Cathrine KWEK, Joan (US linguist) (La Trobe Univ�rsity) . . 1997 Pronouns as evidence for genetic 1991 Occasions for sign use In an Australian relationships in Victorian languages. BA Aboriginal community. Sign Language (Hons) thesis, La Trobe University. Studies (Silver Spring, Maryland) 71: 143-1 60. KRICHAUFF, FE H W (Friedrich) (botanist, to SA in 1848; settled Bugle Ranges, . Strathalbyn etc; Legislative Councillor) L 1890 Further notes on the 'Aldolinga' or 'Mbe­ LAADE, Wolfgang (then at Seminar fOr Ethno­ nderinga' tribe of Aborigines. Proceed­ logie, Heidelberg; Profe�sor �f Ethno- . ings of the Royal Geographical Society musicology at Zurich University; especial of South Australia 2:77-80. [vocabularyp linguistic interest in Torres Straits) 80, from Kempe, J, Schultze, L, of 1969 Namen und Gebrauch einiger See­ Finke Mission, Krichauff Ranges] muscheln und -schnecken auf den Murray Islands, Torres Straits. Tribus KRISHNA-PILLAY, Sharnthi, ed. (lexicographer) (Stuttgart) 18:111-123. 1996 Dictionaryof Keerraywoorrung and . . . . 1970 The position of the language of Salbal related dialects. Warrnambool: Gundltj­ Island, Torres Straits. Anthropos mara Aboriginal Cooperative. 232pp. (Vienna) 65:271 -277. [Western Victorian languages, from 1971 Oral traditions and written documents on known published sources, eg Blake] the history and ethnography of the see also Blake, Clark and Krishna-Pillay northern To rres Strait Islands, Saibai - 1998 Dauan-Boigu; volume 1: Adi-myths, legends, fairy tales. Wie�baden: F�anz KROEBER, Alfred Louis (anthropologist, Univer­ Steiner. 124pp. [glossaries of Pidgin and sity of California) island words] 1923 Relationship of the Australian lan­ guages. Proceedings of the Royal LADEFOGED, Peter, COCHRAN, Ann, and Society of NSW 57:101-1 17. DISNER, Sandra F (phonologists, England and USA) KUDUB, Kalina (Meriam Mir speaker) see Day et al 1977 Laterals and trills. Journal of the 1982 International Phonetic Association 7(2):46-54. [includes data from Kaititj] KUHN, Wilhelm (Reverend) The 1886 Yorke's Peninsula. In Curr, E M LAKOFF, George (US linguist) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:143-1 47. 1987 Women, fire and dangerous things: what [Yorke's Peninsula (Narangga) vocab­ categories reveal about the mind. ulary 146-1 47; see also Fowler] Chicago: University of Chicago Press. [discussion of Dyirt:al noun classification KULAMBURUT, Harry Palada, and WALSH, pp 92-1 04] Michael (KulamburutiKulampuruti Kalamburut: PortKeats iMurinypata man) LAKS, Bernard (Universite de Paris) 1986 Strange food. (Murinypata story). In H.er­ 1997 Perspectives phonologiques: compos­ ThIs cus, Luise, and Sutton, Peter, eds ionnalite, constituance, dynamiques et is what happened: historical narratives harmonies. Histoire Ep istemologie by Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 47-61 . Langage 19(2):27-72. [Maranungku, Garawa phonological data] KULAMPURUT, Harry Pal ada (Kulamburut), see Street and Kulampurut 1978 LALARIN see Boxer. Johnny KUNIA, Joy (at Docker River school) see Lanham LALOY, Louis (French ethnologist) et al 1994 1909 Summary of Wilhelm Schmidt's Die Stellung der Aranda unter den KURRUNAMA, Rosemary Urabadi, MEIYA­ australischen Stammen. Anthropologie YANGA, May, and DINEEN, Anne 20:238-239. Paris. (Kurrunama and Meiyanga: Maung informants) LAMB, E C Warranyngiw maung jurra ngaralk. 1990 1899 Aboriginal words and meanings ... Goulburn Island: Warruwi Literacy 'Myallee' tribe. Science of Man 2(3):42. Centre. [Maung] 129 1899 Goa dialect, Diamantina River, Queens­ LANG, Andrew land. Science of Man 2(9): 165-1 66. 1904 Australian class-names. Athenceum 1904 Goa and Mya"i language. Science of (London) 13 August 1904, 213. Man 7(2):27. 1906 Animal names of Australian 'class' divisions. Man (London) 6(43):67-68. LAMOND, M S 1909 Distribution of race and language in Aus­ 1886 Between the Gregoryand Leich[h]ardt tralia. Folk-Lore (London) 20(1 ):94-95. Rivers. In Curr, E M The Australian race. 1910 The puzzle of Kaiabara sub-class Melbourne. 2:322-325. [Mykoolan names. Man 10:80, 130-134. [comment (Maykulan) vocabulary324-325] by Mathews, R H, Man 11:1 00-1 03] 1911 Kabi sub-class names. Man 11:3, 100. LANDS, Merrilee (production coordinator, Magabala Books) LANG, Gideon Scott (pastoralist Buninyong area, 1987 Mayi: some bush fruits of Dampier/and. later Riverina and Murrumbidgee; author Broome, WA: Magabala Books, of Th e Aborigines of Australia, 1865) Kimberley Aboriginal Law and Culture 1878 Native names of places in Victoria. In Centre. 60pp. [Includes plant names in Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Vic toria, the local languages] (Review volume 2. Melbourne. 217. Anthropological Forum 5, Walsh) LANG, John Dunmore (Presbyterian minister, avid LANDS BOROUGH, William L (JP; of Loch Lamer­ recruiter of immigrants, advocate of ough, Caloundra Qld; explorer, travelled separate States) widely in Qld) 1 86 1 Queensland, Australia: a highly eligible 1887 A portion of the country between field for emigration ... with a disquis­ Brisbane and Gympie - Mooloola tribe. ition on the origins, manners and In Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ customs of the aborigines. London: E bourne. 3: 142-143. [Dippil (Kabikabi?) Stanford. (2nd edition 1864) 445pp. vocabulary; see also Westaway] [includes 2 papers by Ridley; appendix see also Prior et al 1887; see also Ridley of 100 words of Moreton Bay dialect, 40 et al 1887 words of Fraser Island dialect]

LANDSBOROUGH, William, and CURR, Montagu LANGEVAD, Gerry, and FIELD, B S 1887 Upper Brisbane River. In Curr, E M Th e 1982 Some original views around Kilcoy, Book Australian race. Melbourne. 3:21 0-21 1. 1: The Aboriginal perspectives. [Ngoera vocabulary] Transcriptions and notes by G Lange­ LANE, B (University of British Columbia) vad. Brisbane: Department of Aboriginal 1967 Review of Hammel, E A, A factor theory and Islanders Advancement, Archae­ for Arunta kinship terminology. Berkeley ology Branch. [index to Aboriginal words ILos Angeles: University of California in these documents pp 114-134; Press. American Anthropologist includes Jinibara kin terms pp 109-1 11] 69(2):249. LANGLANDS, William H (SIL linguist) LANE, Daisy (student, NT) see Green et al 1994 1985 Some ways to encourage advanced students to write. Notes on Literacy LANE, H B, and GOODALL, W 45: 1 5-1 8. 1878 Native names of places in the vicinity of 1988 Vernacular literacy: problems in the work Warrnambool. In Smyth, R B Th e with Australian Aborigines. Notes on Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Literacy 45: 15-1 8. Melbourne. 186-1 87. 1981 Characteristics of Aboriginal cognitive abilities: implications for literacy and LANE, John see Allen and Lane 1913 research programmes. In Hargrave, S, ed. Literacy in an Aboriginal context. LANE, J (S E Queensland) (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, B6) Darwin: 1947 Aboriginal language of the Numinbah Summer Institute of Linguistics. 31-80. Valley. Supplement to Gresby 1947, The Numinbah Valley ... Queensland LANGTON, Marcia (Aboriginal anthropologist, Geographical Journal51 (7):57-72. formerly Chairman of Council AIATSIS, Professor, Northern TerritoryUn iversity) LANE, Yvonne (student, NT) see Green et al 1994 1988 Medicine square. In Keen, lan, ed. Being black: Aboriginal cultures in 's ettled' 130 Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies sity of Wisconsin. Ann Arbor/London: Press. 201-225. [The place of swearing University Microfilms International. in Aboriginal culture; includes register, 447pp. [on Warlpiri] swearing as discourse] LATHAM, Robert Gordon (English philologist) LANHAM, Ann, SMITH, Howard, KUNIA, Joy, 1843 Upon the languages of the Papuan or BRUMBY, Jean, JAMES, Susan, and Negrito race scattered through the APPLIN, Stephen (Lanham teacher­ Australian and other Asiatic islands. linguist, others all work at Docker River Proceedings of the Philological Society School also) 1 (4), 37-56. [includes vocabulary 1994 Docker River School, Ka!!ukatjara comparisons from Endeavour River, Gulf Community (Docker River), NT. In of Carpentaria, Port Macquarie, Port Hartman,0 and Henderson, J, eds Jackson, JervisBay, Menero Downs, Aboriginal languages in education. Alice Gulf of St Vincent, Adelaide, King Springs: lAD Press. 92-104. George's Sound, north & south Tasmanian dialects] LANYON-ORGILL, Peter A (British Austro­ 1845 On the eastern limits of the Australian nesianist) race and language. Report of the British 1961 An early record of the Bulponara Association for the Advancementof language of Queensland. Journal of Science 1845(2), 80. Austronesian Studies 2(2):51 -53. 1862 Elements of comparative philology. (Victoria, BC) London. [Curr, 3:600, mentions Latham pp 369-370, on affinities between Tas­ LAPOINTE, Stephen G (then of University of manian (the Astrolabe words) and King Massachusetts) George's Sound (Nind's) vocabularies] 1980 A theory of grammatical agreement. PhD dissertation, University of LATZ, Peter K (CSIRO Arid Lands Project, Alice Massachusetts. 367pp. [Includes Dyirbal Springs) examples] 1995 Bushfires & bushtucker: Aboriginal plant use in Central Australia. Alice Springs: LARMER, James (place names collector) lAD Press. [Includes flora vocabulary in 1898 Native vocabulary of miscellaneous New Alyawarr, Warlpiri, Pitjantjatjara] South Wales objects. Journalof the see also O'Connell, Latz and Barnett Royal Society of NSW 22:223-229. 1983 1899 Aborigines' words and meanings [NSW]. Science of Man 2(8): 146-1 48. LAUGHREN, Mary N (Linguistics, University of 1900 Aboriginal names of places in Port Queensland) Jackson. Science of Man 3(3):47. 1978 Directional terminology in Warlpiri (a 1900 Aboriginal names of places in various central Australian language). Working parts of New South Wales. Science of Papers in Language and Linguistics Man 3(3), 47. (Launceston) 8:1-16.[Tasmanian College of Advanced Education] LARRIMORE, Bonnie (linguistic informant/editor, 1982 A preliminary description of proposit­ Croker Island NT) see Pym and ional particles in Warlpiri. In Swartz, S M, Larrimore 1979 ed. Papers in Warlpiri grammar in memory of Lothar Jagst. (Work Papers LARRIMORE, Bonnie, ed. of SIL-AAB A6) Darwin: SIL. 129-163. 1984 Papers in literacy. (Work Papers of SIL­ 1982 Warlpiri kinship structure. In Heath, J, AAB, B12). Darwin: Summer Institute of Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds Th e Linguistics. 172pp. (Review Th e languages of kinship in Aboriginal Aboriginal Child at School 13, Christie) Australia. (Oceania Linguistic Mono­ graphs 24) University of Sydney. 72-85. LARSON, Richard K (Linguistics, State University 1983 A note on Anna Wierzbicka's comments of New York at Stony Brook) on the Warlpiri dictionary project. In 1982 A note on the interpretation of adjoined Austin, P, ed. Papers in Australian relative clauses. Linguistics and linguistics No. 15: Australian Aboriginal Philosophy (Dordrecht) 5:473-482. lexicography. Canberra: Pacific [Warlpiri data] Linguistics. 145-148. 1983 Restrictive modification: relative clauses 1984 Bilingual Warlpiri-English mathematics and adverbs. PhD dissertation, Univer- book. Yuendumu NT: Warlpiri Literature 131 Production Centre. 101 pp. [in collabor­ Association for the Advancement of ation with participants in Bilingual Science 6:619-624. Mathematics Workshop, Willowra NT, 1897 Aboriginal languages of eastern Aust­ October 1984] ralia compared: a philological essay. 1984 Remarks on the semantics of body part Proceedings of the Royal Society of terminology in Warlpiri. Language in Queensland 12: 1 1-16. Central Australia 1:1- 9. Alice Springs: lAD. LAVES, Gerhardt (ethnologisVlinguist) 1984 Warlpiri baby talk. Australian Journalof 1929 Collecting native words. EI Palacio Linguistics 4(1 ):73-88. 27:290-291. 1988 Towards a lexical representation of 1929 Words among Australian Aborigines. Warlpiri verbs. In Wilkins, W, ed. Science, new series, 70 (1824), Thematic relations. (Syntax and Supplement, xiv. Semantics, 21 ) New York: Academic see also Nash 1993 Press. 215-242. 1989 The configurationality parameter and LAW, H G (psychologist, University of Queens­ Warlpiri. In Maracz, L K, and Muysken, land) see Foggitt, Mangan and Law P, eds Configurationality: the typ ology of 1972 asymmetries. Dordrecht: Foris. 319-353. 1992 Secondarypredica tion as a diagnostic of LAWLOR, James (hotelkeeper, Lithgow) see underlying structure in Pama-Nyungan Turbayne, Lawlor and Myles 1887 languages. In Roca, I, ed. Th ematic structure: its role in grammar. Berlin: LAWRIE, Margaret E (Rockhampton, Qld; wife of ForislWalterde Gruyter. 199-246. 1960s Qld Senator) 1999 Australian Aboriginal languages: their 1970 Myths and legends of Torres Strait, contemporarystatus and functions. In collected and translated by Margaret Blake, B J, and Dixon, R M W, eds Lawrie. St Lucia: University of Queens­ Handbook of Australian languages, land Press. 372pp. [includes a 45rpm volume 5. Melbourne: Oxford University 'phonodisc'; songs in original and Press. trans lat io n] see also Guerssel et al 1985; see also Hale et al 1993; see also Leeding and LAWTON, David (teacher, SA) Laughren 1979; see also O'Grady and 1993 A contemporary approach to sustaining Laughren 1997; see also Warlpiri traditional AboriginaVAnangu stories. Lexicography Group 1985 New Horizons in Education 89:37-42.

LAUGHREN, Mary, HOOGENRAAD, Robert, LAYCOCK, Donald C (formerly of Linguistics, HALE, Ken, and GRANITES, Robin Australian National University) Japanangka 1960 Language and society: twenty years 1 996 Wangkamir/ipa Warlpiriki: a learner's after. Lingua 9: 16-29. [Reply by Alf guide to War/piri, tape course for Sommerfelt, Lingua 9:212; Aranda] beginners. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 1969 Review of Wurm, S A, 1967 Linguistic 218pp + 5 sound cassettes. fieldwork methods in Australia. Oceania 39(4):322. LAUGHREN, Mary,and NASH, David 1969 Three Lamalamic languages of north 1983 Warlpiri dictionary project: aims, method, Queensland. Papers in Australian organization and problems of definition. Linguistics 4. (PL, A-H) Canberra: In Austin, P, ed. Papers in Australian Pacific Linguistics. 71-97. linguistics No. 15: Australian Aboriginal 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The lexicography. Canberra: Pacific languages of Australia. Cambridge: Uni­ Linguistics. 109-133 versity Press. Language 58(3):701 -704. see also Carrington 1989 LAUTERER, Joseph (Josef) (medical practitioner, botanist, Brisbane; studied Aboriginal LAYCOCK, D C, ed. languages) 1970 Linguistic trends in Australia: papers 1895 Outlines of a grammar of the 'Yaggara', presented to the A. I. A. S. Linguistics the language of the Yerongpan tribe on Group May 1968. (Australian Aboriginal the 'Sandy Country' between Brisbane Studies 23, Linguistics Series 9) and Ipswich. Report of the Australasian Canberra: AlAS. 103pp. (Review: Lingua 29, Hercus) 132 see also Wurm and Laycock, eds 1970, Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 1981 389pp.

LAYCOCK, Donald C, and WINTER, Werner, eds LEE, Penny (University of Western Australia) 1 987 A world of language: papers presented 1995 Thinking things through: bilingual to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th education for indigenous learners. birthday. (PL, C-100) Canberra: Pacific Australian Language Matters 3(3):7. Linguistics. 761 pp. [Relevant papers are see also Kaldor et al 1997 listed separately] LEE DING, Velma J (SIL linguist and archivist, LAZARD,Gi lbert (French linguist, typology etc) Umbakumba, NT) 1983 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, 1973 Summer Institute of Linguistics Aust­ eds19 83 Handbook ofAustralian ralian Aborigines Branch bibliography as languages, volume 3. Canberra: ANU at 30th November 1972. Darwin: Press. Bulletin de la Societe de Summer Institute of Linguistics. 7pp. Linguistique de Paris 78(2):396-398. 1976 Garawa. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Gramma­ 1986 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 tical categories in Australian languages. Young people's Dyirbal: an example of Canberra: AlAS. 382-390 (Topic B). language death from Australia. Cam­ 1976 The linguist's role in a bilingual educat­ bridge: University Press. Bulletin de la ion program. Linguistic Communications Societe de Linguistique de Paris 16:31-42. (Paper delivered to ALS 81 (2):356-357. conference, October 1973) 1977 Anindi/yakwa dictionary(d raft edition). LEACH, Barbara, ed. Umbakumba, Groote Eylandt. 1971 The Aborigine today. London: Paul 1979 Anindilyakwa phonology: Umbakumba Hamlyn. [contains articleby Capell, 92- communalect. MA thesis, Macquarie 109] University. 205pp. 1983 Aboriginal language for child LEARMONTH, Peter (pastoralist; Guardian of development. Th e Aboriginal Health Aborigines, Hamilton area) Worker (NSW) 7(2):9-1 2. 1878 Native names of places in the Wan non 1984 Diagnostic testing of the Anindilyakwa District. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of orthography for both reading and writing. Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 177. In Larrimore, Bonnie, ed. Papers in 1878 Upper Wan non tribe, Hamilton. In literacy. Darwin: SIL. 27-1 14. Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Vic toria, 1984 Loanwords: ours or theirs? In McKay, G volume 2. Melbourne. 84-85. R, and Sommer, B A, eds Further applications of linguistics to Australian LE BRUN, S Aboriginal contexts. Melbourne. 7-1 6. 1886 Forty miles east of Port Pirie. In Curr, E 1984 Testing epenthetic vowels in M The Australian race. Melbourne. Anindilyakwa. In Larrimore, Bonnie, ed. 2: 140-1 42. [Nanduwara vocabulary] Papers in literacy. Darwin: SIL. 1-26. 1989 Anindilyakwa phonology and LEE, Jennifer (SIL linguist, SIL-AAIB, Darwin, and morphology. PhD dissertation, University Nguiu, Bathurst Island, NT) of Sydney. 532pp. 1983 Tiwi today: a study of language change 1996 Body parts and possession in Anindil­ in a contact situation. PhD dissertation, yakwa. In Chappell, H, and McGregor, Australian National University. 349 and W, eds Th e grammar of inalienability: a 236pp. typ ological perspective on body part 1987 Tiwi today: a study of language change terms and the part-whole relation. Berlin: in a contact situation. (PL, C-96) Mouton de Gruyter. 193-249. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 449pp. see also Hughes and Leeding 1971, (Revision of her 1983 PhD dissertation) 1971 (Review Aboriginal History 12, Breen) 1988 Tiwi: a language struggling to survive. In LEEDING, Velma J, and GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah Ray, M J, ed. Aboriginal language use in C (Gudschinsky: American linguistics the Northern Territory: 5 reports. Darwin: consultant, SIL) SIL. 75-96. 1974 Towards a more uniform orthography for 1 993 Ngawurranungurumagi nginingawila Australian Aboriginal languages. AlAS ngapangiraga: Tiwi-English dictionary. Newsletter, new series, 1 :26-31. 133 LEEDING, Velma J, and LAUGHREN, Mary Journalof Linguistics 23:379-434. 1979 Report on research ofthe children's [Evidence from Guugu Yimidhirr] speech at Hooker Creek (Lajamanu), 1993 Language and cognition: the cognitive May 1979. Printed by Yirrkala Literature consequences of spatial description in Production Centre for the Departmentof Guugu Yimithirr. Working Papers of the Education, Darwin. 25pp. Cognitive Anthropology Research Group, Max Planck Institute for LEFORT, B, and staff of Nguiu Nginingawila Psycholinguistics (Nijmegen) 13. 39pp. Language Centre (Lefort: Kulkarriya [see also 1997] Community School, Fitzroy Crossing 1996 Language and space. Annual Review of WA) Anthropology 25:353-382. [Guugu 1987 Access to Tiwi: resource material for Yimithirr, Arrernte] people interested in basic linguistic 1997 Language and cognition: the cognitive survivalskills in the Tiwi language of consequences of spatial description in Bathurst Island (Northern Territory). Guugu Yimithirr. Journalof Linguistic Revised by Kuipers. Bathurst Island, NT: Anthropology 7(1 ):98-1 31. [see also Nguiu Nginingawila Language Centre. 1993] 20pp. 1998 Studying spatial conceptualization across cultures. In Danziger, Eve, ed. LE SOEUF, Albert A C, and HOLDEN, R W (Le Language, space, and culture. Special Soeuf: naturalist, Director of Zoological issue of Ethos: Journalof the Societyfor Gardens Melbourne, legislator) Psychological Anthropology 26(1 ):7-24. 1886 PortLincoln. In Curr, E M The Austral­ [Guugu Yimithirr] ian race. Melbourne. 2:8-9. [Parnkalla/ see also Pederson et al 1998 Pang kala vocabulary, west side of Spencer's Gulf] LEVITT, Dulcie (ethnobotanist) 1981 Plants and people: Aboriginal uses of LESSON, Pierre Adolphe (French ethnologist) plants on Groote Eylandt . Canberra: 1884 Les Polynesiens: leur origine, leurs AlAS. 166pp. [names of plants in migrations, leur langage. Paris. [in Enindilyakwa] volume 1, P 88, shortvocabul ary of Tasmanian words] LEWIN, Evans (librarian, Royal Empire Society, London) LEVIN, Beth Carol (US linguist) 1931 Commonwealth of Australia - native 1983 On the nature of ergativity. Doctoral races - languages. In Subject catalogue dissertation, Department of Electrical of the Libraryof the Royal Empire Engineering and Computer Science, Society, formerly Royal Colonial Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Institute, volume 2. London: Royal USA. 373pp. (Chapter 4: Warlpiri, pp Empire Society. 138-141. 137-214) 1987 The middle construction and ergativity. LEWY, Ernst (German linguist) Lingua 71 (1-4):17-31 . 1953 Studien uber den Bau der Sprachen, 1: see also Guerssel et al 1985 Bemerkungen zur Sprache der Aranda. Lexis: Studien zur Sprachphilosophie, LEVIN, Juliette (now Blevins, which see) Sprachgeschicht, und Begriffforschung, (Linguistics, University of Western 3. 245-254. (Nachtrag von Lohmann, J, Australia) 255-258) 1985 Reduplication in Umpila. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 6:133-1 59. LHOTSKY, John (Galicia-born of Czech parents; naturalist; explored Monaro, Snowy; LEVINSON, Stephen C (Director, Max Planck later Tasmania as Colonial Naturalist) Institut fUr Psycholinguistik, Nijmegen) 1835 Song of the women of the Menero tribe 1987 Minimization and conversational near the Australian Alps . . . Sydney. inference. In Papi, M, and Verscheuren, 1835 Vocabulary of the language of a Tas­ J, eds The pragmatic perspective. manian tribe. Geographical Journal of Amsterdam: Benjamins. 61-129. Van Diemen's Land 1 :47. Reprinted in 1987 Pragmatics and the grammar of Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 1887, anaphora: a partialpr agmatic reduction Melbourne. 3:609-61 1. [see also note on of Binding and Control phenomena. McGeary] 134 1839 Some remarks on a short vocabulary of 1990 An intercultural collision: the collective the natives of Van Diemen Land [sic], character of Aboriginal disputes. and also of the Menero Downs in Sociolinguistics 19:89-98. Australia. Journalof the Royal 1991 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign Geographical Society 9: 157 -162. languages of Aboriginal Australia . Cambridge: University Press. American LIBERMAN, Kenneth B (Sociology, University of Ethnologist 18: 181-182. Oregon) 1978 Problems of communication in Western LlCHTENBERK, Frantisek (Linguistics, University Desert courtrooms. Legal SeNice of Auckland; Oceanic languages) Bulletin 3(3):94-96. 1985 Multiple uses of reciprocal construct­ 1980 Ambiguity and gratuitous concurrence in ions. Australian Journal of Linguistics cross-modal communication. Human 5(1): 19-41 . [Includes data from Dyirbal, Studies (USA) 3(1 ):65-86. Djaru, Yindjibarndij 1981 Aboriginal education: the school at Strelley, Western Australia. HaNard LIGHTOWLER, Leslie (publisher, writer) Educational Review 51 (1 ):139-144. 1 988 Aboriginal words of Australia. Hornsby, ["marks first successful attempt by the NSW: Shepp Books. native people to control their own 1990 Aboriginal place names of Australia. educational process"] Hornsby, NSW: Shepp Books. 1981 Understanding Aborigines in Australian courts of law. Human Organization LINDQUIST, E (botanist) (USA) 40:247-255. 1961 Aboriginal flora and fauna names. The 1982 The economy of Central Australian Western Australian Naturalist (Perth) Aboriginal expression: an inspection 7(8):195-201. from the vantage of Merleau-Ponty and Derrida. Semiotica 40(3/4):267-346. LlNFOOT, Ken (Dept of Education, Narrabri) [Pitjantjatjara and neighbouring dialects 1976 The Aboriginal child in the school Ngaanyatjarra and Pintupi] systems: guide lines. In Coppell, W G, 1982 The organization of talk in Aboriginal ed. Walgett Conference on Aboriginal community decision-making. Education in NSW, 1971. 14-1 9. Anthropological Forum 5:38-53. 1982 Some linguistic features of congenial LlNGIARI, Vincent, and McCONVELL, Patrick fellowship among the Pitjantjatjara. In (Lingiari: senior Gurindji man, Land McKay, G R, ed. Australian Aborigin es: Rights activist) sociolinguistic studies. Berlin: Mouton. 1986 Vincent Lingiari's speech. (Gurindji 35-51. story) In Hercus, Luise, and Sutton, 1984 The hermeneutics of intercultural com­ Peter, eds This is what happened: munication. Anthropological Linguistics historical narratives by Aborigines. 26:53-83. [On communication between Canberra: AlAS. 312-315. Western Desert Aborigines and Anglo­ Australians] LlSSARRAGUE, Amanda (was at University of 1985 Understanding interaction in central New England) Australia: an ethnomethodological study 1994 A Dhanggadi dictionary. The author. of Australian Aboriginal people. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. 344pp. (His LITTLE J S see McHattie and Little 1886 PhD thesis of 1981) (Review Language in Society 17, Goddard; Australia and LIVINGSTONE, H (Reverend) New Zealand Journalof Sociology 23, 1892 A short grammar and vocabulary of the McHoul; Australian Aboriginal Studies dialect spoken by the Minyung people on 1987(1) Rose; Oceania 58, Rowse; the north-east coast of NSW. In Ethnic and Racial Studies 10, Silver­ Threlkeld, L E, An Australian language man) [Includes analysis of Western as sp oken by the Awabakal, the people Desert discourse: intra-group decision of Awaba or Lake Macquarie ... making, intercultural communication] Sydney. Appendix A:3-27. 1987 Review of Hercus, L A, and Sutton, P J, eds 1986 This is what happened. Can­ LLOYD, G T (early settler) berra: AlAS. Anthropological Linguistics 1862 Thirty three years in Tasmania and 29:31 9-321. Vic toria. Melbourne. [70 words, pp 470- 471 , WathawurrungiColac] 135 LO BIANCO, Joseph (Chief Executive Officer, Employment, Education and Training. Language Australia) 208pp. 1981 Submission to the House of Represent­ atives Standing Committee on Abori­ LO BIANCO, Joseph, and FREE BODY, Peter ginal Affairs Inquiry into Aboriginal 1997 Australian literacies: information national Education (September 1981). policy on literacy education. Melbourne: Reproduced in the House of Represent­ Language Australia. 177pp. atives Standing Committee Report. 1982 Towards multiculturalism in the class­ LOCKE, William (early colonist Victoria; merchant; room. Canberra: Commonwealth lived Merri Creek) Schools Commission. 75pp. 1878 Notes on the language and customs of 1985 The place of languages other than the tribe inhabiting the countryknown as English in schools. Lo Bianco, J, Chair of Kotoopna. In Smy1h, R B The Aborigines enquiry and principal author. Melbourne: of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. Victorian Government Printer. 39pp. Appendix G:333-335. Reproduced in the InternationalJournal of the Sociology of Language 63: 119- LOCKYER, Mannie (Pilbara/Port Hedland member 157, 1985. of Wangka Maya) 1987 National policy on languages. Canberra: 1990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: Australian Government Publishing Kariyarra. Port Hedland, WA: Wangka Service.283pp. Also in Australian Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Language Review of Applied Linguistics 1987, Centre. 10(2):23-32. [Includes sections on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander LOMMEL, Andreas (ethnologist; Director, languages] Staatliches Museum fur Volkerkunde, 1989 Languages action plan. Victoria: Ministry Munich, Germany) of Education. 98pp. (Reprinted twice) 1952 Die Unambal: ein Stamm in Nordwest­ 1990 Making language policy: Australia's Australien. Hamburg; Museums fUr experience. In Baldauf, Richard Band Volkerkunde. [Wunambal songs/words, Luke, Allan, eds Language planning and western Kimberley] education in Australasia and the South Pacific. Clevedon, England: Multilingual LONDON, John H, and MUELLER, J F (both of Matters. 47-79. Alice Springs Telegraph station) 1991 A review of some of the achievements of 1886 Alice Springs Telegraph Station. In Curr, the National Policy on Languages. E M The Australian race. Melbourne. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 1 :41 1 -415. [Aranda vocabularies, S 8:23-39. London's 412-413, Mueller's 414-415; 1993 Australia: language situation. In Asher, R Curr says "probably obtained from E, ed. Encyclopedia of language and different tribes which visit the station"] linguistics 1. Oxford: Pergamon Press. 263-264. LONG, Nancy see Green et al 1994 1994 A year in review: The International Year of the World's Indigenous Peoples. LONG, Terry (teacher, WA) Australian Language Matters 2( 1): 1-2. 1977 Bilingual education: a point of view. In 1994 From political to cultural democracy: Brumby, E and Vaszolyi, E, eds Langu­ South Africa's new language policy and age problems and Aboriginal education. Ausatralia's centenary of Federation. Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 139-1 46. Australian Language Matters 2( 4): 1-2. 1999 Talking Australia. AMIDA (Australian­ LONGACRE, RobertE (SIL linguist, USA) see Asian Students Magazine) 5(1), Sayers 1976 February. LONGMORE, Eva (Ngiyampaa linguistic assistant) LO BIANCO, Joseph, BRYANT, Pauline, and see Johnson et al 1982 BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr 1997 Language and literacy: Australia's LOOKER, W H, CONN, William R, PLAYFAIR, L fundamental resource. (prepared by M, and HOLLINGWORTH, Joseph Language Australia) Canberra: (Looker: Mungalella Creek, SE of Australian Government Publishing Charleville) Service,for National Board of 1887 Paroo and Warrego Rivers north of Lat. 27° 30', and Mungalella Creek In Curr, E 136 M The Australian race. Melbourne. Uniting Church in Australia: Aboriginal 3:270-284. Pitjara vocabularies: Look­ Resources and Development Services! er's Mungalella Creek 276-277, Conn's NorthernTerritory University. 168pp. Upper Warrego and Paroo Rivers 278- 279, Playfairs Upper Paroo 280-281 , LOWE, Beulah M, and ROSS, Joyce 286, Hollingsworth's Warrego and Paroo 1969 Northern Territory road traffic guide; Rivers 282-285] Rom mala mutika ganba mirriwa marngithinyarawa. Yirrkala. [included as LOU KOTKA, Cestmir (Czech linguist) a sample of linguistics in application] 1956 Supplementarynotes to the classifi­ [Gupapuyngu] cation of Australian Aboriginal langu­ ages. Lingua Posnaniensis 3: 135-158. LOWE, Charles (Belyando River, south of Chart­ ers Towers) see Muirhead and Lowe LOVE, James Robert Beattie (Presbyterian 1887 missionary,at Leigh Creek; after war service went to Kunmunya station WA) LOWE, C B (Inspector of Sheep, Glen Innes) 1930 Wullunna-Wunia Mark nunya. London. 1887 Glen Innes, New England. In Curr, E M 2nd edition, Perth: British and Foreign The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:294, Bible Society, 1943. ["Gospel according 296-297. to St Mark in Worora": representative of hundreds of biblical translations] LOWE, Pat, with PIKE, Jimmy (Lowe: former 1931-32 Introduction to the Worora language. psychologist, wife of Pike: artist) Journal of the Royal Society of WA 1990 Jilji: life in the Great Sandy Desert. 17:53-69 (1930-31 ); 18:13-22 (1931-32). Broome, WA: Magabala Books. 147pp. 1932 The grammatical structure of the Worora [Includes Walmajarri vocabulary) language of north-western Australia. MA thesis, University of Adelaide. 114pp. LOWELL, A, GURIMANGU, NYOMBA, and YINGI 1936 Stone Age bushmen of today: life and (Yolngu community members) adventure among a trib e of savages in 1997 Yolngu ways of helping their children: north-westernAust ralia. London/ communication at home in an Australian Glasgow: Blackie. [Chapter 4: Learning Aboriginal community. Australian the language (Worora)] Communication Quarterly Summer 1938 An outline of Worora grammar. Oceania 1997:20-22. Monograph 3: 112-124. 1941 A view of the Worora language. Mankind LOWRE, James (Captain of Government steamer 2(1 ):33-34. [Resume of lecture to the on Roper at time of construction of South Australia Society, 24 February Overland Telegraph) 1 941 ) 1886 Roper River. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1945 The pronoun in Worora and Pitjantja­ race. Melbourne. 1 :276-278. [Mara 277- tjara. Oceania 16(1 ):70-78. 278] 1978 Worora kinship gestures. In Umiker­ Sebeok, Donna Jean, and Sebeok, LUCICH, Peter (anthropologist, fieldwork in the Thomas A, eds Aboriginal sign­ Kimberley at Mowanjum and Kalumburu, languages of the Americas and Aust­ 1963-64; sociology at University of New ralia, volume 2. New York: Plenum England, now retired) Press. 403-405. Reprint from 1968 Th e development of Omaha kinship Transactions of the Royal Society of terminologies in three Australian South Australia 1941 65: 108-1 09. Aboriginal trib es of the Kimber/ey Division, Western Australia. (Australian LOWE, Beulah M (then at Methodist Overseas Aboriginal Studies 15, Social Anthropo­ Mission, Millingimbi NT) logy Series 2) Canberra: AlAS. 275pp. 1975 Gupapuyngu: alphabet and pronun­ (MSc thesis, University of WA, 1967) ciation. Galiwinku, NT: Galiwinku Adult [Worora, Ngarinjin and Wunambal kin Education Centre. terms] 1975 Gupapuyngu conversational course. 1969 Children 's stories from the Worora. Galiwinku NT: Galiwinku Adult Education (Australian Aboriginal Studies 18, Social Centre. Anthropology Series 3) Canberra: AlAS. 1996 Grammar lessons in Gupapuynga. [informant Mrs Elkin Umbagai; rough Edited by Christie, M J. Darwin: North­ phonetic (not phonemic) transcriptions in ern Regional Council of Congress of the 137 Worora, with some stories also in the 23 March 1833:51tt. (Derbal (Wajuk); informant's English] tribal names, place names, wordlists) 1987 Genealogical symmetry: rational found­ ations of Australian kinship. Armidale: Lightstone Publications. [use of math M models, list of kin terms for Worora, MABO, Mario (Meriam speaker) Ngarinyin, Gambre and Miwa (Kunin); 1984 Nako ma mir apkorep debger te Atat­ appendix contains kin categorisations] mirge (Meriam phonology). Ngali9:28- 1996 The structures of narrative and dream in 31. NorthernAustralia. In McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Kimberley languages in MACARTNEY, Frederick T (literary figure, e ited honour of Howard Coate. Munich: � Miller's Australian literature) see Miller Lincom Europa. 283-332. [translated 1956 NorthKimberley and Wik myths and dreams] McBRYDE, Isabel (archaeologist and ethno­ 1996 Understanding Australian kinship: historian, Emeritus Professor of Archae­ Journal rewrite rules or homomorphisms. ology, Australian National University) of Quantitative Anthropology. 6(1-2):101- 1984 Kulin greenstone quarries: the social 146. [Relationship between genealogy contexts of production and distribution and kin classification, particularly in the for the Mt. William site. World Kimberley] Archaeology 16(2):267-285. [discusses the archaeological distribution of Mt LUKE, Allan (Faculty of Education, James Cook William artefacts in the light of the see University, Townsville) Baldauf and ethnographic and linguistic evidence] Luke, eds 1990 1986 Artefacts, language and social interaction: a case study from south­ LUKE, Allan, and KALE,Joan eastern Australia. In Bailey, G N, and 1990 Language planning and education in Callow, P, eds Stone Age prehistory: Australian Aboriginal and Islander studies in memory of Charles McBurney. contexts: an annotated bibliography. In Cambridge: University Press. 77-93. Baldauf, R B, and Luke, Allan, eds 1997 'Worth a thousand words'? Words, Language planning and education in images and material culture: a New Australasia and the South Pacific. England case study. In McConvell, P, Clevedon, England: Multicultural and Evans, N, eds Archaeology and Matters. 127-1 46. linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global perspective. Melbourne: Oxford LUKIN, Gresley Brisbane Courier (editor and other University Press. 31 1-340. papers) 1886 Clarke River. In Curr, E M Th e Austra ­ McBRYDE, Isabel, ed. ian race. Melbourne. 2:436-437. [Waru­ 1978 Records of times past: ethnohistorical ngu vocabulary: see also that by De la essays on the culture and ecology of Tour] the New England tribes. Canberra: AlAS. [includes Buncan, Billy, LUMHOLTZ, Carl see (Norwegian zoologist) Dixon vocabularyof the Ngrapol language, 1981 (Wargamay) Copmanhurst, pp 277-279; see also Hoddinott 1978] LYNCH, John D (Professor of Linguistics, Univer­ sity of the South Pacific, Vanuat ) � . . McCARDELL, Anthony (ethnomusicolo�ist, LmgUlstlc 1997 Review of Muhlhausler, Peter, University of Western Australia) see ecology: language change and linguistic Ellis et al 1978 imperialism in the Pacific region. Language in Society 26(3):461 -464. McCARTHY, Frederick D (anthropologist, Principal AlAS to 1972) LYON, Robert M (agriculturalist, WA; left 1834 for 1943 New South Wales Aboriginal place Tasmania) names and euphonious words, with their 1833 A glance at the manners and language meanings. Sydney. Later edns 1946, of the Aboriginal inhabitants of Western 1959, 1963; some issued by Australian Perth . Australia, with a short vocabulary. Museum, others by Government Printer. Gazette and Western Australian Journal 138 1961 The storyof the Mangan or Bagadjimbiri 1980 Manji/jarra wangka: Manjiljarra-English brothers. Mankind 5(1 0):420-425. dictionary (draft edition). Strelley/Darwin: (Nyamal, Nyangumarta myth, Strelley Literacy Centre/SAL. 116pp. vocabulary) 1981 How Lardil became accusative. Lingua 1971 New South Wales Aboriginal place 55: 141-179. names and euphonious words, with their 1982 Neutralisation and degrees of respect in meanings. 5th edn. Sydney: Australian Gurindji. In Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Museum. 32pp. rca 1500 words Rumsey, A, eds The la nguages of translated but no areal or tribal kinship in Aboriginal Australia. University identification] (see Thorpe) of Sydney. 86-106. 1982 Review of Brandenstein, C G von, 1980 McCARTHY, John (Gonn Station) Ngadjumaja: an Aboriginal la nguage of 1887 Gonn Station, Murray River. In Curr, E M south-east Western Australia. Innsbruck: The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:506- Institut fUr Sprachwissenschaft der 507. [vocabularyunid entified by Oates & Universitat Innsbruck. Oceania 53:1 92- Oates] 193. 1982 Supporting the two-way school. In Bell, McCONNEL, Ursula Hope (social anthropologist; Jeanie, ed. Language planning for studied linguistics with Sapir, late 1920s; Australian Aboriginal languages. Alice worked amidst Wik-Mungkan, W Cape Springs: lAD. 60-76. York Peninsula) 1983 Domains and domination. Aboriginal 1935 Myths of the Wikmunkan and Wiknatara Languages Association Newsletter 5: 8- tribes. Oceania 6(1 ):66-93. [Wik 14. Mungkan and Wik Ngatharr] 1984 Domains and domination. NT Bilingual 1936 Totemic hero-cults in Cape York Education Newsletter 1-2:48-52. Peninsula, North Queensland. Oceania 1984 Review of Donaldson, Tamsin, 1980 6(4):452-477; 7(1 ):69-1 05; 7(2):217-219. Ngiyambaa: the language of the [includes myths in phonetic original and Wa ngaaybuwan. Cambridge: University literal translation; Wik-Mungkan, Gugu Press. Oceania 54:265. Yau] 1985 Domains and codeswitching among 1937 Mourning ritual among the tribes of Cape bilingual Aborigines. In Clyne, Michael York Peninsula. Oceania 7(3):346-371 . G, ed. Australia, meeting place of [Wik Mungkan myths: phonetic text with languages. Canberra: Pacific literal translations] Linguistics. 95-1 25. 1945 Wikmungkan phonetics. Oceania 1985 The origin of subsections in Northern 15( 4):353-375. Australia. Oceania 56: 1-33. 1957 My ths of the Mungkan. Melbourne 1985 Time perspective in Aboriginal culture: University Press. [Copious use of Wik­ two approaches to the origin of Mungkan throughout] subsections. Aboriginal History9(1 ):53- 80. [comparison of Brandenstein 1982, MACONOCHIE, J R (botanist, Northern Territory and McConvell 1985, on subsections] Herbarium, Alice Springs) 1986 Aboriginal language programmes and 1970 Pitjantjatjara names of some Central language maintenance in the Kimber­ Australian plants. South Australian ley. Australian Review of Applied Naturalist 44( 4):75-77. Linguistics S 3: 108-122. [example of Kija program at Turkey Creek] McCONVELL, Patrick (has done linguistic 1988 'Mix-im-up': Aboriginal code-switching, research in western NT, then with old and new. In Heller, Monica, ed. Department of Anthropology, Northern Codeswitching: anthropological and Territory University, Casuarina NT) sociolinguistic perspectives. (Con­ 1976 Nominal hierarchies in Yukulta. In Dixon, tributions to the Sociology of Language, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in 48): Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 97-149. Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 1988 Nasal cluster dissimilation and 191 -200. constraints on phonological variables in 1980 Hierarchical variation in pronominal clitic Gurindji and related languages. In attachment in the eastern Ngumbin Evans, Nicholas, and Johnson, Steve, languages. In Rigsby, Bruce, and eds Aboriginal linguistics 1. Armidale: Sutton, Peter, eds Contributions to University of New England. 135-165. Australian linguistics. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 31-117. 139 1990 The linguistic prehistory of Australia: Kijngayari and McConvell 1986; see also opportunities for dialogue with archae­ Laughren and McConvell 1996; see also ology. Australian Archaeology 31 :3-27. Lingiari and McConvell 1986 1991 Cultural domain separation: two-way street or blind alley? Stephen Harris and McCONVEll, Patrick, DAY, Ron, and BLACK, the neo-Whorfians on Aboriginal Paul education. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1983 Making a Meriam Mir dictionary. In 1991 (1 ):13-24. Austin, P, ed. Papers in Australian 1991 Understanding language shift: a step linguistics No. 15: Australian Aboriginal towards language maintenance. In lexicography. Canberra: Pacific Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in Linguistics. 19-30. Australia. Cambridge: University Press. 143-155 (Chapter 8). McCONVEll, Patrick, and EVANS, Nicholas 1992 Review of Fishman, J A, 1992 Prospects 1997 Clues to Australia's human past: pulling for reversing language shift (RLS) in together the strands. In McConvell, P, Australia: evidence from its Aboriginal and Evans, N, eds Archaeology and and immigrant languages. Vox 6:48-62. linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global Australian Journalof Linguistics 12:209- perspective. Melbourne: Oxford 200. University Press. 1-16. 1994 Language shift and maintenance in the Asia-Pacific region. Australian Aboriginal McCONVEll, Patrick, and EVANS, Nicholas, Studies 1994(1 ):86-89. eds 1994 Oral proficiency assessment for 1997 Archaeology and linguistics: Aboriginal Aboriginal languages. In Hartman, 0, Australia in global perspective. Mel­ and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal bourne: Oxford University Press. 468pp. languages in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 301-315. McCORMACK, Colin Jakamarra (teacher, Alice 1994 Two-way exchange and language Springs) maintenance in Aboriginal schools. In 1987 Language field study in Alice Springs. In Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal teachers write about their Aboriginal languages in education. Alice community languages. Batchelor Coll­ Springs: lAD Press. 235-256. ege Aboriginal Teacher Education, NT. 1996 Backtracking to Babel: the chronology of 1-9. [Central Arrernte] Pama-Nyungan expansion in Australia. Archaeologyin Oceania 31 (3): 125-1 44. McCORMACK, Jeanette (teacher) see Dobson et 1996 The functions of Split-Wacke mage I clitic al 1997 systems: pronominal clitics in the Ngumpin languages (Pama-Nyungan McCRAE, George Gordon ( of Melbourne; family, Northern Australia). In Halpern, A published books of Aboriginal legends) L, and Zwicky, AM, eds Approaching 1917 A vocabulary of the Western Port second: second position clitics and Aborigines. The Victorian Historical related phenomena. Stanford, Califor­ Magazine 5(4): 164-1 70. nia: CSLI Publications, Center for the Study of Language and Information. MACREDIE, Thomas 299-331 . 1887 Piangil. In Curr, E M The Australian 1997 Long lost relations: Pama-Nyungan and race. Melbourne. 3:448-449. [Biangil Northern kinship. In McConvell, P, and vocabulary; see also that by Curr] Evans, N, eds Archaeology and lingu­ istics: Aboriginal Australia in global McCREEDY, A D perspective. Melbourne: Oxford 1934 Aboriginal languages, dialects of University Press. 207-235. vanished tribes. The Queenslander 1997 Semantic shifts between fish and meat (February):13 . see also Bell et al 1934 and the prehistoryof Pama-Nyungan. In Tryon, Darrell, and Walsh, Michael, eds MacD,D Boundaryride r: essays in honour of 1903 A North Queensland Aboriginal dialect. Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific Science of Man 6(5):73. Linguistics. 303-325. see also Dalton et al 1995; see also MacDONALD,Alber t C Evans and McConvell 1998; see also 1911 [Letter re place names in Victoria] Hudson and McConvell 1984; see also Science of Man 13(8):165-166. 140 1912 Australian native names. Cole 's Fa mily authors. 14pp. [Adnyamatanha Almanac. Melbourne. 145-148. vocabula�] 1992 Adfila-mat-fia English dictionary. McDONALD, Barry M J (folklorist, Armidale) Adelaide: the authors. 125pp. 1996 New England corroboree songs as evidence of contact relations. Australian McENTEE, John, with McKENZIE, Pearl, and Folklore (Perth)11: 14 6-151 . [Includes Mc KENZIE, John some Baanbai song words] 1986 Wi1i -i!a-nanalpiia: plants and birds of the northern Flinders Ranges and adjacent MacDONALD, Elfreda (SIL linguist) plains with Aboriginal names. South 1964 Notes on the noun classes of Anyula. In Australia: the authors. 31 pp. Pittman, R, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on [Adnyamathanha] the languages of the Australian Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 151 -156. McEVEDY, Rosanna (then at UWA) 1973 New Zealand and Australian bilingual MACDONALD, J A (hotel proprietor, Euston) education. BA (Hons) thesis, University 1886 From the junction of the Lachlan and of Western Australia. 56pp. Murray to the junction of the Darling and Murray. In Curr, E M The Australian MACFARLANE, Linda (then at ANU; later Linguist ra ce. Melbourne. 2:285-287. [Yit-tha and Librarian at AIATSIS) (Jitajita) vocabulary etc] 1987 Compound nominals in Australian Abori­ 1886 Yit-tha. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. ginal languages. BA (Hons) thesis, ANU, Melbourne. 2:288-289. Canberra. 192pp.

McDONALD, Maryalyce (then at the Australian McFARLANE, Samuel W (Reverend) (London National University) MissionarySociety, Darnley Island 1871, 1977 A study of the phonetics and phonology London Missionary Society Cape York of Yaraldi and associated dialects. MA and Murray Island, 1874-1886) thesis, Australian National University. 1876 First lesson book fro m Darnley Island, [Narrinyeri] Torres Straits. Sydney: London Missionary Society. 38pp. [Miriam] McDONALD, Maryalyce, and WURM, Stephen A 1889 British New Guinea vocabularies. 1979 Basic materials in Wa ngkumara (Gajali): London: Society for the Promotion of grammar, sentences and vocabulary. Christian Knowledge. [Erub - that is, (PL, B-65) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Miriam, pp 18-26] 111 pp. (Review Language 58, Austin; see also Hunt 1888 Oceania 55, Blake) McFARLANE, -- (owner of MaUee Cliffs Station) McDOUGALL, A C 1886 From Mallee Cliffs Station to Wentworth. 1899 [Coombagoree vocabulary] Science of In Curr, E M The Australian race. Man 2(1 0):192-193. [also Coombangree] Melbourne. 2:282-285. [Kemendok (Kureinji) vocabulary etc] McENTEE, John C (manager of Erudina station, east of Port Augusta) MACFAUll, C, ed. 1976 Pronunciation guide to the Aanamatana 1 842 The Western Australian almanac - with language. Adelaide: the author. 30pp. an appendix containing a native gram­ [flora and fauna names, wordlists] mar. Perth.[see also Armstrong entry] 1991 Lake Frome (South Australia) Aboriginal trails. Transactions of the Royal Society McGEARY, -- of SA 115(4): 199-205. [Includes analysis 1835 see Lhotsky, in Curr, E M The of Aboriginal words and place names, in Australian race. Melbourne. 3 (1 887, Adnyamathana, Arabana, Malyangapa, Appendix A:609-61 1), whose Tasmanian Wadigali, Yardliyawara] vocabularywas obtained from a Mr see also Jones and McEntee 1996 McGeary,''who was exceptionally well acquainted with the language", in Hobart McENTEE, John, and McKENZIE, Pearl T own in 1835. 1988 Arthropodsof the northern Flinders Ranges and adjacent plains with MacGilLIVRAY, Alexander Aboriginal names. South Australia: the 1886 The Flinders and Cloncurry Rivers. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 141 Melbourne. 2:340-345. [Oonoomurra 1987 The structure of Gooniyandi narratives. tribe (Wanamara) vocabulary344-345] Australian Aboriginal Studies 1987(2):220-228. MacGilLIVRAY, John (naturalist on Rattlesnake) 1988 Existential clauses in Gooniyandi: a 1852 Comparative vocabularies of two of the systemic-functional description. In languages of the neighbourhood of Cape Austin, P, et al Papers in Australian York. In his Narrative of the voyage of Linguistics 17. Canberra: Pacific H.M.S. 'Rattlesnake' ... 2 volumes. Linguistics. 167-184. London: Boone. Volume 2:277-316. 1988 Handbook of Kimberley languages, volume 1: General information. (PL, C- MacGlASHAN, James (lived ten years in area) 105) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1887 Main range between the Belyando and 264pp. [excellent bibliographies, Cape Rivers waters. In Curr, E M The linguistic & applied linguistic] Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 18-25. 1988 Jack Bohemia and the Banjo affair. [Jangga vocabulary24-25] Meridian 7:46-58. 1988 Joint construction of narrative in McGLONE, R (Division of Speech Pathology and Gooniyandi. La Trobe Working Papers in Audiology, University of Nebraska, Linguistics 1 :135-166. Canada) see Proffit and McGlone 1975 1988 Mood and subordination in Kuniyanti. In Austin, P, ed. Complex sentence McGRATH, W J (Bill) (NT teacher) constructions in Australian languages. 1975 The Northern Territory Bilingual Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 37-67. Program. Education News 15(2-3):51 - 1988 Structural analysis of the police-tracker 53. Reprinted in the pamphlet Bilingual storygenre in Gooniyandi. Oceania education in the Northern Territory, 58(4):290-304. Canberra, Australian Government 1988 On the status of the feature rhotic in Publishing Service, 1975, with papers by some languages of the north-west of Tryon, D T, and Reading, Greg. Australia. In Evans, N, and Johnson, S, 1977 Bilingual education in the Northern eds Aboriginal linguistics 1. Armidale: Territory of Australia. Th e Linguistic University of New England. 166-187. Reporter 19(5):4-5. 1988 A survey of the languages of the see also O'Grady and Hale 1975 Kimberley region: report from the Kimberley Language Resource Centre. McGREGOR, William B (Bill) (research fellow in Australian Aboriginal Studies Linguistics, University of Melbourne) 1988(2):90-102. 1979 Aspects of the Ngaanjatjarra language. 1989 Computer maps. Australian Aboriginal MA (preliminary)thesis, University of Studies 1989(1 ):56-57. [examples of Sydney. language maps of Kimberley produced 1984 A grammar of Kuniyanti, an Australian by computer] Aboriginal language of the southern 1989 Discourse basis of ergative marking in Kimberley, Western Australia. PhD Gooniyandi. La Trobe University Work­ dissertation, University of Sydney. ing Papers in Linguistics 2: 127 -158. 1985 Body parts in Kuniyanti clause gram­ 1989 Gooniyandi mother-in-law "language": mar. Australian Journalof Linguistics dialect, register, and/orcode? In 5(2):209-232. Ammon, U, ed. Status and function of 1986 Another orthography for Gooniyandi. languages and language varieties. Australian Aboriginal Studies Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 630-656. 1986(2):62-65. 1989 Greenberg on the first person inclusive 1986 Discourse function of intonation in dual: evidence from some Australian Kuniyanti. Australian Review of Applied languages. Studies in Language 13:437- Linguistics 9(1 ):136-1 49. 458. [Reply to McGregor by Greenberg 1986 Some issues in orthography design for 452-458] Aboriginal languages. Australian Re­ 1989 Phrase fracturing in Gooniyandi. In view of Applied Linguistics 9(2):61-74. Maracz, L, and Muysken, P, eds 1986 The Love papers. Australian Aboriginal Configurationality: the typ ology of Studies 1986(2):76-79. [Materials on asymmetries. Dordrecht: Foris. 207- Worrorra] 222. 1987 Event progression in Gooniyandi texts. 1989 Postscript: a response to Keith Allan. Australian Revie w of Applied Linguistics Journal of Literary Semantics 1 O( 1 ) : 1 58-1 70 (Heidelberg, Germany) 18: 140-1 46. 142 1989 Structural analysis of a humorous story Islander la nguages. North Ryde: in Gooniyandi. Journal of Literary Macquarie Library. xi-xxxiii. Semantics 18(2):85-1 16. 1994 [Obituary]Jack Bohemia, BEM c.1900- 1989 Writing Aboriginal: oral literature in print. 1994. Australian Aboriginal Studies Meridian (La Trobe University) 8(1 ):47- 1994(2):120-1 21 . 56. 1994 Wa rrwa. Munich: Lincom Europa. 64pp. 1990 A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. 1996 Attribution and identification in Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 618pp. Gooniyandi. In Berry, Margaret, Butler, (Review Oceania 61 , Harvey; Australian Christopher S, Fawcett, Robin P, and Aboriginal Studies 1991 (2), Green; Huang Guowen, eds Meaning and form: Language 68, Croft; Journalof sys temic functional interpretations: Linguistics, Dixon) meaning and choice in language: studies 1990 An impersonal construction in for Michael Halliday. Norwood, New Gooniyandi. Word 41 :161-184. Jersey: Ablex. 395-430. 1990 The metafunctional hypothesis and 1996 Dyadic and polyadic kin terms in syntagmatic relations. Occasional Gooniyandi. Anthropological Linguistics Papers in Systemic Linguistics 4:5-50. 38(2):21 6-247. 1990 Language and ideology of a police 1996 The grammar of nominal prefixing in tracker story in Gooniyandi. In Halliday, Nyulnyul. In Chappell, H, and McGregor, M A K, Gibbons, J, and Nicholas, H, eds W, eds Th e grammar of inalienability: a Learning, keeping and using language, typ ological perspective on body part volume 2. Philadelphia: Benjamins. 175- terms and the part-whole relation. Berlin: 188. Mouton de Gruyter. 251 -292. 1992 Clause types in Gooniyandi. Language 1996 Nyulnyul. (Languages of the world / Sciences 14(4):355-384. Materials 88) Munchen: Lincom Europa. 1992 The noun phrase as a grammatical 68pp. category in (some) Australian 1996 The pronominal system in Gooniyandi languages: a reply to Mark Harvey. and Bunuba. In McGregor, W, ed. Australian Journalof Linguistics Studies in Kimberley languages in 12(2):31 5-319. honour of Howard Coate. Munich. 1 59- 1992 The semantics of ergative marking in 173. Gooniyandi. Linguistics 30:275-318. 1996 Sound symbolism in Gooniyandi, a 1992 Towards a systemic account of language of Western Australia. Word Gooniyandisegmental phonology. In 47(3):339-364. Tench, Paul Studies in systemic 1997 Functions of noun phrase discontinuity in phonology. London: Pinter. 19-43. Gooniyandi. Functions of Language 1993 GuninlKwini. Munich: Lincom Europa. 4(1 ):83-1 14. 61pp. (Review Australian Journalof 1997 Semiotic grammar. Oxford University Linguistics 15(1 ), Harvey; Language) Press. [numerous references to 1993 Speaking in black and white: differ- Australian languages] ences in the representation of Austral- 1998 Applicative constructions in Warrwa. In ian Aborigines and whites as speakers. Siewierska, Anna, and Jae Jung Song, Cultural Dynamics 6(1 ):1 0-41 . eds Case, typology and grammar. 1994 Complex sentence constructions in (Typological studies in language 38) Nyulnyul, Western Australia. Functions Amsterdam/Philadelphia:John of Language 1 (1 ):25-66. Benjamins. 171-199. 1994 Gooniyandi. In Thieberger, N, and see also Chappell and McGregor 1989, McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal 1996, 1996; see also Bohemia and words: a dictionary of words from McGregor 1991 , 1992; see also Hodge Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait and McGregor 1989; see also Hudson Islander languages. North Ryde: and McGregor 1986; see also Macquarie Library. 193-213. Muhlhi'iuslerand McGregor 1996, 1996, 1994 The grammar of reported speech and 1996; see also Stokes and McGregor thought in Gooniyandi. Australian 1999; see also Thieberger and Journal of Linguistics 1 4(1 ):63-92. McGregor 1994 1994 Introduction. In Thieberger, N, and McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal McGREGOR, William, ed. words: a dictionary of words from 1996 Studies in Kimberley languages in Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait honour of Howard Coate. Munich/ Newcastle: Lincom Europa. 332pp. 143 McGREGOR, W B, and THIEBERGER, Nicholas 1979 Gender and the category unit 1986 Handbooks of Aboriginal languages. augmented. Oceanic Linguistics (Hawaii) Language in Aboriginal Australia 2: 18- 18(2):203-210. 28. 1980 Medial stop gemination in Rembarrnga: a spectrographic study. Journalof McGUIRE, J (of Junee, NSW) see Maguire Phonetics 8:343-352. 1981 Gunibidji social, cultural and linguistic MacHATTIE, J 0, and LITTLE, J S orientation. Oceania 51 (3):214-219. 1886 Junction of King's Creek and the 1981 The use of the symbol ny in Australian Georgina River. In Curr, E M Th e Aboriginal orthographies. In Waters, Australian race. Melbourne. 2:366-369. Bruce, ed. Australian phonologies: [Moorloobulloo tribe (Karanya) collected papers. (Work Papers of SIL­ vocabulary368-369: between Lake MB, A5) Darwin: Summer Institute of Philippi and Lake MacHattie, SW Old] Linguistics. 259-269. 1982 Attitudes of Kunibidji speakers to McHOuL, A W (Alec) (Australian linguist: literacy. In McKay, G R, ed. Australian Hermeneutics, methodology etc) Aborigines: sociolinguistic studies. 1987 Review of Liberman, K B, 1985 Berlin: Mouton. 105-1 14. Understanding interaction in Central 1982 Designing a writing system. In Bell, Australia. London: Rout/edge and Kegan Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers Paul. Australian and New Zealand presented at the Second Meeting of the Journalof Sociology 23:457-460. Aboriginal Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, April 1982. (ALA). Alice MciNTOSH, Peter, COOKE, W 0, and Springs. 36-39. BARTHELEMY, C G 1982 Social, cultural and linguistic aspects of 1887 Eastern slopes of Expedition Range, orthography development in Kunibidji. In Lower Dawson, Upper Fitzroy, McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds Mackenzie, and Isaacs Rivers, and Applications of linguistics to Australian many of their tributaries. In Curr, E M Aboriginal contexts. Melbourne. 26-33. The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:58- 1983 Lexicography and the Ndjebbana 63. [Kangulu vocabulary,by McIntosh, (Kunibidji) bilingual education program. 59-60, 61, 62-63; words by other two 62] In Austin, Peter, ed. Papers in Australian linguistics No. 15: Australian Aboriginal MacINTYRE, Angus (Guardian of Aborigines, lexicography. Canberra: Pacific Kulkyne, Lower Murray) Linguistics. 57-70. 1878 Kulkyne [vocabulary). In Smyth, R B The 1984 Ndjebbana (Kunibidji) grammar: Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. miscellaneous morphological and Melbourne. 70. syntactic notes. Papers in Australian Linguistics 16. (PL, A-68) Canberra: McIVER, Rod, TOGNINI, Yolanda, and STANLEY, Pacific Linguistics. 119-151. John 1984 Preparing vernacular beginning reading 1989 Aboriginal and Islander children: materials for the Ndjebbana (Kunibidji) language and the effects of hearing bilingual education program: some impairment on language. Hearing linguistic aspects. In Larrimore, Bonnie, Impairment Forum. Townsville: James ed. Papers in literacy. Darwin: SIL. 115- Cook University. 121 -132. 132. 1984 Stop alternations in Ndjebbana McKAY, Graham R (Language Studies, Edith (Kunibidji). Papers in Australian Cowan University, Mount Lawley WA) Linguistics 16. (PL, A-68) Canberra: 1975 Rembarnga: a language of central Pacific Linguistics. 107-1 17. Arnhem Land. PhD dissertation, 1985 Language issues in training programs for Australian National University. 405pp. NorthernTerritory Police: a linguist's 1976 Rembarnga. In Dixon, R M W, ed. view. Australian Review of Applied Grammatical categories in Australian Linguistics S 2:32-43. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 494-505 1988 Figure and ground in Rembarrnga (Topic D). complex sentences. In Austin, P, ed. 1978 Pronominal person and number Complex sentence constructions in categories in Rembarrnga and Australian languages. Amsterdam: John Djeebbana. Oceanic Linguistics (Hawaii) Benjamins. 7-36. 17(1 ):27-37. 144 1990 Aboriginal languages and language communities. Journalof Australian training in the Northern Territory. Studies (North Melbourne) 5(1 ):79-90. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 1999 Ndjebbana grammar. In Dixon, R M W, S 5:48-63. and Blake, B J, eds Handbook of 1990 The addressee: or is the second person Australian languages, volume 5. singular? Studies in Language 14:429- Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 432. [Ndjebbana data) see also Maliwanga and McKay 1986 1991 Linguistics in the education of speakers of Aboriginal languages: the first decade McKAY, Graham R, ed. of the School of Australian Linguistics. In 1982 Australian Aborigines: sociolinguistic Malcolm, lan, ed. Linguistics in the studies. (=InternationalJournal of the service of society: essays to honour Sociology of Language 36) Berlin: Susan Kaldor. Claremont, WA: Institute Mouton. 136pp. (Review Language 59, of Applied Language Studies, Edith Heath) Cowan University. 37-53. 1994 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B J, McKAY, G R, and SOMMER, B A eds 1991 Handbook of Australian 1984 Introduction. In McKay, G R, and languages, volume 4. Melbourne: Oxford Sommer, B A, eds Further applications University Press. Anthropological Fo rum, of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal 7(1 ):96-98. contexts. Melbourne. 1-6. 1994 Review of Romaine, S, ed. 1991 Language in Australia. Cambridge: McKAY, G R, and SOMMER, B A, eds University Press. Aboriginal History 1982 Applications of linguistics to Australian 1 8(2): 176-178. Aboriginal contexts. (Occasional Papers 1995 Body parts, possession marking and 5) [Melbourne): Applied Linguistics nominal classes in Ndjebbana. In Association of Australia. 97pp. Chappell, Hilary, and McGregor, 1984 Further applications of linguistics to William, eds The grammar of Australian Aboriginal contexts. inalienability: a typ ological perspective (Occasional Paper 8) Melbourne: on body part terms and the part-whole Applied Linguistics Association of relation. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 293- Australia. 133pp. 326. 1996 Indigenous language choice issues in McKELSON, Kevin R (formerly La Grange the provision of interpreter training [and) (Bidyadanga) mission, now Nulungu services. In Report of Proper True Talk Catholic College, Broome) National Forum: towards a national 1968 Teach yourself Njanumada. Broome. strategy for interpreting in Aboriginal and 1974 Studies in Garadyari. La Grange Torres Strait Islander languages. Mission, Western Australia. Canberra: Attorney-General's Depart­ 1974 Studies in Manala. La Grange Mission, ment. 69-78. Western Australia. 1996 The land still speaks: review of 1975 Learna language. La Grange Mission, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Western Australia. 140pp + 4 cassettes. language maintenance and de velop ­ (Garadyari) ment needs and activities. (National 1979 Nadya Nadya country. In Berndt, R M, Board of Employment, Education and and Berndt, C H, eds Aborigines ofthe Training Commissioned Report 44) West: their past and their present. Canberra : Australian Government Nedlands: University of Western Publishing Service. 290pp. Australia Press. 214-223. [Garadyari, 1996 Scarce resources: issues arising in Nyangumada] Siberia and Australia. IA TlKU News­ 1989 Topical vocabularyin Northern letter (Foundation for Endangered Nyangumarta. Broome, WA: Aboriginal Languages, Bristol, England ) 2:18-19. Studies Department, Nulungu Catholic 1996 This ancient land still speaks. Australian College / Kimberley Bookshop. 192pp. Language Matters (Deakin, ACT) (Review Australian Aboriginal Studies 4(3):7,12. [Brief description of state of 1989(2), Simpson) Aboriginal languages) 1997 Indigenous language revival. Directions MACKEN, Marlys (Stanford University, California) in Education 6(1 5):4. see Flickinger, Macken and Wiegand 1998 Worlds apart: language and English 1982 programs in Australian indigenous 145 MCKENNA, C see Palmer and McKenna 1978 McKENRY, Rosemary (teacher) 1990 Our place . .. Benalla: Office of Schools MACKENZIE, Andrew Administration, Ministry of Education. 1874 Specimens of native Australian 22pp. [multicultural education, including languages. Journalof the Anthropo­ Aborigines) logical Institute 3(2):247-261 [Thurawal 1996 Deadly eh cuz!: teaching speakers of (Shoalhaven) and Mudthung or Koorie English. Aboriginal studies in the Thurumba (Braidwood, Ulladulla) 90's: visions and challenges II. Sydney: vocabularies); pp 262-264 Yuckaburra Aboriginal Studies Association. 27-33. dialect (Cape River, Kennedy District, Queensland) [3-page vocabulary) McKEOWN, Gerry P (then of the University of New 1875 Tharumba language, Wandandian tribe . England; NT Dept of Education) .. In Ridley, W, Kamilaroi, and other 1986 Assessment of the match between oral Australian languages, second edition, discourse and literate language: a com­ revised and enlarged by the author, with parison of the talk of Aboriginal and non­ comparative tables of words from twenty Aboriginal children, and the texts they Australian languages, and songs, read in school. MEd thesis, University of traditions, laws and customs of The New England, Armidale. 368pp. Australian race. Sydney: Thomas [Tennant Creek) Richards, Government Printer. 143-145. 1878 Australian languages and traditions. McKEOWN, Gerry, and FREEBODY, Peter Journalof the Anthropological Institute 1988 The language of Aboriginal and non­ 7(3), 125, 232-274. [includes five others: Aboriginal children and the texts they MacDonald on the natives of the Page encounter in schools. Australian Journal and Isis, Reverend C C Greenway on of Reading 11(2): 124-126. Kamilaroi p 233ft, Thomas Honery on Wailwun or Ziumba, John Rowley on MacKERT, Michael (Arizona State University West) language of Georges River, Malone on 1994 Horatio Hale and the great U.S. the language of Sydney and Illawarra Exploring Expedition. Anthropological and Dr Creed, on the North Coast; Linguistics 36(1): 1-26. Mackenzie's Dharamba language, and Wandandian; then follows Hyde Clarke's MACKIE, C W (Mt Isa/Cloncurryarea) Notes on the Australian reports from 1901 Mi-or-li and Kal-ka-doon tribes. Science New South Wales pp 274-276; see also of Man 4(8): 133. [erroneously Kal-Ra­ Ridley 1878) doon)

McKENZIE, John (Adnyamathanha speaker, MACKIE, Robert Cliffe (pastoralist, Chinchilla, Qld) worked on many properties in the 1906 Aboriginal letters or message sticks. Flinders Range area, with his wife Pearl) Science of Man 8(1): 11. see McEntee, McKenzie and McKenzie 1986 McKINNON, Ewen 1900 Ballina, Richmond River District. McKENZIE, Pearl (Adnyamathanha elder of Science of Man 3(1 ):9-1 O. [Bundjalung) Hawker, SA, until her death in 1996) see McEntee and McKenzie 1988, 1992; see MACKNIGHT, C C (Campbell) (was at the also McEntee, McKenzie and McKenzie Australian National University; now 1986 History Department, University of Tasmania) MACKENZIE, R B 1971 Macassans and Aborigines. Oceania 1904 Aboriginal place names. Science of Man 42:283-321. 7(3):43-44. McKNIGHT, David (recorded Lardil culture since MACKENZIE, Willie (Gaiarbau of Dungidau, born 1966) Kilroy ca 1875) 1998 People, countries, and the Rainbow 1984 Dungidau vocabulary recorded by L.P. Serpent: systems of classification among Winterbotham. In Steele, J G Aboriginal the Lardil of Mornington Island. (Oxford pathways in southeast Queensland and Studies in Anthropological Linguistics the Richmond River. St Lucia: University 12) Oxford University Press. 270pp. of Queensland. 260-264. 146 McLACHLAN, R (Guardian of Aborigines) McNAMARA, Tim F (Linguistics and Applied 1878 Upper Richardson vocabulary. In Smyth, Linguistics, University of Melbourne) R B The Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 1987 Language and social identity: some 2. Melbourne. 80. Australian studies. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 10(2}:33-58. McLAUGHLIN, Prudence (coordinating interpreter [Includes "Aboriginal creole speaking training at Katherine Regional Aborigi­ communities" (54-55)] nal Language Centre) 1996 Caught in the caution: Aboriginal McNICOL, Sally (ATSIC, Townsville) responses to police questioning: the 1989 Wiradhuray - a language of central case of Todd, Anthony, and Moonlight. southern NSW. Salvage description of MLitt thesis, University of Sydney. phonology and morphology. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian National University. McLEAN, Alexander see also Hosking and McNicol 1993 1886 Between the Georgina and Burke Rivers. In Curr, E M The Australian race. McNICOL, Sally, and HOSKING, Diane Melbourne. 2:350-351,358-359. [Ringa­ 1994 Wiradjuri. In Thieberger, N, and Ringa] McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Aboriginal see also Blair et al 1886 words: a dictionaryof words from Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait McLEAN, Lachlan Islander languages. North Ryde: 1887 Yanko, Urana, Billebong, and Jerril­ Macquarie Library. 79-99. derrie. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:394-395. [Wiradjuri] MacPHERSON, James (formerly a bushranger, ''The Wild Scotchman") McLELLAN, Marilyn (SIL linguist) 1887 Maryborough. In Curr, E M Th e Aust­ 1992 A study of the Wangurri language. PhD ralian race. Melbourne. 3: 136-1 37. dissertation, Macquarie University NSW. [Dippil vocabulary] 295pp. see also Ridley et al 1887

McLELLAN, Marilyn, ed. MacPHERSON, John (Dr) 1997 Studies in Aboriginal grammars. Darwin: 1930 Some Aboriginal place names in north­ Summer Institute of Linguistics­ ern New South Wales. Journaland Australian Aborigines and Islanders Proceedings of the Royal Australian Branch. 100pp. Historical Society 16(2}: 120-131. 1931 Some Aboriginal animal names. McLENNAN, Alexander Australian Zoologist 6(4}:368-371 . 1886 From Weinteriga, on the Darling, to the 1932 The meaning of Tirrikiba. Mankind Barrier Range. In Curr, E M The (Sydney) 1 (5): 102. Australian race. Melbourne. 2:232-233. 1934 Some words from the New England [Wiljakali vocabulary] vocabularies. Mankind 1 (1 0}:235-236.

McLEOD, Frank (Djabugay speaker) see Quinn et MacPHERSON, Peter (Reverend; MA) al 1992 1887 The Aboriginal names of rivers in Australia, philologically examined. McLEOD, H L (Guardian of Aborigines, Glenelg Jo urnal of the Royal Society of NSW River district) 20: 113-141. 1878 Native names of places in the Glenelg district. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of McRAE, David (educationist) Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 176-177. 1995 Langwijcomes to school: promoting literacy among speakers of Aboriginal McLEOD, J N (Guardian of Aborigines, Portland) English and Australian creoles. (booklet 1878 Tourahonong tribe [language]. In Smyth, with text) 32pp. Canberra: Common­ R B The Aborigin es of Victoria, volume wealth Department of Employment, Edu­ 2. Melbourne. 85-86. cation and Training. (Review Th e Abori­ ginal Child at Schoo/ 23(2), Shnukal} McLEOD, - 1887 Phrases in the Laichi-Laichi language. In MADDIESON, Ian (phonologist) see Anderson and Curr 3:438. [Murray River, south of Maddieson 1994 Mildura] 147 MAGUIRE, J (or McGuire) (of Junee, NSW) 1980 Speech use in Aboriginal communities: a 1901 Wirradgerry tribe. Science of Man preliminarysur vey. Anthropological 3(12):208-209. Forum 5( 1 ): 54-1 04. 1907 Dialect of the Weraiari tribe. Science of 1982 Communication dysfunction in Aboriginal Man 9(5):80; 9(6):85-87, 95. classrooms. In Sherwood, J, ed. 1910 Aboriginal names and meanings: Weri­ Aboriginal education . . . Perth: Creative ari or Wiradhuri. Science of Man Research. 153-1 72. 11(9 ):180. 1982 Speech events of the Aboriginal classroom. In McKay, G R, ed. MAIDEN, Joseph Henry (botanist; curator Tech­ Australian Aborigines: sociolinguistic nological Museum Sydney; director studies. (International Journal of the Sydney Botanical Gardens) Sociology of Language 36) Berlin: 1896 Dialect of Wooradgery tribe. Austral­ Mouton. 115-134. asian Anthropological Jo urnal1 (1):12 . 1982 Verbal interaction in the classroom. In 1903 George Caley, botanical collector in New Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S and Malcolm, South Wales, 1800-1810. Agricultural I, eds English and the Aboriginal child. Gazette of NSW,October, 14:988-996. Canberra: Curriculum Development [Aboriginal names of trees] Centre. 165-1 92. 1928 Aboriginal names [for Eucalypts]. In his 1992 English in the education of speakers of Critical revision of the genus Eucalyp tus, Aboriginal English. In Siegel, J, ed. 7(1 0). Sydney. 480-483. Pidgins, creoles and non-standard dialects in education. Melbourne: MAIR, -- (Police Magistrate) Applied Linguistics Association of 1886 Menindie, Darling River. In Curr, E M Australia. The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:234- 1993 Spoken English ...Whose? TESOL in 235 [Danggali vocabulary]. Context (Melbourne) 3(1 ):3-5. 1994 Aboriginal English and Standard English: MAJEWICZ, Alfred Franciszek (Polish linguist, making connections. In Steff, G, ed. Adam Mickiewicz University, Poznafl) TESOL; Making connections. 1977 The structure of cardinal numbers, II: (Proceedings of the 1994 Australian Numerals in the Aranda translations of Council of TESOL Associations - St Luke's Gospel of 1925 and 1956. Western Australian Association for Lingua Posnaniensis (Poland) 20:39-43. Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages National Conference) MALCOLM, Ian G (Professor of Applied lingu­ Perth. istics, Edith Cowan University, Perth, 1994 Aboriginal English inside and outside the WA) classroom. Australian Review of Applied 1979 Classroom communication and the Linguistics 17(2):147-180. Aboriginal child: a sociolinguistic 1994 Discourse and discourse strategies in investigation in Western Australian Australian Aboriginal English. World primary schools. PhD dissertation, Englishes 13(3):289-306. University of Western Australia. 2 1995 Language and communication volumes. enhancement for two-way education. 1979 The discourse of the reading lesson: (Report to the Department of sociolinguistic observationsin Aboriginal Employment, Education and Training) Class rooms. Working Papers in Perth: Edith Cowan University. Languages and Linguistics (Launceston) 1996 Issues in the maintenance of Aboriginal 10:37-55. languages and Aboriginal English. In 1979 The West Australian Aboriginal child and Scarino, Angela, ed. Equity in langu­ classroom interaction: a socio-linguistic ages other than English: conference approach. Journalof Pragmatics papers of the AFML TA 10th National 3(3):305-320. Languages Conference. Perth: AFMLT A. 1980 The discourse of the reading lesson: 59-66. (Modern Language Teachers sociolinguistic observations in Aboriginal Association) classrooms. In Bessell-Brown, T et ai, 1996 Observations on variability in the verb eds Reading into the eighties. Perth: phrase in Aboriginal English. Australian University of Western Australia Press. Journal ofLingui stics 1 6(2): 1 45-165. (see also 1979) 1996 One language, two cultures: implementing bidialectal education. In James, Joyce E, ed. The language- 148 culture connection. Singapore: SEAMEO MALONE, Lizzie (wife of John Malone) Regional Language Centre. 123-135. 1878 Wodiwodi, the language of Illawarra. In 1 997 Aboriginality and English project. Ridley's paper in Journalof the Australian Style 6(1 ):7. Linguistics Anthropological Institute 7:263-266. Department, Macquarie University. 1997 The pragmatics of bidialectal MAM, Thomasina (ATSIC Commissioner for Arts communication. In Bouton, Lawrence F, and Languages, Old) ed. Pragmatics and language learning 1996 Language maintenance and language monograph series 8. Urbana­ rights. In Proper true talk ...Canbe rra: Champaign: Division of English as an Attorney General's Department. 11-14. International Language, Intensive Engl­ ish Institute, University of Illinois. 55-78. MANASTER RAMER, Alexis (University of 1998 "You gotta talk the proper way": Michigan) language and education. In Partington, 1994 From Pitta Pitta to PIE. Diachronica Gary, ed. Perspectives on Aboriginal 11(1):141-146. [PIE = Proto-Indo­ and Torres Strait Islander education. European; p 143 Warlpiri Iyl, Iwf] Katoomba, NSW: Social Science Press. 117-146. MANGAN, G L (Oxford University) see Foggitt, 1999 Aboriginal English: adopted code of a Mangan and Law 1972 surviving culture. In Blair, D, and Collins, P, eds Focus on Australia. MANN, Chris, and BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John 1992 Foreword. Australian Revie w of Applied Benjamins. Linguistics, 1992, S 9: 1-5. [re language see also Eagleson, Kaldor and Malcolm, policies of StatelT erritory Educ'n Depts] eds 1982; see also Kaldor, Eagleson and Malcolm 1982; see also Kaldor and MANN, Maria (Kimberley Language Resource Malcolm 1979, 1982, 1985, 1991 Centre) 1985 Keep our languages alive. Aboriginal MALCOLM, lan, ed. Newsletter, Western Australia 8. [Brief 1991 Linguistics in the seNice of society: statement of Kimberley Language essays to honour Susan Kaldor. Resource Centre priorities for 1986] Claremont, WA: Institute of Applied Language Studies, Edith Cowan MANNING, Geoffrey H University. 1990 Manning's place names of South Australia. Adelaide: the author. 409pp. MALIWANGA, Jeffrey Campion, and McKAY, Graham R (Maliwanga: of Mainoru MANNION, Kathryn(La Trobe University) Station, NT) 1996 Issues relating to bilingualism and 1986 Yard building at Mainoru Station. bilingual education: a case study of an (Rembarrnga story). In Hercus, L, and Australian Aboriginal community. MA Sutton, P, eds This is what happened: thesis, School of Linguistics, La Trobe historical narratives by Aborigin es. University. 119pp. Canberra: AlAS. 317-325. MANSERGH, lan, and HERCUS, Luise MALKORDA, Frank (performer, song series; (Mansergh: Fisheries and Wildlife Maningrida NT) see Clunies Ross and Division, Arthur Rylah Institute for Wild 1982 Environmental Research, Victoria) 1981 An Aboriginal vocabulary of the fauna of MALLINSON, Graham, and BLAKE, Barry J Gippsland. Memoirs of the National (Mallinson: European linguist) Museum of Vic toria 42(1/2):107-1 22. 1981 Language typ ology: cross-linguistic studies in syntax. Amsterdam: North­ MARAcz, Laszlo K, and MUYSKEN, Pieter, eds Holland. [data from several Australian (European linguists) languages, including Dyirbal and 1989 Configurationality: the typ ology of Warlpiri] asymmetries. (Studies in Generative Grammar 34) Dordrecht: Foris. 366pp. MALONE, John L 1878 Specimen of the language of the extinct MARETT, Mari (see also Rhydwen, Mari) Sydney tribe. In Ridley's paper in Journ­ 1987 Kriol and literacy. Australian Aboriginal al of the Anthropological Institute 7:262. Studies 1987(2):69-71 . 149 1988 New literacy: the case of Kriol. In Wright, 1976 The grammar of Mantjiltjara. MA thesis, Barry, Moody, Daniel, and Petchkovsky, Arizona State University. 127pp. Leon, eds Contemporaryis sues in 1977 The notion of balance in Mantjiltjara Aboriginal Studies. Sydney: Firebird grammar. In Brumby, E and Vaszolyi, E, Press. 201-213. eds Language problems and Aboriginal education . Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 25- MARGOLIS, Ekaterina (Katia) (University of 33. Melbourne) 1992 Martu Wa ngka English dictionary. 1999 Reconstructing verbs in Proto-Pama­ Darwin: SIUAAB. 441pp. Nyungan. PhD dissertation, University of see also Sommer and Marsh 1969 Melbourne MARSH, Jim, and CHAPMAN, Milton MARIKA-MUNUNGGIRITJ, Raymathja, and 1990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: CHRISTIE, Michael J (Marika: Yirrkala Manyjilyja rra. Port Hedland, WA: School) Wangka Maya. 1995 Yolngu metaphors for learning. Inter­ national Journalof the Sociology of MARSHALL-STONEKING, Billy (Literature Language 1 13:59-62. Production Supervisorat Papunya, near Alice Springs; edited Raggett 1980) see MARKS, H J (contributor of place names to Raggett 1 980 Science of Man) see Aboriginal 1899 MARTIN, Archibald Edward (wrote several serials MARMION, Doug (teacher-linguist, Yamaji and novels: one a main prizewinner) Language Centre, Geraldton, WA) 1943 Twelve hundred and more place names 1994 The Yamaji Language Centre. In in South Australia, Western Australia, Hartman, 0, and Henderson, J, eds and the Northern Territory. Sydney: Aboriginal languages in education. Alice NSW Bookstall. [meaning of place Springs: lAD Press. 370-380. names, some Aboriginal] 1996 A description of the morphology of 1944 Place names in Queensland, New Wajarri. BA (Hons) thesis, University of Zealand, and the Pacific. Sydney: NSW New England, Armidale. Bookstall. 1998 Nhanda Wangganhaa. Illustrated 1944 Place names in Vic toria and Tasmania. wordlist of Nhanda, an Aboriginal Sydney: NSW Bookstall. language of the WA coastal region between Kalbarri and Shark Bay, with MARTIN, Bertha(s tudent, NT) see Green et al guide to writing Nhanda. 64pp. Yamaji 1994 Language Centre. [about 450 words in Nhanda with English equivalent, English­ MARTIN, J W Nhanda finderlist; map avail-able from 1899 Murwillumbah vocabulary. Science of Yamaji Language Centre] Man 2(10):192-193. see also Blevins and Marmion 1994, 1995 MARTU WANGKA PUBLICATIONS 1984 You can read Martu Wangka: Riitamula MARRETT, R R (English anthropologist) Martu Wa ngka. 11 volumes. Jigalong: 1910 Queensland corroboree songs. Folklore Martu Wangka Publications. [to help 21:86-88. Martu Wangka speakers who can read English to transfer their reading skills] MARRFURRA, Patricia, et al (Marrfurra: Ngan'gi­ kurunggurr & Ngangiwumirri speaker) MASSOLA, Aldo (Curator of Anthropology, 1995 Ngan 'gikurunggurr and Ngangiwumirri National Museum of Victoria) ethnobotany. (Northern Territory 1958 Notes on the natives formerly inhabiting Botanical Bulletin 22) Darwin: Con­ the Goulburn Valley. The Victorian servation Commission of the Northern Historical Magazine 28(2):45-58. Territory. 112pp. 1959 Language. I n his Bibliography of printed literature upon Victorian Aborigines. MARSH, James L (SIL linguist, then at Memoirs of the National Museum, Meekatharra WA) Melbourne 24: 122-1 28. 1969 Mantjiltjara phonology. Oceanic 1968 Aboriginal place names of south-east Linguistics 8(2):131-152. Australia and their meanings. Melbourne: Lansdowne Press. 62pp. 150 1970 Aboriginal mission stations in Victoria: Association for the Advancement of Yelta, Ebenezer, Ramahyuck, Lake Science 18:551-552. Condah. Melbourne: Hawthorn Press. 1926 Vocabulary of the Wakka Wakka. Report 120pp. [language policy] of the Australasian Association for the 1971 Language. In his Bibliography of the Advancement of Science 18:540-547. Vic torian Aborigines from the earliest manuscripts to 31 December 1970. MATHEWS, Robert Hamilton (surveyor and Melbourne: Hawthorn Press. 36-43. anthropologist, born Narellan; devoted later years to anthropology/Aborigines) MATHESON, H 1898 Message sticks. Science of Man 1897 Johnstone River dialect. Australasian 1 (6): 141-142. [North-east Queensland] Anthropological Journal 1 (6):123. 1900 Divisions of some Western Australian tribes. American Anthropologist 2:185- MATHEW, John (Presbyterian minister, anthropo­ 187. logist Melbourne and Qld; Aboriginal 1901 The Dharruk language and vocabulary. ethnology) Jo urnal of the Royal Society of NSW 1880 On the Kabi dialect of Queensland. 35: 155-1 60. Journalof the Anthropological Institute 1901 Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal 9:312-316. tribes of the Northern Territory. 1887 Mary River and Bunya Bunya country. In Queensland Geographical Journal Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 161 :69-90. [vocabulary and totemism of Melbourne. 3: 152-209. [Kabi (Kabikabi) Chingalee tribe] vocabulary, throughout: including 1901 The Gundungurra language. Proceed­ translations; vocabulary 196-209] ings of the American Philosophical 1889 The Australian Aborigines. Proceedings Society 40(167): 140-148. of the Royal Society of NSW23:335- 1901 Some Aboriginal tribes of Western 449. [Linguistic evidence of origins, Australia. Journaland Proceedings of including Dravidian, Malay; includes the Royal Society of NSW 35:21 7 -222. Tasmanian] [ca 100 words Kisha dialect, phrases: 1898 Three Aboriginal words. Alma Mater, Nining] September, 51-52. 1901 Thurrawal grammar, part 1. Parramatta. 1899 Eaglehawk and crow: a study of the 1901 The Thurrawal language. Journalof the Australian Aborigines including an Royal Society of NSW 35:1 27-1 60. inquiry into their origin and a sUNey of 1902 The Aboriginal languages of Victoria. Australian languages ...London: David Journal of the Royal Society of NSW NuttiMelbourne: Melville, Mullen and 36:71-1 06. [Tyattyalla, Tyapwurru, Slade. 288pp. [see also Hood] Wuddyawurru, Thaguwurru, Woiwurru, 1900 Aboriginal words. Science of Man Brabirrawulung, + vocabulary Tyattyalla 3(6):98-99. & Brabirrawulung] 1901 Is the dingo indigenous to Australia? 1902 Languages of some native tribes of SoM 4(3):47. [words for dog] Queensland, New South Wales, and 1910 Two representative tribes of Queens­ Victoria. Journal of the Royal Society of land ... London: Fisher Unwin. 256pp. NS W36:135-1 90. [Grammatical struc­ [Kabi, Wakka, vocabularypp 225-256]. ture of (Q) Yualeai, Pikumbil, (NSW) 1913 Note on the Gurang Gurang tribe of Kawambarai, Wongaibon, Kurnu, Tyake Queensland, with vocabulary. Report of or Mystic language, Dyirrin gan, the Australasian Association for the (Victoria) Yotayota, Bureba, vocabul­ Advancement of Science 14:433-443. aries of Kurnu, Yualeai & Yotayota] 1926 Vocabulary of the Kiramai language, 1902 The Thoorga and other Australian Herbert River, Queensland, and of the languages. American Antiquarian Wulili language, Auburn, Redbank, 24: 101-106. Canboon, Walloor on the Dawson. 1902 The Thoorga language. Journalof the Report of the Australasian Association Royal Geographical Society of Qld for the Advancement of Science 18:547- 17:49-73. [Appendix: The Yookumbill 550. language] 1926 Vocabulary of Kitapul, spoken about 1903 Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal AIIora, Killarney, and generally the tribes of Western Australia. Queensland source of the Condamine and the Logan Geographical Journal 19: 45-72. Rivers. Report of the Australasian [includes vocabularies from Roebourne and lower Fitzroy River] 151 1903 Das Kumbainggeri, eine Eingeborenen- 1904 The Ngunawal language. Journalof the sprache von Neu-SQd-Wales. Royal Anthropological Society34:294- Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen 299. Gesellschaft in Wien 33:321 -328. [Also 1904 Die Sprache des Tyeddyuwurru- in Ryan 1964:232-234] Stammes des Eingeborenen von 1903 Le langage wailwan. Bulletins et Victoria. Mitteilungen des Anthropolo- Memoires de la Societe d'Anthropologie gischen Gesellschaftin Wien 34:71-76. de Paris 5(4):69-81. 1904 The Wiradyuri and other languages of 1903 Language of the Bungandity tribe, South New South Wales. Journal ofthe Australia. Journalof the Royal Society of Anthropological Institute 34:284-305. NSW37:59-74. 1905 Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal 1903 Languages of the Kamilaroi and other trib es of New South Wales. Sydney: F W Aboriginal tribes of New South Wales. White. 183pp. Also in Journal of the Journalof the Anthropological Institute Royal Society of NSW 38:203-381 . 33:259-283. [Ngiyamba] 1903 Languages of the New England 1905 Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal Aborigines, New South Wales. tribes of Queensland. Journal of the Proceedings of the American Royal Geographical Society of Old Philosophical Society42 (173):249-263. 20:49-75. 1903 The Murawarri and other Australian 1906 Notes on some native tribes of Australia. languages. Journal of the Royal Jo urnaland Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Old 18:52-68. Society of NSW 40:95-129. [grammatical 1903 Native languages of Victoria. American structure of languages spoken about Anthropologist 5:380-382. Alice: Arranda, Loritcha, with small 1903 Notes on some native dialects of Vic- vocabularyof the latter] toria. Journalof the Royal Society of 1907 The Arran'da language, Central NSW 37:243-253. Australia. Proceedings of the American 1903 Some Aboriginal languages of Queens- Philosophical Society46:322-339. land and Victoria. Proceedings of the 1907 Language of the Birdhawal tribe in American Philosophical Society Gippsland, Victoria. Proceedings of the 42(173):179-188. American Philosophical Society46:346- 1903 Yabula-Yabula language ...Journal of 359. the Royal Society of NSW 37:251 -253. 1907 Languages of some tribes of Western 1904 Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal Australia. Proceedings of the American tribes of New South Wales and Victoria. Philosophical Society 46:361-368. Journalof the Royal Society of NSW 1907 Notes on some native tribes of Australia. 38:203-381. [Language of the Thang- Journaland Proceedings of the Royal gatti tribe, pp 232-239, also in Ryan Society of NSW 40:95-129. 1964:218-231] 1907 Notes on the Aborigines of New South 1904 Langage des Kurnu, tribu d'indigenes de Wa les. Sydney: Government Printer. la Nouvelle Galles du Sud. Bulletins et 40pp. [includes initiation songs] Memoires de la Societe d'Anthropo-logie 1907 Notes on the Aborigines of the Northern de Paris 5(5): 132-1 38. Territory, Western Australia and 1904 Language, organization and initiation Queensland. Royal Geographical ceremonies of the Kogai tribes, Society of Australasia, Oueensland Queensland. Zeitschrift fOrEt hnologie Branch 22:1-9, 69-72. 36(1 ):28-38. 1908 Some native languages of Western 1904 Language of the Wuddyawurru tribe, Australia. American Antiquarian 30:28- Victoria. Zeitschrift fOrEth nologie 31. 36(6):729-734. 1908 Vocabulary of the Ngarrugu tribe, New 1904 Native tribes of Victoria: their languages South Wales. Journalof the Royal and customs. Proceedings of the Ameri- Society of NSW 42:335-342. can Philosophical Society43 (175):54- 1909 The Dhudhuroa language of Victoria. 70. American Anthropologist 11:278-284. 1904 The Ngeumba language, pp 219-232 of 1909 Language and sociology of the Ethnological notes on the Aboriginal Kumbainggeri tribe, New South Wales. tribes of New South Wales and Victoria. Report of the Australasian Association Journalof the Royal Society of NSW for the Advancement of Science 12:485- 38:203-381. 493. 152 1910 Notes on some tribes of Western 1961 Bribie dialects: tribe - Joondoobarrie. Australia. Royal Geographical Societyof [wordlist] Local GovernmentQueens­ Queensland 25: 1 1 9-136. [Nyungar, land, February:49-50. taken from Symmons 1842, Grey 1839, 1961 Herbert River tribes N.Q. vocabulary. Moore 1842, and Brady 1845; gram­ Local Government Queensland, matical notes, vocabulary of 220 words - November:65, 67. [Warrgamay] SW dialect] 1962 Charleys Creek: dialect collected from Dr Bunce's Austral-Asiatic reminiscences. MATHEWS, R H, and EVERITT, M M (Miss) [wordlists, north-east Queensland] Local 1900 The organisation, language, and initi­ Government Queensland, April:58. ation ceremonies of the Aborigines of 1962 Condamine (which is called the the south-east coast of New South Yandukal) River vocabulary. Local Wales. Journalof the Royal Society of GovernmentQue ensland May:37. NSW34:262-281. [grammar of 1962 Darling Downs dialect [wordlist]. Local Gundungurra] Government Queensland, Septem­ ber:66. MATHEWS, R H, and GARDNER, P 0 1962 Dunk Island - place names. Local 1996 The language of the Kurnai tribes of Government Queensland March:68-69. Gippsland, with notes on grammar and 1962 Grafton Range dialects [wordlists]. Local pronunciation, by R H Mathews, and GovernmentQue ensland June:50. Kurnai-English, English-Kurnai 1963 Pitta Pitta dialect, Boulia area. [wordlist] vocabulary, compiled by P 0 Gardner. Local Government Queensland, Ensay, Victoria: Ngarak Press. 74pp. January:38-39. 1963 Three different dialects north-west MATSUBARA, K (Japanese linguist) Queensland. Local Government 1997 Review of Muhlhausler, Peter, 1996 Queensland, June:58-59. [Kalkatungu, Linguistic ecology. London: Routledge. Mayi-Thakurti, Pitta Pitta] Journalof Pragmatics (Amsterdam) 27: 1964 Aboriginal names and their meanings. 542-547. Local Government Queensland 59:66.

MATSUDA, Tokuichiro (Indiana University) see MEAGHER, Sara J Voegelin, Voegelin, Wurm, O'Grady and 1974 The food resources of the Aborigines of Matsuda 1 963 the south-west of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian MATTHEWS, Peter H (English linguist) Museum 3(1 ):14-65. (names of plants 1984 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1982 Wh ere and animals in Nyungar, etc) have all the adjectives gone? and other essays in semantics and syn tax. Berlin: MEEHAN, Betty F (see also Hiatt, Betty) Mouton. Jo urnalof Linguistics 20: 165- (archaeologist, formerly National 169. Museum of Australia) see Jones and Meehan 1978, 1997 MAXWELL, Dan (English linguist) 1981 Ober die rhythmische Natur der Wort­ MEEHAN, Dorothy (graduate teacher) akzents im Dyirbal und Hopi. In Kohrts, 1981 Kriolliteracy: why and how ...: notes M and Lenerz, J, eds Sprache: Formen on Kriol and 8amyi/i school bilingual und Strukturen: Akten des 15. Linguist­ program. Katherine: Bamyili Press. ischen Kollo quiums, MOnster 1981, 45pp. [Published version of her volume 1. Tubingen: Niemeyer. 75-83. Graduate Diploma in Intercultural Studies, Mt Lawley, WA, CAE, same MAY, Sydney (organist, music lecturer; secretary year] Qld Place Name Society) 1945 The development of Queensland place MEGGITT, Mervyn J (anthropologist) names. Queensland Geographical 1954 Sign language among the Walbiri of Journal55(41 ):43-45. [possible origins] Central Australia. Oceania 25(1-2):2-1 6. 1960 Yugumbir dialect - Tweed River and 1955 Notes on the Malngjin and Gurindji Logan and Albert area [wordlist]. Local aborigines of Limbunya, Northern Government Queensland, October:55- Territory. Mankind 5(2):45-50. 56, November: 68. 1957 Notes on the vegetable foods of the Walbiri of Central Australia. Oceania 28(2): 143-1 45. [Walbiri plant names] 153 1965-66 Gadjari among the Walbiri Aborigines of Antekerrepenh, Arabana, Aranda (East­ central Australia. Oceania 36: 173-213; ern, Western, Lower), Diyari, Gurindji, 283-315; 37:22-48, 124-147. Repub­ Jaru, Jingilu, Karawa, Kaytej, Kriol, Ku­ lished 1967 as Oceania Monograph 14. katja, Kutanji, Malngin, Mudbura, Ngaa­ 1978 Sign language among the Walbiri ... nyatjarra, Ngari, Ngarinman, Ngarnji, (1954) Reprinted in Umiker-Sebeok, D J, Nyininy, Pilinara, Pintupi, Pitjantjatjara, and Sebeok, T A, eds Aboriginal sign Pitta-pitta, Wakaya (Eastern, Western), languages of the Americas and Walmatjari, Wampaya, Wangkanguru, Australia. New York: Plenum Press. Wanyi, Warlmanpa, Warlpiri, Warluwara, 409-423. [63 signs described; Warumungu, Yandruwandha, Yankuny­ comparison with other Australian sign tjatjara, Yanyuwa] languages] MERCURIO, A, and AMERY, Robert (Mercurio: MElLE, M G (US linguist) Massachusetts Institute of Technology) 1983 Active case systems in Australia and 1996 Can senior secondary studies help to Papua. In Ingeman, F, ed. 1982 Mid­ maintain and strengthen Australia's America Linguistics Conference Papers. indigenous languages? MIT Working Lawrence: Departmentof Linguistics, Papers in Linguistics 28:25-57. University of Kansas. 122-128. MEREDITH, John (historian, southern Highlands, MEILLET, Antoine (French linguist) NSW) 1924 Langues de I' Australie. In Meillet, A, and 1989 The last Kooradgie: Moyengully, Cohen, M Les langues du monde. chiefman of the Gundungurra people. (Collection linguistique: Societe de Kenthurst, NSW: Kangaroo Press. Linguistique de Paris 16) Paris: Edouard [Includes wordlist of "the Gundungurra Champion. 461-462. (New editions language" fro Mathews, R H] 1952, 1964) MERLAN, Francesca C (Professor of Anthropology MEISSEL, Gottlieb (Lutheran missionary) and Archaeology, Australian National 1871 Lake Kopperamana vocabulary. Journal University) of the Anthropological Institute 1 :88. 1979 On the prehistory of some Australian [Wailpi] verbs. Oceanic Linguistics 18(1 ):33-1 12. 1981 Directions in Australian linguistics, a MEIYAYANGA, May (Maung informant) see review article. (Dixon and Blake, eds Kurrunama et al 1990 1979, Handbook of Australian languages). Oceania 51 (3):220-224. MEL'�UK, Igor A (Russian-born US linguist) 1981 Land, language and social identity in 1977 The predicative construction in the Aboriginal Australia. Mankind 13(2): 133- Dyirbal language: towards the notions 148. 'grammatical subject', 'transitivity', 1981 Some functional relations among 'accusative case', 'ergative construction' subordination, mood, aspect and focus and 'grammatical voice '. Bloomington: in Australian languages. Australian Indiana University Linguistics Club. Journalof Linguistics 1 (2):175-210. 1979 Republication of 1977 in his Studies in [Mangarayi, Jawony, Ngalakan] dependency syntax, edited by Roberge, 1982 'Egocentric' and 'altercentric' usage of P T. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Karoma. 23- kin terms in Mangarayi. In Heath, J, 90. Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds Th e 1992 Toward a logical analysis of the notion languages of kinship in Aboriginal 'ergative construction'. Studies in Australia. University of Sydney. 125-140. Language 16(1 ):91-138. [Dyirbal, Kala 1982 Mangarayi. (Lingua Descriptive Series, Lagaw Ya and Maori examples] 4) Amsterdam: North-Holland. 242pp. (Review Lingua 58, Blake; Australian MENNING, Kathy (SIL linguist, Berrimah) Journalof Linguistics 3(1), Donaldson) 1981 Sourcebook for Central Australian 1982 Review of Austin, Peter, 1981 A languages. (Pilot edition) Alice Springs: grammar of Diyari, South Australia. Institute for Aboriginal Development. Cambridge: University Press. American Edited by David Nash. 176pp and Anthropologist 84: 951-952. 125pp. [Includes bibliography and 150- 1982 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1981 word list for each of Adnyamathanha, Nunggubuyu myths and ethnographic Alawa, Alyawarra, Anmajirra, 154 texts. Canberra: AlAS. Australian Reid, Nicholas, eds Nominal Journal of Linguistics 2( 1): 121 -128. classification in Aboriginal Australia. 1983 Ngalakan grammar, texts and Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John vocabulary. (PL, B-89) Canberra: Pacific Benjamins. 63-1 03. Linguistics. 220pp. (Review Aboriginal Linguistics 1, Evans) MESTON, Archibald (journalist, explorer, plant­ 1983 Review of Breen, J G, 1981 The Mayi ation manager on Brisbane River; later languages of the Queensland Gulf directed Old Government Tourist country. Canberra: AlAS. American Bureau) Anthropologist 85:741 . 1895 Native names in Moreton Bay dialects, 1987 Catfish and alligator: totemic songs of and Lord's prayer in Lytton dialect. the western Roper River, Northern Handbook of excursions. Brisbane: Territory. In Clunies Ross, M, Donald­ Australasian Association for the son, T, and Wild, S, eds Songs of Advancement of Science. Aboriginal Australia. Sydney: University see also Fawcett note of Sydney. 142-1 67. 1989 Some aspects of textual relations in METCALFE, C 0 (Toby) (Aboriginal Australian Jawoyn, Northern Australia. In Key, linguistics, at present Director, Edith Mary R, and Hoenigswald, H M, eds Cowan University International, General and Amerindian ethnolo­ Thailand) linguistics: in remembrance of Stanley 1971 A tentative phonemic statement of the Newman. (Contributions to the Bardi Aboriginal language. In Blake, B, Sociology of Language, 55) Berlin: et al Papers on the languages of Mouton de Gruyter. 41 7-443. Australian Aboriginals. Canberra: AlAS. 1989 Jawoyn relationship terms: interactional 82-92. dimensions of Australian kin classifi­ 1972 Bar<;li verb morphology - a transform­ cation. Anthropological Linguistics ational analysis. PhD dissertation, 31 :227-264. Australian National University. 287pp. 1993 A grammar of Warda man, a language of (see also 1975) the Northern Territory of Australia. 1973 New light on Aboriginal languages. In Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 617pp. Douglas, D, ed. Linguistics and the (Review Language 72, Dixon; Austral­ mind: modern approaches to the study ian Journalof Linguistics 18(2), Harvey) of language. Sydney University 1997 The mother-in-law taboo: avoidance and Extension Board. 53-61. obligation in Aboriginal Australian 1975 Bar(;Ji verb morphology (northwestern society. In Merlan, Francesca, Morton, Australia). PL, B-30. 215pp. Canberra: John, and Rumsey, Alan, eds Scholar Pacific Linguistics. (see also 1972) and sceptic: Australian Aboriginal 1979 Some aspects of the Bardi language: a studies in honour of L.R. Hia tt. Can­ non-technical description. In Berndt, R berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 95-122. M, and Berndt, C H, eds Aborigines of see also Heath et al 1982; see also the West: their past and their present. Rumsey, Merlan and Roberts 1997 Nedlands: University of Western Australia Press. 197-213. MERLAN, Francesca, and HEATH, Jeffrey see also Boxer and Metcalfe 1986; see 1982 Dyadic kinship terms. In Heath, J, also Ejai and Metcalfe 1986, 1986, 1986 Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds Th e languages of kinship in Aboriginal MEYER, A B (Adolf Bernhard) (German Australia. University of Sydney. 107-124. ethnologist/explorer) see Gabelentz and Meyer 1883 MERLAN, Francesca, MORTON, John, and RUMSEY, Alan, eds MEYER, A B, and UHLE, Max (German linguists, 1997 Scholar and sceptic: Australian Abori­ eth nologists) ginal studies in honour of L. R. Hiatt. 1883 Zur Dippil-Sprache in Ost-Australien. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. Ja hresberichte des Vereins fUr Erdkunde in Dresden (Germany) 18-20:129-136. MERLAN, Francesca, ROBERTS, Stephen P, and RUMSEY, Alan MEYER, Heinrich Augustus Edward (Evangelical 1997 New Guinea 'classificatory verbs' and Lutheran pastor, Bethany SA) Australian noun classification:a typo­ 1843 Vocabulary of the language spoken by logical comparison. In Harvey, Mark, and the Aborigines of the southernand 155 easternportions of the settled districts of Sebeok, 0 J, and Sebeok, T A, South Australia, viz., by the tribes in the Aboriginal sign languages of the vicinity of Encounter Bay - preceded by Americas and Australia. New York: a grammar. Adelaide: James Allen. Plenum Press. 435-440. 1879 The Encounter Bay tribe. In Woods, J 0 The native trib es of South Australia. MILLIGAN, Joseph (Dr, FLS) (sometime Superin­ Adelaide: Wigg. [extensive vocabulary at tendent of Aboriginal Establishments, end] Flinders Island and Oyster Cove) 1974 Vocabulary ... Facsimile edition made 1855 On the dialects and language of the by State Library of South Australia. Aboriginal tribes of Tasmania, and on their manners and customs. Pro­ MICHAELS, Eric (US media specialist) ceedings of the Royal Societyof 1986 [Letter to Editor]. The Aboriginal Childat Tasmania 3:275-282. Also in Smyth 2 School 14(2):46-47. [Reply to Eve Fesl (1878):410-434. [vocabulary 415-434: (13(5)) on the use of electronic media to sentences, place names, personal promote Aboriginal language mainten­ names, verses, Oyster Bay words] ance] 1855 Vocabulary of dialects of Aboriginal tribes of Tasmania. Proceedings of the MICKAN, Margaret (SIL linguist) Royal Societyof Tasmania 3:239-274; 1992 Kriol and education in the Kimberley. also in Roth 1890, Appendix, xix-xlix; Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ 12:42-52. bourne. 3:634-675; Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. MICKIE, and SANDY (Wembawemba-speaking Melbourne. 415-434. informants) 1856 Vocabulary of dialects of Aboriginal 1887 Gunbower Station. In Curr, E M Th e tribes of Tasmania. Hobart: Govern­ Australian race. Melbourne. 3:508-509. ment Printer. [comparative vocabularies [Kanbowro (Wembawemba) vocabulary] from eastern, southern and north­ western Tasmania, ca 700 words] New MIDDLETON, Thomas, and NOBLE, E Irving edn 1866. (see also 1890) 1887 Nogoa River. In Curr, E M The 1887 see Comparison of the vocabularies of Australian race. Melbourne. 3:90-95. Roberts and Milligan, in Curr, E M Th e [Bimurraburra (Kairi) vocabulary, Australian race. Melbourne. 3:608-609. Middleton 92-93, Noble 92, 94-95] [Milligan's vocabularyof Bruny (Brune) Island is listed] MILES, Anne (artist, at Mount Gambier) see 1887 Short sentences in the native language. Bonney and Miles 1995 In Curr, EM The Australian race. Mel­ bourne. 3:669-672 [this list appears to MILLER, E Morris (literary bibliographer) be, also, by Milligan] 1956 Australian literature: a bibliography to 1887 Some Aboriginal names of places in 1938, . . . extended to 1950, edited .. Tasmania. In Curr, EM The Australian . by Frederick T Macartney. Sydney: race. Melbourne. 3:672-674. Angus and Robertson. 1 st edn 1940. 1887 Some names of Aborigines of Tasmania. [useful references, with annotations] In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:674-675. MILLER, Robert (settler on Hunter since 1841 ) 1887 Vocabulary of dialects of Aboriginal 1887 The Hunter River - the Wonnarua tribe tribes of Tasmania. In Curr, E M The and language. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:634-669. Australian race. Melbourne. 3:352-359. [3 lists given: Tribes from Oyster Bay to [Wanarua vocabulary] Pittwater, Tribes about Mount Royal, Brune Island, Recherche Bay, and the MILLER, Wick R (then University of Utah/ South of Tasmania, and North-West and University of Western Australia) Western] 1972 Dialect differentiation in the Western 1890 Vocabulary of the dialects of some of the Desert language. Anthropological Forum Aboriginal tribes of Tasmania. Hobart: 3(1):61-78. Government Press. 60pp. (reprint of the 1972 A reply to Douglas's comment. 1857, 1859 paper) Anthropological Forum 3(1 ):83-85. 1978 A report on the sign language of the Western Desert (Australia). In Umiker- 156 MILLIKEN, Edwin P (formerly Darwin Community 1878 Murray District: Tangambalanga: College) Pallanganmiddah tribe. In Smyth, R B 1976 Aboriginal language distribution in the The Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. NorthernTerritory. In Peterson, N, ed. Melbourne. 67. Trib es and boundaries in Australia. 1887 Upper Murray. In Curr, EM Th e Canberra: AlAS. 239-242 (+ map). Australian ra ce. Melbourne. 3:562-563. [Wolgal vocabulary] MILLIN, B 1945 Origin of names in PortJack son. Jour­ MITHUN, Marianne (Professor of Linguistics, Univ­ nal of the Royal Australian Historical ersity of California, Santa Barbara USA) Society 31 (5):313-337. [a few Aboriginal 1984 The evolution of noun incorporation. names) Language 60:847-894. [includes discussion of Gunwinggu and Tiwi, etc] MITCHELL, Doreen (8aakandji speaker) see 1984 How to avoid subordination. Papers of Mitchell et al 1997 the Berkeley Linguistics Society10 :493- 509. [Use of subordination in discourse MITCHELL, Ian Stuart(then at the University of in Gunwinggu and other polysynthetic Western Australia, later Canberra) languages] 1961 The inter-relationship of culture and 1986 When zero isn't there. Papers of the language with special reference to Berkeley Linguistics Society 12: 1 95-21 1. Australian Aboriginal material. BA [Correlation in Australian (and other) (Hons) thesis, University of Western languages between absence of non-zero Australia. 44pp. pronominal form and pragmat-ically see also Coppell and Mitchell 1977 determined constituent order] 1987 Is basic word order universal? In MITCHELL, John Francis Huon Tomlin, R S, ed. Coherence and groun­ 1906 Aboriginal dictionary, (Woradgery ding in discourse. (Typological Studies in tongue). AlburyNS W. Language 11) Amsterdam: John 1906 Aboriginal names of places adopted by Benjamins. 281 -328. [On pragmat-ically the English. Science of Man 8(5): 11-13 determined word order in Ngandi and (the last section contains Aboriginal other polysynthetic languages] expletives). 1992 Is basic word order universal? (see 1987) reprinted in Payne, Doris, ed. The MITCHELL, Judy (Baagandji speaker) see Mitchell pragmatics of word-order flexibility. (TSL et al 1997 22) Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 15-61.

MITCHELL, Junnette Jedda, MITCHELL, Doreen, MOLLINGIN, Gregory Panpawa (Murinpatha MITCHELL, Judy, et al (all Baagandji linguistic assistant) see Street and speakers) Mollingin 1981, 1983 1997 Talking barkindji. Red Cliffs, Victoria: Julia Lewis Desktop Publishing. 55pp. MONGER, H J (agriculturalist, merchant, Perth) [Baagandji glossaries, vocabularies, etc) 1886 Victoria Plains - Minnal Yungar tribe. In Curr, E M Th e Australian ra ce. MITCHELL, Rodney John Allwynn (then at James Melbourne. 1 :322-323. [Wadjuk] Cook University) 1993 Linguistic archaeology in the Torres MOODY, Mary L A (then at University of Sydney) Strait area. MA in Linguistics, 1954 A descriptive statement of the Department of Modern Languages, phonemics and morphology of Anindil­ James Cook University of North yaugwa, the language of Groote Eylandt, Queensland. [internal and comparative NT. MA thesis, University of Sydney. reconstruction of the western-central 80pp. Torres Strait language] MOOLADANI [=Buchanan, Cheryl] MITCHELL, Thomas Livingstone (Sir) (Surveyor­ 1977 Communication [oral tradition, telepathy General; author, botanist, explorer; and sign language]. Black Liberation Guardian of Aborigines, Murray District) 2(3):6. 1878 Native names of places in the Upper Murray district. In Smyth, R B Th e MOONEY, Kathleen A (University of Michigan) see Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. O'Grady and Mooney 1973 Melbourne. 174-1 75. 157 MOORE, George Fletcher (farmer, lawyer) Suffixaufnahme. Oxford: Oxford 1842 A descriptive vocabularyof the language University Press. 451 -484. in common use amongst the Aborigines of WesternAu stralia; with copious MOREY, Stephen (postgraduate student, Monash meanings, embodying much interesting University) information regarding the habits, 1998 The verbal system of the Central manners, and customs of the natives, Victorian language, the Aboriginal and the natural history of the country. language of Melbourne: an investigation London: Wm S Orr. 172pp. [includes into the manuscripts of the Rev. William much of Grey's vocabulary] Thomas (1793-1 867). SA (Hons) thesis, 1879 Vocabulary no. 18, Swan River, W A. In Department of Linguistics, Monash Taplin, G, Folklore, manners and University. [Wuywurrung] customs . .. 152. [87 words of see also Bowe and Morey 1999 Nyungar?] 1884 Diary of ten years' eventful life of an MORIARTY, Betty (Dean of English, Song Sim early settler in Western Australia; and University, Korea, and Seishin Daigakuin also A descriptive vocabulary of the University, Tokyo) see Davidson, language of the Aborigines ... Sydney: Hansford and Moriarty 1983 Selwyn/ London: M Walbrook. 423, 119pp. (Review Sydney Bulletin, 24 2 MORIARTY, T 1943) [Nyungar] 1879 The 'Goolwa' clan ... In Taplin, George 1978 Facsimile republication of the Diary, with Th e folklore, manners, customs, and an introduction by C T Stannage. languages of the South Australian Nedlands, WA: University of Western Aborigin es. .. Adelaide: Government Australia Press. 423, 119pp. Printer. 50-53.

MOORHOUSE, Matthew (Dr) (Inspector and MORICE, Rodney David (psychiatrist, formerly at Protector of Aborigines, devoted much Alice Springs Hospital) time to Kaurna people; mentions in 1846 1977 Know your speech community, 1. book the French 'u' sound which Curr Aboriginal Health Worker 1 (1 ):4-9. had not encountered) [Pintupi and Loritja: some terms for 1846 A vocabulary and outline of the emotional states] grammatical structure of the Murray 1977 Know your speech community, 2: Grief River language, spoken by the natives of and depression. Aboriginal Health South Australia ... Adelaide: A Murray. Wo rker 1 (2):22-27. [Pintupi and Loritja] Reprinted in Journalof the 1977 Know your speech community, 3: Anger Anthropological Institute 1:88; Journalof and aggression. Aboriginal Health the Royal Society of NSW 20:64-68, Worker 1 (3):35-40. [Pintupi and Loritja] 1886; Curr, E M The Australian race. 1977 Know your speech community, 4: Melbourne. 2:274-277. Facsimile edition, Serious mental illness. Aboriginal Health see also 1962. [Ngaralta?] Worker 1 (4):1 0-1 5. [Pintupi and Loritja: 1886 From Wellington, on the Murray River, to appropriate vocabulary] North-West Bend. In Curr, E M Th e 1977 The language of psychiatry in a pre­ Australian race. Melbourne. 2:274-277. literate speech community: verbal [Maraura vocabulary 276-277; see also repertoireas a basis for psychiatric that of Fulford] diagnosis. MD dissertation, University of 1962 A vocabulary and outline of the gram­ New South Wales. 171 pp. [Pintupi terms matical structure of the Murray River for fear, grief, anger, etc] language spoken by the natives of South 1978 Psychiatric diagnosis in a transcultural Australia from Wellington on the Murray setting: the importance of lexical as far as the Rufus. South Australian categories. British Journalof Psychiatry facsimile editions 44. Adelaide: Libraries 132(1 ):87-95. [appropriate Pintupi Board of South Australia. 64pp. words] [facsimile edition of the 1846 work] 1979 Personality disorder in transcultural perspective [among the Pintupij. MORAVSCIK, Edith A (University of Wisconsin, Australian and New Zealand Journalof Milwaukee) Psychiatry 13(4):290-300. [appropriate 1995 Summing up Suffixaufnahme. In Plank, vocabulary] Frans, ed. Double case: agreement by 158 MORIMOTO, Tom (Japanese linguist, worked in MORTON, John A (Anthropology, University of Australia for some time) Adelaide) see Merlan et al 1997 1992 Australian Aboriginal languages: a summary for Japanese audiences. In MOSELEY, J (of Wee-Waa) Dutton, T, et ai, eds The language 1887 Namoi, Barwan, Meehe. In Curr, E M game: papers in memory of Donald C. The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:310- Laycock. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 31 1. [Kamilaroi vocabulary] 631 -634. MOSER, Lawrence (Aboriginal teacher, Victoria) MORPHY, Frances (then at the Australian National 1989 Language in education. The Aboriginal University/AlAS) Child at School. 17(1 ):28-40. 1977 Language and moiety: sociolectal variation in a Yu:lngu language of north­ MOSES, Robert, and TSUNODA Tasaku (Moses: east Arnhem Land. Canberra stockman, Ojaru consultant) Anthropology 1 (1 ):51-60. 1986 The first White man comes to Nicholson 1983 Ojapu, a Yolngu dialect. In Dixon, R M River. (Ojaru story (Wawarl or Western W, and Blake, B J, eds Handbook of dialect)). In Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, Australian languages, volume 3. Can­ eds Th is is what happened: historical berra: ANU Press. 1-188, + map p xxiv. narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 41 -46. MORRIS, Carol (SIL linguist) 1983 Phonetics assignment book. Kangaroo MOSSMAN, Samuel (came to Geelong as a Ground: SIL. 25pp. resident in 1841) see Cary 1898 1983 Students phonetics handbook. Kangaroo Ground: Silo 48pp. MOUNTFORD, Charles P (ethnologist, writer and film maker) MORRIS, Edward E (headmaster then Professor of 1938 Gesture language of the Ngada tribe of Languages, University of Melbourne; the Warburton Ranges, Western Aust­ great collector of Australian usage) ralia. Oceania 9:152-155. [14 signs] 1898 Austral English, a dictionaryof Austral­ 1949 Gesture language of the Walpari tribe of asian words, phrases and usages, with Central Australia. Transactions of the those Aboriginal-Australian and Maori Royal Societyof SA 72: 1 00-1 01. words which have been incorporated in 1958 Th e Tiwi: their art, myth and ceremony. the language and the commoner London: Phoen� House. scientific words that have had their origin 1978 Gesture language of the Ngada tribe... in Australasia. London: Mac-millan. (1938) Reprinted in Umiker-Sebeok, 0 J, 525pp. Facsimile edition, Syd-ney and Sebeok, T A, eds Aboriginal sign University Press, 1972 and 1973, as A language in the Americas and Australia. dictionaryof Austral English; a 1982 New York: Plenum Press. 393-396. edition, Morris 's dictionary of Australian 1978 Gesture language of the Walpiri tribe, words, names and phrases, published Central Australia. In Umiker-Sebeok, 0 by Currey, O'Neil of Melbourne. J, and Sebeok, T A, Aboriginal sign­ languages of the Americas and Austral­ MORRIS, Janet (Sydney Institute of Education) ia. New York: Plenum Press. 407-408. 1988 Review of J B Pride, ed. Cross-cultural encounters. Australian Journal of MOWBRAY, H M (Goldfields Commissioner, Linguistics 8(1):1 19-124. Hodgkinson diggings; there from 1874) 1886 Granite Range, close to the head of the MORROW, Jim (law lecturer) Mitchell River and east of the Hodgkin­ 1994 Review of Harkins, Jean, 1993 Bridging son goldfields. In Curr, E M The two worlds. University of Queensland Australian race. Melbourne. 2:402-407. Press. Aboriginal Law Bulletin 3(69):12- [Oganngun vocabulary 404-407] 13. MOYLE, Alice M (ethnomusicologist, AlAS Re­ MORTON, AW search Officer, later Monash University) 1886 Near the north-west corner of New 1968 Songs from the Kimber/eys. Companion South Wales. In Curr, E M The booklet for a 12" LP disc (AIAS/1 3). Australian race. Melbourne. 2:158-1 61. Canberra: AlAS. 42pp. [Maljangapa vocabulary, of the Mulya­ 1981 The Australian 'didjeridu': a late musical Napa tribe] intrusion. World Archaeology (London) 159 12(3):321-331 . [includes linguistic text in Ungarinyin, Aboriginal English, evidence for its arrival and spread] translated/annotated]

MOYLE, Richard M (ethnomusicologist, historian, MOHLHAUSLER, Peter (Professor, Linguistics, editor of Journalof the Polynesian University of Adelaide; pidginist) Society; University of Auckland, New 1979 Remarks on the pidgin and creole Zealand) situation in Australia. AlAS Newsletter 1979 Songs of the Pintupi: musical life in a 12:41-53. central Australian society. Canberra: 1981 Melanesian Pidgin English (Kanaka AlAS. 182pp. English) in Australia. Kabar Seberang 1986 Alyawarra music: songs and societyin a (Townsville, Qld) 819:93-105. central Australian community. Canberra: 1985 The number of Pidgin Englishes in the AlAS. 271 pp. [songwords] Pacific. Papers in Pidgin and Creole 1996 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Koch, Linguistics 4. (PL, A-72) Canberra: Grace, 1996 Oyirbal song poetry: the Pacific Linguistics. 25-51. oral literature of an Australian rainforest 1985 Remnants of Kanaka English in people. St Lucia, Qld: University of Queensland. In Clyne, M G, ed. Queensland Press. Aboriginal History Australia, meeting place of languages. 20:234-236. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 241 -255. 1997 Balgo: the musical life of a desert 1986 Pidgins and creoles of Australia and the community. Nedlands: Callaway Inter­ Pacific: current research for an atlas of national Resource Centre for Music languages of intercultural Education / UWA Press. communication. Australian Journalof Linguistics 6(2):181-199. [Kriol, Torres MUDROOROO see Johnson, Colin Strait Broken, &c] 1987 The politics of small languages in MUECKE, Stephen (Humanities and Social Australia and the Pacific. Language and Sciences, University of Technology, Communication (Oxford) 7(1): 1-24. Sydney; co-editor of The UTS Review) 1988 Towards an atlas of the pidgins and 1982 The structure of Australian Aboriginal creoles of the Pacific area. International narratives in English: a study in dis­ Journal of the Sociology of Language course analysis. PhD dissertation, 71:37-49. University of Western Australia. 2 1988 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 volumes. Yo ung people's Oyirbal: an example of 1983 Discourse, history, fiction: language and language death from Australia. Cam­ Aboriginal history. Australian Journalof bridge: University Press. Linguistics Cultural Studies (WA) 1 (1 ):71-79. 23: 1 005-1 008. 1983 Ideology reiterated: the uses of Abori­ 1991 Overview of the pidgin and creole ginal oral narrative. Southern Review languages of Australia. In Romaine, 16:86-1 01. Suzanne, ed. Language in Australia. 1986 Review of Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds Cambridge: University Press. 159-1 73 1986 Th is is what happened: historical (Chapter 9). narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: 1991 Pidgins, creoles and post-contact AlAS. Mankind 16:135-136. languages in Australia. In Romaine, 1988 The children's country: ethical state­ Suzanne, ed. Language in Australia. ments / useful instructions. Oceania Cambridge: University Press. 158-173. 59(2): 143-1 58. [Analysis of an Aboriginal 1991 Queensland Kanaka English. In English text] Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in 1992 Textual spaces: aboriginality and cultural Australia. Cambridge: University Press. studies. University of NSW Press. 174-1 79. 1998 Review of Arthur, J M, Aboriginal 1995 On the effectiveness of language English: a cultural study. Melbourne: maintenance programs. In Baldauf, OUP. The Australian Journalof Richard B, Jr, ed. Backing Australian Anthropology 9(2):225. languages: review of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Languages MUECKE, Stephen, RUMSEY, Alan, and Initiatives Program. Canberra: National WIRRUNMARRA, Banjo Languages and Literacy Institute of 1985 Pigeon the outlaw: history as texts. Australia. 1-26. Aboriginal History9(1 ):81 -1 00. [includes 1996 Aboriginal lingue franche and Aboriginal varieties of English in the Northern 160 Territory. In Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, communication in the Pacific, Asia and and Tryon, 0 T, eds Atlas of languages the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. of intercultural communication in the Volume 11.1:123-1 32. Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: 1996 Post contact languages in mainland Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 1:12. [3 Australia after 1788. In Wurm, S A, maps: Early British settlements, Stock Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, eds routes 1830-1 900] Atlas of languages of intercultural 1996 The diffusion of Pidgin English in communication in the Pacific, Asia and Australia. In Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. and Tryon,0 T, eds Atlas of languages Volume 11.1:11-16. of intercultural communication in the 1996 Post-contact languages of Queensland Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: 1800 to present. (Maps) In Wurm, S A, Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :143- Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, eds 146. Atlas of languages of intercultural 1996 Land controlled by Aborigines and communication in the Pacific, Asia and Whites. (6 maps: 1830 - 1850 - 1870 - the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 1925 - 1938 - 1980) In Wurm, S A, Volume 1:8. Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, eds 1998 Pidgins, creoles and post-contact Atlas of languages of intercultural Aboriginal languages in Western communication in the Pacific, Asia and Australia. Papers in Pidgin and Creole the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Linguistics 5. (PL, A-91) Canberra: Volume 1:20. Pacific Linguistics. 1-33. 1996 Linguistic ecology: language change and see also Amery and Muhlhausler 1996, linguistic imperialism in the Pacific 1996, 1996; see also Baker and region. London and New York: Rout­ Muhlhausler 1996; see also Clark et al ledge. 396pp. (Review Journal of 1996, 1996; see also Dineen and Pragmatics 27, Matsubara; Language in Muhlhausler 1996, 1996; see also Society 26(3), Lynch; Australian Journal Dutton and Muhlhausler 1983; see also of Linguistics 17(2), Siegel) Eades and Muhlhausler 1996; see also 1996 Main periods of currency: pidgin and Foster and Muhlhausler 1996, 1998; see creole Englishes of Australia. (Map) In also Wurm, Muhlhausler and Tryon 1996 Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, o T, eds Atlas of languages of inter­ MOHLHAUSLER, Peter and AMERY, Rob cultural communication in the Pacific, 1996 Aboriginal koines in Australia. (Map) In Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, de Gruyter. Volume 1:15. o T, eds Atlas of languages of in ter­ 1996 Missions, schools and Aboriginal cultural communication in the Pacific, reserves in Australia. (3 maps) In Wurm, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, de Gruyter. Volume 1:5. eds Atlas of languages of intercultural 1996 Koines and indigenous lingue franche in communication in the Pacific, Asia and Australia. In Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. and Tryon, 0 T, eds Atlas of la n-guages Volume 1:21. of intercultural communication in the 1996 Pidgin English and the Queensland Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Labour Trade. (3 maps) In Wurm, SA, Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :17-23. Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, 0 T, eds Atlas of languages of intercultural MOHLHAUSLER, Peter, and McGREGOR, communication in the Pacific, Asia and William the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 1996 Post-contact languages of Western Volume 1:9. Australia. In Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, 1996 Pidgins and creoles of Queensland. In and Tryon, 0 T, eds Atlas of languages Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, of intercultural commun-ication in the o T, eds Atlas of languages of inter­ Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: cultural communication in the Pacific, Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 11.1:101- Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton 121 . de Gruyter. Volume 11.1 :69-82. 1996 Language contacts in western and 1996 Post-contact Aboriginal languages in the northern Australia. (7 maps: Principal Nort hern Territory. In Wurm, SA, settlements and major stock routes in Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon,0 T, eds Western Australia - Camel routes and Atlas of languages of intercultural Ghan settlements in Western Australia - 161 Aboriginal groups working on pearling Australian race. Melbourne. 3:52-53. luggers - Missions and schools in [Kabikabi vocabulary, Maryborough Western Australia - Aboriginal reserves area] in Western Australia (1972) - Malay­ based contact languages in Australia - MULVANEY, D J, and GOLSON, Jack, eds Makassan names on Groote Eylandt) In (Mulvaney: Emeritus Professor, Wurm, SA, Muhlhausler, P, and Tryon, Prehistory, Australian National D T, eds Atlas of languages of inter­ University/Academy of the Humanities) cultural communication in the Pacific, 1971 Aboriginal man and environment in Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton Australia. Canberra: ANU Press. de Gruyter. Volume 1:14. 1996 Western Australian lingue franche pid­ MULVANEY, D J and WHITE, J Peter, eds gins and creoles. In Wurm, S A, MUhl­ 1987 Australians to 1788. Sydney: Fairfax, hausler, P, and Tryon, D T, eds Atlas of Syme and Weldon. [vocabulary, languages of in tercultural communicat­ throughout] ion in the Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Volume 1:1 1. MUNN, Nancy D (US anthropologist/linguist, University of Chicago) MOLLER, Ferdinand von (Baron) (Danish-born 1962 The transformation of subjects into botanist, collected and classified Victor­ objects in Walbiri and Pitjantjatjara myth. ian and other botanical specimen American Anthropologist 64:972-984. 1867 Names of different woods ...used by Also in Berndt, R M, Australian the Yarra natives for weapons and Aboriginal anthropology. 141-163; and implements ... Intercolonial Exhibition also in Charlesworth, M, et al Religion in of Australasia, Official Record. Aboriginal Australia. St Lucia: University Melbourne. 225-226. of Queensland Press. 56-82. (see also 1878 List of vegetables commonly eaten by Bain, M, and Glenn, E S) the natives of Victoria. In Smyth, R B The Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 1. MUNRO, Jennifer M (Diwurruwurru-Jaru Aborigi­ Melbourne. 212-214. nal Corp, Katherine, NorthernTerritory) 1878 Plants with native names, examined and 1995 Kriol on the move: an investigation into named ... In Smyth, R B Th e the spread of a creole language in Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. NorthernAustralia. BA (Hons) thesis, Melbourne. 170-174 (see also entries University of New England, Armidale. under Green, Hartmann, and Shaw). MUNRO, Nathaniel (civil engineer, Melbourne) MOLLER, Friedrich von (German linguist) 1878 Native words and names obtained from 1876-82 Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft. 5 Henry Taverner, Esq, of Kerang, Lower vols. Vienna. (Australian in volume 2 Loddon. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines (1876), section 1:1- 99) of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 218. 1882 Die Sprache von Tasmanien. In his Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft, 2:87- MUNRO, Pamela (linguist, University of Winnipeg, 89. Vienna: Holder. Canada) see Haiman and Munro 1983

MUELLER, J F (at the Telegraph Station) MUNUNGGIRIT J, Raymatju, and STOCKLEY, 1886 Alice Springs Telegraph Station. In Curr, Trevor (Mununggiritj: linguistic assistant) E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 1: 1987 Yolngu-Matha: an in troduction to Gumatj 414-415. [Aranda vocabulary: see also and related languages in NE Arnhem London and Mueller 1886] Land. Yirrkala, NT: Literature Production Centre, Yirrkala Community School. 111 MUIRHEAD, James, and LOWE, Charles + 32pp. (Earlier version 1985) 1887 Belyando River. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:26-35. MUNYARRYUN, David Yanggariny, YUNUPINGU, [Jagalingu or Barna vocabulary, south of Murphy Dhalpirripa, and YUNUPINGU, Charters Towers: Muirhead's 32-33, David Lalambarri [of Yirrkala] Lowe's (from Edward Mayne) 34-35] 1982 Dharukpuy dhawu Yirrkalawuy ga Galiwin'kuwuy = Language situation at MULLER, Frederic Yirrkala and Galiwin'ku. NgaliDecember 1887 Broad Sound, Yaamba, Maryborough, 1982: 13. [Yolngu-Matha and English] and st. Lawrence. In Curr, E M The 162 MURDOCH, W L (Dr) MURTONEN, Aimo E (then: Department of Middle 1900 Victorian Aboriginal place names. Eastern Studies, University of Science of Man 3(1 1): 188-189. Melbourne) 1969 Outline of a general theoryof linguistics . MURNANE, Helen (teacher, Kimberley) see Davey . . Melbourne: the author. 67pp. (Bound et al 1996 with following) 1969 Pintupi, statistical and comparative MURRAY, Ben (station worker, part Dhirari, part survey of an Australian Great Western Afghan, spoke Diyari and Wangganguru Desert la nguage. Melbourne: the author also) see Hercus and Murray 1977 IDepartmentof Middle Eastern Studies, University of Melbourne. 61 pp. MURRAY, Ben, and AUSTIN, Peter 1981 Afghans and Aborigines: Diyari texts. MUSGROVE, Alexander W (Collector of Customs, Aboriginal History 5(1 ):71 -79. guardian of Aborigines, Warrnambool) 1986 Afghan story (Dhirari story). In Hercus, 1878 Warrnambool. In Smyth, R B Th e Abori­ L, and Sutton, P, eds This is what gines of Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. happened: historical narratives by 86. Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 128-132. 1986 Paradise crossing. (Dhirari story). In MUSH IN, lIana (University of Melbourne, then State Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, eds This is University of New York, Buffalo) what happened: historical narratives by 1991 The Episteme: a study in grammatical Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 292-296. typology. BA (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. MURRAY, F J (Inspector of Mounted Police) 1995 Epistememes in Australian languages. 1887 Brown River. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Australian Journalof Linguistics 1 5(1 ):1 - race. Melbourne. 3:100-101 . [Karingbal 31. vocabulary?] MUYSKEN P (Dutch linguistlcreolistleditor) see MURRAY, John (pastoralist, politician, Maracz and Muysken 1989 Rockhampton) 1886 Hinchinbrook island In Curr, E M Th e MYER, Josef (then at UWA) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:420-421 . 1987 Parsing Warlpiri: a constituent based [Bandjin vocabulary; see also Arm­ approach. Honours thesis, Department strong, M] of Computer Science and Centre for Linguistics, University of Western MURRAY, Nancy (then student of Diploma of Australia. Teaching, Batchelor College) 1991 Language situation at Bulman. MYERS, Fred R (US anthropologist, Bryn Mawr Ngoonjook 5: 1 -5. College, Pennsylvania) 1989 Burning the truck and holding the MURRAY, T (senior constable, Peak Downs country: Pintupi forms of property and district) see Wilson and Murray 1887 identity. In Wilmsen, EM, ed. We are here: politics of Aboriginal la nd tenure. MURRILLS I MURRELS I MORRILL, James see Berkeley: University of California Press. Gregory 1886, see also Bell et al 1934 [illustrative words and sentences in Pintupi] MURTAGH, Edward J (at that time, Deputy 1996 Reflections on a meeting: structure, Director, Committee on Overseas language, and the polity in a small-scale Professional Qualifications) society. In Brenneis, D, and Macaulay, R 1 980 Creole and English used as la nguages K S, eds The matrix of language: of instruction with Aboriginal Austral­ contemporarylinguistic anthropology. ians. Darwin: NT Departmentof Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press. Education. (Doctor of Education 234-257. [Analysis of speech and dissertation, 1979, Stanford University) procedure at Pintupi meetings] 1982 Creole and English used as languages of instruction in bilingual education with MYLES, Frederic W Aboriginal Australians: some research 1886 Thargominda, Bulloo River. In Curr, E M findings. In McKay, G R, ed. Australian The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:36- Aborigines: sociolinguistic studies. 43. [Wongkumara vocabulary 39-41; see Berlin: Mouton. 15-33. also that by Sullivan] 163 MYLES, G see Turbayne, Lawlor and Myles 1887 1979 Warlpiri vowel assimilations. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 1 :12-24. MYLNE, Tom (Languages and Linguistics, Griffith 1979 YidinY stress: a metrical account. CUNY University - formerly University of Forum (City University of New York) Queensland) 7(8): 112-130. 1995 Grammatical category and world view: 1980 Topics in Warlpiri grammar. PhD Western colonization of the Dyirbal lan­ dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of guage. Cognitive Linguistics (Berlin! Technology. 255pp. [Dissertation NewYork) 6(4):379-404. Abstracts 41/3, 1980, 1045-A] 1982 An etymological note on Warlpiri kurdungurlu. In Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds The languages of N kinship in Aboriginal Australia. Univers� NAKAMARRA, Liddy, HERBERT, Jeannie of Sydney. 141-159. Nungarrayi, and NICHOLLS, Christine 1982 Prospects for Warumungu literacy. (teachers at Lajamanu School NT) Aboriginal Languages Association 1995 The little red hen and her friends: issues Newsletter 3:9-1 0. surrounding the Lajamanu School 1982 Review of Brandenstein, C G von, 1980 Bilingual L�eracy Programme. New Ngadjumaja: an Aboriginal language of Literatures Review 28-29, south-east Western Australia. Innsbruck: Winter/Summer 1994/1995: 140-1 52. Institut fUr Sprachwissen-schaft der [Warlpiri bilingual program] UniversiUit Innsbruck. Australian Journal of Linguistics 2(2):270-276. NAKATA, Martin (Torres Strait Islands educa­ 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The tionist; AIATSIS Council) languages of Australia. Cambridge: 1991 Placing Torres Strait Islanders on a University Press. Hemisphere sociolinguistic and literate continuum: a 26(4):234-235. critical commetary (sic). The Aboriginal 1982 Warlpiri preverbs and verb roots. In Childat School 19(3):39-53. Swartz, S M, ed. Papers in War/piri 1995 Cutting a better deal for Torres Strait grammar in memory of Lothar Jagst. Islanders. The Aboriginal Childat Berrimah: SIL. 165-216. School 23(3):20-27. [language 1983 TESL and Warlpiri children: under­ education, Aboriginal languages] standing Warlpiri children's problems in learning to speak English. NT Bilingual NANDUTU, Susan Kana (then at University of Education Newsletter 83(1 ):6-24 and Sydney) 83(2):47. [on Warlpiri sounds, syllable 1993 'Don't treat us like fools': an analysis of structure, and word stress contrasted conflict between Aboriginal participants with English] and a White bureaucrat. MPhil thesis 1984 Linguistics and land rights in the University of Sydney. ' Northern Territory.In McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds Further applications NAPALJARRI, Pansy Rose (Warlpiri historian) of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal 1985 Some problems in translation: Warlpiri contexts. Melbourne: ALAA. 34-46. and English. Language in Central 1986 Lexicography. In Foran, Barney D, and Australia 3: 14. [Lajamanu School] Walker, Bruce W Science and techno­ logy for Aboriginal development. Alice NAPALJARRI, Peggy Rockman, and CATALDI, Springs: CSIRO, and Centre for Lee (Napaljarri works in education and Appropriate Technology. Section language research) 3.14:80-83. 1 994 Yimikirli - WarlpiriDreamings and 1986 Topics in Warlpirigr ammar. (Out­ histories. San Francisco: Harper Collins. standing Dissertations in Linguistics 193pp. Series) New York: Garland. 263pp. 1990 Patrilects of the Warumungu and NASH, David G (linguistic consultant, Canberra) Warlmanpa and their neighbours. In 1979 �oreigners in their own land: Aborigines Austin, P, et ai, eds Language and In court. Legal Services Bulletin history: essays in honour of Luise A. (Victoria) 4(3):105-1 07. [speech styles] Hercus. (PL , C-1 16) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 209-220. 164 1991 Warlpiri fire management. In Pearson, NASH, G C David, ed. Management of spinifex 1896 Waradgeri dialect. Australasian deserts for nature conservation, 12. Anthropological Journal 1 (3):16-17. (Proceedings of a workshop held at the 1912 Waradgeri dialect. Science of Man Department of Conservation and Land 13(10):21 1, 13(1 1 ):231 ,13(12):251 . Management, Como, WA, 11-13 July 1990: Occasional Paper, 1/91 ) Como, NATHAN, David J (AIATSIS, Canberra: Web­ WA: Department of CALM. 49pp. master of Aboriginal Languages of 1992 An Australian kinship affix *-rti. Australia Virtual Library) Australian Journalof Linguistics 1986 Topics in configurationality. BA (Hons) 12(1): 123-1 44. [NT languages, indexed] thesis, Division of Linguistics, La Trobe 1992 Hot and cold over clockwise. In Dutton, University. 79pp. (Warlpiri) T, et ai, eds The language game: 1996 Caught in a web of Murri words: papers in memoryof Donald C. creating and using the Kamilaroi / Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 0) Canberra: Pacific Gamilaraay Web Dictionary. Lasie Linguistics. 291-297. [examples from 27(4):35-42. Mudburra and Warlpiri] 1998 Review of Arthur, Jay Aboriginal 1993 GerhardtLaves. [Obituary] Australian English. Australian Aboriginal Studies Aboriginal Studies 1 993(1 ):1 01-1 02. 1998(2):87-89. 1996 Pronominal clitic variation in the Yapa 1999 The internet. To appear in Th e Oxford languages: some historical specul­ companion to Aboriginal art and culture. ations. In McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Oxford University Press. Kimberley languages in honour of 1999 Plugging in indigenous knowledge - Howard Coate. Munich: Lincom connections and innovations. To Europa. 117-138. appear in Australian Aboriginal Studies 1997 Comparative flora terminology of the 1 999(1 ). central Northern Territory. In McConvell, Patrick, and Evans, NATHAN, David J, ed. Nicholas, eds Archaeology and 1996 Australia 's indigenous languages. linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global Wayville, SA: Senior Secondary perspective. Melbourne: Oxford Assessment Board of South Australia. University Press. 187-206. 248pp + CD-ROM. 1998 Indigenous languages and indigenous language indicators. In Pearson, NATHAN, David J, and AUSTIN, Peter Michael, ed. Environmental indicators 1992 Finderlists, computer-generated, for for national state of the environment bilingual dictionaries. International reporting. Canberra: Environment Journal of Lexicography 5(1 ):32-65. Australia, Department of the 1996 Gamilaraay web dictionary. [included as Environment. [indigenous languages exemplar] ANU. component pp 19-20, 77-86] see also Menning 1981; see also Hale NATIONAL LIBRARY OF AUSTRALIA and Nash 1997; see also Henderson 1954 Source material for Aboriginal and Nash 1997; see also Laughren and vocabularies. Canberra: the Library. Nash 1983 1 962 Australian Aboriginal languages. Canberra: National Library of Australia. NASH, David, and JAN GALA, P Patrick 9pp. 1985 Warlpiri dictionaryupdate. Language in 1966 Australian Aboriginal languages. Can­ Central Australia 3:23-24. berra: National Library of Australia. 3pp.

NASH, David G, and SIMPSON, Jane NEDERGAARD THOMSEN, Ole (Danish linguist) 1981 'No-name' in Central Australia. In 1994 Dyirbal ergativity and embedding: a Masek, C S, et ai, eds Papers from the functional-pragmatic approach. Studies parasession on language and behavior. in Language (Amsterdam) 18(2):41 1- Chicago Linguistic Society. 165-1 77. 488. 1989 The AlAS archive of machine-readable files of Australian languages: the Nati­ NEKES, Hermann (missionary ethnologist) onal Lexicography Project. Australian 1938 The pronoun in the Nyol-Nyol (Nyul­ Aboriginal Studies 1989(1 ):57-59. Nyul) and related dialects. Oceania 1989 Fin al report:AlAS national lexicography Monograph 3: 139-163. University of project. Canberra: AlAS. Sydney. 165 NEKES, Hermann,and WORMS, Ernest A Richardson, T L, of Survey Depart­ 1953 Australian languages. Micro-Bibliotheca ment's place names] Anthropos 10. [Reportedin Th e Advoc­ ate, 3 3 1954; collation of original, NEWTON, Peter J F (was Capell's research assist­ Melbourne, 1951 ; 1058pp; see also ant for some years; currently freelance Anthropos 48:260-263; grammar, texts, writer/editor; assistant editor of The vocabularyKimberley languages]] Australian Jo urnalof Anthropology) 1979 Movements and structures: an historical NESPOR, Marina, and VOGEL, Irene (Nespor review of Capell's approach to compar­ works in Italian) ative linguistics in Oceania, with an 1986 Prosodic phonology. (Studies in annotated bibliography of his linguistic Generative Grammar 28) Dordrecht: and other scholarly works. SA (Hons) Foris. [applies the notion of the thesis, Macquarie University. 'prosodic word' in prosodic phonology 1980 Lexicostatistics: a minor analytical tool to the analysis of YidinY] for Australian historical linguistic studies. Wo rking Papers in Language NEVILLE, Maurice R (was with Catholic and Linguistics (Launceston) 11:1 -8. Education, Broome, later Charles Sturt 1981 The problems of learning and studying University) a language whose speakers are non­ 1991 Developing an orthography for Bardi: literate: some practical methods and some problems. Th e Aboriginal Child at materials. Australian Anthropological School. 19(4):33-36. Society Newsletter 10:20-27. 1991 Handbook on the Kukatja language. 1982 Capell on Australia - an oraVlinguistic Broome, WA: Catholic Education history. In McCall, G, ed. Anthropology Office, Kimberley Region. in Australia: essays to honour 50 years of Mankind. Sydney: Anthropological NEWBERY, Bernard see Glass 1988 Society of New South Wales. 66-89. [dialogue with Capell on the historyof NEWLAND, Simpson (pastoralist, author of two Australian linguistics] novels, SA politician, Upper Darling; 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The friend of Aborigines) languages of Australia. Cambridge: 1888 Vocabulary of Aboriginals of the Upper University Press. Mankind 13: 189-190. Darling. Proceedings of the Royal 1984 Review of Hollyman, J, and Pawley, A, Geographical Society of SA 2:32-33. eds 1981 Studies in Pacific languages [Parkengee, Wampangee] and cultures in honour of Bruce Biggs. Linguistic Society of New Zealand. NEW SOUTH WALES: Inspector-General of Mankind 14:240-241 . [includes Hale on Police Warlpiri] 1903 Aboriginal place names, with their 1986 Arthur Capell, the compleat linguist: meanings, etc. Science of Man 6(6):87- 28th March, 1902 - 10th August, 1986. 88; 6(7):100-101. Working Papers in Language and Linguistics (Launceston) 20:1 -6. [State NEW SOUTH WALES: Lands Department Institute of Technology] 1903 Aboriginal words and meanings. 1987 More than one language, more than Science of Man 5(12):205-206, 6(5):71 - one culture: scholarly and popular ideas 73, 7(3):44-45. about Australian Aboriginal languages from early times until 1860. MA (Hons) NEW SOUTH WALES: Mines Department thesis, Macquarie University. 1900-02 Aboriginal place names. Science of Man 1987 Review article: Language and dialect 3(3):45-46; 4(7):114-1 15; 4(8):132-133; diversity in Fiji. Mankind 19: 138-1 42. 4(9):148-1 49; 4(10):166; 4(1 1):191-192; [refers to pre-1 860 Australian lan­ 5(2):27; 5(4):65-66; 5(12):203-204. guages, as discussed in his thesis]

NEW SOUTH WALES: Surveyor-General NGAKULMUNGAN KANGKA LEMAN (Language 1904 [Place names of Dubbo, Bombala, Projects Steering Committee) Taree, Narrandera, Coastal District 1997 Lardil dictionary: a vocabulary of the near Botany Bay, Walch a District, and language of the Lardil people, Morning­ Mullumbimby districts]. Science of Man ton Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, 7(4):58-60; 7(5):76-77. [corrections by Queensland; with English-Lardil finder list; compiled by Ngakulmungan 166 Kangka Leman. Gununa Old: theoretique, formelle et automatique), Mornington Shire Council. [with a Universite de Paris (Jussieu). grammatical preface by Ken Hale; revised, expanded version of Hale et ai, NINO, Scott, and BROWN, Robert (Nind: of Swan 1981 , parts 1 and 2] see also Hale River Colony) 1997 1833 Description of the natives of King George's Sound. Journalof the Royal NGUIU NGININGAWILA LANGUAGE Geographical Society 1 :21 -51 . [men­ PRODUCTION CENTRE tioned in Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 1979 Nginingawila ngapangiraga (A Melbourne. 3:601 : words as basis of dictionary of the traditional Tiwi lan­ Latham's comparison of Australian and guage). Nguiu, Bathurst Island, NT: Tasmanian vocabularies; Minang] Nguiu Nginingawila Literature Production Centre. 82pp. NOBLE, E Irving see Middleton and Noble 1887 see also Lefort and Staff of the Centre NO ETLING, Fritz (ethnographer) NICHOLLS, Christine (Flinders University) 1908 The Aboriginal designations for stone 1994 Vernacular language programs and implements. Papers and Proceedings bilingual education programs in Abori­ of the Royal Society of Tasmania ginal Australia: issues and ideologies. 60:60-67. In Hartman, D, and Henderson, J, eds 1909 Kannte die tasmanische Sprache Aboriginal languages in education. spezielle Worte zur Bezeichnung der Alice Springs: lAD Press. 214-234. verschiedenen Gebrauchsartder 1995 Warlpiri nicknaming: a personal archaolithischen Werkzeuge. Zeitschrift memoir. InternationalJournal of the fur Ethnologie (Germany) 41 : 199-208. Sociology of Language 113: 137 -145. 1909 Notes on the names given to minerals see also Nakamarra et al 1995 and rocks by the Aborigines of Tasman­ ia. Papers and Proceedings of the NICHOLS, Johanna (University of California at Royal Society of Tasmania 61 :102- Berkeley) 123. 1989 The origin of nominal classification. Papers of the Berkeley Linguistics NORDLINGER, Rachel (Department of Linguistics Society 15:409-420. [Data base and Applied Linguistics, University of includes 10 Australian languages] Melbourne) 1992 Linguistic diversity in space and time. 1990 A sketch grammar of Bilinara. BA Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. 358pp. 139pp. 1993 Ergativity and linguistic geography. 1993 A grammar of Wambaya. MA thesis, Australian Journalof Linguistics University of Melbourne. (see also 1 3(1 ):39-89. 1998) 1993 Heads in discourse: structural versus 1993 Zero or nothing? The case of third functional centricity. In Corbett, G G, person object in the Wambaya Fraser, N M, and McGlashan, S, eds auxiliary. Working Papers in Linguistics Headsin grammatical theory. 13(1):105-1 12. University of Melbourne. Cambridge: University Press. 164-185. 1995 Split tense and mood inflection in [Examines constraints on discourse Wambaya. Berkeley Linguistics Society ellipsis in Nunggubuyu] 21 :226-236. 1997 Sprung from two common sources: 1997 Constructive case: dependent-marking Sahul as a linguistic area. In McCon­ non-configurationality in Australia. PhD veil, P, and Evans, N, eds Archaeology dissertation, Stanford University. (see and linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in 1998) global perspective. Melbourne: Oxford 1998 Constructive case: evidence from University Press. 135-168. Australian languages. (Dissertations in Linguistics) Stanford University: CSLI NICOLAS, Edith (Universite de Paris) Publications. 194pp. (see 1997) 1998 Etude du systeme verbal du Bardi, 1998 A grammar of Wa mbaya, Northern langue du Nord-Ouest Australie, avec Territory (Australia). (PL, C-140) une presentation contrastive du Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 320pp. systeme Bunuba. PhD dissertation (see also 1993) (Diplome de Doctorat Linguistique 167 NORDLINGER, Rachel and HOOGENRAAD, 1985 Concentrated language encounters in Robert Aboriginal schools in the NT: helping 1993 Wa mbaya-English dictionary. Pre­ children gro w in their first language and liminary edition. Canberra: Australian English. Darwin: Northern Territory National University. Department of Education. 152pp.

NORMAN (of Hodgson Downs station, Roper NORTHERN TERRITORY: Department of River, NT) see Robertset al 1986 Education, Curriculum & Assess­ ment Division NORMAN, James (Reverend) 1993 NT Aboriginal languages and bilingual 1887 [Tasmanian vocabulary, collected at education newsletter. Darwin: Northern PortSorell]. In Curr, E M The Australian TerritoryDepartment of Education, race. Melbourne. 3:61 1-616. [pp 616- Curriculum & Assessment Division. 617: "Words in the vocabularies of Norman and Milligan which agree more NOYER, Rolf (Department of Linguistics, or less"; pp 617-618: "Names of natives Massachusetts Institute of Technology) given in the Revd. Mr. Norman's 1991 The mirror principle revisited: verbal vocabulary"] Also in Roth, H L, 1890, morphology in Maung and Nunggu­ Th e Aborigines of Tasmania. Halifax, buyu. MIT Working Papers in England: King. i-vii. Linguistics 14:195-209. 1910 The Norman manuscript: vocabulary of 1994 Mobile affixes in Huave: optimality and the Tasmanian language. Papers and morphological wellformedness. In Proceedings of the Royal Society of Duncan, E, Farkas, D, and Spaelti, P, Tasmania 62:333-342. eds Proceedings of the Twelfth West Coast Conference on Formal NORTHERN TERRITORY: Board of Studies Linguistics. Stanford, California: Center 1998 Australian indigenous languages policy: for the Study of Language and policy and guidelines. Transition - Year Information. 67-82. [Comments on 12. Darwin: Department of Education. Western Desertand Warlmanpa clitics] 8pp. NUGENT, Ann T (then at Jervis Bay Primary NORTHERN TERRITORY: Department of School; now Canberra) Education 1979 Community and curriculum in a cross­ 197?-82 Annual reports of teacher/linguists in the cultural context, Wreck Bay 1979. bilingual schools of the Northern School and Community News 3(1 ):41- TerritoryDepartment of Education. 53. [aspects of the curriculum] Darwin, NT: Departmentof Education. 1979 The incorporation of near extinct Abori­ 1973 Progress report on the bilingual ginal languages into the curriculum of education program in schools in the Jervis Bay Primary School. Th e Northern Territory. Darwin: Department Aboriginal Child at School 7(5):20-28. of Education. 71 pp. 1980 Language-culture program in Wreck 1974 A bridge course in practical phonetics. Bay/JervisBay Primary School. Darwin. 67pp. [includes table showing Community Liaison (NSW Department main consonant sounds in NT of Youth and Community Services) languages] 3(2):114-1 19. 1982-91 NT bilingual education newsletter. 1981 Building a curriculum on 300 words. Winnellie, NT: Northern Territory Education News (Canberra) 17(6):26- Departmentof Education, Professional 28. [Dharawal and Dhurga materials Services Branch. used] 1982- Annual reports from specialist staff in 1983 Review of Eagleson, R D, Kaldor, S, bilingual programs in Northern Territory and Malcolm, I, eds English and the schools, Northern TerritoryDe partment Aboriginal child. Canberra: Curriculum of Education. Darwin, NT: Northern Development Centre. Education News Territory Department of Education, 18(8):53-54. Professional Services Branch. 1986 Whose knowledge, whose power, and 1984 Handbook for teachers in bilingual whose curriculum? Master of Education schools in the Northern Territory of thesis, University of Queensland. Australia. Darwin: Departmentof 444pp. [pp 342-358 Dharawal Education. vocabulary, grammar and a song, as 168 introduced into a primary school volumes. Armidale: Armidale Christian curriculum] Book Centre. 443pp. 1976 Muruwari. In Dixon, R M W, ed. NUNGARRAYI, Molly see Vaarzon-Morel and Grammatical categories in Australian Nungarrayi 1995 languages. Canberra: AlAS. 244-249 (Topic A); 342-347 (Topic B); 472-475 NYOMBA see Lowell et al 1997 (Topic C). 1988 Barranbinya: fragments of a New South Wales Aboriginal language. In Austin, o P, et al Papers in Australian Linguistics OAKES, Marjorie J (of Richmond River Historical 17. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 185- Society until her death in 1983) 204. 1969 Barriers which operate against Aborigi­ 1988 Th e Muruwari language. (PL, C-108) nes in the economic, educational and Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 415pp. socio-cultural fields. In Proceedings of a 1990 Aboriginal recording of Aboriginal seminar held during the Fourth Region­ language. In Austin, P, et ai, eds al Conference of the NSW Association Language and history: essays in of University Women Graduates, 1969. honour of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: [prepared from papers submitted by Pacific Linguistics. 221 -232. [Includes NorthShore and Richmond Valley Kuku-Yalanji wordlist) Groups] 1992 Kuku-Yalanji dictionary. Albury, NSW: 1969 Barriers to higher education for Graeme van Brummelen. 90pp. Aboriginal children in the Bandjelangic 1992 Muruwari (Moo-roo-warri) dictionary: area. In Proceedings of a seminar held words of an Aboriginal language of during the Fourth Regional Conference north-western New South Wales of the NSW Association of University (Brewarrina-Goodooga-Bourke area) Women Graduates, 1969. written for schools. Albury, NSW: 1975 Th e Aborigines of the Richmond area. Graeme van Brummelen. 99pp. 2nd edition. Lismore: Richmond River see also Austin et al 1 988; see also Historical Society Pamphlet 2. [includes Coate and Oates 1970; see also Oates language materials] and Oates 1964, 1964, 1970, 1970; see 1978 New words for new ideas, and new also Oates et al 1 964 meanings for old words. In Sharpe, M C, An introduction to the Bundjalung OATES, William J (SIL linguist, Nth Queensland) language and its dialects. Mt Lawley 1967 On the naming of Australian Aboriginal CAE. 20-27. (second, revised edition, tribes. AlAS Newsletter 2(5):30-34. same pagination, published in 1985 by 1967 Syllable patterning and phonetically Armidale CAE) complex consonants in some Australian languages. Papers in Australian 1983 p" ace nam�s of the Richmond region. Lismore: Richmond Tweed Regional Linguistics 1. (PL, A-10) Canberra: Library. [major contributor on Aboriginal Pacific Linguistics. 29-52. place names) 1968 The linguistic programme of the Summer Institute of Linguistics in OATES, Lynette F (linguist; northern Victoria) Australia. AlAS Newsletter 2(7):5-8. 1953 A tentative description of the Gun­ winggu language of western Arnhem OATES, William J, and OATES, Lynette F Land. MA (Hons) thesis, University of 1964 Gugu-Yalanji linguistic and anthropo­ Sydney. 120pp. (see also 1964) logical data. In Oates, W J et al Gugu­ 1964 Distribution of phonemes and syllables Yalanji and Wik-Munkan language in Gugu-Yalanji. Anthropological studies. Canberra: AlAS. 1-17. Linguistics 6(1 ):23-26. 1964 Gugu-Yalanji vocabulary. In Oates, W J 1964 A tentative description of the et al Gugu- Yalanji and Wik-Munkan Gunwinggu language (of western language studies. Canberra: AlAS. 79- ArnhemLand ). (Oceania Linguistic 146. Monographs 10) Sydney. 120pp. (see 1970 From bilingual to monolingual situation. also 1953) In Healey, Alan, ed. Translator's field 1975 Th e 1973 supplement to A revised guide. Ukarumpa: SIL. 393-394. linguistic survey of Australia. 2 1970 A revised linguistic surveyof Australia. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 33, 169 Linguistic Series 12) Canberra: AlAS. O'CONNELL, J F, LATZ, P K, and BARNETT, P 282pp. (Review AUMLA 38, Tryon) 1983 Traditional and modern plant use among the Alyawarra of Central OATES, W J, OATES, L F, HERSHBERGER, Australia. Economic Botany 37(1 ):80- Henry,HE RSHBERGER, Ruth, 109. [Appendix includes Alyawarra and SAYERS, Barbara, and GODFREY, Latin plant names] Marie 1964 Gugu-Yalanji and Wik-Munkan O'CONNOR, John language studies. (Australian Aboriginal 1886 Mouths of the Burdekin River. In Curr, Studies 2, Linguistic Series 1) E M The Australian race. Melbourne. Canberra: AlAS. 152pp. 2:454-455 [Juru vocabulary] 1887 Between the Albert and Tweed Rivers. OBER, Dana Y (Torres Strait linguist) In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 1985 The Torres Strait languages: the need Melbourne. 3:236-239. [Minjanbal for support to maintain and develop vocabulary] them. Monash University: Aboriginal 1887 A Wokka dialect taken on the Burnett. Research Centre: papers presented at In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. the ANZM S Festival of Science, Melbourne. 3:1 08-1 13. Wakawaka August 1985. Clayton, Victoria: Monash vocabulary] University. 42-49. see also Prior et al 1887 1994 Torres Strait languages. In Angelo, 0, et al Australian phrasebook. Hawthorn, O'CONNOR, John, and CUNNINGHAM, E Victoria: Lonely Planet. 161-174. 1887 Dawson River. In Curr, E M The 1998 Torres Strait languages. In Angelo, 0, Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 102-1 07. et al Australian phrasebook. Hawthorn, [Wakawaka vocabulary: O'Connor 102- Victoria: Lonely Planet. 235-247. 103, 104-105, Cunningham 106-107] see also Angelo et al 1994, see also Ford and Ober 1986, 1991 ODERMANN, Gisela (see also Petri-Odermann) (socialanthropologist) OBRST, L 1958 Heilkunde der Njangomada, Nordwest 1989 Stress and stress-related phenomena Australien. Paideuma 6:41 1 -428. in Djinang. Transactions of the Royal [medical terms, German-Nyangomada] Literary Fund 31 :147-185. O'DONOGHUE, J D see Wood and O'Donoghue O'BYRNE, James 1976 1887 Weir and Moonie Rivers. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:262- OFFICER, Charles Myles (Mt Talbot, Balmoral: 263. [Gamilaraay] businessman, JP, Guardian of Abori­ see also Hammond and O'Byrne 1887 gines; spoke the language of the Mt Talbot tribe) O'CALLAGHAN, Thomas (police inspector, 1878 Balmoral: Glenelg tribe. In Smyth, R B amateur historian, Melbourne) The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 1918 Names of Vic torian railway stations with Melbourne. 83. [Buandik?] their origins and meanings ... Adelaide, Brisbane and a few of the OGILVIE, Sarah (postgraduate student, University border stations of New South Wa les of Queensland) and South Australia. Melbourne: 1994 The Morrobalama (Umbuygamu) Government Printer. language of Cape York, Australia. MA 1919-20 Australian place names. Victorian thesis, Australian National University. Historical Magazine 7(4): 186-191 ; 1 994 A wordlist of the Morrobalama (Umbuy­ 8(1 ):15-35. gamu) language of Cape York, Aust­ ralia. Umagico: Umagico Council. 91 pp. O'CONNELL, James F (then at Department of Prehistory, ANU; now, Departmentof OGLE, N Anthropology, University of Utah, Salt 1839 The colony of WesternAust ralia: a Lake City) see Barker and O'Connell manual for emigrants. London: Fraser. 1977 (facsimile edition, 1977). [includes at pp 71-73 a 250-word vocabulary, and 56 placenames, taken from Nind 1833 (which see)] 1 70 O'GRADY, Alix (wife of Geoffrey O'Grady) see 1984 The evolution of verbs of singing in O'Grady and O'Grady 1964 Pama-Nyungan. In Kassler, Jamie C, and Stubington, Jill, eds Problems and O'GRADY, Geoffrey N (Professor Emeritus, solutions: occasional essays in University of Victoria, British Columbia, musicology presented to Alice M. Canada) Moyle. Sydney: Hale and Iremonger. 1956 A secret language of Western Australia 382-384. - a note. Oceania 27(2):158-1 59. 1987 Arthur Capell, 1902-1 987. (Obituary) [' Malj'] Oceania 57:241 -242. 1957 Statistical investigations into an 1987 The origin of monosyllabic roots in Australian language. Oceania eastern Pama-Nyungan. In Laycock, 0 27(4):283-312. [Njangumada dialects] C, and Winter, Werner, eds A worldof 1959 Significance of the circumcision language: papers presented to boundary in Western Australia. BA Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th (Hons) thesis, University of Sydney. birthday. Canberra: Pacific 1960 More on lexicostatistics. Current Linguistics.517-529. Anthropology (Chicago) 1 :338-339. 1990 Introduction. In O'Grady, G N, and 1960 New concepts in Nyangumac;Ja: some Tryon, 0 T, eds Studies in comparative data on linguistic acculturation. Pama-Nyungan. Canberra: Pacific Anthropological Linguistics 2( 1 ):1-6. Linguistics. xiii-xxii. 1964 Nyangumata grammar. Oceania 1990 The Nuclear Pama-Nyungan universal Linguistic Monographs 9. University of quantifier ·p arntung. In O'Grady, G N, Sydney. 90pp. (PhD dissertation, and Tryon, 0 T, eds Studies in Indiana University, 1963) (Review comparative Pama-Nyungan. Canberra: Language 44, Hale) Pacific Linguistics. 117-1 53. 1966 Proto-Ngayarda phonology. Oceanic 1990 Pama-Nyungan *m-, *j - and *k-. In Linguistics 5(2):71-130. O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 0 T, eds 1970 Nyangumarda conjugations. In Wurm, Studies in comparative Pama-Nyungan. S A, and Laycock, 0 C, eds Pacific Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 79-103. linguistic studies in honour of Arthur 1990 Pama-Nyungan semantics: brain, egg Capel/. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. and water. In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 845-864. o T, eds Studies in comparative Pama­ 1971 Checklist of Oceanic language and Ny ungan. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. dialect names, I: Australian language 11-14. and dialect names. In Sebeok, T A, ed. 1990 Pama-Nyungan: the tip of the lexical Current trends in linguistics 8: iceberg. In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 0 Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: T, eds Studies in comparative Pama­ Mouton. 1189-1 204. Nyungan. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1971 Lexicographic research in Aboriginal 209-259. Australia. In Sebeok, T A, ed. Current 1990 Prenasalization in Pama-Nyungan. In trends in linguistics 8: Linguistics in Baldi, Philip, ed. Linguistic change and Oceania. The Hague: Mouton. 779-803. reconstruction methodology. Berlin: 1976 Umpila historical phonology. In Sutton, Mouton de Gruyter. 451-476. Peter, ed. Languages of Cape York. 1990 Wadjuk and Umpila: a long-shot Canberra: AlAS. 61-67. approach to Pama-Nyungan. In 1979 Preliminaries to a Proto Nuclear Pama­ O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, 0 T, eds Nyungan stem list. In Wurm, S A, ed. Studies in comparative Pama-Nyungan. Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-10. Pacific Linguistics. 107-139. 1991 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B 1981 The genesis of the pronoun · ngaliin J, eds 1991 Handbook of Australian Australia. Working Papers of the languages, volume 3. Canberra: ANU Linguistic Circle, University of Victoria Press. Anthropological Linguistics 1 (1 ):152-173. 33(1 ):92-94. 1981 • yamu in Nuclear Pama-Nyungan (and 1993 Pama-Nyungan: an entirely viable beyond?). Working Papers of the Family-level construct within the Linguistic Circle, University of Victoria Australian Phylum. Mother Tongue 1 (2):266-284. (Boston, Massachusetts) 19:13-27. 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 Th e 1998 Toward a Proto-Pama-Nyungan stem languages of Australia. Cambridge: list, part 1: Sets J1-J25. Oceanic University Press. AUMLA 54:273-276. Linguistics 37(2):209-233. 171 see also Fitzgerald and O'Grady 1994, Nyungan. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. see also Harris and O'Grady 1976, 105-1 16. 1977; see also Hoard and O'Grady 1976; see also Voegelin, Voegelin, O'GRADY, G N, and TRYON, D T, eds Wurm, O'Grady and Matsuda 1963 1990 Studies in comparative Pama­ Ny ungan. (PL, C-l ll). Canberra: O'GRADY, Geoffrey N, ed. Pacific Linguistics. 279pp. [has detailed 1955 Western Australia: songs of the language index) Nja ngamada [NyangumartaJ tribe. Phonogram record no. 63, sides A and O'GRADY, G N, VOEGELlN, C F, and B. University of Sydney. VOEGELlN, F M 1966 Languages of the world: Indo-Pacific O'GRADY, Geoffrey N, and FITZGERALD, Susan fascicle six. Anthropological Linguistics 1993 Pama-Nyungan II and Tasmanian. 8(2). Mother Tongue (Boston, Massachus­ etts) 20:30-36. O'GRADY, G N, WURM, S A, and HALE, K L 1995 Triconsonantal sequences in Proto­ 1966 Aboriginal languages of Australia (a Pama-Nyungan. Oceanic Linguistics preliminaryclass ification). Map, drawn 34(2):454-471 . by Robert M. Watt. Victoria, BC: Dept of 1997 Cognate search in the Pama-Nyungan Linguistics, University of Victoria. language family. In McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds Archaeologyand OLDFIELD, Augustus Frederick (lived Devonport; linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global collected plant specimens Tas and WA) persp ective. Melbourne: Oxford 1865 The Aborigines of Australia. Transact­ University Press. 341 -355. ions. of the Ethnological Society of Lon­ don 3:215-298. [30 place- and personal O'GRADY, Geoffrey N, and HALE, Kenneth L names, 14 animals, 22 birds, fish, rep­ 1975 Recommendations concerning bilingual tiles and insects, 22 plants, miscellan­ education in the Northern Territory. eous, points of compass etc, and 16 Canberra: Government Printer. (Report sentences, in Watjandi - includes Foley prepared for Department of Education, 1 865) see below Darwin, July 1974.) (Comments by 1886 The mouth of Murchison river: the McGrath, W J, in Developing Education Watchandi tribe. In Curr, E M, The 2(2):8-10) Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :31 0-313. [Watjandi vocabulary 312-313 taken O'GRADY, Geoffrey N, and KLOKEID, Terry J from Oldfield's 1865 paper) 1969 Australian linguistic classification: a plea for coordination of effort. Oceania OMEENYO, Charlie see Clarmont, Omeenyo and 39(4):298-31 1. Thompson 1986

O'GRADY, Geoffrey N, and LAUGHREN, Mary O'NEILL, Anne-Marie 1997 Palyku is a Ngayarta language. 1995 Voices of the Dreaming. Time Australia Australian Journalof Linguistics 10:50-51. [Aboriginal languages, 1 7(2): 129-1 54. language education; Yorta Yorta)

O'GRADY, G N, and MOONEY, Kathleen A ONSLOW, Arthur 1973 Nyangumarda kinship terminology. 1887 Warrior Island, Torres Strait. In Curr, E Anthropological Linguistics 1 5(1 ):1-23. M The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:684-685. [Appendix D: vocabulary) O'GRADY, G N, and O'GRADY, Alix 1964 Songs of Aboriginal Australia and OPPLIGER, Mandy (then at University of Sydney) Torres Strait. [Gramophone record) 1984 The phonology and morphology of Musicological notes by Alice Moyle. Awabakal: a reconstitution from early Bloomington: Indiana University written sources. BA (Hons) thesis, Archives of Folk and Primitive Music. University of Sydney. 127pp.

O'GRADY, G N, and TRYON, D T ORR, Geoffrey Michael 1990 Early Austronesian loans in Pama­ 1977 Education language and ideology: a Nyungan? In O'Grady, G N, and Tryon, Torres Strait case study. MEd thesis, D T, eds Studies in comparative Pama- University of Queensland. 172 1979 Language instruction in Torres Strait . P Island primary schools: a case study In PADDY, Esther, PADDY, Sandy, and SMITH, the initiation and promulgation of Moya (Esther: Bardi informant) cultural democracy. PhD dissertation, 1987 Boonja bardak korn:All trees are good Florida State University. for something. Perth: Anthropology Department, University of WA. [te� in OSBORNE, Barry (educationist, Torres Strait Bardi and English, includes botanical interests) names and notes on Bardi orthography] 1986 Torres Strait Islander styles of communication and learning. (Torres PADDY, Sandy (Bardi informant) see Paddy et al Strait Working Papers, 1) Townsville: 1987 Department of Pedagogics and Scien­ tific Studies in Education, James Cook PADDY, Sandy, PADDY, Esther, and SMITH, University of North Queensland. 31 pp. Moya 1988 Gadiman jawal. Perth: Western OSBORNE, Charles Roland (then at University of Australian Museum. 32pp. [parallel text, Queensland, and University of London) Bardi and English] 1970 A grammar of the Tiwi language of 1997 Gadiman jawal. Perth: Western North Australia. PhD dissertation, Uni­ Australian Museum. 2nd edition. 32pp. versity of London. 243pp. (See 1974) [since the 1st edition, the Bardi 1974 The Tiwi language: grammar, myths orthography has changed, and there and dictionaryof the Tiwi language are some language changes also - an spoken on Melville and Bathurst interesting comparison] Islands, northern Australia. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 55, Linguistic Series PALMER, Edward (longtime resident of north 21) Canberra: AlAS. 184pp. (Review Queensland: published reminiscences) Annali, Istituto Orientale di Napoli 38, 1884 Notes on some Australian tribes with Soravia) [A tape/cassette of the Tiwi Appendix of Aboriginal words. Journal myths from the text is also available] of the Anthropological Institute 13:276- 334. [includes plant names of Mitchell OSCAR, Sarah (Gurindji speaker) see Dalton et al and Flinders Ranges languages; 1995 Mycoolan, Myappe, Kombinegherry (Bellinger River) etc] OVINGTON, G 1886 Akoonkoon, Palmer River. In Curr, E M 1992 Teaching English to Kriol speakers: the Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:396- KartiyaGame. Applied Linguistics 399. [Mirkin (Mini) vocabulary] Association of Australia: Occasional 1886 The Cloncurry River. In Curr, E M Th e Paper 12:87-98. Australian race. Melbourne. 2:330-339. [Miappe (Mayapi) tribe vocabulary 338- OWEN, RC 339; see also the Anonymous item, 1965 Patrilocal band: a linguistically and preceding it] culturally hybrid social unit. American Anthropologist 67(3):675-690. PALMER, Imelda (educationist) 1991 The Arrernte curriculum project. OXLEY, John (naval officer, Surveyor-General; Ngoonjo ok 6:4-7. noted explorer) 1820 [Wiradhuri wordlist] in his Journals of PALMER, Kingsley (anthropologist; Deputy two exp editions into the interior of New Principal of AIATSIS) South Wales. London: John Murray. 10- 1977 Aboriginal sites and the Fortescue 11. River, north-west of Western Australia. Archaeology and Physical Anthropology OZOLINS, Uldis (Australian educationist, was at in Oceania 12(3):226-233. [local myths, Deakin University) including vocabularyfrom Yindjibarndi, 1984 Language planning in Australia: the Ngarluma, Panyjima, Kurrama] Senate Inquiry into Language Policy. 1977 Myth, ritual and rock art. Archaeology Language Planning Newsletter 10(1 ):1- and Physical Anthropology in Oceania 7. 12(1 ):38-49. [includes vocabulary from 1997 Review: Proper true talk: national Nyamal, Kariyarra, Yindjibarndi, Indigenous Law Bulletin forum .... Ngarluma, Panyjima, Kurrama] 4(2): 17-18 . [translation, interpreting] 173 PALMER, K, and McKENNA, C B, The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 1978 Somewhere between black and white. 2. Melbourne. 165-1 66. Melbourne: Macmillan. [includes 2-page 1845 Ngenngenwurro language. In Eyre, E J, glossary of Nyamal/Ngarla and Journals2: 399-402; in Ridley, W, Nyangumarta] Kamilaroi, 120-121 [Knenknenwurro]; in Smyth, R B, The Aborigines of Victoria, PAMULKAN, Mabel (Wik-Munkan dictionary volume 2. Melbourne. 167-169 assistant) see Kilham et al 1986 [Knenkorenwurro]

PAPERS IN AUSTRALIAN LINGUISTICS PARKER, Joseph (Franklinford) No.1, 1967, PL, A-10; No.2, 1967, PL, 1878 Dialect of the Ja-jow-er-ong race, with a A-1 1; No.3, 1968, PL, A-1 4; No.4, shortaccount of their traditional history 1969, PL, A-17; No.5, 1971, PL, A-27; and superstitions, &c, &c. In Smyth, R No.6, 1973, PL, A-36; No.7, 1974, PL, B, The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. A-37; No.8, 1975, PL, A-39; No.9, Melbourne. 154-165. 1976, PL, A-42; No.10, 1976, PL, A-47; No.1 1, 1978, PL, A-51; No.12, 1980, PARKER, K Langloh (writer) see STOW, PL, A-58; No.13, 1980, PL, A-59; No. Catherine S 14, 1980, PL, A-60; No.15, 1983, A-66; No.16, 1984, A-68; No.17, 1988, A-71 . PARKES, Lena (Ngiyampaa speaker) see Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. (see Johnson et al 1982 entries under individual authors) PARKHOUSE, Thomas Anstey PAPPS, E H (illustrator of Aboriginal legends etc) 1896 Native tongues in the neighbourhood of 1969 Aboriginal words of Australia. Sydney: Port Darwin. Transactions of the Royal Reed. 144pp. Society of SA 19: 1-18. 1933-35 Reprints and papers relating to the PARISH, Lucy (then at ANU) autochthones of Australia. 2 volumes. 1983 Some aspects of Kungarakany verb Woodville SA: Parkhouse. [Kaurna] morphology. BA (Hons) thesis, 1936 Some words of the Australian autoch­ Australian National University thone: an experiment in Australian etymology. Mankind 2(1 ):16-19. PARKER, Edward Reed (lived in district from 1836) PARRY-OKEDEN, W E see Bell et al 1934 1886 York district-Whajook tribe vocabulary. In Curr, E M, The Australian race. PASCO, Crawford A D (naval officer; at Port Melbourne. 1 :340-341. [Wadjuk; see Essington in 1838, servedon Beagle; also Goldsworthy] later police magistrate; "he feared God and the Melbourne Club") PARKER, Edward Stone (Methodist preacher, 1886 Port Essington: the Limba Karadjee Protector of Aborigines, Port Phillip tribe. In Curr, E M, Th e Australian race. district) Melbourne. 1 :268-269. [Iwaidja: 20- 1843 Witouro. Votes and Proceedings, NSW word vocabulary only, p 269] Legislative Assembly 59. Reprinted several times. [vocabulary] PASLEY, H see Aboriginal 1899 1844 Native names of Aborigines in Protector Parker's District - Lar-ne-barramul, PASSI, Gamalai Ken, and PIPER, Nick (Passi: River Loddon. Great Britain Parlia­ Torres Strait Islander) mentary Papers 34:31 2-31 6. 1994 Meryam Mir. In Thieberger, N and 1844 Specimen of five dialects spoken by the McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Abori­ Aborigines of the North-Western ginal words: a dictionary of words from District. Great Britain Parliamentary Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Papers 34:317. [Witouro, Knenkoren­ Islander languages. North Ryde: wurro, Ta-oungurong, Burapper, Macquarie Library. 320-351. Jajowrong] 1845 Burapper language: Thongworong or PATZ, Elisabeth (School of Liberal Studies, Goulburn natives' language north of University of Canberra) Mount Alexander and on the Campaspe 1978 A sketch grammar of Dyabugay. BA ...In Eyre, E J, Journals 2:400-402; in (Hons) thesis, Australian National Ridley, W, Kamilaroi: 130; in Smyth, R University. 104pp. 174 1982 A grammar of the Kuku Yalanji PEARSON, Mark (formerly Department of Prehist­ language of north Queensland. PhD ory, Australian National University) dissertation, Australian National 1987 InterviewingAborig ines: a cross-cultural University. 442pp. dilemma. Australian Journalism Review 1991 Djabugay. In Dixon, R M Wand Blake, (St Lucia, Qld) 9: 113-1 17. B J eds Handbook of Australian languages, volume 4. Oxford University PEARSON, Noel (Aboriginal lawyer, Guugu Press. 244-347. Yimithirr, Councillor, Land Rights 1999 A grammar of the Kuku Yalanji activist) language of north Queensland. (To be 1989 Young and old work together to save published by Pacific Linguistics) their language. Aboriginal Employment and Education News (Canberra), 20 PAULL, W J January 1989:6-7. 1886 Warburton River. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:18-21 . PECHEY, W A (anthropologist) [Ngameni vocabulary20- 21 ; see also 1872 Vocabulary, with notes therefrom, of the that by Cornish) Cornu tribe of Australia. Journalof the Anthropological Institute 1:143-1 47. PAUWELS, Anne (Professor Languages and Linguistics, University of Wollongong) PEDERSON, Eric, DANZIGER, Eve, WILKINS, 1985 Australia is a multilingual nation. Annual David P, LEVINSON, Steve, SENFT, Review of Applied Linguistics 6:78-99. Gunter, and KITA, Sotaro (Pederson: [surveys research in multilingualism, University of Oregon; Danziger: Univer­ includes studies of contact between sity of Virginia, others Max Planck Aboriginal languages and English) Institute, Nijmegen) 1987 Language and gender research in 1998 Semantic typology and spatial con­ Australia: some past and current ceptualization. Language 74:557-589. trends. Australian Review of Applied [includes Australian examples) Linguistics 10(2):221 -234. [pp 228-230 on Aboriginal languages) PEELER, Lois, BOWE, Heather, and ATKINSON, 1987 Women and language in Australian and Sharon (Peeler: researcher) New Zealand society. Sydney: Aust­ 1994 Yortta Yortta language revival project. ralian Professional Publications. Healesville, Victoria: Worawa College. [especially pp 19-21) see also Bowe, Peeler and Atkinson 1997 PAUWELS, Anne, EADES, Diana, and HARKINS, Jean PEEMUGGINA, Noel (formerly Cape Keerweer) 1998 Development of sociocultural see Wolmby, Peemuggina and Sutton understandings through the study of 1990; see also Sutton 1 997 languages. Adelaide: Department of Education, Training and Employment. PEGLER, A H 1886 Ned's Corner Station, Murray River. In PAYNE, David (English linguist) Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Mel­ 1993 Review of Bowe, Heather, 1990 Cate­ bourne. 2:280-281 . [Ngintait gories, constituents, and constituent vocabulary) order in Piljantjatjara, an Aboriginal language of Australia. London: PElLE, A R (Father Anthony, late of Catholic Routledge. Language 69(1 ): 194- 195. Mission, Balgo WA; anthropologist, botanist; was working on a Gugadja PEARCE, J E encyclopedia) 1887 Waljeers. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 1977 Good medicine, good dry. Aboriginal race. Melbourne. 3:390-391. [Wiradjuri Health Worker. AlAS. (Gugadja) vocabulary) 1978 Gugadja Aborigines and frogs. Herpetofauna 10(1 ):9-1 4. [Gugadja PEARCE, L A (teacher) vocabulary to do with frogs) 1977 Accepting Johnny and his language 1980 Preliminary notes on the ethno-botany (language for living and language for of the Gugadja Aborigines at Balgo, learning). The Aboriginal Child at Western Australia. Western Australian School 5(5):12-27. Herbarium Research 3:59-64. 175 1990 Modernization of Gugadja, an Austral­ Curr from Peron, Franc;:ois and Frey­ ian Aboriginal language. In Fodor, cinet, LCD, 1807-24, Voyage de Istvan, and Hagage, Claude, eds decouvertes aux terres australes Language reform: historyand future; La pendant les annees 1800, 1801, 1802, reforme des langues: histoire et avenir; 1803, et 1804. Paris, 1824. Sprachreform: Geschichte und Zukunft, volume 5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske. PERRETT, Bill see Christie and Perrett 1996 229-237. [How Gugadja copes with modern concepts and technology, with PETCH, Alison (Pitt Rivers Museum, Oxford, neologisms coined in accordance with England) see Wilkins and Petch 1997 phonology and patterns of language] 1996 Kukatja botanical terms and concepts, PETERSON, Nicolas (Department of Prehistory edited by H. Valiquette. In McGregor, and Anthropology, Australian National W, ed. Studies in Kimberley languages University) in honour of Howard Coate. Munich: 1986 Australian territorial organization: a Lincom Europa. 71-1 15. band perspective. Oceania Mono­ 1997 Body and soul: an Aboriginal view. graphs 30. Sydney: University of Edited by Peter Bindon (WA Museum). Sydney. Carlisle, WA: Hesperian Press and The Pallottines in Australia. [illustrative PETERSON, Nicolas, ed. sentences in Kukatja] 1976 Tribes and boundaries in Australia. see also Wiminydji and Peile 1978 (Social Anthropology 10) Canberra: AlAS. 250pp. PENSALFINI, Robert (University of Chicago) 1992 Degrees of freedom: word order in PETRI, Helmut (Professor of Ethnology, University Pama-Nyungan languages. Honours of Cologne) thesis, University of Western Australia. 1950 Wandlungen im der Geistigen Kultur 1996 Arrernte syllabification. In Costa, J, nordwest-australischen Stamme. Goedemans, R, and Vijver, R van de, Veroffentlichen aus dem Museum fur eds ConSole IV Proceedings. Leiden: Natur-, Volker-, und Handelskunde in SOLE. 237-249. Bremen, Reihe B:33-121. 1997 Jingulu grammar, dictionary and texts. 1959 Geographisches Weltbild und PhD dissertation, Massachusetts zwischenstammliche Handels­ Institute of Technology. verbindungen nordwestaustralischer 1998 The development of (apparently) Eingeborenen-Gruppen. Wiener onsetless syllabification: a constraint­ Volkerkundliche Mitteilungen 7:3-22. based approach. Proceedings of the 1966 Dynamik im Stammesleben nordwest­ Chicago Linguistics Society 34. Australiens. Paideuma 6(3): 1 52-168. 1999 The rise of case suffixes as discourse [anthropological and linguistic fieldwork markers in Jingulu - a case study of with Nyangumarta and Yulparija people innovation in an obsolescent language. in 1954-55) Australian Journalof Linguistics 19(1). see Breen and Pensalfini 1999 PETRIE, Constance 1902 Aboriginal place names. Science of PENSALFINI, Robert, and COSGROVE, Brigit Man 5(6): 1 02. [An erratum notice says 1996 Linjku nganga Jinguluwarndi: Jingulu the 'section on Ipswich Aborigines was animal names. Elliott Community wrongly attributed to Miss Petrie' - Education Centre. probably by Thomas P!]

PERKS, John (in area from before 1858) PETRIE, Thomas (explorer, grazier, friend of 1886 Irwin and Murchison Rivers, Cheangwa. Aborigines; at Moreton Bay as a child - In Curr, E M, The Australian race. learnt Turrabul) Melbourne. 1 :368-375. [Widi vocab­ 1902 Native name of the Brisbane River. ulary,from the Irwin to the Murchison Science of Man 4(12):203. Rivers, 373-375] PETRI-ODERMANN, Gisela (German ethnologist; PERON, Franc;:ois (French navigator) see also Odermann) 1887 Peron's [Tasmanian, 1803) vocabulary. 1963 Das Meer im Leben einer nordwest­ In Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ australischen Kustenbevolkerung [The bourne. 3:604-605 (1887). Taken by sea in the life of a north-west Australian 176 coastal people]. Paideuma 9(1 ):1-17. among Australian Aborigines. Michigan [Karajarri vocabulary and songs, from State University Press. 256-274. La Grange] see also Hart and Pilling 1960

PETTERSSON, Thore (Scandinavian linguist) see PILLING, Arnold R, and WATERMAN, R A, eds B�ly and Pettersson 1986 1970 Diprotodon to detribalization: studies of change among Australian Aborigines. PFITZNER,John see Breen and Pfitzner 1996 East Lansing: Michigan State University Press. PHILLIPPS, Herbert (Sir) (merchant, phil­ anthropist, on board of numerous PIMM, G see Seligman and Pimm 1907 associations: Royal Geographical Society, YMCA, Bible society, etc) PIPER, Nick (Nicola Jane) (Murray Island, North n.d. The missionary message in the native Queensland/Melbourne University) language. In Aborigines Friends' 1989 A sketch grammar of MeryamMir. MA Association: Aboriginal problems 13. thesis, Australian National University. [mentions Bible translations] 1999 Grammatical markers within Meryam discourse. PhD dissertation, University PHILLIPS, Virginia (adult literacy teacher) of Melbourne. 1992 Language, cultural identity and see also Passi and Piper 1994 empowerment in the dominant culture. The Aboriginal Childat School 20(2): PIROLA, Mary Jo (then at Monash University) 25-30. 1978 Aboriginal English. MA thesis, Monash University. 138pp. [language contact, PHILLIPSON, N E (Nathaniel Edmund) (Station creolisation and de-creolisation) manager, Beltana, SA) 1886 Umbertana. In Curr, E M The Australian PITT, George Matcham (stock and station agent, race. Melbourne. 2: 112-1 15. [Wailpi Richmond/Sydney) see Doherty and vocabulary 113-115] Pitt 1897

PIDDINGTON, M, and PIDDINGTON, Ralph PITTMAN, George A (from WA, director of Adult (social anthropologists) Migrant Education from late 1940s, 1932 Report on field-work in north-west English program in Nauru, Pacific Australia. Oceania 2(3):342-358. Islands, etc) [names for seasons, some food names 1974 Structure and meaning in English and uses, kin terms in Karajarri] teaching. In Coppell, W G, ed. Education and the Aboriginal child ... PIKE, Eunice V (US linguist) see Hershberger and summer school ...Macquar ie Pike 1970 University, January 1974. North Ryde: Macquarie University. 28-39. PIKE, Evelyn G (US linguist) see Hinch and Pike 1978 PITTMAN, Richard S (US linguist, SIL) 1966 Review of Capell, Arthur19 62 Some PIKE, J see Lowe with Pike 1990 linguistic typ es in Australia. Language 42:846-849. PIKE, Kenneth L, and HUTTAR, George (Pike: US linguist, SIL) PITTMAN, Richard S, and KERR, Harland B (US 1977 How many packages? Hemisphere linguists, SIL) 21 (12):26-29. [on language types: 1970 Dominance and recessiveness in examples from Australian languages] grammatical structures. In Wurm, S A, and Laycock, D C, eds Pacific linguistic PILBARA ABORIGINAL LANGUAGE CENTRE - studies in honour of Arthur Capel/. see HALE Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 109-1 13. (Burera) PILLING, Arnold R (Director, Museum of Anthropology, Wayne State University, PITTMAN, Richard S, and KERR, Harland B, eds Detroit, Michigan) 1964 Papers on the languages of the 1970 Changes in Tiwi language. In Pilling, A, Australian Aborigines. (Australian and Waterman, R A, eds Diprotodon to Aboriginal Studies 3, Linguistic Series detribalization: studies of change 2) Canberra: AlAS. 166pp. 177 PLANERT, W (German linguist) languages. Canberra: AlAS. 427-431 1907 Australische Forschungen, I: Aranda­ (Topic C); 667-673 (topic E). Grammatik. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie (Germany) 39(4-5):551-566. (Review PLAYFAIR, L M (L MacDonald) (Beechal Creek, Man 1909, 43) Warrego) 1908 Australische Forschungen, II: Dieri­ 1887 The Upper Paroo. In Curr, E M Th e Grammatik. Zeitschrift fUr Ethnologie Australian race. Melbourne. 3:280-281 , 40:686-697. (Review Man 1909, 43) 286. [Pitjara vocabulary; see Looker et al 1887] PLANK, Frans (Linguistics, University of Konstanz, Germany) PLOMLEY, N J Brian (research biologist, academ­ 1995 (Re-)Introducing Suffixaufnahme. In ic appointments in anatomy and embry­ Plank, Frans, ed. Double case: ology, then research in anthropology agreement by Suffixa ufnahme. Oxford: and historyparticularly of Tasmania) Oxford University Press. 3-1 10. 1966 Friendly mission: the Tasmanian journals and papers of George PLANK, Frans, ed. Augustus Robinson, 1829- 1834. 1995 Double case: agreement by Suffix­ Hobart: Tasmanian Historical Research aufnahme. Oxford: Oxford University Association. 1074pp. [includes songs. Press. (Review Linguistics 35(2), chants, dances, information on Haspelmath) language, grammars and vocabularies, gestures ... and 'Aboriginal place PLANLangPol COMMITTEE names in Tasmania' pp 953-961) 1983 A national language policy fo r Australia: 1969 An annotated bibliography of the a report. Kensington Victoria: Applied Ta smanian Aborigines. London: Royal Linguistics Association of Australia, and Anthropological Institute. 143pp. Australian Linguistic Society. 164pp. 1971 Friendly mission: the Tasmanian [aims to lay basis for a National Lan­ journals and papers of G. A. Robinson, guage Policy for (inter alia) Aboriginal 1829-1 834, a supplement. Tasmanian languages] Historical Research Association, Papers and Proceedings 18(1): 1-32. PLATT, John T (linguist, was at Monash and La 1976 A word-list of the Ta smanian Aboriginal Trobe Universities) languages. Launceston: Author, in 1967 The Kukata-Kukatja distinction. association with the Government of Oceania 38:61-64. Tasmania. (see Capell 1976; Plomley 1968 An introductorygrammar of the Gugada collates all that is known of Tasmanian dialect. MA thesis, Monash University. languages) (Review Language 56, 168pp. Dixon) 1968 Some features of the verb in Kukata. Anthropological Linguistics 10(5):1-7. POHLNER, B H (teacher) 1969 Correlation between four models of 1972 A comparison of two different nominal affixation in an Australian approaches to teaching English in Western Desert Aboriginal language - Pitjantjatjara Aboriginal Schools. Pitjantjatjara. Acta Linguistica Advanced Diploma thesis, Western Hafniensa (Copenhagen) 12:21-28. Teachers' College, Adelaide. 1970 Some notes on Gugada and Wirangu. In Laycock, D C, ed. Linguistic trends in POLAND, W see Roth 1901 Australia. Canberra: AlAS. 59-63. 1972 An outline grammar of the Gugada POLICE MAGISTRATE, Queanbeyan dialect: South Australia. (Australian 1887 Queanbeyan. In Curr, E M The Aust­ Aboriginal Studies 48, Linguistics 20) ralian race. Melbourne. 3:424-425. Canberra: AlAS. 76pp. (See 1968) [Ngunawal vocabulary) 1974 What's becoming what? - a note on inchoatives in Pitjantjatjara. In Blake, B, POLINSKAJA, M S, and ZURINSKAJA, M A ed. Papers in Australian Aboriginal (Russian linguists, Academy of languages. (Linguistic Communications Sciences, Moscow) 14) Monash University. 110-1 19. 1984 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B 1976 Pitjantjatjara. In Dixon, R M W, ed. J, eds 1979, 1981 Handbook of Grammatical categories in Australian Australian languages, volumes 1, 2. 178 Canberra: ANU Press. Voprosi 12. (Poulson: produced Waripiri/English Jazykoznanija 33(6): 141-1 45. readers, primers)

POLLARD, Ruth, and BOSON, Mary, eds POVINELLI, Elizabeth (Yale PhD in anthropology; 1995 Alive and deadly: reviving and worked at Belyuen community NT) maintaining Australian indigenous 1990 Emiyenggal and Batjemal folk languages. Sydney: Social Change classifications, Cox Peninsula, Media. [funded by Department of NorthernTerritory: "Figuring" continuity Employment, Education and Training, and contingency. Australian Aboriginal Canberra] 12pp. Studies 1990(2):53-58.

POOTCHEMUNKA, Jennifer (worked on Wik­ POWELL, James White Munkan dictionary) see Kilham et al 1887 Ravensbourne Creek - Mokaburra 1986 tribe, Tarawalla dialect. In Curr, EM The Australia n ra ce. Melbourne. 3:84- POOLE, Alison (SIL bibliographer) 85. 1989 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of see Hyde et al 1887 Linguistics, Australian Aborigines and Islanders Branch: up to December PRAITE, Ronald George L, and TOLLEY, J C 1988. Darwin: Summer Institute of 1970 Place names of South Australia. Linguistics. 100pp. Adelaide: Rigby. 1992 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Australian Aborigines and PRATT, George Islanders Branch: up to December 1886 A comparison of the dialects of East 1991. Darwin: Summer Institute of and West Polynesian, Malay, Mala­ Linguistics. 102pp. gasy, and Australian. Journaland Proceedings of the Royal Societyof PORTEOUS, Andrew (Guardian of Aborigines, NSW20:45-68. Carngham) 1878 Carngham: Mount Emu tribe. In Smyth, PRESCOTT, J R V (social geographer) see Davis R B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume and Prescott 1992 2. Melbourne. 87-88. [Wathawurung] 1878 Native names of places in the District of PRICE, C A (Charles) (academic demographer, Carngham. In Smyth, R B Th e Australian National University) Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. 1983 Multicultural Australia: demographic Melbourne. 178-179. background. In Falk, Barbara, and Harris, J, eds Unity in diversity: POSER, William J (US linguist) multicultural education in Australia. 1986 Diyari stress, metrical structure Carlton, Victoria: Australian College of assignment, and the nature of metrical Education. 6-25. [includes 1976 census representation. Proceedings of the figures showing the number of West Coast Conference on Fo rmal speakers of Aboriginal languages] Linguistics 5: 178-191 . 1989 The metrical foot in Diyari. Phonology PRICE, David (Northern Territory University) 6(1):1 17-1 48. 1989 Review of Eckert, Paul, and Hudson, Joyce, 1 988 Wa ngka Wiru: a handbook POSPELOV, E M (Russian linguist) for the Pitjantjatjara language learner. 1969 Toponimija Avstralii i Novoj Zelandii. In Underdale, SA: South Australian Coll­ Murzaev, E M et ai, eds Toponimika ege of Advanced Education. Australian Vostoka 3. Moscow: Nauka. 208-221. Aborigin al Studies 1989(2):91-92. 1990 Warlpiri Wangkanjaku: a learner's POTEZNY. V see Hercus and Potezny 1991 guide. MUtt thesis, University of New England. POULSON, Christopher Japangardi, ROSS, Tess Napaljarri, SHOPEN, Tim, and PRICE, Kaye (ACT Education Department) see TOYNE, P (Poulson and Ross, Warlpiri Tripcony and Price 1996 speakers, literacy workers) 1986 Warlpiri language and culture - PRIDE, J B, ed. (linguist: aspects of English) adaptation to contemporary needs. 1985 Cross-cultural encounters: communic­ Language in Aboriginal Australia 1 :7- ation and miscommunication. 179 Melbourne: River Seine. 21 1 pp. PURLE, Cookie, GREEN, Jenny, and HEFFER­ (Review Australian Journalof NAN, Margaret (Purle: Anmatyerre Linguistics 8, Morris) speaker) 1984 Anmatyerre word list: Anmatyerre­ PRIOR, J M English, English-Anmatyerre. Alice 1978 Learning problems of Australian Springs: lAD Press. Aboriginals and the implications for compensatory education. M Ed thesis, PURUNTATAMERI, Pauline (Tiwi speaker) James Cook University, Townsville. 1982 Tiwi amintiya English. Ngali June 103pp. 1982:18.

PRIOR, T de M M, LANDSBOROUGH, W, WHITE, PYM, Noreen (SIL linguist, Croker Island) W G, and O'CONNOR, J (Prior, Tho� 1981 Iwaidja: an analysis of discourse as de Montmorenci Murray; JP) (Logan) phonology. Research Papers of the 1887 Between the Albertand Tweed Rivers. Texas SIL 10:53-73. In Curr, E M The Australian race. 1982 Wa idja working dictionary. Darwin: SIL. Melbourne. 3:231 -239. [Minjanbal 1984 Observationson language change at vocabularies: Prior's 232-233, Hope Vale. In Hudson, J, and Pym, N, Landsborough and White's 234-235, eds Language survey. Darwin: SIL. O'Connor's 236-239] 153-1 67. 1985 Iwaidja verbal clauses In Ray, S K, ed. PRITCHARD, Peter C H (marine biologist) see Aboriginal and Islander grammars: Rhodin et al 1980 collected papers. Darwin: SIL. 39-51. see also Hudson and Pym 1984; see PROFFIT, William R, and McGLONE, Robert E also Sayers and Pym 1977 1975 Tongue-lip pressures during speech of Australian Aborigines. Phonetica PYM, Noreen, with LARRIMORE, Bonnie 32:200-220. 1979 Papers on Iwaidja phonology and grammar. (Work papers of SIL -MB A2) PROVIS, Charles Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 1879 Vocabulary: Venus Bay, Point Brown, 260pp. Gawler Ranges. In Taplin, G, The folklore, manners, customs, and languages of the South Australian Q Aborigines ... Adelaide: Government QUEENSLAND: Departmentof Education , Printer. Reprinted in Curr E M The 1992 Guidelines for the introduction of Australian race. Melbourne. 2:6-7, indigenous language programs, 1887, as from 'Streaky Bay'. Peninsula region. Brisbane: see also Richardson and Provis 1886 Department of Education. PROWSE, Dorrie (Kalkadoon speaker, lexico­ QUEENSLAND: Departmentof Education - grapher) Bernard van Leer Foundation 1994 English, Kalkadoon illustrated language Project book. Mt Isa: Kalkadoon Language 1971 -73 Handbook for first year experimental Prints. 62pp. [English-Kalkatungu, language development programme: Kalkatungu-English vocabularies] books one-three. 3 volumes. Brisbane: Departmentof Education. PULLUM, Geoffrey K (linguist, bibliographer) 1972 Research report on some effects of an 1982 Free word order and phrase structure experimentallanguage development rules. In Pustejovsky, J and Sells, P, program on the performance of Abori­ eds Proceedings of the twelfth annual ginal children in the first year at school. meeting of the North Eastern Brisbane: Department of Education. Linguistics Society, 1982. Amherst, [Cherbourg and Palm Island; aspects of Massachusetts: Graduate Linguistic language competence; development of Student Association. 209-220. [on the vocabulary, sentence reproduction; formal description of free word order in changes in psycholinguistic abilities Pama-Nyungan languages] after one year; development of compensatoryprogram] 180 QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT 1973 Linguistic and social research in the 1887 Mount Black. In Curr, E M Th e Western Desert. Aboriginal News Australian race. Melbourne. 3:486-487. 1 (3):19-22. [information supplied by Queensland 1973 Research dictionaryof the Western Government] Desert language of Australia. (Com­ puter printout) Perth: Department of QUINN, J Anthropology, University of Western 1897 The Yowalri dialect near Barwon River; Australia. Wilwan dialect spoken in Walgett district. Australasian Anthropological RABUNT JA, Duncan, and YULE, I (teachers, Journal1 (4):88-89. [both included in Yipirinya school) comparative table] 1982 Yipirinya School today. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers presented at QUINN, Michael G see Banning and Quinn 1989 the Second Meeting of the Aboriginal Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, QUINN, Michael, AVERIS, Meriel, and April, 1982. Alice Springs.127-131 . JOHNSON, Kim 1992 Ojabugay: an illustrated English ­ RADCLIFFE BROWN, Alfred R (anthropologist, Ojabugay dictionary. Kuranda, Qld: spent periods in Australia, Chair of Michael Quinn. 71 pp. Anthropology at University of Sydney) 1918, 1923 Notes on the social organization of QUINN, Michael, BANNING, Roy W, McLEOD, Australian tribes. Journal of the Royal Frank, and AVERIS, Meriel Anthropological Institute 48:222-253; 1992 Nganydjin bulmba: our country. Cairns. 53:424-447. [Djabugay reader which includes botanical information] RADFORD, William Cropley (Australian Council for Educational Research) see Bruce et QUINN, Terry (Terrence J) (then at Linguistics, al 1971 University of Melbourne, later National Centre for English Language Teaching RAGGETT, Obed (of Papunya; former stockman; Research) PintupilLuritja story-writer) 1981 Establishing a threshold-level concept 1980 Stories of Obed Raggett. Chippendale for community language teaching in NSW: Alternative Publishing Co­ Australia. In Garner, M, ed. Community operative. 116pp. [Pintupi/Luritja languages: their role in education. parallel text and drawings by author; Melbourne: River Seine/Applied lingui­ edited by Billy Marshall-Stoneking] stics Association of Australia. 79-96. [objectives of language education in RAHNSLEBEN, Grace terms of sociolinguistic theory of 1975 Wordlist from many sources - Mr Arthur diglossia] Gun, Levinge, Bache, Colliver, Wool­ ston, Tripcony families, writings of QUISENBERRY, Kay Meston, Welsby, Petrie and others. In 1973 Dance in Arnhem Land: a field study Colliver, F S, and Woolston, F P, The project 1970-72. MFA thesis, Southern Aborigines of Stradbroke Island. Methodist University. 164pp. [4pp on Proceedings of the Royal Society of pronunciation, a 5-page glossary in Queensland 86(1 6): 1 02-103. Gupapuyngu, translation of a myth] [Nunukal?]

RAINEY, William H R 1947 Living languages. Sydney: Council of R, WH the British and Foreign Bible Society in 1897 Wang Kahichs (Wang Kahicho) tribal Australia. 80pp. [on Bible translation: representative of an importantfacet of dialect [of Boulia]. Australasian Anthropological Journal 1 (3):16-17. linguistic work in Australia] RAMSON, W S RAA, W FERten , and WOENNE, S Tod (ten (William) (Head of Australian Raa: Department of Anthropology, National DictionaryCentre, ANU, until University of Western Australia) retirement in 1994) 1964 Aboriginal words in early Australian English. Southerly 24(1 ):50-60. 181 1964 The currency of Aboriginal words in AAB, A9) Darwin: Summer Institute of Australian English. (Occasional Paper Linguistics. 118pp. No 3) Sydney: The University Australian Language Research Centre. RAY, Sidney H (anthropologist; member of 1966 Australian English: an historical study of Cambridge Expedition to Torres Straits) the vocabulary, 1788-1898. Canberra: 1897 Note on the languages of north-west Australian National University Press. Australia. Journal ofthe Anthropological [Chapter 6, especially pp 105-1 12, Institute 27:346-360. gives Pidgin English] 1899 An account of the the linguistic results 1969 Australian and New Zealand English: of the Cambridge Expedition to Torres the present state of studies. Kivung Straits. Journalof the Anthropological 2:42-56. [Mentions works in Aboriginal Institute 29:218-219. English] 1900 The linguistic results of the Cambridge 1988 Aboriginal languages. In Ramson, W S, Expedition to Torres Straits and New ed. The Australian national dictionary. Guinea. Report of the 69th Meeting of Melbourne. x-xi. [Map, listing of Austral­ the British Association for the ian languages which were the source of Advancement of Science, Dover, 1899. borrowings into Australian English] London. 589-590. see also Dixon, Ramson and Thomas 1907 The jargon English of Torres Straits. In 1990 Ray, S H, ed. Reports of the Cambridge Exp edition to Torres Straits, volume 3. RAMSON, W S, ed. Cambridge. 251 -254. 1988 The Australian National Dictionary: a 1907 The languages of Torres Straits. In dictionary ofAus tralianisms on histori­ Ray, S H, ed. Reports of the Cambridge cal principles. Melbourne: Oxford Anthropological Exp edition to Torres University Press. Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 1-263. 1907 The languages of Cape York Peninsula, RANKIN, T (District Surveyor) North Queensland. In Ray, S H, ed. 1900 Aboriginal place names and other Reports of the Cambridge words, with their meanings, peculiar to Anthropological Exp edition to Torres the Richmond and Tweed River Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 264-283. districts. Science of Man 3(8):132-134. [includes Otati vocabulary of Seligman [wordlist with pronunciation guide] and Pim] 1907 The linguistic position of the Australian RANKINE, A N see Shannon and Rankine 1989 languages. In Ray, S H, ed. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological RAPOPORT, T R (Departmentof Linguistics, Exp edition to To rres Straits, volume 3. Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Cambridge. 512-516. 1991 Adjunct-predicate licensing and D­ 1907 The linguistic position of the languages structure. In Rothstein, Susan D, ed. of the Torres Strait, Australia, and Syntax and semantics, volume 25: British New Guinea. In Ray, S H, ed. Perspectives on phrase and structure: Reports of the Cambridge heads and licensing. San Diego, Anthropological Exp edition to To rres California: Academic Press. 159-1 87. Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 504-528. 1907 A short comparative vocabulary of the RAY, Michael J, ed. (SIL linguist) languages of Cape York Peninsula. In 1988 Aboriginal language use in the Northern Ray, S H, ed. Reports of the Cambridge Territory: 5 reports. (Work Papers of Anthropological Exp edition to Torres SIL-AAB, B13) Darwin: Summer Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 281-283. Institute of Linguistics. 96pp. 1907 Structure of the languages of Cape York Peninsula. In Ray, S H, ed. RAY, Sandra K (SIL linguist) Reports of the Cambridge 1979 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Anthropological Exp edition to Torres Linguistics Australian Aborigines Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 267-270. Branch up to August 1979. Darwin: 1907 The Yaraikana language of Cape York. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 27pp. In Ray, S H, ed. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Exp edition RAY, Sandra K, ed. to Torres Straits, volume 3. Cambridge. 1985 Aboriginal and Islander grammars: 271-276. collected papers. (Work Papers of SIL-

I L 182 1909 The Ngolok-Wanggar language, Daly RECHNITZ, Wilhelm L (Canon) (UAltphilologe und River, North Australia. Journalof the Priester") Royal Anthropological Institute 39:37- 1961 Language and the languages in the 142. Torres Strait islands. Milla-Wa-Milla: the 1912 Greetings and salutations. In Haddon, Australian Bulletin of Comparative A C, ed. Reports of the Cambridge Religion 1 :45-54. [translation into Anthropological Exp edition to Torres Mabuiag) Straits. 6 volumes. Cambridge University Press. 4:306-307. REECE, Laurie (in 1970s, Australian Baptist 1925 Aboriginal languages. The illustrated Federal Home Mission, Warrabri, NT) Australian encyclopedia 1 :2-1 5. 1970 Grammar of the Wailbri language of see also Riley, E B Central Australia. (Oceania Linguistic Monographs 13) University of Sydney. RAY, Sidney H, ed. 1971 As Wailbri children learn Wailbri. 1907 Reports of the Cambridge Mankind 8: 1 48-1 50. Anthropological Expedition to To rres 1975 Dictionaryof the Wailbri (Wajpi[i) Straits, volume 3: Linguistics. language of Central Australia, Part 1: Cambridge: University Press. Wailbri-English. (Oceania Linguistic Monographs 19) University of Sydney. RAY, Sidney H, and HADDON, A C 1979 Dictionaryof the Wa ilbri(War jpi[i, Wal: 1893-97 A study of the languages of Torres pili) language, Part II: English-Wailbri. Straits, with vocabularies and (Oceania Linguistic Monographs 22) grammatical notes. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy 3(2)(1 893):463- REED, A W (Alexander Wyclif) (author and 616, 4(1897):1 19-373. 2-volume set. publisher) Also published separately, 314pp, as: 1965 Aboriginal words of Australia. Sydney: 1897 A study of the languages of Torres Reed. Straits. Dublin. 1969 Place-names of New South Wales, their origins and meanings. Sydney: Reed. READ, Jay Arthur (lexicographer) see Read and 156pp. Read 1992 1970 Aboriginal place names and their meanings. Sydney: Reed. (1st edn READ, Peter, and READ, J ay Arthur(P eter: 1967) 144pp. historian) 1973 Place names of Australia. Sydney: 1992 Long time, olden time: Aboriginal Reed. accounts of Northern Territory history. 1977 Aboriginal words and place names. Alice Springs: lAD. 151 pp, audio Adelaide: Rigby. 286pp. (combines cassette. 1965, 1970)

READDY, Coral Ann REID, Bill (Gamilaraay speaker) 1961 South Queensland Aboriginal English: a 1995 Welcome. In Thieberger, N, ed. Paper study of the informal conversational and talk: a manual for reconstituting speech habits of two Aboriginal materials in Australian indigenous communities in ...Cher bourg. BA languages from historical sources. (Hons) thesis, University of Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. ix­ Queensland. 317pp. x. [Advocates standardisation of spelling) READING, Greg (filmmaker) 1975 Not to lose you, my language. Paper on REID, David (pastoralist Northern Victoria and his film of that title, published in a Riverina; politician; Guardian of pamphlet Bilingual education in the Aborigines) Northern Territory, by Australian 1878 Barnawartha: Emu Mudjug tribe. In Government Publishing Service, Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria , Canberra, together with papers by volume 2. Melbourne. 68. [Banjerang) Tryon, 0 T, and McGrath, Bill. 15pp. REID, James A REAY, Marie 0 (anthropologist, formerly of 1886 Torrowotto. In Curr, EM Th e Australian Australian National University) race. Melbourne. 2:178-181. 1949 Native thought in rural New South [Maljangapa vocabulary 180-181) Wales. Oceania 20(2):89-1 18. 183 REID, Julie (Linguistics, La Trobe University) see REPPEL, Claire (Language Program Coordinator, Blake and Reid 1994, 1995, 1998 Queensland Departmentof Education) 1997 A different approach to indigenous REID, Margaret see Hudson, Carr and Reid 1996 language programs in schools. [Kimberley languages] Australian Language Matters (Deakin, ACT) 5(3):16. REID, Nicholas John (Nick) (School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics, REUTHER, J G (missionary to the Diyari; University of New England, Armidale) published a New Testament etc) 1982 The basic morphology of 1981 Th e Diari. Translated by Scherer, P A. Ngangikurunggurr. BA (Hons) thesis, Microfiche. Canberra: AlAS. [Includes Australian National University. 146pp. Volume 5, Three Central Australian 1985 Language names and vernacular grammars - Diari, Jandruwanta, Won­ literature. Australian Aboriginal Studies kanjuru, by Reuther, J G, translated by 1985(2):83-85. [problems of Schwarzschild, T, and Hercus, L A, orthography and orthographic change; edited by Hercus, L A, and Breen, J G. includes list of preferred spelling of Additional notes on Diari by Austin, P] names of languages] see Strehlow and Reuther 1897 1990 Ngan'gityemerri: a language of the Daly River region, Northern Territoryof REYNOLDS, Robyn (Sister) (teacher-linguist at Australia. PhD dissertation, Australian Ltyentye Apurte until end 1992, then National University. Nungalinya College, Casuarina NT) 1994 An in troduction to phonetics. (Macin­ 1984 Towards a description of the word in tosh and Windows versions) Armidale: Aranda. BA (Hons) thesis, Monash University of New England. 2 discs. University, Victoria. 48pp. 1997 Class and classifier in Ngan'gityemerri. 1988 Cohesion in Arrernte discourse. MA In Harvey, M K, and Reid, N, eds Nom­ thesis, Monash University. 254pp. inal classification in Aboriginal Aust­ 1994 Ltyentye Apurte Community Education ralia. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 165-228. Centre, Ltyentye Apurte (Santa 1999 Non-derivational mechanisms for Teresa), NT. In Hartman, 0, and encoding valence in Ngan'gityemerri. In Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal Dixon, R M W, and Aichenvald, A, eds languages in education. Alice Springs: Changing valency. (Studies in lAD Press. 105-1 16. Language series) Cambridge: 1999 Catholic Sacrament engaging with University Press. Wadeye Ritual. PhD dissertation, 1999 Phrasal verb to synthetic verb: recorded Northern Territory University. morphosyntactic change in Ngan'gityemerri. In Evans, N, ed. RHODIN, Anders G J, SPRING, Sylvia, and Studies in comparative non-Pama­ PRITCHARD, Peter C H Nyungan. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1980 Glossary of turtle vernacular names see also Shopen et al 1987, see also used in the New Guinea region. Journal Harvey and Reid 1997, 1997 of the Polynesian Society 89: 105-1 17. [includes Meriam Mir] REINECKE, John E (US pidginist and creolist, University of Hawaii) RHYDWEN, Mari (linguistic consultant, cultural 1971 Australian and Torres Straits Pidgin maintenance, endangered languages) English. Linguistic Communications 1992 Th e extent of the use of Kriol, other 3:1 13-120. creole varieties and varieties of Aboriginal English by schoolchildren in REINECKE, John E, TSUZAKI, Stanley M, the Northern Territoryand its DeCAMP, David, HANCOCK, Ian F, implications fo r access to English and WOOD, Richard E literacy. Canberra: Departmentof 1975 A bibliography of pidgin and creole Employment, Education and Training. languages. (Oceanic Linguistics Special 1993 Kriol: the creation of a written language Publication 14) Honolulu: University of and a tool of colonisation. In Walsh, M, Hawaii Press. (Sections 88, 89, pp 584- and Yallop, C, eds Language and cul­ 589, etc) ture in Aboriginal Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 155-1 68. RENNIE, Marie (student, NT) see Green et al 1994 1993 Writing on the backs of the blacks: literacy, creole and language change in 184 the Northern Territory of Australia. PhD Second Meeting of the Aboriginal dissertation, University of Sydney. Languages Association, Batchelor, NT, 1994 Pidgins and creoles. In Horton, David, April 1982. (ALA). Alice Springs. 43-46. general ed. Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal 1987 Pinarri: introducing Aboriginal Australia: Aboriginal and Torres Strait languages in Kimber/ey schools. Halls Islander history, society and culture. Creek, WA: Kimberley Language Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press, for Resource Centre/Darwin: SIL. 101 pp. AIATSIS. 866-867. 1991 Bough shade literacy. Notes on Literacy 1995 Kriol is the color of Thursday. Intern­ 17(3):53-56. ational Journalof the Sociology of see also Hudson and Richards 1969, Language 113:1 13-1 19. 1976; see also Huttar, Hudson and 1996 Writing on the backs of the Blacks. Richards 1975; see also Kilham and (see 1993 dissertation) St Lucia: Richards 1988 University of Queensland Press. 185pp. [Development of Kriol and use in RICHARDS, Eirlys G, ed. bilingual education] 1978 Papers in literacy and bilingual education. (Work Papers of SIL-AAB RICE, Keren (Linguistics, University of Toronto) B2) Berrimah, NT: SIL-AAB. 147pp. 1996 Default variability: the coronal-velar relationship. Natural Language & RICHARDS, Eirlys, and HUDSON, Joyce Linguistic Th eory 14:493-543. [Includes 1990 Walmajarri-English dictionary: with Uradhi examples, 532-535] English fin der list. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 398pp. [includes RICHARDS, C phonology, grammar sketch] 1903 The Marraa' Warree' tribes or nation and their language. Science of Man RICHARDS, Francis 6(8):119-126, 6(1 1):163-169. 1926 Customs and language of the Western 1903 Wirra' dthoo-ree' wirrai' yarrai' wirrach' Hodgkinson Aboriginals. Memoirs of the aree' wirra' jerree'. Science of Man Queensland Museum 8:249-265. 5(5):81-83, 5(6):98-1 02, 5(7): 114-119, [Wakoora tribe] 5(8):133-138, 5(9):146-149 (Aboriginal dialects), 5(10 ): 1 65-1 68, 5( 11): 1 80-183, RICHARDS, Mark (International Grammar School, 5(12):1 98-201. Sydney) 1996 Developing language teaching RICHARDS, David R (educationist) materials for Mangarrayi. MA thesis, 1984 What is the minimum language University of Sydney. proficiency necessary for English­ medium training? In McKay, G, and RICHARDSON, Archibald K (lived there, 1865-76) Sommer, B A, eds Further applications 1886 Nickol Bay. In Curr, E M, The Australian of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal race. Melbourne. 1 :296-301. [Ngaluma contexts. Melbourne: ALAA. 93-123. vocabulary 300-301] 1985 Relationships between second langu­ age acquisition research and second RICHARDSON, D K language teaching. Australian Review 1900 [Wadgaree and other dialects] Science of Applied Linguistics 8(2): 134-151. of Man 3(7):98.

RICHARDS, Eirlys G (SIL linguist of Fitzroy RICHARDSON, D K, and PRO VIS, Charles Crossing; now Cable Beach WA) 1886 Streaky Bay: vocabulary In Curr, E M 1975 Literacy for adult Aborigines. In Elliot, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:3-7. Claire, and Anderson, Jonathan, eds [Nawu vocabulary by Richardson 4-5; Literacy - a focus on the future. by Provis 6-7] Adelaide: South Australian Reading Association. 107-112. RICHARDSON, T L (Bathurst) 1979 The Walmatjari noun phrase. In Kilham, 1899 Bogan and Macquarie River vocab­ Christine, ed. Fo ur grammatical ularies. Science of Man 2(1 1 ):21 1-213. sketches: from phrase to paragraph. [Wangaybuwan?] Berrimah, NT: SIL. 93-128. 1899 [Letter to editor about dialects] Science 1982 Walmajarri language and the Noonkan­ of Man 2(9): 164. bah community. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A 1899 Wirradjerry vocabulary. Science of Man collection of papers presented at the 2(10):192-1 93. 185 1900 Prefixes and affixes [Wiradjuri]. Science Ridley on Kamilaroi, Wailwun, Pikumbil, of Man 2(12):225. Kogai, Turrubul and Dippil; Gunther and 1900 West Australian native words. Science Watson on Wirradhurri; Threlkeld on of Man 3(6):98. [Gascoyne River, Northumberland Ig (Awabakal); Bunce Wadgaree, Piedong, Ingra dialects] on Victoria; A Hume on West Coast; 1900 Western district, N.S.w. vocabulary. Ridley also includes words, gram­ Science of Man 3(5):82. matical structure, in different 19S such 1910 Aboriginal names and meanings. as Muruwori, Wandandian] Science of Man 11(1 0):200. 1874 Aboriginal "Murri" race of Australia. see New South Wales: Surveyor­ Nature 1874:521 -522. (London) General 1904 1875 Kamilaroi, and other Australian languages, second edition, revised and RICHMOND-TWEED REGIONAL LIBRARY enlarged by the author, with compar­ 1983 Place names of the Richmond region. ative tables of words from twenty Introduction by Oakes, Marjorie J. Australian languages, and songs, Lismore: Richmond-Tweed Regional traditions, la ws and customs of Th e Library and Richmond River Historical Australian race. Sydney: Thomas Society. 52pp. Richards, Government Printer. 172pp. 1984 Place names of the Tweed, Brunswick [includes, briefly, Yagara] and Upper Richmond regions. (Place 1877 Correspondence between the Secretary Names of Northern New South Wales of State for the Colony and the 2) Lismore: Richmond-Tweed Regional Governorof New South Wa les in or Library. about the year 1871, upon the subject of the native languages, including a RIDLEY, William (Presbyterian minister, MA, well paper upon the customs & languages of known for his Kamilaroi writings) the Aborigines of Australia. Sydney: 1855 On the Kamilaroi language of Australia. Government Printer. 21 pp. Transactions of the Philosophical 1878 Reporton Australian languages and Society: 72-84. traditions. Journalof the Anthropo­ 1856 Gurre Kamilaroi: or Kamilaroi sayings. logical Institute 7:232-268. [continuation Sydney: Empire. 15pp. [Also in Threl­ of 187211873] keld, L E, An Australian language as 1878 Traditions of the Australian Aborigines spoken by the Awabakal, the people of on the Namoi, Barwan, and other Awaba or Lake Macquarie . . . Sydney.] tributaries of the Darling. In Smyth, R B 1856 Link and divergences of Australian Th e Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. languages. Sydney. Melbourne. 285-288. [kin terms] 1856 On the Kamilaroi tribe of Australians 1887 Botany Bay. In Curr, E M The and their dialect. Journal of the Ethno­ Australian race. Melbourne. 3:413-416. logical Societyof London 4:285-293. [Turuwul (Thurawal) vocabulary, taken 1861 Journal of a missionary tour among the from Ridley 1866] Aborigines of the western interior of 1887 Brisbane River -Turrubul language. In Queensland in the year 1855. In Lang, Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel­ J D Queensland, Australia. London: bourne. 3:212-215. [Jagara vocabulary] Stanford. [Appendix 1: includes 1887 Namoi and Barwan Rivers. In Curr, E M Condamine dialects] The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:306- 1861 On the diversities of the languages of 309. [Kamilaroi vocabulary] the Aborigines. In Lang, J D 1887 North side of Moreton Bay. In Curr, E M Queensland, Australia ... with A Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 131- disquisition on the origin, manners and 133. [Dippil (Kabikabi) vocabulary] customs of the aborigines. London: E 1887 Twofold Bay. In Curr, E M The Stanfor. 384-385. [Turrubul, Dippil, Australian race. Melbourne. 3:434. Guneang] [vocabulary unidentified by Oates & 1866 Kamilaroi, Dippi/ and Turrabul: Oates] languages spoken by Australian 1887 Wollongong, Illawarra, and Shoalhaven. Aborigines. Sydney: Government In Curr, E M The Australian race. Printer. 88pp. [short list of words used Melbourne. 3:417-419. [Wodi-Wodi at Twofold Bay] (Thurawal) vocabulary, taken from 1873 Reporton Australian languages and Ridley 1866] traditions. Journalof the Anthropol­ ogical Institute 2(2):257-291 . [includes 186 RIDLEY, William, CURR, E M, MacPHERSON, of Donald C. Laycock. Canberra: James, WESTAWAY, Richard, and Pacific Linguistics. 353-360. LANDSBOROUGH, W 1993 Review of Alpher, Barry Yir Yoront 1887 The Kamilaroi language. In Curr, E M lexicon: sketch and dictionaryof an The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:304- Australian language. Canberra 323. Anthropology 16(2): 146-148. 1887 North side of Moreton Bay, Mary­ 1995 Review of Walsh, Michael, and Yallop, borough, portion of the country between Colin, eds Language and culture in Brisbane and Gympie, and Fraser's Aboriginal Australia. Journalof the Island. In Curr, E M Th e Australian Royal Anthropological Institute race. Melbourne. 3:130-149. [Dippil (incorporating Man) 1 (1 ):204-205. (Kabikabi, Wakawaka, Dalla, Batjala) 1997 Structural parallelism and convergence vocabularies. see under individual in the Princess Charlotte Bay langu­ contributors) ages. In McConvell, P, and Evans, N, eds Archaeology and linguistics: Abori­ RIEMSDIJK, Henk van (Dutch linguist) ginal Australia in global perspective. 1984 On 'adjacency' in phonology and Melbourne: Oxford University Press. syntax. NELS 399-413. [Warlpiri, pp 169-1 78. 404-409] see also Crowley and Rigsby 1979; see also Dixon et al 1993; see also Sutton RIGSBY, Bruce (Professor of Anthropology, and Rigsby 1979 University of Queensland) 1976 Kuku-Thaypan descriptive and RIGSBY, Bruce, and CHASE, Athol historical phonology. In Sutton, Peter, 1998 The Sandbeach people and dugong ed. Languages of Cape York. hunters of Cape York Peninsula Canberra: AlAS. 68-77. revisited. In Peterson, Nicholas, and 1976 Possession in Kuku-Thaypan. In Rigsby, Bruce, eds Customarymarin e Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape tenure in Australia. (Oceania York. Canberra: AlAS. 260-268. Monograph 48) University of Sydney. 1978 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1972 Th e 192-218. Dyirbal language of north Queensland. London: Cambridge: University Press. RIGSBY, Bruce and JOLLY, Lesley Language 54(1 ):213-218. 1995 Appendix: Aboriginal names. Culture 1980 Land, language and people in the and bush tucker of Coen indigenous Princess Charlotte Bay area. In language. In Culture and bush tucker of Stevens, N C, and Bailey, A, eds Coen. Coen: Coen Kindergarten ContemporaryCape York Peninsula. Association Incorporated. pp 30-38. Brisbane: Royal Society of Queensland. [includes 'writing indigenous Australian 89-94. languages' pp 33-34) 1980 The language situation on Cape York Peninsula: past, present, future. In RIGSBY, Bruce, and SUTTON, Peter Wright, J et ai, eds Reef, rainforest, 1982 Speech communities in Aboriginal mangroves, man. Cairns: Wildlife Pre­ Australia. Anthropological Forum servation Society of Queensland. 5-7. 5(1 ):8-23. 1982 Review of Clyne, Michael, ed. Australia talks: essays on the sociology of RIGSBY, Bruce, and SUTTON, Peter, eds Australian immigrant and Aboriginal 1980 Papers in Australian linguistics No 13: language. Language in Society 11: 126- Contributions to Australian linguistics. 133. (PL, A-59) Canberra: Pacific 1982 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B Linguistics. 314pp. J, eds 1979 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 1. Canberra: ANU RILEY, Robert C, and CURR, Montagu Press. Language 58:704-71 1. 1887 Upper Burnett River, Mount 1987 Indigenous language shift and Debateable, and Gayndah. In Curr, E maintenance in Fourth World settings. M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. Multilingua 6(4):359-378. 3: 1 50-1 51 . [Wakawaka vocabulary] 1992 The languages of the Princess Charlotte Bay region. In Dutton, Tom, RILEY, Rosalie (teacher) see Dobson et al 1995 Ross, Malcolm, and Tryon, Darrell, eds The language game: papers in memory 187 RILEY-MUNDINE, Lynette see Roberts and Riley­ ROBERTS, Barnabas, and SHARPE, Margaret Mundine 1990 1986 Moving into the mission. (Alawa story). In Hercus, Luise A, and Sutton, Peter J, RINGE, Donald A, Jr, and JONES , Alex I (Ringe eds This is what happened: historical US phonologist) narratives by Aborigines. Canberra: 1995 The "mana" languages and the three­ AlAS. 62-68. language problem. Oceanic Linguistics 34(1 ):99-122. [Comparison of Warlpiri, ROBERTS, Bryn, and RILEY-MUNDINE, Lynette Tamil and Finnish phonotactics] (Roberts trade union analyst, public servant) RITCHIE, W see Aboriginal 1899 1990 A review of the National Aboriginal Languages Program. (ACCLAM E RITZ, Hermann Balthazar (philologist) Paper 5) Perth: Pitman Roberts. 100pp. 1908 An introduction to the study of the Aboriginal speech of Tasmania. Papers ROBERTS, R A (Robert Andrew) (settler, Bruny and Proceedings of the Royal Society Island, Tasmania) of Tasmania, 73-83. 1828 Tasmanian vocabulary. HobartTown 1909 The speech of the Tasmanian Courier, May 3; reprinted in Curr, E M Aborigines. Papers and Proceedings of Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 3:606- the Royal Society of Ta smania, 44-81 . 609, 1887. [pp 608-609: Comparison of 1910 Notes on the Norman vocabulary. the vocabularies of Roberts and Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Milligan (which see)] Societyof Tasmania, 343-345. 1912 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der tasmanischen ROBERTS, Steven Powell Sprache. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 1996 Pronouns and the elsewhere principle. 44:76-80. In McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Kimber­ 1913 Notes on the list of native words of the ley languages in honour of Howard Oyster Bay tribe [Tasmania] presented Coate. Munich: Lincom Europa. 149- by Mr. J.W. Beattie. Papers and 158. Proceedings of the Royal Society of see also Rumsey, Merlan and Roberts Tasmania, 82-94. 1997; see also Merlan et al 1997

RIVERS, William Halse Rivers (anthropologist) ROBERTSON, Carol (Aboriginal Education Unit, 1904 Personal names. In Haddon, A C, ed. Sydney T AFE) Reports of the Cambridge 1985 Ngalkagar/a ngandrangu ya warranha Anthropological Expedition to Torres nhanha Wa ngkumadanha: Let's learn Straits, volume 5. Cambridge: Wangkumara! Based on the notes of University Press. 280-283. Gavan Breen and the Wangkumara language tapes of Albert and Cecil RIVET, Paul (French anthropologist, linguist) Ebsworth. Illustrated by Carol Robert­ 1925 Les Australiens en Amerique. Bulletin son and Stephen Fernando. Sydney: de la Societe de Linguistique 26. Aboriginal Education Unit, Department Reprinted as a 43-page pamphlet, of Technical and Further Education. 1925, by Librairie Ancienne Honore 334pp. [grammar, glossary (Wang­ Champion, Paris. [compares diverse kumara-English and English­ vocabularyfrom Schmidt 1912-14 with Wangkumara)] Tson (Patagonia, Tierra del Fuego)] 1985 Wa ngkumara grammar and dictionary. Sydney: Aboriginal Education Unit, ROBERTS, B (worked on Kuku-Yalanji dictionary) Departmentof TAFE. [35pp grammar, see Hershberger et al 1982 [Kuku 90pp glossary] Yalanji] ROBERTSON, George Jampijinpa (onetime ROBERTS, Barnabas, NORMAN, IVY, and Advisor in Linguistics) see Hoogenraad SHARPE, Margaret and Robertson 1997 1986 Stealing on the station. (Alawa and Roper Creole story). In Hercus, Luise ROBINS, Robert H, and UHLENBECK, E M, eds A, and Sutton, Peter J, eds This is what (European linguists) happened: historical narratives by 1991 Endangered languages. (Diogenes Aborigines. Canberra: AlAS. 280-291. Library) Oxford and New York: Berg. 188 ROBINSON, Michael Vere (Government ROMAINE, Suzanne, ed. Anthropologist, NT Administration) 1991 Language in Australia. Cambridge: 1979 Local organization and kinship in University Press. 415pp. [Relevant northernDampier Land. In Berndt, R M, articles individually cited) (Review and Berndt, C H, eds Aborigin es of the Language 72(2), Smith; Aboriginal West: their past and their present. History 18(2), McKay) Nedlands: University of Western Australia Press. 186-1 96. RORABACHER, Louise E, ed. (writer) 1968 Aliens in their land: the Aborigine in the ROCA, Iggy (University of Essex) Australian short story. Melbourne: 1992 Constraining extrametricality. In Cheshire. [stories containing Pidgin Dressler, Wolfgang U, Luschutzky, English, especially 'No gammon!') Hans C, Pfeiffer, Oskar E, and Rennison, John, eds Phonologica 1988: ROSE, Deborah Bird (anthropologist, consultant; proceedings of the 6th International NorthAustralia Research Unit)) Phonology Meeting. Cambridge: 1987 Review of Liberman, Kenneth B, 1985 University Press. 239-248. [Western Understanding in teraction in central Aranda data) Australia: an ethnomethodological study of Australian Aboriginal people. ROCHECOUSTE, J see Kaldor et al 1997 London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Australian Aboriginal Studies ROGERS, James 1987(1 ):112-1 15. 1899 PortStephens vocabulary. Science of 1993 On becoming: the grammar of causality Man 2(9):154-1 55. [follows P 164; in Pitjantjatjara and English. Cultural Worimi) Dynamics 6( 1 ):42-83.

ROGERS, Jean H (University of Waterloo, Ontario) ROSS, Edmund (postmaster, West Ballina) 1976 A note on disjunctive categories in 1887 Ballina. In Curr, E M The Australian kinship terminology. Anthropological race. Melbourne. 3:290-291 . Linguistics 18(4):183-185. [uses [Bandjelang vocabulary) Burling's Njamal data) see also Edwards 1887

ROGERS, Kevin Kuyurruyurru ROSS, Joyce (linguist, Yirrkala) see Lowe and 1988 A report on the influence of social Ross 1969 environment on language development at Ngukurr over the period 1940 to ROSS, Joyce, and WALKER, Alan T 1960. Aboriginal Language Association 1984 Gumatj wordlist: Part one. (Working Newsletter, August: 2-3. Papers in Theoretical and Applied Linguistics) Darwin: Northern Territory ROGERS, Murray University Planning Authority. 107pp. 1886 Wilcannia. In Curr, E M Th e Australian [with finderlists; wordlists arranged in race. Melbourne. 2:226-229. [Wiljakali semantic fields, alphabetically) vocabulary 226-228) ROSS, Malcolm D (Linguistics, Australian National R6HEIM, Geza University) see Durie and Ross, eds 1974 Glossary. In his Children of the desert, 1996; see also Dutton, Ross and Tryon volume 1: Th e western trib es of Central eds 1992 Australia. Edited by Werner Muenster­ berger. New York: Harper & Row. ROSS, Tess Napaljarri (worked on Warlpiri Paperback edition, Harper T orchbooks, materials) see Poulson et al 1986 1976. 257-258. [Pitjentara vocabulary, with a few words of Matuntara, Lurittya, ROSSEL, Elizabeth Paul Edouard de (an officer Aranda) on D'Entrecasteaux' ship; Rossel Island was named for him) ROMAINE, Suzanne (English linguist) 1808 Vocabulaire de la langue d'une des 1992 Review of Baldauf, R B, and Luke, peuplades de la terre de Van Diemen. Allan, eds 1990 Language planning and In his Voyage de D'Entrecasteaux education in Australasia and the South envoye a la recherche de La Perouse. Pacific. Clevedon, England: Multicul­ Paris: Imprimerie Imperiale. 552-556. tural Matters. Linguistics 30:435-439. [Tasmanian wordlist) 189 ROTH, Henry Ling (anthropologist, author, Americas and Australia. New York: museum curator, Qld) Plenum Press. 273-301. Reprinted from 1890 The Aborigines of Tasmania. Halifax, Ethnological Studies among the North­ England: King. 2nd edn 1899; facsimile West-Central Queensland Aborigines, of 2nd edn, Fullers Bookshop, Hobart, 1897. 71 -90. London: Queensland 1968. [includes most Tasmanian Agent General's Office. vocabularies] 1978 Signals on the road: gesture language. In Umiker-Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T ROTH, Walter Edmund (physician in north-west A, Aboriginal sign-languages of the Qld, author, Protector of Aborigines, Americas and Australia. New York: Cooktown) Plenum Press. 331 -347. (Reprinted 1897 Ethnological studies among the north­ from Ethnological studies, 1897) west-central Queensland Aborigines. 1984 The Queensland Aborigines. 3 Brisbane: Government Printer. volumes. Facsimile edition edited by (Reprinted in 1978) [p 41 Woonamurra; Macintyre, K F, with an introduction by Mitakoodi; p 41-45 Yaroinga, beyond Reynolds, B. Carlisle, WA: Hesperian Walookena, between Urandangie and Press. [Volume 1: Ethnological studies Headingly northwards along the among the north-west-central Georgina as far as Lake Nash - all Queensland Aborigines. Brisbane: these taken from Schmidt; also Government Printer, 1897 (including Walookera, Upper Georgina district 'The spoken language of Pitta-Pitta between Roxburgh and Carandotta; Aboriginals: an elementary grammar' also Unterekebina, Gordon's Creek; (1-40)); Volume 2: North Queensland also pp 71-90, 213 signs described] Ethnography, Bulletins 1-8. Brisbane: (see 1978) Government Printer, 1901-6 (including 1898 Social and individual nomenclature No 2, 'The structure of the Koko-Yimidir among North Queensland Aborigines. language', and No 6, Roth's revision of Proceedings of the Royal Society of J N Hey's 'An elementary grammar of Queensland 13:39-50. the Nggerikudi language'); Volume 3: 1901 The structure of the Koko-Yimidir North Queensland Ethnography, language, North Queensland. Bulletins 9-18. Sydney: Records of the Ethnography, Bulletin 2. Brisbane. Australian Museum, 1907-10 (including 35pp. [with the assistance of Revs No 11, 'Miscellaneous papers' (on tabu, Schwarz, G H, and Poland, W] counting, gesture language, progress­ 1903 An elementarygra mmar of the ive Koko-Yimider exercises) and No 18, Nggerikudi language, by Rev. J.N. Hey, 'Social and individual nomenclature')] revised and edited by W. E. Roth. Brisbane: Government Printer. 23pp. ROUSE, C [see also Hey] 1887 Warren [Wiiratheri]. In Curr, E M The 1904 Notes of savage life in the early days of Australian race. Melbourne. 3:365, 370- Western Australian settlement. 371 . [Wiradjuri vocabulary] Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 17:45-69. [30 words from ROUTH, R 0 around Bunbury] 1997 The Strelley Community School 1908 Miscellaneous papers: 1.Tabu and Nyangumarta language and cultural other forms of restriction; 2.Counting maintenance program. Australian and enumeration; 3.Signals on the Journal of Indigenous Education road, gesture language; 4.Progressive 25(2):27-32. Koko-yimider exercises. North Queensland Ethnography Bulletin 11, in ROWLAND, M see Dixon et al 1993 Records of the Australian Museum 7(2):74-107. ROWLEY, John 1910 Social and individual nomenclature. 1878 Language of the Aborigines of George's North Queensland Ethnography Bulletin River, Cowpasture and Appin that is 18, in Records of the Australian from Botany Bay 50 miles to the south Museum 8(1 ):79-1 06. and west. Journalof the Anthropo­ 1978 The expression of ideas by manual logical Institute 7:258-262; reprinted in signs: a sign-language. In Umiker­ Ridley 1878 Australian languages and Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, eds traditions, 7. Aboriginal sign languages of the 190 ROWSE, Tim (then University of Sydney) (PL, B-86) Canberra: Pacific 1988 Review of Liberman, K B, 1985 Linguistics. 179pp. Understanding in teraction in central 1982 Gun-Gunma: an Australian Aboriginal Australia: an ethnomethodological avoidance language and its social study of Australian Aboriginal people. functions. In Heath, Jeffrey, Merlan, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Francesca, and Rumsey, Alan, eds The Oceania 58(3):237-238. languages of kinship in Aboriginal Aust­ ralia. University of Sydney. 160-181 . RUDDER, Eugene F 1982 Review of Blake, B J, Case marking in 1896 Dialect of tribe near Orara River. Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS, Australasian Anthropological Journal 1977. Oceania 53: 196-198. 1(1):12. 1982 Review of Heath, J, 1978 Linguistic 1899 Native names of places and things of diffusion in Arnhem Land. Canberra: Aborigines on the Orara River. Science AlAS. Journal of Linguistics 18:173- of Man 2(8):144. 175. 1982 Review of Heath, J, 1978 Ngandi RUDDER, John C (ethnobotanist, ethnologist, grammar, texts and dictionary. former missionaryteacher) Canberra: AlAS. Oceania 53:1 88-1 91. 1977 Introduction to Yolngu science. 1983 On some syntactico-semantic Galiwinku, NT: Galiwinku Adult consequences of homophony in north­ Education Centre. west Australian Pidgin/Creole English. 1979 Classification of the natural world Papers in Pidgin and Creole linguistics among the Yolngu. Ethnomedizin 3- 3. (PL, A-65) Canberra: Pacific 4:349-360. Linguistics. 177-189. 1979 The communicating myth: a model for 1984 Meaning and use in Ngarinyin kin the analysis of myth as a means of classification: a rejoinder to Scheffler. communication. MA thesis, Australian Oceania 54(4):323-331. National University, Canberra. 1987 Lative and translative in Ungarinyin. In 1993 Yolngu cosmology: an unchanging Laycock, 0 C, and Winter, Werner,·eds cosmos incorporating a rapidly A world of la nguage: papers presented changing world. PhD dissertation, to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th Australian National University. 421 pp. birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. [appropriate Yolngu vocabulary] 603-61 1. 1989 Language groups in Australian Aborigi­ RUHLEN, Merritt (US linguist) nal land claims. Anthropological Forum 1975 A guide to the languages of the world. 6(1 ):69-79. Language Universals Project, Stanford 1990 Wording, meaning and linguistic ide­ University. 365pp.(subsequent editions) ology. American Anthropologist 92:346- (Review Journal of Linguistics 24, 361 . [Ungarinyin data] Blake) [classification after Walsh and 1991 Review of Blake, B J, 1991 Australian Wurm, in Language atlas of the Pacific Aboriginal languages: a general area] introduction. 2nd edition. St Lucia: University of Queensland Press, and RUMSEY, Alan L (Anthropology, RSPAS, Blake, B J, 1987 Australian Aboriginal Australian National University) grammar. London: Croom Helm. 1978 A grammar of Ungarinjin with special Oceania 62(2):158. reference to the structure of discourse. 1991 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign PhD dissertation, University of Chicago. languages of Aboriginal Australia: (see 1982 Pacific Linguistics cultural, semiotic and communicative publication) perspectives. Cambridge: University 1980 Prolegomena to a theory of Australian Press. Australian Aboriginal Studies grammatical case systems. In Rigsby, 1 991 (1 ):71 -76. B, and Sutton, P, eds Contributions to 1991 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign Australian linguistics. Canberra: Pacific languages of Aboriginal Australia: Linguistics. 1-29. cultural, semiotic and communicative 1981 Kinship and context among the perspectives. Cambridge: University Ngarinyin. Oceania 51 (3): 181-192. Press. Language in Society 20(4):652- 1 982 An intra-sentence grammar of 659. Ungarinjin, north-western Australia. 1993 Language and territoriality in Aboriginal Australia. In Walsh, M, and Yallop, C, 191 eds Language and culture inAbor iginal 1963 Some Aboriginal place-names in the Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Richmond-Tweed area. Oceania 34:38- Press. 191 -206. 55. 1994 On the transitivity of 'say' constructions 1963 Some place-names in New England, I: in Bunuba. Australian Journalof Aboriginal names. Journaland Linguistics 14(2):137-1 53. Proceedings of the Armidale and 1996 On some relationships among person, District Historical Society5:2 3-39. number and mode in Bunuba. In 1963 Toward an Australian place-name McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Kimberley society: techniques to be employed in a languages in honour of Howard Coate. new-world context. Onoma 10:247-257. Munich. 139-148. 1964 The land of Ulitarra: early records of the 1999 Bunaba. In Blake, BarryJ, and Dixon, R Aborigin es of the mid-northcoast of M W, eds Handbook of Australian New South Wales. Grafton: Mid-North languages, volume 5. Oxford University Coast Regional Office, University of Press. 34-152. New England. (see 1987, below) see also Heath, Merlan and Rumsey [comparative vocabulary 1-39; place 1982; see also Muecke, Rumsey and names; language 195ft] Wirrunmarra 1985; see also Merlan et 1964 Plotting an isogloss - the location and al 1 997, 1997 types of Aboriginal names for native dog in New South Wales. Oceania RUMSEY, Alan, MERLAN, Francesca, and 35:1 11-123. ROBERTS, Steven 1964 Some aboriginal place names on the 1997 New Guinea 'classificatory verbs' and mid-north coast of New South Wales. Australian noun classification: a Oceania 34:278-307. typological comparison. In Harvey, 1969 Chronology of Australian place names Mark, and Reid, Nicholas, eds Nominal with special reference to Aboriginal classification in Aboriginal Australia. names. Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 63-103. International Congress of Onomastic Sciences, 381 -395. London. RUSSELL, William ('Werriberrie', Chief man of 1971 Austral English and the native Gundungurra of Burragorang Valley) languages: problems confronting the 1914 My recollections. Glenmore NSW [Cam­ modern researcher. Journalof den area]: A L Bennett. 27pp. [includes Dialectology new series 4:743-760. Gun-dun-gorra vocabulary, pp 25-27] (From Verhandlungen des Zweiten Internationalen Dialektologen RUSSO, Cos P, and BALDAUF, Richard B, Jr Kongresses, II, 1968:743-760; (Russo: Australian Development 1971 A methodology fo r the collecting and Assistance Bureau) processing of Australian place names. 1986 Language development without plan­ Canberra: Australian Academy of the ning: a case study of tribal Aborigines in Humanities. the Northern Territory, Australia. 1987 The land of Ulitarra: early records of the Journalof Multilingual and Multicultural Aborigin es of the mid-northcoast of Development 7( 4):301-317. New South Wales together with various vocabularies, etc. Lismore NSW: RUSSO, Cos and HARRIS, Stephen Departmentof Education. 309pp. 1982 Developing a written Aboriginal [revised and fully indexed second literature. In Lipscombe, R, and Burns, edition of his 1964] D, eds Aboriginal literacy: bridging the 1993 Names. In Davey, Gwenda Beed, and gap. Adelaide: Australian Reading Seal, Graham, eds The Oxford Association. 61-85. companion to Australian folklore. Oxford University Press. 291-294. RYAN, John Sprott (Professor, School of English, 1995 Australian Aboriginal personal and Communication and Theatre, University place names. In Eichler, Ernst et ai, eds of New England) Namenforschung: name studies: les 1963 Papers on Australian place names. noms propres: an in ternational Armidale: Department of University handbook of onomastics. New York: Extension, University of New England. Walter de Gruyter. 928-935. 73pp. (2nd edn 1964) see also Atchison, Ryan and Yarwood 1973 192 S SIL-AAB, B6) Darwin: Summer Institute ST GEORGE, Michelle (Anglican mission teacher, of Linguistics. 115-133. later married Rev Soares) 1981 Kriol as an Aboriginal language. 1965 The islands between. Stanmore, NSW: Hemisphere 25(4):252-256. Australian Board of Missions. 128pp. 1981 Kriol: language with a history. Northern Persp ective [Torres Strait Pidgin; remnants of 4(1 ):3-7. 'Kanaka' talk on Moa I; glossary] 1981 A new Aboriginal language? Th e Abori­ ginal Child at School 9(1 ):52-60. [Kriol] SALMON, Henry G (Koongi, or Coongi, Lake 1981 The stepchild who became Cinderella: Station) Pidgin English comes into its own. On 1886 Cooper's Creek. In Curr, E M Th e Being 8(8):43-45. Australian race. Melbourne. 2:24-27. 1982 Extending the use of Kriol. In Bell, [Jandruwanta vocabulary;see also that Jeanie, ed. A collection of papers by Cornish, which follows] presented at the Second Meeting of the Aboriginal Languages Association, SALVADO, Rosendo (Right Reverend Dr) (of Batchelor, NT, April 1982. (ALA). Alice Benedictine Order, established New Springs. 1 8-24. Norcia, WA, missionary, author) 1982 Kriol and the question of decreolization. 1851 Two native dialects of the New Norcia In McKay, G R, ed. Australian district. Rome: De Propaganda Fides. Aborigines: sociolinguistic studies. Reprinted in Storman, E J, ed. The Berlin: Mouton. 5-13. Salvado memoirs. Perth: University of 1982 When will Kriol die out? In McKay, G R, Western Australia. 255-266. [some 500 and Sommer, B A, eds Applications of words] linguistics to Australian Aboriginal 1886 New Norcia and Leschenault Bay. In contexts. Melbourne. 34-45. Curr, EM, The Australian race. 1983 Modern Australian Aboriginal langu­ Melbourne. 1 :318-321 . [New Norcia ages: the present state of knowledge. (Juat) vocabulary] English World-Wide 4(1 ):43-68. [on Kriol] SALZNER, Richard (German linguist) 1983 The Quileute approach to language 1960 Australische Sprachen, in his revival programs. The Aboriginal Child Sprachenatlas des indopazifischen at School 11(5):3 -16. Raumes, volume 1 :44-52; volume 2:55- 1983 Those pesty loanwords. Read 18(1): 16- 62. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz. (Review 21 . Bulletin of the School of Oriental and 1984 Aspects of developing a writing system African Studies 23, Milner; Kratylos 6 , with particular references to the revision Kahler) of the Kriol orthography. In Sandefur, J, ed. Papers on Kriol: the writing system SANDEFUR, John R (former SIL linguist, Berrimah and a resource guide. Darwin: SIL. 1- NT; specialist in Kriol; now in educ­ 68. ational publishing) 1984 A guide to the Kriol writing system. In 1977 Bilingual education for Aboriginal Aust­ Sandefur, J, ed. Papers on Kriol: the ralians. Language Planning Newsletter, writing system and a resource guide. East-West Culture Learning Institute Darwin: SIL. 69-1 06. 3(2):1-6. 1984 A language coming of age: Kriol of 1 979 An Australian creole in the Northern north Australia. MA thesis, University of Territory: a description of Ngukurr­ Western Australia. 515pp. Bamyili dialects (part 1). (Work Papers 1984 A resource guide to Kriol. In Sandefur, of SIL-AAB B3) Darwin, NT: Summer ed. Papers on Kriol: the writing system Institute of Linguistics, Australian and a resource guide. Darwin: SIL. 107- Aborigines Branch. 185pp. 140. 1980 Kriol - material available. Darwin: 1984 Aspects of developing a writing system Summer Institute of Linguistics. 12pp. with practical reference to the revision 1980 Looking for Kriol in Queensland. of the Kriol orthography. Work Papers Language Survey. Darwin: SIL-AAB. of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, 1981 Developing a literature for Kriol. In Australian Aborigines Branch B1 0: 1-68. Hargrave, S, ed. Literacy in an 1985 Aspects of the socio-political history of Aboriginal context. (Work Papers of Ngukurr (Roper River) and its effect on language change. Aboriginal History 9:205-219. 193 1985 Dynamics of an Australian creole SANDEFUR, John, and HARRIS, John system. Papers in Pidgin and Creole 1986 Variation in Australian Kriol. In Fishman Linguistics 4. (PL, A-72) Canberra: Joshua A, et ai, eds The Fergusonian Pacific Linguistics. 195-214. impact: in honor of Charles A. Ferguson 1985 English-based languages and dialects on the occasion of his 65th birthday, currently spoken by Aboriginal people: volume 2: Sociolinguistics and the suggestions towards a consensus on sociology of language. Berlin: Mouton terminology. Australian Journalof de Gruyter. 179-190. Linguistics 5(1):67-78. 1985 Kriol is an Aboriginal language. In SANDEFUR, John, and JENTIAN, David Markwick-Smith, Victoria Report on the Nangan:golod bilingual education program at Barunga 1977 A tentative description of the phonemes school: prepared for the Accreditation of the Ngalkbunlanguage (including a Panel. Darwin: Departmentof small word list). In Hudson, Joyce, ed. Education. Section 6: Appendix: 1-11. Five papers in Australian phonologies. 1985 Kriol Kantri: the first of its kind. Darwin: Silo 57-96. Education News 19(2):21-23. 1985 Language planning and the develop­ SANDEFUR, John R, and SANDEFUR, Joy L ment of an Australian creole. Language 1979 Beginnings of a Ngukurr-Bamyi/i Creole Planning Newsletter 11(1 ): 1-4. dictionary. (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, 1986 Kriol of North Australia: a language B4) Darwin, NT: Summer Institute of coming of age. (Work Papers of SIL­ Linguistics. 136pp. MB, A-10) Darwin: Summer Institute of 1980 Pidgin and creole in the Kimberleys, Linguistics. 242pp. Western Australia. AlAS Newsletter 1986 Mission life, mission education, and the 14:31-37. rise of a creole language. Journalof 1981 An introduction to conversational Kriol. Christian Education 85:23-34. [On Kriol] (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, B5) Darwin: 1990 Kriol and Torres Strait Creole: where do Summer Institute of Linguistics. 74pp, they meet? Nungalinya Occasional with 6 cassette tapes. Bulletin 44: 1-13. 1987 A one-hour Kriol Holi Baibul reading 1990 Raising the prestige of a creole langu­ course. Notes on Scripture in Use age: an Australian example. Notes on (Dallas) 15:13-17. Literacy 64: 1 1-25. 1991 The problem of the transparency of SANDEFUR, Joy L (former SIL linguist) Kriol. In Malcolm, lan, ed. Linguistics in 1981 Cultural considerations in vernacular the service of society: essays to honour literacy programmes for traditionally Susan Kaldor. Claremont, WA: Institute oriented adult Aborigines. In S. Har­ of Applied Language Studies, Edith grave, ed. Literacy in an Aboriginal Cowan University. 117-129. context, 1-30. (Work Papers ofSIL­ 1991 A sketch of the structure of Kriol. In AAB, B6) Darwin: Summer Institute of Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in Linguistics. Australia. Cambridge: University Press. 1984 Kriol Kantri. Word Alive (Wycliffe Bible 204-212. (Chapter 13). Translators, Canada) 2(4):6-7. see also Harris and Sandefur 1983, see also Sandefur and Sandefur 1979, 1984, 1985; see also Sharpe and 1980, 1981, 1987 Sandefur 1976, 1977 SANDS, Anna Kristina SANDEFUR, John R, ed. 1989 A grammar of Garadjari, Western 1984 Papers on Kriol: the writing system and Australia. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian a resourceguide. (Work Papers of SIL­ National University. AAB, B 10) Darwin: Summer Institute of 1995 Nominal classification in Australia. Linguistics. 144pp. Anthropological Linguistics 37(3):247- 346. SANDEFUR, John, with GUMBULI, Michael, 1996 The ergative in proto-Australian. (edited DANIELS, Dan, and WURRAMARA, by Dixon, R M W) Munich: Lincom Mal Europa. 87pp. (Review Linguistic 1980 Language survey: Looking for Kriol in Typ ology 2(2), Schweiger) Queensland. AlAS Newsletter 17:35- 40. [Also published as a 13pp booklet] SANDY (Wembawemba speaker) see Mickie and Sandy 1887 194 SANSOM, Basil L (concerned with social welfare 1976 The relevance of stress and pitch in the of Aboriginal people) grammatical hierarchy of Wik-Mungkan 1980 Going into language: an introduction. (Wik-Munkan). In Sutton, Peter, ed. Anthropological Forum 5(1 ):5-7. [use of Languages of Cape York. Canberra: "goin into" by NT Aborigines] AlAS. 284-298. 1976 Th e sentence in Wik-Munkan: a SAULWICK, Adam (University of Melbourne) description of propositional relation­ 1 999 Rembarrnga dialectology and lexical ships. Edited by Robert E Longacre. semantics. PhD dissertation, University (PL, B-44) Canberra: Pacific of Melbourne. Linguistics. 185pp. 1977 Aboriginal world view and tense, mood SAUNDERS, Reginald W (first Aboriginal and aspect in Wik-Munkan. Work­ Australian with commissioned rank in papers in Papua New Guinea Army; tireless worker for his people's Languages 20:69-85. weHare) 1977 Prosodies in some Aboriginal langu­ 1979 Interpretation and translation. In ages. Workpapers in Papua New Brennan, Gloria, ed. Th e need for Guinea Languages 20:91-1 00. interpreting and translation services for 1977 What are contrastive syllables? The Australian Aboriginals, with special Wik-Munkan picture. In Hudson, Joyce, reference to the Northern Territory - a ed. Five papers in Australian research report. Canberra: Research phonologies. Darwin: SIL. 131-143. Section, Department of Aboriginal 1982 Aurukun children's speech: language Affairs. 3pp. [Aboriginal English; historyand implications for bilingual Aboriginal understanding of public education. In McKay, G R, and service jargon; Aboriginal feelings Sommer, B A, eds Applications of about interpreters] linguistics to Australian Aboriginal contexts. Melbourne. 46-56. SAUNDERS, Thomas (ANU) 1982 Aboriginal mathematical concepts: a 1997 The verbal semantics of Ungarinyin: a cultural and linguistic explanation for preliminarystudy. BA (Hons) thesis, some of the problems. In Hargrave, S, Australian National University. ed. Language and culture. Darwin: SIL. 183-200. Also in The Aboriginal Child at SAWERS, Alexander Dewar (sheep farmer, Port School 11(1 ):3-18, 1983. Augusta) 1982 From morpheme to discourse: a study 1886 Gawler Range. In Curr, E M The of reference in Wik-Munkan. MA thesis, Australian race. Melbourne. 2:130-132. University of Sydney. 227pp. (Abstract [Nawu vocabulary] in Notes on Linguistics 24:46 (1982)) 1990 Reading with rhythm: a help in tackling SAYER, Edgar Sheappard (lecturer in Banking, long words. Notes on Literacy 63:47-58. Canada) [method to improve pronunciation of 1945 Pidgin English. Toronto: author. 117pp. Pintupi] [deals with Aboriginal Pidgin English, 1994 Wik-Mungkan. In Thieberger, N, and pp 45-68] McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Abori­ ginal words: a dictionary of words from SAYERS, Barbara J (SIL linguist Berrimah; now Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Edmonton, Queensland)) Islander languages. North Ryde: 1964 The phonemes of Coen Wik-Munkan. In Macquarie Library. 352-373. Oates, W J, et al Gugu- Ya/anji and Wik­ 1997 Reference in Wik-M ungkan from a Munkan language studies. Canberra: systemic perspective. In McLellan, M, AlAS. 51-56. Also in (1964) Occasional ed. Studies in Aboriginal grammars. Papers in Aboriginal Studies 2:24-48. (SIL-AAIB Occasional Papers 3) 1974 An argument for the practical applic­ Darwin: SIL-AAIB. 63-75. ation of discourse analysis to trans­ 1997 Reference in the Wik-Mungkan relative lation. Notes on Tra nslation 53:2-9. clause. In McLellan, M, ed. Studies in 1976 Interpenetration of stress and pitch in Aboriginal grammars. Darwin: SIL­ Wik-Munkan grammar and phonology. AAIB. 77-86. Papers in Australian Linguistics 9. (PL, 1998 A fa ir go: Aboriginal living and learning A-42) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 31- in the do minant Australia n culture. (SIL­ 79. AAIB Occasional Papers 5) Darwin: SIL-AAIB. 1 03pp. [Wik-Mungkan] 195 see also Oates et al 1964 languages. Canberra: AlAS. 352-382 (Topic B). SAYERS, Barbara J, and GODFREY, Marie P 1978 Names of body-parts in north-east 1964 Outline description of the alphabet and Arnhem Land. In Hiatt, L R, ed. grammar of a dialect of Wik-Munkan Australian Aboriginal concepts. spoken at Coen, Nth Q'land. In Oates, Canberra: AlAS. 168-1 77. W J et al Gugu-Yalanji and Wik­ 1978 Les systemes phonologiques des Munkan language studies. Canberra: langues australiennes. Paris: Societe AlAS. 49-78. d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropo­ logiques de France (SELAF). 2 SAYERS, Barbara J, and KERR, Harland B volumes: 850pp. (see also 1972) 1964 Wik-Munkan locative, temporal and 1983 Dictionaries for Australian languages: demonstrative pronouns. In Pittman, R some general remarks. In Austin, Peter, and Kerr, H, eds Papers on the ed. Papers in Australian linguistics 15: languages of the Australian Aborigin es. Australian Aboriginal lexicography. Canberra: AlAS. 1-12. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 41-55. 1986 After successful field work: what to do SAYERS, Barbara J, and PYM, Noreen with all the "material"? Australian 1977 Notes on rhythmic patterning in Iwaidja. Aboriginal Studies 1 (1 ):52-58. In Hudson, Joyce, ed. Five papers in see also Coulthard and Schebeck Australian phonologies. Darwin: SIL. 1986, 1986 97-130. SCHEFFLER, H W (Anthropology, Yale University, SCARLETI, N H (School of Botany, La Trobe USA) University) 1977 Australian kin classification. In 1969 The bilby, Thylacomys Lagotis, in McCormack, W, and Wurm, S A, eds Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 86(10): Language and thought: anthropological 292-294. [local names for bilby, in issues. The Hague: Mouton. [Karajarri] Djabbwurung, Bi:gwurung, 1978 Australian kin classification. Cambridge: Gurngobanud, Yualeai, Gamilaroi, University Press. [kin terms in Martu­ Wongaibon, Wiradhurij thunira, Kariyara, Inggarda, Karajarri, Pitjantjatjara] SCHAYER, -- 1984 Meaning and use in Ngarinyin kin 1844 Uber Sprache, Sitten und Gebrauche classification. Oceania 54(4):310-322. der Urbewohner von Sud-Australien. 1984 Review of Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Monatsberichte der Gesellschaft Rumsey, A, eds 1982 The languages of Erdkunde 4:1 89-1 95. (Berlin) kinship in Aboriginal Australia. University of Sydney. American SCHEBEC K, Bernhard (formerly Universite Paris Anthropologist 86(1 ):149-150. V (Rene Descartes)) 1985 Kin classes as cultural categories: the 1972 Les systemes phonologiques des Walbiri case. In Barwick, D E, et ai, eds langues australiennes. Doctoralthesis, Metaphors of interpretation: essays in Universite Rene Descartes. (see also honour of W.E.H.Stanner , 158-184. 1978) Canberra: Australian National 1973 The Adnjamathanha personal pronoun University Press. and the "Wailpi kinship system". Papers in Australian Linguistics 6. (PL, A-36) SCHMIDT, Annette (former linguist, now a Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-45. Canberra designer) (Review Oceania 47, Sutton) 1983 Young people's Dyirbal: an example of 1974 Texts on the social system of the language death from Australia. MA AtY nYama lana people, with grammatical thesis, Australian National University. notes. (PL, D-21) Canberra: Pacific 1985 Speech variation and social networks in Linguistics. 278pp. dying Dyirbal. In Clyne, M G, ed. 1976 Thangu and Atjnjamathanha. In Dixon, Australia, meeting place of languages. R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 127-1 50. Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 1985 The fate of ergativity in dying Dyirbal. 516-550 (Topic D). Language 61 :378-396. 1976 Yulngu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1985 Yo ung people's Dyirbal: an example of Grammatical categories in Australian language death from Australia. (Cam­ bridge Studies in Linguistics, supple- 196 mentary volume) Cambridge: University Centre National de la Recherche Press. 252pp. (From her 1983 MA Scientifique. New edition. 71 1-721. thesis) (Review Language in Society 1952 Die tasmanischen Sprachen. Utrecht­ 17, Bavin; I'Homme 101, Haudricourt; Anvers: Spectrum. (Review Oceania American Anthropologist 89, Hill; 23(4), Capell) Bulletin de la Societe de Unguistique de Paris 81 Lazard; Anthropos 85, SCHNORR, Hans von Carolsfeld (German Tryon) linguist) 1987 Aboriginal Language Maintenance 1890 Beitrage zur Sprachenkunde Project. Australian Aboriginal Studies Ozeaniens: das australische Festland. 1987(2):84-85. Sitzungsberichte der Koniglichen 1990 The loss of Australia's Aboriginal Philosophischen Bayerischen language heritage. Canberra: Abori­ Akademie der Wissenschaften zu ginal Studies Press. 147pp. (Review MOnchen 2:247-292. [comparative Aboriginal History 15, Hercus; Man 27, wordlists from Curr, volume 4) Layton) 1892 Uber die linguistische Stellung der 1991 Language attrition in Boumaa Fijian and australischen Sprachen. (Melbourne Dyirbal. In Seliger, H W, and Vago, R Library Linguistic Pamphlets 5(34)). M, eds First language attrition. Also (1892) in 8me Congresse Cambridge: University Press. 113-124. Internationale des Orientalistes Section see also Wurm 1996 5:39-41 .

SCHMIDT, Wilhelm (Pater) (anthropologist, SCHOLL, Margaret (then of Monash University) linguist, contributed much to Anthropos) 1992 The orthographic representation of 1908 On the classification of Australian Aboriginal placenames in Victoria. BA languages. Man 8{1 04):184-185. (Hons) thesis, Department of 1910 Die tasmanischen Worte zur Bezeich­ Linguistics, Monash University. nung archaolithischer Werkzeuge. Zeitschrift fOr Ethnologie 2:915-919. SCHORMANN, C W (Clamor Wilhelm) (Lutheran 1911 Australian languages. Encyclopedia missionary, Protector of Aborigines) Britannica, 14th edition, 737-738. 1844 A vocabulary of the Parnkalla language 1912 Zur Phonetik der australischen spoken by the natives inhabiting the Sprachen. Wiener Zeitschrift fOr die western shores of Spencer's Gulf.. . Kunde des Morgenlandes 26:325-336. Adelaide: George Dehane. 88pp. 1912-18 Die Gliederung der australischen Reprinted in Journalof the Anthro­ Sprachen und ihre Beziehungen zu der pologicallnstitute 1 (1 888) and Journal soziologischen Gliederung der austra­ and Proceedings of the Royal Society lischen Stamme. Anthropos 7 (1912): of NSW 20 (1886), 64-68. (Facsimile 230-251, 463-498, 101 4-48; 8(1913): edition: see 1962) 526-554; 11{1917-18):437-493, 747- 1879 The Port Lincoln tribe. In Woods, J D 817. Th e native tribes of South Australia. 191 9 Die Gliederung der australischen Adelaide: Wigg. [extensive vocabulary Sprachen: geographische, biblio­ at end) graphische, linguistische Grundzuge 1962 A vocabulary of the Parnkalla language der Erforschung der australischen spoken by the natives inhabiting the Sprachen. Vienna: Mechitharisten westernshores of Spencer's Gulf, to Buchdruckerei. 299pp. (see 1912-18; which is prefixed a collection of see Clark, Dymphna 1972 for English grammatical rules hitherto ascertained. translation of Die Gliederung ...) [Adelaide: George Dehane.) South 1919 Die Personalpronomina in den austra ­ Australian Facsimile Editions 40, 1962. lischen Sprachen. Vienna: Akademie Adelaide: Libraries Board of South der Wissenschaften. (see 1912) Australia. 88pp. (see also 1844) 1926 Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der see also Teichelmann and Schurmann Erde. Heidelberg: Carl Winters Univer­ 1840, 1962; see also Teichelmann et al sitatsbuchhandlung. [Atlas of 14 maps] 1886 1930 Lingue indigene. Enciclopedia Italiana de Scienze, Lettere e Arti5: 440-452. SCHULENBURG, Albrecht Conon von der (Graf) 1952 Tasmanien. In Meillet, A, and Cohen, 1877 Grammatik der Sprache von Murray Marcel Les langues du monde. Paris: Island. Berlin. 77pp. [Mer grammar) 197 1892 Grammatik, Vocabularium und Linguistentagung Graz, 25-27. Oktober Sprachproben der Sprache von Murray 1985. (Mit noch unpublizierten Bei­ Island. Leipzig: Wilhelm Friedrich. tragen der Tagung Salzburg 1983). 134pp. [Miriam] (Arbeiten aus der Abteilung "Vergleich­ ende Sprachwissenschaft" Graz, Band SCHULTZE-BERNDT, Eva (German linguist, Max 1) Graz: Leykam. 184-192. [Do Austral­ Planck Institute) ian languages provide evidence for the 1993 Kodierung eines Agens als Lokation: origin of overt nominative case am Beispiel australischer Sprachen: morphemes?] Beitrage zur Arbeitsgruppe 1988 Sprachwandel und Rekonstruktion. In 'Lokalisation' bei der Tagung der Akten ... 49-52. deutschen Gesellschaft fUr Sprach­ 1988 Zur Rekonstruktion protoaustralischer wissenschaft in Bremen. In MOller­ Verben. In Akten ...294-302. Bardey, T, and Drossard, W, eds 1995 Suffixaufnahme and related case Aspekte der Lokalisation. Bochum: marking patterns in Australian Brockmeyer. 139-177. languages. In Plank, Frans, ed. Double 1994 Zur Interaktion von semasiologischer case: agreement by Suffixaufnahme. und onomasiologischer Grammatik: der Oxford: Oxford University Press. 339- Verbkomplex im Jaminjung. In Zaeff­ 363. erer, 0, ed. Deskrip tive Grammatik und 1998 "Die Gliederung der Australischen allgemeiner Sprachvergleich. TObingen: Sprachen" revisited. Moderne Sprachen Niemeyer. 42(1 ):26-39 1999 [thesis on Jaminjung] 1998 Review of Sands, Kristina The ergative in Proto-Australian. Munich: Lincom Eu­ SCHULZ, Gerhard, ed. (then President of Austral­ ropa. Linguistic Typ ology 2(2):259-261. ian Academy of Humanities; Professor 1999 Case markers in Australian languages. of GermanicStudies, University of WA) In Caron, B, ed. Proceedings of the 1993 The languages of Australia. Canberra: XVlth International Congress of Australian Academy of the Humanities. Linguists held in Paris, 20-25 July 1997. 166pp. (Review Australian Journalof Oxford: Pergamon Press. Paper nO 206. Linguistics 14(2), Collins) SCOTT, Anna SCHWARZ, Georg Heinrich (Reverend) 1991 Alyawarra phonology. BA (Hons) thesis, 1946 Order of service and hymns [in the Department of Linguistics, The Facul­ Koko Yimidir dialect]. Brisbane: Wat­ ties, Australian National University. son, Ferguson. 122pp. [included as a 66+pp. sample of many hundreds of such works] SCOTT, Graham (Linguistics, La Trobe University see also Roth 1901 -now Coolum Beach, Queensland) 1991 Index to Australian Journalof SCHWEIGER, Fritz (Professor Dr) (Institut fUr Linguistics, volumes 1-10 (1981-1 990), Mathematik, University of Salzburg) compiled by Graham Scott. [contents, 1984 Anmerkungen zu Boretzkys Aufsatz authors, books reviewed, topics, lan­ 'Das indogermanisches guages] Australian Journalof Sprachwandelmodell und Wandel in Linguistics supplement. exotischen Sprachen'. Folia Linguistica Historica (The Hague) 5(2):397-400. SCOTT, J Hall (JP; Kennedy) 1984 Comparative: a neglected category in 1886 Burdekin River - various tribes. In Curr, Australian linguistics? Working Papers E M Th e Australian ra ce. Melbourne. in Language and Linguistics (Laun­ 2:492-501. [Juru vocabularies, "collect­ ceston) 18:28-38. [Tasmanian State ed indiscriminately from ... Perenbba, Institute of Technology] Euronbba, Walmundi, Bendalgubber, 1986 Rekonstruktion,Sprachwandel und Cumarinia, Culbaingella, Cobble­ Sprachvergleich bei australischen bobber, Cartoolounger, Toolkemburra, Sprachen: ein Literaturbericht. Folia Carbineyinburra, Tinguljuller tribes"] Linguistica Historica 7:207-218. 1988 Markierte Nominative (typologisch­ SCOTT, J Tait (missionary; translated and sprachgeschichtliche Anmerkungen). In published several volumes of parables, Akten der 13. osterreichischen catechism, gospels during the 1880s; one is given here as a sample) 198 1879 Evangelia Mareko de tali. The Gospel 1968 Review of Holmer, N An attempt by Mark in the Murray Island dialect, towards a comparative grammarof two Torres Straits. Sydney: Foster and Australian languages. Language Fairfax. Also catechism, 43 hymns, etc. 44(1):172-1 74. [Miriam; included as an example of dozens of similar translations] SEEAR, Rosemary 1995 Extended meanings of body-part terms: SCOTT, M P (botanist) a study of nine body-part terms in 1972 Some Aboriginal food plants of the Ash­ Australian languages. MA thesis, burton district, Western Australia. The University of Melbourne. Western Australian Naturalist 12(4):94- 96. [names of 15 plants in 'Ashburton' SEED, Amanda (lexicographer) see Bell 1994 and 'Murchison-Gascoyne' languages] SELIGMAN, Charles Gabriel, and PIM, G SCOTT, Robert (WA) (Seligman: London-born medical man, 1886 Pinjarra. In Curr, E M, Th e Australian ethnologist, worked in New Guinea) race. Melbourne. 1 :346-347. [Pinjarup] 1907 Vocabularyof the Otati language spo­ ken at Cape Grenville. In Ray, S H, ed. SCOTT, Robert D (Guardian of Aborigines, Reports of the Cambridge Exp edition Camperdown) to To rres Straits . .., volume 3. 1878 Camperdown: Colongulac tribe. In Cambridge University Press. 277-280. Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 88-89. SELIGMAN, C G, and WILKIN, A 1878 Native names of places in the counties 1978 The gesture language of the Western of Hampden and Heytesbury[Victoria]. Islanders. In Umiker-Sebeok, D J, and In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines of Vic tor­ Sebeok, T A, Aboriginal sign-languages ia, volume 2. Melbourne. 180-1 86. of the Americas andAust ralia. New York: Plenum Press. 317-322. (Reprint SCOTT, Thomas (Assistant Surveyor-General of of 1907 item in Ray, S H, ed. Reports of Tasmania) the Cambridge Anthropological Exp edit­ 1 878 List of words in use by the Oyster Bay ion to To rres Straits, vol 3: Linguistics. tribe of Aborigines [Tasmania]. In Cambridge University Press. 255-260) Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 434. SEN, Veronica M (MEd; Curriculum Development 1887 Vocabulary of the Oyster Bay tribe, Centre; reviewer) drawn up in 1826. In Curr, E M Th e 1983 Review of R F Walker Report on the Australian race. Melbourne. 3:606. English sp oken by Aboriginal entrants to Traeger Park School. Canberra: SCRIVENER, G Curriculum Development Centre. 1886 The lower portionsof the Paroo and Education News 18(5):54. Warrego Rivers. In Curr, E M The Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 182-1 85. SENFT, Gunter (MaxPlanck Institute, Nijmegen) [Parundji vocabulary 184-1 85) see Pederson et al 1998

SEBEOK, Thomas A (USA linguist, editor) SENIOR SECONDARY ASSESSMENT BOARD 1942 An examination of the Austroasiatic OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA language family. Language 18:206-217. 1996 Australia's indigenous languages see Umiker-Sebeok and Sebeok 1978 framework. Wayville, SA: Senior Secondary Assessment Board of South SEBEOK, Thomas A, ed. Australia. 58pp. 1971 Current trends in linguistics, volume 8: 1996 Australia's indigenous languages Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: framework: in practice. Wayville, SA: Mouton. Senior Secondary Assessment Board of South Australia. 248pp. SEE, Richard E (California State College, Fullarton) SHANNON, Valda Napururla (teacher at 1965 Comparison of some Australian lan­ Alekerenge) guages. PhD dissertation, University of 1987 The Community of Alekerenge (Ali California, Los Angeles. 148pp. (Uni­ Curung) and its languages. In versity Microfilms International, 1976) Aboriginal teachers write about their 199 community languages. Batchelor 1970 Alawa case relationships. In Laycock, D College Aboriginal Teacher Education, C, ed. Linguistic trends in Australia. NT. 10-14. [Aboriginal English, Eastern Canberra: AlAS. 39-50. Warlpiri, language maintenance] 1970 Voice quality: a suggested framework for description and some observations. SHANNON, V N, and RANKINE, A N In Wurm, S A, and Laycock, DC, eds 1989 Warumungu Alekarenge Language Pacific linguistic studies in honour of Centre - Alekarenge. Anyinginyi Apparr Arthur Capell. Canberra: Pacific Newsletter 2(3):1 8-19. Linguistics. 115-1 34. [articulatory [Warumungu/English text] settings and other phonological features in Australian English, Alawa] SHARP, Janet (was chairperson of course 1972 Alawa phonology and grammar. development committee, Certificate in (Australian Aboriginal Studies 37, Aboriginal Language Work; now Linguistic Series 15) Canberra: AlAS. University of Western Australia) 201 pp. (PhD dissertation, University of 1997 Nyangumata pronouns. In Tryon, Queensland, 1969) Darrell, and Walsh, Michael, eds 1974 Notes on the "Pidgin English" creole of Boundaryrider: essays in honour of Roper River. AlAS Newsletter new Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific series 2:2-1 1. (see also 1975) Linguistics. 327-362. 1974 Reporton Roper Pidgin and the 1998 A grammar of the Nyangumarta possibility of its use in a bilingual language of the Pilbara. PhD program. Report on the Third Meeting dissertation, University of Western of the Bilingual Education Consultative Australia. Committee . ..Darwi n: NT Department of Education. 19-23. SHARP, Janet, and INJIE, Lorraine 1975 Notes on the "Pidgin English" creole of 1994 Training language workers in Western Roper River. Linguistic Communi­ Australia. In Hartman, D, and Hender­ cations 13:38-60. Also in Papers in son, J, eds Aboriginal languages in Australian Linguistics 8, Canberra: education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Pacific Linguistics, 1975, 11-20, and 324-340. see also 1974, above. 1976 Alawa. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Gram­ SHARP, Janet, and THIEBERGER, Nicholas matical categories in Australian 1992 Bilybara, the Aboriginal languages of languages. Canberra: AlAS. 257-263 the Pilbara region. Port Hedland, WA: (Topic A); 505-51 5 (Topic D). Wangka Maya, The Pilbara Aboriginal 1976 Alawa, Mara and Warndarang. In Language Centre. 150pp. Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian languages. SHARP, Richard Lauriston (social anthropologist) Canberra: AlAS. 708-734 (Topic E). 1969 The dreams of the Vir Yoront. In 1977 Alice Springs Aboriginal English. In Schneider, David M, and Sharp, R L, Brumby, Ed and Vaszolyi, Eric, eds The dream life of a primitive people: the Language problems and Aboriginal dreamsof the Yir Yoront of Australia. education. Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 45- Ann Arbor, Michigan. 57-122. 50. 1977 How to spell Aboriginal words, with SHARPE, E special reference to Bundjalung. 1901 Yandra Wandra tribe, Queensland Lismore: Northern Rivers College of [vocabulary]. Science of Man Advanced Education. 16pp. 3(12):208-209. 1977 How we are spelling in Bundjalung. see also ABORIGINAL 1899 Lismore: Northern Rivers CAE. 1978 An introduction to the Bundjalung SHARPE, Margaret C (nee Cunningham) language and its dialects. Graduate (Honorary Research Fellow, Linguistics, Diploma in Intercultural Studies, Mount University of New England; part-time Lawley, WA, College of Advanced lecturer on Bundjalung, Monash Univer­ Education. (Chapter 4 by Crowley, sity Gippsland campus) Terry, Bundjalung dialects; Chapter 5 1969 A description of the Yugumbir dialect of by Oakes, Marjorie, on linguistic Bandjalang. University of Queensland change) Papers, Faculty of Arts 1 (8):69-122. 200 1978 Report on a Bundjalung project based Strait Islander languages. North Ryde: at Lismore, New South Wales. AlAS Macquarie Library. 1-22. Newsletter 9:37-39. 1995 Dictionaryof Western Bundjalung: 1978 Report on a research project on Alice including Gidhabal and Tabulam Springs Aboriginal children's English. Bundjalung. 2nd edition. Armidale, AlAS Newsletter 9:57-61. NSW: the author. 187pp. 1979 Alice Springs Aboriginal children's 1996 An introduction to the Yugambeh­ English. In Wurm, S A, ed. Australian Bundjalung language and its dialects. linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific Armidale, NSW: M Sharpe. 169pp. Linguistics. 733-747. 1996 Review of Ginibi, Ruby Langford, My 1980 Review of Vaszolyi, E C, 1979 Teach Bundjalung people. Aboriginal History yourself Wa ngkatja . Jo urnalof 20:226-22. [discussion of spelling] Intercultural Studies 1 (2):90-93. 1997 Yugambeh-Bundjalung: what can be 1982 Aboriginal education policies prior to learnt from the dialect differences? In 1973 with special reference to Tryon, Darrell, and Walsh, Michael, eds language. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. Language Boundaryrider: essays in honour of planning for Australian Aboriginal Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific languages. Alice Springs: lAD. 36-46. Linguistics. 363-392. 1983 Review of Breen, J G, 1981 The Mayi 1998 Dictionaryof Yugambeh, including languages of the Queensland Gulf neighbouring dialects, compiled by country. Canberra: AlAS. Australian Margaret Sharpe from various sources. Journal of Linguistics 3( 1 ): 132-135. (PL, C-139) Canberra: Pacific 1983 To a teacher new to Aboriginal Linguistics. 223pp. students. The Aboriginal Child at see also Roberts et al 1986; see also School 11(3):20 -23. [Cultural difference Robertsand Sharpe 1986; see also in language use] under Cunningham 1985 Bundjalung settlement and migration. Aboriginal History9:1 01-124. [cross­ SHARPE, Margaret C, eel. disciplinary reconstruction of migration, 1992 Dictionary of Western Bundjalung, using dialects of Bundjalung] including Gidhabal and Tabulam 1985 An introduction to the Bundjalung Bundjalung. Armidale, NSW: language and its dialects. (Armidale Department of Aboriginal and Papers, 8) Armidale, NSW: Armidale Multicultural Studies, University of New College of Advanced Education. 219pp. England. 236pp. (revised version of her 1978 graduate diploma thesis, WA) SHARPE, Margaret C, and SANDEFUR, John 1985 Kriol - an Australian language 1976 The creole language of the Katherine resource. In Papers in Pidgin and and Roper River areas, Northern Creole Linguistics 4. (PL, A-72) Territory. In Clyne, Michael G, ed. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 177-1 94. Australia talks: essays on the sociology 1990 English in Wilcannia. In Austin, Peter, of Australian immigrant and Aboriginal et ai, eds Language and history: languages. Canberra: Pacific essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Linguistics. 63-77. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 233-242. 1977 A brief description of Roper Creole. In [On Aboriginal English] Brumby, Ed, and Vaszolyi, Eric, eds 1992 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B Language problems and Aboriginal J, eds 1991 Handbook of Australian education . Perth: Mt Lawley College of language, volume 3. Canberra: ANU Advanced Education. 51-60. Press. Australian Journalof Linguistics 12:326-329. SHARPE, Margaret, and TUNBRIDGE, Dorothy 1993 Bundjalung: teaching a disappearing 1997 Traditions of extinct animals, changing language. In Walsh, Michael, and sea-levels and volcanoes among Yallop, Colin, eds Language and Australian Aboriginals: evidence from culture in Aboriginal Australia. linguistic and ethnographic research. In Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. Glench, Roger, and Spriggs, Matthew, 73-84. eds Archaeology and language I: 1994 Bundjalung. In Thieberger, Nicholas, Th eoretical and methodological and McGregor, William, eds Macquarie orientations. London/New York: Aboriginal words: a dictionary of words Routledge. 345-361. from Australian Aboriginal and Torres 201 SHAW, Bruce (anthropologist, oral historian, Australian race. Melbourne. 3: 251- Melville, WA) 257. [Gogai vocabularies: Sheridan's 1988 Review of Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, (near Roma) 253-255, Bay's 256-257] eds 1986 This is what happened. Can­ berra: AlAS. Historical Studies, Aust­ SHERWOOD, John L ralia and New Ze aland 23(90): 1 30-131. 1964 The use of the vernacular in the education of the Australian Aborigines, SHAW, CW with special reference to the policy of 1886 Tolarno Station, near Menindie. In Curr, assimilation. BA (Hons) thesis, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. University of Western Australia. 34pp. 2:236-237. [Bagundji vocabulary] SHIMPO, Mitsuru (St Jerome's College, University SHAW, Joseph (of the Lake Condah Aboriginal of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada) Station) 1985 Communication processes between the 1878 Plants, with native names. In Smyth, R Northern Territory governmentand B Th e Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Aboriginals: "a ntagonistic cooperation". Melbourne. 174. [identified by Baron Northern Territory: Departmentof von Mueller, Government Botanist] Community Development. 57pp. see also Turner, Staple and Shaw 1900 SHIRLEY, John (educationist, scientist, N Qld; SHAW, Joseph, and GREEN, John Gazette editor; Inspector of schools; 1878 Lake Condah, Victoria: sentences in the committee positions Royal Society of language. In Smyth, R B Th e Abori­ Qld) gines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 1897 Vocabularies of the Gowrburra and 63-64, 116-117. Koolaburra tribes. Proceedings of the see also Turner, G H, and Shaw Royal Society of Queensland 12: 1-9.

SHEA, B (Sergeant) SHNUKAL, Anna (Honorary Visiting Fellow, 1887 From Port Denison to Cape Gloucester. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander In Curr, E M The Australian race. Studies Unit, University of Queensland) Melbourne. 3:4-7. [Gia vocabulary6-7] 1982 Why Torres Strait "Broken English" is not English. In Bell, Jeanie, ed. A SHEILS, Helen, ed. collection of papers presented at the 1 963 Australian Aboriginal studies. A sym­ Second Meeting of the Aboriginal posium of papers presented at the 1961 Languages Association, Batchelor, NT. research conference. (W E H Stanner, April 1982. (ALA). Alice Springs. 25-35. chairman) Melbourne: Oxford Also (slightly revised) published as University Press, for AlAS. 505pp. Nungalinga Occupational Bulletin 20, 1985; also published as Wontulp SHEPPARD, Nancy (teacher Ernabella, then Occasional Bulletin 6, 1 985; also in University of Adelaide) Aboriginal perspectives on experience 1976 Alitjinya ngura tjukurtjarangka: Alitji in and learning, a tertiary level study the Dreamtime; adapted and translated guide, published by Deakin University, from Lewis Carroll's storyAli ce's 1985. adventures in Wonderland. Adelaide: 1983 Blaikman T ok: changing attitudes Department of Adult Education, towards Torres Strait Creole. Australian University of Adelaide. 103pp. Aboriginal Studies 1983(2):25-33. see [Pitjantjatjara] also reply by Beckett, p 60 of that issue, 1992 Alitjiin Dreamland: Alitjinya ngura and the note in reply by Shnukal (1984, tjukurmankuntjala: an Aboriginal below). version of Lewis Carroll's Alice's 1983 Torres Strait Creole: the growth of a adventures in Wonderland / adapted new Torres Strait language. Aboriginal and translated by Nancy Sheppard. History7 (2): 173-1 85. East Roseville: Simon & Schuster. 1984 Blaikman Tok and Waitman Tok in 104pp. [Pitjantjatjara] Torres Strait. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1984(2):57-58. [Islanders' SHERIDAN, Robert, and BAY, F B (both on the attitude creole and English - a note in land; Sheridan JP, Roma) see Bays reply to Beckett] 1887 Part of theMa ranoa River, and country 1984 Torres Strait Islander students in round Roma. In Curr, E M Th e Queensland mainland schools, Part 1: 202 Language background. The Aboriginal Cambridge: University Press. 180-194 Child at School 12(3}:27-33. (Chapter 11). 1984 Torres Strait Islander students in 1992 The case against a transfer bilingual Queensland mainland schools, Part2: program of Torres Strait Creole to Language difficulties. The Aboriginal English in Torres Strait schools. Childat School 12(5}:13-21 . Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 1985 Multilingualism in the eastern Torres 12:1-12. (special issue on pidgins, Strait islands. In Clyne, Michael G, ed. creoles and non-standard dialects in Australia, meeting place of languages. education, edited by Jeff Siegel) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 265-279. 1992 Meriam Mir lexicon in Torres Strait 1985 The spread of Torres Strait Creole to Creole. In Dutton, Tom, et ai, eds The the central islands of Torres Strait. language game: papers in memoryof Aboriginal History9(2}:2 20-234. Donald C. Laycock. Canberra: Pacific 1985 Torres Strait Creole: some non- Linguistics. 385-403. linguistic constraints on dictionary 1993 Torres Strait island languages past and making. Australian Review of Applied present. In Loos, Noel, and Takeshi Linguistics S 2:154-1 67. Osanai, eds Indigenous minorities and 1985 Variation in Torres Strait Creole: a education: Australian and Japanese preliminarydiscussion. Papers in Pidgin persp ectives of their indigenous people, and Creole Linguistics 4. (PL, A-72) the Ainu, Aborigines and Torres Strait Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 155-1 75. islanders. Tokyo: Sanyusha. 152-164. 1985 Why Torres Strait "Broken English" is 1994 Torres Strait Creole. In Thieberger, N, not English. (see entries at 1982, and McGregor, W, eds Macquarie above) Aboriginal words: a dictionary of words 1988 Broken: an introduction to the creole from Australian Aboriginal and Torres language of Torres Strait. (PL, C-107) Strait Islander languages. NorthRyde: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 328pp. Macquarie Library. 374-398. (Reprinted 1998) (Review Language 1995 From monolingualism to multilingualism and Linguistics in Melanesia 21, Holm; in Australia's Torres Strait island com- English World- Wide 12, Gorlach) munities. International Journalof the 1988 Pidgins and creoles. In Jupp, James, Sociology of Language 113: 121 -136. ed. The Australian people: an 1995 Review of McRae, David Langwij encyclopedia of the nation: its people comes to school: promoting literacy and their origins. Sydney: Angus & among speakers of Aboriginal English Robertson. 153-159. and Australian creoles. Canberra: 1988 Review of Harris, John, 1986 Northern Department of Employment, Education Territorypidgins and the origin of Kriol. and Training. The Aboriginal Child at Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Aboriginal School 23(2}:47-49. History 12(1 12}:216-218. 1996 Language in learning at Thursday 1989 Language shift and maintenance in Island High School. Th e Australian Torres Strait. Vox: Journalof the Journalof Indigenous Education Australian Advisory Council on (formerly The Aboriginal Childat Languages and Multicultural Education Schoo� 24(2}:42-52. (AACLAME) 3:41-47. 1998 At the Australian-Papuan linguistic 1990 Torres Strait Creole: historical perspect- boundary: Sidney Herbert Ray's ives and new directions. In Halliday, M classification of Torres Strait A K, Gibbons, J, and Nicholas, H, eds languages. In Herle, Anita, and Rouse, Learning, keeping and using language, Sandra, eds Cambridge and the Torres volume 2. Philadelphia: Benjamins. Strait: centenaryessays on the 1898 163-1 73. Anthropological Expedition. Cambridge: 1991 Official and unofficial language planning University Press. 181 -200. in Torres Strait. In Malcolm, lan, ed. 1998 A selected bibliography of the Linguistics in the service of society: traditional languages of Torres Strait. essays to honour Susan Kaldor. Australian Aboriginal Studies 2(1998): Claremont, WA: Institute of Applied 71-77. (special edition on Torres Strait). Language Studies, Edith Cowan 1998 Language planning for education: a University. 95-1 14. sociolinguistic profile of the Torres 1991 Torres Strait Creole. In Romaine, Strait region of northeast Australia. In Suzanne, ed. Language in Australia. Peyton, Joy, Griffin, Peg, Wolfram, Walter, and Fasold, Ralph, eds 203 Language in action: new studies of the 21 st century.Aus tralian Review of language in society. Creskill, New AppliedLingui stics 10(1):143-157. Jersey: Hampton Press. 1999 Torres Strait English. In Collins, Peter, SHROPSHIRE, L and Blair, David, eds Focus on 1899 Wooragurie vocabulary. Science of Australia. (Varieties of English around Man 2(9): 154- 1 55. [Wiradjuri; following the World series, general editor p 164) Manfred Gerlach) Amsterdam: John Benjamins. SIDDON, Pompy (Walmatjari informant) see Hudson and Richards 1969 SHOEMAKER, Adam M (Pro-Vice Chancellor, Queensland University of Technology) SIEBERT, Otto (ethnologist, philosopher) 1995 Black voices on the threshold: a survey 1910 Sagen und Sitten der Dieri und of Aboriginal creative writing in English. Nachbarstamme in Zentral-Australien. NorthSydney: Secretariat of the Globus 97:44-80. Australia Council, for the Aboriginal Arts see also Howitt and Siebert 1904 Board. 105pp [Aboriginal English) 1995 Review of Thieberger, N, and SIEGEL, Jeff (Linguistics, University of New McGregor, W, eds 1994 Macquarie England, Armidale) Aboriginal words: a dictionary of words 1993 Pidgins and creoles in education in from Australian Aboriginal and Torres Australia and the Southwest Pacific. In Strait Islander languages. Macquarie Byrne, Francis, and Holm, John, eds Library. Australian Book Review Atlantic meets Pacific: a global view of 168:23-24. pidginization and creolization. Amster­ dam: John Benjamins. 299-308. SHOPEN, Glenda (Signadou, Australian Catholic [description and evaluation) University, Canberra) see Shopen et al 1997 Review of Muhlhausler, Peter, Lingui­ 1987 stic ecology: language change and linguistic imperialism in the Pacific SHOPEN, Timothy A (Linguistics, Australian region. London: Routledge. Australian National University) Journal of Linguistics 1 7(2):219-238. 1994 Australia: indigenous languages in (numerous examples taken from education. In Asher, R E and Simpson, Australian languages) J N Y, eds Th e encyclopaedia of see also Shnukal 1992 language and linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon. 262-263. SIEWIERSKA, Anna, and SONG Jae Jung, eds see also Bavin and Shopen 1985, (Siewierska: Polish-born grammarian) 1985, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991 ; see also 1998 Case, typ ology and grammar. Poulson et al 1986 Amsterdam/Philadelphia:John Benjamins. [includes papers (qv) by SHOPEN, Timothy, ed. Austin, Bavin, Evans, McGregor and 1979 Languages and their speakers. Tsunoda) Cambridge, Massachusetts: Winthrop. 300pp. Reprinted 1987, University of SILVERMAN, David P (European linguist) Pennsylvania Press. 1987 Review of Liberman, K B, 1985 1979 Languages and their status. Understanding interaction in central Cambridge, Massachusetts: Winthrop. Australia: an ethnomethodological 335pp. Reprinted 1987 University of study of Australian Aboriginal people. Pennsylvania Press. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. 1985 Language typ ology and syntactic Ethnic and Racial Studies 10(3):378- description. 3 volumes. Cambridge 379. University Press. [grammatical and morphological examples, in Warlpiri, SILVERSTEIN, Michael (University of Chicago) Dyirbal and Yidiny) (Reviewed by Blake 1976 Hierarchy of features and ergativity. In and Mallinson.) Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical categories in Australian languages. SHOPEN, Tim, REID, Nick, SHOPEN, Glenda, Canberra: AlAS. 112-171. (see also his and WILKINS, David 1986) 1987 Ensuring the survival of Aboriginal and 1986 Classifiers, verb classifiers, and verbal Torres Strait Islander languages into categories. Papers of the Berkeley 204 Linguistics Society 12:497-51 4. Kluwer Academic. 491pp. (see also [Worora data] 1983) 1986 Hierarchy of features and ergativity. In 1992 Notes on a manuscript dictionary of Muysken, Peter, and Riemsdijk, Henk Kaurna. In Dutton, Tom, et ai, eds The van, eds Features and projections. language game: papers in memory of Dordrecht: Foris. 163-232. (Published Donald C. Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 O) previously in Dixon, ed. 1976) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 409-415. 1993 Of nominatives and datives: universal 1993 Making dictionaries. In Walsh, Michael, grammar from the bottom up. In Van and Yallop, Colin, eds Language and Valin, Robert0, ed. Advances in role culture in Aboriginal Australia. Canber­ and reference grammar. Amsterdam' ra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 123-144. Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 465-498. 1994 Confidentiality of linguistic material: the [case marking in Djirbal is instanced] case of the Aboriginal land claims. In Gibbons, J, ed. Language and the law. SIMPSON, Jane H (Linguistics, University of London: Longman. 428-439. Sydney) 1994 Review of Harkins, Jean, 1993 Bridging 1983 Aspects of Warlpiri morphology and two worlds: Aboriginal English and syntax. PhD dissertation, Massa­ crosscultural understanding. St Lucia: chusetts Institute of Technology. 533pp. University of Queensland Press. (see also 1991) Australian Journalof Linguistics 1983 Discontinuous verbs and the interaction 14(1}:121 -1 27. of morphology and syntax. In Barlow, 1995 Making sense of the words in old word­ M, Flickinger, 0 P, and Westcoat, M T, lists. In Thieberger, N, ed. Paper and eds Proceedings of the West Coast talk: a manual for reconstituting mater­ Conference on Formal Linguistics, ials in Australian indigenous languages volume 2. Stanford, California: Stanford from historical sources. Canberra: Linguistics Association, Department of Aboriginal Studies Press. 121-1 46. Linguistics, Stanford University. 275- 1996 Early language contact varieties in 286. [Warlpiri data] South Australia. Australian Journal of 1983 Resultatives. In Levin, L, Rappaport, M, Linguistics 16(2}: 169-207. [Kaurna, and Zaenen, A, eds Papers in lexical­ Jargon Kaurna, Jargon English] functional grammar. Bloomington: 1997 Perceptions of meteorology in some Indiana University Linguistics Club. Aboriginal languages. In Webb, E K, 143-1 57. [Warlpiri examples 1 ed. Windows on meteorology: Austral­ 1985 How Warumungu people express new ian persp ective. Collingwood: CSIRO concepts. Language in Central Publishing! Australian Meteorological Australia 4: 12-25. and Oceanographic Society. 20-28. 1987 In support of regional language centres. 1998 Personal names. In Simpson, Jane, Aboriginal Languages Association and Hercus, Luise, eds History in Newsletter October/November 1987:5- portraits: biographies of nineteenth 13. century South Australian Aboriginal 1988 Case and complementiser suffixes in people. Canberra: Aboriginal History. Warlpiri. In Austin, Peter, ed. Complex 221 -229. sentence constructions in Australian 1998 Warumungu morphology. In Spencer, languages. Amsterdam: John A, and Zwicky, A, eds Handbook of Benjamins. 205-218. morphology. Oxford: Blackwell. 707- 1989 Review of McKelson, Kevin R, 1989 736. Topical vocabularyin Northern see also Ameryand Simpson 1994; Nyangumarta. Broome, WA: Aboriginal see also Nash and Simpson 1981, Studies Department, Nulungu Catholic 1989, 1989; see also Hale et al 1993; College / Kimberley Bookshop. Austral­ see also Hercus and Simpson 1998 ian Aboriginal Studies 1989(2):92. 1990 A note on an inversion marker in Waru­ SIMPSON, Jane, and BRESNAN, Joan mungu pronominal clitics. In Austin, 1983 Control and obviation in Warlpiri. Peter, et ai, eds Language and history: Natural Language and Linguistic essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Th eory 1 (1 ): 49-64. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 259-269. 1991 Warlpiri morphosyntax: a lexicalist SIMPSON, Jane, and HERCUS, Luise, eds approach. (Studies in Natural Language 1 998 Historyin portraits: biographies of and Linguistic Theory, 23) Dordrecht: nineteenth centurySouth Australian 205 Aboriginal people. (Aboriginal History 1965 The Booandik tribe of South Australian Monograph 6) Canberra: Aboriginal Aborigines ... Facsimile edition History. published by Libraries Board of South Australia. [Bungandidj language SIMPSON, Jane H and NASH, David G structure and vocabulary) 1987 Australian bicentennial dictionary of Aboriginal languages. Australian SMITH, Howard (Docker River school) see Aboriginal Studies 2:88-89. [aims of Lanham et all 1994 project) SMITH, Ian (Languages, Literatures and SIMPSON, Jane, and WITHGOTT, Mary Margaret Linguistics, York University, Toronto) (University of Texas at Austin) 1986 Language contact and the life or death 1986 Pronominal clitic clusters and tem­ of Kugu Muminh. In Fishman, J A, et ai, plates. In Borer, H, ed. The syntax of eds The Fergusonian impact: in honor pronominal clitics. (Syntax and of Charles A. Ferguson on the occasion Semantics 19). New York: Academic of his 65th birthday, volume 2: Sociolin­ Press. 149-174. [Includes data from guistics and the sociology of language. Warlpiri and Warumungu) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 513-532. 1982 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, 1978 SINGE, John C (published several works on Linguistic diffusion in ArnhemLand . history of Torres Strait and its people) Canberra: AlAS, and Heath, Jeffrey, 1979 The Torres Strait: people and history. 1978 Ngandi grammar, texts and St Lucia: University of Queensland dictionary. Canberra: AlAS. Language Press. 261 pp. [glossaryp 255ff) 58(2):435-440. 1996 Review of Romaine, Suzanne, ed. 1991 SINGH, Joseph Nabarngadi (teacher at Oenpelli) Language in Australia, Cambridge: see Djayhgurrnga and Singh 1987 University Press, and Clyne, Michael, ed. 1991 Linguistics in Australia: trends SINGH, Joseph, and DJAYHGURRNGA, Esther in research. Canberra: Academy of the 1990 Language register inside and outside of Social Sciences in Australia. Language the classroom. In Cross-cultural issues 72(2):380-383. in Educational linguistics, 183-1 90. Darwin: NTU Press. [Aboriginal English, SMITH, lan, and JOHNSON, Steve English, Kunwinjku, Gunbalanya 1985 The syntax of clitic cross-referencing (Oenpelli) language use) pronouns in Kugu Nganhcara. Anthropological Linguistics 27(1): 1 02- SKIPPER, Peter (Walmatjari informant) see 111. Hudson and Richards 1969 1986 Sociolinguistic patterns in an unstratified society: the patrilects of SLATER, Frederic (then editor of Mankind) Kugu Nganhcara. Journalof the 1934 Aboriginal names in the Federal Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Capital. Mankind 1(1 0):236-239. Association 8:29-43. 1934 Geographical nomenclature, Larmer's 1999 Kugu Nganhcara. In Blake, B J, and native names of points at Port Jackson. Dixon, R M W, eds Handbook of Mankind 1 (8):213-218. Australian languages, volume 6. Sydney: Oxford University Press. SMALL, M B 1886 Uduc, Harvey. In Curr, E M, Th e SMITH, Moya (archaeologist, Anthropology Australian race. Melbourne. 1 :358-359. Department, Western Australian [Bunburyand Lower Blackwood Museum) see Paddy et al 1987, 1988, vocabularies; see also Barlee) 1997

SMITH, Christina (missionary, with husband SMITH, Moya, and KALOTAS, A C James Smith) 1985 Bardi plants: an annotated list of plants 1 880 The Booandik tribe of South Australian and their use by the Bardi Aborigines of Aborigines: a sketch of their habits, Dampierland, in north-western Aust­ customs, legends and language. ralia. Records of the Western Australian Adelaide: E Spiller, Government Museum 12(3):317-359. [Includes Bardi Printer. 139pp. plant names) 206 SMITH, NorvalS H (US linguist, worked Surinam) N.S.w.). Oceania 19(2):130-191, 1984 All change on the CV-tier: 19(3):254-299, 20(1 ):29-65, 21 (1 ):73- developments in the history of Awnglim 76. [published separately as:] and AngulimRi. In Bennis, H, and 1952 Elementarygrammar of the Kloeke, W U S van Lessen, eds Gumbainggar language (North Coast, Linguistics in the Netherla nds 1984. N. S. w.) (Oceania Linguistic Mono­ (PLS, 17) Dordrecht: Foris. 169-178. graph 8) Sydney: Australian National 1997 Shrinking and hopping vowels in Research Council. northernCape York: minimally different 1956 Grammar of the 8andjalong language. systems. In Hinskens, F, Hout, R van, Sydney. and Wetzels, W L, eds Variation, 1978 Bandjalang grammar. In Crowley, T, change and phonological theory. 1978, The Middle Clarence dialects of (Current Issues in Linguistic Theory 8andja/ang. (Research and Regional 146) Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 267- Studies 12) Canberra: AlAS. (Includes 302. [Linngithigh-Alngith, Awngthim, 1940s "Bandjalang grammar" by W E Ndra'ngith, Anguthimri] Smythe). 247-478. [Original, Casino, see also Hulst and Smith 1985 ca.1 942]

SMITH, William Ramsay (physician, Adelaide; SOMMER, Bruce A (SIL linguist; later lecturer later chief medical officer, Coroner; University of Canberra; now ethnografix friendly with Aborigines at mouth of Australia, Kirwan, Queensland) Murray River, especially) 1969 Kunjen phonology: synchronic and 1931 The spelling of Australian words. Man diachronic. (PL, B-1 1) Canberra: Pacific 1931 :103. Linguistics. 72pp. (MA thesis, University of Hawaii, 1968) (Review Oceania 44, SMYTH, Robert Brough (civil servant, mining Yallop) engineer, wrote about goldfields; 1970 An Australian language without CV secretaryto Board for Protection of syllables. InternationalJournal of Amer­ Aborigines, 1860 on) can Linguistics 36:57-58. (Also in 1878 Th e Aborigines of Victoria: with notes Working Papers in Linguistics, relating to the habits of the Natives of University of Hawaii 1 :97-1 01 (1969); other parts of Australia and Ta smania. see also Darden 1971) 2 vols. Melbourne: Government Printer, 1972 Kunjen syn tax: a generative view. for the Government of Victoria. Fac­ (Australian Aboriginal Studies 45, simile edition published by John Currey, Linguistic Series 19) Canberra: AlAS. O'Neil, Melbourne, in 1972. 483pp. 172pp. (Based on PhD dissertation, 1878 Language, pp 408-409 in 'The Abori­ University of Hawaii, 1970) gines of Tasmania'. In Smyth, R B The 1973 For the Aborigines: a vernacular Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. education. English in Australia 25:5-12. Melbourne. 1-220. 1973 Review of Glass, Amee, and Hackett, 1878 Myths. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigin es of Dorothy, Pitjantjatjara grammar. Victoria, volume 1. Melbourne. 423- Oceania 44(2):160. 483. [Liberal use of appropriate 1974 Aboriginal non-standard English. vocabularyfrom numerous areas] English in Australia 26:39-46. 1976 Agent and instrument in central Cape SMYTHE, Sue, and THIEBERGER, N (Smythe York Peninsula. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Aboriginal linguist, Wangka Maya, the Languages of Cape York. Canberra: Pilbara Aboriginal Language Centre) AlAS. 144-150. 1994 Yindjibarndi. In Thieberger, N, and 1976 A problem of metathesis. In Sutton, McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Abori­ Peter, ed. Languages of Cape York. ginal words: a dictionary of words from Canberra: AlAS. 139-1 43. Australian Aboriginal and To rres Strait 1976 Ogh Unjdjan. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Islander languages. North Ryde: Grammatical categories in Australian Macquarie Library. 214-233. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 425-426 (Topic C). SMYTHE, W E (medical doctor, northern NSW 1976 Sociolinguistic issues in Australian during 1940s) language research: a review. In Clyne, 1948-50 Elementary grammar of the M G, ed. Australia talks: essays on the Gumbaingar language (North Coast sociology of Australian immigrant and 207 Aboriginal languages. Canberra: Pacific Queensland Aborigines. Anthropo­ Linguistics. 229-244. logical Linguistics 11(2):48-57. 1976 Umbuygamu: the classification of a Cape York Peninsular language. SOMMER, Bruce A, and SOMMER, Elaine G Papers in Australian Linguistics 10. (PL, 1967 Kunjen pronouns and kinship. Papers in A-47) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 13- Australian Linguistics 1. (PL, A-1 0) 31. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 53-59. 1976 W. E. Roth's Peninsula vocabularies. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape SOMMER, Elaine G (SIL linguist; was at Australian York. Canberra: AlAS. 127-138. National University) see Sommer and 1978 'Eye' and 'no-good' in semantic Sommer 1967 extension. In Hiatt, L R, ed. Australian Aboriginal concepts. Canberra: AlAS. SOMMERFELT, Alf (Norwegian linguist) 178-181. 1937 Le systeme phonologique d'une langue 1980 Directions in Aboriginal bilingual australienne. Cahiers de Linguistique education in the Northern Territory of de Paris 8:209-212. Australia. In Lim, K B, ed. Bilingual 1938 La langue et la societe: caracteres education. Singapore University Press. sociaux d'une langue de typ e 103-1 22. archai'que. Oslo: Aschehoug. 233pp. 1981 Bilingualism: the cognitive perspective, [based on Strehlow's work on Aranda with special reference to the Northern language] Territory Bilingual Education Program 1942 The social origin of linguistic categories: for Aborigines. In Garner, M, SA summary. Man 1942 (75):137. Community languages ...Melbourne: River Seine/Applied Linguistics SONG, Jae Jung (School of Languages, University Association of Australia. 97-1 03. of Otago, New Zealand) see Siewierska 1981 The shape of Kunjen syllables. In and Song, eds 1998 Goyvaerts, D L, ed. Phonology in the 1980's. (Story-Scientia Linguistics SORAVIA, Giulio (Italian linguist) Series 4) Ghent: Story-Scientia.23 1- 1969 Te ntative Pitjatjantjara-English diction­ 244. (Review Australian Journal of ary (Warburton Ranges dialect). Cagli, Linguistics 2, Bavin) Italy. 1986 The Bowman incident. (Oykangand 1975 Father Angelo Confalonieri's manu­ story). In Hercus, Luise A, and Sutton, script in Jiwadja in Propaganda Fide Peter J, eds This is what happened: Archive, Rome. Annali Istituto Orientale historical narratives by Aborigines. di Napoli 35 (new series 25):377-399. Canberra: AlAS. 241-263. [see similar entry under Confalonierij 1991 The deixis of space in Oykangand. In 1990 La terra e il sogno: tratti "primitivi" nelle Merry, B, ed. Essays in honour of Keith lingue aborigene australiani. AIQN : Va l Sinclair: an Australian collection of annale del Dipartimento di Studi del modern language studies. Townsville: Mondo Classico, Sezione linguistica Department of Modern Languages, (Pisa) 12:49-67. James Cook University of North Queensland. 273-282. SOUTH, Terry R 1991 Yesterday's experts:the bureaucratic 1972 'Giyum': a review of Queensland impact on language planning for Aboriginal linguistics 1770-1963. BA Aboriginal bilingual education. In (Hons) thesis, University of Queens­ Liddicoat, Anthony, ed. Language land. 143pp. planning and policy in Australia. (Australian Review of Applied SPEAS, Margaret J (University of Massachusetts Linguistics S 8) Canberra: Applied at Amherst) Linguistics Association of Australia. 1988 Phrase structure in natural language. 109-1 34. PhD dissertation, University of see also Heffernan and Sommer 1984, Wisconsin, Madison. (see 1990) 1986; see also McKay and Sommer 1990 The structure of Warlpiri. In her Phrase 1982, 1984, 1984 structure in natural language (see 1988). (Studies in Natural Language SOMMER, Bruce A, and MARSH, James and Linguistic Theory, 21) Dordrecht: 1969 Vernacular and English: language Kluwer Academic. 253-274. comprehension by some North 208 SPENCER, Charles (Anglican clergyman, served STANLEY, John see Mciver et al 1989 mid-late 1800s Hunter, Macleay areas) 1887 The Lower Macleay River. In Curr, E M STANNER, W E H (William Edward Hanley) The Australian race. Melbourne. 3:334- (ethnologist, former Professor, ANU) 337. [also in Ryan 1964: 199-202; 1937 Aboriginal modes of address and refer­ Ngamba?] ence in the north-west of the Northern Territory. Oceania 7(3):300-315. SPENCER, W Baldwin (Sir) (Professor of Biology, 1938 Notes on the Marithiel language. University of Melbourne) Oceania 9(1 ):101-108. 1928 Wanderings in wild Australia. London: 1972 Aborigines and the language barrier. Macmillan. [Reinecke: 'examples of Smoke Signals 10:9-10 (reprinted from Northern Territory Pidgin English'] The Canberra Times, 8 February 1972). see also Sheils 1963 SPENCER, W Baldwin, and GillEN, F J (Francis James) (postmaster, Alice Springs) STAPLE, J H see Turner, Staple and Shaw 1900 1899 The native tribes of Central Australia. London: Macmillan. 645-657. [glossary STEELE, J G (John Gladstone) (University of of native terms used] Queensland) 1 904 The northern tribes of Central Australia. 1987 Aboriginal pathways in southeast London: Macmillan. 784pp. [Warramu­ Queensland and the Richmond River. nga, Mara; "glossary of native terms"] Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 1927 The Arunta: a studyof a Stone Age (1 st edn 1983) [place names, Dungidau people. London: Macmillan. 646pp. [pp and Jandai vocabularies] 600-608, 64 signs described] 1938 [A second edition of 1899 published] STEELE, P (lAD, Alice Springs, at the time) 1978 Gesture or sign language. In Umiker­ 1975 Pitjantjatjara. Wikaru 4:36-41. [account Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, of intensive course, lAD, Alice Springs] Aboriginal sign-languages of the Americas and Australia. New York: STEFFENSEN, Margaret S (creolist) Plenum Press. 2 volumes. 379-387. 1977 Double talk: when it means something and when it doesn't. Chicago Linguistic SPENCER, W A, HOSSEll, J A, and KNIGHT, W Society 13: 603-61 1 . E 1979 Reduplication in Bamyili Creole. Papers 1886 King George's Sound: Minung tribe. In in Pidgin and Creole Linguistics 2. (PL, Curr, EM, The Australian race. Mel­ A-57) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. bourne. 1 :386-389. [Minung vocabulary 119-133. 388-389] 1989 Gen: an affect/evidential particle in Australian Creole English. Chicago SPIESEKE, F W (Reverend; Guardian of Linguistic Society25, parttwo: Aborigines, Ebenezer, Wimmera Parasession on language in context. distriCt) 254-265. 1878 Specimens of the language spoken by 1991 Australian Creole English: the effect of the Aboriginal tribes of Lake Hind­ cultural knowledge on language and marsh. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigin es of memory. In Cheshire, J, ed. English Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 15-16, around the world: sociolinguistic 55-58, 76, 77-78, 96. [Wotjobaluk] persp ectives. Cambridge: University Press. 256-267 (Chapter 17). SPRING, Sylvia see Rhodin et al 1980 STEINBERG, Danny D, and JAKOBOVITS, leon STANBRIDGE, W E (Guardian of Aborigines, A, eds (US linguists) Wombat, Upper Loddon) 1971 Semantics: an interdisciplinaryreader 1878 Upper Loddon - Daylesford - in philosophy, linguistics and Monulgundeech tribe. In Smyth, R B psychology. Cambridge: University The Aborigines of Victoria , volume 2. Press. 603pp. [contributions from Melbourne. 81 -82. Dixon, R M W, and Hale, K L]

STANHAM, Janet (SIL linguist) STEINTHAl, H (German linguist) 1972 Notes on the grammar of Alyawara, 1879 Uber die Sprache der Australier [with including a small dictionary(Murray comment by R Virchow]. Zeitschrift fOr Downs area). Darwin: SIL-AAB. Ethnologie 11:20-29. 209 STEPHEN, William S 1996 The top ten Nyulnyulan verb roots: 1886 Herbert River. In Curr, E M The further evidence for language classif­ Australian race. Melbourne. 2:422-423. ication. In McGregor, W, ed. Studies in [Nawagi vocabulary) Kimberley languages in honour of Howard Coate. Munich: Lincom STERIADE, Donca (Massachusetts Institute of Europa. 175-187. Technology) 1979 The input representations to Warlpiri's STOKES, Bronwyn and McGREGOR, William vowel assimilation rules. Appendix to 1999 Classifying the Nyul-Nyulan languages. her Vowel harmony in Khalkha Mongol­ In Evans, Nicholas, ed. Comparative ian. In Safir, Ken, ed. Papers on studies in non-Pama-Nyungan. syllable structure, metrical structure and Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. harmony processes. (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 1) Cambridge, STOKES, J Lort (Rear Admiral, FRGS, was on Massachusetts: MIT. 25-50. Beagle, maritime mapmaker) 1846 Discoveries in Australia. London: T and STEVENS, Kenneth N, KEYSER, Samuel Jay, W Boone. (Facsimile edition 1969) and KAWASAKI, Haruko (Stevens: [Volume 2 contains 7 words ( p 23), 28 phonologist) plant names (p 132), 86 words (pp 217- 1986 Toward a phonetic and phonological 220) from the Swan River, WA) theory of redundant features. In Perkell, J, and Klatt, D, eds Invariance and STOKES, Judith (linguist and bible translator, variability in speech processes. Church MissionarySoc iety, Angurugu, Hillsdale, New Jersey: Erlbaum. 426- Groote Eylandt) 463. [discusses feature system for 1977 Anindilyakwa Ayakwa. BHP Journal Lardil coronals) 1:12-17. [Broken Hill Proprietary) 1981 Anindilyakwa phonology from phoneme STEWARD, Sally see Angelo et al 1994 to syllable. In Waters, Bruce, ed. Australian phonologies: collected STEWART, D papers. (Work Papers of SIL-MB, A5) 1887 Mount Gambier. In Curr, E M Th e Canberra: AlAS. 139-181. Australian race. Melbourne. 3:460-465. 1982 A description of the mathematical [Buandik vocabulary 462-465) concepts of Groote Eylandt Aborigines. In Hargrave, S, ed. Language and STIRLING, Edward Charles (Sir) (surgeon, culture. (Work Papers of SIL-MB, B 8) scientist, politician SA; Medical Officer Darwin: SIL. 33-152. to this expedition; collected much see also Barrengwa and Stokes 1986; anthropological data) see also Wurramarrba and Stokes 1986 1896 Report on the work of the Horn Scientific Exp edition to Central STOKES, Judith et al Australia. Part IV - Anthropology. 1981 Groote Eylandt song words (Anindilya ­ London: Dulau/Melbourne: Melville, kwa and English). Translations by Mullen & Slade. 200pp. [pp 111-125 Judith Stokes and Aboriginal advisors 'Gesture or sign language': 120 signs from recordings by Alice Moyle with described) permission. Angurugu, Groote Eylandt: 1978 Gesture or sign language. Reprint of pp Angurugu Community Library Research 111-125 of the 1896 Report... , in and Resource Centre. 38pp. Umiker-Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, eds Aboriginal sign language of the STOKOE, William C (specialises in sign language) Americas and Australia. New York: 1989 Review of Kendon, Adam, 1988 Sign Plenum Press. 257-271. languages of Aboriginal Australia: cultural, semiotic and communicative STOCKLEY, Trevor (Yirrkala school) see perspectives. Cambridge: University Mununggiritj and Stockley 1987 Press. Times Literary Supplement 4(508) (August 25-31 ):925. STOKES, Bronwyn (linguist, Parkville, Victoria) 1982 A description of Nyigina, a language of STONE, AC the West Kimberley, Western Australia. 191 1 The Aborigines of Lake Boga. PhD dissertation, Australian National Proceedings of the Royal Society of University. 415pp. Victoria 23(2):433. [Wembawemba) 210 STONE, George Frederick (Attorney General WA; STREET, Chester S, and MOLLINGIN, Gregory interests included Agricultural Society, Panpawa WA Bank) 1981 The phonology of Murinbata In Waters, 1899 Words and meanings of Aboriginal Bruce, ed. Australian phonologies: dialects: vocabulary ofnorth -west coast collected papers. Darwin: SIL. 183-244. from Tien Tsin Creek (Butcher Inlet, or 1983 Dictionary: EnglishIMurrinh-Patha. Port PortWalcott). Science of Man 2(7):120. Keats NT: Wadeye Press. 84pp. (see also Thatcher 1886, in Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne, 2) STREET. Chester S, and STREET, Lyn (SIL [Worora: collected by Richmond linguists) Thatcher in 1869] 1993 Literacy among the Murrinh-patha. Read 28(2):32-36. STONE, Octavius C (anthropological interests) 1880 A few months in New Guinea. London: STREET, David (Kimberley Language Resource Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Centre at the time) Rivington. [pp 248-252 Torres Strait 1993 The language situation at Bayulu vocabularies] community. Ngoonjook: Journalof Australian Indigenous Issues 8:36-38. STOW, Catherine Somerville (born Catherine [Gooniyandi] Field, in SA; as Mrs K Langloh Parker (her first husband was a station owner), STREET, David, and CHESTNUT, Topsy best known for The Euahlayi tribe 1983 We spell it GOONIYANDI: notes on the (1903), and Australian legendary tales new Gunian orthography. Australian (1896), both of which contain vocab­ Aboriginal Studies 1983(2):78. ulary elements; after Parker's death she 1984 We spell it 'Gooniyandi': notes on the married P R Stow and lived in Adelaide) new Gunian orthography. In McKay, G 1898 Australian dialects - the Eu-ah-Iay. R, and Sommer, B A, eds Further Science of Man 1 (1 ): 13. applications of linguistics to Aboriginal contexts. Melbourne: ALAA. 17-18. STREET, Chester S (SIL linguist Berrimah) 1984 We spell it Gooniyandi: notes on the 1976 Spelling problems with voiced and new Gunian orthography. Aboriginal voiceless stops in Murinbata. Read Languages Association Newsletter 6:4. 11(4):117-1 18. 1984 We spell it Gooniyandi: notes on the 1980 Reduplication in Murinbata. Papers in new Gunian orthography. Australian Australian Linguistics 12. (PL, A-58) Review of Applied Linguistics, S 1 :74- Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-21. 75. 1980 The relationship of verb affixation and clause structure in Murinbata. Papers in STREET, Lyn (SIL linguist) see Street and Street Australian Linguistics 12. (PL, A-58) 1993 Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 83-1 13. 1985 Murinbata noun classes. In Ray, S K, STREHLOW, Carl (Lutheran missionary, ed. Aboriginal and Islander grammars: Hermannsburg) collected papers. Darwin: Summer 1891 Galtjintana-pepa: Kristianirberaka Institute of Linguistics. 53-58. mbontala. Hermannsburg in Hannover: 1987 An introduction to the language and Missionshandlung. [Luther's Catechism, culture of the Murrinh-Patha. Darwin: . Old and New Testament stories, hymns Summer Institute of Linguistics. 117pp, in Aranda: included as a sample] plus audio cassette. 1904 Ga/tjin dinjamea pepa: Aranda­ 1996 Tense, aspect and mood in Murrinh­ Wolambarinjaka: Nanaintalelame. Patha. In McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Tanunda, SA. Kimberley languages in honour of 1907 Die Aranda- und Loritja-Stamme in Howard Coate. Munich. 205-225. Zentral-Australien: I. Teil: Mythen , Sagen und Marchen des Aranda­ STREET, Chester, and KULAMPURUT, Harry Stammes. Frankfurt: Joseph Baer. Palada 1907 Einige Sagen des Arandastammes in 1978 The Murinbata mode of existence. Zentral-Australien. Globus 92:123-126. Papers in Australian Linguistics 11. (PL, 1908 Die Aranda- und Loritja -Stamme in A-51) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Zentral-Australien: II. Teil: My then, 133-141. Sagen und Marchen des Loritja - 21 1 Stammes. Frankfurt: Joseph Baer. 1975 Australian languages. Encyclopaedia 84pp. Britannica, volume 2:741-742. 1908 Einige Bemerkungen Gber die von Dr. Planertauf Grund der Forschungen des STRun, Charles Edward (medical practitioner, Missionars Wettengel veroffentliche police magistrate, Guardian of Aranda-Grammatik. Zeitschrift fur Aborigines, Echuca) Ethnologie 40:698-703. 1878 Echuca. In Smyth, R B Th e Aborigines 1915 Die Zeichensprache der Aranda. In his of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 68- Die Aranda- und Loritja-Stamme in 69. [Yota Yota vocabulary] Zentral-Australien, Teil 4: Abteilung 2. Frankfurt: Joseph Baer. 54-71. see STUART, Donald (published several novels about 1978, below. the north-west of Australia) 1978 The sign language of the Aranda. 1959 Yandy. Melbourne: Georgian (English transalation, by Chewings, C, House/Australasian Book Society. of 1915 above) In Umiker-Sebeok, [glossary, pp 157-158, of Nyangumarta Donna Jean, and Sebeok, Thomas A, words; use of local language eds 1978 Aboriginal sign languages of throughout the text] the Americas and Australia 2. New York: Plenum Press. 349-370] STUBINGTON, Jill (lecturer in music at University of New South Wales) STREHLOW, T G H (Theodor George Henry) 1978 Yolngu Manikay: modern performances (anthropologist, linguist, formerly of Australian Aboriginal clan songs. University of Adelaide) PhD dissertation, Monash University. 1938 An Aranda grammar. MA thesis, see also Kassler and Stubington, eds University of Adelaide. 108pp. 1984 1942 Aranda phonetics. Oceania 12(3):255- 302. STUCKEY, G R H 1942-44 Aranda grammar. Oceania 13(1 ):71- 1887 Albury. In Curr, E M Th e Australian 103, 1 3(2):177-200, 13(4):31 0-361; race. Melbourne. 3:367, 400-401. 14(1 ):68-90, 14(2): 159-181, 14(3) [Wiradjuri vocabulary] [entitled: Aranda phonetics and grammar: corrigenda]:250-256. [all STUDENTS OF SMITHFIELD STATE HIGH published separately as:] SCHOOL 1944 Aranda phonetics and grammar. 1987 An Aboriginal dictionarybook in the (Oceania Monographs 7) Sydney: Djabugay language. Cairns, Qld: Australian National Research Council. Departmentof Education, Peninsula 256pp. [reprinted from Oceania 1942- Education Region. 44] 1947 Anthropology and the study of STURMER, John R von (Departmentof languages. (Presidential address for Anthropology and Sociology, University Section F, Anthropology, ANZAAS of Queensland) meeting 1947, Perth) Summary in 1978 The Wik region: economy, territoriality Medical Journalof Australia 34:485- and totemism in western Cape York 486. see also 1948, below. Peninsula, NorthQueensland. PhD 1947 Aranda traditions. Melbourne dissertation, University of Queensland. University Press. 181 pp. [Reinecke: 1981 Talking with Aborigines. AlAS 'summarizes the story of Macbeth in Newsletter 15:13-30. Pidgin English to illustrate the utter see also Chase and von Sturmer 1980 incapacity of Pidgin English for recording Aboriginal ideas'] SUGDEN, Joah H 1948 Anthropology and the studyof 1953 Aboriginal words and their meanings. languages. Adelaide: Hassell. see Sydney. 1947, above. 1956 Place names tell interesting story. Land 1962 Aboriginal Australia: languages and Annual 1956, 51-52. literature. Hemisphere 6(8):2-7. 1962 Aboriginal language, religion and SULLIVAN, Alexander F (JP; Tilbooroo, Warrego society in central Australia. Australian River) Territories 2(1 ):4-1 1. 1886 Lower Bulloo River. In Curr, E M Th e 1971 Songsof cent ral Australia. Sydney: Australia n race. Melbourne. 2:42-43. Angus & Robertson. 212 [Mamwura vocabulary; see also that by 6. Canberra, 1973. Oceania 47:330- Myles] 331 . [see also 1981 below] 1977 Review of Tryon, D T, Daly Fa mily SULLIVAN, A F, and EGLINTON, Ernest languages, Australia. Canberra, 1974. 1886 Cooper's Creek, near the Booloo River. Oceania 47:331 -332. In Curr, E M The Australian race. 1978 Languages. In Hill, M C, and Barlow, A Melbourne. 2:32-33. [Mamwura?] P C, Black Australia. Canberra: AIAS/ New Jersey: Humanities Press. 48-49. SULLIVAN, C (ornithologist) 1978 Wik: Aboriginal society, territory and 1928 Bird notes from the west coast [with language at Cape Keerweer, Cape native names]. South Australian York Peninsula, Australia. PhD Ornithologist 9:5. dissertation, University of Queensland. [Wik-Ngathan] SUTJIPTO, Wirjosuparto (Indonesian linguist) 1979 Australian language names. In Wurm, S 1969 Pengaruh bahasa dan kebudajaan A, ed. Australian linguistic studies. Makasar di Australia utara [The Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 87-105. influence of Makasar language and 1979 Review of Vaszolyi, E Aboriginal culture in Northern Australia]. Manusia Australians speak. Perth, 1976. Ethnic Indonesia 3:140-1 59. Studies 3:90-91 . 1980 Cause, origin and possession in the SUTTON, Peter J (Anthropology, University of Flinders Island language. In Rigsby, Adelaide, and consultant Bruce, and Sutton, Peter, eds anthropologist) Contributions to Australian linguistics. 1972 Review of four AlAS publications on Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 119-143. Aboriginal languages. Mankind 8:321- 1980 Linguistic aspects of ethnobotanical 322. research. In Rigsby, Bruce, and Sutton, 1973 Gugu-Badhun and its neighbours: a Peter, eds Contributions to Australian linguistic salvage study. MA thesis, linguistics. Canberra: Pacific Macquarie University, Sydney. 272pp. Linguistics. 303-314. 1974 Aboriginal languages: the role of 1980 Review of Kilham, C Thematic research. Aboriginal News 1(8):15-17. organisation of Wik-Munkan discourse. 1975 Cape Barren English. Linguistic Canberra, 1977. Oceania 51 :67. Communications 13:61-97. [Tasmanian 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The Aboriginal English] languages of Australia. Cambridge: 1975 How many Aboriginal languages are University Press. Aboriginal History there? Aboriginal News (Canberra) 5:169-171. 2(1 ):22-23. Also in Readings in 1981 Review of Schebeck, B, Hercus, L, and Bilingual Education 56:7. White, I Papers in Australian Linguistics 1975 Review of Kirton, Jean Papers in 6. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Australian linguistics 5. Canberra, 1971 . Oceania 51 :233-234. [a repeat of 1977] Oceania 46:159-160. 1982 Personal power, kin classification and 1976 The diversity of initial dropping speech etiquette in Aboriginal Australia. languages in southern Cape York. In In Heath, J, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape eds Th e languages of kinship in Abori­ York. Canberra: AlAS. 102-123. ginal Australia. University of Sydney. 1976 Gugu-Badhun and the Flinders Island 182-200. Also in Richards, E, ed. The language. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Flinders history of South Australia. Grammatical categories in Australian Adelaide: Wakefield Press. 283-31 1. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 225-229 1983 Review of Breen, J G, 1981 Th e Mayi (Topic A). languages of the Queensland Gulf 1976 The "having" affix and other morph­ country. Canberra: AlAS. Mankind emes in fifty Australian languages. In 13(6):555-556. Dixon, R M W, ed. Grammatical 1983 Review of Wordick, F J F, 1982 The categories in Australian languages. Yindjibarndi languages. Canberra: Canberra: AlAS. 297-305 (Topic A). Pacific Linguistics. Mankind 14(2):145- 1 976 A note on Cape York laminals. In 146. Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape 1987 The Wik people. In Camm, J C R, et ai, York. Canberra: AlAS. 124-1 26. eds Australians: a historical atlas. 1977 Review of Schebeck, B, Hercus, L, and (Australians: a historical library, 6) White, I Papers in Australian linguistics 213 Sydney: Fairfax,Syme and Weldon Regional Studies 6) Canberra: AlAS. Associates. 36-37. [Includes 4 maps] 326pp. (Review Language 56, Dixon) 1989 Postvocalic r in an Australian English see also Hercus and Sutton, eds 1986 dialect. Australian Journalof Linguistics 9(1 ):161-163. [SA Aboriginal English] sunON, Peter J, and RIGSBY, Bruce 1991 language in Aboriginal Australia: social 1979 Linguistic communities and social net­ dialects in a geographic idiom. In works on Cape York Peninsula. In SA Romaine, Suzanne, ed. Language in Wurm, ed. Australian linguistic studies. Australia. Cambridge: University Press. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 713-732. 49-66 (Chapter 2). 1992 last chance operations: 'BIITl' sunON, Peter, and WALSH, Michael research in north Queensland in the 1979 Revised linguistic fieldwork manual for 1970s. In Dutton, Tom, et ai, eds The Australia. Canberra: AlAS. 64pp. (see language game: papersin memoryof also Capell 1945, Wurm 1967/1969) Donald C. Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 0) 1980 AlAS wordlist for Australian languages. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 451 -458. Canberra: AlAS. 274pp. 1994 Clan estates and languages [map]. In 1987 Wordlist for Australian languages. 2nd Burenhult, G6ran, ed. Traditional edition. Canberra: AlAS. 21 Opp. peoples today: continuity and change in the modern world. Brisbane: University SUnOR, John Bligh (brother of W H Suttor; pas­ of Queensland Press. 78. toralist, politician; trade commissioner) 1994 language [in traditional Aboriginal 1897 King George's Sound vocabulary. society]. In Bambrick, Susan, ed. The Australasian Anthropological Journal Cambridge encyclopedia of Australia. 5:1 06. [Nyungar?] Cambridge: University Press. 73-75. 1897 Port Jackson dialect. Australasian 1995 Country: Aboriginal boundaries and Anthropological Journal1 (5): 106-107, land ownership in Australia. Canberra: 1 (6):1 23. Aboriginal History Inc. 201 pp. [uses 1909 Aboriginal names and meanings. linguistic and other evidence to expose Science of Man 11(8 ):160. inaccuracies in Davis & Prescott book 1911 Aboriginal names and meanings. re Aboriginal boundaries and frontiers] Science of Man 12(9):177. 1995 Wik-Ngathan dictionary. Adelaide: 1912 Vocabulary of words having the same Caitlin Press. 182pp. meaning in different partsof Australia. 1996 , ... About the gist of what was said': Science of Man 13:170. communication in the context of native title. In McKeown, Frank, ed. Native sunOR, William H (managed father's stations title: an opportunity for understanding. lachlan & overlanded cattle; property Perth: National Native Title Tribunal. Bathurst; MLA, Secretary for Mines) 115-123. 1887 Candoblin [Le. Condobolin]. In Curr, E 1997 Materialism, sacred myth and pluralism: M The Australian race. Melbourne. competing theories of the origin of 3:366, 388-389. [Wiradjuri vocabulary] Australian languages. In Merlan, F, Morton, J, and Rumsey, A, eds Scholar SWADESH, Maurice (US linguist) and sceptic: Australian Aboriginal 1948 Sociologic notes on obsolescent studies in honour of L. R. Hiatt. languages. InternationalJournal of Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. American Linguistics 14:226-235. 211 -242. [includes tape transcript and 1961 Los supuestos australianos en translation of origin myth, given by Noel America: in homenajee a Pablo Peemuggina in Wik-Ngathan] Martinez del Rio. Mexico. (English see also Flinders and Sutton 1986; see abstract, International Journalof also Goetz and Sutton 1986; see also American Linguistics 27:1 99) Hercus and Sutton 1986; see also Kar­ ntin and Sutton 1986; see also Rigsby SWAN, Christobel (Pertame speaker) and Sutton 1980, 1982; see also 1991 Aboriginal language maintenance: Wolmby, Peemuggina and Sutton 1990 Pertame. Ngoonjook 6:8-9.

SUTTON, Peter J, ed. SWAN, Christobel, and COUSENS, Marlene 1976 Languages of CapeYork. (Australian 1993 A learner's wordlist of Pertame. Alice Aboriginal Studies, Research and Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Development. 20pp. 214 SWAN, Elizabeth see Angelo, D, et al 1998 SYMMONS, C see Armstrong and Symmons 1842 SWARTZ, Beverley (SIL linguist) 1981 Vernacular literacy for Warlpiri adults. In SYMONDS, W K (Mrs) Hargrave, S, ed. Literacy in an 1914 Nomenclature of New South Wales. Aboriginal context. (Work Papers of Th e Lone Hand 1 (3):222-223; 2(2):367- SIL-AAB, B6) Darwin: Summer Institute 368. of Linguistics. 101-1 13. T SWARTZ, Stephen M (Steve) (SIL ling�!st) TABA IN, Marija 1982 Syntactic structure of Warlpm clauses. 1994 A spectrographic study of as 1 con- � � . In Swartz, S M, ed. Papers in Wa rlp iri sonants in Yanyuwa and YlndJlbarndl. grammar in memory of Lothar Jagst. BA (Hons) thesis, University of Darwin: SIL. 69-127. Melbourne. 1984 Reports on Warlpiri literacy workshops. In Larrimore, Bonnie, ed. Papers in TAUBER, Karl (German linguist) literacy. Darwin: SIL. 133-1 72 . . 1932 Das Uraustralische im Wandel zum 1985 Translating the names of God Into 'Malaio Polyneesischen'. Petermanns Warlpiri. The Bible Translator 36:415- Mitteilung 1932:5-6. 41 8. (included as anexemplar) 1988 Constraints on zero anaphora and word TAKAHASHI, T (Japanese linguist) order in Warlpiri narrative text. MA 1994 Constraint interaction in Aranda stress. thesis in Applied Linguistics, Pacific University College London Working College of Graduate Studies, Papers in Linguistics 6:479-508. Melbourne, in association with William Carey International University. 165pp. TAPLIN, George (Anglican missionary Govern­ (see also 1991) � . ment Aboriginal Station, POint McLeay) 1988 Pragmatic structure and word orde In � 1864 Lessons, hymns and prayers for the Warlpiri. In Austin, P, et al Papers In native school at Point McLeay in the Australian Linguistics 17. Canberra: language of the Lake tribes of Pacific Linguistics. 151-166. Aborigines, calledNa rrinyeri. Adelaide. 1989 Evaluating translation naturalness: a 1864 Tungarar Jehovald, Yarildewallin: functional look at Warlpiri narrative text, extracts from the Holy Scriptures, in the particularly with regard to zero language of the tribes inhabiting the anaphors and word order. Occasional lakes and Lower Murray and called Papers in Translation and . Narrinyeri. Adelaide. [Reprinted 1926. Textlinguistics 3(2). Summer Institute of Published by South Australian Auxiliary Linguistics. 1-43. of British and Foreign Bible Society; 1991 Constraints on zero anaphora and word included as an exemplar) order in Warlpirinar rative text. (SIL­ 1872 Notes on a comparative table of MIB Occasional Papers 1) Darwin: Australian languages. Journalof the Summer Institute of Linguistics. 132pp. Anthropological Institute 1:84-88. (see also 1988) . 1 873 The Narrinyeri: an account of the tribes 1997 Warlpiri yimi kuja karlip u wang . �� of South Australian Aborigin es, Berrimah NT: SIL-AAIB, Warlpm inhabiting the country round the Lakes Translation Project. 227pp. [school Alexandrina, Albert, and the lower part dictionary for Warlpiri people) of the River Murray: their manners and customs, also an account of the SWARTZ, Stephen M, ed. mission at Point Macleay. Adelaide: E S 1982 Papers in Warlpiri grammar in memory Wigg and Son. of Lothar Jagst. (Work Papers of SIL­ 1875 Furthernotes on the mixed races of MB, A6). Darwin: Summer Institute of Australia, and their migrations and Linguistics. 315pp. (Review Oceania language. Journalof the 56, Bavin) Anthropological Institute 4(1 ):52-57. 1878 Grammar of the Narrinyeri tribe of SYKES, D (worked on the Kuku-Yalanji dictionary) Australian Aborigines. Adelaide: W C see Hershberger et al 1982 Cox, Government Printer. 24pp. (see also 1880) SYKES, H (worked on the Kuku-Yalanji dictionary) see Hershberger et al 1982 215 1878 Table of relationships [from The Narrin ­ TAYLOR, Anthea (teacher, NT) see Hudson and yeri, p 38, included in A W Howitt's Taylor 1987 Appendix F: notes on the system of consanguinity ..., pp 330-332]. In TAYLOR, Campbell Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, 1886 From Doubtful Bay to Israelite Bay: volume 2. Melbourne. 323-332. vocabulary of the Ngokgurring or Shell 1879 Grammar of the language spoken by people. In Curr, E M, The Australian the Narrinyeri tribe in South Australia. race. Melbourne. 1 :392-393. [Unggum] In his The folklore, manners, customs, and languages of the South Australian TAYLOR, Desmond (Bidyadanga mission, Aborigines '" Adelaide: Government Warn man expert) see Whittaker 1999 Printer. Reprinted in Threlkeld, L E, 1892 An Australian language as spoken TAYLOR, Joy (United Aborigines Mission) see by the Awabakal, the people of Awaba Taylor and Taylor 1971 or Lake Macquarie . ..Sydney. Appendix B:24-28. TAYLOR, Peter, and HUDSON, Joyce (Taylor: 1879 The Narrinyeri. In Woods, James United Aborigines Mission) Dominick The native tribes of South 1976 Metamorphosis and process in Kitja. Australia. Adelaide: Wigg. Talanya 3:25-36. [See also "comment" 1880 Grammar of the Narrinyeri tribe of by W H Douglas which follows it] Australian Aborigines. Adelaide: E. Spiller, Government Printer. [a TAYLOR, Peter, and TAYLOR, Joy posthumous 2nd edition of 1878] 1971 A tentative statement of Kitja 1886 From the banks of the Murray River, phonology. In Blake et ai, Papers on where it enters Lake Alexandrina, to the the languages of Australian Aboriginals. embouchure of that river and Lacepede Canberra: AlAS. 100-1 09. Bay. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. 2:242-273. [Pytu Reach TAYLOR, Thomas Griffith (geographer, Mel­ (Jarildekald, Narrinjeri) vocabulary, bourne University and ANU; wide throughout, 272-273] interests - strong views on racial 1892 see 1879, above issues) 1921 The evolution and distribution of race, TAPLIN, George, ed. culture and language. Geographical 1967 The folklore, manners, customs, and Review 21 (1 ):54-1 19. languages of the South Australian Aborigines ... (1 st edn Adelaide: TCHEKHOFF, Claude (French linguist, interests Government Printer, 1879) New York: mainly Hittite and Austronesian Johnson Reprint Corporation; reprinted languages) together with appendix Grammar of the 1985 Aspect, transitivity, 'antipassives' and Narrinyeri tribe. (1 st edn Adelaide: some Australian languages. In Plank, Government Printer, 1878) (Review Frans, ed. Relational typology. (Trends Oceania 39, Elkin) (see also Yallop in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs, and Grimwade 1975) 28) Berlin: Mouton. 359-390. [Discusses data from Diyari and [TARDIFF, Richard, ed.] Yandruwandha] 1996 Macquarie Aboriginal naming book: 1985 Morphological ergativity, accusative an Australian guide to naming your syntax and voice in Djambarrpuynggu. home or boat. NorthRyde, NSW: In Ratanakul, S, Thomas, D, and Macquarie Library. 164pp. [Derived Premsrirat, S, eds Southeast Asian from Thieberger, N, and McGregor, W, linguistic studies presented to Andre­ eds Macquarie Aboriginal words ...] Georges Haudricourt. Bangkok: Mahidol University. 567-587. TAVERNER, Henry (of Kerang, Lower Loddon) 1987 'Antipassif', aspect imperfectif et 1878 Native words and names [from the autonomie du sujet. Bulletin de la lower Loddon River]. In Smyth, R B The Societe de Linguistique de Paris 82:43- Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. 67. [Discusses data from Gugu Melbourne. 218. [obtained by Nathaniel Yimidhirr, Djaru, Yandruwandha, Diyari] Munro; Wembawemba?] 1989 Les langues aborigenes. Dossiers Histoire et Arch8ologie 135:84-89. 216 [English summary: The Aborigin e (sic) bourne. 2: 148-152. [Kaurna vocabulary: languages, p 7 (on computer)] Curr has taken this from T eichelmann and Schurmann 1840, and from Wyatt TCHEKHOFF, Claude, and lORC, R David 1879J 1983 Discourse and Djambarrpuyngu: three features. Linguistics 21 :849-878. TENCH, Watkin (Commander Marine detachment, First Fleet; educated, published two fine TEASDALE, George R (psycholinguist) books) 1972 Language disabilities of children from 1793 A complete account of the settlement at lower socio-economic andpart­ Port Jackson ...Lond on. [Schmidt Aboriginal backgrounds. Australian refers to pp 65, 116, 117, 119, 122, Journalof Mental Retardation 2:69-74. 123, 173, 191, 201-203J 1972 Psycholinguistic abilities and early 1979 Sydney's first four years, being a reprint experience: a study of children from of A narrative of the expedition to different ethnic and socio-economic Botany Bay and A complete account .. backgrounds. PhD dissertation, Univer­ . Sydney: Library of Australian History. sity of New England, Armidale. 359pp. First published Sydney: Angus & 1973 Language development of part­ Robertson 1961, reprinted 1 961 , 1962. Aboriginal children. In Edgar, D E, ed. [pp 230-231 vocabulary "on the sea Sociology of Australian education. coast" [Sydney] and "at the Hawkes­ Sydney: Angus & Robertson. 205-217. bury"; pp 291 -293 the language "of New South Wales" [Sydney], and his pro­ TEASDALE, George R, and KATl, Frederick M jected collaboration with Dawes; pp 1968 Psycholingui stic abilities of children 331 -332, footnote 56; there is a detailed from different ethnic and socio­ bibliography] economic backgrounds. Australian Journal of Psychology 20:1 55-159. TERRILL, Angela (Linguistics, Australian National University) TEASDALE, George R, and VRIES, T de 1993 Biri. BA (Hons) thesis, Australian 1976 The use of the Illinois Test of Psycho­ National University. (see also 1998) linguistic Abilities with Australian 1997 The development of antipassive Aboriginal children. In Kearney, George constructions in Australian languages. E, and McElwain, D W, Aboriginal Australian Jo urnal ofLing uistics cognition: retrospect and prospect. 17(1):71-88. Canberra: AlAS/New Jersey: 1998 Biri. (Languages of the world 258) Humanities Press. 257-274. Munich: Lincom Europa. (see also 1993) [salvage grammar of Biri, east TEICHELMANNL Christian Gottlieb, and central Old] SCHURMANN, C W (Teichelmann: Lutheran missionary in SA) TERRY, Michael (writer and traveller in the 1840 Outlines of a grammar, vocabulary, and Outback) phraseology, of the Aboriginal language 1926 A surgical operation as performed by of South Australia, sp oken by the the Boonarra tribe of Northern natives in, and for some distance Australia, and a short vocabulary of the around, Adelaide. Adelaide: the languages of some North Australian authors. [see also facsimile edition, tribes. Man (London) 1926: 129. 1 962; KaurnaJ 1962 Outlines of a grammar, vocabulary, and TEST ART, Alain (French linguist) phraseology of the Aboriginal language 1975 Des classifications dualistes en of South Australia, spoken by the Australie. These de troisieme cycle, natives in and fo r some distance Universite de Paris. 251pp. around Adelaide. Facsimile edition, 1977 Moieties, genders and noun classes in Public Libraryof South Australia. Largs Australia. Mankind 11:52-54. Bay, SA: Tjintu Books. 76pp. [Originally published 1840J TESTELEC, Jakov G (Russian linguist) 1984 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The TEICHELMANN, C G, SCHORMANN, C W, and languages of Australia. Cambridge: WYATT, W University Press. Voprosy Jazyko­ 1886 Adelaide and its neighbourhood. In znanija (Russia) 33(6): 146-148. Curr, E M The Australian race. Mel- 217 TEULON, Greville N (lived there from 1863) Puntukurnuparna Aboriginal 1886 Bourke, Darling River. In Curr, E M. Th e Corporation. 234-248. Australian race. Melbourne. 2: 186-223. 1990 Language maintenance: why bother? [Kula vocabulary 208-223] Multilingua 9:333-358. see also Curr and T eulon 1886 1990 Ngarluma texts. In Daniel, David Thalu sites of the West Pilbara. Perth: THATCHER, Richmond (journalist and editor) Departmentof Aboriginal Sites, 1873 Tien Tsin Creek, Butcher Inlet, etc., Western Australian Museum. 10-29. vocabulary. Transactions of the 1991 The road less travelled: recording and Ethnological Society of London 2:289. teaching Aboriginal languages in [Worora] Western Australia. In Malcolm, lan, ed. see also Stone 1899 Linguistics in the service of society: essays to honour Susan Kaldor. THAWLEY, John (La Trobe University librarian) Claremont, WA: Institute of Applied 1979 Bibliographies on the Australian Language Studies, Edith Cowan Aborigine: an annotated listing. (La University. 1-24. Trobe University Library Publication 17) 1992 Our many voices. In The little red, Bundoora: La Trobe University Library. yellow and black (and green and blue and white) book: a shortguide to THAWLEY, John and GAUCI, Sarah indigenous Australia. Canberra: 1987 Bibliographies on the Australian AIATSIS. 14. aborigine: an annotated listing. 2nd 1992 Review of Blake, B J, 1991 Australian edition. Bundoora, Victoria: Borchardt Aboriginal languages: a general intro­ Library, La Trobe University. duction. 2nd edition. St Lucia: Univer­ sity of Queensland Press. Australian THIEBERGER, Nicholas (Nick) (formerly Wangka Aboriginal Studies 1 992(1 ):97-99. Maya; Linguistics Department, Univer­ 1993 Handbook of Western Australian sity of Melbourne) Aboriginal languages south of the 1981 Subordination and conjunction in Kimberley region. (PL, C-124). Ngaanyatjarra and Kalkatungu, two Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 408pp. Australian Aboriginal languages. BA [languages indexed] (Hons) thesis, La Trobe University. 1993 Map, with text, illustrating distribution of 78pp. currently spoken languages. In 1985 Language ecology in Australia. Addressing the key issues for Environment WA 7(2):22-23. Reconciliation 1993. Aboriginal 1985 Review of Hercus, Luise, 1982 The Reconciliation Unit. Biigandjilanguage. (PL, B-67) 1994 Australian indigenous languages Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Australian information stacks, version 1. Canberra: Journal of Linguistics 5(2):310-31 6. AIATSIS. (computer disks) 1987 Handbook of WA. Aboriginal 1994 Language centres. In Horton, 0, languages. Perth: Institute of Applied general editor Encyclopedia of Aboriginal Studies. Aboriginal Australia: Aboriginal and 1988 Aboriginal language maintenance: Torres Strait Islander history, society some issues and strategies. MA thesis, and culture. Canberra: Aboriginal La Trobe University, Bundoora, Studies Press, for AIATSIS. 595-596. Victoria. 133pp. 1994 New technology and Australian 1988 Language programmes for tradition or languages at AIATSIS. Australian for today? In Harvey, B, and McGinty, S Language Matters 2(3). Learning my way: papers from the 1994 Reclaiming identity through language. National Conference on Adult In Va luing cultures: recognising Aboriginal Learning ( Wikaru 1 6). Mt indigenous cultures as a valued partof Lawley, WA: Institute of Applied Australian heritage. Canberra: Council Aboriginal Studies, West Australian for Aboriginal Reconciliation/Australian College of Advanced Education. 81-90. Government Publishing Service. 9-12. 1989 Martustatements on the ownership of 1995 The Aboriginal Studies Electronic Data Karlamilyi. In Wright, G, ed. Th e Archive (ASEDA). InternationalJo urnal significance of the Karlamilyi region to of the Sociology of Language 113: 147- the Martujarra of the Western Desert. 149. PortHedland: Western Desert 1995 How to decide on a spelling system. In Thieberger, N, ed. Paper and talk: a 218 manual for reconstituting materials in THOMAS, Mandy (at that time, an anthropology Australian indigenous languages from student) see Dixon, Ramson and historical sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Thomas 1990 Studies Press. 103-1 19. 1995 Using computers. In Thieberger, N, ed. THOMAS, William (Chief Protector and Guardian Paper and talk: a manual for of Aborigines, Western Port) reconstituting materials in Australian 1858 Succinct sketch of the Aboriginal indigenous languages from historical language. Report of the Committee on sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Aborigines. (Victorian Parliamentary Press. 165-174. Papers). 91-101. [Wuywurrung] 1995 What is your language? In Thieberger, 1862 A lexicon of the Australian Aboriginal N, ed. Paper and talk: a manual fo r tongue in the six dialects of Ballaarat, reconstituting materials in Australian Bacchus Marsh, Melbourne, Gippsland, in digenous languages from historical Mount Gambier and Wonnin. Mel­ sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies bourne. Press. 9-12. 1878 Avoca. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines see also Goddard and Thieberger of Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 80- 1997; see also McGregor and 81. [Jaara? vocabulary] Thieberger 1986; see also Sharp and 1878 Boon-oor-rong or Coast Tribe, Western Thieberger 1992; see also Smythe and Port. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Thieberger 1994 Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 90-91 . 1878 Flooding Creek and Bushy Park. In THIEBERGER, Nick, ed. Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, 1995 Paper and talk: a manual for recon­ volume 2. Melbourne. 91-92. stituting materials in Australian 1878 Succinct sketch of the Aboriginal indigenous languages from historical language. In Smyth, R B The sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Aborigin es of Vic toria, volume 2. Press. 189pp. Melbourne. 118-133.

THIEBERGER, Nick, and McGREGOR, William, THOMAS, W N eds 1900-01 Linguistics, Wiraiari tribe. Science of 1994 Macquarie Aboriginal words: a Man 3(10): 166-1 67, 4(2):26-27, dictionaryof words from Australian 4(3):44-45. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander languages. North Ryde, NSW: Mac­ THOMPSON, David A (linguist, Anglican priest, quarie Library, Macquarie University was at Nungalinya College) 724pp. (Review Australian Book 1976 Kuuku Ya?u. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Revie w 168, Shoemaker; Australian Grammatical categories in Australian Aboriginal Studies 1995, Triffitt) languages. Canberra: AlAS. 208-211 (Topic A); 329-331 (Topic B); 450-452 THOMAS, A P see Brandenstein and Thomas (Topic C). 1974 1976 A phonology of Kuuku-Ya?u. In Sutton, Peter, ed. Languages of Cape York. THOMAS, Bruce, THOMAS, Frank, and Canberra: AlAS. 213-235. GEYTENBEEK, Brian (Thomas - 1988 Lockhart River 'sand beach' language: Nyangumarta speaker) an outlin e of Kuuku Ya 'u and Umpila. 1990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: (Work Papers of SIL-AAIB, A 11) Nyangumarta. PortHedland, WA: Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Wangka Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal 147pp. Language Centre. see also Clarmont, Omeenyo and Thompson 1986 THOMAS, Frank (Nyangumartaspeaker) see Thomas, Bruce et al 1990 THOMPSON, H (teacher, NT) 1976 Creole as the vernacular language in a THOMAS, Joseph P bilingual program at Bamyili school in 1900 Vocabulary of Aboriginal dialect, Upper the Northern Territory.Advanced Clarence River. Science of Man Diploma thesis, Torrens College of 3(2):28-30, 35. [Kitabal] Advanced Education, Adelaide. 219 THOMPSON, J Qournalist) language/areal identification] see also 1986 Review of Hercus, L, and Sutton, P, McCarthy 1971 eds 1986 Th is is what happened: historical narratives by Aborigines. THRELKELD, Lancelot Edward (missionary, Canberra: AlAS. This Australia Congregational minister; established (Collingwood, Victoria) 5(4):80-81. Lake Macquarie mission) 1827 Specimens of a dialect of the THOMPSON, Sandra A (US linguist) see Hopper Aborigines of New South Wa les: being and Thompson 1980 the firs t attempt to fo rm their speech into a written language. Sydney: THOMSEN, 0 N see Nedergaard Thomsen, a Government Printer. 1834 An Australian grammar comprehending THOMSON, Donald F (naturalist, ethnologist, was the principles and naturalrules of the at University of Melbourne) language, as spoken by the Aborigines, 1935 The joking relationship and organized in the vicinity of Hunter's River, Lake obscenity in North Queensland. Macquarie, &c. New South Wa les. American Anthropologist 37:460-490. Sydney: Stephens and Stokes, Herald 1946 Names and naming in the Wik Office. Mongkan tribe. Journalof the Royal 1836 An Australian spelling book in the Anthrop ological Institute 76(2):157-168. language as spoken by the Aborigines 1972 Kinship and behaviour in North in the vicinity of Hunter's River, Lake Queensland. Canberra: AlAS. [kin Macquarie, New South Wales. Sydney. classification] 1836-37 An Australian grammar, I, II, III. 3 1985 Donald Thomson's Mammals and continued reviews of grammar of fishes of NorthernAust ralia. Edited and Hunter's River, Lake Macquarie, and annotated by Dixon, J M, and Huxley, New South Wales. Saturday Magazine L. Melbourne: Thomas Nelson. 2 January 1836:6, 17 December [Appendix II and III: Glossary of 1836:237-238, 14 January 1837:14-15 Aboriginal names and meanings (191- [review and extracts from his Australian 205) gives scientific names with names Grammar, 1834] in Aboriginal languages of Arnhem 1850 A key to the structure of the Aboriginal Land and Cape York Peninsula] language ...in the vicinity of the Hunter River, Lake Macquarie, etc ... THORNLY, N (Land Surveyor, Western District) Sydney: Kemp and Fairfax. 1878 Some words of the language of the 1858 Language of the Australian Aborigines western tribes of Victoria. In Smyth, R B [extracts from the Reverend L E The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Threlkeld's works]. Moore's Australian Melbourne. 60-63. Almanac and Country Directory 1858:60-80. THORNTON, George (merchant and politician of 1873 Northumberland dialect, spoken in the Sydney; he and Fosbery (qv) organised neighbourhood of Newcastle and Lake an Aboriginal census; Protector of Macquarie ...Journal of the Aborigines) Anthropological Institute 2: 276, 284- 1899 Aboriginal names of places at Port 289. [see also entry under Ridley] Jackson and along the coast. Science 1892 An Australian language as spoken by of Man 2(1 1 ):21 0-21 1. the Awabakal, the people of Awaba or Lake Macquarie ... Re-arranged, con­ THORPE, William Walford (Australian Museum) densed' and edited, with an appendix, 1913 Australian tribal names, with their by John Fraser [qv]. Sydney: Govern­ synonyms. Records of the Australian ment Printer. [Edition of his 1834 book] Museum 8(4):161-192. 1892 An Awabakal-English lexicon to the 1921 A list of New South Wales Aboriginal Gospel according to St. Luke. Sydney. place names and their meanings. 1902 Aboriginal place names. Science of Sydney: Australian Museum. [1 st edn; Man 5(3):45-46. ca 300 words] 1974 Australian reminiscences & papers of L 1927 A list of New South Wales Aboriginal E Threlkeld, missionaryto the place names and their meanings. Aborigines, 1824-1859. Edited by Niel Sydney: Australian Museum. [2nd edn. Gunson. (Australian Aboriginal Studies ca 750 words, with meanings but no 40) Canberra: AlAS. 2 volumes. 380pp. 220 THURSDAY ISLAND STATE HIGH SCHOOL transcription. Records of the South 1988 Music of the Eastern Islands of the the Australian Museum 5(3):261 -274. Torres Strait. Thursday Island: State 1937 Native songs of the south-east of South High School. 1 6pp. [Murray Island: Australia. Transactions of the Royal song words in Meriam Mir with English Society of South Australia 61: 107-120. translation] [from Tanganekald and Jaralde tribes] 1937 Two legends of the Ngadjuri tribe from TIBBETTS, W C the middle north of South Australia. 1900 Aboriginal names in the Wooratherie Transactions of the Royal Societyof SA dialect, Macquarie and Castlereagh 61 :149-153. Rivers, N.S.W. Science of Man 3(4):62- 1939 Eagle and crow myths of the Maraura 64. tribe, lower Darling River, New South Wales. Records of the South Australian TIMMS, E V (Australian historical novelist) Museum 6(3):243-261. 1941 The valley of adventure. Sydney: Angus 1940 Distribution of Australian Aboriginal & Robertson. [storyfor boys; plentiful tribes: a field survey. Transactions of use of Australian Pidgin; included as a the Royal Society of SA 64: 1 40-231 . sample - there are many other such [analysis, meaning and pronunciation of stories] tribal names; with map] 1941 Native songs of the South East of TIMOTHY, Nero (Yanyuwa informant) see Kirton South Australia, part 2. Transactions of and Timothy 1977, 1982 the Royal Society of SA 65(2):233-243. 1954 Ecological surroundings of the Ngalia TINDALE, Jenny (Language Centre, Institute for natives in Central Australia and native Aboriginal Development) names and uses of plants. Transactions 1994 Central Australian languages. In of the Royal Society of SA 77:81-86. Angelo, 0, et al Australian phrasebookl. [with J B Cleland] Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. 96- 1972 The Pitjandjara. In Bicchieri, M G, ed. 121. Hunters and gatherers today. New 1994 Training for Aboriginal language York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 217- teachers in Central Australia. In 268. [seasons, kin terms, glossary of Hartman,0, and Henderson, J, eds 110 words] Aboriginal languages in education. 1974 Aboriginal trib es of Australia: their Alice Springs: lAD Press. 355-369. terrain, environmental controls, 1998 Central Australian languages. In distribution, limits, and proper names. Angelo, 0, et al Australian phrasebookl. Berkeley: University of California Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet. 155- Press/Canberra: Australian National 178. University Press. (detailed bibliography pp 357ft) [pp 38-49 'The naming of the TINDALE, Jenny, ELLIS, Lizzie, BREEN, Gavan, tribes' place and tribal names, words for and HOOGENRAAD, Robert language, compass directions, etc; pp 1994 Central Australian languages. In 265-315 tribal names] Angelo, 0 et ai, eds Australian phrase­ 1974 Tribal boundaries in Aboriginal book. Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Australia. University of California Planet. 96-121. Press/ANU Press; published in conjunction with Aboriginal tribes ... TINDALE, Norman B (anthropologist, studied at 1976 Tribal boundaries in Aboriginal University of Adelaide, and under Australia. 2nd edition. Canberra: AlAS. Baldwin Spencer; SA Museum; [Maps, drawn by Winifred Mumford: 4 collected data from Groote Eylandt and sheets each 900 x 1020 cm] much of Australia; valuable parallel see also Austin and Tindale 1985; see lists, and maps; later to California) also Cleland and Tindale 1954; see 1928 Natives of Groote Eylandt and of the also Hale and Tindale 1933 west coast of the Gulf of Carpentaria, part III: Languages of eastern Arnhem TJAKAMARRA, Ginger (Pintupi/Luritja informant) Land. Transactions of the Royal Society see Hansen et al 1979 of SA 53:5-27. 1935 The legend of Waijungari, Jaralde tribe, TJAPAL T JARRI, Tjampu (Yankunytjatjara Lake Alexandrina, South Australia, and language assistant; names may be the phonetic system employed in its reversed) see Goddard et al 1996; see 221 also Hansen et al 1974, 1979; see also 1984 Diari segmental phonology. Papersin Hansen and Hansen 1975 Australian Linguistics 16. (PL, A-68) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 171-327. TJUPURRUL A, J Y (Pintupi language assistant) see Hansen and Hansen 1975 TREFRY, Judith (Judy) (SIL linguist; AlAS grantee 1964) TODD, AJ 1971 Possible clause types in Muruwari. In 1886 The Adelaide River: the Woolna tribe. Blake, Barry J, et al Papers on the In Curr, E M, The Australian race. languages of Australian Aboriginals. Melbourne. 1 :260-268. [Woolna Canberra: AlAS. 93-99. [includes data vocabulary, Todd262-263; from an from Barker, Jimmy] anonymous pamphlet 264-265; additional words 266-268] TRIFFITI, Geraldine (librarian; was AIATSIS linguistics bibliographer) TODD, Charles (Sir) (Government Astronomer, 1993 Aboriginal place names. Incite meteorologist, electrical engineer, (Australian Library and Information instrumental in placement of the Association) 14(10):5. Overland Telegraph) 1993 Bibliography: publications on Australian 1886 Peake Telegraph Station. In Curr, EM languages, 1992. Australian Journalof The Australian race. Melbourne. 2:10- Linguistics 13(2):221-228. 11. [Arabana vocabulary] 1994 Bibliography: publications on Australian languages, 1993. Australian Journalof TOGNINI, Yolanda see Mciver et al 1989 Linguistics 14(2):253-258. 1995 Bibliography: publications on Australian TOLLEY, J C (John Clifford) (SA languages, 1994. Australian Journalof historian/geographer) see Praite and Linguistics 15(2):241-248. Tolley 1970 1995 Review of Thieberger, N, and McGregor, W, eds 1994 Macquarie TOMPSON, F M, and CHATFIELD, William Aboriginal words: a dictionary of words (Tompson: Inspector of Police) from Australian Aboriginal and Torres 1886 Natal Downs Station, Cape River. In Strait Islander languages. Macquarie Curr, EM The Australian race. Library.Australian Aboriginal Studies Melbourne. 2:468-483. [llba 1 995(1 ):71 -73. vocabularies, Tompson's 480-481, 1995 What is written on your language: How Chatfield's 477-479, 482-483] do you obtain access to it? In Thieberger, N, ed. Paper and talk: a TORRES, P M (Pat) (has written and illustrated manual for reconstituting materials in several bilingual books for children: Australian indigenous languages from Yawuru, Nyulnyul, etc) historical sources. Canberra: Aboriginal 1997 Writing for the child within and keeping Studies Press. 13-33. language strong: an indigenous 1996 Publications on Australian languages, perspective. Ngoonjook 13:17-25. 1995. Australian Journal of Linguistics 16(2):249-254. TOYNE, P (Philip - environmentalist?) see Poulson 1998 Publications on Australian languages, et al 1986 1996. Australian Journalof Linguistics 18(1 ):129-135. TREFRY, David (SIL missionarylingui st, formerly 1998 Publications on Australian languages, Macquarie University) 1997. Australian Journalof Linguistics 1970 The phonological word in Dieri. In 18(2): 227-233. Laycock, D C, ed. Linguistic trendsin see also Barlow and Triffitt 1987; see Australia. Canberra: AlAS. 65-73. also Carrington and Triffitt 1999; see 1974 The theory of segmental phonology and also Koch& Triffitt 1987, 1988, 1989, its application to Dieri. PhD dissertation, 1990, 1991, 1992 Macquarie University, Sydney. 443pp. 1983 Discerning the back vowels /u/ and /0/ TRIGGER, David S (anthropologist, University of in Burarra, a language of the Australian Western Australia) NorthernTerrito ry. Working Papers of 1987 Languages, linguistic groups and status the Speech and Language Research relations at Doomadgee, an Aboriginal Centre, Macquarie University 3(6): 19- settlement in north-west Queensland, 51. Australia. Oceania 57:217-238. 222 [Ganggalida/Yukulta,Ga rawa, Waanyi, colonial NSW. Australian Journal of Yanyula] Linguistics 12(1 ): 1 45-1 70. 1993 Language contact in early colonial New TRIMMER, Kathy (Aboriginal linguist/teacher, South Wales, 1788-1791. In Walsh, M, Wangkatha speaker ) and Yallop, C, eds Language and 1982 Language situation in the W.A. culture in Aboriginal Australia. Can­ goldfields. Ngali: School of Australian berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 33-50. Linguistics Newsletter December 1982: 1994 Melaleuka: a history and description of 19. [Wangkatja] New South Wales Pidgin. PhD dissert­ 1983 The contrast between palatals and ation, Australian National University. dentals in Wangkatha. Ngali: School of 1994 The Sydney language. In Thieberger, Australian Linguistics Newsletter June Nick, and McGregor, William, eds 1983: 15. Macquarie Aboriginal words: a 1984 Wangkatha phrases. Ngali 9:32-33. dictionaryof words from Australian [includes noun suffixes and tree Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander diagrams] languages. North Ryde: Macquarie Library.61 -78. TRIPCONY, Penny, and PRICE, Kaye (Tripcony: 1995 Reading old sources. In Thieberger, N, University of Queensland) ed. Paper and talk: a manual for 1996 Aboriginal students and the English reconstituting materials in Australian language. EQ Australia 4:34-37. indigenous languages from historical [Aboriginal languages] sources. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 35-42. TROMBETTI, Alfredo (Italian linguist/phonologist) 1926 I linguaggi estinti della Tasmania. TRUDINGER, Ronald M (educationist) Istituto delle Scienze ed Arti Liberalidi 1943 Grammar of the Pitjantjatjara dialect, Bologna: Rendiconto, Classe di Central Australia. Oceania 13(3):205- Scienze Morali 2( 10):69-98. [detailed 224. comparison of Tasmanian words with see also Love and Trudinger 1949 Australian and other languages] TRYON, 0 T (Darrell) (Linguistics, Australian TROY, Jakelin F (researched historical pidgins in National University) Australia; now with ATSIC) 1968 The Daly River languages: a survey. 1987 The role of Aboriginal women in the Papers in Australian Linguistics 3. (PL, development of contact languages in A-14) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 21- New South Wales: from the late 46 + 1 map. eighteenth to the early twentieth 1970 The Daly Language Family: a structural century. In Pauwels, Anne, ed. Women survey. In Laycock, 0 C, ed. Linguistic and language in Australian and New trends in Australia. Canberra: AlAS. 51- Zealand society. Sydney: Australian 57. Professional Publications. 155-169. 1970 An introduction to Maranungku 1990 Australian Aboriginal contact with the (Northern Australia). (PL, 8-15) English language in New South Wales: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 111pp. 1788 to 1845. (PL, 8-103) Canberra: 1970 Noun classification and concord in the Pacific Linguistics. 156pp. (Revision of Daly River languages. Mankind 7:218- her 1985 8A (Hons) thesis, University 222. of Sydney) [NSW Pidgin] 1971 Linguistic evidence and Aboriginal 1992 'Der Mary this is fine cuntry is there is origins. In Mulvaney, 0 J, and Golson, in the wourld': Irish English and Irish in J, eds Aboriginal man and environment late eighteenth and nineteenth century in Australia. Canberra: ANU Press. Australia. In Dutton, Tom, et ai, eds 344-355. Th e language game: papers in memory 1971 The Wageman language. In 81ake, 8 J, of Donald C. Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 0) et al Papers on the languages of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 459-477. Australian Aboriginals. Canberra: AlAS. [NSW Pidgin data] 1-1 1. 1992 The Sydney language. Canberra: the 1974 Daly Family languages, Australia. (PL, author. C-32) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1992 The Sydney language notebooks and 305pp. (Reprinted 1980) (Review responses to language contact in early Oceania 47, Sutton; Language 55, Dixon) 223 1975 Bilingual education in the Northern TSUJIMURA, Natsuko (Japanese linguist) see Territory. In pamphlet of that title Farmer, Hale and Tsujimura 1986 published by Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra, together TSUNODA, Tasaku (Graduate School of Humanit­ with papers by Reading, Greg, and ies and Sociology, University of Tokyo, McGrath, Bill. 15pp. Japan) 1976 Bilingual education of Aborigines in the 1974 A grammar of the Warungu language, NorthernTerritory of Australia. In Clyne, north Queensland. MA thesis, Monash M G, ed. Australia talks: essays on the University. 3 volumes; 662pp. sociology of Australian immigrant and 1974 A note on voice in Warungu. In Blake, Aboriginal languages. Canberra: Pacific ed. Papers in Australian Aboriginal Linguistics. 215-228. languages. (Linguistic Communications 1976 The Daly Family. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 14)120-125. Grammatical categories in Australian 1975 Gali constructions and voice express­ languages. Canberra: AlAS. 673-691 ions in Warungu. Gengo Kenkyu 69:58- (Topic E). 75. 1980 Pungupungu and Wadyiginy: 1975 Oosuroraria genjuumin no kotoba (The typologically contrastive dialects. In languages of Australian Aborigines). Rigsby, B, and Sutton, P, eds Gengo Seikatsu 281 :42-45. Tokyo: Contributions to Australian linguistics. Chikuma Shobo. [brief outline] Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 277-287. 1976 Warungu. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1986 Review of Dixon, R M W, and Blake, B Grammatical categories in Australian J, eds 1983 Handbook of Australian languages. Canberra: AlAS. 214-225 languages, volume 3. Canberra: ANU (Topic A); 456-464 (Topic C). Press. Aboriginal History 10(2): 195- 1978 The Djaru language of Kimberley, 196. Western Australia. PhD dissertation, 1988 Review of Schmidt, Annette, 1985 Monash University. (see also 1981) Young people's Dyirbal: an example of 1980 Djaru syntax and relational grammar. language death from Australia. Cam­ Th e Journal ofthe Fa culty of Literature bridge: University Press. Anthropos Nagoya University 76:77-85. 83:638-639. 1981 Interaction of phonological, grammatical 1991 Review of Blake, B J, 1991 Australian and semantic factors: an Australian Aboriginal languages: a general example. Oceanic Linguistics 20(1 ):45- introduction. 2nd edition. St Lucia: 92. [On Djaru enclitic pronouns] University of Queensland Press. 1981 The Djaru language of Kimberley, Canberra Anthropology 14(2):118-1 19. Western Australia. (PL, B-78) 1992 Whence the jolly jumbuck? In Dutton, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 290pp. Tom, et ai, eds The language game: (see also 1978) papers in memoryof Donald C. 1981 Pronominal clitics in Djaru. Kansai Laycock. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. Linguistic Society 1 :24-25. 1t79-482. [Possible etymology of 1981 Pronominal suffixes in Djaru/Jarogo-no jumbuck] setsuji daimeishi. Journalof Asian and see also Dutton, Ross and Tryon eds African Studies 21 :130-142. 1992; see also O'Grady and Tryon 1981 Split case-marking patterns in verb­ 1990, 1990; see also Wurm, types and tense/aspecVmood. MOhlhi:iusler and Tryon 1996 Linguistics 19:389-438. [[includes data from Djaru, Warrungu, Kalkatungu, TRYON, Darrell, and WALSH, Michael Yukulta] 1997 Geoffrey O'Grady: pioneer of Australian 1982 Gooshuu genjuumin bunka shakai no linguistics. In Tryon, Darrell, and Walsh, gengo-bunka (Language and culture of Michael, eds Boundaryrider: essays in Australian Aborigines). Asahi Shimbun, honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: 24 March 1982, evening edition. [On Pacific Linguistics. 1-3. the kinship system, avoidance behaviour and language, naming, etc, TRYON, Darrell, and WALSH, Michael, eds of the Djaru] 1997 Boundaryrider: essays in honour of 1982 Oosutaria genjuumin gengo (Australian Geoffrey O'Grady. (PL, C-136) Aboriginal languages). In Morioka, K et Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 444pp. ai, eds Gaikokugo to no taishoo (Contrastive studyof Japanese with foreign languages) I: Kooza 224 Nihongogaku (Japanese Linguistics) Daigaku Kantaiheiyoo Mondai 10. 193-213. [Comparison of the case Kenkyuukai (University of Nagoya system of Japanese with those of Djaru Research Committee for Issues in the and Warrungu] Pacific Rim). 27-35. [Data from 1983 Synopsis of Djaru grammar. Asian and Warrungu, Dyirbal and Kalkatungu] African Linguistics 12: 1-12. 1988 Antipassives in Warrungu and other 1984 Case frames in Djaru. Kansai Linguistic Australian languages. In Shibatani, M, Society4:93-96. ed, Passives and voice. (Typological 1984 Jarogo no keiengo (Avoidance langu- Studies in Language 16) Amsterdam: age in Djaru). Gengo Kenkyu 85:181- John Benjamins. 595-649. 183. 1988 Ergativity, accusativity and topicality. 1984 Verbal inflectional morphology in Nagoya Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyuu historical linguistics - a case study in Ronshuu, 1 00:1-71. Nagoya: Faculty of the Herbert-Burdekinlangua ges of Letters, University of Nagoya. [Data NorthQueensland. Nagoya Daigaku from Warrungu, Djaru, Dyirbal, and Bungakubu Kenkyuu Ronshuu 88:21- Kalkatungu] 33. (The Journalof the Faculty of 1988 Genjuumin no gengo (Languages of the Literature, University of Nagoya 88). Aborigines) Gengo (Language) 17(12): Nagoya: University of Nagoya. 28-35. 1985 Ergativity and coreference in Warrungu 1988 Oosutoraria genjuumingo (Australian discourse. Nagoya Working Papers in Aboriginal languages). In Kamei, T et Linguistics 1 : 143-165. ai, eds Gengogaku daijiten, Daiikkan: 1985 Remarks on transitivity. Journal of Sekai gengohen, Joo. (The Sansei do Linguistics 21 (2):385-396. encyclopaedia of linguistics, volume 1: 1986 Nookakugengo to taikakugengo ni Languages of the world, PartI). Tokyo: okeru topikkusei (Topicality in ergative Sanseido. 992-1031. and accusative languages). Gengo 1989 Typological study of word order in Kenkyu 90:1 49-168. [Abbreviated languages of the Pacific region (2): version of 'Topicality' paper] Djaru (Australia). Th e Journalof the 1986 Oosutoraria genjuumingo [Australian Faculty of Letters, Nagoya University Aboriginal languages]. Kokubungaku 103:19-47. Kaishaku to Kanshoo 51 (1) (January 1990 Typological study of word order in issue):177-179. Tookyoo: Shibundoo. languages of the Pacific region (5): [Verbs of Warrungu and Djaru] Warrungu (Australia). The Journalof 1986 Topicality in ergative and accusative the Fa culty of Letters, Nagoya languages. Nagoya Working Papers in University 106:13-47. Linguistics 2: 173-258. [Data from 1991 Oosutoraria genjuumin shogo Warrungu, Kalkatungu, Djaru, Dyirbal) [Australian Aboriginal languages). Asahi 1987 Coreference and related issues in Journal, editorial: Sekai no kotoba Warrungu discourse. In Laycock, 0 C, [Languages of the world):202-203. and Winter, Werner, eds A world of 1991 Sekai no gengo to nihongo [The world's language: papers presented to languages and Japanese]. Tokyo: Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th Kuroshio. birthday. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1991 Warongogo (Warrungu). Gengo 683-694. [Language) 20(6):82-83. [On WarrunguJ 1987 Oosutoraria genjuumin no rekishi to 1992 (Oosutoraria genjuumingo kara mita) genjoo [History and current situation of shoyuukankei to shoyuuhyougen Australian Aborigines). Dai 2 kai [Possession relationship and Oosutoraria Kenkyuu Shimpojium possession expressions (as compared Hookokusho [Reports on the Second with Australian Aboriginal languages)). Australian Studies Symposium). Tokyo: Gengo 21 (3):58-63. [Jaru and War- Australia-Japan Foundation. 24-27. rungu in comparison with Japanese) 1987 Oosutoraria genjuumingo, nihongo to 1992 Position of Warrungu interrogative eigo ni okeru topikkusei (Topicality in words. In Dutton, T, et ai, eds The Australian Aboriginal languages, language game: papers in memoryof English, and Japanese). In Donald c. Laycock. (PL, C-1 1 0) Kantaiheiyooken ni okeru bunkateki- Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 483-490. shakaiteki koozoo ni kansuru kenkyuu. 1992 Typological study of word order (12): (Studies in the cultural-social structures Kalkatungu and (13) Diyari. Studies in in the Pacific Rim). Nagoya: Nagoya 225 Language and Literature, Language grammar. Amsterdam'Philadelphia: [Tsukuba] 22:71-1 19. John Benjamins. 343-373. 1993 Chuushintekina mono to shuuhentekina 1998 A text in the Wanyjirra language: 76/1 1- mono [Central and peripheral 2 'stock work'. In Tsunoda, Tasaku, ed. phenomena]. Kokubungak Kaishaku to Fieldwork reports on minority langu­ Kanshoo 58(1 ):156-1 62. Tokyo: ages 1998. Tokyo: University of Tokyo. Shibundo. [ERG-ABS and ERG-OAT 299-314. clauses of Ojaru] 1999 Aspect and transitivity of iterative 1993 Typological study of word order (14): constructions in Warrungu. In Abraham, Gooniyandi. Studies in Language and Werner, and Kulikov, Leonid, eds Literature, Language (Tsukuba) 23:53- Aspects of tense: tense and event 72. categoriesin typological perspectives: 1993 Typological study of word order (15): papers presented to Vladimir Nedjalkov Warlpiri and (16) Alyawarra. Studies in on the occasion of his 70th birthday, Literature, Language (Tsukuba) 24:1- Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 43. 1999 Reciprocal constructions in Warrungu. 1993 Warrungu ni okeru toritate [Sentential In Nedjalkov, Vladimir P Typology of modal qualification in Warrungu]. reciprocal constructions. Munich: Kobetsu gengo ni okeru bunpoo Lincom Europa. kategorii no ipp anka ni kansuru rironteki 1999 Reciprocal-reflexive constructions in kenkyuu [Theoretical studies on the Ojaru. In Nedjalkov, Vladimir P generalisations of grammatical Typ ology of reciprocal constructions. categories in individual languages]. Munich: Lincom Europa. Institute of Literature and Linguistics, 1999 Kija. Sekai Minzoku Jiten [World University of Tsukuba. 66-87. encyclopedia of peoples]. Tokyo: 1994 Ichiokunin no Nihongo, nimei no Koobundoo. Warrungu [Japanese with 100 million 1999 Ojaru. Sekai Minzoku Jiten [World speakers, and Warrungu with two encyclopedia of peoples]. Tokyo: speakers]. Ts ukuba Fo rum 39:114-116. Koobundoo. University of Tsukuba. [Account of see also Moses and Tsunoda 1986 fieldwork on Warrungu] 1996 Notes on the languages of Palm and TSUZAKI, Stanley M (a native speaker of creole Magnetic Islands and Townsville, Hawaiian English, was Professor of Queensland, Australia. In Gengo­ linguistics at the University of Hawaii) gakurin 1995- 1996 (Linguistic forest), see Reinecke et al 1975 75-92. Tokyo: Sanseido. [Wulgurugaba] 1996 Oosutoraria genjuumongo no genchi TUCKERMAN, J chosa (Fieldwork on Australian 1887 The Hawkesbury River and Broken Aboriginal languages). With a summary Bay. In Curr, E M The Australian race. in English, p 160. Gengo Kenkyu Melbourne. 3:358-359. [Kameraigal 1 09: 1 49-1 60. vocabulary] 1996 The possession cline in Japanese and other languages. In Chappell, H, and TUCKFIELD, Francis (Wesley Mission, Geelong - McGregor, W, eds Th e grammar of Buntingdale) inalienability: a typological perspective 1842 Woddowrong, or Corio natives. NSW on bodypart terms and the part-whole Governor's Despatches 39: 1110. [20- relation. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. word vocabulary; reprinted several 565-630. [Examples from Ojaru and times] Warrungu] 1844 A specimen of the difference of dialects 1997 Expression of possession in Warrungu spoken by the native tribes of Port of Australia. In Hayasi, Tooru, and Phillip. Great Britain Parliamentary Bhaskararao, Peri, eds Studies in Papers 34:227. (the Oautgart, or possessive expressions. Tokyo: natives to the west of Colack; the Institute for the Study of Languages Gnurellean, or natives west of Camp­ and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo aspee; the Jhongworong, or Goulburn University of Foreign Studies. 11-115. natives; the Koligon, or Colack natives; 1998 Applicative constructions in Warrungu the Pinegorine or natives of Junction of of Australia. In Siewierska, Anna, and Goulburn with Murray Rivers; the Jae Jung Song, eds Case, typology and Woddowrong, or Corio natives) see also Cary 1898 226 TUDEHOPE, Cecily M (published a history of 1992 Why translate into 'dying' languages? Buckley) Za dok Perspectives 37:1 8-20. [also 1962 Native words in Morgan's account of published in part in Th e Canberra William Buckley. Vic torian Historical Times] Magazine 32:235. 1994 Annie Coulthard. In Horton,0 R, general editor Encyclopedia of TULLY, John (Ounolly historian, map maker) Aboriginal Australia: Aboriginal and 1997 Djadja Wurrung language of Central Torres Strait Islander history, society Vic toria, including place names. and culture. Canberra: Aboriginal Ounolly, Victoria: John Tully. 92pp. Studies Press, for AIATSIS. 1996 Mammals of the dreaming: an historical TUNBRIDGE, Dorothy (translation consultant, ethnomammalogy of the Flinders United Bible Societies, Bible Society in Ranges. PhD dissertation, University of Australia, Canberra) Canberra. [linguistic content] 1985 Language as heritage: artefacts of the see also Sharpe and Tunbridge 1997 Flinders Ranges. Journal ofthe Anthropological Society of South TUNBRIDGE, Dorothy, and COULTHARD, Australia 23(4):7-12. Andrew 1985 Language as heritage: flora in place 1985 Artefacts of the Flin ders Ranges: an names: a record of survival in the illustrated dictionary of artefacts used Gammon Ranges. Journal of the by the Adnyamathanha. IIlus S Hatch. Anthropological Society of South Port Augusta, SA: Pipa Wangka. 72pp. Australia 23(8):3-15. 1985 Language as heritage: vityurna (dried TUNSTILL, Guy (ethnomusicologist, University of meat) and other stored food among the Adelaide) Adnyamathanha. Journal of the 1995 Learning Pitjantjatjara songs. In Anthropological Society of South Barwick, Linda, Marett, Tony, and Australia 23(7):10-15. Tunstill, Guy, eds Th e essence of 1987 Aboriginal place names. Australian singing and the substance of song: Aboriginal Studies 1987(2):2-13. recent responses to the Aboriginal 1988 Affixes of motion and direction in performing artsand other essays in Adnyamathanha. In Austin, P, ed. honour of Catherine Ellis. (Oceania Complex sentence constructions in Monograph 46) University of Sydney. Australian languages. Amsterdam: 59-73. [includes 5 texts with interlinear John Benjamins. 267-283. gloss] 1988 Flin ders Ranges Dreaming. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 223pp. TUR, M (Pitjantjatjara speaker) see Ellis et al 1978 (Traditional stories in English. Includes some material on Yura Ngawarla / TURBAYNE, David, LAWLOR, James, and Adnyamathanha language] MYLES, G 1989 A creation story. Habitat Australia 1887 Oumaresque (sic) or Upper Macintyre 1 7(1 ):20-23. River. In Curr, E M Th e Australian race. 1991 This language is the heritage of our Melbourne. 3:264-269. [Bigumbil children. NAA TI News 4(2):6. (News­ vocabularies: Lawlor's 264-265, letter of the National Accreditation Turbayne and Lawlor's Bigambel Authority for Translators and language 266-267, Myles' Preagalgh Interpreters) language 268-269] 1991 The story of the Flinders Ranges mammals. Kenthurst, NSW: Kangaroo TURBET, Peter (Sydney historian) Press. 94pp. [an ethnomammalogy, 1988 Th e Aborigines of the Sydney district written in association with the before 1788. Kenthurst NSW: Kangaroo Nepabunna Aboriginal School; given Press. [chapters 2 and especially 3 the Whitley Award of the Royal 'Language' pp 19-24, 29-37, give an Geographical Society of NSW. Includes outline largely taken from Mathews; a Adnyamathanha terms and also map, p 20, is useful] comparisons with other languages south to Adelaide] TURNER, David H (Anthropology, University of 1992 The story ofthe Flinders Ranges Toronto) mammals. Habitat Australia 20(3):26- 1974 Tra dition and transformation: a study of 29, 31. the Groote Eylandt area Aborigines of 227 nolthernAust ralia. (With accompanying TURTLE, Nancy J (SIL linguist Berrimah NT) cassette or 5" tape) (Australian Abori­ 1977 Alyawarra phonology. In Hudson, ginal Studies 53, Social Anthropology Joyce, ed. Five papers in Australian Series 8) Canberra: AlAS. 238pp. phonologies. Darwin: SIL. 1-56. 1984 Review of Heath, Jeffrey, Merlan, 1981 A suggested strategy for an Alyawarra Francesca, and Rumsey,Alan, eds literacy programme from a community 1982 The languages of kinship in development viewpoint. In Hargrave, Aboriginal Australia. University of Susanne, ed. Literacy in an Aboriginal Sydney. American Ethnologist context. (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, B6) 11(3):627. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 81-100. TURNER, George W (linguist: language in Australia) TWOMEY, Alan Thomas (University of Wollon­ 1966 The English language in Australia and gong) New Zealand. London: Longmans. 1981 Cognition, language and culture: 236pp. [borrowing of Aboriginal words foundations for Aboriginal schooling. for flora and fauna, weapons, etc: pp PhD dissertation, University of 118-1 19, 189-192: place names; pp Wollongong, NSW. 2 volumes. 199-212 'Pidgin English'] [registers, Aboriginal English]

TURNER, G H, STAPLE, J H, and SHAW, J TYERS, Charles James (Surveyor) 1900 Victorian Aboriginal names of places, 1840 Native names of several hills, rivers, etc with their meanings. Science of Man (from Native Blacks 'Tommy' and 2(12):228-229. 'Billy'). In his Repoltof an expedition to ascertain the ...bo undarylin e TURNER, Margaret-Mary (Arrernte speaker) between New South Wales and South 1994 Arrernte fo ods: foods from Central Australia. Sydney: F M Stokes. 15. Australia. Alice Springs: lAD Press. Reprinted 1976. [expedition ordered by Sir George Gipps] TURNER, Margaret-Mary, and BREEN, Gavan 1878 Vocabularyof the language spoken by (see also Turner-Neale) the tribes inhabiting the country about 1984 Akarre rabbit talk. Language in Central the rivers Crawford, Stokes, and lower Australia 1:10-13. [back-to-front parts of the Wannon and Glenelg. In language spoken at Harts Range] Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Vic toria, volume 2. Melbourne. 64-66. TURNER-NEALE, Margaret-Mary,and [Bungandidj?] HENDERSON, John (see also Turner) 1996 Bush foods: Arrernte foods from Central TYLOR, Edward Bennett (Sir) (English Australia = Nhenhe-areye anwerne-arle anthropologist) arlkweme. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 1878 Researches into the early historyof 70pp. mankind and the development of civilis­ ation. 3rd edition. London. [Reference TURPIN, Myfany (Central Australian Dictionaries to Tasmanian languages pp 76-77] Program, Institute of Aboriginal 1893 On the Ta smanians as representatives Development, Alice Springs) of palaeolithic man. London: Harrison. 1997 Arandic music. Oxford companion to 152pp. Reprinted from Journalof the Australian music. Melbourne: Oxford Anthropological Institute, 1893. University Press. Also to appear in the [Mention of Tasmanian languages] Dictionaryof Australian music, Oxford University Press. TYRRELL, James R (bookseller, publisher, 1997 Where's the stomach? A syntactic and Sydney: one of the literarycircle) semantic analysis into aleme 'stomach' 1933 Australian Aboriginal place-names and in Kaytetye. BA (Hons) thesis, Aust­ their meanings. Sydney: Simmons. ralian National University, Canberra. 56pp. Reprinted 1953, 1963. 1998 Review of Henderson, John, and Dobson, Veronica Eastern and Central Arrernte dictionary. International U Journalof Lexicography 11(3 ):219-226. UHLE, Max (ethnologist: published works on Torres Strait) see Meyer and Uhle 1883 228 UHLENBECK, E M (Bob) (Dutch linguist) see VAN VALIN, Robert 0, Jr (US linguist) Robins and Uhlenbeck 1991 1977 Ergativity and the universality of subjects. Papers from the Regional UMBAGAI, Mrs Elkin (Worora informant) see Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society Lucich 1969 13:689-705. [subject properties in Dyirbal) UMIKER-SEBEOK, Donna Jean, and SEBEOK, 1981 Grammatical relations in ergative langu­ ThomasA, eds (US linguists) ages. Studies in Language 5(3):361- 1978 Aboriginal sign-languages of the 394. [includes Dyirbal examples] Americas and Australia. New York: Plenum Press. 2 volumes. VAN VALIN, Robert0, Jr, and WILKINS, David P 1993 Predicting syntactic structure from URCIUOLl, B semantic representations: remember in 1988 A catalog of the C. F. and F. M. Voegelin English and its equivalents in Mparntwe archives of the languages of the world: Arrernte. In Van Valin, R D, ed Australian languages. Bloomington, Advances in role and reference Indiana: Archives of Traditional Music, grammar. AmsterdamlPhiladelphia: Indiana University. 56 leaves. John Benjamins. 499-534.

URQUHART, F V VARCOE, Nelson (ran Nunga language programs 1886 Seymour, Templeton, and Cloncurry for Children'S ServicesOffice SA) Rivers. In Curr, E M. Th e Australian 1994 Nunga languages at Kaurna Plains race. Melbourne. 2:326-329. School, Adelaide. In Hartman, D, and [Kulkadoon (Kalkutung) vocabulary Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal lan­ 328-329] guages in education. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 33-39. URRY, James, and WALSH, Michael (Urry: formerly historian, ANU) VASSE, Eric G (formerly Vaszolyi; Edith Cowan 1981 The lost 'Macassar language' of University) northern Australia. Aboriginal History 1991 Nouns and nominals in Wunambol. In 5(2):90-1 08. [Pidgin used between Malcolm, lan, ed. Linguistics in the Macassan traders and Arnhem Land service of society: essays to honour Aborigines] Susan Kaldor. Claremont, WA: Institute of Applied Language Studies, Edith Cowan University. 27-34. V VAARZON-MOREL, Petronella, ed. (anthropo­ VASZOLYI, Eric G (now VASSE; was at Mount logist, Central Australia) Lawley College of Advanced Education) 1995 Warlpiri karnta karnta-kurlangu yimi 1975 Aboriginal languages: truth and /Warlpiri women's voices: our lives, our fallacies. Department of Aboriginal Affairs (WA) Newsletter (see history. (Stories told by Nungarrayi, 2(2):4-11. Molly, et al) Alice Springs: lAD Press. 1977 republished version) 118pp. 1975 The Kimberleys: a linguistic view. Wika ru 5: 13-16. VALENTINE, J C 1975 Language and world view in Aboriginal 1886 Mount Remarkable. In Curr, E M The Australia. Department of Aboriginal Australian race. Melbourne. 2:136-139. Affairs Newsletter 11(3):6 -13. [Nukuna vocabulary 138-139] 1976 Aboriginal Australians speak: an introduction to Australian Aboriginal VALIQUETTE, Hilaire Paul (linguist, presently linguistics. Perth: Aboriginal Teacher working on language preservation Education Program, Mount Lawley issues with Keresan languages in New College of Advanced Education. 70pp. Mexico) (Review Ethnic Studies 3, Sutton) 1993 A basic Kukatja to English dictionary. 1976 Wunambal. In Dixon, R M W, ed. Balgo, WA: Luurnpa Catholic School. Grammatical categories in Australian 462pp. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 282-285 1994 The Kukatja dictionaryon disk. Aust­ (T opic A); 629-646 (Topic E). ralian Aboriginal Studies 1994(1 ):27-35. 1977 Aboriginal languages: truth and see also Peile 1996 fallacies. In Brumby, E and Vaszolyi, E, eds Language problems and Aboriginal 229 education . Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 5- non-existent minimax systems. 11. (see also 1975) InternationalJournal of American 1977 The Kimberleys: a linguistic view. In Linguistics 29(1 ):4-28. Brumby, Ed and Vaslolyi, Eric, eds Language problems and Aboriginal ed­ VOEGELIN F M (US linguist) see O'Grady, ucation . Perth: Mt Lawley CAE. 19-24. Voegelin and Voegelin 1966; see also 1977 Read and write Aboriginal languages. Voegelin, Voegelin, Wurm, O'Grady Wikaru 7:23-35. and Matsuda 1963 1978 Living languages. Aboriginal News 3(3):14-15. VOGEL, Irene see Nespor and Vogel 1986 1979 Kimberley languages: past and present. In Berndt, R M, and Berndt, C H, eds VOGELSANG, T see Berndtand Vogelsang 1941 Aborigines of the West: their past and their present. Nedlands: University of VOORHOEVE, C L (Bert) (linguist, formerly at Western Australia Press. 252-260. Australian National University, now 1979 Teach yourself Wangkatja. Perth: Mt University of Leiden) see Wurm et ai, Lawley Teachers' College. (review eds 1981 Journalof Intercultural Studies 1 (2), Sharpe) [36 units, glossary, and 2 VRIES, T de (psychologist) see Teasdale and narratives in Wangkatja] Vries 1976 1982 Alphabet design for Aboriginal languages. In Sherwood, J, ed. Aboriginal education: issues and W innovations. 173-1 80. [orthographic WADDY Julie Anne (ethnobiologist, linguist and problems explained] , Bible translator with Church Missionary 1982 Teaching Aboriginal languages to Society, Groote Eylandt) Australians. In McKay, G R, and 1982 Biological classification from a Groote Sommer, B A, eds Applications of Eylandt Aborigine's point of view. linguistics to Australian Aboriginal Journal of Ethnobiology 2(1 ):63-77. contexts. Melbourne. 1-4. [Folk biological classification of see also Brumby and Vaslolyi, eds Anindilyakwa flora and fauna terms] 1977 1982 Folk biology and the Northern Territory science curriculum. In McKay, GRand VAUGHAN, Paul (then at University of Sydney) Sommer, B A, eds Applications of 1985 Are there adjectives in Australian linguistics to Australian Aboriginal languages? An investigation of the contexts. Melbourne. 80-97. treatment of 'adjective' in descriptions 1983 Groote Eylandt birds- an Aboriginal of Australian languages. BA (Hons) viewpoint. RAOU Newsletter 58, thesis, University of Sydney. 99pp. December 1983:6-7. Melbourne: Royal VERGE, Austral Australian Ornithologists Union. 1983 Groote Eylandt ethnobiology: plants 1907 Aboriginal words and meanings. and animal foods on Groote Eylandt. In Science of Man 9(4):64. [Thangatti] Cole, E K Groote Eylandt. (Revised edition) Bendigo: Keith Cole Public­ VERGNAUD, Jean-Roger (phonologist, worked ations. 15-21. USA) see Halle and Vergnaud 1987 1984 Classification of plants and animals VICTORIA: Surveyor-General from a Groote Eylandt Aboriginal point of view. PhD dissertation, Macquarie 1878 Native names of hills, rivers, lakes, and University. Published as 1988. other natural features in Victoria. In 1986 Classification of food from a Groote Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Victoria, Eylandt Aboriginal point of view. In volume 2. Melbourne. 192-204. Manderson, L, ed. Shared wealth and symbol: fo od, culture and society in VOEGELlN, C F (US linguist) see O'Grady, Oceania and Southeast Asia. Voegelin and Voegelin 1966 Cambridge: University Press. 144-1 62. 1 988 Classification of plants and animals VOEGELlN, C F, VOEGELlN, F M, WURM, S A, from a Groote Eylandt Aboriginal point O'GRADY, G N, and MATSUDA, T of view. 2 volumes: volume 1, 231 pp; 1963 Obtaining an index of phonological volume 2, 201 pp. Darwin: North differentiation from the construction of 230 Australian Research Unit, Australian Kalaw Kawaw Ya orthography. Nga/i National University. [includes com­ 9:34-35. parison of biological, food, totemic and linguistic classification] WAKE, Charles Staniland (English anthropo­ logist) WAFER, James (Jim) (Sociology and 1868 Comparative vocabulary of South Anthropology, University of Newcastle) African, Australian, and Malayo­ 1982 A simple introduction to Central Polynesian languages. In his Chapters Australian kinship systems. Alice on man. London. 324-327. Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Development. 27pp. [Warlpiri (Lander WALCOTT, P (officer on the schooner Dolphin, dialect), Pitjantjatjara, and Aranda which lay at anchor in Nickol Bay 5-10/ (Santa Teresa dialect) kinship terms; 1861 , awaiting return of the Expedition) Warlpiri and Aranda subsection terms; 1861 Vocabularyof the Aboriginal language Alyawarre section terms] at Nickol Bay, in the meteorological 1982 A simple sketch of the Kaititj language: journal kept on board the Dolphin at from field notes by Harold Koch. Alice anchor in Nickol Bay north-west Springs: Institute for Aboriginal Australia. In Journal of the North-West Development. 19pp. Australian Exp loring Exp edition .. 1982 Kaytetyepicture vocabulary. Revised . Stirling, Perth. 39-40. [70 words in edition. Alice Springs: Institute for Ngarluma] see also 1863, 1884 Aboriginal Development. 108pp. [From 1863 A short vocabulary of Aboriginal words, a word-list compiled by Ken Hale. collected at Nichol Bay. Tra nsactions of Transcribed into practical orthography the Ethnological Society of London by Harold Koch. Illustrations by Julie (New Series) 2:249-251. [Ngarluma) Carter. Contains 98 words with English see also 1861, 1884 gloss] 1884 [Vocabulary of Aboriginals at Nickol 1982 Planning for Australian Aboriginal Bay, WA). In Gregory, A C, and F T, languages: a preliminary guide to Journals of Australian explorations. resources and concepts. In Bell, Brisbane: Government Printer. 21 Opp. Jeanie, ed. Language planning for see also 1861, 1863 Australian Aboriginal languages Association. Alice Springs: lAD. 93-123. WALES, Lynn (M L) (English, University of 1982 Warumungu picture vocabulary. Queensland) see Bavin and Wales Revised edition. Alice Springs: Institute 1988 for Aboriginal Development. 123pp [Based on unpublished field notes of WALKER, Alan T (held Australian National Chakravarti, P, Hale, K, Heath, J, Nash, University doctorate; worked for NT o and Simpson, J. Illustrations by Julie Department of Education at Nhulunbuy) Carter. Contains 113 words with 1984 Orthographic symbols of coastal English gloss] Yolngu. Australian Review of Applied 1984 How to spell Central Australian Linguistics S 1 :63-70. languages. Alice Springs: lAD Press. 1988 Macassan influences on the Aboriginal 90pp. language and culture of Northern Australia. Indonesian Studies (bulletin WAGNER, H (then Queen's University of Belfast) of the Indonesian Cultural and 1978 The typological background of the Educational Institute, Clayton, Victoria) ergative construction. Proceedings of 5(1 ):28-37. the Royal Irish Academy 78(3):37-74. see also Ross and Walker 1984 [includes Australian languages) WALKER, Alan, and lORC, R David WAGNER, Tamsin (Linguistics, University of 1981 Austronesian loanwords in Yolngu­ Melbourne, currently at Fitzroy Matha of northeast Arnhem Land. Crossing) Aboriginal History5(2): 1 09-1 34. 1997 Irrealis in Nyulnyul languages. BA (Hons) thesis, University of Melbourne. WALKER, Critchett, and FOSBERY, Edmund (R C Critchett Walker was a noted WAIGANA, Ezra (Torres Strait Islander) mapmaker in the late 1800s) 1984 Ngalpan yangukudu minar poelay 1900-04 Aboriginal names of places, etc., east sakariya thoeyayzinga - changes in of Main Dividing Range, N.S. W. 231 Science of Man 3(5):80-82, 3(6):95-97, WALSH, Fiona J (plant resources, Western 3(7):114-1 15, 3(9): 149-151, 4(2):28-29; Desert; Department of Botany, 4(3):45-46, 7(6):88-90. University of Western Australia) 1988 Review of Lands, Merrilee, 1987 Mayi: WALKER, Emily Jane (Gumbaynggir speaker, some bush fruits of Dampierland. Nambucca area) Broome, WA: Magabala Books, 1994 Interviewwith Emily Jane Walker of the Kimberley Aboriginal Law and Culture Gumbaynggir Language and Culture Centre. Anthropological Forum Group, April 1994. Ulitarra 5:54-62. 5(4):581-582. Sydney: Ulitarra Literary Association. WALSH, Michael J (Linguistics, University of WALKER, George Washington (missionary, Soc­ Sydney) iety of Friends, visited Tas & NSW) 1976 Murinjpata. In Dixon, R M W, ed. 1898 [Specimens of the language, spoken by Grammatical categories in Australian the natives of Van Diemen's Land; two languages. Canberra: AlAS. 287-290 popular songs; translation of Genesis (Topic A); 405-408 (Topic B); 441-444 chapter 1; Aboriginal names of men (Topic C). and women]. Papers andPr oceedings 1976 The Murinypata language of north-west of the Royal Society of Tasmania Australia. PhD dissertation, Australian 1 897: 1 45-1 75. National University. 442pp. 1979 Recent research in Australian lin­ WALKER, James Backhouse (Society of Friends guistics. In Wurm, SA, ed. Australian missionary, from York) linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific 1899 [Very brief vocabulary, 2 songs with Linguistics. 1-72. [bibliography] translations, names of men and 1981 Aboriginal languages. NorthSydney: women]. In Roth, H L, Th e Aborigines Aboriginal Arts & Crafts. 6pp. of Tasmania, Appendix E: xlix-Iii. 1981 Eastern part of Australia. In Wurm, S A, 1900 Aboriginal names of the Good Spirit. and Hattori, Shiro, eds Language atlas Science of Man 3(3):48. of the Pacific area, 1. Canberra: Academy of the Humanities, map 22. WALKER, J see Hershberger et al 1982 1981 Northern Australia. In Wurm, S A, and Hattori, Shiro, eds Language atlas of WALKER, Norman (worked on Ancanthe Library the Pacific area, 1. Canberra: Academy collection, Hutchins School, Hobart, of the Humanities, map 23. Tasmania) 1981 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The 1934 Some Aboriginal words of Tasmania, languages of Australia. Cambridge: from a manuscript. Man 34(66):51-52. University Press. Australian Book Review 31 :29-30. WALKER, Richard F (t eacher) 1981 South-eastern Australia and Tasmania. 1982 Report on the English spoken by In Wurm, S A, and Hattori, Shiro, eds Aboriginal entrants to Tra eger Park Language atlas of the Pacific area, 1. School. (Occasional Paper No. 11) Canberra: Academy of the Humanities, Canberra: Curriculum Development map 24. Centre. 205pp. (Review Education 1981 Western part of Australia. In Wurm, S News 18, Sen) A, and Hattori, Shiro, eds Language 1983 The English used by Aboriginal atlas of the Pacific area, 1. Canberra: children. Australian Review of Applied Academy of the Humanities, map 25. Linguistics 6(1 ):64-75. 1982 Language policy - Australia. In Kaplan, R B, ed. Annual Review of Applied WALLACE, Alfred Russel (noted ethnologist) Linguistics 1981 . Rowley, Massa­ 1872 Crania and language of the Australians. chusetts: Newbury House. 21-32. In his Th e Malay Archipelago: the land 1982 Remarks on a possible structure and of the orang-utan and the birds of policy for an Aboriginal language paradise. London. 599-600. planning organization. Bell, Jeanie, ed. Language planning for Australian WALLACE, N M (Noel) (National Museum of Aboriginal languages. Alice Springs: Victoria; AlAS researcher) lAD. 54-59. 1988 Aboriginal place names. Australian 1983 Linguistics sound archiving. In Lance, Aboriginal Studies 1988(2):1 11-113. D, ed. Sound archives: a guide to their establishment and development. (IASA 232 Special Publication 4) Milton Keynes, 1993 Languages and their status in UK: International Association of Sound Aboriginal Australia. In Walsh, Michael, Archives. 147-161 . and Yaliop, Colin, eds Language and 1983 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1980 The culture in Aboriginal Australia. Can- languages of Australia. Cambridge: berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 1-13. University Press. Pacific Studies 1994 Aboriginal words. Bulletin Almanac and 6(1 ):177-1 78. book of fa cts. Sydney: Australian 1984 Aboriginal languages. In Russell, Consolidated Press. 233-234. Elaine, and Coupe, Sheena, eds 1994 Interactional styles in the courtroom: an Macquarie illustrated world atlas. example from Northern Australia. In Sydney: Macquarie Library. 184-1 85. Gibbons, J, ed. Language and the law. 1984 Review of Yallop, Colin, 1982 Aust- London: Longman. 217-233. ralian Aboriginal languages. London: 1994 Murrinh-Patha. In Thieberger, N, and Deutsch. Australian Journalof McGregor, W, eds Macquarie Linguistics 4(1 ):136-138. Aboriginal words: a dictionaryof words 1985 Review of Dixon, Bob, 1983 Searching from Australian Aboriginal and Torres fo r Aboriginal languages: memoirs of a Strait Islander languages. NorthRyde: field worker. st. Lucia: University of Macquarie Library. 299-319. Queensland Press. Oceania 56:1 49- 1996 Body parts in Murrinh-Patha. In 150. Chappell, H, and McGregor, W, eds 1985 Review of Heath, J, 1982 Nunggubuyu The grammar of inalienability: a dictionary. Canberra: AlAS. Australian typological perspective on body part Aboriginal Studies 1985(2):89-91. terms and the part-whole relation. 1987 ArthurCapell (Obituary). Australian Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 327-380. Aboriginal Studies 1987(1 ):98-99. 1996 Vouns and nerbs: a category squish in 1987 Australian languages. In Camm, J C R, Murrinh-Patha (NorthernAustr alia). In and McQuilton, John, eds Australians: a McGregor, W, ed. Studies in Kimberley historical atlas. Sydney: Fairfax, Syme, languages in honour of Howard Coate. Weldon Associates. 138-139. Munich. 227-252. 1987 The impersonal verb construction in 1997 Cross cultural communication problems Australian languages. In Steele, R, and in Aboriginal Australia. (Discussion Threadgold, T, eds Language topics: Paper 7) Canberra: NARU (Northern essays in honour of Michael Halliday, Australia Research Unit), Australian volume 1. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. National University. 23pp. 425-438. 1997 How many Australian languages were 1988 Aboriginal languages since 1788. In there? In Tryon, Darrell, and Walsh, Jupp, James, ed. The Australian Michael, eds Boundaryrider: essays in people: an encyclopedia of the nation: honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: its people and their origins. Sydney: Pacific Linguistics. 393-41 2. Angus & Robertson. 148-152. 1997 The land stili speaks? Language and 1991 Conversational styles and intercultural landscape in Aboriginal Australia. In communication: an example from Rose, Deborah Bird, and Clarke, Anne, northernAustralia. Australian Journalof eds Tracking knowle dge in North Aust- Communication 18( 1 ) : 1-12. ralian landscapes: studies in indigenous 1991 Overviewof indigenous languages of and settler ecological knowledge Australia. In Romaine, Suzanne, ed. systems. Darwin North Australia Language in Australia. Cambridge: Research Unit, School of Pacific and University Press. 27-48 (Chapter 1). Asian Studies, Australian National 1992 A nagging problem in Australian lexical University. 105-1 19. [Murrinhpatha, history. In Dutton, Tom, et ai, eds The semantics, court transcripts] language game: papers inmemory of 1997 Noun classes, nominal classification Donald C. Laycock. Canberra: Pacific and generics in Murrinhpatha. In Linguistics. 507-519. [the word for Harvey, Mark, and Reid, Nicholas, eds 'horse' in Australian languages] Nominal classification in Aboriginal 1993 Classifying the world in an Aboriginal Australia. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: language. In Walsh, Michael, and John Benjamins. 255-292. Yaliop, Colin, eds Language and see also Brandl and Walsh 1981 , 1982; culture in Aboriginal Australia. see also Kulamburut and Walsh 1986; Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. see also Sutton and Walsh 1979, 1980, 107-122. 1987; see also Tryon and Walsh 1997, 233 1997; see also Urryand Walsh 1981; book originally appeared as a special see also Wurm and Hattori 1981 issue of Discourse: the Australian Journal of Educational Studies 12(2)] WALSH, M J (coordinating editor) 1996 Critical social literacies. Darwin: NTU 1981 Maps of Australia and Tasmania. In Press. Wurm, S A, and Hattori, Shiro, eds see also Black and Walton 1991 Language at/as of the Pacific area, 1. Canberra: Academy of the Humanities. - WALTON, Christine, ed. 1995 Narratives of resistance. Darwin: WALSH, Michael J, and CARRINGTON, Lois Centre for Studies of Language in 1979 An Australian linguistic bibliography - Education, Northern Territory from Greenway to the late sixties. In University, Darwin. Wurm, S A, ed. Australian linguistic studies. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. WALTON, Christine, and CHRISTIE, M J 73-86. 1994 Aboriginal literature and critical pedagogies. Ngoonjook, the Journalof WALSH, Michael, WURM, Stephen A, and Australian Indigenous Issues 10:65-88. BLACK, Paul (Batchelor College NT) 1987 Aboriginal languages. In Camm, J C R, et ai, eds Australians: a historical atlas. WALTON, Christine, and EGGINGTON, William, (Australians: a historical library, 6) eds Sydney: Fairfax, Syme and Weldon 1990 Language: maintenance, power and Associates. 138-1 39. [Includes 3 maps; education in Australian Aboriginal data from Wurm, S A, and Hattori, contexts. Darwin:North ern Territory Shiro, eds Language atlas of the Pacific University Press. 208pp. (Review Inter­ area, 1. Canberra: Academy of the national Journalof the Sociology of Humanities] Language 113, Cazden)

WALSH, Michael, and YALLOP, Colin, eds WANYMULI, D (teacher, NT) see Galpagalpa et al 1993 Language and culture in Aboriginal 1984 Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 226pp. (Review Australian WARBURTON, Richard Egerton (pastoralist Journal of Linguistics 4, Dixon) Erldunda station, Finke River NT) 1886 Charlotte Waters Telegraph Station. In WALTO N, Christine (formerly of Northern Territory Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Mel­ University) bourne. 1 :420-421. [Aranda vocabulary; 1986 Aboriginal children learning to write: see also entryun der Gillen] Kriol and Warlpiri speakers in an English-speaking classroom. MEd WARD, Teresa (Sister) thesis, University of New England, 1978 Teaching aids for Tiwi. Work Papers of Armidale, NSW. SIL-MB B-2. Summer Institute of 1990 The process vs genre debate: an Linguistics. 31-1 05. Aboriginal education perspective. 1978 Teaching aids for Tiwi [sections 1-3]. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics Read 13(1):7-16. 1 3(1): 1 00-1 22. 1978 Teaching aids for Tiwi [section 4]. Read 1991 A response to the Green Paper. NT 13(2):5-18. Bilingual Education Newsletter 1991 91(1):117-119. WARE, Janice A (US linguist) 1993 Aboriginal education in Northern 1981 The function of -ji in Gugu-Yalanji. MA Australia: a case study of literacy thesis, NorthTexas State University. policies and practices. In Welch, A, and Ann Arbor/London: University Freebody, P, eds Knowledge, culture Microfilms International. 57pp. and power: international persp ectives on literacy policies and practices. WARES, Alan C (SIL, USA - bibliographer) London: Falmer Press. 1992 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of 1993 Literacy in Aboriginal contexts: re­ Linguistics. Dallas, Texas: Summer examining pedagogy. In Luke, A, and Institute of Linguistics. 603pp. [includes Gilbert, P, eds Literacy in contexts: "Academic works", all included here Australian perspectives and issues. under author, and "Vernacular works - Sydney: Allen & Unwin. 39-45. [this Australia", pp.255-268, listing literacy 234 materials, Bible translation by SIL WARRI, Yilbie, and WORDICK, Frank (Warri: members, in Alyawarra, Bandjalang, Yindjibarndi language assistant) Burarra, Djinang, Garawa, Gurinji, 1990 Aboriginal languages of the Pilbara: Iwaidja, Kala Lagaw Ya, Kriol, Kuku­ Yindjibarndi. Port Hedland, WA: Yalanji, Martu Wangka, Meriam, Wangka Maya, Pilbara Aboriginal Murrinh-Patha, Nyangumarta, Pintupi­ Language Centre. 10pp. Luritja, Pitjantjatjara, Tiwi, Walmajarri, Warlpiri, Wik-Mungkan, Yanyuwa, WARUSAM, M (Torres Strait) see Aragu et al 1980 Yindjibarndi, Yulngu] WATERMAN, R A (US anthropologist) see Pilling WARLPIRI Lexicography Group (Massachusetts and Waterman, eds 1970 Institute of Technology) 1985 Wa rlpiri-English dictionary/ Yirdikari­ WATERS, Bruce E (Senior Linguistic Consultant, yirdikari War/piri Yingkiliji: manufacture Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua section / jurnarrpapinkikirli. (Compiled New Guinea, and Australia) by Mary Laughren; Lexicon Project 1979 A distinctive features approach to Working Papers, 5) Cambridge, Djinang phonology and verb morph­ Massachusetts: Lexicon Project, Center ology. (Work Papers of SIL-AABM) for Cognitive Science, Massachusetts Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Institute of Technology. 38pp. [dict­ 159pp. ionaryof Warlpiri material culture; 1980 Djinang phonology. Papers in includes dialect terms] Australian Linguistics 14. (PL, A-60) 1986 Warlpiri-English dictionary/ Yirdikari­ Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1-71. yirdikari Warlpiri-Yingkiliji: flora section / 1980 Djinang verb morphology. Papers in watiyapinkikirli (Lexicon Project Work­ Australian Linguistics 14. (PL, A-60) ing Papers, 4) Cambridge, Massa­ Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 141-178. chusetts: Lexicon Project, Center for 1980 A proposed distinctive feature 'narrow': Cognitive Science, MIT. 95pp. [Warlpiri evidence from Djinang and Iwaidja. flora classification] Work Papers of SIL-AAB A4. Summer 1986 Warlpiri-English dictionary: body-part Institute of Linguistics. 133-158. section. (compiled by Mary Laughren; 1983 An interim Djin ang dictionary. ( Work Lexicon Project Working Papers, 6) Papers of SIL-AAB, B9) Darwin: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Lexicon Summer Institute of Linguistics. 231 pp. Project, Center for Cognitive Science, [dictionary, finderlistj MIT. 135pp. [notes on semantic and 1984 A grammar of Djinang. MA thesis, syntactic organisation of body-part Australian National University. terminology and orthography] 1989 Djinang and Djinba - a grammatical and historical persp ective. (PL, C-1 14) WARNER, W Lloyd (British ethnologist) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 405pp. 1937 A black civilization: a social study of an (Revised version of his 1984 MA thesis, Australian tribe. New York: Harper. Australian National University) (Revised edition 1958) 1978 Murngin sign language. In Umiker­ WATERS, Bruce, ed. Sebeok, D J, and Sebeok, T A, 1981 Australian phonologies: collected Aboriginal sign-languages of the papers. (Work Papers of SIL-AAB, A5) Americas and Australia. New York: Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Plenum Press. 389-392. 269pp.

WARREN, John (possibly mine manager, Moonta, WATERS, Bruce E, and WATERS, Glenys Broken Hill etc) 1987 Djinang dictionary. Darwin: Summer 1886 Strangway Springs. In Curr, E M The Institute of Linguistics. Australian race. Melbourne. 2:1 10-112. [Araban a vocabulary] WATERS, Glenys (SIL linguist) see Waters and Waters 1987 WARREN, John, and HOGARTH, John 1886 West of Lake Eyre. In Curr, E M Th e WATERS, Lotte, ed.(sociologist, editor) Australian race. Melbourne. 2:16-1 7. 1989 Keeping language strong. Central Aust­ [Arabana vocabulary] ralian Aboriginal Language Association Conference, Hamilton Downs, Northern Territory, April 1989. Alice Springs: 235 Institute for Aboriginal Development. WAIT, W H (Bill) (Geographic Names Board, 60pp. [language conference on Department of Lands, SA) Wangganguru, Warlpiri, Pitjantjatjara, 1986 Getting Aboriginal names on the maps. Luritja, Anmatjera, Alyawarra, Pintupi, Globe (Adelaide) 25:1 9-26. Western Arrernte, Eastern Arrernte] WEBB, E K, ed. (Eric K) (meteorologist) WATKIN, Edwin Iredale (Methodist pastor; head 1997 Win dows on meteorology: Australian Wesley Church Melbourne; studied persp ective. Collingwood: CSIRO Aboriginal folklore) Publishing!Aus tralian Meteorological 1900 Australian native words and their and Oceanographic Society. [includes meanings. Melbourne: Sydney J papers by Simpson, Hoogenraad, Endacott. 36pp. Robertson]

WATKIN, George,and HAMILTON, J E WEBB, ThomasTheodor (Reverend) (Methodist 1887 Stradbroke and Moreton Islands: Missionary, Arnhem Land) Goenpul, Wogee, and Noonukul tribes. 1933 Aboriginal bird-names in east Arnhem In Curr, E M The Australian race. Land. The Emu 33(1 ): 18-22. Melbourne. 3:222-230. [vocabularies: Watkin's Jandai language 226-227, WEDGE, John Helder (surveyor, explorer: crossed Watkin's Goowar language 228-229] from Van Diemen's Land to Port Phillip in 1835, had a part in the found­ WATSON, F J (Royal Geographical Society of ing of Melbourne) Queensland) 1883 [Port Phillip vocabulary]. In Bonwick, 1941 Meanjin - its meaning. Meanjin Papers James, Port Phillip settlement. London. (Brisbane) 1 (6):24. 247. 1943 Vocabularies of four representative tribes of south eastern Queensland, WELLS, Lawrence Allen (explorer - on Elder with grammatical notes thereof and expedition, leader of Calvert expedition, some notes on manners and customs; surveyor, SA and WA; Aborigines also a list of Aboriginal place names named him 'Eagle-eyed Man') and their derivations. (Supplement to 1890 Vocabularies of words and phrases, Journal of the Royal Geographical with translations ... collected from the Societyof Australasia (Queensland) 'Pidong' tribe of natives at the head of 48(34)). Brisbane: Royal Geographical the Murchison River, WesternAu stralia. Society of Australasia. Adelaide. 15pp. 1892 Western Australian vocabularies. In WATSON, Helen, YOLNGU Community at South Australian Elder Exp loring Yirrkala, and CHAMBERS, David W Exp edition 1892. 192-207. [354 words (Watson-Verran of the Open Campus of 'Pidong' at Murchison River, 107 Program at Deakin University) words of 'Minninng' at Frazer Range, 1989 Talking of the world - a frame-up job. In Everard Ranges, Yarragabie Station their Singing the land, signing the land: ('Wallawe')] a portfolio of exhibits. Geelong, Victoria: 1895 Vocabulary, Western Australia. Pro­ Deakin University. 12-19. ceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of SA, 3. WATSON, J H (businessman and historian fellow 1899 Abstract of journal of explorations in of Royal Australian Historical Society) Western Australia, 1896-7. Pro­ 1919 Origin of names in Port Jackson. ceedings of the Royal Geographical Journalof the Royal Australian Society of South Australia 3: 170-171 Historical Society 4:361 -385, 443-456. [small vocabularyfrom 'Joanna Spring']

WATSON, William (missionary, government WELSBY, Thomas (Brisbane identity, born 1858; mission station Wellington NSW; knew Stradbroke and Moreton Island studied local Aborigines, compiled a people well) vocabulary and grammar) 1967 Th e collected works of Thomas Welsby, 1846 Dialect of Wiradurei, Wellington Valley. edited by A K Thomson. Brisbane: In Hale, Horatio United States Exp loring Jacaranda Press. A collection in 2 expedition ...vol ume 6: Ethnography volumes of his published works. In and philology. 479-531 . volume 2 (first published 1937) pp 423- see also Ridley 1873 425, a Stradbroke (Nunukal) wordlist: 236 birds, trees, fish, general; vocabulary Perth, WA: Ministry of Education. throughout. 142pp.

WESSON, Sue C (research consultant) WESTGARTH, William (commercial leader, writer, 1992 What's in a name? The Nooramunga, much interested in condition of Vic, story. Criticism of the use of Abori­ Aborigines; anti-transportationist) ginal place names without consent or 1846 A rep ort on the condition, capabilities, consultation with the relevant Aboriginal and prospects of the Australian communities. Parkwatch 171:17-19. Aborigines. Melbourne: William ClarKe. 1994 An oveNiew of the sources for a 40pp. language and clan atlas of eastern Vic toria and southern New South WETTENHALL, Holford H (manager then owner Wales. Melbourne, Victoria: Monash Carr's Plains station, Wimmera, from University Department of Geography 1861; later near Stawell; agricultural and Environmental Science, Graduate and pastoral interests) School of Environmental Science. 1945 Aboriginal names for implements at 67pp. [from her MA thesis, Monash Carr's Plain. Victorian Historical University, Graduate School of Magazine 21 (1 ):28. Environmental Science, 1993] WHALEY, LJ WEST, La Mont (then at University of Washington) 1996 Review of Blake, B J, 1994 Case. 1963 Aboriginal sign language: a statement. Cambridge: University Press. Language In Sheils, H, ed. Australian Aboriginal 72(1 ):136-1 39. studies. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 159-165. WHITE, Diane (at Monash University at that time) 1978 Aboriginal sign language ... (1 963) 1981 Word order in Australian languages. BA Reprinted in Umiker-Sebeok, 0 J, and (Hons) thesis, Monash University. Sebeok, T A, eds Aboriginal sign lan­ 110pp. guages of the Americas and Australia. New York: Plenum Press. 425-431. [63 WHITE, Ely (Batchelor College) see Brands and signs described; comparison with other White 1998 Australian sign languages] WHITE, Isobel M (anthropologist, was at WEST AWAY, Richard (JP; Moolooloo; in area Australian National University) from 1863) 1984 Review of Dixon, Bob, 1983 Searching 1887 A portion of the country between Bris­ for Aboriginal languages: memoirs of a bane and Gympie. In Curr, E M Th e field worker. St. Lucia: University of Australian race. Melbourne. 3:138-141 Queensland Press. Mankind 14:418- [Mooloola tribe (Dippil) vocabulary 140- 419. 141; see Landsborough] 1990 Introduction. In Austin, Peter, et ai, eds see Ridley et al 1887 Language and history: essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, Colonial Secretary Pacific Linguistics. 1-11. 1903-04 Aboriginal place names and meanings. see also Austin, Dixon, Dutton and Science of Man 6(9): 133-1 35, 6(1 0): White, eds 1990; see also Bates 1985; 147-1 49, 6(11):181 , 6(12):181-185; see also Hercus and White 1971, 1973 7(1 ):7 -1 1. [placenames from the south­ west of WA] WHITE, J Peter (historian, editor) see Mulvaney and White 1987 WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Geographic Names Committee WHITE, N G (Neville) (Genetics, La Trobe 1994 Principles, policies and procedures - University) incorporates policy guidelines for the 1976 A preliminaryacc ount of the recording and use of Aboriginal and correspondence among genetic, Torres Strait Islander place names. linguistic, social and topographic Perth: the Committee. 41 pp. divisions in Arnhem Land, Australia. Mankind 1 0:240-247. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Ministry of Education 1997 Genes, languages and landscapes in 1992 Framework for the teaching of Abori­ Australia. In McConvell, Patrick, and ginal languages in primarysc hools. Evans, Nicholas, eds Archaeology and 237 linguistics: Aboriginal Australia in global WIEGAND, Nancy see Flickinger, Macken and perspective. Melbourne: Oxford Wiegand 1982 University Press. 45-81. WIERZBICKA, Anna (Professor, Linguistics, WHITE, W G see Prior et al 1887 Australian National University) 1981 Case marking and human nature. WHITE EAGLE, Josie A (Josephine) (Harvard Australian Journalof Linguistics University) see Guerssel et al 1985 1 (1 ):43-80. [Yidiny and Dyirbal examples) WHITEHEAD, Oscar (was at Flinders University) 1983 Semantics and lexicography: some 1990 Which way is up? A preliminary comments on the Warlpiri dictionary comparative study of compass point project. In Austin, ed. Papers in direction terms in Australian languages. Australian linguistics 15: Australian BA (Hons) thesis, University . of Aboriginal lexicography. 1 Canberra: Melbourne. Pacific Linguistics. 135-144. 1985 A semantic metalanguage for a cross­ WHITEHURST, Rose (Nyungar linguist) cultural comparison of speech acts and 1992 Noongar dictionary. Carey Park, WA: speech genres. Language in Society Noongar Language and Culture Centre. 14:491 -51 4. [Walmatjari; see also 1992) 53pp. 1986 Semantics and the interpretation of see also Calgaret et al 1988 cultures: the meaning of 'alternate generations' devices in Australian WHITFIELD, George (Toodyay pastoralist) languages. Man 21 (1 ):34-49. 1886 Newcastle [Western Australia). In Curr, 1986 What's in a noun? (or, How do nouns E M, Th e Australian race. Melbourne. differ in meaning from adjectives?) 1 :324-327. [Newcastle (Wardand ?) Studies in Language 10(2):353-389. vocabulary326-327) [Warlpiri) 1987 Kinship semantics: lexical universals as WHITLEY, Gilbert P (ichthyologist, marine a key to psychological reality. Anthropo­ biologist) logical Linguistics 29: 131-1 56. [Includes • 1936 Aboriginal names mostly of marine discussionof Australian kin terms) animals from North Queensland. 1990 The meaning of colour terms: seman­ Mankind 2(2):42-44. tics, culture, and cognition. Cognitive Linguistics 1 (1). [includes Warlpiri data] WHITTAKER, Mark (staff writer, The Weekend 1991 Cross-cultural pragmatics: the Australian, Sydney) semantics of human interaction. Berlin: 1999 Tongues tied. Th e Weekend Australian, Mouton de Gruyter. [chapters on January 23-24 1999:20-24. [Fr Kevin kinship semantics and alternating McKelson, Ian Alexander, Joshua generations) Booth, Joyce Hudson, Carol Billycan, 1992 Semantics, culture, and cognition: Maureen Yanawana, Lorraine Injie, universal human concepts in culture­ Desmond Taylor and others, and the specific configurations. New York: dying languages of the Kimberley) Oxford University Press. [chapter on [Yawuru, Jugun, Ngumbarl, Niman­ speech acts and genres, published burru, Nyul Nyul, Bardi, Jawi d of Bardi, earlier as 1985] Nyikina, Karajarri, Nyangumarta, see also Goddard and Wierzbicka Mangarla, Juwaliny, Yulparija, 1994, 1997; see also Dixon et al 1980; Warnman, Nyiyaparli, Broome Kriol, see also Harkins and Wierzbicka 1997 Putijarra, Kurajarra, Manyjilyjarra, Martu Wangka, Kriol. Aboriginal English) WIGHTMAN, Glenn M (ethnobotanist) 1994 Gurindjiethnobot any: Aboriginal plant WIDDERS, Terrence (Macquarie University, parti­ use from Oaguragu, Northern Australia. cipant in Aboriginal Writers' Workshop, Palmerston, NT: Conservation Darwin 1975) Commission of the Northern Territory. 1983 Review of Blake, B J, 1982 Australian 76pp. Aboriginal languages. Sydney: Angus & Robertson. Aboriginal Law Bulletin WIGHTMAN, Glenn M, and BROWN, Jessie 9:12. 1994 Jawoyn plant identikit: common useful plants in the Ka therine area of Northern Australia. Darwin: Conservation Com- 238 mission of the NorthernTerritory and 1984 Nominal reduplication in Mparntwe Katherine Jawoyn Association. 65pp. Arrernte. Language in Central Australia 1:16-22. WIGHTMAN, Glenn M, DIXON, Dilkbarri, 1986 Particle/clitics for criticism and com­ WILLIAMS, Lorraine, and plaint in Mparntwe Arrernte (Aranda). DALYWATERS, lnjimadi Journal of Pragmatics 10(5):575-596 1992 Mudburra ethnobotany: Aboriginal plant 1988 Switch-reference in Mparntwe Arrernte use from Kulu mindini (Elliott), North (Aranda): form, function, and problems Australia. Palmerston, NT: Conserv­ of identity. In Austin, P, ed. Complex ation Commission of the Northern sentence constructions in Australian Territory. languages. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 141-176. WILD, Stephen A (Research Fellow, 1989 Mparntwe Arrernte (Aranda): studies in Ethnomusicology, AIATSIS) the structure and semantics of 1990 A Central Australian men's love song. grammar. PhD dissertation, Australian In Dixon, R M W, and Duwell, Martin, National University. eds The honey-ant men's love song 1991 The semantics, pragmatics, and and other Aboriginal song poems. St diachronic development of 'associated Lucia: University of Queensland Press. motion' in Mparntwe Arrernte. Buffalo 47-69. [WarlpirilAnmatyerre text, Papers in Linguistics 91 (1 ):207-257. English translation) 1992 Interjections as deictics. Journalof see also Clunies Ross et ai, eds 1987; Pragmatics 18: 119-158. [Mparntwe see also Clunies Ross and Wild 1982; Arrernte data) see also Donaldson et al 1998 1992 Linguistic research under Aboriginal control: a personal account of fieldwork WILHELM, Christopher (University of Kansas at in Central Australia. Australian Journal Lawrence) of Linguistics 12(1 ):171-200. 1992 In search of the other half of Venne­ 1993 Linguistic evidence in supportof a mann's and Givon's cyclical theoryof holistic approach to traditional language change; or, Where do cases ecological knowledge: the linguistic come from? Mid-America Linguistics manifestations of the bond between Conference Papers 1992:93-1 01. kinship, land and totemism in Mparntwe [instances the "so-called prefixing Arrernte. In Williams, Nancy M, and languages of northwestern Australia") Baines, Graham, Traditional ecological knowledge: wisdom fo r sustainable WILKES, G A (Gerald A) (former professor of development. Canberra: CRES, Australian literature, University of Australian National University. 71-93. Sydney) 1996 Natural tendencies of semantic change 1978 A dictionaryof Australian collo ­ and the search for cognates. In Durie, quialisms. Sydney University Press. Mark, and Ross, Malcolm, eds Th e 370pp. [common adaptations included) comparative method re viewed: 1986 Budgerigar suffered microwave ordeal. regularity and irregularity in language In his Exp loring Australian English, 4-6. change. New York: Oxford University Sydney: Australian Broadcasting Press. 264-304. Corporation. Revised edn 1993. [Origin 1997 Alternative representations of space: of some 'Aboriginal' words) Arrernte narratives in sand. In Biemans. 1986 Picaninnies at Port Jackson. In his M, and Weijer, J van de, eds Exploring . . . , 6-9. [Further 'Aboriginal' Proceedings of the CLS Opening words in Australian English) Academic Year '97/'98. Chicago Linguistic Society. 133-164. WILKIN, A (gesture language) see Seligman and 1997 Handsigns and hyperpolysemy: Wilkin 1978 exploring the cultural foundations of semantic association. In Tryon, D, and WILKINS, David P (Language and Cognition Walsh, M, eds Boundaryrider: essays Group, Max Planck Institute for in honour of Geoffrey O'Grady. Psycholinguistics, Nijmegen) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 413-444. 1984 How, and how not to, say 'and' in 1997 The verbalization of motion events in Mparntwe Arrernte. Language in Arrernte (Central Australia). In Clark. Central Australia 2:23-30. Eve V, ed. Th e proceedings of the Twenty-Eighth Annual Child Language 239 Research Forum. Stanford: Centre for prospect. Canberra: AlAS / New the Study of Language and Information. Jersey: Humanities Press. 310-323. 295-308. [includes Gupapuyngu verb see also Shopen et al 1987; see also constructions and ordinal scales] Van Valin and Wilkins 1993; see also 1981 Learning an Aboriginal language. Harkins and Wilkins 1994; see also Canberra: Curriculum Development Pedersen et al 1998; see also Evans Centre. 180pp. [A short course in and Wilkins 1998 G upapuyngu, based on 100 carefully selected words; course includes 5 WILKINS, David P, and HILL, Deborah audio-cassettes and a Teacher's 1995 When 'go' means 'come': questioning Handbook (42pp)] the basicness of basic motion verbs. Cognitive Linguistics 6(2/3):209-259. WILLIAMS, Lorraine see Wightman et al 1992 [compares Mparntwe Arrernte and Longgu] WILLIAMS, Nancy M (American anthropologist based in the Northern Territory) WILKINS, David P, and PETCH, Alison 1986 Th e Yolngu and their land: a system of 1997 Glossary[of Aboriginal words in the land tenure and the fight for its recogni­ Gillen-Spencer correspondence]. In tion. Stanford: University Press. Morphy, Howard, Mulvaney, John, and [Chapter 2 'Names and their meanings' Petch, Alison My dear Spencer: the on Rirratjingu terms relating to social letters of F J Gillen to Baldwin Spencer. groups] Melbourne: Hyland House. 487- 533. WILLIAMS, Sadie, and BREEN, Gavan (Williams: WILKINSON, Karina (University of Massachusetts, Arrernte language assistant) Amherst) 1984 The alphabet in Arrernte. Language in 1988 Prosodic structure and Lardil phono­ Central Australia 2:21-22. logy. Linguistic Inquiry 19(2):325-334. WILLIAMS, T S see Dudley and Williams 1887 WILKINSON, Melanie P (Regional Linguist East Arnhem, Departmentof Education, WILLIAMS, William (early South Australian Nhulunbuy, NT) settler) 1978 A language of south-west Victoria. BA 1839 A vocabulary of the languages of the (Hons) thesis, Australian National Aborigines of the Adelaide district, and University. 155pp. [Kurrn-Kopan-noot other friendly trib es, of the Province of dialect chain] South Australia. Adelaide: McDougall. 1991 Djambarrpuyngu: a Yolngu variety of Reprinted July 1840 in The South Northern Australia. PhD dissertation, Australian Colonist, 295ff. University of Sydney. 727pp. 1886 Eucla: Yircla Meening tribe. In Curr, E see also Galpagalpa et al 1984; Angelo M, Th e Australian ra ce. Melbourne. et al 1994, 1998 1 :400-406. [Mirning vocabulary404- 406] WILLIAMS, Corinne J (Wembley Downs WA) 1886 Eyre's Sand Patch: Wonunda Meening 1976 Yuwaaliyaay and Yuwaalaraay: dialects tribe. In Curr, E M, Th e Australian race. of north-central New South Wales. BA Melbourne. 1 :394-399. [Ngadjuna (Hons) subthesis, Australian National vocabulary 398-399; material obtained University. 2 volumes, 223pp. from W Graham] 1980 A grammar of Yuwaalaraay. (PL, B-74) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 200pp. WILLS, Charles (Review Oceania 55, Donaldson) 1886 Tura or Eura tribe, Mount Serle. In Curr, [extensive vocabulary] E M Th e Australian race. Melbourne. see also Austin, Williams and Wurm 2: 116-1 17. [Pilatapa vocabulary] 1980 WILLSHIRE, William Henry (police officer, Alice WILLIAMS, Don (University of Canberra) Springs; wrote on Aborigines, but 1976 Ordinal scaling of prescriptions and terrorised them) descriptions of behaviour in an Abori­ 1888 The Aborigines of Central Australia, ginal community. In Kearney, George, with a vocabulary of the dialect of the and McElwain, Donald W, eds Alice Springs natives. Port Augusta: Aboriginal cognition: retrospect and Drysdale 32pp. 240 1891 The Aborigines of Central Australia, see also Emorrotjba et al 1998 with vocabularies of the dialects sp oken by the natives of Lake Amadeus and of WILSON, Thomas Braidwood (surgeon, Royal the western territory of Central Austral­ Navy) ia. Adelaide: Government Printer. 51pp. 1835 Narrative of a voyage around the world. London: Sherwood, Gilbertand Piper. WILSON, Charles (JP; of Walmer, Horsham) [Torres Strait etc: a vocabulary of 1878 Horsham [vocabulary). In Smyth, R B Miriam, compiled 1822, 1829, The Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. mentioned in Ray 1907, 1, and a few Melbourne. 77. items quoted - the original being lost]

WILSON, GregoryJ WIMBERLEY, C C 1996 'Only Nungas talk Nunga English': a 1899 Yarrawoorka tribe vocabulary. Science preliminarydescription of Aboriginal of Man 2(4):70. children's English at Alberton, South Australia. MLitt thesis, University of WIMINYDJI and PElLE, A R (Wiminydji: Mission, New England. Halls Creek) 1978 A desert Aborigine's view of health and WILSON, Paul R, WILSON, R, and nutrition. Journalof Anthropological BRAITHWAITE, John B (Wilson writes Research 34(4):497-523. on sociological aspects of the law) 1978 What is deviant language? In Wilson, WINFIELD, Cathy (Catherine) (Papunya Literature Paul R, and Braithwaite, John B, eds Production Centre; has written/edited Two faces of deviance: crimes of the many Luritja readers and workbooks) powerless and the powerful, 46-57. St 1982 Bush tucker: a guide to, and resources Lucia: University of Queensland Press. on traditional Aboriginal foods of the north west of South Australia and WILSON, R see Wilson et al 1978 central Australia. Wattle Park, SA: Wattle Park Teachers' Centre. 80pp. WILSON, Samuel (Sir; born Northern Ireland; 1991 [Same - a fully revised edition, with arrived aged 20; pastoralist Wimmera; updated information on languages) philanthropist, parliamentarian) 1878 Native names of places in the vicinity of WINTER, Werner (German linguist) see Laycock Glenorchy. In Smyth, R B The and Winter, eds 1987 Aborigines of Victoria, volume 2. Melbourne. 177-1 78. WIRRUNMARRA, Banjo (from Ngalarra country; 1887 Mount Emu. In Curr, E M Th e Aust­ stockman; founder of market garden/ ralian race. Melbourne. 3:516-51 7. settlement on Fitzroy River; Bunuba [Wiljakali vocabulary] traditional elder) see Muecke, Rumsey and Wirrunmarra 1985 WILSON, Samuel, and HENDERSON, William 1886 Fifty miles below Bourke on the Darling. WITHERS, Henry J (of 8ernembeel, near Wagga In Curr, E M The Australian race. Wagga) Melbourne. 2:224-225. [8agundji 1878 List of native words and names ...near vocabulary) Wagga Wagga, in New South Wales. In Smyth, R B The Aborigines of Vic toria, WILSON, Samuel, and MURRAY, T (Senior volume 2. Melbourne. 218-220. Constable) [Wiradjuri) 1887 Peak Downs district, Logan Downs Station. In Curr, EM Th e Australian WITHGOTT, Mary Margaret (Meg) (University of race. Melbourne. 3:64-69. [Yambeena Texas at Austin) see Simpson and (Jambina) vocabulary: Murray 65,66- Withgott 1986 67, Wilson 68-69] WITHNELL, John G (Mt Welcome station; pearler; WILSON, Stephen he and wife Emma trusted and 1997 Coverbs and complex predicates in respected by Aborigines) Wagiman. 8A (Hons) thesis, University 1903 Pronouns, adjectives, & verbs, of the of Sydney. [morphological, syntactic Paljarri tribe, West Australia. Science of and semantic status of coverbs in Man 6:56. Wagiman] 241 WOENNE, Susan T (Anthropology, University of by Friends of the State Library of South Western Australia) Australia, 1997. 316pp. 1979 Some problems of interpretation in courts. In Brennan, Gloria, ed. The WOOLA, Christobel (teacher, Aurukun) see need for interpreting and translation Arkwookerum, Woola, and Woola 1982 services forAust ralian Aboriginals, with special reference to the Northern WOOLA, Ella (teacher, Aurukun) see Territory - a research report. Canberra: Arkwookerum, Woola, and Woola 1982 Research Section, Department of Aboriginal Affairs. Appendix 2; 3 pp. WOOLFORD, Ellen (US linguist, University of see also ten Raa and Woenne 1973, Massachusetts) 1973 1982 An appendix to 'A note on Damin kinship terminology'. In Heath, J, WOLMBY, Isobel, and PEEMUGGINA, Noel, Merlan, F, and Rumsey, A, eds edited by SUTTON, Peter (Wolmby Languages of kinship in Aboriginal and Peemuggina, both deceased, were Australia. Oceania Linguistic at Cape Keerweer) Monographs 24. 1990 Donald Thomson atCape Keerweer. In 1997 Four-way case systems: ergative, Austin et ai, eds Language and history: nominative, objective and accusative. essays in honour of Luise A. Hercus. Natural Language and Linguistic Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 271-282. Theory15 (1 ):181-227 [Comparison of [p 275 account in Wik-Ngathan; pp 277- Nez Perce case systems with those of 278 in Wik-linychy, with translations] Thangu and Kalkatungu] see also Heath 1982 WOLMBY, Topsy (Wik-Munkan informant) see Kilham et al 1986 WOOLRYCH, F B W 1890 Native names of some of the runs, etc., WOOD, Albert, and O'DONOGHUE, J D (Wood: in the Lachlan district. Journaland Newcastle Teachers' College) Proceedings of the Royal Societyof 1976 Psycholinguistics and socio-linguistic NSW 24:63-70. research. In Coppell, W G, ed. Papers on Aboriginal education in New South WOOLSTON, F P see Colliver and Woolston 1975 Wa les: selected papers Walgett Conference on Aboriginal education in WOOLTORT ON, Sandra (Nyungar speaker) see New South Wales 1971-1975. Sydney: Calgaret et al 1988 Centre for Advancement of Teaching, Macquarie University. 30-33. WORDICK, F J F (Frank) (Research Fellow AlAS) 1982 The Yin djibarndi /anguage. (PL, C-71) WOOD, RaymondK (SIL linguist, Elcho Island, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 390pp. NT) [grammar, texts, dictionary](Re view 1977 Some aspects of Galpu phonology. Mankind 14, Sutton) Ta lanya 4:24-29. see also Warri and Wordick 1990 1978 Some Yuulngu phonological patterns. Papers in Australian Linguistics 11. (PL, WORMS, Ernest A (Reverend Father, Society of A-51) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 53- the Divine Word) (Kimberley) 117. 1938 Foreign words in some Kimberley tribes of north-western Australia. Oceania WOOD, Richard E (then of Department of Lan­ 8(4):458-462. Reprinted in Oceania guages, Adelphi University) see Monograph 3. Reinecke et al 1975 1938 Onomatopoeia in some Kimberley tribes of north-western Australia. WOODS, James Dominick (historian/editor) Oceania 8(4):453-457. Reprinted in 1879 The native tribes of South Australia. Oceania Monograph 3. Adelaide: E S Wigg & Son. [With an 1942 Sense of smell of the Australian Abori­ introductorycha pter by Woods; also gines: a psychological and linguistic contains "word lists and pronunciations study of the natives of the Kimberley of various local tribes" at the ends of Division. Oceania 13(2):107-130. the chapters: see also Taplin, Wyatt, 1944 Aboriginal place names in Kimberley, Meyer, Schurmann, Gason, Bennett Western Australia: an etymological and 1879] Facsimile reproduction published 242 mythological study. Oceania 14(4):284- 1994 The Gogo School language problem, 310. Fitzroy Crossing, WA. In Hartman, D, 1946 The Aboriginal mind at work: semantic and Henderson, J, eds Aboriginal notes on Australian languages. languages in education. Alice Springs: Mankind 3(8):231 -232. lAD Press. 45-55. 1953 H. Nekes and E.A. Worms' Australian see also Kimberley Centre and Wrigley languages. Anthropos 48:956-970. 1992 1957 Australian mythological terms: their etymology and dispersion. Anthropos WUNUNGMURRA, W (Batchelor College) 52:732-768, fascicles 5-6. [Australia 1989 Dhawurrpunaramirri: finding the wide; semantics] common ground for a new Aboriginal 1957 The poetryof the Yaoro and Bad, north­ curriculum. Ngoonjook (Batchelor western Australia. Annalidel Pontifico College Journal of Aboriginal Museo Missionario Ethnologico gia Education) 2:12-1 4. Lateranensi 21 :213-229. 1958 Capell's new approach to Australian WURM, S A (Stephen) (Emeritus Professor, linguistics. Anthropos 53:270-271. Linguistics, Australian National 1959 Verbannungslied eines australischen University) Wildbeuters: ein Beitrag zur Lyrik der 1955 Songs from southeast Queensland. Bad. Anthropos 54: 154-1 68. Sydney University phonograph record 1960 Tasmanian mythological terms. nO.62. [Wurm as language editor] Anthropos 55: 1-16. 1959 Th e question of encouraging Aborigines see also Nekes and Worms 1953 to adhere to some aspects of their former life. Canberra. 7pp. WORSLEY , Peter M (doctoral student in anthrop­ 1960 The question of Aboriginal place names ology at ANU, later at Saskatchewan, in Australia. Cartography 3(3): 134-139. Hull University, Manchester University, 1961 Australian languages. Grolier Brandeis University) Encyclopedia. New York. 1954 Noun-classification in Australian and 1961 Tasmanian languages. Grolier Bantu: formal or semantic? Oceania Encyclopedia. New York. 24(4):275-288. [Enindilyaugwa] 1963 Aboriginal languages: the present state 1961 The utilization of natural food resources of knowledge. In Sheils, H, ed. Austral­ by an Australian Aboriginal Tribe. Acta ian Aboriginal studies. Melbourne: Ethnographica Academiae Scientarum Oxford University Press. 127-148. Hungaricae 10: 153-1 90. (Appendix: list 1963 Some remarks on the role of language of animals and plants, Wanindiljaugwa, in the assimilation of Australian Abori­ Groote Eylandt) gines. (PL, A-1) Canberra: Pacific 1964 The changing social structure of the Linguistics. (Review Linguistics 9, Wanindiljaugwa. PhD dissertation, Krupa) Australian National University. 1964 Aboriginal languages and the law. University of WesternAust ralia Annual WRIGHT, B J Law Review 6: 1-1 O. Also published in 1965 Recent developments in Australian Th e Australian Police Journal(1 964) linguistics. Lingua 14:371 -380. 18( 4):289-300. 1964 The present state of New Guinea (non­ WRIGHT, Cheryl D (Northern Territory Department Melanesian or Papuan) and Australian of Education) historical and comparative linguistics. 1980 Walpiri hand talk: an illustrated diction­ Proceedings of the Ninth International aryof hand signs used by the Walpiri Congress of Linguists, Cambridge, people of CentralAu stralia. Darwin: Massachusetts 1962. The Hague: Northern Territory Department of Mouton. 575-579. Education. 152pp. 1965 Recent developments in Australian linguistics. Lingua 14:371-380. Also in WRIGLEY, Matthew (linguist, Kimberley Language Milner , G B, and Henderson, E J A, Resource Centre) eds Indo-Pacific linguistic studies, part 1990 Community involvement in orthography 1: Historical and comparative studies. development: devising an orthography Amsterdam: North-Holland. 371-380. for Bunaba. Australian Aboriginal 1967 Linguistic fieldwork methods in Studies 1990(2):87-89. Also in (1991) Australia. (Manual 3) Canberra: AlAS. Notes on Literacy 17(3): 19-24. 58pp. (Reprinted 1969) (Review 243 Orientalistische Literaturz eitung (Berlin) Wurm, S A, ed. Papuan languages and 65, Cain; Oceania 39(4), Laycock; the New Guinea linguistic scene. Anthropological Forum) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 925-932. 1967 Pitch and intensity recording devices for 1975 Possible wider connections of Papuan the study of Australasian languages. languages: Torres Strait and north Zeitschrift fOr Phonetik 20(3):251 -257. Australia. In Wurm, SA, ed. Papuan 1969 Person marker sequences in the languages and the New Guinea Australian languages. Papers in linguistic scene. Canberra: Pacific Australian Linguistics 4. (PL, A-1 7) Linguistics. 915-924. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 51-70. 1976 Accusative marking in Duungidjawu 1970 Linguistic classification and the (Waga-Waga). In Dixon, R M W, ed. prehistory of Australia. In Laycock, DC, Grammatical categories in Australian ed. Linguistic trends in Australia. languages. Canberra: AlAS. 106-1 11. Canberra: AlAS. 7-25. 1976 On a review of SA Wurm Languages 1970 Recent progress in New Guinea and of Australia and Tasmania. Oceania Australian linguistics. In Actes de Xe 47(1):74-77. (Reply to Dixon 1976) Congres Internationaldes Linguistes, 1976 On Dixon's review of Languages of Bucarest 1967. Bucarest: Editions de Australia and Tasmania. Current l'Academie de la Republique Socialiste Anthropology 1 7(4):775-776. de Roumanie. 339-342. 1978 The emerging linguistic picture and 1971 Classifications of Australian languages, linguistic prehistory of the southwestern including Tasmanian. In Sebeok, T A, Pacific. In McCormack, W C, and ed. Current trendsin linguistics 8: Wurm, S A, eds Approaches to langu- Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: age: anthropological issues. The Mouton. 721 -778. Hague: Mouton. 191-221 . [section on 1971 Language policy, language engineering Australian languages: linguistic pre- and literacy: New Guinea and Australia. history, language migrations, language In Sebeok, T A, ed. Current trends in influences] linguistics 8: Linguistics in Oceania. 1980 Voices of the Pacific. UNESCO Review The Hague: Mouton. 1025-1 038. Also 2:7-8. in Fishman, Joshua A, ed. 1971 1983 Australian Aborigines: Languages. In Advances in language planning The Th e Australian encyclopedia, volume 1. Hague: Mouton. 205-220. 4th edition. Sydney: Grolier Society of 1971 Pidgins, creoles, and lingue franche. In Australia. 173-177. Sebeok, T A, ad. Current trends in 1988 Australian Aborigines, 6: Languages. In linguistics 8: Linguistics in Oceania. The Australian encyclopedia, volume 1. The Hague: Mouton. 999-1 021 . 5th edition. Terrey Hills, NSW: 1972 Languages of Australia and Tasmania. Australian Geographic for Australian The Hague: Mouton. (Review Journalof Geographic Society. 252-255. [Text the Polynesian Society83(3), Hercus; identical to entry in 4th (1 983) edition] Bulletin of the School of Oriental 1990 Human categorisation and language: a Studies 38, Shorto; Language 52(1), special situation with Australian Dixon) Aboriginals. In Austin et ai, eds 1972 Linguistic research in Australia, New Language and history: essays in Guinea, and Oceania. Linguistics honour of Luise A. Hercus. Canberra: 87:87-107. Pacific Linguistics. 283-289. 1972 Torres Strait - a linguistic barrier? In 1997 Geoff O'Grady: a personal appreciation. Walker, D, ed. Bridge and barrier: the In Tryon, D and Walsh, M eds natural and cultural history of Torres Boundaryrider: essays in honour of Strait. Canberra: ANU Press. 345-366. Geoffrey O'Grady. Canberra: Pacific 1973 What the languages reveal of our Linguistics. 5-6. history. In Crocombe, Rand Latukefu, see also Austin, Williams and Wurm S, eds An introduction to the history of 1980; see also McDonald and Wurm the Pacific. London: Longmans Green. 1979; see also O'Grady, Wurm and 1975 Australian Aboriginal languages. Hale 1966; see also Voegelin, Encyclopaedia Britannica 15th edn, Voegelin, Wurm, O'Grady and Matsuda volume 2. 430-431. 1963; see also Walsh, Wurm and Black 1975 Possible wider connections of Papuan 1987 languages: Papuan and Australian; Greenberg's Indo-Pacific hypothesis. In 244 WURM, S A, ed. WURRAMARRBA, Charlie Galiyawa, and 1975 New Guinea languages and la nguage STOKES, Judith (Wurramarrba Groote study, volume 1: Papuan languages Eylandt storyteller) and the New Guinea linguistic scene. 1986 Macassar story. (Anindilyakwa story). In (PL, C-38) Canberra: Pacific Hercus and Sutton, eds This is what Linguistics. happened: historical narratives by 1979 Australian linguistic studies. (PL, C-54) Aborigin es. Canberra: AlAS. 110-123. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 753pp. (Review Language 57(3), Austin) WYATT, William (surgeon, landowner, magistrate, 1996 Atlas of the world's languages in Protector of Aborigines, SA) danger of disappearing. Paris: 1879 Some account of the manners and UNESCO/Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. superstitions of the Adelaide and [includes map of Australia based on Encounter Bay tribes: with a vocabulary that of Annette Schmidt] of their languages, names of persons and places, etc. In Woods, J D, ed. The WURM, S A, DUTTON, T E, VOORHOEVE, C L, native trib es of South Australia. LAYCOCK, D C, WALSH, M J Adelaide: Wigg. 157-181 . [includes 'a (coordinating editors) few words of that of Rapid Bay'] 1981 Map of pidgins and lingue franche 1886 Adelaide and its neighbourhood. In (Oceania, Australia). In Wurm, S A and Curr, E M Th e Australian race. Mel­ Hattori, Shiro, eds Language atlas of bourne. 2:148-151 . [Kaurna vocabulary: the Pacific area, 1. Canberra: Academy Curr has taken this from Teichelmann of the Humanities, map 24. and SchGrmann, and from Wyatt 1879] see also Teichelmann, SchGrmann and WURM, S A, and HATTORI, Shiro, eds Wyatt 1886 1981 Language atlas of the Pacific area, part 1: New Guinea area, Oceania, Australia. Canberra: The Australian y Academy of the Humanities, in collabor­ 'YABAROO' (=Cameron, Alexander Stewart) ation with the Japan Academy; (PL, C- 1899 Aborigines of North-West Australia: a 66). 74pp. [Maps 20-23 cover Australia vocabulary, etc. Library of the Royal and Tasmania, with text and index; Colonial Institute 47:33. [Martuthunira?] coordinating editor: Michael Walsh] U (Review Afrika und bersee 67, Carle) YALLOP, Colin L (Linguistics, Macquarie Univer­ sity) WURM, S A, and HERCUS, Luise 1969 The Aljawara and their territory. 1976 Tense-marking in Gunu pronouns. Oceania 39(3):187-1 97. Papers in Australian Linguistics (PL, 10. 1970 A description of the Aljawara language. A-47) Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 33- PhD dissertation, Macquarie University. 55. 342pp. (See 1977) 1972 Australian Aboriginal languages and the WURM, S A, and LAYCOCK, D C, eds uses of phonetics. Journalof the Aust­ 1970 Pacific linguistic studies in honour of ralian College of Speech Th erapists Arthur Capell. (PL, C-13) Canberra: 22(2):48-51. Pacific Linguistics. 1292pp. 1 974 Review of Papers in Australian Linguistics 2. Oceania 45(1 ):86. WURM, Stephen A, MOHLHAUSLER, Peter, and 1975 Narinjari: an outline of the language TRYON, Darrell T, eds studied by George Taplin, with Taplin's 1 996 Atlas of languages of intercultural notes and comparative table. Part 1: communication in the Pacific, Asia and Th e Narinjari language 1864-1964. the Americas. Berlin: Mouton de Oceania Linguistic Monographs 17(1 ). Gruyter. 3 volumes: in the map volume, [see also Yallop and Grimwade, below] maps of Australia, numbers 1-21 ; in the 1976 Phonology and orthography. Linguistic text volumes, Australia pp 1-146 and Communications 16: 1-9. 1469-1 483. 1977 Alya warra: an Aboriginal language of central Australia. (Australian Aboriginal WURRAMARA, Mal (language assistant Kriol Studies, Research and Regional project) see Sandefur et al 1980 Studies 10) Canberra: AlAS. 175pp. 245 (Review Linguistics 17, Comrie; 1984 Review of Brandenstein, C G von, 1982 Language 55, Dixon) Names and substance of the Australian 1982 Australian Aboriginal languages. Lon­ subsection system. Chicago/London: don: Andre Deutsch/Boulder, Colorado: University of Chicago Press. Westview. 188pp. (Review Australian Anthropological Linguistics 26:345-349. Journalof Linguistics 4, Walsh) 1992 Review of Goddard, Cliff, Pitjantjajaral 1982 The languages of the Australian Yankunytja tjara to English dictionary. Aborigines. In Daalder, J, and Fryar, M, Alice Springs: lAD. Anthropological eds Aspects of Australian culture. Linguistics 33(1 ):96-97. Adelaide: Abel Tasman Press. 1-8. 1985 Review of Blake, B J, 1979 A YINGI (Yolngu language assistant) see Lowell et al Kalkatungu grammar. Canberra: Pacific 1997 Linguistics .. Oceania 55(3):235-236. 1987 On defending Australian Aboriginal YOLNGU Community at Yirrkala see Watson et al number systems. In Laycock, DC, and 1989 Winter, Werner, eds A world of langu­ age: papers presented to Professor YOUNG, F S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday. 1900 Walcha, NSW, vocabulary. Science of Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 735-743. Man 3(1 ):8-9. [comparative wordlist] 1993 The structure of Australian Aboriginal languages. In Walsh, Michael, and YULE, I see Rabuntja and Yule 1982 Yallop, Colin, eds Language and culture in Aboriginal Australia. Can­ YULE, Valerie (educationist: orthography and berra: Aboriginal Studies Press. 15-32. spelling reform) see also Walsh and Yallop, eds 1993 1987 English spelling and pidgin: examples of international English spelling. Journal YALLOP, Colin, and GRIMWADE, Gordon of the Simplified Spelling Society 3:25- 1975 Narinjari: an outline of the language 28. [Kriol orthography] studied by George Taplin, with Taplin 's notes and comparative table. Oceania YUNUPINGU, Bakamana Gayak (Mandawuy) Linguistic Monograph 17(1-2). [Yallop: (graduate teacher, was Principal of Part 1; Grimwade: Part 2 (which see)] Yirrkala bilingual school; leader of Yothu Yindi Band) YAMAJI Language Centre 1987 Language usage in Yirrkala. In 1992 Wajarri wangga: Wajarri words. Gerald­ Aboriginal teachers write about their ton, WA: Yamaji Language Centre. community languages. Batchelor 60pp. College Aboriginal Teacher Education, NT. 130-134. [use of Nyurral Dharuk YANAWANA, Maureen (Mangarla 'language lady' Baby Gumatj)] Bidyadanga school, Kimberley) see 1989 Language and power: the Yolngu rise Whittaker 1999 to power at Yirrkala School. Ngoonjook (Batchelor Col/ege Journalof Aboriginal YARWOOD, Alexander T (Sandy: historian, Education) 2:2. University of New England) see 1990 Language and power: the Yolngu rise Atchison, Ryan and Yarwood 1973 to power at Yirrkala School. Reprinted in Walton, Christine, and Eggington, YEARDLEY, Marie (then at College of Librarian­ William, eds Language: maintenance, ship, Wales) power and education in Australian 1988 Library and information services for Aboriginal contexts. Darwin: Northern Aborigines in the NorthernTerritory of TerritoryUn iversity Press. 3-6. Australia. Master of Librarianship thesis, College of Librarianship, Wales. YUNUPINGU, David Lalambarri (Yolngu-Matha speaker, of Yirrkala) see Munyarryun et YEN GOY AN, Aram A (Department of Anthropo­ al 1982 logy, University of California at Davis) 1978 Culture, consciousness, and problems YUNUPINGU, Murphy Dhalpirripa (Yolngu-Matha of translation: the Kariera system in speaker, of Yirrkala) see Munyarryun et cross-cultural perspective. In Hiatt, L R, al 1982 ed. Australian Aboriginal concepts. Canberra: AlAS. 146-155. 246 Z lORe, R David, ed. lIMMERMANN, Luke (University of Amsterdam) 1986 Yolngu-Matha dictionary. Batchelor, 1985 Subordinate clauses in Australian NT: School of Australian Linguistics, Aboriginal languages. Amsterdam: Darwin Institute of Technology. 290pp. University of Amsterdam. 62pp. lORe, R David, and lORe, Nellie P lORe, Nellie P (linguist wife of lore, R D) see 1982 Creative writing tactics for testing and lorc and lorc 1982 teaching English literacy. In McKay, G R, and Sommer, B A, eds Applications lORe, R David (US linguist, School of Australian of linguistics to Australian Aboriginal Linguistics, NT, 1976-86; MRM Inc contexts. Melbourne: Applied Language Research Center, Maryland, Linguistics Association of Australia. 5- USA, 1986 to date) 17. 1976 Functor analysis: a method of quanti­ lURINSKAJA, M A see fying function words for comparing and (Russian linguist) classifying languages. Fifth LACUS Polinskaja and lurinskaja 1984 Forum. Columbia, South Carolina: Hornbeam Press. 510-521 . (Linguistic lWAAN, Jan Daniel de (formerly University of Association of Canada and the United Queensland) States) 1967 A preliminaryanalysis of Gogo-Yimidjir: 1982 The development of Aboriginal writers a.study of the structure of the primary at the School of Australian Linguistics. dialect ... MA thesis, University of In Lipscombe, Ruth, and Burnes, Don, Queensland. 239pp. eds Aboriginal literacy: bridging the 1969 An analysis of the Gogo-Yimidjir gap. Adelaide: Australian Reading language: a depth study of the structure Association. 30-43. of the primary dialect of the Aboriginal 1983 A Yolngu-Matha dictionary - plans and language spoken at the Hopevale proposals. In Austin, ed. Papers in Mission in north Queensland. PhD Australian linguistics 15: Australian dissertation, University of Queensland. Aboriginal lexicography. Canberra: 3 volumes, 436+456pp. Pacific Linguistics. 31 -40. 1969 A preliminaryanal ysis of Gogo-Yimidjir: a study of the structure of the primary 1984 Review of Dixon, R M W, 1982 Wh ere . have all the adjectives gone? and other dIalect of the Aboriginal language essays in semantics and syn tax. Berlin: spoken at the Hopevale Mission in Mouton. Australian Journalof northern Queensland. (Australian Linguistics 4(2):303-306. Aboriginal Studies 16, Linguistic Series 1986 Excerpts from Yolngu-Matha Macassar 5) Canberra: AlAS. 168pp. (Based on loanwords program (29-30 May 1986). MA and PhD theses, University of In Cooke, Michael, Makassar & north Queensland, 1967 and 1969) (Review east Arnhem Land: missing links and American Anthropologist 1970 72(5): living bridges. Bathelor NT: Batchelor 1166-1 1 69, Alpher; Anthropological College. (appendix) Fo rum 1969 2(3):408, Kaldor) 1986 Linguistic "purism" and subcategor­ 1969 Two studies in Gogo-Yimidjir: 1: izational labels in Yolngu-Matha. Diachronic comparison: the back vowel Lexicographica 2:78-84. shift; II: Phonological differentiation see also Tchekhoff and lorc 1983; see between men's and women's speech. also Walker and lorc 1981 Oceania 39(3):198-217. 247 WORKS OF GENERAL INTEREST

Publications which list or describe a large numberof languages, not all specifically mentioned in the Languages Index

ANGELO, Denise, BLAKE, Barry, BUTLER,Sue, 1999 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 5. DENCH, Alan, and OBER, Dana Melbourne:Oxford University Press. 1994 Australianphra sebook. Hawthorn, Victoria: 1999 Handbook of Australian languages, volurne 6. Lonely Planet. 175pp. Melbourne:Oxford University Press.

AUSTRAUAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS DIXON, R M W, RAMSON, W S, and THOMAS, Mandy 1997 Australian standard classification of lan­ 1990 Australian Aboriginal words in Englis h: their gUSfles. . Canberra: Australian Bureau of origin and meamng. Melbourne:Oxford Statistics. 167pp. University Press. 255pp.

BLACK, Paul GRIMES, Barbara F, ed. 1983 Aborigin al languages of the Northem Terri­ 1988 Australia. In Ethnologue: languages of the tory. Batchelor, NT: School of Australian world. 11th edn. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 26pp. Linguistics. 705-716. [infonnation about 131 langua�s) BLAKE, Barry J 1992 Australia. In Ethnologue . .. 12th edn. 774- 1981 AustralianAboriginal lan guages. Sydney: 794. [infonnation about266 languages) Angus & Robertson. 137pp. 1996 Australia. In Ethnologue . . . 13th edition. 1987 Australian Aboriginalgramm ar. London: 812-831. [infonnation about 267 languages) Croom Helm. 220pp. 1991 Australian Aborigmallanguages: a general HELON, George W introduction. 2nd edition. St Lucia: University 1998 AboriginalAustr alia: re gister of tribe, clan, of Queensland Press. 138pp. horde, linguistic group, language names and AlA TSIS languagecodes including BLAKE, Barry J, ed. synonyms, misnomers and approximate \1998 Wathawurrung andthe Colac language of locations. Bundaberg, Qld: Centre for southem Victoria. (PL, C-147) Canberra: Historical,Aborigina l and International Pacific Linguistics. Research. 116pp.

CAPELL, Arthur HORTON, David R 1956 A new approachto Australian linguistics. 1996 Aboriginal Australia [map). Canberra: Aust­ (Oceania Linguistic Monograph 1) University of ralian Institute of Aboriginaland Torres Strait Sydney. (new edition 1962) IslanderStudies. [Producedby AUSLIG. 1962 Some linguistic typesin Australia. (Oceania Scale 1:4 700 000) Linguistic Monograph 7) Sydney. HORTON, David R, general ed. CURR, Edward M 1994 Encyclopaedia of Aboriginal Australia: 1886-87 TheAustralian ra ce: its ori!)in, languages, Aboriginal and Torres Stra it Islander history, customs, place of landing m Australia, and societyand culture. Canberra: Aboriginal the routes by which it spread itself over that Studies Press, for AIATSIS. 2 volumes. continent. 4 volumes (volumes 1·2 1886, 1340pp. [also available on CD-ROM] volumes 3-4 1887). Melboume: John Ferres, GovernmentPrinter; London: TrObner. McGREGOR, W B 1988 Handbook of Kimberleylanguages, volurne DIXON, RMW 1: General information. (PI., C-105) 1980 The lan!)uages of Australia. Cambridge: Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 264pp. UniverSity Press. 547pp. MATHEW, John DIXON, R M W, ed. 1899 Eaglehawk and crow: a stuo/of the 1976 Grammatical categories in Australian lan­ Australian Aborigines includmg an inquiry guages. (Australian Aboriginal Studies, into their origin and a survey of Australian Linguistics Series 22) Canberra: AlAS! Atlantic languages ... London: David Nutl!Mel­ Highlands NJ: HurnanitiesPress. 776pp. bourne:Melville, Mullen and Slade. 288pp.

DIXON, R M W, and BLAKE, Barry J, eds NATHAN, David J, ed. 1979 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 1. 1996 Australia's indigenous languages. Wayville, Canberra: Australian National University SA: Senior Secondary Assessment Boardof PreSS/Amsterdam: Benjamins. 390pp. SouthAustralia. 248pp + CD-ROM. 1981 Handbook of Australianla nguages, volume 2. Canberra: Australian National University NEKES, Hermann, and WORMS, ErnestA PresS/Amsterdarn: John Benjamins. 427pp. 1953 Australianlang uages. Micro-Bibliotheca 1983 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 3. Anthropos 10. 1058pp. Canberra: Australian National University PresS/Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 531pp. OATES, Lynette F 1991 Handbook of Australian languages, volume 4: 1975 The1973 supplement to A revised linguistic The Aboriginallanguage of Melb oume and survey of Australia. 2 volumes. Annidale: othergram matical sketches. Melbourne: Annidale Christian Book Centre. Oxford University Press. 410pp. 248 OATES, William J, and OATES, lynette F (PL, C-124). Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. 1970 A revisedlin guistic suNey of Australia. 408pp. (Australian Aboriginal Studies 33, Linguistic Series 12) Canberra: AlAS. 282pp. THIEBERGER, Nick, and McGREGOR, William, eds 1994 Macquarie Aboriginal words: a di ctionaryof O'GRADY, G N, and TRYON, D T, eds words fr om Australian Aboriginal and Torres \1990 Studies in comparative Pama-Nyungan. (PL, Strait Islander languages. North Ryde, C-111). Canberra: Pacific linguistics. NSW: Macquarie Library,Macq uane 279pp. University 724pp.

O'GRADY, G N, VOEGElIN, C F, and VOEGElIN, F M TINDAlE, Norman B 1966 Languages of the world: Indo-Pacific fa scicle 1974 Aboriginaltri bes of Australia: their terrain, six. Anthropological Linguistics 8(2). environmental controls, distribution, limits, and proper names. Ber1

SCHMIDT, Annette WURM, S A, and HATTORI, Shiro, eds 1990 The loss of Australia's Aboriginal language 1981 Language atlas of the Pacific area, part 1: heritage. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies New Guinea area, Oceania, Australi a. Press. 147pp. Canberra: The Australian Academy of the Humanities, in collaboration with the Japan SCHMIDT, Wilhelm Academy.(PL, C-66). 74pp. 1919 Die Gliederung deraustralischen Sprachen: geographische, bibliographische, WURM, Stephen A, MOHlHAUSlER, Peter, and linguistische Grundzuge der Erforschung der TRYON, Darrell T, eds australischen Sprachen. Vienna: 1996 Atlas of languages of intercultural commun­ Mechitharisten Buchdruckerei. 299pp. ication in the Pacific, Asia and the Americas. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter. 3 SEBEOK, Thomas A, ed. volumes. 1971 Currenttrends in linguistics, volume 8: Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: Mouton. YAllOP, Colin l 1982 Australian Aboriginal languages. London: THIEBERGER, Nicholas Andre Deutsch/Boulder, Colorado: 1993 Handbook of Westem Australian Aboriginal WesNiew. 188pp. languages south of the Kimberley region. 249 LANGUAGES INDEX

Principal languages ment!oned in �ach item listeAgwamin (also Wamin) Sutton 1976 Anmatyerre) Waters 1989 Akarre rabbit talk (also Akerre; seeArandic Igs) Tumer Anmatjerre (also Anmajirra, Anmatjera, Anmatjarra, and Breen 1984 Anmatyerre) Davis 1997 250 Anmatyerre (also Anmajirra, Anmatjera, Anma�arra, Atnyamatana (also Adnjamathanha, Adnyamadana, Anmaljerre) Kendon 19.85, Pur1� �t a1 1983, Wild 1990 Adnyamathana, Adnyamathanha, Anyamutlna, Antakirinya (also Andlgern, AntekinnJa) Crozier and AtYnYamatana, Atjnjamathanha, Atynyma!ana; see Dewhurst 1886, Dewhurst 1886, Hercus 1968 also Wailpi) Schebeck 1972, 1978 Antekarinja (alsoAndi�eni, Antakarinya) Elkin 1938-39 AtYnYamalana (also Adnjamathanha, Adnyamadana, Anyamutina (also AdnJamathanha, Adnyamadana, . . Adnyamathana, Adnyamathanha, Anyamutina, Adnyamathanha, Anyamutina, AtYnYamatana, Wallpl) AtYnYamatana, Atjnjamathanha, Atnyamatana; see Cleland and Johnston 1939 also Wailpi) Schebeck 1974, Coulthard and Schebeck Anyula (also Anjula, Yanyula, Yanyuwa) Elkin and Jones 1986, 1986 . . . 1953-56, 1957, Kerr 1964, Kirton 1964, 1967, Australian Creole English (see also Abonglnal English, MacDonald 1964 Creoles, Kriol) Steffensen 1989, 1991 . Arabana (also Urabunna, Urapunna; see alsoArabana- . Australian Pidgin English (see alsoAustralian Creole Wangganguru) Austin et a1 1976, Breen 1976, Comne English, Aboriginal Pidgin, Aboriginal English, Pidgins 1981, 1989, Duwell and Dixon 1994, Elkin 1938-39, and Creoles) Amery and MOhlhausler 1996, 1996, Hercus 1968, 1971, 1972, 1976, 1979, 1981, 1988, Baker and MOhlhausler 1996, Crystal 1987, Hall 1943, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1997, McEntee 1991, Menning MOhlhausler 1996, Ramson 1966, Reinecke 1971, 1981, Todd 1886, Warren 1886, Warren and Hogarth 1975, Rumsey 1983, Sayer 1945, Timms 1941 . 1886 Awabakal Aboriginal 1980, Anonymous 1836-37, Austin Arabana-Wangganguru (see alsoWangga nguru)Austin 1997 Broughton 1892, Fraser 1892, 1892, Gunson 1979, Hercus 1972, 1976, 1976, 1979, 1994 1974: Hale 1846, 1968, Heath 198, Oppliger 1984, Aranda (also Arran'da, Arranda, Arremte, Arunndta, See 1965, Threlkeld 1827, 1834, 1836, 1836-37, 1850, Arunta, see alsoArandic Igs) Brandenstein 1970, 1858, 1873, 1891 , 1892, 1892, 1974 Capell 1974, Dixon and Duwell 1990, Downing 1993, Awarra (also Waray) Parkhouse 1896 . Gillen and Warburton 1886, Glasgow 1984, Hale 1984, Awngthim (also Awng1im, Ndra'nglth) Hale 1976, Smith Institute 1979, Kacnel'son 1973, Kempe 1891, Koch 1997 1996 Laloy 1909, Laycock 1960, Lewy 1953, London and Mueller 1886, Majewicz 1977, Menning 1981, Awnglim (also Awngthim, Ndra'ngith) Smith 1984 Mueller 1886, Planert 1907, Reynolds 1984, R6heim Ayapathu (seealso Cape York Igs, Princess Char10tte 1974, Schebeck 1972, 1978, Sommerfelt 1937, 1938, Bay Igs) Rigsby 1992, Rigsby and Chase 1998 Stirling 1978, Strehlow 1891, 1904, 1907, 1907, 1908, 1908 1915 1928, Strehlow 1938, 1942, 1942-44, B 1944: 1947: 1948, 1962, 1962, 1971, Takahashi 1994, Ba:gu (also Miwa) Capell 1939 . Warburton 1886, Wilkins 1988, 1989 Ba:nbai (also Baanbai, Baanbay, Banbal; see also New Aranda? Willshire 1888 . England Igs) Hoddinott 1967 .. .. . Arandic Igs (see also Alyawarre, Anmatyerre, Aranda, Baagandji (also BaakantYI, BagandJI, BagundJI, PaakantJI, Arrernte, Kaytetye, Pertame, Akarre rabbit talk) Paakantyi, Parkengee)Mitchell �t al 1997 .. .. Boretzky 1981, 1984, Breen and Green 1995, Green Baakantyi (also Baagandji, Bagandjl, BagundJI, PaakantJ I , 1998, Hale 1962, 1983, Koch 1997, Turpin 1997, Paakantyi, Parkengee) Hercus et al 1978 Wilkins 1996 Baanbai (also Ba:nbai, Baanbay, Banbal; see also New Arnhem Land Igs (see also Yolngu-Matha) 1942, Capell England Igs) McDonald 1996 1942, Craig 1966, Evans 1992, Ganambarr 1994, Baanbay (also Ba:nbai, Baanbai, Banbai; see also New Heath 1976, 1976, 1978, 1981 , Schebeck 1978, England Igs) Crowley 1976 . Thomson 1985, Walker 1988, Walker and Zorc 1981 Bachamal (also Baljamalh, Batyemal, WOgalt) Ford 1990 Arran'da (also Aranda, Arranda, Arremte, Arunndta, Ernd (also Bardi) Worms 1957, 1959 Arunta see also Arandic Igs) Mathews 1907 � Baddyeri (see Kamic Igs) Mathews 1905 Arranda ( Iso Aranda, Arran'da, Arremte, Arunndta, Badimaya (see also Kardu Igs) Dunn 1988 Arunta, see also Arandic Igs) Mathews 1906, 1907, . Badjala (also Batjala, B.�tchulla) Armita� . 1943 . 1908 Bagandjl (also BagundJI, BakantYI, BarklnJI,Paakant yl, Arrernte (also Aranda, Arran'da, Arranda, Arremte, Parkengee) Hercus 1976, 1976, 1980, ..19 82 . Arunndta,Arunta, see also Arandic Igs, Mparntwe Bagundji (also Bagandjl, BakantYI, BarklnJI, Paakantyl, Arrernte) Berry 1999, Bowden 1994, Breen and Parkengee) Curr 1886, Gummow 1983, Shaw 1886, Pensalfini 1999 Cook and Buzzacott 1994, Ferber and Wilson and Henderson 1886 � Breen 1984, Gr en 1984, 1994, Harkins 1984, 1995, Balardong Hackett 1886 Harkinsand Wilkins 1994, Hartman 1994, Henderson Bamyili Creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Sandefur 1990, 1986, Henderson and Dobson 1994, 1994, Hill 1979, Sandefur and Sandefur 1979, Steffensen 1977, 1987, Koch 1996, Levinson 1996, Pederson et al 1979, Thompson 1976 1998 Reynolds 1988, Rumsey 1993, Tumer-Neale . Banbai (also Ba:nbai, Baanbai, Baanbay; see also New H and enderson 1996, Van Valin and Wilkins 1993, England Igs) Mathews 1903 . . Wilkins 1984, 1984, 1986, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, Bandjalang (also BandJalong, BandJalung, BandJelang, 1993, 1997, 1997, Wilkins and Hill 1995, Wilkins et al Bundjalung) Austin 1982, Calley 1958, 1959, Capell 1997, Williams 1984 1964, Cunningham 1969, Godwin 1997, Gummow Arunndta (also Aranda, Arran'da, Arranda, Arremte, 1993 Hammond 1986, Hargrave 1903, 1903, 1903, Arunta, see alsoArandic Igs) Basedow 1908, 1925, Holm�r 1971, McBryde 1997, Martin 1899, Rankin 1978 1990,Ryan 1963, Ryan 1964, 1987, Smythe 1978, Arunta (alsoAr anda, Arran'da, Arremte, Arunndta, see Wares 1992 also Arandic Igs) Ber1in and Kay 1969, Eylmann 1908, Bandjalong (also Bandjalang, Bandjalung, Bandjelang, Hammel 1966, Hocart 1933, Rainey 1947, Sommerfelt Bundjalung) Smythe 1956 . . 1942 Spencer and Gillen 1899, 1927, 1978 Bandjalung (also Bandjalong, BandJalang, BandJelang, Atambaya (also Atampaya) Harper 1996, Rigsby 1980 Bundjalung) Richmond-Tweed 1983, 1984 . Atampaya (alsoAtambaya) Crowley 1980 Bandjelang (also Bandjalong, BandJalung, BandJalang, Atjnjamathanha (also Adnjamathanha, Adnyamadana, Bundjalung) Edwards 1887, Hogan 1887, Oakes 1969, Adnyamathana, Adnyamathanha, Anyamutina, 1975, 1978, Ross 1887 AtYnYamatana, Atnyamatana, Atynyma!ana; see also Bandjin (alsoUradhi) Murray 1886 Wailpi) Schebeck 1976 251 Bangerang (also Banjerang, Pangorang) Curr 1883, Biri (also Birri, Yuckaburra) Beale 1976,Terrill 1993, 1998 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887 Birpai \aISO Birrippi) Bench 1887, Branch 1887 Banjerang (alsoBangerang, Pangorang) Reid 1878 Birri (a so Biri, Yuckaburra) Holmer 1983 BanJima (also Banyjima, Panyjimal see alsoNgayarta Igs) Birria (also Bidia, Pirriya; see also Kamic Igs) Curr 1886 Dench 1990, Injie 1989, InJie and Dench 1990 Birrippi (also Birpai) Brown 1898 Banyjima (also Banjima, Panyjima) Sharpand Thieberger Bitta Bitta (also Pitta Pitta, Pitta-Pitta) Eglinton 1886 1992 Biyay (also Wargamay) Dixon 1981 Barababaraba (also Burapper, Bureba) Houston 1878 Blaikman Tok (see also Pidgins and Creoles, Aboriginal Bararrngu (also Yan-nhangu) Jennison 1927 English, Torres Strait English) Beckett 1984, Shnukal Barbaram (also Mbarbaram) Atherton 1886 1983, 1984 Barda (also Bad, Ban;!i) Bird 1915 Bolali (seealso Paakantji) Curr 1887 Barc;li (also Bad, Barda) Boxer and Metcalfe 1986, Booandik (also Buandik, (3ugandidj, Bunganditj)Smith Douglas 1992, 1996, Ejai and Metcalfe 1986, 1986, 1880, 1965 1986, Greenberg 1988, 1989, Hudson and McConvell Boon-oor-rong (also Boonwoorong, Bunurong, 1984, Kimberley 1993, Lands 1987, Metcalfe 1971, Bunwurung; see also Kulin Igs) Thomas 1878 1972, 1973, 1975, 1979, Moyle 1968, Neville 1991, Boonarra (also Bunaba?) Terry 1926 Paddy et a1 1987, Robinson 1979, Smith and Kalotas Boonwoorong (also Boon-oor-rong, Bunurong, 1985 Bunwurung; see also Kulin Igs) Morey 1998 Barinji (alsoBarkinji) Cameron 1885 Boontha Murra (alsoPunthamar a) Cameron 1904 Barkinji (also Bagundji, Barinji) Cameron 1885 Brabiralung (also Brabirawurung, Brabirrawulung, Barkly Ig8 (see also Binbinga, Binbinka, Jingulu, Gudanji, Brabrolung, see also Gippsland Igs, Kumai) Mansergh Kudanja, Wambaya, West Barkly Igs) Chadwick 1997 and Hercus 1981 Barna (also Jagalingu; see also Maric Igs) Anonymous Brabirawurung (also Brabiralung, Brabirrawulung, 1887, Hodgkinson 1886, 1887 Brabrolung; see also Gippsland Igs, Kumai) Hercus Barrabool Davenport 1898 1965 Barranbinya (also Burranbinya) Oates 1988 Brabirrawulung (also Brabiralung, Brabirawurung) Barrow Point Ig (also Mutumui) Haviland 1982 Mathews 1902 Barunggam (also Parrungoom) Commissioner 1887, Brabrolung (also Brabiralung, Brabirrawurung, Holmer 1983 Brabrolong; see alsoGippsland Igs, Kumai, Gumai) Barunguan (see also Princess Charlotte Bay Igs) Hale Bulmer 1887, Curr 1887, 1887, Hagenauer 1887, and Tindale1933 Howitt 1878, 1887 Baryulgil Square Talk (Macaronies) Fraser 1985 Braiakaulung (also Braiakolung) Manserghand Hercus Batjala (also Badjala, Butchulla) Hofmer 1983, Ridley et al 1981 1887 Braiakolung (also Braiakaulung) Curr 1887 Batjamalh (also Bachamal, Batjemal, Batyemal, Wogait) Brapkut (also Djadjawurrung, Warkawarka) Curr 1887 Ford 1997 Bratanolung (see also Gippsland Igs, Kumai) Curr 1887 Batjemal (also Bachamal, Batjamalh, Batyemal, Wogait) Breeaba (also Biri?; see also Marie Igs) Hodgkinson 1886 Povinelli 1990 Broken (also Torres Strait Broken (English), Torres Strait Bayali Anonymous 1887, Commissioner 1887 Creole; see alsoTorres Strait English, lorres Strait Bayungu (also Payungu; see also Kanyara Igs) Austin Pidgin, Pidgins and Creoles) Kennedy 1985, 1981, 1981, 1982 MOhlhausler 1985, Shnukal 1988 Beejanjara (Pitjanyatjara?) Bates 1926 Broome Kriol (seealso Kriol, Pidgins and Creoles) Begumble (also Bigumbil, Pikumbil, Pikumbul) Barlow Whittaker 1999 1872 Broome Pearling Lugger Pidgin (see also Pidgins and Belyuen Creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Ellis 1988 Creoles) Hosokawa 1987 Ben-ait (also Maraura?) Cameron 1885 Buandik (also Booandik, Bugandidj, Bunganditj) Curr. Bewa (Lake Hindmarsh; also Djadjala) Intercolonial 1867 1887, Stewart 1887 Biangil (also Piangil) Curr 1887, Fa wcett 1887, McCredie Buandik? Officer 1878 1887 Bugandidj (also Booandik, Buandik, Bugandidj, Bibbulman (also Bibbulmun, Leeuwin coast Ig, Kurannup, Bunganditj, Bungandity) Green 1878, Thomas 1862 PibelmE'n; see also Nyungar) Bates 1926, Davis 1969 Bularnu (see also Wagaya) Breen 1976, 1976 Bibbulmun (also Bibbulman, Kurannup, Pibelmen) Bulinya (see also Nhanta) Foley 1865 Aboriginal 1972 Bulponara (also Bulpoonarra, Guugu Yimithir, Koko Bidia (also Birria, Pirriya; seealso Kamic Igs)) Heagney et Yimidhirr, Koko Yimidir) Lanyon-Orgill 1961 al 1886 Bulpoonarra (also Bulponara, Guugu Yimithir, Koko Bidjara (also Bidyara, Pitjara) Breen 1976, 1976, Dalhunty Yimidhirr, Koko Yimidir) Ray 1907 1887, Holmer 1983 Bumburra-Burra (also Gia; see also Maric Igs) Fox 1898 Bidjigal (see al80 Sydney Ig) Turbet 1988 Bunaba (also Boonarra?, Bunuba, Gun-gunma) Wrigley Bidyara (also Bidjara, Pitjara) Breen 1973 1990 Bigumbil (also Begumble, Pikumbil, Pikumbul) Turbayne Bundjalung (dialects; also Bandjalang, Bandjalong, et al 1887 Bandjalung, Bandjelang, see also Gidabal,Minyanbal, Bi:gwurung (alsoDhauhur twurru,Peek Whurrong) Nganduwal, Wahlubal , Wehlubal) Aboriginal 1908-13, Scarlett 1969 Anonymous 1903, 1977, Austin and Crowley 1995, Bilinara (alsoPilinar a) McConvell 1980, 1988, Nordlinger Bray 1887, 1899, 1927, 1964, Crowley 1978, 1978, 1990 Dawson 1922, Donaldson 1995, Edwards 1994, Bilybara Igs (Pilbara Igs) Sharpand Thieberger 1992 Fraser 1985, Gummow 1983, Johnston 1996, Bimurraburra (alsoGa Ylri, Kairi) Middleton and Noble McKinnon 1900, Sharpe 1977, 1977, 1978, 1978, 1887 1985, 1985, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1992, 1996, 1997, Binbinga (also Binbinka) Chadwick 1974, 1974, 1976, 1998 1978, 1979, Wilkins et al 1997 Bundjil Holmer 1988 Binbinka (also Binbinga; see alsoBarkly Igs) Chadwick Bungandidj (also Buandik, Buganditj) Tyers 1878 1997 Bunganditj (also Booandik, Buandik, Bugandidj) Blake Bindal (see also Maric Igs) Armit 1886, Curr 1886, and Reid 1998, Bonney and Miles 1995, Tindale 1941 Gregory1886, Johnstone 1886 Bungandity (also Booandik, Buandik, Bugandidj, Birdhawal Mathews 1907 Bunganditj) Mathews 1903 252 Bunuba (also Bunaba) Hudson and McConvell 1984, Coongurri (see Gunggari Igs, Kungkari) Barlow 1872 McGregor19 89, 1996,Roberts 1996, Rumsey 1994, Cornu (also Gunu, Guma, Kumu) Pechey 1872 1996, 1999 Creoles (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Beckett 1984, Bunurong (also Barrabool, Bunwurung, Boon-oor-rong, McNamara 1987, McRae 1995, Murtagh 1980, 1982, Boonwurrung; see also Kulin Igs) Curr 1887 Rhydwen 1993, 1994, Rumsey 1983, Sandefur19 7 Bunwurru (also Bunurong, Barrabool, Bunwurung, Boon­ Currungulla Anonymous 1912 oor-rong, Boonwurrung; see also Kulin Igs) Mathews 1903 D Bunwurung (also Bunurong, Boon-oor-rong, Boonwurrung; see also Kulin Igs) McCrae 1917 Dai (also Yolngu-Matha) Wamer 1937 Burapper (also Barababaraba) Eyre 1878, Parker 1844, Dainggati (also Dhangadi, Dhanggadi, Dhanggatti, 1845 Than�atti, Thanggati) Mathews 1904 Burara (alsoAnb arra, Burarra, Burera, Gidgingali) Hiatt Dainggatl? Cobb 1934 and Hiatt 1966 Dalabon (also Dangbon, Ngalgbun, Ngalkbun) Alpher Burarra (also Anbarra, Burara, Burera, Gidgingali, Gun­ 1982, Camfoo 1994, Cape1i 1962, 1974, Comrie 1978, nartpa, Gunavidji) Clunies Ross 1983, 1986, Clunies Jemudd 1971 Ross and Wild 1982, Glasgow 1981, 1981, 1984, Dalla (also Dalieburra) Ridley et al 1887 1988, 1994, Glasgowand Gamer 1980, Glasgow and Dalleburra (also Dalla) Bennett 1927 Glasgow 1985, 1985, Green 1987, Trefry 1983, Wares Daly creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Rhydwen 1992 1993 Burduna (also Purduna) Austin 1981, 1981 Daly River Igs (see also Ami, Bachamal?, MalakMalak, Bureba (also Barababaraba, Burapper, Burreba-Burreba) Madngelia , Manda, Maramanandji, Maredan, Mathews 1902 Maringar, Marrithiyel, Maranungku, Matngala, Burera (also Anbarra, Burarra, Gidgingali) Glasgow 1964, Ngan' gikurunggurr, Ngan'gityemerri,Ty emeri, 1964, 1966, Glasgow and Glasgow 1967, Glasgow Wa dyiginy, Yunggor) Cape1i 1979, Ellis 1988, Tryon and Kerr 1964, Kerr 1964, 1964, Oates 1967, Wamer 1968, 1970, 1970, 1974, 1976 1937 Damin (also Lardil) Hale 1982, 1992, 1998, Hale and Burranbinya (also Barranbinya) Mathews 1903 Nash 1997, Woolford 1982 Burreba-Burreba (also Bureba) Mathews 1904 Dampier Land Igs (see also Bardi, Djaberdjaber, Jawi, Butchulla (also Badjala, Baijala) Bell 1994 Jugun, Ngumbarl, Nimanburru, Nyigina, Nyulnyul, Yawuru; see alsoNyul-Nyula n Igs, KimberleyIgs) Robinson 1979 C Dangbon (also Dalabon, Ngalkbun; see also Cadigal (also Sydney Ig) Turbet 1988 Gunwingguan 19s) Harris 1969 Cairns Rain Forest Igs (see also Dyabugay, Dyirbal, Danggali (B�gandjl dialect) Mair 1886 Giramay, Mamu, Mbabaram, Ngadyan, Myawaygi, Darambal (alsoDarumbal, Tarumbal, Taroombul) Wagaman, Warunugu,Wargamay, Yidiny) Dixon 1970 Anonymous 1908 Cambooble (also Kambuwal) Barlow 1872 Darambal? Archer 1887, Dutton 1907 Cammealroy (also Gamilaraay, Kamilaroi) Bucknell 1887 Darkinyung Mathews 1903 Cape Keerweer Igs (also Ngatharra, Wik-Mungkan) Darug (also Dharruk, Dharug; see also Sydney area Igs) Sutton 1978 Kohen 1993 Cape York Creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Darumbal (also Darambal, Tarumbal, Taroombul) Holmer Crowley and Rigsby 1979 1983 Cape York Igs (also Cape York Peninsula Igs; see also l2a1iwuy (see also Yolngu-Matha) Ganambarr 1994 PrincessCha rlotte Bay Igs, Umbindhamu) Alpher Dautgart Ig (also Barrabool, Bunwurung, Boon-oor-rong, 1972, 1976, 1997, Alpherand Nash 1999, Craig 1967, Boonwurrung, Dautgurt) Tuckfield 1844 MacGillivray 1886, Rigsby 1980, Rigsby and Chase Dautgurt (also Ba rrabool, Bunwurung, Boon-oor-rong, 1998, Sommer19 76, 1976, 1976, Sutton 1976, 1976, Boonwurrung, Dautgart) Cary 1898 1976, Sutton and Rigsby 1979, Thomson 1985 Deerie (also Diari, Dieri, Dieyeri, Diyari) Howitt 1878 Cape York Paman Igs (see also Pam an Igs, Norman Derbal (also Wajuk) Lyon 1833 Paman Igs) Hale 1964 Dhalandji (also Thalanyji) Austin 1979,1981, 1981 Cape York Peninsula Igs (alsoCape YorkIgs) Ray 1907, Dhan-gadi (also Dhangadi, Dainggati, Dhanggadi, 1907, 1907 Dhanggatti, Thangatti, Th anggatti) Hoddinott 1978 Central Australian Igs Craig 1969, I-fo bson 1985, 1985, Dhangadi (also Dhan-gadi, Dainggati, Dhan!;lgadi, 1990,Howitt 1902, Hudson and Pym 1984, Tindale Dhang�atti, Thangatti, Thanggatti) GodWin 1997 1994 Dhanggadl (alsoDhan-gadi, Dhangadi, Dainggati, Central Victorian Igs Clark 1990, Curr 1887 Dhang)tatti , Thangatti, Thanggatti) Lissarague 1994 Chaap Wurrong (also Chaap Wuurong, Djabwurong) Dhanggattl ( also Dhan-!;Jadi, Dhangadi, Dainggati, Hercus 1984 Dhanggadi, Thangattl, Thanggatti) Holmer 1966 Chaap Wuurong (alsoChaap Wurrong, Djabwurong) Dhangu Igs (alsoThangu Igs; see also Yolngu-Matha) Dawson 1881, 1981 Schebeck 1978 Chingalee (also Djingili) Chadwick 1972, Mathews 1901 Dharamba (also Dharumba, Tharumba, Wandandian) Chowie (also Djawi, Jawi dialect) Bird 1910, 1916 Mackenzie 1878 Coastal barug (also Eora) Kohen 1993 Dharawal (also Tharawal, Thurawal, Thurrawal, Wodi­ Coen Igs Rigsby and Jolly 1995 Wodi, Wodiwodi) Austin 1986, Brown 1899, 1899, Coen River Ig Bell et al 1934 1901, Eades 1976, Gummow 1983, Kohen 1993, Colac Ig (also Kolakngat, Koligon) Blake 1998, Blake et al Nugent 1979, 1980, 1981, 1986, Turbet19 88 1998, Lloyd 1862 Dhargari (alsoTharga ri,Tharr gari, Tharrkari) Austin 1981, Colongulac (also Dautgurt) Scott 1878 1981 Condamine Igs Ridley 1861 Dharruk (also Darug,Dharug, Dharuk) Capell 1970, Dixon Coo-coo-warra (also Koko Warra) Dutton 1901 and Blake 1999, Mathews 1901 Coo-in-bur-ri (also Kawanbarai) Barlow 1872 Dharug (also Darug, Dharruk, Dharuk) Kohen 1984, 1993, Coombagoree (also Kumbainggar etc) McDougall 1899 Turbet 1988 Coombyngura tribe (also Gumbaynggir) Anonymous Dharuk (also Darug, Dharug, Dharruk) Collins 1798 1896-97 253 Dharumba (also Dharamba, Tharumba, Wandandian) Djappuminyon (also Brapkut, Djadja Wurrung, Jardwa, Dawsey 1887 Knenkorenwurro) Dennis 1878 Dhauhurtwurru (also Bi:gwurung, Peek Whurrong, Djapu (see also Yolngu dialects,Yolngu-Matha) Dixon Gnurellean, Gundidj, Kurm Kopan Noot, Ngooraialum; see and Blake 1983, Donaldson 1979, Morphy 1983 also Kulin Igs) Mathews 1904 Djapwurrung (also Chaap Wurrong, Chaap Wuurong, Dhiin (alsoThiin) Austin 1981, 1981 Djabbwurong, Djabwurung, Djabwurrung, Tjapwurong) Dhiran (also Dirari,Thi rrari) Austin 1976, Murray and Learmonth 1878, 1878 Austin 1986, 1986 Djardwadjali (also Jardwajali) Clark and Harradine 1990 Dhudhuroa (alsoJaitmathang) Blake and Reid 1998, DJaru (also Jaru; see also Wawarl) Anonymous 1976, Mathews 1909 Austin 1982, Blake 1985, Kaberry 1937, Lichtenberk Dhurga (also Thurga) Donaldson 1994, Eades 1976, 1985, Moses and Tsunoda 1986, Tchekhoff 1987, Gummow 1983, Nugent 1981 Tsunoda19 78, 1980, 1981, 1981 , 1981, 1981, 1982, Dhuwal (seealso Yolngu-Matha) Heath 1980, 1982, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1984, 1986, 1986, 1986, 1988, Merlanand Heath 1982 1989, 1993, 1996, 1999, 1999 Dhuwala 198 (see also Yolngu-Matha) Harris 1987 Djarwak Bemdt 1951 Dhuwaya (also Gumati) Amery 1985, 1993, Christie 1994 DJauan (also Djawan, Jawon, Jawony, Jawoyn) Elkin Diari (alsoDeerie, Dien, Dieyeri, Diyari) Hercus 1981, 1952, Elkin and Jones 1953-56, 1957 Reuther 1981, Trefry 1984 Djawan (also Djauan, Jawony) Harris 1969 Dieri (also Deerie, Diari, Dieyeri, Diyari) Bemdt and DJeebbana (also Gunibidji, Ku nibidji, Ndjebbana) McKay Vogelsang 1941, Capell 1976, Johnston and Cleland 1978 1943, Elkin 1938-39, Eylmann 1908, Frank 1940, Fry Djeraity (also Manda, Wogait; see also Daly Igs) Tryon 1937, Gatti 1930, Homann 1879, Howitt 1902, Howitt 1974 and Siebert 1904, Kom 1971, Planert 1908, Rainey Djinang Hiatt and Hiatt 1966, Obrst 1989, Wares 1992, 1947, Siebert 1910, Trefry 1970, 1974 Waters 1979, 1980, 1980, 1980, 1983, 1984, 1989, Dieyerie (also Deerie, Diari, Dieri, Dieyeri, Diyari) Gason Waters and Waters 1987 1874, 1879, 1886 Ojinba (see also Yolngu-Matha) Elkin and Jones 1953, Dippil (also Gabigabi, Gubbi-Gubbi, Kabi, Kabi-Kabi, Wamer 1937, Waters 1989 Kabikabi) Curr 1887, Landsborough 1887, Ojingili (also Chingalee, Jingilu, Jingulu) Austin 1979, MacPherson 1887, Meyer and Uhle 1883, Ridley Chadwick 1968, 1968, 1974, 1974, 1975, 1976, 1979, 1861, 1866, 1873, 1875, 1878, 1887, Ridley et al Capell 1962, Hulst and Smith 1985, Kendon19 85 1887, Roth 1898, Westaway 1887 Ojirbal (dialects;also Dyirbal, Jirrbal) Dixon 1976, 1977, Dippil? Chief Commissioner 1887 1977, 1979, 1979, Jake 1978, Nichols 1989, Dirari (also Dhirari)Austin et a1 1976, Jacobs et al l886 Silverstein 1993 Diyari (also Deerie, Diari, Dieri, Dieyerie, Diyeri)Austin Ojirringany (also Dyirringan) Kelly 1900 1978, 1979, 1981,1981, 1982, 1982, 1986, 1988, Ojirubagala Dixon 1976 1989, 1993, 1994, Austin et a1 1976, Crowhurst 1995, 0liwarli (also Dyiwarli, Jiwarli) Austin 1981, 1981 Crowhurst and Hewitt 1995, Donaldson 1979, OJururu (also Jurruru) Austin 1981, 1981 Ferguson 1987, Goddard 1982, Halle and Vergnaud Oungidau (also Dungidjau) Mackenzie 1984, Steele 1987 1987, Hercus 1987, 1990, Hercus et aI 1990,Ju ng Oungidjau (also Dungidau) Colliver and Woolston 1975 1878, Menning 1981, Murray and Austin 1981 , Poser Oyaabugai (also Djabugay, Dyabugay, Tya.pukay) 1986, 1989, Tchekhoff 1985, 1987, Tsunoda 1992 Comlno 1966 Diyeri (also Diari, Dieri, Dieyerie, Diyari) Homann 1892 Oyabugay (also Djabugay, Dyaabugay, Tya.pukay) Patz Djaabugay (also Dja:bugay, Dyabugay, TYa.pukay, 1978, 1991 Yirrgay) Hale 1976 Oyangadi (also Dhangadi) Embury 1976 Dja:bugay (also Djaabugay, Dyabugay, TYa.pukay, Oyarngun (also Djangun, Guugu-Yalanji) Davidson 1886 Yirrgay) Hale 1976 Oyirbal (also Djirbal, Mamu) Alpher 1993, Bny and Djab (also Djabbwurrung) Clarkand Harradine 1990 Pettersson 1986, Bittner and Hale 1996, 1996, Blake DJabbwurung (also Chaap Wurrong, Chaap Wuurong, 1976, Comrie 1976, 1978, 1981, 1989, Cook 1995, Djab, Djabwurung, Djabwurrung, Jaara, Tjapwurong) Cooreman 1988, Cooreman et a1 1984, Crowhurst Scarlett 1969 1995, Dixon 1967, 1969, 1970, 1970, 1976, 1982, Djaberdjaber see also Nyulnyulan Igs, Dampier Land Igs, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1987, 1989, Kimberley\ gs) Moyle 1968 1989, 1989, 1990, 1990, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1992, Djabugay (also Dja:bugay, Djaabugay, Dyabugay, 1993, Dixon and DuweIl 1990, Dixon and Koch 1996, Dorian 1999, Douglas 1900, Dryer 1990, Harkins Jabugay, TYa.pukay, Yirrgay) Banning 1989, Banning 1995, Heath 1976, 1976, 1979, 1980, Jelinek 1987, and QUinn 1989, Dixon 1976, Dixon and Blake 1991, Kang 1985, King 1994, 1998, Lakoff 1987, Lapointe Johnson 1994, Quinn et al 1992, 1992, Students 1987 1980, Mallinson and Blake 1981, Maxwell 1981, Djabwurrung (also Chaap Wurrong, Chaap Wuurong, Mel'cuk 1977, 1979, Mylne 1995, Nedergaard Djabwurung, Kooloor, Tjapwurong) Gray 1878, 1878 Thomsen 1994, Plank 1995, Schmidt 1983, 1985, Djabwurung (also Chaap Wurrong, Chaap Wuurong, 1985, 1985, 1991, Shopen 1985, Silverstein 1976, Djabwurrung, Tjapwurong) Bastian 1881 1986, Testart 1977, Tsunoda 1986, 1986, 1987, 1988, Djadja Wurrung (also Brapkut, Djappuminyon, Djardwa, Van Valin 1977, 1981, Wierzbicka 1981 Knenkorenwurro, Lewurung, Warkawarka) Tully 1997 Oyirringafi Mathews 1902 Djadjala (also Sewa, Wergaia; seealso Kulin Igs) Hercus Oyiwarli(also Djiwarli, Jiwarl) Austin 1979 1965 Djambarrpuynggu (also Djambarrpuyngu) Tchekhoff E 1985, 1989, Tchekhoff and Zorc 1983, Wilkinson 1991 Djambarrpuyngu (also Djambarrpuynggu; see also Eastern Arnhem Land Igs (see also Yolngu Igs) Tindale Dhuwal, Yolngu-Matha) Anonymous 1987, Cooke 1928 1991, 1995, Buchanan 1978, Galpagalpa et al 1984, Eastern Arrernte (see also Arremte) Arandic 1985, Ganambarr 1979 Graham 1983, Henderson and Dobson 1994, Waters Djamindjung (also Jaminjung) Cleverly 1969 1989 DJamindJungan Igs (also Jaminjungan Igs) Bolt et al Eastern Australian Igs Walsh 1981 1970, Hoddinott and Kofod 1976 Eastern Warlpiri (see also Warlpiri)Shannon 1987 Djanngun (also Jangun) Mowbray 1886 Ee-na-won (also Anewan, Nganyaywana) Buchanan 1901 254 Emiyenggal (also Ame, Ami, Emmi) Povinelli 1990 Garundi (also Karrandee) Armit 1886 Emmi (also Ame, Ami, Emiyenggal) Ford 1998 Garwa(also Garawa, Karawa) Holmer 1988 Endeavour River Ig (also Kokoimudji, Gugu Yimidhirr, Gascoyne River Ig Richardson 1900 Koko-Yimidhirr) Cook 1886 Gascoyne-Ashburton Igs (see also Maya, Jiwarli, Enindilyakwa (also Anindilyakwa, Anindilyagwa, Jurruru, Payungu, Pinikura, Purduna, Thalanyji, Anindilyaugwa) Levitt 1981 Tharrkari, Thiin, Warriyangka, Yingkarta) Austin 1987, Enindilyaugwa (also Anindilyakwa, Anindilyagwa, 1988, 1993 Anindilyaugwa) Worsley 1954 Geawagal (also Geawegal, Sydney Ig) Hunter 1887, 1968 Enneewin (also Anewan) Crowley 1976, MacPherson Geawegal (also Geawagal, Sydney Ig) Collins 1887 1934 Gia (also Bumburra-burra; see also Maric Igs) Shea 1887 Eora (also Coastal Darug, Iyora, Sydney Ig) Hunter 1793, Gidabal (also Gidabul, Gidhabal, Kitabal, Kitapul; see also 1968, Kohen 1993, 1995, Turbet 1988 BundJalung dialects) Aboriginal 1980, Brown 1983, Erre Kesteven 1984 Geytenbeek 1964, Geytenbeek and Geytenbeek 1971, Eu-ah-Iay (alsoYualeai, Yualyai, Yuwaaliyay) Stow 1898 Gummow 1993 Gidabul (also Gidabal, Gidhabal, Kitabal, Kitapul) F Geytenbeek 1964 Gidhabal (also Gidabal, Gidabul, Kitabal, Kitapul) Sharpe Fitzroy Crossing Pidgin (see also Pidgins and Creoles, 1992, 1995 etc) Fraser 1977 Gidjingali (also Burarra, Gidjingarli)Clunies Ross 1978, FitzroyValley Kriol (see Pidgins and Creoles) Hudson Hiatt 1978 1983 Gidjingarli (also Burarra, Gidjingali) Clunies Ross 1990, Flinders Island Ig Dixon 1983, Flinders and Sutton 1986, Jones and Meehan 1997 Rigsby 1980, Sutton 1976, 1980 Gippsland Ig(s) (also Kumai; see also Brabiralung, Flinders Ranges Igs (see also Adnyamathanha, Pilatapa) Briakaulung, Krautungalung, Bratanolung) Blake and Cleland and Johnston 1939 Reid 1998, Bulmer 1878, Curr 1887, Fes1 1985, Hercus 1969, 1986 G Giramay (also Girramay) Dixon 1970, 1976, 1983 , Dixon Gaagudju Harvey 1992, 1997, 1997 and Koch 1996, Dorian 1999 Gabbaitch Bates 1926 Girramay (also Giramay) Holmer 1989 Gabigabi (also Dippil, Kab'l, Kabi-Kabi, Kabikabi) Gnurellean (alsoDhauhurtwurru, Tau ngurong; see also Anonymous 1912 Kulin Igs) Tuckfield 1844 Galali (also Kalali, Wangkumara?) McDonald and Wurm Goa (also Coa, Guwa, Koa; see also Maric Igs) 1979 Anonymous 1907, Dutton 1901, 1907, Lamb 1899, Galawlwan (see also Amhem Land Igs) Flinders 1886 1904 Galgadungu (also Kalkadoon, Kalkatungu) Blake 1976 Gobabuingu (also Gupapuyngu) Elkin and Jones 1953- Galpu (also Galpu, Yolngu-Matha) Language 1982, Wood 56, 1957 1977 Gobabwingu (also Gupapuyngu) Bemdt 1952 Giilpu (also Galpu, Yolngu-Matha) Gurruwiwi 1982 Goeng (also Goeng-Goeng) Anonymous 1887 Gamaraigal (see also Iyora, Kameraigal, Sydney Ig) Goeng-Goeng (also Goeng) Holmer 1983 Turbet 1988 Goenpul (also Goinbal, Jandai) Watkin and Hamilton Gamblamang (also Gumbaingar, Gumbainggar, 1887 GumbGandangara, Gundugurra, Gudandji (also Gudanji, Kutandji) Aguas 1968, Breen Gundungari, Gun-dun-gorra, Gundungurra, 1976, Chadwick 1976, 1979 Gundunguru) Feld 1900, Rowley 1878 Gudang (see also Cape YorkIgs) Jardine 1886, Gundungurra (also Gandangara, Gundungari, Gun-dun­ MacGillivray 1852, Ray 1907 gorra, Gundungura, Gundunguru) Kohen 1993, 1993, Gudanji (also Gudandji, Kutandji) Chadwick 1978 Mathews 1901, Mathews and Everitt 1900, Meredith Gugada (alsoKu kata) Austin 1979, Platt 1968, 1970, 1989 1972 Gundunguru? (also Gundungurra) Feld 1900 Gugadj (also Kukalj) Breen 1976, 1976 Guneang (also Gureng-Gureng) Ridley 1861 GugadJa (also Kukatja, Kukulja) Peile 1977, 1990 Gungabula Breen 1973 Gugadji Curr 1886 Gunggari Ig8 (see also Coongurri, Maric Igs) Holmer Gugu-Badhun Goetz and Sutton 1986, Sutton 1973, 1976 1983 Gugu Bujun Holmer 1988 Gunggay (see also Yidiny dialects) Dixon 1983 Gugu-Daiban (also Kuku-Thaypan) Dixon 1983 Gungoragoni (see also Arnhem Land Igs) Hiatt and Hiatt Gugu-Mini (also Koko-Minni) Dixon 1983 1966 Gugu-Warra (also Coo-coo-warra, Koko-warra) Dixon Gunibidji (also Djeebbana, Kunibidji, Ndjebbana) McKay 1983 1981 Gugu-Yalanji (also DOamgUn, Koko-Jelandji, Koko Gunin (also Gwi:ni, Kwini) McGregor 1993 Yalandji, Koko-Yaj anji, Kuku-Yalanji) Dixon 1983, Gunkurrng (avoidance Ig; Gunwinggu) Harris 1970 Hershberger 1964, 1964, 1964, 1964, 1964, 1964, Gunu (also Comu, Kumu) Wurm and Hercus 1976 1964, 1970, 1979, Hershberger and Pike 1970, Kilham Gunwinggu (also Gunwinhgu, Gunwinjgu, Kunwinjku, 1979, Oates 1964, 1967, Oates and Oates 1964, Kunwinyku; see also Gunwingguan Igs) Bemdt 1951, 1964, Oates et al 1964, Ware 1981 1979, Berndtand Bemdt 1951, 1970, Capell 1945, Gugu Yau (also Koko Yao, Kuuku Ya'u) McConnel 1936 1965, Elkin and Jones 1953-56, 1957, Harris 1970, Gugu Yimidhirr (also Guugu Yimidhirr, Gugu Yimithirr, Hiatt and Hiatt 1966, Mithun 1984, 1984, Oates 1953, Koko Yimidhirr) Tchekhoff 1987 1964, 1967, Rainey 1947 GU-ani (also Kuyani) Hercus 1973 Gunwingguan Ig5 Harris 1969 Guj ngay (also Malanbara) Dixon 1983, Dixon and Koch Gunwinhgu (also Gunwinggu, Gunwinjgu) Jernudd 1971 1996 Gunwinjgu (also Gunwinggu, Gunwinhgu) Carroll 1976, Gumatj (see also Yolngu-Matha) Amery 1986, Hargrave Harvey 1991, Jemudd 1974 1982, Harris 1982, Mununggiritj and Stockley 1987, Gunya Breen 1981, Dixon and Blake 1981 Ross and Walker 1984, Yunupingu 1987 Gupapuyngu (also Gobabwingu, Gubabuingu, Gumbaingar (also Gumbainggar, Gumbainggir, Kuppapuyngu) Christie 1980, 1993, DaVIS 1981, 1997, Gumbaynggir, Kumbainggeri) Smythe 1948-50, Duwell and Dixon 1994, Edmonds 1966, Harris 1990, Gumbainggar (also Gamblamang, Gumbaingar, Lowe 1975, 1975, 1996, Lowe and Ross 1969, Gumbalngglr, Gumbaynggir, Kumbainggeri; see also Quisenberry 1973, Williams 1981 New England Igs) Dixon 1969, Hoddinott 1962, See Gurang Gurang Mathew 1913 1965 Gureng Gureng (also Goreng Goreng, Guneang, Koreng Gumbainggar Smythe 1952 Koren�) Armitage 1943, Brasch 1975, Jolly 1994 Gumbainggir (alsoGamblamang, Gumbaingar, Gurindzi (also Gurindji, Gurinji,Kowo rindji) Meggitt 1955 Gumbainggar, Gumbaynggir, Kombinegherri, Gurindji (alsoGu rindzi, Gurinji, Koworindgi) Dalton et al Kumbainggeri; see also New England Igs) Comrie 1995, Hargrave 1982, Harris 1982, Jones 1978, 1999, 1981, 1989 Kijngayari and McConvell 1986, Lingiari and Gumbangerri (alsoGumb aynggir) Aboriginal 1980 McConvell 1986, McConvell 1980, 1982, 1983, 1984, Gumbaynggir (also Gamblamang, Gumbaingar, 1988, 1988, 1991 , Menning 1981, Nash and Simpson Gumbainggar, Gumbainggar, Gumbaingglr, 1981 , Wightman 1994 Gumbayngir, Kombinegherri, Kumbainggar; seealso Gurinji (also Gurindqi, Gurindji) Wares 1992 New England Igs) B[aird] 1986, Brown 1900, Dixon Gurna (also KGmG) �ummow 1983 and Blake 1979, I:ades19 76, 1977, 1979, Flynn 1994, Gurnditjmara (also Kuum Kopan noot)Cur r 1887 Godwin 1997, Hargrave 1903, Harper 1897, Hoddinott Gurngobanud (also Dauhurtwurru) Scarlett 1969 1978, McBryde 1997, McKay 1996, Rudder 1896, Gurr-goni Green 1995 1899, Ryan 1964, 1964, 1987 Gurung (also Monulgundeech; see also Kulin Igs) Thomas Gumbaynglr (also Gamblamang, Gumbaingar, 1862 Gumbainggar, Gumbainggar, Gumbainggir, Guugu Yimidhirr (also Gugu Yimidhirr, Guugu Yimithirr, Kombinegherri, Kumbainggar; see also New England Ku ku Yimidhirr) Austin 1982, Dixon 1983, Dixon and Igs) Kager 1995 Blake 1979, Donaldson 1995, Haviland 1974, 1979, Gun-dJeihmi (see alsoGunw ingguan Igs) Evans 1996. 1979, 1979, 1982, 1985, 1987, 1990, 1993, 1996, 1997 Hudsonand Pym 1984, Rigsby 1980 Gun-dun-gorra (also Gandangara) Russell 1914 Guugu Yimithirr (alsoGugu Yimidhirr, Guugu Yimidhirr, Gun-Gunma (avoidance Ig) (also Bunaba) Rumsey 1982 Ku ku Yimidhirr) De Leon 1991, Levinson 1987, 1993, Gun-nartpa (also Gunavidjl, Burarra) Carew 1999 1996, 1997, 1998, Pearson 1989, Reppel 1997 Gunavidji (also Gun-nartpa, Burarra) Hiatt and Hiatt 1966 Guwa (also Coa, Goa; see also MaricIgs) Blake and Gunbalang (also Gunbarlang; see also Gunwingguan Igs) Breen 1990,Breen 1990, Curr 1887 Harris 1969, Harris 1969, Hiatt and Hiatt 1966 Guwar (alsoGoowar, Wogee) Colliver and Woolston 1975 Gunbarlang (alsoGu nbalang) Coleman 1982 Guyani Austin et al 1976 Gundandji Chadwick 1974, 1974 Gweagal (also Gwiyagal) Turbet 1988 Gundidj Hercus 1969, 1986 Gwi:nI (also Gunin, Kwini) Capell 1939, 1939, McGregor Gunditjmara Gott and Conran 1991 1993 Gundjipmi dialectHar ris 1969 Gwiyagal (also Gweagal) Capell 1970 Gundungari Anonymous 1907 Gun-dun-gorra (also Gandangara, Gundugurra , Gundungari, Gundungura, Gundungurra, Gundunguru) Russell 1914 Idindji (alsoYidiny) Flint 1970 IIba (also Biri, Birn, Yuckaburra; seealso Maric Igs) Chatfield 1886, Tompson and Chatfield 1886 256 lIIawarra area Igs (see also Dharawal) Denniss 1974 Jinibara (also Jagara) Langevad and Field 1982 Indjibandi (also Yindjibamdi) Fink ! 960 Jirandali Curr 1886, 1886 Inggarda (also Ingra, Ylnggarda, Ylngkarta; seealSO Jirrbal (also Djirbal, Dyirbal) Dixon 1983, Dixon and Koch Kardu 19s) Gifford 1886 , 1996 Ingra (also Inggarda, Ylnggarda, Ylngkarta; see also Jirru (also Dyirbal) dialectDixon 1983, Dixon and Koch Kardu Igs) Richardson 1900 , ' , 1996 Iningai (also Yiningayi; see also Manc Igs) Chnstlson Jitajita (also Yitayita; Yit-tha; see also Kulin Igs) 1887, Dalhunty 1887 Macdonald 1886 Injinoo Ig8 Harper 1992, 1996 Jiwadja (also Iwaidja) Capell 1962, Confalonieri 1975, Iwaidja (also Jiwadja) Evans 1992, 1997, 1998, Foelsche Soravia 1975 1886, Pasco 1886, Pym 1981 , 1982, 1984, 1985, Pym Jiwarli (also Djiwarli)Austin 1983, 1987, 1988, 1988, and Larrimore 1979, Sayers 1977, Sayers and Pym 1991 , 1992, 1992, 1996, Butler and Austin 1986, 1977, Wares 1992, Waters 1980 Nordlinger 1997, 1998 Iyora (also Eora, Sydney Ig) Anonymous 1911 Jualrai (also Yuwaalaraay) Holmer 1983 Juat Salvado 1886 Jugun (see also Nyulnyul, KimberleyIgs) Whittaker 1999 J JUipera (see also Manc Igs) Bndgman and Bucas 1887 Jaara (also Djabwurrung, Djadjawurrung,Jibberin, Jurruru (see also Ngayarta Igs) Austin 1987, 1988, 1988 Knenkorenwurro, Yaara; see also Kulin Igs) Curr 1887, Juru (also Yuru; see also MaricIgs) Kent 1886, O'Connor Thomas 1878 1886, Scott 1886 Jabugay (also Ojabugay, Tya,pukay, Yirrgay) Dixon 1983 Juwaliny (see also Kimberley Igs) Whittaker 1999 Jadliaura Green 1886 JagalinS;Ju (also Bama) Muirhead 1887 K Jagara (alsoJini bara, Turrubul, Yaggara) Bell et al 1934, Kaantyu (also Kanju, Kantyu) Hal,e 1976 " ' , Ridley 1887 Kabi (also Dippil, Gabigabi, Gubbl Gubbl, Kabl, Kabl-Kabl, Jagowrong Ig (also Ja-jow-er-ong, Jajowrong) Eyre 1878 Kabikabi) Brandenstein 1970, Guiart 1951, Lang 191 1, Jaitmathang (also Dhuduroa) Bulm,er 1887 Mathew 1887, 1910, Watson 1943 Ja-jow-er-ong (also Jagowrong, ,JaJ0wrong) Parker 1878 Kab'j (alsoDippil, Kabi, Kabi-Kabi, Kabikabi) Mathew 1880 Jajowrong (also Jagowrong, Ja-jow-er-ong) Parker18 44 Kabi Kabi (also Dippil, Kabi, Kab'i, Kablkabl, Kabl-Kabl) Jakula (alsoYukult a) Curr 1886 Roth 1898 Jalanga (also Yalamnga) Blake 1971, 1971, Eglinton Kabi-Kabi (also Dippil, Kabi, Kab'i, Kabikabi) Holmer 1983 1886 Kabikabi (also Dippil, Kabi, Kab'i, Kabi-Kabi) Blackman Jaln�uy (avoidanc� Ig; Dyirbal) Dixon ,1983, 1990 1900,Muller 1887, Ridley et al 1887 Jammjung (also Djamlndjung)ChadWick 1997, Schultze- Kabikabi? Chief Commissioner 1887 Bemdt 1994 Kaiabara (also Ngoera) Lang 1910 , , Jaminjungan Ig8 Chadwick 1997 Kairi (also Bimurraburra; see also Manc Igs) Middleton Janda (also Yanda) Eglinton 1886 , and Noble 1887 Jandai (also Goinbal, Goenpul) Steele 1987, Watkin 1887 Kaititj Hale 1976, Koch 1980, Ladefoged et al 1977, Jandruwanta (also Yandruwandha) Reuther 1981, Wafer 1982 Salmon 1886 Kal-ka-doon (also Galgadungu, Kal-ka-doon, Kalkatungu) Jangaa (also Yanga?) Curr 1886, MacGlashan 1887 Mackie 1901 Jangu (also Janjango, Yan-nhangu) White 1976 Kala Lagaw Langgus Bani 1976, Bani and Klokeid 1976, Jan�un (also Djangun) Dixon 1983 Comrie 1978 JanJango (also Jangu, Yan-nhangu) Hiatt and Hiatt 1966 Kala Lagaw Va (see also Torres StraitIgs) Babia and Day Jaralde ( alsoJari ldekald, Yaralde; see also Ngannyen 1989 Bani 1979, 1987, Comrie 1981, 1989, dialects) Bemdt 1940, 1978, Tindale 1935 Cun�ington 1984, Eseli 1998, Haddon 1890, Kennedy Jardwa? (also Djappuminyon; see also Kulin Igs) Wilson 1981 , 1984, 1985, Ober 1985, Onslow 1887, Wares 1878 1992 Jardwajali? (also Djardjwadjali, Mardiqali, Nundatyalli) Kalali (also Galali) Holmer 1988 Jackson 1878 Kalamai (alsoNatingero) Adam 1886 Jargon English Simpson 1996 Kalaw Kawaw Kennedy 1985, 1985 Jargon Kaurna (see also Kaurna) Simpson 1996, , l Kalaw Kawaw Va (see also (Saibai dialect of) Kalaw Jari dekald (alsoJar alde, Yaralde; see also Ngannyen) Lagaw Va) Aragu 1980, Asela 1993, Babia 1997, Ford Taplin 1886 , and Ober 1986, 1991, McKay 1996, Waigana 1984 Jaru (also Djaru) Hudsonand McConvell 1984, Kimberley Kalaw Lagaw Va (also Kala Lagaw Va) Comrie 1981 1992, McKay 1996, Menning 1981, Tsunoda 1992 Kalibamu (also Mayi-Kutuna) Armit 1886 Jauraworka (also Yarrawoorka, Yowerawoolka; see also Kalkadoon (also Galgadungu, Kal-ka-doon, Kalkatungu) Kamic Igs) Comish 1,886 , , , Prowse 1994 Jawi dialect (also Chowle, Djawl; see also Bardl) Kalkatungu (also Galgadungu, Kal-ka-doon, Kalkadoon) Whittaker 1999 Blake 1969, 1971 , 1974, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1979, Jawon (also Ojauan, Jawony, Jawoyn) Jaeger 1983 1982, 1983, 1984, 1987, 1988, 1989, BOhm 1986, Jawony (also Djauan, Jawoyn) Merlan 1981 Breen 1976 Hopper and Thompson 1980, Nordltnger Jawoyn (also Djauan, Jawony) Harvey 1991 , 1997, 1997, 1998: Schebeck 1972, 1978, Thieberger 1981, Kesteven 1984, Merlan 1989, 1989, Rumsey 1993 Tsunoda 1986, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1992, Woolford Jhongworong (also Taungurong) Tuckfield 1844 1997 Jibberin (also Jaara) Curr 1887 , Kambuwal (also Cambooble) Bench 1887 Jindjiparndi (also Jindyipamdi, Yindjibamdi) Brandensteln Kameraigal (also Gamaraigal) Tucke,rman 1887 , , 1970, 1970 Kamilaraay (also Cammealroy, Gamllaraay, Kamllarol) Jindyiparndi (also Jindjipamdi, Yindjibamdi) Brandenstein Austin 1986 1972, Brandenstein and Thomas 1974 Kamilaroi (also Cammealroy, Gamilaraay, Kamilaraay) Jingilu (also Chin galee, Djingili, Jingulu) Menning 1981, Aboriginal 1899, Austin and Tindale 1985, B[alrd) Nordlinger 1997, 1998 1896, Bench 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, Bootie Jingulu (also Chingalee, Djingili, Jingilu; see also Barkly 1899, Bucknell 1887, 1899, Capell 1966, Curr 1887, Igs) Chadwick 1976, 1978, 1997, Dorian 1999, 1887, Fison and Howitt 1880, 1991 , Greenway 1878, Glasgow 1984, Nash 1992, Pensalfini 1997, 1999 1901, 1910-12, 191 1, Holmes 1900, Keene 1903, 257 Mathews 1903, Mosely 1887, Nathan 1996, Reay Kemendok (also Keramin, Kureinji) McFarlane 1886 1949, Richardson 1910, Ridley 1855, 1856, 1956, Keramin (also Kemendok, KureinJi) Cameron 1885 1866, 1873, 1875, 1878, 1887, Ridley et a1 1887 Kija (also Kitja, Lunga) Hudson and McConvell 1984, Kamilaroi? Young 1900 Kimberley 1996, McConveIl 1986, 1994, McGregor Kamilaroi station Ig Curr 1886 1988, Tsunoda 1999 Kamor (also Gamu Tryon 1974 Kimberley 1 9s (see also North(em Kimberley Igs, North­ Kanaka English (al so Kanaka Pidgin English; see also west(em) Australian Igs) Capell 1940, 1972, 1979, Pidgins and Creoles) MOhlhausler 1981, 1985 Capell and Elkin 1937, Craig 1968, Davey et al 1996, Kanaka Pidgin English (also Kanaka English) Jourdan Hudson 1987, Hudson et aI 1996, Hudson and 1983, MOhlhausler 1979 McConvell 1984, Lucich 1996, Mann 1985, McConvell Kanbowro (also Wembawemba; see also Kulin Igs) 1986, McGregor 1988, 1988, 1989, 1996, 1996, 1996, Mickie and Sandy 1887 Moyle 1968, Vaszolyi 1975, 1977, 1979, Whittaker Kaneang (also Uduc) Barlee 1886, Graham 1886 1999, Worms 1938, 1938, 1942, 1944 KanSlulu (also Gangulu) Mcintosh et al 1887 Kiramai (also Giramay) Mathew 1926 Kanlu (also Kaantyu, Kantyu) Thomson 1935 Kitabal (also Gidabal, Kitapul) Thomas 1900 Kantyu (also Kaantyu, Kanju) Holmer 1988 Kitapul (also Gidabal, Kitapul) Mathew 1926 Kanyara ISIs (see also Payungu, Pinikura, Purduna, Kitja (also Kija) Douglas 1976, Taylor and Hudson 1976, ThalanJi) Austin 1981, 1981, 1988, 1991, 1995, Dench Taylor and Taylor 1971 1994 Knenkoren-wurro (also Jaara, Jibberin; see also Kulin Karajarri (also Garadjeri, Garadyari, Karatyarri) Hudson Igs Eyre 1878, Parker18 44 and McConvell 1984, Johnson 1992, Lands 1987, Koa (asl o Coa, Guwa; see also Maric Igs) Curr 1887 Whittaker 1999 Koamu Foott 1887 Karangura (see also Kamic Igs) Austin 1991,Hercus Kogai (also Gogai) Mathews 1904, Ridley 1875, 1878 1991 Kokalanga-Mala Jennison 1927 Karanya MacHattie and Little 1886 Koko-Bera Black 1995, Black and Koch 1983, Sommer Karatyarri (also Garadjeri, Garadyari, Karajarri) and Marsh 1969 Brandenstein 1972 Koko Jelandji (also Koko-Yalandji) Hughes 1886 Karawa (also Garawa) Menning 1981 Koko-Lamalama Hale and Tindale 1933 Kardu Igs (also Kartu Igs; see also Amangu, Badimaya, Koko-Mind{en Sommer and Marsh 1969 Inggarda, Malgana, Muliara, Nanda, Wadjari, Koko-minm (alsoGugu-mini) Roth 1910 Watjandi) Dench 1994 Koko Warra (also Coo-coo-warra, Gugu-Warra) Roth Kardutjara (seealso MartuWangka) Brown 1983 1910 Kariera (also Karierra, Kariyarra) Yengoyan 1978 Koko-Yalandji (also Gu�u-Yalanji, Koko Jelandji, Koko Karierra (also Kariera, Kariyarra) Brandenstein 1972 Yalandji, Kuku YalanJi) Holmer 1988 Karingbal Josephson 1887 Koko Yao (also Kuuku Ya'o) Thomson 1935 Karingbal? Murray 1887 Koko Yimidir (also Bulponara, Bulpoonarra, Endeavour Kariyarra (also Kariera, Karierra; see also Ngayarta Igs) River Ig, Gogo Yimidhirr, Guugu Yimidir, Koko-Yimidir) Dench 1982, Lockyer 1990, O'Grady 1966 Banks 1962, Ray 1907, Schwarz 1946, See 1965 Karnathun? (also Tatun�lung) Bulmer 1878, 1878 Koko-Yimidir (alsoBulpo nara, Bulpoonarra, Endeavour Karnic Igs (see also Bidla, Dieri, Jandruwanta, Karuwali, River Ig, Gogo Yimidhirr, Guugu Yimidhirr, Kokoimudji, Ngameni, Jauraworka, Karanguru)Austin 1990, Koko Yimidir, Koko-Yimitir) Aurousseau 1972, Ray Bowem 1998 1907, 1907, Roth 1901, 1908, 1984 Karrandee (also Garundi) Armit 1886 Koko-Yimitir (also Bulponara, Bulpoonarra, Gogo Karrierra (also Kariera, Kariyarra) Brandenstein 1970, Yimidhirr, Guugu Yimidhirr, Kokoimudji, Koko Yimidir, Brandenstein and Thomas 1974 Koko-Yimidir) Schebeck 1972, 1978 Kartu Igs (also Kardu Igs) Austin 1988 Kokoimudji (also Koko-Yimidir, Koko-Yimitir) Cook 1886 KartujarraIManjiljarra - lany talk Donaldson 1995 Kolakngat (also Colongulac, Koligon, Kolijon) Blake 1998, Karuwali (see also Kamic Igs) Anonymous 1886 Curr 1887, Dennis and Dennis 1878, Thomas 1862 Katherine creole (seealso Pidgins and Creoles) Sharpe Koligon (alsoColongulac, Kolakngat, Kolijon) Tuckfield and Sandefur19 76 1844 Kattang (also Katthung, Worimi) Hoddinott 1962, Holmer Kolijon (also Colongulac, Kolakn�at, Koligon) Cary 1898 1966, 1967, Holmer and Holmer 1969 Kombinegherry (also Gumbaynglrr) Palmer 1884 'Katthung' Ig (also Kattang) Enright190 0 Koo-gun-ji (also Goonganji) Gribble 1900 Kauralaig (see also Torres Strait Igs) Fison 1902 Koolaburra (also Wakawaka) Shirley 1897 Kaurna (see also Jargon Kauma) Amery 1993, 1995, Kooloor 19 (also Djabwurrung)Cur r 1887 1995, 1996, 1998, 1998, Amery and Simpson 1994, Koon-Kalinya (also Gungalanya) Field 1898 Fitzpatrick 1989, Ge1l 1842, 1904, 1988, McLeod Koori English f:nemburu 1989 1878, Parkhouse 1933-35, See 1965, Simpson 1992, Koorie English McKenry 1996 1993, 1995, 1996, Teichelmann and SchOrmann 1840, Koreng Barlee 1886, Graham 1886 1962, Teichelmann et a1 1886, Williams 1839, Wyatt Koreng Koreng (also Gureng Gureng) Roth 1898 1879, 1886 Kortabina (also Pamkalla) Green 1886 Kaurna? Gaimard 1834 Koworindji (also Gurindji) Stanner 1937 Kawambarai Mathews 1902 Kowrarega (also Kala Lagaw Va; see also Torres Strait Kawarrang (also Ogh Unjdan, Okunjan, Oykangand; see Igs) MacGillivray 1852 also KunJen) Sommer 1970 Krauatungalung (also Kroatungolung) Mansergh and Kayardild (also Kayardilt) Andrews 1996, Durie 1995, Hercus 1981 Evans 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1992, 1992, 1994, Kriol Angelo et a1 1994, Berry and Hudson 1997, Camfoo 1995, 1995, Harkins 1995, Kelly and Evans 1985, 1994, Ellis 1988, Glasgow 1984, Graber 1987, 1987, Nordlinger 1997, 1998, Plank 1995 1987, 1988, 1997, Hargrave 1981, 1982, Harris 1984, Kayardilt (also Kayardild) Simpson 1995 1986, 1986, 1988, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1993, Harris and Kaytej (alsoKaiti tj,Kaytetye) Glasgow 1984, Green 1994, Sandefur 1983, 1984, 1985, Hudson 1981, 1983, Kendon 1985, Koch 1982, 1983, 1984, 1990,19 93, 1983, 1984, 1984, Hudsonand Taylor 1987, Jemudd 1996, 1997, Menning 1981, Turpin 1997, Wafer 1982 1971 , McConveil 1988, McGregor 1989, McLellan Kaytetye (also Kaytej, Kaytitye) Wilkins et al 1997 1997, Marett 1987, 1988, Meehan 1981, Menning Keerraywoorrong Krishna-Pillay 1996 1981, Mickan 1992, MOhlhausler 1986, 1991, Munro 258 1995, Nash 1986, Ovington 1992, Read and Read 1996, Howitt 1887, Mathews 1907, Mathews and 1992, Rhydwen 1992, 1993, 1993, 1995, 1996, Gardner 1996 Rogers 1988, Sandefur 1980, 1980, 1981 , 1981, 1981, Kurnu (also Cornu, Gunu) Mathews 1904 1982, 1982, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1984, 1984, 1984, Kurnu (also Cornu, Gunu) Mathews 1902 1984, 1984, 1984, 1985, 1985, 1985, 1985, 1986, Kurrama (see also Ngayarta Igs) O'Grady 1966 1986, 1986, 1990, 1990, 1991, 1991, Sandefuretal Kurrn-Kopan-noot (also Gundidj. Kurm kopan noot) 1980, Sandefur and Harris 1986, Sandefur and Wilkinson 1978 Sandefur19 81, 1987, Sharpe 1985, Thomas 1982, Kurtjar Black 1975, 1993,1995 Walton 1986, Wares 1992, Whittaker 1999, Yule 1987 Kutanji (also Gudandji, Gudanji) Glasgow 1984, Menning Kroatungolung (also Krauatungalun!;J) Curr 1887 1981 Kudanja (see also Barkly Igs) Chadwick 1997 Kuthant Black 1975, 1975 Kugu Nganhcara (also Nganhcara) Johnson 1988, 1990, Kuuk Thaayorre (also Kuuk-Thaayorre, Th aayorre) Smith and Johnson 1985, 1986, 1999 Alpher and Nash 1999, Foote and Hall 1992, Hall Kukata (also Gugada) Black 1920, Elkin 1938-39, Harris 1976, 1976,1 976 1982, Platt 1967, 1968 Kuuku Ya'u (also Gugu Yau, Koko Yao) Hale 1976, Kukata? Willshire 1891 Rigsby and Chase 1998 Kukatj (also Gugadj) Black 1975, Breen 1992, Jack and Kuuku-Ya?u Thompson 1976, 1976, 1988 Breen 1986, Jones 1998 Kuurn Kopan Noot (alsoGu ndidj. Kurrn-Kopan-noot) Kukatja (also Gugadja, Kukutja) Brandenstein 1970, Dawson 1881, 1981 , Goodall 1878, Hercus 1984, Hansen 1984, Hudson and McConvell 1984, Menning Hood 1898 1981 , Moyle 1997, Peile 1996, 1997, Platt 1967, Kuvani (also Gujani) Kingsmill 1886 Valiquette 1993, 1994 Kwmi = Gunin, Gwi:ni Kuku-Thaypan (alsoGugu- Daiban) Rigsby 1976, 1976, 1980 L Kuku Yalanji Hargrave 1982, Patz 1982, 1996, Reppel 1997 Laichi Laichi (also Laitchi-Laitchi, Latchi-Latchi; see also Kuku-Yalanji (also Gugu Yalandji, Koko Jelandji, Koko Kulin IQs) McLeod 1887 Yalandji, Koko Yalanji) Hershberger and Hershberger Laitchi-Laltchi (also Kulkyne Ig, Laichi Laichi, Latchi­ 1982, Oates 1990, 1992, Wares 1992 Latchi; see also Kulin Igs) Corney 1887 Kukutja (also Gugadja, Kukaija) Neville 1991 Lakes [Lake Eyre] lgs (see also Arabana, Kula (also Cornu,Gunu, Kumu) Te ulon 1886 Adnymathanha, Diyari, Dirari , Guyani, Wanggangguru) Kulin Ig6 (Maryborough Igs; see also Bunurong, Austin et al 1976 Dhauhurtwurru, Djadjala, Gnurellean, Jaara, Jardwa, Lamalama (also Lama-Lama) Laycock 1969, Rigsby Jitajita, Laichi-Laichi, Madimadi, Potaruwuij, 1980, 1992, Rigsby and Chase 1998 Taungurong, Warkawarka, Wathi-Wathi, Lamalamic Ig5 Laycock 1969 Wembawemba, Woiwurung, Wotjobaluk, Lander dialect (see also Warlpiri) Wafer 1982 Wuddyawurru, Wurundjeri,Yit-tha) Blake and Reid Lara�ia (also Larragia, Larraglya, Larrakia) Capell 1984 1994, 1995, 1995, 1998, Godfrey 1878, Hercus 1976, Lardll (also Damin) Alpher 1993, Brandenstein 1970, Intercolonial 1867, McBryde 1984 Goldsmith 1993, Hale 1965, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1973, 1983, 1992, 1997, 1997, 1998, Hale and Nash 1997 Kulinic Ig6 (see also Kulin Igs) Chauncy 1878 ' Kulkadoon (also Galgadun, Kalkadoon, Kalkatungu) Ito 1986, Kawasaki et al 1986, Klokeid 1976, 1976, Urquhart18 86 McConvell 1981, McKnight 1998, Ngakulmungan Kulkyne Ig (also Laitchi-Laitchi, Latchi Latchi) Macintyre 1997, Wilkinson 1988 1878 Larragia (also Laragia, Larragiya, Larrakia) Capell 1951 Kumbaingeri (alsoGu mbainggar, Kumbainggeri) Laves Larragiya (also Laragia, Larragia, Larrakia) Parkhouse 1929 1896 Kumbainggeri (also Gumbainggar, Kumbaingeri) Larrakia (also Laragia, Larragia, Larragiya) Foelsche Mathews 1903, 1909 1886, Parkhouse 1936 Kundara (also Gog-Nar) Roth 1897 Latchi�Latchi? (al.so Kulkyne Ig, Laichi Laichi, Laitchi­ Kune (also Mayali) Evans 1997 Laltchl, Latjdatjl; see also Kuhn Igs) Beveridge 1878 Kungkari (also Coongurri, Gunggari Igs) Breen 1990, Latjilatji (also Laichi Laichi, Laitchi-Laitchi, Latchi-Latchi; Dutton 1906 see al so Kuhn Igs) Comer 1887 Kungarakany Parish 1983 Leeuwin coast Ig (also Bibbulman) Bates 1926 Kunibidji (also Ndjebbana) McKay 1982, 1982, 1983, Lewurru (also Lewurung) Mathews 1903 1984, 1984, 1984 Lewurung (also Djadjawurrung, Lewurru) Curr 1887 Kuniyanti (also Gooniyandi) Byrne 1984, McGregor 1984, Lhanima Blake 1987 1985, 1986, 1988 Limilngan Harvey 1999 Kunjen (also Kawarrang, Ogh Unjdjan, Okunjan, Linngithig (also Linngithigh) Hale 1976, 1983 Oykangand) Goyvaerts 1981 , Sommer 1969, 1972, Linngithigh (also Linngithig) Hale 1964, 1966, 1997 1981 , Sommer and Marsh 1969, Sommer and Linngithi9h-Alngith Smith 1997 Sommer 1967, 1968 Loritcha (also Loritja, Loritya, Lorritcha, Luritja, Lurittya) Kunthar Black 1975 Mathews 1906 Kunwinjku (also Gunwinggu, Gunwinjku, Kunwinyku) Loritja (also Loritcha, Loritya, Lorritcha, Luritja, Lurittya) Calwe1l 1989, Carroll 1976, 1995, Evans 1997, 1997, Elkin 1938-39, Morice 1977, 1977, 1977, 1977, Harvey 1997, Kesteven 1984, Singh and Djayhgurmga Strehlow 1907, 1908 1990 Loritya (also Loritja, Loritcha, Lorritcha, Luritcha, Luriija, Kunwinyku (also Gunwinggu, Gunwinjku, Kunwinjku) Lu nttya) Mathews 1907 Heath 1987 Lorritcha (also Loritja, Loritcha, Loritya, Lu ritcha, Luriija, Kup�apuyngu (alsoGupapuyngu) Schebeck 1972, 1978 Lurittya) Mathews 1907 Kurajarra Wh ittaker 1999 Lower Goulburn Ig Intercolonial 1867 Kurannup Ig (also Bibbulman) Bates 1926 Luluridji (alsoWakaman) Davidson 1886 Kurin�gai Capell �97Mandjindja (see also Westem Desert Igs) Elkin 1938-39 1998, Dench and Evans 1988, Nordlinger 1997, 1998, Mangala (also Manala, Mangarla) Capell 1955 Sharp and Thieberger 1992 Mangarayi (also Mangarrayi) Heath 1987, Merlan 1981 , Mathimathi (also Madimadi) Gah1 1996, Goedmans 1997, 1981, 1982, 1982, 1987, Merlan and Heath 1982 1998, Hercus 1989 Mangarla (also Manala, Mangala) Whittaker 1999 Matngala (see also Daly River Igs) Tryon 1974 Mangarrayi (also Mangarayi) Harvey 1991, Jones 1998, Matuntara R6heim 1974 Merlan 1987, 1997, Richards 1996 Mau (also Maung, Mawng) Jennison 1927 Manggadjera (see also Amhem Land Igs) Elkin and Jones Maung (also Mau, Mawng) Bemdt and Bemdt 1970, 1953-56, 1957 Capell 1951, Capell and Hinch 1970, Donohue 1998, Maningrida Igs (also Amhem Lan� 19s) Elwell l.�7?, 1982 Evans 1992, Harris 1969, Harvey 1997, Hinch 1964, Manjiljarra (also Mantjiltjara, Mantilitiarra, ManYIIIYlarra; Hinch and Pike 1978, Holmer 1970, Kerr 1964, see also Martu Wangka) Clendon 1988, Donaldson Kurrunamaet a1 1990, Nichols 1989, Noyer 1991 1995, McConvell 1980 (seealso KartujaralManjiljarra Mawng (also Mau, Maung) Evans 1997 -Iany talk) Maya Austin 1987, 1988 Mantharta Igs (see also Jiwarli,Tharrkari, Thiin, Maya? Gribble 1903 Warriyangka) Austin 1981, 1988, 1991, 1995, 1997, Mayagulan (see also Maric Igs,Mayi-Kulan, Ngawun) 1997, Dench 1994 Breen 1976 Mantjiltjara (also Manjiljarra, Mantjiltjarra, Manyjilyjarra) Mayali (also Kune, Maiali, Miorli; Gunwinggu) Evans 1992, Marsh 1969, 1976, 1977 1995, 1997, 1997, 1997, 1997, Evans et a1 1998, Mantjiltjarra (also Manjiljarra, Mantjiltjara, Manyjilyjarra) Harvey 1997, 1997 Hansen 1984 Mayapi (also Miappe, Myappe) Anonymous 1886, Palmer 1886 260 Mayi Ig8 Breen 1981 Mt Everard Range Ig Elder 1893 Mayi-Kulan (also Mayagulan, Mycoolon, Mykoolan) Breen Mt IIIbillie Ig Elder 1893 1981 Mt Watson Ig Elder 1893 Mayi-Kutuna (also Kalibamu) Breen 1981 Mt Spencer (Old) Ig Bennett 1918 Mayi-Thakurti Breen 1981 Mudbara (also Mudbura. Mudburra) Chadwick 1972 Mayi-Yapi (also Mayapi, Miappe, Myappe) Breen 1981 Mudbura (also Mudbara. Mudburra) Capell 1962, Elkin Mbabaram Comrie 1981, 1989, Dixon 1965, 1966, 1967, and Jones 1953-56. 1957. Glasgow 1984, Kendon 1968, 1970, 1983, 1991, Dixon and Blake 1991, Kager 1985, McConvell 1980, 1988, Menning 1981, Nash 1995, Sutton 1976 and Simpson 1981, Mbambylmu (see also Princess Char10tte Bay Igs) Mudburra (also Mudbara, Mudbura) Nash 1992, Stanner Hodgkinson 1886 1937, Wightman et al 1992 Mbara Sutton 1976 Mudthung (also Kumai Igs, Thurumba) Mackenzie 1874 Mbarimanggudinhma (also Pariman Kutinma, Muliara (see also Kardu Ig s) Gifford 1886 Rimananggudinhama; see also PrincessChar10tte Bay Mullukmulluk (also MalakMalak) Tryon 1974 Igs) Rigsby 1980 Muluriji Dixon 1983 Mbaywum Hale 1976 Mungerra (also IIba. Yakaburra) Armstrong 1886 Meedar(see also Nyungar Igs) Bates 1926 Murawari (also Murawarri. Marraa' Waree') Gummow Melbourne Aboriginal English (see also Aboriginal 1983 English) Fes1 1977 Murawarri (also Murawari. Marraa' Warree') Mathews Men�errdji Kesteven 1984 1903, 1903 Mer also Meriam Mer, Meriam Mir, Meriam, Meryam Mir, Murinbata (also Murinjpata. Murinpatha. Murintjabin. eryam, Miriam) Holmer 1988, Language 1982 Murinypata. Murrinh-Patha, Murrinhpatha) Stanner Meriam (also Mer, Meriam Mer, Meriam Mir, Meryam Mir, 1937, Street 1976, 1980. 1980. 1985. Street and Meryam, Miriam) Wares 1992 Kulampurut 1978. Street and Mollinjin 1981 Meriam Mer (also Mer, Meriam Mir, Meriam, Meryam Mir, Murinjpata (also Murinbata, Murinpatha. Murintjabin, Meryam, Miriam) Babia and Day 1989 Murinypata, Murrinh-Patha. Murrinhpatha) Walsh 1976 Meriam Mir (alsoMer , Meriam Mer, Meriam, Meryam Mir, Murinpatha (also Murinjpata. Murinbata, Munntjabin. Meryam, Miriam) Day et al 1982, McConvell et al Murinypata. Murrinh-Patha. Murrinhpatha) Walsh 1997 1983, Ober 1985, Rhodin et al 1980, Shnukal 1992, Murintjabin (also Murinbata. Murinjpata, Murinpatha, Thursday 1988 Murinypata, Murrinh-Patha, Murrinhpatha) Ellis 1988 Meryam Mir (also Mer, Meriam Mer, Meriam Mir, Meriam, Murinypata (also Murinbata. Murinjpata. Munnpatha, Meryam, Miriam) Passi and Piper 1994, Piper 1989 Murintjabin, Murrinh-Patha. Murrinhpatha) Kulamburut Meryam (also Mer, Meriam Mer, Meriam Mir, Meriam, and Walsh 1986, Walsh 1976 Meryam Mir, Miriam) Piper 1999 Murngin (see also Amhem Land Igs, Yolngu-Matha) Mi-or-Ii (also Mior1i) Mackie 1901 Heath 1982, Owen 1965, Warner 1937, 1978 Miappe (also Mayapi) Palmer 1886 Murray Islands Ig (also Meriam Mir) Codrington 1885 Middle Paman Igs (see also Wik Igs, Kaanytyu, Kuuk Murri Igs (also Man Igs) Bags 1899. Bell 1995 Thaayorre, Kuuku Ya'u, Umpila) Hale 1976 Murring (also Ngarigo) Howitt 1887 Midhaga (also Murunuda) Breen 1976 Murrinh-Patha (also Murinbata. Murinjpata. Murinpatha, Milingimbi Ig (also Yolngu-Matha) Elwell 1979 Murintjabin, Murinypata. Murrinhpatha) Black 1991, Minang (also Minung) Nind and Brown 1833 Har\lrave 1982. Street 1987. 1996. Street and Mini (also Mirkin, Okunjan) Palmer 1886 Mollmgin 1983. Street and Street 1993, Walsh 1988. Minjanbal (also Minyung; see also Bundjalung dialects) 1994. 1996, 1996.Wares 1992 O'Connor 1887, Prior et al 1887 Murrinhpatha (also Murinbata. Murinjp ata, Murinpatha. Minkin Evans 1990 Murintjabin, Murinypata, Murrinh-Patha) Graham 1994, Minning (also Miming) Elder 1893, Wells 1892 Walsh 1997, 1997 Minung (also Minang) Adam 1886, Spencer et al 1886 Murunuda (also Midhaga) Campbell 1899 Minyung (also Minjanbal; seealso Bundjalang dialects) Muruwari (also Murawari, Murawarri, Marraa' Warree') LIvingstone 1892 Oates 1976. 1988, 1992. Trefry 1971 Miorli (also Mayali, Mi-or-li) Dutton 1901 Mutumui (also Barrow Point Ig) Hale and Tindale 1933 Miriam (also Mer, Meriam Mer, Meriam Mir, Meriam, Myallee (also Myalli, possibly Mayawar1i?) Lamb 1899, Meryam Mir, Meryam) Gabelentz and Meyer 1883, 1904 Grube 1882, Hunt 1888, 1898, Jukes 1847, Laade Myappe (also Mayapi. Miappe) Palmer 1884 1969, McFar1ane 1876, 1889, Ray 1907, 1907, 1912, Mycoolon (also Mayagulan. Mayi-Kulan. Maykulan. Ray and Haddon 1893, Schulenburg 1892, Scott 1879, Mykoolan) Palmer 1884 Wilson 1835 Mykoolan (also Mayagulan. Mayi-Kulan. Maykulan. Miriwoong (also Miriwung) Hudsonand McConvell 1984. Mycoolon) Lamond 1886 Kofod 1992 Miriwung (also Miriwoong) Kofod 1976. 1978. Moyle 1968 Mirkin (also Mini, Okunjan) Palmer 1886. Ray 1907 N Mirning (also Minning) Williams 1886 Nagara (also Nakkara) Hiatt and Hiatt 1966 Mitakoodi Roth 1897 Nakkara (also Nagara) Eather 1990 Miwa (also Ba: gu) Lucich 1987 Nanda (Nhanda. Nhanta; see also Kardu Igs) Gerritsen Moiradubun (also Wiradjuri?)James and Chanter 1897 1994, Goldsworthy 1886 Moneroo Ig Bulmer 1887 Nanduwara Le Brun 1886 Monulgundeech (also Gurung) Stanbridge 1878 Nangiomeri (also Ngankiwumirri ; see also Daly River Igs) Mordiyallock Ig (also Woiwurrung)Curr 1887 Stanner 1937 Morrobalama (also Umbuygamu) Ogilvie 1994, 1994, Narangga (also Narrunga) Fowler 1886. Hill and Hill 1975. Rigsby and Chase 1998 Kuhn 1886, Wilkins et al 1997 Mount Rouse Ig (also Djabwurrung) Intercolonial 1867 Narinari Hercus 1969. 1978. 1986 Mount Talbot Ig (also Jardwadjali) Intercolonial 1867 Narinjari (also Narrinjeri.Narrinyeri, Narryngeri) Mpakwithi (see al so Anguthimridialects) Crowley 1981 . Grimwade 1975. Yallop 1975. Yallop and Grimwade Dixon and Blake 1981 1975 Mpalityan Hale 1976 Narrinjeri (also Narinjari, Narrinyeri. Narryngeri) Ta plin Mparntwe Arrernte see Arremte) 1886 261 Narrinyeri (also Narinjari, Narrinjeri,Narryngeri) Tyemeri)Reid 1990, 1997, 1999, 1999, Rhydwen Aborigines' Friends 1864, Black 1917, 1920, 1933 McDonald 1977, Taplin 1864, 1864, 1873, 1878, 1878, Ngandi Brown 1983, Harvey 1991, 1997, Heath 1975, 1879, 1879, 1880, 1967 1976, 1976, 1978, 1978, 1979, 1981, 1985, 1987, Narrunga (also Narranga) Black 1920 1991, 1997, Mithun 1987 Narryngen (also Narinjari, Narrinjeri, Narrinyeri) Eylmann Nganduwal (see also Bundjalung dialects) Martin 1899 1908 Ngangikurunggurr (also Ngan'gityemerri, Natingero (also Kalamai) Adam 1886 Ngan'gikurunggurr, Ngangikurungur, Nawagi (also Nyawaygi, Nyawigi) Cassady 1886, Nganklkurungkurr, Tyemeri) Reid 1982 Johnstone 1886, Stephen 1886 Ngangikurungur (also Ngan'gityemerri, Nawu Provis 1879, Richardson and Provis 1886, Sawers Ngan'gikurunggurr, Ngangikurung�urr, 1886 Nganklkurungkurr, Tyemeri)Hoddi nott and Kofod Nawu? Schurmann 1879 1976, Tryon 1974 Ndjebbana (also Djeebbana, Gunibidji, Kunibidji) McKay Ngangiwumirri (also Nangiomeri; see also Daly River Igs) 1979, 1983, 1984, 1984, 1984, 1990, 1995, 1998 Marfurra 1995 Ndra'ngith (also Awngthim) Smith 1997 Nganhcara (also Kugu Nganhcara) Klavans 1985 New England Igs ( seealso Anewan, Baanbay, Nganjaywana (alsoAnewan, Nganyaywana) Crowley Gamblamang, Marbal, Ngarbal, Yugambal, Yuungay) 1976 Hoddinott 1962, 1978, McBryde, 1978, Mathews 1903, Ngankikurungkurr (also Ngan'gikurunggurr, McPherson 1934 Ngan'9ityemerri , Ngan9ikurunggu rr, Ngangikurungur, New South Wales Ig8 Lauterer 1897, Troy 1992 Ngin'gltyemerri, Nganklwumiri)Ellis 1988, Hoddinott New South Wales Pidgin Amery and Muhlhausler 1996, and Kofod 1988 Troy 1987, 1990, 1992, 1993, 1994 Ngankiwumiri (also Ngan'gikurunggurr, Ngan'gityemerri, Ngaanjatjarra (also Ngaanyatjarra, Nganadjara) Ngangikurunggurr, Ngangikurungur) Elli s 1988 McGregor 1979 Nganyatjarra (also Ngaanyatjarra) Liberman 1982 Ngaanyatjara (also Ngaanjatjarra, Nganadjara) Bell 1988, Nganyaywana (also Ee-na -won, Anewan, Nganjaywana) Dousset 1997, Glass 1975, Glassand Hackett 1969, Anonymous 1912, Crowley 1997, Godwin 1997, 1970 Hoddinott 1978 Ngaanyatjarra (also Ngaanjatjarra, Ngaanyatjara, Nganygit (also Marithiel) Tryon 1974 Ngaanyatjara, Nganadjara, Nganyatjarra) Glass 1976, Ngaralta? Moorehouse 1846, 1862 1979, 1980, 1983, 1983, 1988, 1991, 1997, 1997, Ngarbal (also Ngarrabul; see also New England Igs) Glass and Hackett 1979, 1979, Glass and Newbury Crowley 1976 1988, Kilham 1979, McLellan 1997, Menning 1981, Ngardilpa (also Warlpiri)Jagst 1975, 1982 Thieberger19 81 Ngari (also Ngadi) Menning 1981 Ngaatjatjarra (also Ngada, Ngadajara; see also Westem Ngarigo (also Murring, Ngarrugu, Ngharago) Bulmer Desert Igs) Dousset 1997, Hansen 1984 1887, Lhotsky 1835, 1939 Ngada (also Ngaatjatjarra, Ngadadjara) Mountford 1938, Ngarinjin (also Ngarinyin, Ungarinyin) Baranga and Coate 1978 1986, Capell 1976, Coate 1966, 1970, Coate and Elkin Ngadadjara (also Ngaatjatjarra, Ngada) DeGraaf 1968 1974, Coate and Oates 1970, Lucich 1968, Teslart Ngadi (seealso Ngari, Ngarrka) Capell 1962 1977 Ngadjan dialect (also Ngajan) Dixon 1976 Ngarinman (also Ngarinyman) Capell 1955, McConvell Ngadjumaja Brandensteln 1980 1991, Menning 1981 NgadJuna Williams 1886 Ngarinyeri (dalects; also Narinjeri, Narinyeri, Narrinjeri , Ngadjuri Berndt and Vogelsang 1941,Tindale 1937 Narrinyeri, Ngarrindjeri, etc) Beveridge 1865, Meyer Ngajan (also Ngadjan) Dixon 1983, 1989 1843, 1879, 1974, Moriarty 1879 Ngaku Kemp 1899 Ngarinyeri? Shaw and Green 1878 Ngalakan Harvey 1991, 1997, Heath 1987, Merlan 1981 , Ngarinyin (also Ngarinjin, Ungarinyin) Capell 1960, 1983, 1987, Merlan and Heath 1982 Hudson and McConvell 1984, Lucich 1987, Rumsey Ngalgbun (also Dalabon, Ngalkbun) Elkin and Jones 1981, 1984, Scheffler 1984 1953-56, 1957 Ngarinyman (also Ngarinman) Jones 1996 Ngalia (alsoWarlpiri) Cleland and Tindale 1954, Fry 1933, Ngarla (alsoNgurla; see also Ngayarta Igs) Brandenstein Tindale 1954 1970, Brown 1989, 1990,Br own and Geytenbeek Ngaliwuru (seealso Yirram Igs) Chadwick 1997, Stanner 1990, Dench 1982, Geytenbeek 1991 1937 Ngarluma (see also Ngayarta Igs) Aboriginal 1988, Ngalkbun (also Dalabon, Ngalgbun) Sandefur and Jentian Brandenstein 1969, 1970, 1970, 1970, 1970, 1977 Brandenstein 1972, Brandenstein and Thomas 1974, Ngallia (also Ngalea) Bates 1921 Clement 1903, Daniel 1989, Dench 1982, Dench and Ngalooma (also Ngaluma) Brandenstein 1971, Hall 1971 Evans 1988, Forrest 1901, Hale 1983, 1990, 1990, Ngaluma (also Ngalooma) Richardson 1886 Hale et al 1990,Kohn 1994, Mathews 1903, O'Grady Ngamal (also Nyamal) Fink 1960 1966, Sharp and Thieberger 1992, Thieberger 1990, Ngamanl (also Ngameni, Ngamini)Her cus and Potezny Walcott 1863, 1864 1990 Ngarndji (also Ngamgu, Ngamji) Chadwick 1971, 1974 Ngamba? Spencer18 87 Ngarngu (also Ngamdji, NgamJi) Chadwick 1974, 1976, Ngameni (also Ngamani, Ngamini; see also Kamic Igs) 1978, 1979 Cornish 1886, Johnston and Cleland 1943, Paull 1886 Ngarnji (Also Ngarngu, Ngamdji) Menning 1981 Ngamini (also Ngamani, Ngameni; see also Kamic Igs) Ngarrabul (also Ngarbal, Yugumbal; see also New Austin 1988, 1989, Breen 1976 England Igs) MacPherson 1934 Nganadjara (also Ngaanyatjarra) See 1965 Ngarrindjeri (also Narinjeri, Narinyeri, Narrinjeri, Ngan'gikurunggurr (also Ngan'gityemerri, Narrinyeri, Ngarinyeri) Clarke 1994 Ngangikurunggurr, Ngangikurungur, Ngarrka (see also Ngadi, Warlmanpa, Warlpiri)Chadwick Ngankikurungkurr, Ngankiwumiri, Tyemeri)Mar rfurra 1997, Wilkins 1996 1995 Ngarrugu (also Murring, Ngarigo, Ngharago) Mathews Ngan'gityemerri (also Ngangikurunggurr, 1908 Ngangikurungur, Ngankikurungkurr, Ngankiwumiri, 262 Ngawun (see also Mayagulan) Breen 1976, 1981, Holmer Njigina (also Nyigina) Capell 1952, 1953, 1953, 1983 Greenberg 1988 Ngayarda Igs (also Ngayarta; see also Banjima, Jurruru, Njijapali (also Nyiyapali) Brandenstein and Thomas 1974 Kariyarra, Kurrama, Martuthunira, Ngarla, Ngartuma, non-Pama-Nyungan Igs Austin 1996, Blake 1987, 1990, Nhuwala, Nyamal, Palyku, Yindjibarndi) Clement 1899, 1991, Dixon 1991, Evans 1997, 1999, Heath 1990, Dench 1982, 1987 Sands 1995 Ngayarta Igs (also Ngayarda; see also Banjima, Jurruru, Noongar (also Nungar, Nyoongar, Nyungar) Whitehurst Kariyarra, Kurrama, Martuthunira, Ngarla, Ngartuma, 1992 Nhuwala, Nyamal, Palyku, Yindjibarndi) Austin 1988, Noonukul (also Nunukal, Nunukul) Watkin and Hamilton Dench 1994, 1998, O' Grady and Laughren 1997 1887 Ngemba (also Ngeumba, Ngiyambaa, Ngiyampaa; see Norman Paman Ig5 (see also Cape York Paman, Gog-­ also Wailwan, Wangaaybuwan) Dunbar 1945, Nar, Koko-Bera, Kurt jar, Oghundjan, Paman Igs) Black Gummow 1983 1980 Ngenngenwurro (also Knenknenwurro, Knenkorenwurro) North Kimberley Ig5 Capell 1983, Lucich 1996 Parker18 45 North QueenslandIgs Tsunoda 1984 Ngeumba (also Ngemba, Ngiyambaa, Ngiyampaa; see North-West Australian Igs Petri 1950, 1959, Ray 1897 also Wangaaybuwan) Mathews 1904, 1904 North-western Australian Igs Capell 1940, Wilhelm 1992 Nggerikudi (also Nggirikudi) Hey 1903, Ray 1907, 1907, Northern Australian Creole (see also Pidgins and Roth 1903, 1984, See 1965 Creoles) Casson 1988 Nggirikudi (also Nggerikudi) MacD 1903 Northern Australian Igs (see also NorthemTe rritory Igs) Nggoth Hale 1976 Eart 1853, Walsh 1981 , Wurm 1975 Ngharago (also Ngarigo, Ngarrugu)Du Va and Bulmer Northern Kimberley Ig5 Capell and Coate 1984 1887 Northern Paman (also Yaralkana, Yinwum; see also Ngintait Pegler 1886 Paman Igs) Hale 1964, 1976, 1976 Ngiyamba (also Ngemba, Ngiyambaa, Ngiyampa; see Northern Territory Ig5 (see also Northem Australian Igs) also Wangaaybuwan) Donaldson 1977, Mathews 1905 Aboriginal Communities 1988, Alcorta 1980, Ngiyambaa (also Ngemba, Ngiyamba, Ngiyampa; see Anonymous 1982, Black 1983, Chadwick 1984, Gale also Wayllwan, Wangaaybuwan) Donaldson 1979, 1992, 1997, Glasgow 1984, Ray 1988, Read and 1980, 1980, 1986, 1986, 1986, Harkins 1995, Harris Read 1992, Russo and Baldauf 1986 and Donaldson 1986, Kennedy and Donaldson 1986, Northern Territory Pidg i n (see also Kriol, Pidgins and 1986, Klavans 1982, 1983, 1985 Creoles) Hall 1966, Harris 1988, Spencer 1928 Ngiyambaa? D'Apice 1907 Nuclear Pama-Nyungan O'Grady 1981, 1990 Ngiyampa (also Ngemba, Ngiyamba, Ngiyambaa, Nugan Brandenstein and Thomas 1974 Ngiyampaa; see also Wangaaybuwan) Donaldson Nukuna (also Nukunu, Wongaidja) Valentine 1886 1984 Nukunu (also Nukuna, Wongaidja) Hercus 1992 Ngiyampaa Ig (also Ngemba, Ngiyamba, Ngiyambaa, Nulla Nulla (also Anewan?)Anonymous 1896-97 Ngiyampa; see also Wayilwan, Wangaaybuwan) Nunagal (also Nunukal, Nunukul) Holmer 1983 Austin 1986, 1997, Donaldson 1984, 1984, 1985, Nundatyalli (also Jardwadjali) Mathews 1903 1985, 1987, 1987, 1990, 1994, 1995, 1998, Johnson Nunga fg5 (also South Australian Igs) Varcoe 1994 et al 1982 Nungali (see also Yirram Igs) ChadWick 1997 Ngoera (also Kaiabara) Landsborough and Curr 1887 Nungar (also Noongar, Nyoongar, Nyungar) Brandenstein Ngolok-Wanggar (also Wogait) Ray 1909, Stanner 1937 1977 Ngooraialum (alsoDhauhurtwurru, Gnurellean, Nunggubuyu (also Nungubuyu) Capell 1960, Evans Taungurong; see also Kulin Igs) Curr 1887, 1887 1992, Harkins 1995, Harvey 1997, Heath 1975, 1976, Ngoori Bartow 1872 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1980, 1981 ,1981, Ngukurr Ig (also Kriol;see also Pidgins and Creoles) 1982, 1983, 1984, 1986, 1987, Hore 1978, 1981, Sandefur 1979, 1985, Sandefur and Sandefur 1979 Hughes 1970, 1971, Hughes and Healey 1971, Ngumbari (see also Nyulnyul lgs) Whittaker 1999 Hughes and Leeding 1971, 1971, Mertan and Heath Ngumbin Ig5 (also Ngumpin Igs; see also Mudbura, 1982, Nicholls 1993, 1994, Noyer 1991, White 1976 Gurindji, Dlaru, Malngin, Ngarinman, Nining, Bunara, Nungubuyu (alsoNun ggubuyu) Capell 1951, Heath 1975, Walmadjari) Jones 1999, Nash 1992, McConvell 1980 Rainey 1947 Ngumpin Igs (also Ngumbin Igs; see also Mudbura, Nunukal (also Noonukal, Nunagal, Nunukul) Welsby 1967 Gurindji, Djaru,Malngin, Ngarinman, Nining, Bunara, Nunukul (also Noonukal, Nunagal, Nunukal) Colliver and Walmadjari) McConvell 1996, Wilkins 1996 Woolston 1975 Ngunawal Bench 1887, Kelly 1900, Mathews 1904, 1904, Nunukul? Rahnsleben 1975 Police 1887 Nyakin aki Goldsworthy 1886 Ngunawal? Badgery 1899 Nyamay (also Ngamal, Njamal; see also Ngayarta Igs) Nguradjuri Johnston and Cleland 1943 Brown and Geytenbeek 1992, Burting 1970, Dench Ngurawola Howitt 1886 1982, Klokeid 1978, McCarthy 1961 Ngurla (also Ngarta) Harper18 86 Nyangumada (also Njangumada, Njangumarda, Nhanda (also Nanda, Nhanta; see also Bulinya) Blevins Nyangumarta, Nyangumata) Capell 1966, McKelson 1998, Marmion 1998 1979, O'Grady 1960 Nhanta (also Nanda, Nhanda; see also Bulinya) Blevins Nyangumarda (also Njangumada, Njangumada, and Marmion 1994, 1995 Nyangumarta, Nyangumata) Archangeli 1986, Nhuwala (seealso NgayartaI gs) Dench 1982 Geytenbeek 1977, Geytenbeek 1980, Hoard and Nimanburru (seealso Nyulnyul lgs) Whittaker 1999 O'Grady 1976, Hulst and Smith 1985, O'Grady 1970, Nining (see also Ngumbln Igs) Mathews 1901 O'Grady and Mooney 1973 Njamal (also Nyamal) Brandenstein 1970, Brandenstein Nyangumarta (also Njangumada, Njangumarda, and ihomas 1974, Epling 1961, Rogers 1976 Nyangumada, Nyangumata) Bucknall 1997, Njangamada (also Njangumarda, Njaiigumarda) O'Grady Geytenbeek 1982, 1988, Geytenbeek 1990, 1955, 1957 Geytenbeek 1997, Geytenbeek and Geytenbeek 1991, Njangumarda (also Njangumada, Njaiigumarda) Hargrave 1982, Hudson and McConvell 1984, Lands Aboriginal 1956, Brandenstein and Thomas 1974 1987, Liberman 1981, McCarthy 1961, McKelson Njaiiumarda (also Njangumada, Njangumarda) McKelson 1989, McLellan 1997, O'Grady 1955, Sharp 1988, 1968 263 Sharp and Thieberger19 92, Wares 1992, Whittaker Panyjima (also Banjima) Dench 1981, 1982, 1991, Dench 1999 and Evans 1988, Dixon and Blake 1991,O'Grady Nyangumata (also Njangumada, Njangumarda, 1966 Nyangumarta, Nyangumada) O'Grady 1964, Schebeck Papunya Luritja (also Luritja) Amery 1986, Heffernan 1972, 1978, Sharp 1997 1984, 1986 Nyawaygi (also Nyawigi) Allingham 1964, Dixon 1983, Pariman Kutinma (also Mbarimanggudinhma, 1983, 1992, Dixon and Blake 1983 Rimanggudinhama; see also PrincessCha rlotte Bay Nyawigi (also Nyawaygi ) Dixon 1970 Igs) Laycock 1969 Nyigina (also Njlgina) Duwell and Dixon 1994, Keogh Parkengee (also Baa�andji, Baakantyi, Bagandji, 1996,Kerr 1968, Moyle 1968, Stokes 1982 Bagundjl, Paakantji, Paakantyi) Newland 1888 Nyigina? Mathews 1903 Parnkala (also Kortablna, Pamkalla) Cleland and Nyikina (also Njigina, Nyigina) McGregor19 89, Whittaker Johnston 1939 1999 Parnkalla (also Kortabina,Pam kala) Le Soeufand Holden Nyininy Menning 1981 1886, SchOrmann 1844, 1962 Nyiyaparli (also Njiyapali) Whittaker 1999 Parrun�oom (also Barrungam) Barlow 1872 Nyol-Nyol (also Nyul-Nyul) Nekes 1938 ParundJi (also Paakantyi) Scrivener18 86 Nyoongar (also Nyoongar, Nyungar) Bindon and Payungu (also Bayungu; see also Kanyara Igs) Austin Chadwick 1992 1987, 1988, 1988, 1991, 1992 Nyul Nyul (also Nyol-Nyol) Lands 1987, Whittaker 1999 Peek Whurrong(also Bi: gwurung, Dhauhurtwurru, Nyul-Nyulan Ig8 (seealso Bard, Djaberdjaber, Djawi, Dhauwurdwurrung, Gundidj, Peek Whuurong) Hercus Nyigina, Nyol-Nyol) Stokes and McGregor 1999 1984, Lane and Goodall 1878, Musgrove 1878 Nyulnyul lgs (seealso Nyul Nyul, Nyol-Nyol) Wagner Peek Whuurong (also Bi:gwurung,Dhauhurtwurru, Peek 1997 Whurrong) Dawson 1881, 1981 Nyulnyul (also Nyol-Nyol, Nyul Nyul) McGregor19 94, Pertame (see also Arandic Igs) Swan 1991, Swan and 1996, 1996, Stokes 1996 Cousens 1993 Nyungar (lg8) (also Noongar, Nungar, Nyoongar; see also Pi bel men (also Bibbulman; see also Nyoongar, Nyungar Bibbulman, Pibelmen) Atkins 1991, Bates 1985, Brady l!ils)Gif ford 1886 1845, Brandenstein 1970, 1988, Calgaret et aI 1988, Pidgan (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Bridges 1970, Calvert 1894, Capell 1979, Dench 1994, 1994, 1999, Sandefur and Sandefur 1980 Douglas 1968, 1976, 1982, 1991, 1996,Gr ey 1839, Pidgin English (seealso Pidgins and Creoles) Allridge 1840, Jones 1985, Latham 1862, Mathews 1910, 1984, Ameryand MOhlhausler 1996,Australia 1941, Meagher 1974, Moore 1842, 1884, 1978 Baker 1945, Banfield 1908, Barlow 1872, Clarket aI Nyungar? Abbott 1985, Moore 1879, Suttor 1897, 1996, Dineen and MOhlhausler 1996, 1996, Symmons 1842 MOhlhausler 1981, 1985, 1991, 1996, 1996, Rorabacher 1968, Sandefur 1980, 1981, Spencer 1928, Strehlow 1947, Turner196 6, Urry 1981 o Pidgins and Creoles (see Aboriginal English, Aboriginal Ogh Unjdjan (also Kawarrang, Kunjen, Mini, Mirkin, Pidgin, Australian Creole English, Australian Pidgin, Okunjan, Oykangand) Sommer 1976 Bamyili Creole, Belyuen Creole, Blaikman Tok, Okunjan (also Kawarrang, Kunjen, Mini, Mirkin,Ogh Broken, Broome Creole, Broome Pearling Lugger Unjdjan, Oykangand) Sommer 1970 Pidgin, Cape York Creole, Daly creole, Fitzroy Olgol (alsoOlgolo) Sommer 1970 Crossing Pidgin, Jargon English, JargonKauma, Olgolo (also Olgol) Dixon 1970, 1982, 1983, Haiman 1972 Kanaka English, Kanaka Pidgin English, Katherine Ompela (alsoUmpi la) Thomson 1935, 1972 creole, Kriol, Melboume AboriginalEngliS h, New South Otati (also Wutati, Wutathi) Seligman 1907, Ray 1907 Wales Pidgin, North Australian Creole, Northem Oykangand (also Kawarrang, Ku njen, Ogh Unjdan, Territory Pidgin, Pidgin,Pidgin English, Pidgin Okunjan) Sommer 1970, 1986, 1991 Ngarluma,Queensland Aboriginal English, Queensland Kanaka English, Roper Creole, Roper p Pidgin, Roper River Creole, Torres Strait Broken Paakantji (also Baagandji, Baakantyi, Bagandji, Bagundji, English, Torres Strait Creole, Torres Strait English, Paakantji, Paakantyi, Parkengee) Aboriginal 1980, To rres Strait Jargon English, Torres Strait Pidgin, Donaldson 1998, Hercus 1989, 1997, Jones 1981, Urban Aboriginal English, Waitman Tok, Westem 1989 Australian Pidgins and Creoles; see also jargon, and Paakantyi (also Baagandji, Baakantyi, Bagandji, Bagundji, koine, in the topics index) Allridge 1984, Amery 1993, Paakantji, Parkengee) Hercus 1993, 1994 Baker 1944, 1945, Banfield 1908, Bridges 1970, Pal'arri Withnell 1903 Crystal 1987, Davidson 1977, Dutton 1980, 1983, Pal janganmiddah Mitchell 1878 Dutton and MOhlhausler 1983, Hall 1943, 1966, Harris Pallanganmiddang Blake and Reid 1998 1984, 1986, Hosokawa 1987, Hudson 1983, 1983, Palyku (see also Ngayarta Igs) Dench 1982, O'Grady Kaldorand Malcolm 1979, MOhlhausler 1979, 1981, 1966, O'Grady and Laughren 1997 1985, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1996, 1996, Pama-Nyungan Igs (see also non-Pama-Nyungan Igs) 1998, MOhlhausler and Amery 1996, 1996, Munro Austin 1993, 1996, Blake 1987, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1995, Reinecke et al 1975, Rhydwen 1994, Sandefur Chen 1992, Dixon 1991, Evans 1988, Evans and 1980, 1981, 1982, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1984, 1984, Jones 1997, Evans and McConveIl 1998, Fitzgerald 1985, 1990, 1990,Sandefur and Sandefur 1980, 1987, 1997, Hale 1966, Hendrie 1990, Jones 1989, Klokeid Sharpe 1974, 1974, 1975, Shnukal 1988, 1992, Siegel 1978, Koch 1997, Laughren 1992, McConveIl 1996, 1993, Troy 1990, 1992, Wurm 1971 1996, 1997, 1997, McConvell and Evans 1997, Pidgin Ngarluma Dench 1998 O'Grady 1981, 1984, 1987, 1990, 1990, 1990, 1990, Pidong (also Piedong) Elder 1893, Wells 1890, 1892 1990, 1990, 1990, 1993, O'Grady and Fitzgerald 1993, PiedonQ (alsoPidong) Richardson 1900 1997, O'Grady and Tryon 1990, 1990,Pensalfini 1992, Pikumbll (also Begumble, Bigumbil, Pikumbul) Mathews Pullum 1982, Sands 1995, White 1997 1902 Paman Igs Hale 1964, 1966, 1976 Pikumbul (also Begumble, Bigumbul, Pikumbil) Ridley Pangorang (also Bangerang, Banjerang) Locke 1878 1875, 1878 Pilatapa (also Pirlatapa) Wills 1886 264 Pilbara Igs Brandenstein 1967, Brandenstein 1982, Proto-Australia Foley 1986 Brown and Geytenbeek 1990, 1992, Dench 1994, Proto-Australian Blake 1976, Capell 1979, Dixon 1970 1997, Sharp and Thieberger 1992 Proto-Gunwinyguan Harvey19 99 Pilinara (also Bilinara) Menning 1981 Proto-Kanyara Austin 1981 Pinegorine (also Bangerang) Tuckfield 1844 Proto-Karnic Bowem 1998 Pinikura Austin 1987, 1988, 1988 Proto-Mantharta Austin 1981 Pinjarra Ig Scott 1886 Proto-Ngayarda O'Grady 1966 Pintubi (also Pintupi) Fry19 33 Proto-Pama-Nyungan Alpher 1990, Chen 1992, Margolis Pintupi (also Pintubi) Amery 1986, Austin 1979, Bell 1988, 1999, O'Grady 1998, O'Grady and Fitzgerald 1995 Elkin 1938-39, Hammond 1986, Hansen 1983, 1984, Proto-Warluwaric Carew 1993 Hansenand Hansen 1969, 1974, 1975, 1977, 1984, Proto-Western Desert Brown 1979 1992, Hansen et a1 1974, 1983, Hansen et a1 1979, Pungupungu (see also Daly River Igs) Tryon 1974, 1980 Heffernanand Sommer 1982, Huttar 1976, Libennan Punthamara (also Boontha Murra) Holmer 1988 1982, Menning 1981, Morice 1977, 1977, 1977, 1977, Purduna (alsoBur duna) Austin 1987, 1988, 1988, 1991 1977, 1978, 1979, Moyle 1979, Murtonen 1969, Myers Putijarra (see also Westem Desert) Whittaker 1999 1996,Nash and Simpson 1981, Raggett 1980, Sayers 1990,Waters 1989 Pintupi-Luritja Wares 1992 Q Pirlatapa (also Pilatapa) Austin 1990 Queensland Aboriginal English Dwyer 1984 Pirriya (also Bidia, Birria) Breen 1990 Queensland Kanaka English (seealso Pidgins and Pitjanjara (also Pitjantjajarra, Pitjantjara, Pitjantjatjara, Creoles) Dutton 1980, Dutton and Muhlhausler 1983, Pitjatjantjara, Pitjatjara, Pitjentara) Cleland and 1985, 1991 Johnston 1937-38 Queensland Igs Holmer 1983, 1988, Lauterer 1897, Pitjantjajarra (also Pitjantjajara, Pitjantjara, Pitjantjatjara, Marrett 1910, Mathews 1903, Muhlhausler 1996 Pitjatjantjara, Pitjatjara, Pitjentara) Douglas 1969 Pitjantjara (also Pitjanjara, Pitjantjajarra, Pitjanjara, R Pitjantjatjara, Pitjatjantjara, Pitjatjara, Pitjentara) Elkin Ramindjeri (see also Ngarinyeri) Meyer 1843, 1879, 1974 1938-39 Rembarnga (also Rembarmga) Comrie 1978, McKay Pitjanljatjara (also Anangu, Pitjantjajarra, Pitjantjara, 1975, 1976 Pitjanjara, Pitjatjantjara, Pitjentara; see also Westem Rembarrnga (also Rembamga) Elkin 1961, Elkin and Desert Igs) Adamson 1977, Austin 1979, Bain 1972, Jones 1953-56, 1957, Harvey 1991, Maliwanga and 1980, 1992, Bat 1996, Bell 1982, 1988, Bowe 1985, McKay 1986, McKay 1978, 1980, 1988, Saulwick 1999 1986, 1987, 1990, British 1949, Eckert 1984, Eckert Rimanggudinhma (also Mbarimangudinhma; see also and Hudson 1988, Edwards 1969, 1982, 1984, 1990, Princess Charlotte Bay Igs) Rigsby 1992, 1997, Rigsby 1995, Ellis et al 1978, Ernabella 1983, Flinders 1970, and Chase 1998 Glass and Hackett 1969, 1970, 1979, Goddard 1982, Ringa-Ringa (also Ringuringu) McLean 1886 1984, 1987, 1987, 1990, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, Ringuringu (also Ringa-Ringa) Blair et al 1886, Craigie 1997, Greer 1990, Harris 1968, Institute 1987, Kirke 1886 1977, 1985, Lanham et a1 1994, Latz 1995, Libennan Riraidjingo Elkin and Jones 1953-56, 1957 1982, 1982, Love 1945, Maconochie 1970, Menning Ritarngo (also Rithamgu) Wamer 1937 1981 , Munn 1962, Nash and Simpson 1981, Platt Ritharngu(also Ritam go) Comrie 1981, 1989, Heath 1969, 1974, 1976, Pohlner 1972, Rainey 1947, Rose 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1979, 1980, Morimoto 1993, See 1965, Sheppard 1976, 1992, Trudinger 1992 1943, Tun still 1995, Wares 1992, Waters 1989 Roper Creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Robertset Pitjara (also Bidjara, Bidyara) Conn 1887, Hollingworth a1 1986, Sharpe and Sandefur 1977 1887, Looker et al 1887, Playfair 1887 Roper Pidgin (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Sharpe Pitjatjantjara (also Pitjantjajarra, Pitjantjara, Pitjantjatjara, 1974, 1975 Pltjanjara, Pitje ntara) Pnce 1989, Soravia 1969 Roper River Creole (see also Pidgins and Creoles) Pitjentara (also Pitjantjajarra, Pitjantjara, Pitjantjatjara, Capell 1979, Sharpe 1974, 1975, Sharpe and Pitjatjantjara, Pitjentara) R6heim 1974 Sandefur 1976 Pitta Pitta (also Bitta Bitta, Pitta-Pitta) Bittner and Hale 1996, Blair 1886, Manaster Ramer 1994, Nordlinger S 1997, 1998, Roth 1898 Pitta-Pitta (also Bitta Bitta, Pitta Pitta) Blake 1979, 1984, Saibai dialect(also Kalaw Kawaw Va; see also Torres 1987, Bl ake and Breen 1971, Breen 1976, 1984, Dixon Strait Island Igs) Comrie 1981, Holmer 1988, Kennedy and Blake 1979, Hercus 1987, Hopper and Thompson 1981 , Laade 1970, 1970, 1971 1980, Roth 1984 Sign language (see Topic Index) Pitta-pitta (also Bitta Bitta, Pitta-Pitta) Menning 1981 South Australian Igs (also Nunga Igs) Cooper 1949, Pittapitta (also Bitta Bitta, Pitta-Pitta) McLean 1886 Dineen and Muhlhausler 1996, Gale 1992, 1997, Jung Port Jackson Ig (also lora, Iyora, Sydney Ig) Hunter 1793, 1876, Manning 1990, Schayer 1844 Huntington 1910, 1911, Larmer 1900, Tench 1793, South Kimberley Igs (see also KimberleyIgs) Hudson 1979 and McGregor 1986 Port Phillip Ig (also Bunurong?) Tuckfield 1844, Wedge South-east Queensland Igs (see also Queensland Igs) 1883 Wunn 1955 Potaruwutj (also Poturuwutj; see also Kulin Igs) Curr South-eastern Australian Igs Walsh 1981 1887, Goodall 1887, South-western Victorian Igs (see also Victorian Igs) Curr Poturuwutj (also Potaruwutj; see also Kulin Igs) Curr 1887 1887, Haynes 1887 Southern Aranda (see also Arandic Igs) Elkin 1938-39 Pregalgh (also Yugumbul) Turbayne et al 1887 Southern Ngarigu (also Ngarigu) Hercus 1969, 1986 Princess Charlotte Bay Igs (see also Ayapathu, Sydney area Igs (also Dharug, Ku ringgai) Carruthers Mbambylmu, Mbariman�l9udinhma, Pariman Kutinma, 191 1, Curr 1887 Rimanggudinhma, Umbl ndhamu, Umbuygamu) Rigsby Sydney Ig (also Eora, lora, Iyora; see also Bidjigal, 1980, 1992, 1997 Cadigal) Collins 1798, Collins 1798-1 802, Fullow Proto Central New South Wales Austin 1997 (Fulton) 1896, Malone 1878, Troy 1992, 1992, 1994 Proto Nuclear Pama-Nyungan O'Grady 1979 265 T Thurrawal (also Dharawal, Thurawal, Turuwul,Wodi­ Wodi) Capell 1970, Mathews 1901, 1901, 1902, 1903 Ta-oongwrong Ig (also Ta-oungurong, Taungurong) Eyre Tiwi Anderson and Maddieson 1994, Blake 1991, Breen 1878 1979, Brown 1983, Capell 1965, 1966, 1967, Davis Ta-oungurong (also Ta-oongwrong, Taungurong) Parker 1997, Dorian 1992, 1994, Edmunds 1975, Evans 1844 1992, Godfrey 1979, 1985, 1997, Greenberg 1988, Tabulam Bundjalung (see also Bundjalung) Sharpe Harris19 82, Hart 1930, 1930, Hart and Pilling 1960, 1992, 1995 Kilham 1979, Lee 1983, 1987, 1988, 1993, Lefortet aI Tangalun (seealso Ngarinyeri) Radcliffe Brown 1918 1987, McLellan 1997, Mithun 1984, Mountford 1958, Tangana Howitt 1902 Nginingawila 1979, Oates 1967, Osbome 1970, 1974, Tantungolung (also Tatungalung) Curr 1887 Pilling 1970, Puruntatameri 1982, Ward 1978, 1978, Tangural Tryon 1974 1978, Wares 1992 Tarawalla (also Dharawalal Powell 1887 Tjapanmay? Berengier 1879 Taribelang (alsoYugur aba ) Annitage 1943 Tjapwurong (also Chaap Wurrong, Chaap Woorong, Taroombul (also Darambal, Darumbul,Tarumb al) Roth Djabwurong, Tyapwurru) Gott and Conran 1991 1898 Tjungundji (see also Cape York Igs) Thomson 1935, Tarumbal (also Darambal, Darumbul,Tar oombul) Roth 1972 1910 Torres Strait Broken English (also Broken, Torres Strait Tasmanian Igs Anonymous 1902, Austin 1996,Austin Broken; seealso Pidgins and Creoles) Shnukal 1982, and Crowley 1995, Beattie 1913, Bonwick 1870, 1985 Bouda 1953, Braim 1899, Calder18 77, 1901, Torres Strait Broken (also Torres Strait Creole; see also Campbell 1991, Capell 1966, 1968, 1971, 1976, Pidgins and Creoles) MOhlhausler 1986, 19.91 Charencey 1880, Crowley 1993, 1996, Crowley and Torres Strait Creole (also Broken, Torres Strait Broken; Dixon 1981, Curr 1887, DaVies 1846, 1878, Dixon and seealso Pidgins and Creoles) Babia 1997, Harper Blake 1981, Dove 1878, Fletcher 1952, 1953, 1953, 1996, Nakata 1991, Sandefur 1984, 1985, 1985, 1990, Gaimard 1834, Gordon 1934, Hestennann 1926, 1936, Shnukal 1983, 1983, 1985, 1985, 1985, 1990, 1991, Ingamells 1955, Jones 1974, Jorgensen 1842, Keane 1992, 1994 1879, Latham 1862, Lesson 1884, Lhotsky 1835, Torres Strait English Dutton 1970, Gisu 1987, Shnukal 1839, Mathew 1889, McGeary 1835, Milligan 1855, 1999 1855, 1856, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1890, Torres Strait Jargon English Ray 1907 MOiler 1882, Noetling 1908,. 1909, 1909, Norman Torres Strait Igs Berlin and Kay 1969, Brown 1993, 1887, 1910, O'Grady and Fitzgerald 1993, Peron Carrington 1996, Codrington 1885, Lawrie 1970, 1887, Plomley 1966, 1971, 1976, Ritz 1908, 1909, Mitchell 1993, Nakata 1995, O'Grady and O'Grady 1910, 1912, 1913, Roberts 1828, Roth 1890, Schmidt 1964, Ober 1985, Orr 1977, 1979, Osbome 1986, Ray 1910 1952, 1952, Scott 1878, 1887, Smyth 1878, 1899, 1900, 1907, 1907, Ray and Haddon 1893-97, Sutto'n 1975, Swadesh 1948, Trombetti 1926, Tylor Shnukal 1984, 1984, 1985, 1989, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1878, Walker 1898, 1899, 1900,Walker 1934, Walsh 1998, 1998, Shopen et a1 1987, Singe 1979, Stone 1981, Wonns 1960, Wunn 1961, 1971, 1972 1880, Wunn 1972, 1975 Ta-ta-thi (alsoWadiwadi, Wathi-Wathi) Cameron 1885 Torres Strait Pidgin (see alsoPidgins and Creoles) Tatungalung (also Lake Tyers Ig, Tantungolung) Cromwell 1982, GISU 1987, laade 1971 , St George Hagenauer 1878, 1878, Intercolonial 1867, Mansergh 1965 and Hercus 1981 Torres Strait Pidgin English Reinecke 1971, 1975 Taungurong (also Gnurellean, Jhongworong, Tourahonong (also Taungurong) McLeod 1878 Ngooraialum, Ta-oongwrong, Ta-oungurong; see also Tully dialects (also Dyirbal) Dixon 1992, Holmer 1989 Kulin Igs) Curr 1887 Tulua (seealso Queensland Igs) Commissioner 1887 Tereila Foott 1886 Turrawarrackel Hagenauer 1878 Thaayorre (also Kuuk Thaayorre) Foote and Hall 1983, Turrubal (alsoTurrubul) Ridley 1875 1992, Hall 1968, 1972 Turrubul (also Jagara, 'rurrubal)Petrie 1902, Ridley 1861, Thagungwurrung Blake and Reid 1998 1866, 1873, 1878 Thaguwurru (also Thaguwurru) Mathews 1902 Turuwul (also Dharawal) Ridley 1875 Thaguwurru (also Thaguwurru) Mathews 1903 . Twofold Bay Ig Ridley 1887 Thalanyji (also Dhalandji; see also Kanyara Igs) Austin TYa.pukay(also Djabugay, Djaabugay') Hale 1976 1987, 1988, 1988, 1991, 1992, Cater 1903, 'Yabaroo' 1899 Tyake or Mystic Ig (also KumG, Kamllarol) Mathews 1902 Thangatti (also Dhangatti, Thanggati) Holmer 1966, 1967, Tyapwurru (also Tj apwurung)Mathews 1902, 1903. Holmer and Holmer 1969, Verge 1907 Tyattyalla (also Djadjawurrung, Djadjala, Potaruwut), Thanggati (also Dhangatti, Thangatti) Hoddinott 1962 Tyeddyuwurru, Wergaia, Wotjobaluk) Mathews 1902, Thangu Igs (also Dhangu Igs; see also Yolngu-Matha) 1903 Schebeck 1976 Tyeddyuwurru (alo Potaruwutj) Mathews 1904 (also Nganglkurunggurr, Tharawal (also Dharawal) Kohen 1993 Tyemeri Ngan'gityemerri, . . Thargari (also Tharrgari,lharrkari ; see also Kanyara Igs) Ngangikurungur, Nganklkurungkurr, Ngankiwumln) Comrie 1981, 1989, Klokeid 1969 Tryon 1974 Tharrgari (also Tharga�, Tharrkari) Austin 1992 Tharrkari (also Thargan, Tharrgan) Austin 1987, 1988, U 1991 U-Ia-linya Field 1898 Tharumba (also Dharumba, Wandandian) Mackenzie Uduc (also Kaneang) Small 1886 . 1875, Mathews 1903, Ridley 1875 . Umbindhamu (see also Cape York Igs, Pnncess Charlotte Thiin (also Dhiin; see also Mantharta Igs) Austin 1987, Bay Igs) Rigsby 1992, 1997 1988, 1988, 1991 Umbugarla Davies 1989 Thirrari (also Dhirari) Hercus et al 1990 Umbuygamu (also Morrobalama, Umbuykamu; seealso Thoorga (also Dhurga) Mathews 1902, 1902 Princess Charlotte Bay Igs) OgilVie 1994, 1994, Rigsby Thura-Mira Igs (see also South Australian Igs) Hercus 1992, 1997, Sommer 1976 1992 Umbuykamu (also Umbuygamu) Laycock 1969 Thurawal (also Dharawal, Thurrawal , Turuwul,Wodi­ Umpila (also Ompela) Chaseand Stunner 1980, Clannont Wodi) Mackenzie 1974, Ridley 1887 et al 1986, Davis 1986, Hale 1976, Harris and O'Grady 266 1976, 1977, Levin 1985, O'Grady 1976, 1990,Ri gsby Wagiman (also Wagaman, Wageman, Wakaman, 1980, 1992, Rigsby and Chase 1998, Thompson 1988 Wakiman; see also MaricIgs) Cook 1986, 1987, Ungarinjin (also Ngannyin, Ungarinyin) Rumsey 1978, Emorrotjba et al 1998, Harvey 1991, Wilson 1997 1982 Wahlubal (also Wehlubal; see also Bundjalung dialects) Ungarinyin (also Ngarinyin, Ungarinjin) Capell 1939, Crowley 1978 1949, Muecke et al 1985, Rumsey 1987, 1990 Waidja (also Iwaidja) Pym 1982 Unggum (also Unggumi)Taylor 1886 WaidJinga Belt 1886, Jacobs 1886, 1886 Unggumi (also Unggum) Capell 1939, 1939, 1972, Wailbiri (also Wailbri,Warlpiri) Cawte and Kiloh 1967, Harvey 1997, Te start 1977 1973 Unterekebina (also Andegerebenha) Roth 1897 Wailbri (also Wailbiri, Warlpiri) Capell 1962, Elkin 1937, Upper Barcoo Ig6 ( see also Dharawala, Yandjibara, Oates 1967, Reece 1970, 1971 , 1975, 1979 Wadjabangayi, Yiningaya) Breen 1990 Wailpi (also Adnyamathanha) Elkin 1938-39, 1941, Gason Upper Murray Ig Intercolonial 1867 1886, Jacobs 1886, Meissel 1871, Phillipson 1886, Upper Richardson Ig (Jardwadjali, Yaadwa?) Mclachlan Schebeck 1973 1878 Wail wan (also Waalwon, Wailwun, Wayilwan, Weilwan; Urabunna (also Arabana, Urapunna) Spencer and Gillen see also Ngiyampaa) Mathews 1903 1899 Wailwun (also Waalwon, Wailwan, Weilwan; see also Uradhi (also Bandjin, Biyay) Crowley 1983, Dixon and Ngiyampaa) Honery 1878, Ridley 1875, 1878 Blake 1983, Greenberg 1988, Hale 1964, 1976, Kager Waitman Tok Beckett 1984, Shnukal 1984 1995, Rice 1996 Wajarri (alsoWadgaree ?, Wadjarri, Wajjari, Watjari, Urapunna (also Arabana, Urabunna) Wilkins et al 1997 Watjarri) Dench 1994, Marmion 1994, 1996, Yamaji Urban Aboriginal English Eagleson 1977, 1978, 1982, 1992 1985 Wajjari (also Wadgaree?, Wadjarri, Wajarri, Watjari, Urbana (also Arabana) Howitt 1902 Wayarri) Bates 1913 Uuk-Umpithamu (see alsoCape YorkIgs) Rigsby and Wajuk (also Derbal, Wadj uk) Bates 1907 Chase 1998 Waka (also Wakawaka) Bell et al 1934 Uutaatnganu (see also Cape York Igs) Rigsby and Chase Wakaman (also Luluridgi, Wageman, Wagiman, 1998 Wakiman; see also MaricIgs) Davidson 1886, Hill Uw-Oykangand (also Kunjen) Alpher 1993 1886 Wakanuwan (also Kau ma) Parkhouse 1936 V Wakawaka (also Gowrburra, Koolaburra, Waka, Wokka) O'Connor and Cunningham 1887, Ridley et al 1887, Victorian Igs (see also Central Victorian Igs, South­ Riley and Curr 1887 western Victorian Igs, WesternVictorian Igs) Barwick Wakawaka? Curr 1887 1984, Blake and Reid 1995, 1998, Chauncy 1878, Wakaya (Easte rn,Western; also Wagaya) Menning 1981 Curr 1887, Flannery 1900, Hercus 1965, 1966, 1966, Wakiman (also Wageman, Wakaman) Cook 1988 1969, 1974, 1976, 1986, Koukmenides 1997, Lang Wakka Igs (see also Barunggam, BatJala, Goreng- 1878, McBryde 1986, Mathews 1903, 1903, 1903, Goreng, Kabikabi, Wakka-Wakka, Wuli-Wuli) Holmer 1904, Scholl 1992, Smyth 1878, 1878 1983, Watson 1943 Wakka Mathew 1910 W Wakka Wakka (also Koolaburra, Wakawaka, Wakka­ Waalwon (also Wailwan, Wailwun, Weilwan; seealso Wakka) Mathew 1926 Ngiyampaa) Richardson 1910 Wakka-Wakka (also Koolaburra, Wakka Wakka) Holmer WaanYI (also Wanyi) Trigger 1987 1983 Waddarn Bates 1926 Walbiri (also Wailbiri, Wailbri, Waljbiri, Warlpiri) Austin Wadeye Igs (see also Murrinh-P atha) Reynolds 1999 1979, Comrie 1978, 1981 , 1989, Glenn 1963, Hale Wadgaree (alsoWa jarri?) Richardson 1900 1970, 1971, 1973, 1973, 1975, 1976, 1976, 1981, Wadigali McEntee 1991 Meggitt 1957, 1965-66, 1978, Munn 1962, Proffit and Wadiwadi (alsoTa-ta-th i, Wathi-wathi) Hercus 1969, McGlone 1975, Scheffler 1985 1978, 1986 Wall'biri (also Wailbiri,Wai lbri,Warlpiri) Capell 1962 Wadjabangai (also Wadjabangay, Wanjabangayi; see Wal anee Ig Elder 1893 also Maric Igs) seealso Upper Barcoo Igs) Ahem 1887 Wallaroi (also Eu-ah-Iay, Yualyai, Yuwaalaraay) Mathews Wadjabangay? Dudley and Williams 1887 1903 WadJabangayi (also Wanbangay; see also Upper Barcoo Wallawarra (also Warluwara) Edge 1899 lfils) Breen 1980 Walmadjari (also Walmajarri) Capell 1955, Hudson 1976 WadJari (also Wadjarri, Watjari, Watjarri; see also Kardu Walmajarri (also Walmadjari, Walmatjari, Wolmeri) lfils) �ink 1960 Hudson 1984, Hudson and McConvell 1984, Koch WadJarri (also Wadjari, Watjari, Watjarri; see also Kardu 1996, Lowe and Pike 1990, McG regor 1988, Richards I�s) Brandensteln and Thomas 1974 1982, 1987, Richards and Hudson 1990, Wares 1992, WadJiginy (also Wadyigin, Wadyiginy; see also Daly River Wrigley 1994 I�s) Tryon 1974 Walmanba (also Warlpanpa; see also Ngarrka Igs) Capell WadJuk (also Wajuk, Whajook; see also Nyungar) 1962 Armstrong 1886, Knight 1886, Monger 1886, Moore Walmatjari (also Walmadjari, Walmajarri) Hudson 1976, 1884, O'Grady 1990, Parker 1886 1978, 1981, 1981 , 1986, Hudson and Richards 1969, Wadyigin (also Wadji�iny, Wadyiginy) Ellis 1988 1976, Kilham 1979, Menning 1981, Richards 1979, Wadyiginy (also WadJiginy, Wadylgin) Tryon 1980 Wierzbicka 1985 Waga-Waga (also Wakawaka, Wokka) Wurm 1976 Walmbaria (seealso Princess Charlotte Bay area Igs) Wagaman (alsoWageman, Wagiman, Wakiman) Dixon Hale and Tindale 1933 1983, Ellis 1988 Walookera (also Warluwara) Roth 1897 Wagaya (see also Bulamu, Wakaya) Austin 1979, Breen Walpiri (also Warlpiri)Armstrong 1879 1976, 1976, Clegg and Breen 1986 Waluwara (Also Walookera, Warluwara) Breen 1971 Wageman (also Wagaman, Wagiman, Wakaman, Wamba Wamba (also Wembawemba) Mathews 1903 Wakiman; see also Maric Igs)Tryon 1971 Wambaya (also Wampaja) Campbell 1977, Chadwick 1974, 1974, 1976, 1978, 1979, Nordlinger 1993, 1993, 267 1995, 1997, 1998, 1998, Nordlinger and Hoogenraad Warlpiri (also Ngalia, Ngardilpa, Wailbri. Wailbiri. Walbiri. 1993 Walpiri;see also Ngarrka Igs. Yapa Igs, Lander Wamin (also Agwamin) Sutton 1976 dialect) Aitchinson 1993. Alpher 1993, Andrews 1985. Wampangee (also Paakantyi?) Newland 1888 1996, Baarda 1994. Bavin 1985. 1987. 1988. 1988. Wampaya (also Wambaya) Glasgow 1984, Menning 1981 1989. 1990. 1990, 1991. 1992. 1993, 1995, 1995, Wanajaga (see also Central Australian Igs) Capell 1962 1998. 1998, Bavin and Shopen 1985. 1985. 1985, Wanamara (also Woonamurra, Wunumara ; see also Mayi 1987. 1989, 1991 . Berbeco 1995. Berry 1999. Biddle Igs) MacGillivray 1886 1996.Bittner and Hale 1995. 1996, 1996. 1998, Wanarua (also Wonnah-Ruah) Miller 1887 Bouma 1985. 1986. 1986, 1986. Brunson 1986. 1987. Wandandian (also Dharumba, Tharumba) Mackenzie Burling 1970. Cataldi 1996. 1998. Cookand Buzzacott 1975, 1878 1994, Dixon and DuweIl 1990, Duncan 1991, Errey Wandarang (alsoWam darang) Capell 1960 1994, Gale 1992, 1995. 1997. Glasgow 1984. Green Wanga:ybuwan Donaldson 1977 1994. Guerssel et a1 1985. Hale 1974. 1981, 1982, Wangaaybuwan (also Ngiyampaa, Wangaaypuwan, 1982. 1983. 1983, 1984. 1986. 1986, 1992. 1994. Wangaybuwan) B[aird) 1896, Donaldson 1979, 1980, 1995. Hale et al 1990. 1993. Hargrave 1981. 1982, 1980 1982. Harkins19 86, Harris 1982. Harrison 1981. Wangaaypuwan (also Ngiyampaa, Wangaaybuwan) Higginbotham 1985, Hoogenraad 1990,Hoogenr aad Donaldson 1984, 1985 , 1985, 1987, 1990, 1994, 1998 and Robertson 1997, Hulst and Smith 1985. Jansz Wangaybuwan (also Ngiyampaa, Wangaaybuwan, 1998, Jelinek 1984, 1987. Jones 1989. 1996. Kashket Wangaaypuwan) Donaldson 1976, 1997 1987. 1991, 1991. Kendon 1985. King 1999, Koch Wangaybuwan? Richardson 1899 1997, Language 1982. Lapointe 1980. Larson 1982. Wangganguru (also Wangkangurru, Wangkanguru, 1983. Latz 1995. Laughren 1978. 1982. 1982. 1983. Wonka-nguru,Wonk anguru,Wonkanj uru) Austin et al 1984, 1984. 1984, 1988. 1989, Laughren et a1 1996. 1976, Dittrich 1889, Hercus 1971, 1972, 1976, 1979, Laughren and Nash 1983. Leeding and Laughren 1980, 1981, Hercus and Murray 1977, lrinjili and 1979, Levin 1983. Mallinson and Blake 1981, Hercus 1986, 1986, Waters 1989 Manaster Ramer 1994, Maracz and Muysken 1989. Wanggumara (also Wangkumara) Comrie 1981 , 1989 Menning 1981, Mountford 1949. 1978. Myer 1987. Wangkangurru (also Wangganguru,Wangka nguru, Nakamarra et al 1995. Napaljarri et al 1994. Nash Wonka-nguru,Wonka nguru,Wonkan juru)Her cus 1979. 1980, 1982. 1982, 1983. 1986. 1986. 1991. 1987, 1990, 1994, 1997, Hercus et al 1990 1992. 1996, Nash and Jangala 1985. Nash and Wangkanguru (also Wangganguru, Wangkangurru, Simpson 1981 . Newton 1984. Nicholls 1994. 1995. Wonka-nguru,Wonka nguru,Wonkanj uru)Dixon and Nordlinger 1997. 1998. Poulson et al 1986. Price DuweIl 1990, Duwell and Dixon 1994, Hercus 1984, 1990, Rapoport 1991. Riemsdijk 1984. Ringe and 1985, Hercus 1986, 1986, 1987, 1987, 1989, 1989, Jones 1995, Shopen 1985. Simpson 1983, 1983. 1989, Hercus 1990, 1991, Menning 1981 1983, 1988. 1991, Simpson and Bresnan 1983, Wangkatha (alsoWangkatja) Trimmer19 83, 1984 Simpson and Withgott 1986, Speas 1988. 1990. Wangkatja (also Wangkatha) Glass and Hackett 1979, Steriade 1979. Swartz 1981. 1982, 1982. 1984, 1985. Language 1982, Trimmer 1982 1988, 1988. 1989, 1991. 1997, Tsunoda 1993. Wangkumara (also Galali, Wanggumara) Aboriginal 1980, Vaarzon-MoreI 1995, Wafer 1982. Walsh 1988. Walton Austin 1988, 1989, Breen 1974, 1976, McDonald and 1986, Wares 1992. Warlpiri Lexicography Group 1985. Wurm 1979, Robertson 1985, 1985 1986, 1986. Waters 1989, Wierzbicka 1983, 1986, Wan�urri (see also Amhem Lands Igs) McLellan 1992 1990, Wild 1990. Wilkins 1997, Wright 1980 Wamndilyaugwa (also Anindilyakwa, Anindilyaugwa) Warlpiri Sign Ig Kendon 1980, 1983. 1983. 1984, 1986. Worsley 1961, 1964 1986. 1987. 1988 Wankajunga Hudson and McConvell 1984 Warluwara (also Wallawarra) Breen 1976. 1976. Menning Wannah-Ruah (also Wanarua) Fawcett 1898 1981 Wanyi (also Waanyi) Breen 19. 76, Holmer 1988, Menning Warluwaric Igs (see Warluwara) B ram mall 1991 1981 Warndarang (also Wandarang) Heath 1975. 1976. 1978. Wanyjirra (see also KimberleyIgs) Tsunoda 1998 1980, 1987. Joshua and Heath 1986. Sharpe 1976 Wanyurr (see also Yidiny dialects) Dixon 1983 Warndarrang (also Wandarang) Harvey 1997 Waradgeri (alsoWaradj ery, Waradjuri,Wi radjuri) Warnman Sharpand Thieberger 1992, Whittaker 1999 Anonymous 1912, Nash 1896, 1912 Warradgerry (also Wi radjuri)Aboriginal 1908- 13 Waradgery (also Waradjeri,Warad juri, Wiradjuri) Baylis Warramiri (see also Yolngu Igs) White 1976 1927 Warramunga (also Warrumungu) Hale 1973, Spencer and Waradjuri (alsoWaradj ery, Wiradgery) Pearce 1887 Gillen 1904. Stanner 1937 Waramunga (also Warumungu) Capell 1953 Warrathara (also Wiradjuri?)Aboriginal 1908-13 Waray (alsoAwarra, Warray) Harvey 1986 Warray (also Awarra, Waray) Harvey 1991. 1996, 1997, Warburton Ranges dialect (also Ngaatjatjarra; see also Harvey and Borowsky 1997 Westem Desert Igs) Douglas 1970 Warrgamay (also Wargamay) Banfield 1908, Dixon 1976. Wardaman (see also Daly River Igs) Collins 1993, Merlan 1981, 1983 1993, Merlan et al 1997, Rumsey et al 1997 Warrgamay? Armstrong 1886, Fawcett 1899 Wardand? Whitfield 1886 Warriyangga (also Wariyangga, Warriyangka;; see also Wardandi (see also Nyungar Igs) Barlee 1886, Hester Mantharta 19s) Austin 1992 1886 Warriyangka (also Wariyangga. Warriyangga. see also Wargamay (also Biyay, Warrgamay) Dixon 1970, 1981, Mantharta Igs) Alexander 1920, Austin 1987. 1988, Dixon and Blake 1981, Kager 1995 1991 Wariyangga (also Warriyangga,Warriyangka; see also Warrnambool lg Blake and Reid 1998 Mantharta Igs) Austin 1981, 1981 Warrungu (alsoWarungu, Warrugu) Tsunoda 1982, 1985. Warkawarka (also Brapkut, Djadjawurrung, Wergaia; see 1985. 1986, 1986. 1986, 1987. 1987. 1988. 1988. also Kulin 19s) Curr 1887, 1887 1990. 1991, 1992. 1993, 1994. 1996. 1997. 1998, Warlmanpa (also Walmanba, Walmanpa; see also 1999. 1999 NgarrkaIgs, Yapa Igs) Glasgow 1984, Hale 1983, Warrwa (also Warwa; see also Nyulnyul lgs) ) McGregor Kendon 1985, Menning 1981, Nash 1990, 1996, Nash 1994. 1998 and Simpson 1981, Noyer 1994 Warumungu (also Waramanga. Warramunga) Evans 1982, Glasgow 1984, Green 1994. Kendon 1985, 268 Menning 1981, Nash 1982, 1990, Nash and Simpson Western Victoria Ig Blake and Reid 1998 1981, Shannon and Rankine 1989, Simpson 1985, Western Victorian Igs (see also Kulin Igs, Victorian Igs) 1990, 1995, 1998, Simpsonand Withgott 1986, Wafer Clark 1990,Cur r 1887, Curr and Goodall 1887, 1982, Wilkins et al 1997 Dawson 1881, Krishna-Pillay 1996 Warungu (also Warrungu;see also Marie Igs) Comrie Whajook (also Wa"uk) Goldsworthy 1886 1981, 1989, De la Tour 1886, Dixon 1970, 1983, Lukin Wheelman Hassel/ 1936 1886, Sutton 1973, Tsunoda 1974, 1974, 1975, 1976 Widi (see also Kardu Igs) Perks 1886 Warwa (also Warrwa; seealso Nyulnyul lgs) Capell 1952, Widugari (see also Nyamal, Palyku, Nyiyapali) Bartee 1953, 1953 1886 Wathawurrung (also Wathawurung) Blake 1998, Blake Wik-linchy (see also Wik Igs) Wolmby et al 1990 and Reid 1998, Blake et al 1998, Lloyd 1862 Wik Iyanh Johnson 1990 Wathawurung (also Wathawurrung) Porteous 1878, 1878 Wik Igs Lucich 1996, Sturmer 1978, Sutton 1978, 1987, Wathi-Wathi (also Ta-ta-thi, Wodiwodi, Wotti-Wotti) 1994 Cameron 1885 Wik Mongkan (also Wik Monkan, Wik Mungkan, Wik­ Watjandi (see also Kardu I�s) Oldfield 1886 Mungkan, Wikmungkan, Wik-Munkan) Thomson 1946, Watjari (also Wadjari, Wadjarri, Wajarri, Watjarri) Douglas 1972 1968 Wik Monkan (also Wik Mongkan, Wik Mungkan, Wik­ Watjarri (also Wadjari, Wadjarri, Wajarri, Waijari) Dixon Mungkan , Wikmuns.kan,Wik-Munk an) Thomson 1935 and Blake 1981, Douglas 1981 Wik Mungkan (also Wlk Mongkan, Wik Monkan, Wik­ Watourong (also Wadawurrung, Witouro) Tudehope 1962 Mungkan, Wikmungkan, Wik-Munkan) Language Wawarl or Western (see also Djaru dialects) Mosesand 1982, Kilham 1987, Kilham et a1 1986, McCo nnel Tsunoda 1986 19957 Wayilwan (also Wailwan, Weilwan) Donaldson 1984, Wik-Mungkan (also Wik Mongkan, Wik Monkan, Wik 1985 Mungkan, Wik Mongkan, Wikmungkan, Wik-Munkan) Wehlubal (alsoWahlubal; see also Bundjalung dialects) Arkwookerumet al 1982, Chaseand Sturmer19 80, Crowley 1978 Eckert 1979, 1982, Hargrave 1982, Huchet 1990, Weilwan (also Waalwon, Wailwan, Wailwun) Bench 1887, McConnel 1935, 1936, 1937, McLellan 1997, Sayers Reay 1949 1976, 1994, 1998, Wares 1992 Wembawemba (also Kanbowro, Wambawamba, Wemba Wikmungkan (also Wik Monkan, Wik Mungkan, Wik­ Wemba; see also Kulin Igs) Bench 1887, Day and Mungkan, Wik-Munkan) McConnel 1945 Hercus 1986, Francis 1878, Hercus 1965, 1966, 1969, Wik-Munkan (alsoWik Monkan, Wik Mungkan, Wik­ 1986, 1992, 1994, Mickie and Sandy 1887, Munro Mungkan, Wikmungkan) Godfrey 1964, 1970, Godfrey 1878, Stone 1911 and Kerr 1964, Huttar 1977, Kerr 1964, Kilham 1974, Wembawemba? Taverner18 78 1976, 1977, Oates et a1 1964, Rigsby 1980, Sayers Wemba Wemba (also Kanbowro, Wambawamba, 1964, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1977, 1977, 1977, 1982, Wembawemba; see also Kulin Igs) Schebeck 1972, 1982, 1982, Sayers and Godfrey 1964, Sayers and 1978 Kerr 1964 Weraiari (also Weri-ari, Wiraiari, Wiriayaraay) Anonymous Wik-Ngathan Sutton 1978, 1995, 1997, Wolrnby et al 1908, Maguire 1907 1990 Wergaia (also Djadjala, Tyatyalla, Wotjobaluk) Hartmann Wik-Ngatharr McConnel 1935 1878, 1878, Hercus 1966, 1969, 1974, 1986, 1988 Wik-Ngatharra Kamtin and Sutton 1986, Sutton 1978 Weri-ari (alsoWeraiari) Maguire 1910 Wiljakali (also Wilyakali) Haines 1886, 1887, McLennan West8arkly Igs (seealso BarldyIgs) Chadwick 1978, 1886, Rogers 1886, Wilson 1887 1979 Willowra I g (also Warlpiri) Gale 1992, 1997 Western Aranda (also Western Arremte) Davis 1985, Wilpirri (also Wailpiri) Cleland and Johnston 1939 1988, Goedemans 1998, Halle and Ve rgnaud 1987 Wilwan (also Wailwan) Quinn 1897 Western Arnhem Land Igs (see also Amhem Land Igs) Wilyakali (also Wiljakali) Elkin 1938-39 Coleman 1993, Kesteven 1984 Wiradhuray aISO Wiradjuri) McNicol 1989 Western Arremte (alsoWestern Aranda) Breen and Wiradhuri (a\ so Wiradjuri, Wirradgerry) Baird 1896, Pfitzner 1996, Hoogenraad and Robertson 1997, Koch Maguire 1910, Oxley 1820, Reay 1949, Scarlett 1969 1996,Waters 1989 Wiradjuri (also Waradgeri, Waradjery, Waradjuri, Western Australian Igs Bates 1985, Bucknall and Warradgerry,Wir adhuray, Wiradhuri, Wiradurei, Bucknall 1994, Dench 1994, 1998, Douglas 1979, Wiradyuri, Wiratheri, Wirra'-dthoo-ree', Wirradgerry, Forrest 1900, Fraser 1892, Macfaull 1842, Mathews Wirradhuri, Wirradjerry, Wi rradjery, Wirrathuri, 1907, 1908, O'Grady 1959, Thieberger 1987, 1991, Woorad gery, Wooragurie, Wooratherie) Anonymous 1993, Walsh 1981 1906, Austin 1997, Balfe 1887, Bayles 1887, Baylis Western Australian Pidgins and Creoles Muhlhausler 1896, Bench 1887, 1887, 1887, 1887, Byrne 1887, and McGregor 1996 Cameron 1887, Curr 1887, Donaldson 1984, 1985, Western 8arkly Igs (see also Barkly Igs) Chadwick 1976 1995, Foley 1887, Gordon 1887, Gunther 1872, Hale Western 8undJaiang (see also Bundjalung) Sharpe 1992, 1846, 1968, Hosking and McNicol 1993, Kable 1899, 1995 Keightley 1887, Kelly 1900, McLean 1887, McNicol Western Desert (Igs) (see also Mandjindja, Ngaatjatjarra, and Hosking 1994, Rouse 1887, See 1965, Stuckey Ngaanyatjarra, Pitjantjatjara, Pintupi, Putijarra, 1887, Suttor 1887, Withers 1878 Wa rburton Ranges Ig) Bell 1988, Berndt 1959, Berndt Wiradjuri -iggy talk Donaldson 1995 and Berndt 1991, Blyth 1987, Brandenstein 1970, Wiradurei (also Wiradjuri) Hale 1846, 1968, Watson 1846 Capell 1979, Craig 1969, Douglas 1955, 1958, 1959, Wiradyuri (also WiradJuri) Mathews 1904 1968, 1972, 1976, 1977, 1979, 1988, 1990,Elder Wiraiari (also Weraian, Wiriayaraay) Thomas 1900 1893, Elkin 1938-39, Goddard 1991 , Hale 1973, Wirangu (also Wirongu) Brown 1886, Elkin 1938-39, Hansen 1984, Heffernan 1986, Hudson and Pym Hercus 1999, Platt 1970 1984, Keen 1997, Liberman 1978, 1984, 1985, Miller Wiratheri (also Wiradjuri) Curr 1887 1972, 1972, 1978, Nash 1992, Noyer 1994, Oates Wiriayaraay (also Weriari, Wiriari) Austin 1980 1967, Raa 1973, 1973, Wilkins 1996 Wirongu (alsoWir angu) Bates 1918 Western Desert? Black 1915 Wirra'-dthoo-ree' (also Wiradjuri) Richards 1903 Western Queensland Igs (see also Queensland Igs) Wirradgerry (also Wiradjuri) Maguire 1901 Breen 1971, Craig 1970 Wirradhuri (also Wiradjuri) Gunther 1892 269 Wirradjerry (also Wiradjuri)Richa rdson 1899, 1900 Wuddyawurru (also Woodowrong; see also Kulin Igs) WirradJery (also Wiradjuri)Ri chardson 1910 Mathews 1904 Wirrathun (also Wiradjuri)Dulhunt y 1900 Wuddyawurru Mathews 1902 Wirri Holmer 1983, Te rrili 1993 Wudja-arri Brandenstein 1977 Wirri-Wirri (also Weraiari) Barlow 1872 Wudjari Chester 1886 Wirrung (alsoWirangu, Wirongu) Black 1917, Johnston WudJari? Gamier 1903 and Cleland 1942 Wuladja Moyle 1968 Witouro (also Watourong) Eyre 1878, Parker 1844 Wulguru (also Wulgurugaba) Sutton 1973 Woddowro Cary 1898, 1899, Fraser19 02 Wul�uru�aba (also Wulguru) Tsunoda 1996 Wodi-Wodi (also Dharawal, Thurawal, Wodiwodi) Ridley Wuh-Wuh (also Wulili; see also Wakka Igs) Holmer 1983 1875, 1887 Wulili (also Wakawaka, Wuli-Wuli; sssal so Wakka Igs) Wodiwodi (also Dharawal, Th urawal, Wodi-Wodi) Malone Mathew 1926, 1926 1878 Wulna (also Woolna, Wuna) Bennett 1879 Wogait (also Djeraity, Manda:see also Daly River Igs) Wulnar Parkhouse 1896 Tryon 1974 Wuna (also Woolna, Wulna) Bassett-Smith 1894 Wogee (also Goowar, Guwar) Watkin and Hamilton 1887 Wunambal (also Wunambol, Wunambul) Cape1i 1939, Woiworung (alsoWoiwurru, Woiwurrung, Woiwuru, 1941 ,1952,1972, Hudson and McConveli 1984, Woiwurung, Wojwurung)Howit t 1887 Lomme1 1952, Lucich 1968, Vaszolyi 1976 Woiwurru (also WOlworung,Woiwurrung, Woiwuru, Wunambol �also Wunambal, Wunambul) Vasse 1991 Woiwurung, Wojwurung)Mathews 1902, 1903 Wunambul also Wunambal, Wunambol) Moyle 1968 Woiwurrung (also Woiwurru,Woiworung, Woiwuru, Wunumara also Wan amara, Woonamurra; see also Mayi Woiwurung, Wojwurung,Yarra Ig) Blake 1991, Blake Igs) Breen 1981 and Reid 1998, Dixon and Blake 1991 Wunumara? Coah 1897 Woiwuru (also Woiwurru, Woiwurrung, Woiworung, Wurrugu Evans 1996 Woiwurung, Wojwurung) Hercus 1969, 1986 Wurundjeri (also Woiwurung, Wurunjerri) Bunce 1851, Woiwurung (also Wurundjerri , Yarra Ig; see also Kulin Igs) 1878, 1887, Curr 1887, Devaney 1929 Thomas 1862 Wurunjerri (also Woiwurung, Wurundjeri) Keble 1917 Wojwurung? (also Woiwurru, Woiwurrung, Woiwuru, Wutathi (also Otati) Rigsby and Chase 1998 Woiwurung, Woiworung) Clarke 1879, 1880, 1880 Wutati (also Otati) Thomson 1972 Wokka (also Wakawaka) 0 Connor 1887 Wuttyabullak (also Wotyobaluk) Mathews 1903 Wolgal (also Walgala) Howitt 1887, Mitcheli 1878, 1887 Wuywurrung (also Wooeewoorong, Woiwurung) Wollongurmee (alsoWolangama) Armit 1886 Anonymous 1878, Green 1878, 1878, 1878, Morey Wolmadjeri (also Walmadjari) Kofig 1972 1998, MOiler 1867, Th omas 1858, 1878 Wolmeri (also Walmajarri) Kaberry 1937 Wongaibon (also Wonghibon) Gummow 1983, Mathews 1902, Scarlett 1969 V Wongaidya (also Nukunu) Black 1917 Yaadwa? Carter19 11, Wonganuru Hercus 1968 Yaara (also Jaara) Crespigny 1878 Wonghibon (also Wongaibon, Wongibone, Yabula Yabula Bowe and Morey 1998, Bowe et al 1997 Wangaaybuwan) Cameron 1885 Yabula-Yabula Blake and Reid 1998, Mathews 1903, Wongibone (alsoWongaibon, Wongibon, 1903 Wangaaybuwan) Cameron 1899, Richardson 1910 Yadhaykena Crowley 1980, Harper 1996 Wongkumara (also Wangkumara) Myles 1886 Yadikan McCreedy 1934 Wonjhibon (alsoWongaibon, Wonghibon, Yaemungo Wamer 1937 Wangaaybuwan) Cameron 1900 Yagar Yagar (also Kala Lagaw Va) Bani 1977 Wonka-nguru (also Wangkanguru,Wangk angurru, Yagara (also Jagara, Yaggara) Ridley 1875, Watson 1941 Wonkanguru,Wonk anjuru)Johns ton and Cleland Yaggara (also Jagara, Yagara, Yaggarabul) Lauterer 1895 1943 Yaggarabul (also Jagara, Yagara) Hardcastle 1947 Wonkamala Howitt 1902 Yalarnnga (also Jalanga) Blake 1987, Comrie 1981, 1989, Breen 1976 Wonkanguru (also Wangkanguru , Wangkangurru, Wonka-nguru,Wonkanjuru) Howitt 1902 Yalyuyendi Johnston and Cleland 1943 Wonkanjuru (also Wangkanguru,Wangka ngurru, Yambeena (also Jambina; see alsoMar ic Igs) Wilson and Wonka-nguru,Wonkanguru) Reuther 1981 Murray 1887 Wonnah-Ruah (also Wanarua) Fawcett 1898 Yanda (also Janda) Breen 1990 Woodowrong (also Wuddyawurru) Tuckfield 1844 Yandjibara (see also Upper Barcoo Igs) Breen 1990, Wooeewoorong (also Wuywurrung)Gr een 1878, 1878 Crombie 1887 Woolangama Roth 1898 Yandra Wandra (also Jandruwandha) Sharpe 1901 Woolna (also Wulna) Todd 1886 Yandrruwandha (also Jandruwandha, Yandra Wandra, Woonamurra Roth 1897 Yandrruwandha) Austin 1988, 1989, Breen 1976, Wooradgery (also Wiradjuri) Maiden 1896 1976, 1984, 1990,Kerwin and Breen 1981, 1986, Wooragurie (also Wiradjuri) Shropshire 1899 Menning 1981, Tchekhoff 1985, 1987 Wooratherie (also Wiradjuri) Aboriginal 1908-13, Ti bbetts Yandruwantha (also Jandruwandha) Breen 1976 1900 Yanga (alsoJangaa?) Sutton 1976 Worgebunga Curr 1886 Yangeeberra (see also Maric Igs) Ahem 1887 Worimi (also Kattang) Rogers 1899 Yankunjajara (also Yankunyqatjara) Cleland and Worora (seealso KimberleyIgs) CapeIi 1939, 1949, 1951, Johnston 1937-38 1972, Love 1930, 1931-32, 1932, 1936, 1938, 1941, Yankunytjatjara (also Yankunjajara; see also Western 1945, 1978, Lucich 1968, 1969, 1987, Mylne 1968, Desert Igs) Bell 1988, Goddard 1981 , 1982, 1982, Rainey 1947, Silverstein 1986, Stone 1899, Te start 1983, 1984, 1984, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1987, 1988, 1977, Thatcher 1873 1989, 1990, 1992, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, Wotjoballuk (also Wotjobaluk, Wuttyabullak) Howitt 1887 Goddard and Kalotas 1998, Goddard et a1 1996, WotJobaluk (also Wotjoballuk, Wuttyabullak; see also Goddard and Wierzbicka19 97, Harkins 1995, Institute Kulin Igs) Curr 1887, Spieseke 1878 1987, Menning 1981 Wotti-Wotti (alsoWathi-Wathi) Beveridge 1878, 1887 Yannggal Hale 1973 270 Yan-nhangu (also Bararmgu, Jangu, Janjango, Yan­ Yit-tha (also Jitajita, Yotayota; see also Kulin Igs) nhangu) Gularroangga 1993 Macdonald 1886 Yantruwunter (also Yandruwandha) Howitt 1878 Yitayita (also Jitajita, Yit-tha; see also Kulin Igs) Hercus Yanyula (also Anyula, Janjula, Yanyuwa) Kirton 1970, 1989 1971 , 1971, Trigger 1987, Wilkins et al 1997 Yodayoda (also Yortayorta, Yothayotha) Donaldson 1995 Yanyuwa (also Anyula, Janjuwa, Yanyula) Bradley 1988, Yolngu Ig5 (also Yulngu, Yuulngu Igs) Boyukarrpi and 1988, Duwell and Dixon 1994, Evans 1992, Hargrave Gayura 1994, Christie 1991, 1995, 1995, 1997, Cooke 1982, Huttar and Kirton 1981, Kirton 1976, 1978, 1991, 1998, Cooke and Adone 1994, Christie 1991, 1988, 1988, Kirton and Charlie 1978, 1996, Kirton and Evans 1992, Gale 1992, 1997, Harris 1987, Harvey Timothy 1977, 1982, McKay 1996, Menning 1981, 1991, Keen 1977, Lowell et al 1997, Marika­ Nash 1992, Tabain 1994, Wares 1992 Mununggiritj and Christie 1995, Rudder 1977, 1979, Yaoro (also Yawuru)Worms 1957 1993, Stubington 1978, Walker 1984, Wamer 1937, Yapa Igs (see also Warlmanpa, Warlpiri) Nash 1992, 1996 Williams 1986, Yunupingu 1989 Yaraikana (see also Northem Paman) Ray 1907, 1907 Yolngu Matha also Milingimbi Ig; see also Amhem Land Yaralde (also Jaralde, Jarildekald, Yaraldi; see also Igs, Yolngu \gs) Amery 1993, Christie 1994, Christie Ngarinyeri) Elkin 1938-39 and Hams 1985, Elwell 1979, Language 1982, Yaraldi (also Jaralde, Jarildekald, Yaralde; see also McConvell 1991, Rudder 1977, Stubington 1978, Ngarinyeri) Cerin 1994, McDonald 1977 Walker 1984,Williams 1986, Yunupingu 1989 Yarliyawara McEntee 1991 Yolngu-Matha (also Dai; see also Arnhem Land Igs, Yarluyandi Austin 1989 Yolngu Igs) Bemdt and Bemdt 1991, Cooke 1987, Yaroinga (also Andegerebenha) Roth 1897 1996, 1996, 1996, Djikula 1980, Ganambarr 1994, Yarra Ig (also Woiwurrung) Gott and Conran 1991 Garrawurra 1983, Harris 1987, Heath 1980, Yarrawoorka (also Jauraworka, Yarrawurka, Yauorka, Mununggiritj and Stockley 1987, Walker and Zorc Yawarawoorka, Yowerawoolka) Wimberley 1899 1981, White 1976, 1997, Zorc 1983, 1986, 1986 Yarrawurka Fraser 1897 YolngU-matha Amery 1986 Yass Ig (also Wiradjuri?)Curr 1887 Yookumbal (also Yookumbill, Yugumbal) Mathews 1902 Yauorka also Jauraworka, Yarrawurka, Yauorka, Yookumbill (also Yookumbal, Yugumbal) MacPherson Yawarawoorka, Yowerawoolka) Howitt 1902 1934 Yawarawarrka also Jauraworka, Yarrawurka, Yauorka, Yorta Yorta (also Yodayoda, Yortta Yortta, Yota Yota, Yawarawoorka, Yowerawoolka) Hercus 1990 Yotayota) Bowe and Morey 1998, Bowe et al 1998, Yawurr (alsoJauor) Moyle 1968 O'Neill 1995 Yawuru (also Yaoro) Hosokawa 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996, Yortta Yortta Peeler et al 1994 1998, 1999, Hudson and McConvell 1984, Lands Yota Yota Strutt 1878 1987, Whittaker 1999 Yota-Yota Blake and Reid 1998 Yaygir (also Yaygirr, Yegir, Yeygir) Crowley 1979, Yotayota Mathews 1902 Dawson 1935, Dixon and Blake 1979, Flynn 1994, Yowalleri (also Yuwaleai, Yuwaalaraay) Barlow 1872 Hargrave 1903, Hoddinott 1978 Yowalri (also Yuwaleai) Quinn 1897 Yay�irr (also Yaygir, Yegir, Yeygir) Flynn 1996 Yowerawoolka (also Jauraworka) Comish 1886 Yeglr (also Yayglr, Yayglrr, Yeygir) Bruce 1887 V Yu:lngu Ig5 (also Yolngu) Morphy 1977 Yerre- erre Jamieson 1878 Yualeai (also Eu-ah-Iay, Yualyai, Yuwaaliyaay) Mathews Yeygir (also Yaygir, Yegir) Anonymous 1903, 1903, Ryan 1902, Scarlett19 69 1964, 1987 Yualyai (also Eu-ah-Iay, Yualeai, Yuwaaliyaay) Hammond Yidinj (also Yidiny) Dixon 1972, 1976, 1976, 1976 and O'Byme 1887 Yidiny (also Yidinj) Austin 1982, Comrie 1981, 1989, Yuckaburra (also Biri, IIba; see also Maric Igs) Beuzeville Crowhurst and Hewitt 1995, Dixon 1970, 1977, 1977, 1919, Chatfield 1874, Mackenzie 1874 1977, 1979, 1982, 1983, 1990, 1990, 1991,1991, Yugambal (also Yookumbill, Yugumbal; see also New Dixon and Duwell 1990, Erwin 1994, Halle and England Ig s) Crowley 1976, Godwin 1997, Lowe 1887 Vergnaud 1987, Harkins 1995, Hayes 1982, Hopper Yugambal? Ryan 1963 and Thompson 1980, Hung 1994, Kager 1995, Nash Yugambeh (also Yugumbir) Allen 1913, Sharpe 1996, 1979, Nespor and Vogel 1986, Shopen 1985, 1997, 1998 Wierzbicka 1981 Yugumbal (also Ngarrabul, Yookumbil, Yugambal; see Yindjibarndi (also Jindjipamdi, Jindyipamdi; see also also New England Igs) Anonymous 1887 Ngayarta Igs) Clement 1903, Dench 1994, Lichtenberk Yugumbeh (also Yugumbir) Aird 1991, Lane 1947 1985, O ' Grady 1966, Sharp and Thieberger 1992, Yugumbir (also Yugambeh) Bums 1995, Cunningham Smythe and Thieberger 1994, Tabain 1994, Wares 1969, Fowler 1887, Sharpe 1969, Watson 1943 1992, Warri and Wordick 1990, Wordick 1982 Yugurabal (alsoJagara) Watson 1943 Yinggarda (also Inggarda, Ingra,Yinggkarta) Alexander Yukulta (also Jakula) Dixon and Blake 1983, Evans 1985, 1920, Austin 1992 Hopper and Thompson 1980, Keen 1972, 1983, Yingkarta (also Inggarda, Ingra, Yinggarda) Austin 1987, McConvell 1976, Trigger 1987 1988, Dench 1998 Yulngu Ig5 (also Yolngu) Schebeck 1976, Wares 1992 Yiniburra (also Jagara) Aird 1996 Yulparija (also Yulparitja) Burridge 1996, Whittaker 1999 Yiningayi (see also Upper Barcoo Igs) Breen 1980 Yulparitja Hansen 1984 Yinwum (also Northem Paman) Hale 1976 Yunggor (see also Daly River Igs) Tryon 1974 Yinyjiparnti-Kurrama Dench 1982 Yura Ngawarla (also Adnyamathanha) Tunbridge 1988 Vir Yorond (also Vir Yoront) Alpher 1976 Yuru Bell et al 1934 Vir Yoront (also Vir Yorond, Yir-Yoront) Alpher 1973, Yuru? (see also Maric Igs) Gregory 1896 1976, 1988, 1991 , 1993, 1994, Alpher and Nash 1999, Yuulngu 195 (also Yolngu, Yulngu) Heath 1981, 1982, Sharp 1969 Wood 1978 Yirram I�s (alsoJaminjungan, see also Jaminjung, Yuungay (see also New England Igs) Hoddinott 1978 Ngailwuru, Nungali) Chadwick 1997 Yuwaalaraay (also Yowalleri) Austin et a1 1980, Nash Yirrgay (also Djabugay) Dixon 1983 l I 1992, Williams 1980 Yirrka a g5 (also Miming, Yolngu-Matha) Gale 1992, Yuwaaliyaay (also Euahlay) Austin 1997, Austin et al 1997 1980, Williams 1976 271 TOPICS INDEX

This index serves merely as a broad, general guide to the subject matter of the text.

Aboriginal children's English Sharpe 1978, 1979, bilingualism Babia 1997, Baldauf 1985, Douglas 1975, Walker 1983, Wilson 1996 Evans 1978, Flint 1973, Jacobs 1988, Oates and Aboriginal children's speech Barker 1970, Bavin 1987, Oates 1970, Sommer 1981 1988, 1990, 1991, Bavin & Shopen 1985, 1985, 1991, biography (S99 also memorial)Ame� 1998, Black 1994, Dalton et aI 1995, Dutton 1969, Fraser 1977, Bridges 1972, Dixon 1997, Franklin 1987, Hercusand Ganambarr 1979, Kaldor and Malcolm 1985, Laughren Sutton 1986, Simpson and Hercus 1998, Tryon and 1984, Leeding and Laughren 1979, Malcolm 1979, Walsh 1997, Tunbridge 1994, Wunn 1997 1979, 1980, Reece 1971, Sayers 1982 biological terms (S99 also botanical tenns, zoological Aboriginal English (see Languages index) tenns)Coleman 1993, Elkin 1952, Waddy 1982, 1982, Aboriginal languagecent res Christie 1994, Hudsonand 1983, 1984 McConvell 1984, Kimberley 1989, McGregor 1988, botanical names/terms Aboriginal Communities 1988, Mannion 1994, Reynolds 1994, Shannon and Rankine Bates 1921, Bonneyand Miles 198?, Chase and 1989, Simpson 1987, Thieberger 1994, Wan9ka Maya Stunner 1980, Cleland 1937-38, 1939, 1939, 1942, (various), and throughout as employers, publishers, 1943, Cleland and Tindale 1954, Goddardand Kalotas producersof materials 1988, Gott and Con ron 1991, Hagenauer 1878, Hart­ anthropological linguistics Bates 1914, 1918, Carroll mann 1878, Howitt 1878, Keble 1917, Lands 1987, 1995, Chase an d Stunner19 80, Douglas 1961, Farrar Latz 1995, Laughren 1985, Levitt 1981, Lindquist 1866, Gruhn 1980, Hale 1962, Harris 1988, Hoddinott 1961 , Maconochie 1970, Maiden 1903, 1928, Marr­ 1978, Haddon 1890, Hargrave 1986, Kirton 1971, furra et a1 1995, McEntee and McKenzie 1986, Meggitt Levinson 1996, 1997, 1998, Myers 1996, Strehlow 1957, MOiler 1867, 1878, 1878, Nash 1997, O'Connell 1947, 1948 1983, Paddy et al 1987, Peile 1996, Quinn et al 1992, archaeology and linguistics Bowdler 1977, McBryde Rigsby and Jolly 1995, 1995, Shaw 1878, Smith and 1978, 1984, 1986, 1987, McConvell 1990, 1996, Kalotas 1985, Sutton 1980, Tindale 1954, Tunbridge McConvell and Evans 1997, 1997, Mitchell 1993 1985, Tumer-Neale and Henderson 1996, Waddy atlases (S99 also maps) Austin 1996, Barwick 1984, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1986, 1988, Walsh 1988, Wightman MOhlhausler 1988, Walsh 1981, Wesson 1994, Wunn 1994, Wightman et a1 1992, Winfield 1982, 1991 1996,Wun n and Hattori 1981, Wunn et al 1996 case Amery 1993, 1998, Andrews 1996,Aristar 1995, Australian Pidgin English (S99 also Pidgin English, Austin 1981, 1981, 1991, 1995, 1997, Bavin 1988, pidgins and creoles, language index) 1995, Bittner and Hale 1996,Blake 1974, 1976, 1977, aVOidance language (se9also secret languages) Anony­ 1979, 1985, 1992, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1994, B6hm mous 1976, Anttila and Embleton 1989, Dixon 1967, 1986, Bouma 1986, Bowe 1986, Dench 1982, Dench 1970, 1983, 1990,Harris 1969, 1970, Haviland 1974, and Evans 1988, Dixon 1976, Elwell 1977,1979, 1979, Merlan 1997, Rumsey 1982, Tsunoda 1982, Evans 1995, 1998, Geytenbeek 1988, Goddard 1982, 1984 Hershberger 1964, Jelinek 1983, 1984, Kang 1985, bibliography AlAS 1963, Black and Walton 1991, Kirton 1976, Klokeid 1978, Meile 1983, Mel'cuk 1977, Carrington 1987, 1987, 1992, 1996,19 97, 1999, Nordlinger 1997, 1998, Plank 1995, Rumsey 1980, Carrington and Cumow 1981, Carrington and Triffitt Schweiger 1988, 1995, 1999, Sharpe 1970, 1999, Coppell and Mitchell 1977, Cowden 1996, Craig Siewierska and Song 1998, Silverstein 1993, Simpson 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970, Dixon 1982, Eades 1988, Tsunoda 1982, 1984, Wierzbicka 1981, Wilhelm 1990,Etheridge 1890-93, Evans 1995, Greenway 1992, Woolford 1997 1963, Hill and Barlow 1978, 1985, Huttaret al 1975, classification Alpher 1972, Austin 1988, 1990,Australian Jagst 1981, 1985, Kat 1990, Koch 1983, 1984, 1985, Bureau of Statistics 1997, Blake 1988, 1990, Blake 1986, Koch and Triffitt 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, and Reid 1995, 1998, Brandenstein 1982, Bulmer 1992, Leeding 1973, Lewin 1931, McGregor19 88, 1978, Capell 1940, 1962, 1972, 1979, Chadwick 1997, Massola 1959, 1971, Miller 1956, National Library Clark 1879, Dixon 1970, 1976, 1979, 1982, Evans 1954, Newton 1979, Poole 1989, 1992, Ray 1979, 1988, Foley 1986, Greenberg 1971, 1969, Hale 1964, Reinecke at a1 1975, Schmidt 1919, Shnukal 1998, 1966, Jones 1989, 1996, Kelly 1985, Kohen 1995, Thieberger 1993, Triffitt 1993, 1994, 1995, 1995, 1996, Kroeber 1923, Laade 1970, Lang 1909, Loukotka 1998, 1998, Walsh 1979, Walsh and Carrington 1979, 1956, McGregor 1988, McKnight 1998, Oates 1971, Wares 1992 Oates and Oates 1970, O'Grady and Klokeid 1969, bilingual education Alcorta 1980, Australia 1972, 1973- O'Grady et a1 1966, Pike and Huttar 1977, Reid 1997, 80, Australia 1973, 1974, Baarda 1994, Bat 1996, Ridley 1856, Ruhlen 1975, Rumsey 1984, Scheffler Black 1991, Brumby and Vaszolyi 1977, Buschen­ 1984, Schmidt 1908, 1926, Shnukal 1998, Silverstein hofen 1980, 1983, Christie 1979, 1991, Cunnington 1986, Sommer 1976, Stokes 1996, Stokes and 1984, Davidson 1977, Devlin 1995, Edmunds 1975, McGregor 1999, Thieberger 1993, Tryon 1970, Wunn Eggington and Baldauf 1990, Furby 1978, Gale 1990, 1970, 1971, Zorc 1976 1994, Glass 1973, 1977, Harris19 77, 1977, 1977, cognition/cognitive linguistics Austin 1998, Bruce et al 1978, 1980, 1982, 1990, 1995, Harris and Devlin 1971 , Drinkwater 1972, 1973, 1976, Edmunds 1975, 1997, Harrisand Graham 1985, 1986, Harris et al Evans and Wilkins 1998, Foggitt et al 1972, Haviland 1991, Harris 1982, Hoogenraad 1991, Jardine 1989, 1991, Langlands 1981, Levinson 1993, 1997, 1998, Laughren 1984, Lee 1995, Leeding 1976, Long 1977, Mylne 1995, Sommer 1981, Teasdale and Vries19 76, McEvedy 1973, McGrath 1975, 1977, McKay 1983, Twomey 1981 , Wierzbicka 1990, 1992, Wilkins and 1984, Malcolm 1996,19 97, Meehan 1981 , Murtagh Hill 1995, Williams 1976 1980, 1982, Nakamara et aI 1995, Nicholls 1994, communication in the community (S99 also language in NorthernTerritory 1973, 1982-91, 1984, 1984-, 1993, society) Boyukarrpi 1994, Bucknell 1902, Malcolm O'Grady and Hale 1974, Richards 1978, Sandefur 1980, 1985 1977, Sayers 1982, Shnukal 1992, Sommer 1981 , comparative linguistics Austin 1976, Austin et al 1976, 1991, Thompson 1976, Tryon 1976 1976, Black 1998, Blake 1971, 1979, Blake and Reid 1998, Breen 1971, 1971, 1976, 1984, Busby 1979, Calwell 1989, Capell 1951 , 1970, 1979, 1983, Capell 272 and Coate 1984, Chadwick 1974, Coleman 1993, 1990, 1994, Henderson and Dobson 1994, Hercus Crowley 1976, Curr 1880, 1886, Dench 1999, Dixon 1979, 1992, 1992, 1993, Hercus et al 1978, Hersh­ 1980, Donaldson 1976, Douglas 1968, Dutton 1966, bergerand Hershberger 1982, Hershberger et aI 1982, Evans 1995, FesI 1977, Ford 1996, Fraser 1901-02, Hosking and McNicol 1993, Hughes 1971 , Jansz Fuhrmann 1922, Gatti 1906-09, Gerritsen 1994, 1998, Kilham 1971, Kilham et al 1986, 1986, Kimber­ Guerssel et a1 1985, Hargrave 1981 , Harris 1969, ley 1992, 1993, Koch 1983, Kohen 1984, 1993, 1993, Heath 1976, 1990, Hercus 1974, 1986, Hill 1987, Krishna-Pillay 1996, Laughren and Nash 1983, Lee Holmer 1963, 1966, James 1990, Jones 1989, Keane 1993, Leeding 1977, Lissarrague 1994, McConvell 1880, Keen 1997, Kelly 1993, Kemp 1899, Kerr 1964, 1980, McConvell et al 1983, McEntee and McKenzie Koch 1996, 1997, Latham 1843, 1862, Lauterer 1897, 1992, Marsh 1992, Mitchell 1906, Morris 1898, Nash McLellan 1992, Nash 1992, 1997, Newton 1979, and Jangala 1985, Nathan 1996, Nathan and Austin O'Grady 1990, 1990, 1990, 1990, 1993, O'Grady and 1992, 1996, Ngakulmungan 1997, Nginingawila 1979, Fitzgerald 1997, Pratt 1886, Ridley 1861, 1875, Nordlinger and Hoogenraad 1993, Oates 1992, 1992, Rigsby 1997, Rigsby and Sutton 1982, Ringe and Osborne 1974, Pensalfini 1997, Pym 1982, Quinn et al Jones 1995, Rivet 1925, Schweiger19 84, 1986, See 1992, Raa 1973, Ramson 1988, Reece 1975, 1979, 1965, Seear 1995, Taplin 1872, Thomas 1862, Richards and Hudson 1990, Robertson 1985, Sande­ Trombetti 1926, Tsunoda 1991, 1992, Wake 1868, fur and Sandefur 1979, Schebeck 1983, Sharpe 1992, Wurm 1964, Zorc 1976 1995, 1998, Shnukal 1985, Simpson 1992, Simpson compass directions Breen 1993, Brown 1983, Furby and and Nash 1987, Soravia 1969, Stan ham 1972, Street Furby 1976, Laughren 1978, Tindale 1974, Tunbridge and Mollingin 1983, Students 1987, Sutton 1995, 1988, Whitehead 1990 Swartz 1997, Thieberger and McGregor 1994, Thomas computer linguistics McGregor 1989, Nash 1999, 1999, 186, Threlkeld 1892, Tunbridge and Coulthard 1985, Nathan 1996, 1996, 1999, Thieberger 1995 Valiquette 1993, 1994, Walsh 1994, Waripiri Group configurationality Austin and Bresnan 1996, Dobson and 1985, 1986, 1986, Waters 1983, Waters and Waters Black 1979, Hale 1982, 1983, 1986, Heath 1986, 1987, Whitehurst 1992, Wierzbicka 1983, Wilkes 1978, Jelinek 1983, 1984, Klavans 1982, Laughren 1989, Wordick 1982, Zorc 1983, 1986 McGregor 1989, Maracz and Muysken 1989, Nathan discourse/discourse analysis Cook 1988, Cooreman et 1986, Nordlinger 1997, Wierzbicka 1992 a1 1984, Glass 1997, Gledhill 1989, Goddard and counting systems (mathematical concepts, numbers) Wierzbicka 1997, Godfrey 1979, Hopper and Cooke 1991, Harris 1982, 1987, Majewicz 1977, Roth Thompson 1980, Kilham 1976, 1977, Liberman 1982, 1908, 1984, Sayers 1982, Yallop 1987 1985, McGregor 1986, 1987, 1987, 1988, 1988, 1989, creoles (seealso pidgins and creoles) Beckett 1984, Cap­ Malcolm 1994, Mithun 1984, 1987, Muecke 1982, ell 1979, Cunningham 1969, John 1976, 1977, Muhl­ 1983, Nandutu 1993, Nicholls 1993, Piper 1999, Pym hausler 1986, 1991 , 1996, 1998, Rhydwen 1992, 1981 , Reynolds 1988, Rumsey 1978, 1982, Sayers 1993, 1995, 1996, Sandefur 1979, 1980, 1980, 1981, 1974, 1976, 1982, Tchekhoff and Zorc 1983, Tsunoda 1981, 1981, 1984, 1985, 1986, 1986, Sharpe and 1987 Sandefur19 76, 1977, Shnukal 1982, 1983, 1984, distribution (see also boundaries) Berndt 1959, Breen 1985, 1985, 1985, 1988, 1990, 1991 , Steffensen 1991, 1971 , Capell 1963, Hercus 1965, Latham 1845, Thompson 1976 Nicholls 1993, Peterson 1976, Sutton 1994, 1995 cross-cultural communication Baranga and Coate 1986, encyclopedia Horton 1994, Jupp 1988 Carroll 1996, Eades 1994, 1996, Geytenbeek 1977, endangered languages (see also language survival) Harkins 1993, 1995, 1996, Huttar 1977, Irwin 1988, Dixon 1990, 1991 , Hale 1992, 1992, 1998, Robins and Kaplan 1990,Liberman 1984, 1985, Mallinson and Uhlenbeck 1991, Wu rm 1996 Blake 1981, Pearson 1987, Pride 1985, Reynolds English as a second language (TESL) Donaldson 1968, 1999, Sayers 1998, Walsh 1991, 1997, Wierzbicka Nash 1983 1985, 1991, 1992, Yengoyan 1978 English in education (see also language in education) descriptive linguistics (see also language description) Coppell 1976, Douglas 1969, 1975, Eagleson 1982, Blake 1969, Chadwick 1968, 1975, Hercus 1973, Edmunds 1966, Elwell 1979, Kaldor 1980, Kaldor and Merian 1982 Malcolm 1979 dialects, dialectology Aboriginal 1904, Amery 1993, Aus­ ergativity Alpher 1973, Bani & Klokeid 1976, Bily & tin et al 1976, Beale 1975, Beveridge 1865, Blake and Pettersson 1986, Capell 1975, Comrie 1978, Breen 1971 , Bray 1899, Capell 1970, Crowley 1978, Cooreman 1988, Cooreman et al 1984, Dixon 1979, Cunningham 1969, Dixon 1972, 1976, 1980, Douglas 1979, 1979, 1987, 1994, Levin 1983, McGregor 1989, 1958, 1968, 1972, Dutton 1970, Fisher 1977, Flint 1992, Mel'cuk 1977, 1979, Nedergaard 1994, Nicholls 1965, Hall 1968, Hampton 1990, Hansen 1984, Her­ 1993, Schmidt 1985, Silverstein 1976, 1986, Van Valin cus 1980, Hoddinott 1967, Holmer 1989, Homann 1977, 1981, Wagner 1978 1892, Keen 1972, Malcolm 1996, 1999, Miller 1972, Festschrift (also memorial volumes) Austin, Dixon, Dutton 1972, Saulwick 1999, Schmidt 1985, Sharpe 1997, and White 1990 (Hercus), Berndt and Berndt 1965 Shnukal 1999 (Elkin), Burton and Burton 1988 (Turner), Dutton, Ross dictionaries Alpher 1991 , Amery& Simpson 1994, and Tryon 1992 (Laycock), Laycock and Winter 1987 Appleton & Appleton 1992, Atkins 1991 , Austin 1992, (Wurm) , McGregor 1996 (Coate), Malcolm 1991 1992, 1992, 1992, 1992, 1992, 1992, 1994, Babia & (Kaldor), Merlan, Morton and Rumsey 1997 (Hiatt), Day 1989, Bell 1994, 1995, Bennett 1927, Bishop Siewierska and Song 1997 (Blake), Swartz 1982 1929, Blyth 1987, Breen and Pfitzner, Brown and (Jagst), Tryon and Walsh 1997 (0 Grady), Wurm and Geytenbeek 1990,Capell 1950, Christie 1979, 1993, Laycock 1970 (Capell) Coate and Elkin 1974, Cooke 1987, Crowley 1978, fieldwork AlAS 1965, Bani 1977, Chadwick 1974, Dixon Davis 1981, Douglas 1959, 1976, 1977, 1988, 1990, 1983, Eades 1982, 1985, Elkin 1941, Hercus 1965, 1991 , 1996, Evans 1987, 1992, Flynn 1994, 1996, Kerr 1968, Koch 1977, Rhydwen 1993, 1996, Foote and Hall 1983, 1992, Ford 1997, Geytenbeek Schebeck 1986, Sutton and Walsh 1979, Tsunoda and Geytenbeek 1971, 1991, Glasgow and Glasgow 1996, Wilkins 1992, Wurm 1967 1985, 1985, Glasgow 1994, Goddard 1987, 1987, gender Alpher 1987, Bani 1987, Evans et al 1998, Harvey 1992, 1996, 1997, Green 1992, Groote Eylandt lingui­ 1997, McKay 1979, Pauwels 1987, Testart 1977, stics 1993, Gularrbangga 1993, Hale 1974 , 1995, Walton 1993 Hansen and Hansen 1974, 1992, 1977, Heath 1978, general (see also the list of general works of major 1980, 1980, 1981 , 1982, Helon 1994, Henderson relevance to this study, which precedes the 273 Languages Index) Anonymous 1858, 1878, 1912, Gardner 1996, Mel'cuk 1977, 1979, Merlan 1981, 1987, 1996, 1996, 1996,Armstrong 1881, Bell 1994, 1982, 1983, 1993, Merlan et al 1997, Mithun 1984, Black 1988, Blake 1981 , 1991, 1994, 1994, Blake and 1986,1987, 1992, Moorhouse 1846, 1962, Moravscik Austin 1994, Campbell 1991, 1991, Capell 1962, 1995, Morphy 1983, Mushin 1995, Myer 1987, Mylne Clyne 1996, Crystal 1987, Curr 1886, 1886, 1886, 1995, Nash 1980, 1982, 1986, 1996, Nedergaard 1886, 1886, Day 1983, Dixon 1980, 1993, Dixon and 1994, Nekes 1938, Nicholls 1989, Nordlinger19 93, Blake 1979, 1981, 1983, 1991, 1999, 1999, Dixon et al 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998, 1998, Nugent 1986, O'Grady 1993, Douglas 1982, Eylmann 1908, Hercus 1976, 1964, 1970, 1981 , 1990,Oates 1953, 1964, 1976, Jemudd 1973, Keen 1983, McGregor 1988, Massola 1988, 1988, Ogilvie 1994, Osborne 1970, 1974, Patz 1959, 1971, Meillet 1924, MOiler 1876-82, 1882, 1978, 1982, 1991 1999, Pensalfini 1997, Pensalfini Murtonen 1969, National Library 1962, 1966 and Richards 1998, Piper 1999, Pittman and Kerr (geological terms Etheridge 1890, 1892, 1893, Noetling 1970, Planert 1907, 1908, Plank 1995, Platt 1968, 1908, 1909, 1909 1974, 1976, Playfair 1966, Pym 1985, Pym and grammar Aguas 1968, Aikenvald 1998, Allen & Lane Larrimore 1979, Ray 1985, 1907, Ray and Haddon 1913, Alpher 1997, Anonymous 1836-37, Anonymous 1893-97, 1897, Reece 1970, Reid 1997, 1999, 1842, Armit 1886, Armstrong and Symmons 1842, Reuther 1981, Richards 1979, Rigsby 1976, Austin 1976, 1978, 1981 , 1981 , 1981, 1981 , 1982, Robertson 1985, 1985, Rose 1993, Roth 1903, 1982, 1997, 1998, 1998, Bani 1979, 1987, Bavin and Rumsey 1978, 1980, 1982, 1987, 1994, 1996, Sands Shopen 1987, Bird 1910, Birk 1976, Bittner 1995, 1989, 1995, 1996,Sayers 1976, 1976, 1977, 1977, 1996,Blake 1974, 1976, 1976, 1979, 1979, 1983, 1977, 1997, 1997, Sayers and Godfrey 1964, Sayers 1984, 1985, 1987, 1987, Blake and Breen 1971, Bolt and Kerr 1964, Schebeck 1974, 1976, 1976, Schmidt et aI 1970, Bouma 1985, 1986, 1986, Bowe 1987, 1919, Schulenberg 1892, Schultze 1994, Schweiger Brandenstein 1965, 1967, 1970, 1980, Bowe 1987, 1988, 1995, 1999, Sharp 199?, Sharpe 1970, 1972, Brammall 1991 , Breen 1973, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1985, Siewierska and Song 1998, 1976, 1981, Brunson 1987, Byme 1984, Campbell ??, Silverstein 1976, 1986, 1986, 1993, Simpson 1983, Capell 1967, 1972, 1976, 1976, 1977, 1979, 1979, 1988, 1990, Simpsonand Bresnan 1983, Smythe Capell and Hinch 1970, Carroll 1976, Chadwick 1968, 1948-50, 1952, 1956, 1978, Sommer 1970, 1976, 1974, 1976, 1979, Chappell and McGregor199 6, 1976, Stan ham 1972, Steffensen 1989, Stokes 1996, 1996,Cleverly 1969, Coate and Oates 1970, Coleman Street 1980, 1985, 1987, 1996,Strehlow 1908, 1938, 1982, Comrie 1981, 1989, Cook 1986, Cooreman 1942-44, 1944, Sutton 1976, 1976, 1978, 1980, 1988, Cunningham 1969, Dench 1982, Dixon 1967, Swartz 1982, Symmons 1842, Taplin 1878, 1878, 1968, 1972, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1980, 1981 , 1986, 1879, 1880, 1892, 1997, Taylor and Hudson 1976, 1989, 1994, 1995, Donaldson 1977, 1980, Douglas Tchekhoff 1985, 1987, Teichelmann and SchOrmann 1958, 1973, 1976, 1976, Dutton 1966, 1969, Eades 1840, 1962, Terrill 1993, 1997, 1998, Testart 1975, 1976, 1976, Eather 1990,Eckert 1984, Emorroljba et 1977, Thieberger 1981 , Thompson 1976, Threlkeld al 1998, Enright 1900, Evans 1985, 1986, 1988, 1994, 1834, 1836-37, Trefry 1971, Trudinger19 43, Tryon 1995, Evans and Wilkins 1998, Flint 1965, 1968, Furby 1976, Tsunoda 1974, 1974, 1975, 1976, 1981, 1981, 1972, Furby and Furby 1976, 1977, Forchheimer 1981, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1985, 1986, 1986, 1953, Fraser 1892, Gardner 1996, Geytenbeek 1964, 1988, 1988, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1998, Van Valin 1977, 1976, 1977, 1997, Geytenbeek and Geytenbeek 1971, 1981 , Van Valin and Wilkins 1993, Vaszolyi 1976, Glasgow 1964, Glass 1997, Goddard 1983, 1984, Vaughan 1985, Wagner 1997, Walsh 1976, 1976, 1984, 1985, 1997, Godfrey 1964, 1970, 1997, Godfrey 1987, 1996, 1996, 1997, Ware 1981, Waters 1977, and Kerr 1964, Graber 1997, Green 1995, GOnther 1980, 1984, 1989, Watson 1943, White 1981, 1892, Haiman and Munro 1983, Hale 1962, 1965, Wierzbicka 1981 , 1986, Wilkins 1984, 1984, 1986, 1967, 1968, 1970, 1973, 1973, 1975, 1976, 1976, 1988, 1989, 1991 , 1992, Withnell 1903, Woolford 1981, 1983, 1986, Hall 1968, 1972, 1976, Hansen and 1997, Wordick 1982, Worsley 1954, Wurm 1969, Hansen 1975, Harris 1969, 1969, Harris and O'Grady 1976, Wurm and Hercus 1976, Yallop 1993, 1976, 1976, Harvey 1996, 1997, Haviland 1979, Heath Zimmermann 1985 1975, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1979, 1979, grammar sketches Burridge 1996, Davies 1989, Ford 1980, 1980, 1980, 1980, 1981, 1983, 1984, 1985, and Ober 1991, Green 1987, lse 1999, Johnson 1992, Hercus 1966, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1994, Jones 1996,Nordlinger 1990,Patz 1978, Piper 1989, Hershberger 1964, 1979, Hershbergerand Pike 1970, Platt 1972, Sandefur 1991 , Testart 1977 Hey 1903, Higginbotham 1985, Hinch 1964, Hinch handbooks ( see also language leaming materials) Decsy and Pike 1978, Hoddinott 1967, Hoddinott and Kofod 1988, Kirke 1979, McGregor 1988, McGregor and 1976, Holmer 1963, 1966, 1967, 1971, Homann 1879, Thieberger 1986, Menning 1981 , Morris 1983, Neville Hopper and Thompson 1980, Hosokawa 1990, 1996, 1991 , Northem Territory 1984, Price 1989, Hudson 1976, 1976, 1978, 1981 , 1983, 1983, 1986, Queensland 1971-73, Ryan 1995, Thieberger 1993 Hudson and Richards 1976, Hughes 1971, Hughes interpreting/interpretation Aboriginal 1989, Ah Chee & and Healey 1971, Jake 1978, Jelinek 1983, 1984, Goldflam 1982, Australia 1996, Baban 1996, Bell 1987, 1993, Jones 1998, Kang 1985, Kashket 1987, 1996,Brennan 1979, Carroll 1996, Dixon et al 1980, 1991 , 1991, Keen 1972, Kempe 1891 , Kennedy 1985, Dukes 1996, Eades 1996, Edwards 1984, 1990, Elwell 1985, Kerr 1964, 1964, Kilham, ed. 1979, Kirton and 1982, Goldflam 1995, McKay 1996, Ozolins 1997, Charlie 1996, Klokeid 1976, 1976, 1978, Koch 1980, Saunders 1979, Tunbridge 1991, Woenne 1979 Koch 1984, Kofod 1976, Kom 1971, Lakoff 1987, kin terms/kinship terminology Alpher 1982, Arthur 1990, Lapointe 1980, Larson 1982, 1983, Laughren 1982, Bavin 1991, Beale 1976, Brandenstein 1970, 1972, 1992, Lauterer 1895, Leeding 1976, 1996, Levin 1976, 1976, Burling 1970, Capell 1962, Dench 1982, 1983, Levinson 1987, 1987, Lichtenberk 1985, 1987, 1997, Dixon 1976, 1989, Douglas 1976, Elkin Livingstone 1892, Love 1932, 1938, 1945; Lowe 1996, 1938, Epling 1961,Fison and Howitt 1880, 1991, McConvell 1976, 1980, 1981, MacDonald 1964, Geytenbeek 1982, Green 1998, Hale 1966, 1982, Hall Macfaull 1842, McDonald and Wurm 1979, McFarlane 1968, Hammel 1966, Hansen et al 1974, 1979, Heath 1987, McGregor 1984, 1985, 1990, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1980, 1982, Hercus and White 1973, Koch 1982, 1996, 1997, 1998, McKay 1975, 1976, 1979, 1984, Langevad and Field 1982, Laughren 1982, Love 1978, 1988, 1995, 1997, 1998, McLellan 1992, Malcolm Lucich 1968, 1987, 1996,McConvell 1982, 1985, 1996,Ma rsh 1976, 1977, Mathews 1901, 1902, 1902, 1985, McGregor 1996, Merlan 1982, 1989, Merlan and 1903, 1904, 1904, 1906, 1907, 1910, Mathews and Heath 1982, Nash 1992, O'Grady and Mooney 1973, 274 Robinson 1979, Rogers 1976, Rumsey 1981, 1997, Handelsmann 1991, Hart 1930, Hartand Pilling Schebeck 1973, Scheffler 1985, Smith 1985, Sommer 1960, Harvey 1999, Homann 1892, Honery 1878, and Sommer 1967, Sutton 1982, Taplin 1878, Hosokawa 1987, Howitt 1878, Injie 1989, Jacobs Thomson 1972, Tsunoda 1982, Wafer 1982, 1988, Kennedy 1985, Kimberley 1996, Kohn 1994, Wierzbicka 1987, Woolford 1982 Laycock 1979, Love 1931-32, 1941, McD 1903, language acquisition Bavin 1987, 1992, 1995, 1998, McGregor19 79, 1986, 1994, 1996, McKelson 1974, 1998, Berndtand Berndt 1951, Edmunds 1975, Love 1974, 1979, Mathew 1880, Mathews 1901, 1902, 1936 1902, 1903, 1903, 1903, 1903, 1903, 1904, 1904, language and anthropology (see anthropological 1904, 1904, 1904, 1906, 1907, 1907, 1908, 1908, linguistics) 1909, Mathews and Everitt 1900, Mathews and language and culture Dixon 1987, Donaldson 1988, Gardner 1996, Metcalfe 1979, Meyer and Uhle 1883, Hargrave 1982, Harris 1992, 1993, Henderson and Morimoto 1992, Morphy 1983, Mununggiritj and Nash 1997, Kirton and Timothy 1972, Levinson 1996, Stockley 1987, O'Grady and Laughren 1997, Ray 1997, 1998, Malcolm 1996, Mitchell 1961,Nash 1998, 1909, Reuther 1981, Ridley 1855, 1856, 1861, 1877, Nugent 1980, O'Grady 1960, Rumsey 1993, Sharpe 1878, Ridley et al 1877, Rigsby 1980, 1980, 1992, Ritz 1983, Thieberger 1994, Tsunoda 1987, Twomey 1981, 1908, 1909, 1912, Roth 1901, Rumsey 1999, Salzner Walsh and Yallop 1993, Yallop 1993 1960, Schmidt 191 1, 1912-18, 1919, 1930, 1952, language and identity Amery 1996, Berndt and Bemdt 1952, Schnorr 1890, 1892, Schulz 1993, Schurmann 1991 , Casson 1988, Huttar 1978, McNamara 1987, 1879, Sebeok19 42, Sharp and Thieberger 1992, Thieberger 1995 Sharpe 1969, 1978, 1996, Smith and Johnson 1999, language and the law Carroll 1994, 1996, Christie Smyth 1878, Sutton 1975, 1976, Sutton and Rigsby 1993, Coldrey 1987, Cooke 1992, 1995, 1995, 1995, 1979, 1994, Tchekhoff 1989, Terrill 1993, 1998, 1995, 1996, 1998, Eades 1990, 1992, 1993, 1993, Thieberger 1994, Thomas 1858, 1878, 1900-01, 1993, 1993, 1994, 1994, 1994, 1995, 1995, 1996, Thompson 1976, Threlkeld 1873, 1974, Troy 1992, 1996, 1997, Gibbons 1996, Goldflam 1995, Koch Tryon 1970, 1971 , Tsunoda 1988, 1988, 1991 , 1991, 1990, 1991, Liberman 1978, 1981 , McLaughlin 1996, Tully 1997, Wafe r 1982, Walsh 1981 , 1984, 1987, Nash 1979, Rumsey 1989. Simpson 1993, Walsh 1988, 1991, 1993, Wangka Maya 1990, 1990, 1990, 1994, 1997, Wilson et al 1978, Woenne 1979, Wurm 1990, 1990, 1990, 1992, Warri 1990, Watson 1846, 1964 Wilkinson 1978, 1991, Williams 1976, 1980, Wurm language attrition (language loss, language death, 1972, 1983, 1988, Yallop 1970, 1975, 1977, 1982, language decline, language obsolescence, dying 1982, Yallop and Grimwade 1975 languages; see alsoendangered languages) Amery language development Black 1993, Blake 1994, Dwyer 1991 , Austin 1986, Chadwick 1984, Cook 1995, Dixon 1976, Hansen 1994, Harris 1993, Jacobs 1988, Mc Kay 1966, 1990, 1991 , 1991 , Dorian 1999, Fesl 1985, 1996, Ober 1985, Peile 1990, Queensland 1972, 1987, Fink 1957, Gale 1993, Jourdan 1983, Kelly Rogers 1988, Russo and Baldauf 1986, Sandefur 1993, Kirton 1988, Schmidt 1983, 1985, 1985, 1985, 1985, 1986, Shnukal 1983, 1985, Teasdale 1973 1987, 1990, 1991 , Sharpe 1993, Tunbridge 1992, language disabilities Mciver et al 1989, Teasdale 1972 Whittaker 1999, Wurm 1996 language ancilin history Allen & Borey 1984, Alpher language change (see also language shift, language 1976, Amery 1995, Amery & Bourke 1994, reform)Anonyrnous 1897, Austin 1986, Baldauf and Anonymous 1899, Aurousseau 1972, Bleek 1870, Eggington 1989, Baldi 1990, Bavin 1989, Bemdt 1977, 1872, Blevins and Marmion 1998, Bowe et al 1997, Black 1982, Bowern 1998, Capell 1970, Dixon 1981 , Breen 1982, Broome19 89, Brubout 1976, Capell 1989, 1991, 1992, Donaldson 1995, Durie and Ross 1945, 1965, 1971, 1972, 1976, 1977, 1978, 1979, 1996, Fraser 1985, Garrawurra 1983, Hale 1970, Carrington 1987, Cataldi 1996, Christie 1993, Clark Hargrave 1981 , Harris 1986, 1988, 1993, Haviland 1990, Crowley 1993, 1997, Dawson 1881, 1981, 1996, Hosokawa 1994, Jernudd 1969, 1971, Johnson Dench 1994, Dixon 1970, 1980, 1989, 1997, Djikula 1990,Koch 1991 , 1994, 1995, 1996, Langlands 1981, 1980, Egan 1987, Evans 1995, Evans and Jones Larson 1983, Lee19 83, 1987, Muhlhausler 1996, Petri 1991, 1997, Evans and McConvell 1998, Fesl 1985, 1950, Pilling 1970, Pilling and Wate rman 1970, 1988, Fosteret a1 1996; 1997, Gale 1992, 1997, Poulson et al 1986, Pym 1984, Rhydwen 1993, 1996, Godwin 1997, Greenberg 1971, Greenway 1878, Sandefur 1981, 1985, Schweiger 1986, 1988, Sharpe Gruhn 1980, Hale 1976, 1976, Harris 1984, 1985, 1978, Sommer 1976, Wilhelm 1992, Wilkins 1996, 1988, 1991, Harris and Sandefur 1984, Haviland 1985, Wor�ey 1964 Heath 1979, Hercus 1984, 1986, Hercus and White language competence see language leaming 1971 , Hoddinott 1962, James 1990, Johnston 1996, language course(s ee also language learning) Banning McBryde 1978, 1984, 1986, 1987, McConvell 1996, and Quinn 1989, Green 1984, 1994, Hansen at al 1997, McConvell and Evans 1997, Manaster Ramer 1983, Heffernan and Sommer 1982, Kirke 1985, 1994, Mathew 1889, Merlan 1979, Moyle 1981, Robertson 1985 Muecke 1993, Muller 1882, 1882, Mulvaney and language death (see language attrition) Golson 1971, Nash 1990, Newton 1982, 1987, language description Alpher 1973, Anonymous 1896-97, Nicholls 1997, O'Grady 1984, 1987, Oppliger 1984, Austin 1988, 1991, Austin 1997, Bags 1899, Banning Ray 1907, Read and Read 1992, Rigsby 1997, Rigsby 1989, Black 1983, Blake 1991, 1998, Blake and Breen and Chase 1998, Sandefur 1981, Sayers 1982, 1990, Bowe and Morey 1998, Breen 1981 , Brown and Schweiger 1984, Shnukal 1990, 1993, Simpson 1995, Geytenbeek 1989, Bucknall 1997, Bulmer 1878, Simpson and Hercus 1998, Smith 1984, Sutton 1987, Bunce 1878, Burns 1995, Calgaret et al 1988, Capell 1997, Thieberger 1995, Trombetti 1926, Troy 1987, 1937, 1939, 1940, 1942, 1956, 1956, 1984, Carolsfield 1990, 1992, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, Tryon 1971, 1890,Chapman 1989, Cook 1987, Crowley 1979, Tsunoda 1984, Vaszolyi 1979, Walsh 1997, Waters 1981, 1983, Daniel 1989, Davies 1846, Davis 1969, 1989, White 1990, 1997, Wurm 1964, 1973 Dench 1991, 1994, 1998, 1998, Dixon 1979, 1981, language/linguistics in education (see also English in 1983, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1992, 1996, Douglas 1981, education) Amery 1994, Armstro ng 1978, Babia 1997, Dunn 1988, Evans 1990, 1993, 1998, 1998, Ford Baldauf and Luke 1989, Barlow & Triffitt 1987, Bavin 1998, Fraser 1892, Gardner 1996, Gatti 1930, and Wales 1988, Berry and Hudson 1997, Black Geytenbeek 1990, Graber 1987, 1988, Greenway 1985, 1991, 1990, 1993, 1995, Bubb 1991, Bucknall 1878, Grimwade 1975, GrObe 1882, Guiart 1951, and Bucknall 1994, Camfoo 1994, Capell 1960, Cawte Gunson 1974, Hagenauer 1878, 1878, Hale 1966, and Kiloh 1973, Christie 1985, 1987, 1994, 1995, 275 Christie and Harris 1985, Cook and Buzacott 1994, Austin 1991, Australia 1992, 1995, 1995, Baldauf Craddock 1974, Crowe 1994, Davey et aI 1996, 1996, Bell 1994, Blake 1972, Breen 1980, 1990, Davidson 1974, Devlin 1981, Dobson 1994, Brown 1993, Calder 1901, Capell 1963, 1967, Donaldson 1994, Douglas 1974, Drinkwater 1976, Coleman 1991, Dalton et al 1995, Devlin 1986, Fesl Dwyer19 74, 1976, Edwards 1969, 1982, 1995, Elkin 1985, 1986, Frawley 1992, Goddard 1987, Harris 1963, Fes1 1982, Fisher 1977, Flint 1968, Frawley 1990, Hosokawa 1999, Johnson 1994, Johnson 1987, 1992, Ganambarr 1994, Gardiner 1977, Glass 1976, Jolly 1995, Kerr 1992, Lee 1988, Lefort 1987, 1978, Goddard 1994, Graham 1986, 1994, Gray 1984, McConvell 1986, 1991, 1994, 1994, McCreedy 1934, Green et a1 1994, Greer 1990, Harkins 1990, 1993, McGregor 1990, McKay 1996, 1996, McNicof 1989, Harris 1968, 1978, 1987, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1994, Malcolm 1996, Mam 1996, Mann 1985, Mercurio and Harris and Sandefur 1983, 1984, Hartmann 1994, Amery 1996, Michaels 1986, Muhlhtlusler 1995, Hartmannand Henderson 1994, Harskamp-Smith Nugent 1979, Ober 1985, Pearson 1989, Pollard and 1994, Henderson 1994, Hoogenraad 1994, Hudson Boson 1995, Rigsby 1987, Schmidt 1987, Shnukal 1984, 1994, Hudson and Taylor 1987, Johnson 1994, 1989, Shopen et a1 1987, Sutton 1973, 1992, Swan Jolly 1994, Jones 1985, Kaldor 1976, 1977, 1982, 1991 , Thieberger 1988, 1990, 1994, Walton and Kaldoret al 1982, Kaldor and Malcolm 1982, 1994, Eggington 1990, Waters 1989, Wurm 1959 Kale 1984, 1990, Kilham 1971, Lanham et aI 1994, language migrations Gruhn 1980, Hercus 1985, Jupp Liberman 1981, Linfoot 1976, Luke and Kale 1990, 1988, Lesson 1884, Sharpe 1985, Taplin 1875, Wu rm McConnochie 1982, McConvell 1986, 1991, 1994, 1978 McKay 1985, 1990, 1991, 1998, McKay and Sommer language notes (see also language description, grammar 1982, 1984, McKenry 1996,McRa e 1995, Malcolm sketch) Aird 1996,Baisden 1996-, Black 1989, Blake 1979, 1979, 1980, Ma lcolm 1982, 1982, 1982, 1998, and Dixon 1979, 1991 , Brandenstein 1970, 1971, Marmion 1994, Mercurio and Amery 1996, Mickan Brogan 1961, Capell 1941, 1952, 1953, 1953, 1964, 1992, Moser 1989, Nakata 1995, Nash 1983, Nicholls 1972, Charnock 1872, 1873, Chatfield 1874, 1994, NorthernTerritory 1985, Nugent 1979, 1980, Codrington 1885, 1891 , Curr 1883, 1886, Curr and 1986, Oakes 1969, O'Neill 1995, Orr 1977, 1979, Teulon 1886, Cust 1886, 1888, Dorian 1992, Enright Osbourne 1986, Ovington 1992, Pearce 1977, Pittman 1901 , Evans 1996, Fraser 1890, 1892, 1892, 1974, Prior 1978, Queensland 1972, Quinn 1981 , Gabelentz and Meyer 1883, Gordon 1934, Grey 1845, Rabuntja and Yule 1982, Reppe1 1997, Reynolds Gribble 1900, 1903, 1912, Grimes 1988, 1992, 1996, 1994, Rhydwen 1993, Richards 1984, 1985, 1987, Gunther 1872, Hale 1846, Hassell 1936, Heffernan Sandefur 1982, Sharp and Injie 1994, Sharpe 1983, 1984, Hercus 1968, 1970, 1988, 1990, Hesterman Sherwood 1964, Shnukal 1984, 1984, 1996, 1998, 1926, 1936, Hill and Hill 1975, Hocart 1933, Holmer Shopen 1994, Singh and Djayhgurmga 1990, 1988, Hore 1978, Howitt 1878, Hunt 1898, Jennison Thompson 1976, Tindale et al 1994, Twomey 1981 , 1927, Johnson 1991, Jung 1876, 1878, Kaberry 1937, Varcoe 1994, Vaszolyi 1976, 1982, Walker 1982, Keane 1879, Kimber1ey 1989, Krichauff 1890,Laade Walton 1986, 1990, 1993, 1995, Walton and Christi e 1970, Laloy 1909, Lane 1947, Lanyon-Orgill 1961, 1994, Walton and Eggington 1990, Wangka Maya Locke 1878, Mackenzie 1874, 1875, 1878, McKert 1992, Western Australia 1992, Wrigley 1994, 1994, Malone 1878, 1878, Mathew 1899, 1913, Wunungmurra 1989, Yunupingu 1989 Mathews 1901, 1901 , 1902, 1903, 1903, 1903, 1904, language in society Dixon 1992, Fesl 1982, Langton 1904, 1905, 1905, 1906, 1907, 1907, 1908, 1909, 1988, Laycock 1960, Shimpo 1985, Shnukal 1983, 1910, Meggitt 1955, 1965-66, Milligan 1855, Moriarty Sommerfe lt 1938, Thieberger 1991, Wagner-Pitz 1879, Mountford 1958, Oakes 1975, Oates and Oates 1984, Walsh 1993, White 1976, Wilkins 1993 1964, Palmer 1884, Parker 1878, 1845, Platt 1970, language learners'/teachers' guides, catalogues, Puruntatameri 1982, R 1897, Radcliffe Brown 1918, handbooks, materials (see also dictionaries) Arandic 1923, Ray 1897, 1899, 1900, 1907, 1907, 1925, Reay 1985, Austin 1993, Bruce et a1 1971 , Capell 1944, 1949, Reuther 1981, Richardson 1899, Ridley 1873, 1945, 1950, 1956, Eckertand Hudson 1988, Evans 1874, Rowley 1878, Ryan 1964, 1987, Schayer 1844, 1982, Goddard 1981, 1993, Green 1984, 1994, Smyth 1878, Spieseke 1878, Stanner 1938, Steinthal Hansenet aI 1983, Hunt 1888, Kimberley 1993, Kirke 1879, Stokes 1977, Street 1993, Strehlow 1962, 1975, 1979, Laughren et a1 1996, Lowe 1973, 1975, 1975, Sturmer19 78, Sutton 1975, 1978, Taplin 1872, 1875, 1975, McFa r1ane 1876, McKelson 1968, 1975, 1879, Thieberger 1992, Threlkeld 1858, Tindale et al Malcolm 1997, Morris19 83, 1983, NorthernTerritory 1994, Tindale 1928, Tsunoda 1996, Turbet 1988, Tylor 1974, 1984, Price 1989, 1990,Richar ds 1996, 1878, Vaszolyi 1975, 1975, 1975, 1977, 1978, Wallace Robertson 1985, Sandefur and Sandefur 1981, Swan 1872, Watson et al 1989, Wurm 1961 , 1961, 1975, and Cousens 1993, Threlkeld 1836, Ward 1978, 1978, 1980, Yallop 1969 1978, Williams 1981, Yeardley 1988 language planning Baldauf and Luke 1990, Bell 1982, language learning/teaching (see also language in 1982, Black 1990, Eggington 1994, Eggington and education) Amery 1995, Armstrong 1978, Australia Baldauf 1990, Elwell 1982, Fesl 1982, 1982, Hart 1975, Bar10w et al 1977, 1987, Bavin 1988, Berndt and 1973, Kaldor 1977, Luke and Kale 1990, McConvell Berndt 1951, Bourke 1991 , Bowden 1994, Calgaret et 1982, Ozolins 1984, Sandefur 1985, Sharpe 1982, al 1988, Christie 1985, Davidson 1977, Drinkwater Shnukal 1991, 1998, Sommer 1991 , Wafer 1982, 1976, Harkins 1986, Harris 1977, 1978, Heffernan Walsh 1982 1989, Henderson 1990,Kilham and Richards 1988, language policy (including National Language Policy) Lee 1995, Love 1936, McElroy 1955, McGregor 1990, Austra lia 1984, 1990, 1991, Baldauf 1995, Clyne 1991, McKelson 1975, Malcolm 1997, Nash 1983, Newton Donaldson 1991, Eggington 1994, Fesl 1984, 1988, 1981, Osborne 1986, Pearce 1977, Pohlner 1972, 1993, Lo Bianco 1987, 1990, Mann and Baldauf 1992, Prior19 78, Queensland 1971-73, Reece 1971, Sharpe Northern Territory 1998, PlanLangPol 1983, Roberts 1993, Shnukal 1982, 1996, Sommer and Marsh 1969, and Riley-Mundine 1990, Shnukal 1982, Walsh 1982, Thieberger 1988, 1991 , Walton 1986, Williams 1981, Wurm 1971 language listing Oates 1971 , Oates and Oates 1970, language preservation (see language maintenance) O'Grady 1971, O'Grady and Voegelins 1966, Ruhlen language reconstruction (also language retrieval, 1975, Wurm 1981 language revival) Aird 1991, Amery 1998, Austin & language maintenance (also endangered languages, Crowley 1995, Baldauf 1996, 1996, Baldi 1990, language preservation, language salvage, language Bowem 1998, Brown 1977, Collins 1993, Dench 1999, survival) Aird 1991, Amery 1995, 1995, Ash 1994, Dixon 1990, 1992, Donaldson 1995, Dorian 1994, 276 Evans 1998, Hale 1976, Heath 1979, Koch 1997, Troy 1990, 1992, 1993, Walker 1988, Wurm 1963, McKay 1997, Margolis 1999, Mitchell 1993, Nicholls 1972, 1975, 1975, 1975, 1978 1997, O'Grady 1979, 1981, 1987, 1990, 1993, languages other than English (LOTE) Clyne 1982, 1996, O'Grady and Tryon 1990, Peeler et a1 1994, Reid 1996, 1996 1995, Sandefur 1983, Schweige r 1986, 1988, 1988, lexicography (includes lexicology) Alpher 1991, Austin Sharpe 1985, Simpson 1995, Thieberger 1995, Troy 1983, 1983, 1991 , Burton and Burton 1988, Dutton 1995 1966, Evans 1994, Goddard and Thieberger 1997, language reform (including language engineering) Peile Hale 1983, Harkinsand Wilkins 1994, Harris 1988, 1990, Wurm 1971 Heath 1986, Hercus 1988, Knight 1987, Koch 1983, language researchllinguistic research AlAS 1963, Laughren 1983, 1985, 1985, 1986, 1988, Laughren Anonymous 1989, Austin 1991, Australia 1975, Bavin and Nash 1983, McConvell et al 1983, McKay 1983, 1985, Bavin and Shopen 1991, Black 1975, Capell Nash 1986, Nash and Simpson 1989, 1989, O'Grady 1950, 1962, 1964, 1970, 1971, 1977, Clyne 1991, 1971 , 1990, Saulwick 1999, Schebeck 1983, Shnukal Donaldson 1985, Eades 1985, Ganambarr 1994, 1985, Simpson 1993, Simpson and Nash 1987, Harrisand Graham 1985, Pauwels 1987, Raa 1973, Wierzbicka 1983, Zorc 1986 Schebeck 1986, Sheils 1963, Sommer 1976, Sutton lexicostatistics Alpher and Nash 1999, Black 1997, 1974, 1992, Triffitt 1995, Walsh 1979, Wilkins 1992, Dobson and Black 1979, Jagst 1975, Newton 1980, Worms 1953, 1958, Wright 1965, Wurm 1972 O'Grady 1960 language revival (language retrieval) Iingue franche Anonymous 1987, Elwell 1977, language salvage (see language maintenance) M(jhlhausler 1996, M(jhlhausler and Amery 1996, language shift (language variation; see also language Wurm 1971 change) Bavin and Shopen 1991, Brown 1993, linguistic diversity Hale 1998, Harvey 1997, Nicholls Fishman 1992, Gale 1993, Hosokawa 1999, 1992 McConveIl 1991, 1994, Rigsby 1987, Shnukal 1989 linguistic journals Australian Joumal of Linguistics 1981-, language standardisation Casson 1988 (index) Scott 1991 language statistics Hoogenraad 1991, O'G rady 1957 linguistic prehistory (see also reconstruction, proto­ language structure Lewy 1953, Schweiger 1998, Smith languages) Blake 1988, Blazek 1992, Capell 1968, 1880, 1965, Th relkeld 1850 Koch 1997, McConvell 1990, Nash 1992, Wurm 1970, language studies (see also ge neral, Festschrift) Austin 1978 1983, Austin et a1 1988, Be ll 1982, Blake 1974, Blake linguistic research see language research et al 1971, Brandenstein 1967, Capell 1966, Dutton et linguistic survey see language survey a1 1992, Elkin 1938, 1977, Evans 1999, Evans and linguistics and land rights (see also language and the Johnson 1988, Flickinger et al 1982, Keen 1988, law) Nash 1984 McGregor 1996, Merlan et a1 1997, Metcalfe 1973, literacy Australia 1991, Benton 1975, Bemdt and Bemdt Oates et al 1964, Pittman and Kerr 1964, Richards 1951, Capp 1976, Carr 1991, Casson 1988, Christie 1982, 1926, Rigsby and Sutton 1980, Romaine 1991, 1989, 1995, 1995, Donaldson 1993, Ferguson 1987, Sebeok 1971 , Shopen 1979, 1979, Wurm 1979, Wurm Fes1 1981 , 1982, Gale 1992, 1993, 1995, 1997, Glass and Laycock 1970 1978, Hansen 1983, Harris 1977, 1977, Johnson et al language surveyllinguistic survey Austin et a1 1980, 1982, Jones 1981, Kilham 1987, Kofod 1992, Bani 1976, Capell 1963, Elkin 1937, Ellis 1988, 1988, Kurrunama 1990, Langlands 1981, 1985, 1988, Glasgow 1984, Handelsmann 1996, Hercus 1986, Larrimore 1984, Lowe 1975, McKay 1982, 1984, Hobson 1985, 1985, Holmer 1983, Hoogenraad 1990, McRae 1995, Marett 1987, 1988, Meehan 1981 , Hudson 1987, Hudson et aI 1984, Hudson et al 1996, Nakata 1991, Nash 1982, Newton 1981, Rhydwen Hudsonand Pym 1984, Laughren 1998, McGregor 1993, 1996, Richards 1975, 1978, 1991, Russo and 1988, 1988, McGregor and Th ieberger 1986, Mathew Harris 1982, Sandefur 1981, Sayers 1990, Street and 1899, Mathews 1903, 1904, 1904, 1907, 1908, 1909, Street 1993, Swartz 1981, 1984, Turtle 1981, Vaszolyi Menning 1981 , Milliken 1976, Murtonen 1969, Nathan 1977, Walton 1986, 1993, 1993, 1996, Wares 1992, 1996, Nekes and Worms 1953, Oates 1975, Oates Wu rm 1971 , Zorc 1982, Zorc and Zorc 1982 1975, Oates and Oates 1970, O'Grady et aI 1966, Ray literature and literature production (see also translation, 1907, Sandefur et al 1980, South 1972, Tryon 1968, texts) Aboriginal Friends' Association 1864, Adamson 1970, 1974, Urciuoli 1988, Vaszolyi 1977, 1979, Walsh 1977, Amiet 1932, Bell 1982, Buschenhofen 1982, 1991, 1997, Wesson 1994, Wurm 1963, 1965, 1970 Christie 1997, Lucich 1969, Sandefur 1981, Walton language survival (see language maintenance) and Christie 1994, Worms 1957, Zorc 1982 language use Fes1 1987, Gale 1993, 1997, Godfrey 1985, loanwords Alpher and Nash 1999, Austin et al 1976, Harper19 96,Ray 1988 Baker 1945, Brandenstein 1980, Capell 1970, Djikula languages in contact (language interaction) Amery 1986, 1980, Evans 1992, 1997, Garrawura 1983, Leeding 1993, Aragu et al 1980, Bam 1972, 1992, Bavin & 1984, Mylne 1995, O'Grady 1990, O'Grady and Tryon Shopen 1985, Berengier 1879, Bemdt and Bemdt . 1990, Ramson 1964, 1964, 1988, Sandefur 1983, 1979, Blevins 1998, Brandenstein 1970, Clark et al Shnukal 1992, Swadesh 1961, Tumer 1966, Urry 1996, 1996, Cooke 1987, Crowley 1996, Davidson et 1981 , Walker 1988, Walker and Zorc 1981 , Worms a1 1983, De Brabander 1987, Dench 1998, Dineen 1938 and M(jhlhausler 1996, 1996, Dixon 1966, Douglas maps (see also atlases) Hobson 1985, 1990, Horton 1969, 1975, 1979, 1979, Evans 1978, Evans 1997, 1996, Howitt and Siebert 1904, Kohen 1995, Flint 1970, Gisu 1987, Hansen 1984, Harkins 1984, McGregor 1989, Marmion 1998, Sutton 1994, 1988, 1993, 1996, Harris 1984, 1985, 1986, 1986, Thieberger 1993, Tindale 1976, Walsh 1981 , 1981 , Heath 1979, 1981, Hercus 1987, 1992, Hill 1978, 1981 , 1981, 1981, 1984, Walsh et al 1987, Wurm et al Hudson and Taylor 1987, Johnson 1987, Lee 1983, 1981 1987, Malcolm 1982, 1994, Macknight 1971, McKay memorial (obituary) Austin et a1 1988, Black 1990, 1998, M(jhlhausler 1996, 1996, 1998, M(jhlhausler and Carrington 1989, Devlin 1990, Eades 1991 , Evans McGregor19 96, 1996, Mylne 1995, Nandutu 1993, 1992, Hevem 1989, Koch and Hercus 1989, McGregor Northem Territory 1985, Ovington 1992, Petri 1959, 1994, Nash 1993, Newton 1986, O'Grady 1987, Walsh Ryan 1971, Sandefur 1985, Sayers 1998, Shnukal 1987 1984,1992, Simpson 1996, Smith 1986, Stanner 1972, message sticks Howitt 1888, Mackie 1906, Matthews Sturmer 1981, Sutjipto 1969, Tripcony and Price 1996, 1898 277 morphology (including morphophonemics, New South Wales Pidgin Ameryand MOhlhausier 1996, morphosynstax) Alpher 1973, 1976, 1982, 1997, Troy 1990, 1992, 1994 Austin 1978, 1981, 1993, Bani and Klokeid 1976, nicknames (see alsoono mastics) Beale 1980, Nicholls Bavin 1989, 1991 , Beale 1976, Belfrage 1992, Birk 1995 1976, Black 1993, 1969, 1971, 1971, 1976, 1976, nonverbal communication (see also message sticks, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1977, Blake 1979, 1979, 1984, special languages, sign languages) Aboriginal 1931, 1987, 1993, Blake and Breen 1971, 1980, Bouma Anonymous 1908, Bastian 1881 1986, Bowem 1998, Brasch 1975, Breen 1971, 1974, nouns (including noun phrases, noun classification, noun 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, incorporation, etc) Alpher 1997, Bowe 1985, Chadwick 1976, 1981, Breen and Pensalfini 1999, Brown 1977, 1974, Dixon 1968, 1982, 1986, Evans 1994, 1997, Capell 1955, 1962, 1969, 1972, 1976, 1979, 1979, Evans et al 1998, Geytenbeek 1980, Hall 1976, Carroll 1976, 1976, Cerin 1994, Chadwick 1975, 1976, Harvey 1992, Heath 1987, Hercus 1988, Hershberger 1978, Chappell and McGregor 1989, Chen 1992, 1964, 1964, Kirton 1971, 1971, Knight 1993, Lakoff Clingan 1988, Comrie 1981, 1989, Crowley 1979, 1987, MacDonald 1964, McGregor 1992, 1997, Merlan 1981, 1983, Crowley and Dixon 1981, Crowley and et a1 1997, Mithun 1984, Nicholls 1989, Richards 1979, Rigsby 1979, Cunningham 1969, DeGraaf 1968, Rumsey et aI 1997, Sands 1995, Street 1985, Testart Dench 1981, 1987, 1995, 1995, 1998, Dineen 1990, 1977, Tryon19 70, Vasse 1991, Walsh 1997, 1998, Dixon 1970, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1977, Wierzbicka 1986, 1986, Worsley 1954 1982, Dixon, ad. 1976, Donaldson 1976, 1977, Eades numbers see counting systems 1976, 1979, Embury 1976, Evans 1988, 1995, 1997, obituary see memorial Evans et al 1998, Forchheimer 1953, Ford 1990, Ford onomastics (including names and naming; see alsopl ace and Ober 1986, Fraser 1902, Furby 1972, Furby and names) Anonymous 1911, Bates 1912, Beale 1980, Furby 1976, Geytenbeek 1964, 1980, Glasgow 1984, Beveridge 1878, Colliver 1980, Donaldson 1984, 1994, Glass 1991, Glass and Hackett 1979, Goddard 1984, Douglas 1900, Dousset19 97, Elkin 1937, Foster et al Godfrey 1970, Graber 1987, Green 1981, 1989, 1997, 1997, Hart 1930, Helon 1988, Lyon 1833, Milligan Greenberg 1988, 1989, Hale 1968, 1973, 1976, 1976, 1855, 1887, Norman 1887, Oates 1967, O'Grady 1976, 1976, 1976, 1982, 1992, 1997, Hall 1968, 1972, 1971 , Parker 1844, Reid 1985, Richardson 1910, 1976, Hamilton 1993, Hansen and Hansen 1975, Rivers 1904, Roth 1910, 1984, Ryan 1993, 1995, Harris19 69, Harris and O' Grady 1976, Harvey 1987, Simpson 1998, Suttor 1909, 1911, Thomson 1946, 1991, 1992, 1997, Harveyand Borowsky 1999, Tibbetts 1900, Tindale 1940, 1974, Tsunoda 1982, Haviland 1985, 1993, Heath 1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, Walker 1897, 1899, 1900, Watson 1941, Williams 1976, 1978, 1978, 1980, 1980, 1987, 1991 , 1997, 1986, 1986, Wyatt 1879 Hercus 1969,1976, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1982, 1997, oral tradition (including oral literature; see also literature, Hercus and White 1973, Hershberger 1964, 1964, songsand chants, stories and storytelling) Carroll 1964, 1964, Hinch 1964, Hinch and Pike 1978, 1995, Cataldi 1991, 1994, 1996, 1998, Clunies Ross Hoddinott and Kofod 1976, 1976, Holmer 1963, 1966, 1983, 1986, 1986, 1990,Dixon and Koch 1996, 1970, Holmer and Holmer 1969, Homann 1879, Hore Donaldson 1979, 1988, Hall 1968, Handelsmann 1978, Hosokawa 1991, Huchet 1990, Hudson 1976, 1994, Kilham 1987, Laade 1971, McGregor 1989, Hughes and Healey 1971, Huttar and Kirton 1981 , McKeown 1986, Mooladani 1977, Moyle 1979, 1996, Jake 1978, Johnson 1988, Jolly 1989, Jones 1978, 1997, Muecke 1983, Newton 1982, Shaw 1988, 1998, Kager 1995, Keen 1972, Kilham 1974,1 976, orthography (see also literacy) Altman 1985, 1986, Atkins 1977, Kirton 1964, 1970, 1971, Klavans 1982, 1983, 1991, Austin & Crowley 1995, Beale 1979, Biddle Klokeid 1969, Knight 1993, Koch 1980, 1982, 1990, 1996, Brandenstein 1970, Breen 1970, 1974, Breen 1995, 1996, 1997, Kofod 1978, Kohn 1994, and Green 1995, Campbell 1898, Capell 1950, Koukmenides 1997, Laughren 1982, Leeding 1989, Donaldson 1994, Douglas 1991, 1996, Emorrotjba et McConvell 1980, 1996, McFarlane 1987, McGregor a1 1998, Glasgow 1981, Glenn 1963, Hudson 1984, 1989, 1996, 1996, McKay 1975, 1978, 1979, 1984, 1984, Hudson and McGregor 1986, Kaldor19 77, McNicol 1989, Marmion 1996, Merlan 1982, Metcalfe Kilham 1987, Leeding 1984, Leeding and Gudschinsky 1972, 1975, Moody 1995, Noyer 1991, 1994, Oates 1974, McGregor 1986, 1986, 1989, McKay 1981, 1953, 1964, 1964, 1988, Ogilvie 1994, Oppliger 1984, 1982, Marmion 1998, Neville 1991, Paddy et a1 1997, Pensalfini19 92, 1996, Platt 1968, 1969, Pullum 1982, Reid 1985, Sandefur 1984, 1984, 1984, Sayers and Reid 1982, 1990, 1999, Reynolds 1984, Richards Godfrey 1964, Scholl 1992, Sharpe 1977, 1977, Smith 1979, Richardson 1900, Roberts 1996,Sagey 1986, 1931, Street 1976, Street and Chestnut 1983, 1984, Sayers 1982, Sayers and Kerr 1964, Schweiger 1999, 1984, 1984, Thieberger 1995, Threlkeld 1827, Sharp 1997, Sharpe 1978, 1985, Simpson 1983, 1983, Vaszolyi 1982, Wafer 1982, Walker 1984, Williams 1988,1991, 1998, Simpson and Withgott 1986, Smith and Breen 1984, Wrigley 1990, Yallop 1976, Yule 1984, 1997, Sommer 1970, Sommer 1976, 1991, 1987 Speas 1988, 1990, Steffensen 1979, Stokes 1982, petroglyphs Clark and Harradine 1990, Davidson 1952, Sutton 1976, 1978, Swartz 1988, 1988, 1989, 1991, Elkin 1949, Etheridge 1890-93, 1892, 1892, 1893, Tsunoda 1978, 1981, 1981, 1984, 1989, 1992, 1997, 1894 Tunbridge 1988, Walsh 1976, Ware 1981, Waters phonetics Butcher 1994, 1995, Capell 1969, Flint 1968, 1979, 1980, White 1981, Wierzbicka 1986, Wilson Hale 1976, Hercus 1972, Hughes and Leeding 1971, 1978, 1991, 1997, Wurm 1969, Zwaan 1969, 1969 McDonald 1977, Moody 1954, Morris 1983, 1983, multilingualism Asela 1993, Brandl and Walsh 1981, NorthernTerritory 1974, Proffit and McGlone 1975, 1982, Budby 1984, 1986, Elwell 1977, 1979, 1982, Reid 1994, Sandefur and Jentian 1977, Strehlow Harris 1977, Harris and Sandefur 1985, Price 1983, 1942, 1944, Ti ndale 1935, YalJop 1972 Shnukal 1985, 1995 phonology Aboriginal 1988, Aguas 1968, Alpher 1973, myths Berndtand Berndt19 70, Beveridge 1865, Feld 1976, 1988, 1994, Anderson & Maddieson 1994, 1900,Hoddinott 1978, Laade 1971, Lawrie 1970, Archangeli 1986, Austin 1978, 1981, 1988, 1988, Lucich 1996, McConnell 1957, Munn 1962, Osborne 1997, Beale 1976, Birk19 75, 1976, Black 1980, Blake 1974, Tindale 1939, Tunbridge 1988, Worms 1957, 1969, 1970, 1971 , 1979, 1979, Blake and Breen 1960 1971 , Blake and Reid 1994, 1998, Blevins and names and naming see onomastics, place names Marmion 1994, 1995, Boretzky 1981, 1984, National Language Policy see language policy Brandenstein 1970, 1970, 1988, Brasch 1975, Breen 1970, 1971, 1973, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1977, 1979, 278 1981, 1992, 1997, Breen and Green 1995, Busby Baird 1896, Bates 1907, 1913, Baylis 1896, Bell 1934, 1979, 1980, Butcher 1990, 1992, 1996, Capell 1967, Brandenstein 1970, 1980, 1980, Bray 1927, 1899, 1968, 1971,1979, Carew 1993, Carroll 1976, Brown 1901, Bucknell 1910, Bucknell 1899, 1899, Chadwick 1968, 1975, Chen 1992, Cleverly 1969, Bulmer 1878, Cameron 1885, 1899, Carruthers 1911, Coate 1970, Crowley 1976, 1978, 1979, 1980, 1981 , Chauncy 1878, Clark and Harradine 1990, Colliver 1983, Crowley and Dixon 1981, Crowley and Rigsby 1971 , Comino 1966, Crespigny 1878, Denniss 1974, 1979, Cunningham 1969, 1969, Darden 1971 , Davis Dixon, ed. 1991, Donaldson 1984, Dutton 1904, 1906, 1985, 1986, 988, DeGraaf 1968, Dench 1981 , 1987, Edwards 1994, Endacott 1955, Enright 1955, Fletcher 1995, Dixon 1965, 1967, 1970, 1970, 1972, 1976, 1953, Forrest 1900, Garnsey 1900, Goodwin 1878, 1977, 1977, 1980, 1990, Donaldson 1980, 1977, Gummow 1878, Hanlon 1935, Hartmann 1878, Hayes­ Douglas 1955, 1958, 1973, Dutton 1964, 1966, 1966, Williams 1900, Holmer 1963, Irish 1927, Johnston 1969, Downing 1993, Eades 1976, 1979, Ellis et al 1941 , Kelly 1900, Lane and Goodall 1878, Lang 1878, 1978, Embury 1976, Emorrotjba et al 1998, Erwin Larmer 1900, 1900, Learmonth 1878, Lyon 1833, 1994, Evans 1985, 1988, 1995, Fesl 1977, Fitzgerald McCarthy 1943, MacDonald 191 1, 1912, McEntee 1997, Flint 1965, Ford 1990, Fraser 1977, Friedman 1991 , Mackenzie 1904, McLeod 1878, MacPherson 1976, Furby 1974, Gah1 1996, Gardner 1996,Ger land 1930, MacPherson 1887, Manning 1990, Martin 1943, 1886, Geytenbeek 1977, Glasgow and Kerr 1964, 1944, 1944, Massola 1968, May 1945, Milligan 1887, Glasgow 1966, 1981, Glasgowand Glasgow 1967, Millin 1945, Mitchell 1878, Mitchell 1906, Murdoch Glass and Hackett 1979, 1979, Godfrey 1979, 1900, New South Wales 1900-1902, 1903, 1904, Goedemanns 1997, 1998, Goldsmith 1993, Goyvaerts O'Caliaghan 1918, 1919-20, Oakes 1983, Petrie 1902, 1981 , Green 1981, 1989, Haiman 1972, Hale 1968, Porteous 1878, Pospelov 1969, Praite and Tolley 1976, 1976, 1997, Hale and Nash 1997, Hall 1968, 1970, Rankin 1900, Reed 1969, 1970, 1977, 1972, Halle and Vergnaud 1987, Hamilton 1989, Richmond-Tweed 1983, 1984, Rudder 1899, Ryan 1992, 1993, 1995, 1995, 1996, 1998, Hammond 1986, 1963, 1963, 1963, 1963, 1964, 1971, 1987, 1995, Hansenand Hansen 1969, 1975, Harris 1969, Harvey Scholl 1992, Scott 1878, Slater 1934, 1934, Steele 1987, 1991, 1992, 1999, Harvey and Borowski 1997, 1987, Sugden 1956, Thomton 1899, Thorpe 1913, 1999, Haviland 1974, 1979, 1979, Hayes 1982, Heath 1921, 1927, Threlkeld 1902, Triffitt 1993, Tully 1997, 1978, 1978, 1980, Hendrie 1990, Hercus 1969, 1972, Tunbridge 1985, 1987, Turner19 66, Tumer et aI 1900, 1979, 1982, Hershberger and Pike 1970, Hoard and Tyers 1840, Tyrrell 1933, Victoria 1878, Walker and O'Grady 1976, Hobson 1980, Homer 1963, Hore 1981, Fosbery 1900-04, Wallace 1988, Watson 1919, 1941 , Hudson 1981 , Hudson, ed. 1977, Hudson and Wesson 1992, Westem Australia 1903-04, Wilson Richards 1969, 1976, Hulst and Smith 1985, Hung 1878, Woolrych 1890, Worms 1944, Wurm 1960, 1994, Huttar 1976, Ito 1986, Jaeger 1983, Jagst 1975, Wyatt 1879 Jemudd 1974, Jolly 1989, Jones 1999, Kawasaki et aI plant names see botanical names 1986, Keen 1972, Kennedy 1981 , King 1994, 1998, pronouns Bavin and Shopen 1987, Belfrage 1992, Blake 1999, Kirton 1967, Kirton and Charlie 1978, Klavans 1990, Bolt et a1 1970, Capell 1955, 1967, Cary 1899, 1985, Klokeid 1969, Koch and Hosking 1987, Kofod Dench 1982, 1994, Fraser 1902, Furby 1972, 1978, Ladefoged et al 1977, Leeding 1979, 1984, Geytenbeek 1964, Glasgow 1964, Goddard 1995, 1989, Lowe 1975, McConnell 1945, McConvell 1988, Godfrey and Kerr 1964, Heath 1980, Hercus and McDonald 1977, McEntee 1976, McGregor 1986, White 1973, Hershberger 1964, Hinch 1964, Homann 1988, 1992, 1993, 1993, 1996, McKay 1975, 1980, 1879, Kerr 1964, 1964, Kirton 1964, Koch 1982, 1984, McLellan 1992, McNicol 1989, Marsh 1969, Koukmenides 1997, Love 1945, Nekes 1938, O'Grady Mathews and Gardner 1996, Maxwell 1981, Merlan 1981 , Roberts 1996, Sayers and Kerr 1964, Schebeck 1982, Metcalfe 1971, Nash 1979, 1979, 1983, Nespor 1973, Schmidt 1919, Sharp 1997, Smith and Johnson 1986, O'Grady 1966, 1976, 1990, Oates 1967, Obrst 1985, Sommerand Sommer 1967, Tsunoda 1981, 1989, Ogilvie 1994, Oppliger 1984, Peile 1990, WithneIl 1903, Wurm and Hercus 1976 Pensalfini 1996, Platt 1967, Poser 1986, 1989, Pym proto-Australian Sands 1996, Schweiger 1988, Tauber 1981, Pym and Larrimore 1979, Reid 1990, Rice 1996, 1932 Riemsdljk 1984, Rigsby 1976, Ringe and Jones 1995, proto-languages Capell 1979, Carew 1993, Foley 1986, Rumsey 1983, Sayers 1964, 1976, 1976, 1990, Margolis 1999, O'Grady 1979, 1981, 1998, O'Grady Sayers and Pym 1977, Schebeck 1978, Schmidt 1912, and Fitzgerald 1995 Scott 1991 , Sharpe 1970, 1972, Sommer 1969, 1981 , psycholinguistics Bruce et al 1971, Cawte and Kiloh Sommerfelt 1937, Steriade 1979, Stokes 1981, 1982, 1967, Foggitt 1970, Foggitt et al 1972, Hart 1973, Street 1976, Street and Mollingin 1981, Sutton 1976, Haviland 1991 , Kearney et al 1973, Levinson 1993, 1989, Tabain 1994, Takahashi 1994, Taylor and 1997, 1998, Morice 1977, 1979, Teasdale 1972, 1972, Taylor 1971, Terrill 1993, 1998, Thompson 1976, 1978, Teasdale and Katz 1968, Teasdale and Vries Trefry 1970, 1974, 1983, 1984, Trimmer19 83, 1976, Wood and O'Donoghue 1976, Worms 1942 Tsunoda 1978, 1981, 1981, Turtle 1977, Voegelin etal reconstruction see language reconstruction 1963, Walsh 1976, Waters 1979, 1980, 1981, reduplication Dineen 1990, Fabricius 1998, Jones 1998, Wilkinson 1978, 1988, 1991 , Wood 1977, 1978, Levin 1985, Steffensen 1979, Street 1980, Wilkins Worms 1938, Wurm 1967, Yallop 1976, Zwaan 1969, 1984 1969, 1969 registers (see also code-switching, dialects, secret Pidgin English (see alsop idgins and creoles, New South languages) Alpher and Nash 1999, Amery 1985, Wales Pidgin, Torres Strait pidgins, Australian English, Bradley 1988, Brandenstein 1982, Cromwell 1982, Aboriginal English, creoles, etc, and the entry in the Dutton 1970, Eades 1981, Gale 1993, Garde 1996, languages index) Geiselhart 1979, Goddard 1992, Hobson 1980, pidgins and creoles (including jargon, koine; see also Jardine 1989, Kaldor 1980, Keen 1977, Kirton 1988, New South Wales Pidgin, Torres Strait pidgins, Langton 1988, Laughren 1984, McConvell 1985, Australian English, Aboriginal English, creoles, and 1988, 1991, McGregor 1989, McKeown 1986, entriesin the la nguages index) McKeown and Freebody 1988, Malcolm 1993, Merlan place names (see also onomastics, vocabulary) 1997, Schmidt 1985, Singh and Djayhgurrnga19 90, Aboriginal 1878, 1899, 1900, 1908-13, Anderson & Steffensen 1977, Thomson 1935, Turnerand Breen French 1994, Anonymous 1908-1 1, 1909, 1977, 1984, Twomey 1981 Appleton & Appleton 1992, Atchison 1973, 1976, review Aitchinson 1993, Alpher 1987, 1990, Austin 1981, Atchison et a1 1973, B 1896, 1901, Badgery 1899, 1982, Allan 1985, Auerbach 1992, Bavin 1982, 1988, 279 1986, Black 1982, 1982, 1983, Blake 1981 , 1981, 1982, McConvell 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1997, 1983, 1985, 1985, 1992, Bradley 1992, Breen 1988, McGregor 1988, 1989, 1989, 1989, 1990, 1992, 1993, Capell 1952, 1953, 1955, 1963, 1970, Carle 1984, 1994, 1994, 1996, 1996, 1997, McKay 1975, 1990, Carrington 1985, Cataldi 1991, 1994, Cazden 1995, Malcolm 1996, Maxwell 1981, Merlan 1982, Nash Christie 1984, 1985, Collins 1994, Comrie 1978, 1978, 1982, O'Grady 1990, Rumsey 1983, 1990,Sansom 1979, 1979, 1986, 1991 , 1993, 1993, Croft 1992, 1980, Saulwick 1999, Sayers 1994, Schebeck 1973, Dagmar 1984, Daniels 1998, Dixon 1973, 1976, 1979, 1978, Scheffler 1985, Schultze 1994, Sharpe 1978, 1979, 1979, 1979, 1979, 1980, 1980, 1980, 1980, 1985, 1994, Sharpe and Tunbridge 1997, Simpson 1980, 1980, 1981, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994, and Amery 1994, Sommer 1978, Sommer and 1995, 1996, 1998, Dobrez 1991, 1996, Donaldson Sommer 1967, Speas 1988, 1990, Stanner 1937, 1983, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1992, Douglas 1983, Dutton Steinberg et al 1971, Stokes 1982, Thieberger and 1986, Eades 1983, Evans 1988, Feld 1982, Ford McGregor 1994, Troy 1994, Tryon 1992, Tsunoda 1981 , Glowczewski 1991, Goddard 1988, 1993, 1978, 1981, 1981, Tunbridge 1988, Turpin 1997, Van Gorlach 1991 , Goyvaerts 1983, Green 1991, 1994, Valin and Wilkins 1993, Vaughan 1985, Walsh 1994, Haiman 1986, Hale 1968, 1982, 1985, Harris 1976,1992, 1994, 1997, Ware 1981, Watson 1941, 1997, Harvey 1991, 1992, 1995, 1998, Haspelmath Whitehead 1990, Wierzbicka 1983, 1985, 1986, 1990, 1997, Haudncourt 1982, 1987, Haukioja 1991, Heath 1991, 1992, Wilkins 1984, 1989, 1991, 1996, 1997, 1982, 1982, 1983, 1984, 1984, 1985, 1988, 1994, 1997, Wilkins and Hill 1995, Wilson 1997, Worms Hercus 1972, 1974, 1981, 1982, 1982, 1984, 1991, 1938, 1946, 1957, Yallop 1987, lwaan 1969, 1969 1991, Hill 1987, Holm 1990,Holmes 1996, sign language (see also special languages) Asela 1993, Hoogenraad 1985, Johnston 1991 , Jorion 1983, Bani 1981 , Basedow 1925, 1978, Berbeco 1995, Jucquois 1981, Kaye 1994, Kelly 1990, Koch 1981, Bemdt 1940, 1978, Cooke and Adone 1994, Edwards 1985, 1991, 1993, Lane 1967, Laycock 1982, Lazard 1988, Eylmann 1978, Friedman 1976, Gould 1978, 1983, 1986, Liberman 1987, 1991 , Lynch 1997, Haddon 1907, 1978, Howitt 1890, 1978, Kegl et al McConvell 1982, 1984, 1992, McHou1 1987, McKay 1976, Kendon 1980, 1983, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1986, 1994, 1994, Matsubara 1997, Matthews 1984, Merlan 1986, 1987, 1988, 1988, 1994, 1995, Kwek 1991, 1981 , 1982, 1982, 1983, Morris 1988, Morrow 1994, Love 1978, Meggitt 1954, 1978, Miller 1978, Moyle 1996,Mu ecke 1986, 1998, MOhlhausler 1988, Mooladani 1977, Mountford 1938, 1949, 1978, 1978, Nash 1982, 1982, Nathan 1998, Newton 1982, 1984, Roth 1897, 1908, 1978, 1978, 1984, Spencer and 1987, Nugent 1983, O'Grady 1981, 1991 , Payne 1993, Gillen 1927, 1978, Stirling 1896, 1978, Strehlow 1915, Pittman 1966, Polinskaja 1984, Price 1989, Rigsby 1978, Umiker-Sebeok and Sebeok 1978, Wamer 1978, 1982, 1982, 1993, Romaine 1992, Rose 1987, 1937, 1978, West 1963. Wilkins 1997, Wright 1980, Rowse 1988, Rumsey 1982, 1982, 1982, 1991, 1991 , 1978, lwaan 1969 1991 , Scheffler 1984, Schweiger 1998, See 1968, Sen sociolinguistics Alpher 1976, Anonymous 1982, Bain 1983, Sharpe 1982, 1992, Shaw 1988, Shnukal 1988, 1980, 1992, Bavin 1993, Be mdt 1951 , Boyukarrpi and 1995, Shoemaker 1995, Siegel 1997, Silverman 1987, Gayura 1994, Breen 1993, Calley 1969, Capell 1960, Simpson 1989, 1990, 1994, Smith 1982, 1996,Stokoe 1962, 1974, Cataldi 1998, Christie 1984, Clyne 1976, 1989, Sutton 1972, 1975, 1977, 1977, 1979, 1980, 1985, Devlin et a1 1995, Dixon 1980, Douglas 1975, 1981 , 1981, 1983, 1983, Testelec 1984, Thieberger Dutton 1969, Eades 1984, 1988, 1994, Eckert 1982, 1985, 1992, 1994, Thompson 1986, Triffitt 1995, Ellis 1988, 1988, Elwell 1977, 1979, 1982, Evans Tryon 1986, 1988, 1991, Tumer 1984,Turpin 1998, 1992, Fesl 1981 , 1987, Fishman et al 1986, Flint Walsh 1981 , 1983, 1984, 1985, 1985, Whaley 1996, 1965, 1973, Foster and MOhlhausler 1996, Glass White 1984, Widders 1983, Wurm 1976, 1976, Yallop 1990, 1997, Greenway 1970, Harris 1984, 1987, Hart 1985, Yengoyan 1984, 1992, lorc 1984 1930, Haviland 1979, 1982, 1990, 1993, Heath 1982, secret languages (also avoidance languages) Burling Hiatt, ed. 1978, Hoogenraad 1991 , Hosokawa 1991, 1970, Mathews 1904, Mathews and Everitt 1900, 1996, Jemudd 1969, 1971 , Johnson 1990, Jones and O'Grady 1956 Meehan 1978, 1997, Kaldor 1965, 1968, Kendon semantics Alexander 1920, Allan 1989, Alpher 1976, 1995, Kesteven 1984, Kirton 1988, Kirton and Timothy 1993, Amery 1986, Anonymous 1878, 1878, Austin et 1977, Kolig 1972, Langton 1988, Malcolm 1979, 1979, al 1976, Barker and O'Connell 1977, Berlin and Kay 1979, 1980, Malcolm 1991, Marika and Christie 1995, 1969, Bittner 1998, Blake 1978, 1979, Brandenstein McKay 1981 , 1982, Merlan 1981, 1989, 1997, Morphy 1970, 1977, Brown 1964, Carew 1999, Chappell and 1977, Munn 1962, Nakata 1991, Nash and Simpson McGregor19 96, 1996, Dench 1987, 1994, 1995, 1981 , Oakes 1969, Oates 1953, 1964, 1988, 1988, Dineen 1990, 1998, Dixon 1967, 1970, 1971 , 1973, Owen 1965, Pauwels et a1 1998, Phillips 1992, Ray 1975, 1976, 1976, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1912, Rogers 1988, Sandefur 1990, 1991, Sandefuret 1984, 1989, Dixon et al 1990, Douglas 1973, 1976, a1 1986, Schmidt 1919, Schultze 1993, Sharpe and 1992, Duncan 1991, Dutton 1966, Eades 1976, Tunbridge 1997, Shnukal 1991, 1998, Simpson 1985, Embury 1976, Errey 1994, Evans 1985, 1990, 1992, Smith 1985, Sommer 1976, Sommerfelt 1942, Stanner 1992, 1993, 1994, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1997, 1937, Steffensen 1991 , Stokes 1982, Street and Evans and Wilkins 1998, Ferberand Breen 1984, Fesl Kulampurut19 78, Strehlow 1962, Sutton 1978, 1979, 1986, 1987, 1990, Fison 1902, Ganambarr 1994, 1982, 1991, Sutton and Rigsby 1979, Swadesh 1948, Glasgow 1984, Glass 1983, Goddard 1983, 1988, Tap lin 1997, Taylor 1921, Teasdale 1972, Trigger 1989, 1990, 1990, 1991 ,1991, 1992, 1994, 1995, 1987, Tryon 1976, Tunbridge 1985, Tumer 1974, Goddard and Wierzbicka 1994, 1997, Green 1989, Vasse 1991, Wagner-Pitz 1984, Walsh 1992, Wamer Hale 1971, 1986, Hargrave 1982, 1994, Harkins 1986, 1937, White 1976, Whitehead 1990, Wierzbicka 1986, 1990,Harkins and Wierzbicka 1997, Harkins and Wilkins 1997, 1997, Williams 1976, Wiminydji and Wilkins 1994, Harvey 1987, 1992, Haviland 1985, Peile 1978, Wood and O'Donoghue 1976, Wu rm 1990, Heath 1976, 1980, 1980, 1981 , Heffeman 1986, Yallop 1987 Hendersonand Dobson 1994, Hercus 1966, 1976, songs and chants (see also oral tradition, stories and 1976, 1989, 1994, 1994, Hiatt 1978, 1984, Hill 1987, storytelling) Alpher 1976, Armitage 1943, Barengwa & Holmer 1963, 1966, 1966, Hosokawa 1991, 1998, Stokes 1986, Bemdt 1951 , Bemdt and Bemdt 1970, Hudson 1976, 1981, 1983, Huntington 1911, Jones 1979, Black and Koch 1983, Braim 1899, 1978, Kacnel'son 1973, Kennedy 1984, Kilham 1974, Brandenstein 1969, Brandenstein and Thomas 1974, 1987, Klokeid 1978, Koukmenides 1997, Laade 1969, Bucknell 1899, Calvert 1894, Clunies Ross 1978, Laughren 1982, 1984, 1988, Liberman 1982, 1982, 1986, Clunies Ross et a1 1987, Clunies Ross and Wild 280 1982, Cobb 1934, Davies 1878, Dixon 1984, 1990, 1981 , Trefry 1971 , Tsunoda 1978, 1981, Turpin 1997, Dixon and Duwell 1990, Dixon and Koch 1996, Van Valin and Wilkins 1993, Walsh 1976, White 1981, Dohertyand Pitt 1897, Donaldson 1979, 1984, 1987, Wilkinson 1978, 1991, Wilson 1997, Zimmermann Duwell and Dixon 1994, Elkin 1953-56, 1957, Fawcett 1985, Zwaan 1969, 1969 1898, 1899, Fink 1960, Geytenbeek 1991, Gribble systemic linguistics McGregor 1992, 1993, 1996 1898, Gummow 1993, Hale 1984, Harper 1902, tagmemes Glass and Hackett 1979 Hercus 1990, Hiatt and Hiatt 1966, Howitt 1887, Kable texts (see also translation, literature) Austin 1978, 1986, and Coe 1900,Keogh 1996, Koch and Hosking 1987, 1996, 1997, Austin & Tindale 1985, Bemdt 1952, Lawrie 1970, Lhotsky 1835, Lomme1 1952, McDonald Bemdt and Bemdt 1951, Bohemia and McGregor 1996, Marrett 1910, Merlan 1987, Moyle 1968, 1979, 1991 , 1992, Boxer and Metcalfe 1986, Bradley 1988, 1981 , 1997, Nugent 1986, O'Grady 1955, O'Grady and Brandenstein 1969, 1970, 1970, 1980, 1988, Brasch O'Grady 1964, Plomley 1966, Ridley 1875, Stokes et 1975, Breen 1971, 1990, British and Foreign Bible al 1981 , Strehlow 1971, Stubington 1978, Thursday Society 1949, Broughton 1892, Butler and Austin Island 1988, Tindale 1941, Turpin 1997, Walker 1897, 1986, Calley 1958, Capell 1939, 1950, 1960, 1960, Worms 1957, 1959, Wurm 1955 1968, 1972, Capell and Hinch 1970, Carroll 1976, sound archives Walsh 1983, Koch 1987 1995, Chadwick 1975, Chanter 1897, Clarmontet al special languages (see also secretla nguages, sign 1986, Clegg et a1 1986, Cleverly 1969, Clunies Ross languages, nonverbal communication) Christie and 1983, 1986, 1986, Coate 1966, 1970, Confalonieri Perrett 1996, Davidson 1952, Dixon 1982, 1990, Fox 1975, Coulthard and Schebeck 1986, 1986, Crowley 1899, Frank 1940, Garde 1996, Hale 1933-34, 1971 , 1978, Cunningham 1969, Davenport 1988, Day and Haviland 1974, 1979, Howitt 1888, Hamlyn-Harris Hercus 1986, Dench 1990, Dixon 1977, 1990, 1996, 1918, Mackie 1906, McGregor 1989, Thomson 1935 Dixon, ed. 1991, Dixon and Duwell 1990, Donaldson speech types, patterns Eades 1982, 1985, Geiselhart 1977, 1979, 1980, 1987, 1990, Douglas 1958, Dutton 1979 1969, Duwell and Dixon 1994, Eades 1979, Ejai and stories and storytelling (see also oral tradition, songs Metcalfe 1986, 1986, 1986, Elkin 1961, Flinders and and chants, texts) Bemdt 1979, Gale 1995, Lawton Sutton 1986, Flinders University 1970, Ford 1997, Fry 1993, Tunbridge 1988, 1989, Vaarzon-Morel 1995 1937, Glass and Hackett 1969, Goetz and Sutton syntax Alpher 1976, Andrews 1985, 1996, Austin 1978, 1986, Greenway 1911, Gunn 1905, Hansenand 1979, 1987, 1988, 1992, Austin & Bresnan 1996, Hansen 1975, Harris and Donaldson 1986, Bavin 1987, Bavin and Shopen 1989, Blake 1976, Handelsmann 1994, Hartmann 1878, Haviland 1979, 1978, 1979, 1982, 1983, Blake and Breen 1971, 1990, Heath 1978, 1980, 1980, 1980, 1971, 1981 , Bowe 1987, 1990, Brandenstein 1965, 1967, 1970, 1981, Henderson 1986, Hercus 1969, 1971, 1973, Brasch 1975, Breen 1971 , Brunson 1986, Buchanan 1974, 1974, 1980, 1981, 1984, 1985, 1986, 1986, 1978, Capell 1937, 1968, 1972, 1979, Carroll 1976, 1986, 1987, 1987, 1989, 1989, 1991, Hercus et al Chadwick 1975, Chappell and McGregor 1989, 1990, Hercus and Murray 1977, Hercus and Potezny Clendon 1988, Clingan 1988, Comrie 1981, 1989, 1990, Hercus and Sutton 1986, Hodge and McGregor Cook 1988, Crowhurst 1995, Crowhurst and Hewitt 1989, Holmer 1971 , Holmer and Holmer 1969, Howitt 1995, 1995, Crowley 1978, 1979, 1981, 1983, Crowley and Siebert 1904, Howitt 1902, Hudson and Richards and Dixon 1981, Crowley and Rigsby 1979, DeGraaf 1976, Irinjili and Hercus 1986, 1986, Jack and Breen 1968, Dench 1987, 1987, 1995, Dench and Evans 1986, Jones 1989, Joshua and Heath 1886, Jones 1988, Dineen 1990, 1998, Dixon 1969, 1970, 1976, 1996, Karntin and Sutton 1986, Keen 1972, Kelly and 1977, 1977, 1982, 1982, 1982, 1984, 1989, Dixon, ed. Evans 1985, Kennedy and Donaldson 1986, 1986, 1976, Donaldson 1977, 1980, Douglas 1958, 1968, Keogh 1996, Kerwinand Breen 1981, 1986, Kijngarayi 1976, Dryer 1990, Dutton 1966, Eades 1976, 1977, and McConvell 1986, Koch 1993, Koch 1990, 1991, 1979, Embury 1976, Evans 1985, 1995, 1995, 1996, Kulamburutand Walsh 1986, Kurrunama 1990, 1997, 1997, Fo rd and Ober 1986, Furby and Furby Lingiari and McConvell 1986, Lowe and Ross 1969, 1977, 1977, Geytenbeek 1980, 1980, Glasgow 1988, Lucich 1969, Maliwanga and McKay 1986, McDonald Glasgow and Gamer 1980, Gillen 1970, Glass 1979, and Wurm 1979, McGregor 1987, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1980, 1983, Gledhill 1989, Goddard 1984, 1988, 1990, McKeown 1986, Mc Keown and Freebody 1988, Godfrey 1985, Green 1989, 1997, Greenberg 1989, Merlan 1983, Milligan 1887, Mosesand Tsunoda Guerssel et a1 1985, Haiman and Munro 1983, Hale 1986, Muecke 1982, 1988, 1992, Muecke et al 1985, 1966, 1967, 1973, 1976, 1976, 1976, 1982, 1994, Hale Mu rray and Austin 1981, 1986, 1986, Napaljarri and et al 1993, Harris 1969, Harrison 1981 , Harvey 1987, Cataldi 1994, Paddy et al 1987, Pensalfini 1997, 1992, 1992, 1997, 1997, Harvey and Reid 1997, 1997, Ridley 1856, Robertset al 1986, Roberts and Sharpe Haviland 1979, Heath 1976, 1976, 1976, 1978, 1980, 1986, Rudder 1979, Schebeck 1974, Schulenberg 1981, 1986, 1990, Hercus 1969, 1982, 1989, 1892, Schwarz 1946, Scott 1879, Shannon and Hershberger 1964, 1970, 1979, Hinch and Pike 1978, Rankine 1989, Sharp 1969, Siebert 1910, Sommer Holmer 1963, 1966, Holmer and Holmer 1969, 1986, Street 1987, Strehlow 1891, 1907, 1907, 1908, Hosokawa 1991, Huchet 1990, Hughes and Leeding 1928, Swartz 1988, 1991, Taplin 1864, 1864, 1971, Jelinek 1983, 1984, Johnson 1988, Jolly 1989, Thieberger 1989, 1990, Thomas 1982, Threlkeld 1827, Kacnel'son 1973, Kashket 1987, 1991, 1991 , Keen Tindale 1935, 1937, Tsunoda 1998, Wild 1990, 1972, Kennedy 1985, Kilham 1974, 1976, 1977, Wolmby et al 1990, Wordick 1982, Wurramarrba and 1987, Kilham, ed. 1979, Kirton 1971, 1976, 1978, Stokes 1986 Klavans 1985, Knight 1993, Larson 1982, 1983, Torres Strait pidgins and creoles (see also pidgins and Laughren 1988, Lichtenberk 1985, Mallinsonand creoles) Broken English Shnukal 1982, Creole Blake 1981, McConvell 1981, McFarlane 1987, Shnukal 1983, Jargon Ray 1907, Pidgin St George McGregor 1988, 1988, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1990, 1992, 1965, English Dutton 1970, Pidgin English Reinecke 1993, 1994, 1996, McKay 1984, 1988, McLellan 1992, 1971 Merlan 1981, 1982, Pensaifini 1992, Plank 1995, translation (see also interpreting) Aboriginal 1989, Austin Pullum 1982, Rapoport 1991, Reid 1990, Riemsdijk & Tindale 1985, Bell 1996, Berndt 1951, 1952, 1979, 1984, Rigsby 1976, Rumsey 1983, Sayers 1976, Berndtand Bemdt 1951, Brandenstein and Thomas Shopen 1985, Simpson 1983, 1983, 1983, Simpson 1974, Brennan 1979, British and Foreign Bible Society and Withgott 1986, Smith and Johnson 1985, Sommer 1949, Bunce 1851, Carroll 1996, Clark19 72, Douglas 1972, Speas 1988, 1990, Stokes 1982, Street 1980, 1963, 1970, Eckert 1979, 1982, Elkin 1961 , 1963, Swartz 1982, 1988, 1988, 1989, 1991, Thieberger 1970, Geytenbeek 1976, Hansen 1983, Hercus 1981, 281 Kilham 1984, 1990, 1996, Kilham and Richards 1988, 1970, 1973, 1976, Bridgman and Bucas 1887, Brown Koch 1993, Love 1930, Lucich 1996, Muecke 1982, 1983, Brown 1900, Brown 1898, Brown 1899, 1901, Ozolins 1997, Phillipps n.d., Quisenberry 1973, Rainey Brown 1899, Brown 1886, Bruce 1887, 1964, Brun 1947, Rechnitz 1961,Saunder s 1979, Sayers 1974, 1886, Buchanan 1901 , Bucknell 1887, 1896, 1899, Sheppard 1976, 1992, Soravia 1975, Strehlow 1891 , Bucknell 1912, Bulmer 1878, 1886, 1887, 1887, 1887, 1904, 1908, Strehlow and Reuther 1897, Sutton 1991, 1887, Bunce 1851, 1887, Byme 1887, C 1900, 1907, Swartz 1985, 1989 Thomas 1982, Threlkeld 1835, Calder 1877, Calvert 1894, Cameron 1900, 1904, 1892, Tunbridge 1991 , 1992, Vaarzon-MoreI 1995, Cameron 1887, Campbell 1899, Capell 1947, 1953, Walker 1897, Wares 1992, Wolmby et a1 1990, 1962, Capell and Hinch 1970, Carter 191 1, Cary Yengoyan 1988 1898, Cassady 1886, Charency 1880, Chatfield 1886, typology Savin 1998, Blake 1979, Capell 1965, 1983, Chauncy 1878, Chadwick 1968, 1971, 1972, 1979, 1989, Chappell and McGregor 1996, 1996, Comrie Chester 1886, Chief Commissionerof Police 1886, 1978, 1981, 1989, Dixon 1986, Durie 1995, Evans 1887, Chisholm 1900, Christison 1887, Clark 1994, 1998, Hale 1981, Harvey 1996, 1997, Heath 1976, Clarke 1877, Clement 1899, Cleverly 1969, Cobb Hosokawa 1996, Jelinek 1987, Laughren 1989, 1934, Coleman 1993, Collins 1798, 1887, Colliver and McGregor 1989, 1996, 1997, 1998, McKay 1995, Woolston 1975, Commissioner of Police 1887, 1887, Mallinsonand Blake 1981, Maracz and Muysken 1989, 1887, 1907, Condon 1955, Conn 1887, Cook and King Merlan et aI 1997, Mushin 1995, Pederson et aI 1998, 1886, Cooke 1991 , Cooper 1949, Comey 1887, Plank 1995, Rumsey et al 1997, Schweiger 1988, Comish 1886, 1886, Courtier 1950, Coward 1886, 1995, Shopen 1985, Siewierska and Song 1998, Craigie 1886, Crombie 1887, Crowley and Rigsby Tchekhoff 1985, Tryon 1980, Tsunoda 1889, 1990, 1979, Crozier 1886, Cunningham 1886, Cunningham 1993, 1996, 1998, 1998, 1999, Wagner 1978, Walsh 1969, Curr 1875, 1876, 1886, 1886, 1886, 1886, 1886, 1996 1886, 1886, 1886, 1886-87, 1887 x41,Curr and verbs (includin� verb phrase; see also grammar, Goodall 1887, Curr 1886, 1886, 1886, 1887, Dalhunty morphology) Alpher 1990, Austin 1976, 1989, 1997, 1887, 1887, D'Apice 1907, Davenport 1898, Davidson Bavln 1990, Belfrage 1992, Bell 1988, Blake 1987, 1886, Davis 1997, Dawsey 1887, Dawson 1922, 1935, 1993, Breen 1976, 1976, Capell 1967, 1976, 1976, De Brabander 1987, De La Tour 1886, Dench 1994, 1976, 1979, Dixon 1973, 1976, 1977, 1982, 1982, Dennis 1878, Dennis and Dennis 1878, Devaney Donaldson 1976, Donohue 1998, Durrant 1997, Evans 1929, De Vis 1895, Dewhurst 1886, Dittrich 1989, Dix and Wilkins 1998, Geytenbeek 1964, 1997, 1997, 1886, Dixon 1967, 1970, 1977, Dixon, ed. 1991, Glasgow 1964, Glasgow and Kerr 1964, Glassand Dixon et al 1990, Donaldson 1984, 1994, 1994, 1994, Hacket1 1979, Goddard 1988, Godfrey 1970, Hale 1995, 1997, 1997, Douglas 1900, 1900, 1900, 1958, 1982, Harris and O'Grady 1976, Heath 1976, 1990, 1968, 1992, Dove 1878, Dudley and Williams 1887, Hercus 1976, 1997, Hershberger 1964, Hinch and Dulhunty 1900, Dunbar 1945, Du Va and Bulmer 1887, Pike 1978, Hoddinott and Kofod 1976, 1976, Hudson Dutton 1901,Dutton 1907, 1907, Eades 1976, 1979, 1976, 1983, 1986, Hughes and Healey 1971 , Jagst Earl 1853, 1916, Edge 1899, Edwards 1887, Eglinton 1982, Jones 1998, Kacnel'son 1973, Kennedy 1985, 1886, 1886, 1886, Elk in 1937, Elwell 1979, Endacott 1985, Kirton 1978, Kofod 1976, Laughren 1988, 1923, 1925, 1944, 1955, Enright 1900, 1935, Malcolm 1996, Margolis 1999, Merlan 1979, Merlan et Emabella mission 1983, Exposition 1867, Eyre 1878, a1 1997, Metcalfe 1972, 1975, Morey 1998, Nash Fawcett 1887, 1898, 1898, Field 1898, 1898, 1982, Noyer 1991, O'Grady 1984, Parish 1983, Platt Fitzgerald and O'Grady 1994, Fitzpatrick 1989, 1968, 1976, Pym 1985, Reid 1999, Rumsey et al Flannery 1900, Fletcher 1952, 1953, Flinders 1886, 1997, Schultze-Bemdt 1994, Schweiger 1988, Sharpe Flint 1968, Foelsche 1886, 1886, Foley 1865, 1887, 1976, Silverstein 1986, Simpson 1983, Stokes 1996, Foott 1886, 1887, Forrest 1901,Fowler 1886, 1887, Street 1980, Tryon 1976, Tsunoda 1984, Vaszolyi Fox 1897, 1898, 1899, Francis 1878, Fraser18 97, 1976, Walsh 1987, Waters 1979, 1980, Wilkins and 1902, Fuhrmann 1922, Fulford 1886, Fullow 1896, Hill 1995, Williams 1976, Wilson 1997, Withnell 1903 Gaimard 1834, 1834, Galpagalpa 1984, Ganambarr vocabulary(see also botanical terms, zoological terms, 1994, Gamier 1903, Gason 1874, 1879, 1886, 1886, place names, etc) Aboriginal 1899, 1925, 1944, 1956, Ge1l 1842, 1904, 1988, Gerritsen 1994, Gifford 1886, 1972, 1988, Adam 1886, Aguas 1968, Ahem 1887, 1886, 1886, Gillen and Warburton 1886, Glass 1975, 1887, Allen & Lane 1913, Al lingham 1964, Alpher and 1988, Glass and Hackett 1979, Glass and Newbery Nash 1999, Amery 1986, Angelo 1994, Angelo et al 1988, Goddard 1982, 1986, Goddard and Kalotas 1994, Anonymous 1886, 1886, 1886, 1887, 1887, 1988, Goddardet a1 1996, Godfrey 1878, Goldsworthy 1887, 1887, 1897, 1903, 1903, 1903, 1906, 1907, 1886, 1886, 1886, 1886, Goodwin 1878, 1887, Gordon 1907, 1908, 1908, 1908, 1911, Arandic Dictionary 1887, Gostelow 1899, Gott and Conran 1991 , Program 1985, 1990, Archer 1887, Armit 1886, 1 886, Govemment of Queensland 1886, Govett 1835, 1838, 1886, 1886, Armstrong 1886, 1886, 1886. Atherton Graham 1886, Gray 1878, 1878, Gray 1983, Green 1886, Aurousseau 1972, B 1897, Balfe 1887, Banks 1878, 1878, 1878, 1878, 1878, 1878, 1886, 1886, 1962, Barlee 1886, 1886, 1886, Barlow 1972, Barry Greenway 1901 , 1910-12, Gregory 1886, 1896, 1867, 1867, Basedow 1908, 1908, Bassett-Smith Gresby 1947, Grey 1839, 1840, 1859, Gribble 1897, 1894, Bates 1914, 1918, 1925, Bay 1887, Bayles Gunther 1892, Gunson 1974, Hackett 1886, 1887, Baylis 1899, 1922, 1927, Beale 1976, Beattie Hagenauer 1878, 1887, Haines 1887, 1886, Hale 1913, Beddome 1886, Belt 1886, Bench Barraba 1846, Hale 1933-34, Hale 1968, 1990, 1990, 1997, 1887, Bench Bathurst 1887, 1887, Bench Boggabrie Hale et al 1990, Hall 1971, Hammond andO'Byme 1887, Bench Brewarrina 1887, Bench Dubbo 1887, 1887, Hanlon 1935, Hansen and Hansen 1975, Bench Moree 1887, Bench Moulmein 1887, Bench Hardcastle 1947, Hargrave 1903, 1903, 1903, Nundle 1887, Bench Obley 1887, Bench Queenbulla, Hargrave 1982, 1994, Harper 1886, 1992, 1897, Hart Bench Wee-Waa 1887, Bench Wingham 1887, Bench 1930, Hartmann 1878, Haviland 1974, Haynes 1887, Yass 1887, Bennet 1918, Bennett 1879, Bemdt and Heagney et al 1886, Heath 1976, 1978, Henderson Vogelsang 1941, Beuzeville 1919, Beveridge 1878, and Dobson 1994, Hercus 1966, 1969, 1971, 1978, 1878, 1878, 1887, Bindon 1992, Bird 1915, 1916, 1994, 1994, Hester 1886, Hill 1886, Hodgkinson Black 1915, 1917, 1920, Blackman 1900, 1900, Blair 1886, 1886, 1886, 1887, Hogan 1887, Hollingworth et a1 1886, Blake 1971, 1979, Bootie 1899, Brady 1887, Holmer 1967, 1971, Holmes 1900, Hood 1898, 1845, Braim 1899, Branch 1887, Brandenstein 1970, Hoogenraad and Robertson 1997, Horner 1977, 1980, 1988, Brasch 1975, Bray 1887, 1901, Breen Houston 1878, Howitt 1878, 1886, 1887, Hughes 282 1886, Hunter 1793, 1887, 1968, Huntington 1910, 1903, Richardson 1886, 1899, 1899, 1900, 1900, 1911, Hyde et al 1887, Ingamells 1955, Institute 1979, 1900, 1910, Richardson and Provis 1886, Ridley 1866, 1987, Intercolonial 1867, fredale and Troughton 1925, 1875, 1877, 1877, 1877, 1877, 1877, 1877, 1877, Jackson 1878, Jacobs 1886, 1886, 1886, Jacobs et al Ridley et al 1877, 1877, Rigsby and Jolly 1995, 1995, 1886, Jagst 1975 , James and Chanter 1897, Riley and Curr 1887, Ritz 1910, 1913, Roberts18 28, Jamieson 1878, Jardine 1886, Johnston 1943, Robertson 1985, Rogers 1899, 1886, R6heim 1974, Johnstone 1886, Johnstone and Curr 1886, Jones Ross 1887, Ross and Walker 1984, Roth 1890, 1890, 1974, Jones and McEntee 1996, Jorgensen 1842, 1897, 1897, Rouse 1887, Rowley 1878, Rudder 1896, Josephson 1887, Jukes 1847, Jung 1878, 1989, 1996, Rudder 1977, Russell 1914, Ryan 1964, Ryan 1964, Kable and Coe 1899, Keene 1903, Keightly 1887, 1964, 1969, 1987, Salmon 1886, Salvado 1886, Sawer Kemp 1899, Kempe 1891 , Kent 1886, Kenyon 1930, 1886, Sayers 1994, Schebeck 1978, Schmidt 1910, 1951, Kingsmill 1886, Knight 1987, Knight 1886, Schurmann 1844, 1879, 1962, Schulenberg 1892, Krichauff 1890, Kuhn 1886, Laade 1969, 1970, Lamb Scott 1878, 1878, 1886, 1886, 1887, Scrivener 1886, 1899, 1899, 1904, Lamond 1886, Landsborough 1887, Seear 1995, Seligman and Pim 1907, Sharpe 1901 , Landsborough and Curr 1887, Lang 1904, 1910, 1911, Sharpe 1994, Shaw 1886, Shaw and Green 1878, Langevad and Field 1982, Lanyon-Orgill 1961, Larmer Shea 1887, Sheridan and Bay 1887, Shirley 1897, 1898, 1899, Latham 1843, 1862, Laughren 1978, Shnukal 1992, 1994, Shropshire 1899, Siebert 1910, 1985, 1985, 1986, Laves 1929, 1929, Learmonth Simpson 1995, 1997, 1998, Simpson and Amery 1994, 1878, Le Brun 1886, Le Soeuf and Holden 1886, Singe 1979, Small 1886, Smith 1880, 1965, Smyth Lesson 1884, Lhotsky 1835, 1839, Lightowler 1988, 1878, Smythe and Thieberger 1994, Sommer 1976, Lindquist 1961, Livingstone 1892, Locke 1878, Sommer and Sommer 1968, Spencer 1887, Spencer Lomme1 1952, London and Mueller 1886, Looker et al and Gillen 1899, 1904, 1938, Spencer et al 1886, 1887, Lowe 1887, Lowe and Pike 1990, Lowre 1886, Spieseke 1878, Stanbridge 1878, Steele 1987, Lukin 1886, Lyon 1833, M 1896, McCarthy 1887, Stephen 1886, Stewart 1887, Stone 1911, Stone 1899, 1943, 1971, McConnell 1957, McCrae 1917, McD Stone 1880, Stow 1898, Strutt 1878, Stuckey 1887, 1903, Macdonald 1886, 1886, McDonald and Wurm Sugden 1953, Sullivan 1886, Suttor 1887, 1897, 1897, 1979, McDougall 1899, McEntee and McKenzie 1988, 1909, 1911, 1912, Sutton and Walsh 1980, 1987, McFarlane 1889, 1886, McGeary 1835, MacGillivray Swan and Cousens 1993, Symonds 1914, Taplin 1886, 1852, MacGlashan 1887, McGregor 1994, 1886, Tardif 1996, Taverner 1878, Taylor 1886, 1994, McHattie and Little 1886, Macintosh 1952, Teichelmann and Schurmann 1840, 1962, Mcintosh et a1 1887, Mcintyre 1878, McKelson 1974, Teichelmann et a1 1886, Tench 1793, 1979, Terry 1979, 1989, Mackenzie 1874, 1875, 1878, Mackenzie 1926, Teulon 1886, Thatcher 1873, Thieberger and 1984, Mackie 1901, McKinnon 1900, McLachlan McGrego r 1994, Thomas 1900, Thomas 1878, 1878, 1878, McLean 1886, 1887, McLennan 1886, McLeod 1878, Thomson 1946, Thomly 1878, Threlkeld 1858, 1878, 1887, McNicol and Hosking 1994, MacPherson Tindale 1937, 1940, 1949, 1974, Todd 1886, 1886, 1887, McPherson 1931, 1932, 1934, Macredie 1887, Tompson and Chatfield 1886, Troy 1992, 1994, Maguire 1901, 1907, 1910, Maiden 1896, 1903, 1928, Tsunoda 1971, Tuckermann 1887, Tuckfield 1884, Mair 1886, Majewicz 1977, Malone 1878, 1878, 1884, 1884, 1884, 1884, 1884, 1884, Tudehope 1962, Mansergh and Hercus 1981, Marmion 1998, Martin Tunbridge 1985, 1985, 1985, Tunbridge and Coulthard 1899, Matheson 1897, Mathew 1887, 1898, 1899, 1985, Turbayne et al 1887, Turbet 1988, Tyers 1878, 1900, 1901, 1910, 1913, 1926, 1926, 1926, 1926, Urquhart 1886, Valentine 1886, Verge 1907, Wafer Mathews 1901, 1901, 1901, 1902, 1902, 1903, 1903, 1982, 1982, Wake 1868, Walcott 1863, 1884, Walker 1904, 1904, 1904, 1904, 1905, 1905, 1906, 1907, 1899, 1934, Walsh 1994, Warburton 1886, Warren 1908, 1909, 1910, Meisse1 1871, Meredith 1989, 1886, 1886, Warri 1990, Watkin 1900, Watkin and Merlan 1983, Meston 1985, Meyer 1843, 1879, 1974, Hamilton 1887, Watson 1943, Webb 1997, Wedge Mickie and Sandy 1887, Middleton and Noble 1887, 1883, Wells 1890, 1892, 1895, 1899, Westaway 1887, Miller 1887, Milligan 1855, 1856, 1887, 1887, 1887, Wettenhall 1945, Whitfield 1886, Whitley 1936, Wilkes 1887, 1890, Mitch ell 1878, 1887, Mitchell et a1 1997, 1986, 1986, Wilkins and Petch 1997, Williams 1980, Monger 1886, Moore 1842, 1884, 1978, Moorhouse Williams 1839, 1886, 1886, Wills 1886, Willshire 1888, 1846, 1886, 1962, Moriarty 1879, Morice 1977, 1977, 1891, Wilson 1835, 1878, Wilson 1887, Wilson and 1977, 1977, 1977, 1978, 1979, Morton 1886, Mosely Henderson 1886, Wilson and Murray 188, Wimberley 1887, Mowbray 1886, Muller 1886, Muirhead 1887, 1899, Withers 1878, Withnell 1903, Woods 1879, Muller 1887, Mulvaney and White 1988, Munro 1878, Wyatt 1879, 1886, Yabaroo 1899, Yamaji 1992, Young Murray 1886, 1887, Musgrove 1878, Myles 1886, N 1900 1897, Nash 1896, 1912, Nash 1982, 1991, National women and language Bemdt 1979, Bradley 1988, Gott Library 1954, New South Wales 1903, Newland 1888, and Conran 1991, Hercus 1989, Kendon 1980, 1986, Nind and Brown 1833, Noetling 1908, 1909, 1909, Kirton 1988, Lhotsky 1835, Pauwels 1887, Troy 1987, Norman 1887, 1910, Nugent 1986, Oakes 1978, Oates Vaarzon-MoreI 1995, Zwaan 1969 1953, 1964, 1988, 1988, 1990, Oates and Oates 1964, wordlist (see also dictionaries, vocabulary) Arandic O'Byme 1887, O'Connor 1886, 1887, 1887, O'Connor Dictionary Program 1985, 1990, Glass 1975, Marmion and Cunningham 1887, Officer 1878, Ogilvie 1994, 1998, Sommer and Sommer 1968, Sutton and Walsh O'Grady 1959, 1984, Oldfield 1886, Onslow 1887, 1980, 1987, Swan and Cousens 1993 Palmer 1886, 1886, Papps 1969, Parker 1886, Parker writing systems (see also orthography, literacy) McKay 1844, 1844, 1845, 1845, 1878, Parkhouse 1896, 1936, 1982, Sandefur 1984, 1984, 1984, Williams and Breen Pasco 1886, Passi and Piper 1994, Paull 1886, 1984 Pearce 1887, Pechey 1872, Pegler 1886, Peile 1977, zoologicalnam es/terms Bates 1921, 1928, Elkin 1952, Perks 1886, Peron 1887, Petri 1959, Petrie 1902, Lang 1906, Lindquist 1961, Mansergh and Hercus Phillipson 1886, Playfair 1887, Playfair 1966, 1976, 1981 , McEntee and McKenzie 1986, McPherson Police Magistrate 1887, Porteous 1878, Powell 1887, 1931 , Rhodin et al 1980, Scarlett 1969, Sullivan 1928. Prior et al 1887, Provis 1879, Prowse 1994, Purle et al Thomson 1985, Tunbridge 1985, 1991, 1992, 1996, 1983, Queensland 1887, Quinn 1897, Quisenberry Waddy 1983, 1983, 1984, 1986, 1988, Webb 1933, 1973, R 1896, 1897, Rahnsleben 1975, Ramson 1964, Whitley 1936, Worsley 1961 Rankin 1900,Ray 1907, 1907, Ray and Haddon 1893- 97, 1897, Reed 1965, 1977, Reid 1878, 1886, Reynolds 1984, Rhodin et al 1980, Richards 1903,

Carrington, L. and Triffitt, G. OZBIB: A linguistic bibliography of Aboriginal Australia and the Torres Strait Islands. D-92, x + 292 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1999. DOI:10.15144/PL-D92.1 ©1999 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative.